Skip to main content

Full text of "The Australian zoologist"

See other formats 


vs Seah ve 
ee ae ee s ratices 
Fotis ier es eae 
sichlbeese bibs hae! 
oe 8 


gee tebaste ne crac ager 
Ricaeae kesh he . Na 
aah icticreerr Oa tS ae sy 


cs iors 
eer 
i fate’ 
eRe 
: 


TSE eae Se Re tae 
icerisseie een teepes gadeeart 
Senne skit 
A hitatca athecanseeomechme abt Re =i SATE R A 
2 se wae te 
serena at sh lestit 
searte enh if , 


Stee 
Aneel 


Wee 


& ered ewe ree 


Caan 
Obes 


machen etaeate te 

Senet eet 

: Bae Ye iat 
mS RRERS she 

Awe doped: BONNE Re me: 5 pe CoE 

¥ SN OER EOE Pele. Oe ye tne Pe er he he 
Cees re ees rs bape de (A aah! 
Soe ets 


nahh 
Se eee 
iepenreee tebe Heo 


ptiis 
a iecest rama He bees hi 
See eeeteee ery ntintl Senn bes 
ote Sake eee x 
egress 


G Deion A 
e) 

fiat h ire beeuee is 

ee a } vee ry 


Siraccay 
c MDa ste sneentetey i hatin 
Mia Linen Sa Re ea ats Pte Hoe aera. 8 0785 Kas 


” y ‘ inher 
peo ire te OI ne meas 
rapes ney bent 
anaes $ igstiet et 
Reo sie) ROL ee bit 
cme we et nr - 
aC. ta ee 
ete hiettnse sb tieaise nein 
Ctice ry 
+ ERO Dy ty, 
de oe SS . "eset ies 
~ ihe & i 


OS iether nena ph) 
iohote eet 
Liter 


oe eb 
Coto 


Mas 


orate * 
percay cs oaths 
aad ol. eb irate 


ey 
Suse 
awe 

4 

xy 


ee 
Sahel tase cnet 
eitatisne 


ae 


3 
ts 


3 
: 


oeee te 
eh 

iS 

st 

ee yiy. 


Se 
Ps 
Ae 


oe 


ripe ay 
axten) 
ateehe Oe 


oi 
Sia! 


<S 
as: 
£9 


= 
ia 


XE 
55 


Ent 


Five d-debow ri i9 pi 
ecstetatat 


te 
ia 


¢) 
at wes teanh abe 
meee Eat intinetss tty oh " 


rey 
Poles Pasa ae 
a F 3 canal 
ar us bie? ae Pett Sie 
Ronen’ ape “divas year ata tee cade 
suits Mk piers wi utd nent 


rae Moat 
eimai aba 
ee wll Duitelodaeet eens 
air beet ikea a i 
hep hes glitetttea 


s. 
SE 
Seles 


. Behe 


ee 
oe 


Mest ineesebeks ares teach ero Gare 
Parana 


ee 


=F; 
3 
= 


Dy bao 
HV Ve med oiee 


zt 
3f, 


betas 


teria She vogh 
a 


3 
ts 


i 


TE 
7. 
iff 


i 


Seaver 
iyte 


is 


er 
tice ‘ eee 
oe tet orb e OtGek. ew tat 40 Re oe OL be 
yd © 18 Oe ee tte oes. — Te ee 
Seascale alge 


fans 


At 
3 
iy 


Pte Lethe re 
An bebe bab bob Fe! cbs rent CoB 0 lotr cae be, 
ata “ er aeera bey 
4 Cond 
tebe bed: 
Bored 


pie 
Fay ti, u 


Tete 


* meee 
mie 
4-0 ae tease da 
dy he MUP HOA eared A poi ae ne 
ae ) meet Ho so wnree 
ory ih “ rane 


Hoek everae eee 
Meee 
M 12h beveaeiis vest be) 
= Sai ia 8 9 Gays erie 
* 


nun ee vies eat ee erin 


re. 
shar nak ‘ oe ‘ 
ON vein vo « 3 

Netreciss matt mete eit sebvare gas Nn 
i ot rth & 


Deo A ‘era Pe baa 
oh . 


wee ne eee Ee eee 
N 


Sead aelddehd poe 


ate Abe wiveueudWiNvuuercerc“~ee™"~ Styles ul 


latbotehabchatstdshselad, Wevuewvews Cee 


Ss 


SISSIES INNES 
JevuuududuluNll fellate’ loti alte we wwe) 


—_* 
PIERO, AISA thst tt et hd 
ASR 


“ae 


IN 
— See eercecpnene=" 


Udder 


. \ z 


Seser = 


hs tele kis skeen SASS 
~~ = |) ueuoueeee ww 


=e gorvowwedeeeees 


AS) J 


St Recess re 

IAG GSS Svyz woeveionvorrreosrcooesrowe whee 
w VSSeso sees Se jee Neco Nea Wee ewe ew 
cca Weeeeeee=~ 
Bye Seow SUNS UubEENE NEUE 


SSS AAA 
SAU OSSOCS ED ahd SeviCt- 
| 
tno oeea 
lee 


! , Fj f | Sa! 
= 7 te © oe |e NS | 7), NS eae wad ~_ / jy |} c : 
Sawa wer yes (eee ESS —\s X ete 


SS oe 


we et 
AZ ww 2 AXA = SS SS SS 
BES ESSE SSS SE eee ooaooog Becc~— 


Ne a ar 
| Cg POC OT ET) Who thd he ve Vue 
DESC EE USE CrEE eee, A MeO here 


IJ HM MeN / we ISN 


www GIOSI SSSI 
evcaundevuids cesuveuvewete pIIOTTOS IIIS Se | 


=SS MISS os | Ne — IS 
GORS COS SSS \ SESSSSe eee ee NEN eetc 
Swwwewvun, www Wr 
to) we 


UN a) rad Toss , ~~ Se 
IS [edd ddd Ie 


juvuuveruerye! 


da ahataatndateal Lint mews 
Se eeeeeeeeee j | 


Jeo ee eee abd ig \, fae te oe 

‘\ \ Hb—"K 4w tw SF F i be = eS ih hy = = SSS Se 

fo) thal Sis SSS ~ AAs saree 

Du O eentae we oC eects 

SIS II GIG \ Addy ( AddA A dahahatd Ratatat eee 
wy Nad SSryesse ELE Se eZ = hats i 

BREE EES wee SES ec eteee tera 

ded eed SIL ecee ete wwmaevetaeey 


iw 

S we ‘ 
vores ~ tw = , 
Ww«~e SSS Sewe BeZeJ4Zsce dh Nag We SS SS a we es We teottnth ty — A | =| =p 


WAAR RRA AANA BARA RAR a nme ORE RRERRRREEEAEBAES 
NAAR RRA OAAAAAAAA SR PEC EET YT AARAR AR GRES 
= AAA RAAA 
BAAAR Aan ere Pyke ee RAAAAA paanannannAnnss AE 


aSaaasaa AEAEEEAARRAAAaae PARERAALA-CE 
AAR OARARRARARaAO AAA BOER RRARRRRRArA f 


ae & 
Sanne RRECACCOEe Saaareaaee on ARERRERRRRRRARA 
SAR RA a ame ARARAAAARRRRARA RS PA PRR RL AAA 
a w MAAR ARR ARR nnn PH panne an ARP aNNAas 
SAA RAAAA AAR aan annn BRAARAaa nn | 
I NN am RARARABAAA AAAS 
nana aAADD ARAB ALAR 
Pera 
M@Aaaeaae. aaa 
AA Anan nnn nnanARAanay 
Ye Ann 
ARR ARARAARIRRARRRR RAR AT 


ranean 


maaneree RARR Ana ABBR A RARORR ABARRFARRRAARARARA 


RARARARRRRR SARA 


Pn alen engage aa 


ENVIS 


am 
Berane aCe nnn anca 


al gem a al al a a ea Ss = 

AD RARRAAAAA pee eeg ae 

SEAR ARR BABA ananassae sanenee 
f -— la an a 


A A 


| a a | cae, | * 


RARAARAAAARAaaaa AAR 


— > 


) DD 
WD) ») 


) 
) 
»»y 


yy») 
Dy, 
» Dy) » 
yy) 
y 
y) 
») 


) 
) 
) 
») 
) 
) 
) 
) 
D Pp) 
> »} 
y, 
F ) 


p> 
)»>) 
DP) 
dD 
yD 
2p) 
DJ 
>) 
») 


~e 


)), y)) Dud 


yD. 

» yd): 
» y))D 
)»)) 
yy) 


>») 
= »))) 


PPL 
) 


)) 

)) 
» YB 

Tp) 


aAAARAARR RRR 
aRRAARAAESAAA 


= 


y» yd 
y))) 

» )) DD. 
y))) 
yD 
) )y) 


»D)) 
»D») 
BES yy, 
yy» 
> 

> 
y> 

» 


ee ee 


D) 


Bd) D9). 
yy YW) WD 
yy WYdI)IDd. 


>» BPD D> 


BAAR a AAA AAR AR Anaeaaamaaas 


Bin 


> aS 
=A FA eS 
7 > Gp Gos 
2B ~ ea aeaanaaa «| Vvvv 
: / P a | ae 
ARAB RAR Rm apna 
sad zx aN 
a 


FENN 
~~ 


—=— ~~ w~ Vv WT) 


y))) 

D 
» 
py») d) 
D) 

1D 

Is) py i) 


») 
) 
») 
Dy 
i ») 


Dd) DD) 


DD IDy 


» 
) 
)) 
) 
») 
> 
» 
>: 
») 


on ie 


t 
o 
r 


THE : 
AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST 


Issued by 
The Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


Vol. 6.—1929-1931. 


WITH THIRTY-TWO PLATES, 


And Numerous Text-figures. 


Sydney: 
Printed and Published for the Society by 
The Sydney and Melbourne Publishing Co., Ltd., Sydney. 


SOLD BY THE SOCIETY. 


SUPPLEMENT TO THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. 6, Part 4. Issued Feb. 13, 1931. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South W, 


LIST OF MEMBERS. 


PATRON. 


His Excellency the Governor, Air Vice-Marshal Sir Philip Wooltett Gam 
G.B.E., K.C.B., D.S.O. 
ASSOCIATE BENEFACTORS. 


Miss E. Hume-Barbour, 10 Watson Street, Neutral Bay. 

Albert Littlejohn, 9 Young Street, Sydney. 

Walter and Eliza Hall Trust, 117 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Gustavus Athol Waterhouse, D.Sc., B.E., 39 Stanhope Road, Killara. 


FELLOWS. 


Carter, Herbert James, B.A., F.E.S., “Garrawilla,’ Kintore Street, Wahroonga. 

Froggatt, Walter Wilson, 24 Young Street, Croydon. 

Hull, Arthur Francis Basset, C.F.A.O.U., Box 704, G.P.O., Sydney. 

Iredale, Tom, “Solander,”’ Queenscliff Road, Manly. 

Roughley, Theodore Cleveland, Technological Museum, Sydney. 

Tillyard, Robin John, DSc., F.R.S., Division of Economic Entomology, 
Canberra, F.C.T. : 


HONORARY MEMBERS. 


Johnston, Professor T. Harvey, The University, Adelaide, South Australia. 
Le Souef, E. A., Zoological Gardens, Perth, Western Australia. 

Lyell, George, Gisborne, Victoria. 

Minchin, A., Zoological Gardens, Adelaide, South Australia. 

Stiffe, R. J., 350 George Street, Sydney. 

Waterhouse, Mrs. G. J., 19 Mackenzie Street, Lindfield. 


LIFE MEMBERS. 


Austin, Thos. P., “Talbragar,’”’ Kuringai Chase Avenue, Turramurra. 
Buckle, Frank, 84 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Cohen, George Judah, 10 Spring Street, Sydney. 

Coles, Clifford, Bancroft Avenue, Roseville. 

Cormack, W. C., Troup, Harwood & Co., 20 Bridge Street, Sydney. 
Dangar, R. H., “Turee,”’ Coolah. 

Dellow, Walter Joseph, 32 Alibone Street, Ashfield. 

Dixson, Robert Craig, J.P., 100 The Strand, Sydney. 

Dixson, William, Gordon Road, Killara. 

Foreman, Dr. Joseph, 62 Macleay Street, Sydney. 

Gurney, W. B., Department of Agriculture, Box 36A, G.P.O., Sydney. 
Halloran, Aubrey, B.A., LL.B., Bull’s Chambers, 28 Martin Place, Sydney. 
Hordern, Mrs. Nora Ebsworth, Belltrees, Scone. 

Hordern, Sir Samuel, ‘“Babworth House,” Darling Point, Edgecliff. 
King, Sir Kelso, K.B., Mercantile Mutual Insce Co., 117 Pitt Street, Sydney. 
Levien, Robert Henry, 56 Elizabeth Street, Sydney. 

Minell, Mrs. Dorothy Ebsworth, Park Lane Mansions, Rushcutter’s Bay. 
Musgrave, Anthony, F.E.S., Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Nash, Albert Edward, 15 Beresford Chambers, 76 Pitt Street, Sydney. 
Ralston, Alexander Gerard, K.C., 167 Phillip Street, Sydney. 

Spain, Col. Alfred, V.D., 16 Spring Street, Sydney. 

Spring, Robert Alexander, “Woodford,” St. Elmo Street, Mosman. 
Todd, Dr. Robert Henry, Chancery Chambers, 170 Phillip Street, Sydney. 
Troughton, Ellis Le Gay, Australian Museum, Sydney. 

White, Alfred Henry, Belltrees, Scone. 

Whitley, Gilbert Percy, Australian Museum, Sydney. 


ORDINARY MEMBERS. 


Addison, George Campbell, “Meaburn,”’ 24 Fairfax Road, Edgecliff. 
Allen, Keith Wickham, “Beirnfels,” Clifton Street, Mosman. 
Anderson, Dr. Charles, Australian Museum, Sydney. 


Note:—Unless otherwise specified, members are residents of the State 
of New South Wales. 

* * * Members will oblige by notifying the Honorary Secretary of any 
change of address, 2 


ii. 


Anderson, J. A., “Cooyong,” 11 Fullerton Street, Woollahra. ; 
Andrews, Ernest Clayton, 4 Belle Vista, 32 Benelong Crescent, Bellevue Hill. 
Arnott, Frank, Colonial Sugar Refg. Co., O’Connell Street, Sydney. 
Arnott, Samuel, George Street, Homebush. 

Ashton-Hansen, A. B., “Zuleika,’ 71 Bayview Avenue, Undercliffe. 
Baass, Otto Hermann, 18 Bridge Street, Sydney. 

Bailey, William Francois Leighton, 16 Langlee Avenue, Waverley. 
Bambury, George, 8 Lennox Street, Mosman. 

Barling, Miss S. M., “St. Adrian’s,” 130 Raglan Street, Mosman. 
Barnett, Marcus S., Colonial Sugar Refining Co., O’Connell Street, Sydney. 
Bartlett, Miss Violet Artah, 98 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Beeman, J. W., 378 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Benson, Norman N., “St. George,” Ruby Street, Mosman. 

Bloch, Eugen, “Helvetia,” Burrawong Avenue, Mosman. 

Blow, Mark, Box 923GG, G.P.O., Sydney. 

Blow, Walter Russell, 11 Silex Road, Mosman. 

Boardman, W., Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Bone, Walter Henry, 6 Dean’s Place, Sydney. 

Booth, Frank Holroyd, Victoria Arcade, Sydney. 

Bradford, Samuel Edward, “Rocklands,”’ 9 Reed Street, Cremorne. 
Bragg, James’S., Lithgow Coal Association, 3 Spring Street, Sydney. 
Brain, Walter Graham Fairfax, Thompson & St. Elmo Streets, Mosman. 
Braithwaite, Percy George, “Verona,” 6 Wolseley Road, Mosman. 
Brandon, Dr. A. J. Spiller, 9 Rosemont Avenue, Woollahra. 

Brian, Mrs. E., Cross Street, Mosman. 

Bryce, Ernest J., Box 375, G.P.O., Sydney. 

Buckland, Thomas, “Lyndhurst,” Hunter’s Hill. 

Buckle, William Grant, 187 William Street, Sydney. 

Buggy, Raymond, 37 Middle Head Road, Mosman. 

Burkitt, Professor Arthur Neville, Medical School, The University, Sydney. 
Burnell, Spencer C., “Beaumaris,’ Raymond Road, Neutral Bay. 

Burrell, Harry, “La Mascotte,’ Doncaster Avenue, Kensington. 

Burrell, Mrs. Emily, ‘La Mascotte,” Doncaster Avenue, Kensington. 
Butler, Thomas, 30 Parnell Street, Strathfield. 

Caldwell, N., Marine Industries, Ltd., Pindimar, Port Stephens. 
Cambage, Dr. A. S., T. & G. Building, Elizabeth Street, Sydney. 
Campbell, Thomas G., Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Cansdell, Ernest W., 61 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Carter, Herbert V., “Strathanlie,’ 66 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 
Carter, Miss Elma Trood, 66 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Catchlove, Frederic S. L., 18 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Cayley, Neville W., “Myriam,” Collins Avenue, Rose Bay. 

Chambers, Claude William, Sirius House, Macquarie Place, Sydney. 
Chandler, Arthur Charles, 35 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Chapman, Dr. A. J. P., 147 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

Chartres, Albert Walker, “Belhaven,” 32 Wolseley Road, Mosman. 
Childers, Karl George, Taxation Department, Hamilton Street, Sydney. 
Chisholm, A. H., “Daily Pictorial” Office, Sydney. 

Clark, Dr. Ernest D., 749 Military Road, Mosman. 

Clark, Roland C., “Girraween,” 29 Kardinia Road, Mosman. 

Clemens, L., 22 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Colquhoun, Percy Brereton, Muston Street, Mosman. 

Cornford, William Henry, “Greyfells,” Queenscliff Road, Manly. 

Cotton, H. W., 26 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Crago, Dr. William Henry, 185 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

Crawford, John Douglas, 13 Silex Road, Mosman. 

Crossley, Captain Joseph, “Yaralla,” 22 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 
Crossley, Miss Phyllis M., “Yaralla,” 22 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 
Cummins, Francis, 48 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Curlewis, C. P., 12 Castlereagh Street, Sydney. 

Curtis, Louis A., Room 618, Govt. Savings Bank, Castlereagh St., Sydney. 
Dakin, Professor William John, Dept. of Zoology, The University, Sydney. 
Davidson, J. R., 3 Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Davis, J. M., 52 Muston Street, Mosman. 

den Hertog, A., 28 Burrawong Avenue, Mosman. 

Desmarchelier, Theo., “Foch,” 13 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 
Dewhurst, Augustus, 7 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Dewhurst, Norman, National Mutual Life Association, 85 Pitt Street, Sydney. 
Dickeson, L. H., “Raluana,”’ Lennox Street, Mosman. 

Dickson, Arthur Stanley, “Warumbul,” Thompson Street, Mosman. 


EEE 


Dixson, Dr. Thomas Storie, 215 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

Doak, Dr. Frank Wiseman, 749 Military Road, Mosman. 
D’Ombrain, Dr. Ernest Arthur, 193 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 
Dovey, John Whitsed, “Lynwood,” Roseville. 

Druitt, Alfred E., Richon Flats, Laurie Parade, Balmoral Beach. 
Duncan, Grantley A., Alexandra Street, Hunter’s Hill. 

Eastway, Richard, Box 858, G.P.O., Sydney. 

Eccles, Alfred Edward, 31 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Eipper, Miss E. M., 28 Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Eldridge, John Chambers, M.H.R., Commonwealth Bank, Sydney. 
Evans, Dacre Fitzherbert, 5 Silex Street, Mosman. 

Fairfax, John & Sons, Ltd., Hunter Street, Sydney. 

Faviell, M. C., Perpetual Trustee Chambers, 33 Hunter Street, Sydney. 
Fell, John W., Honda Road, Neutral Bay. 

Fels, Mrs. Dora, 8 St. Elmo Street, Mosman. 

Fish, A. L., “Melita,” Milton Avenue, Mosman. 

Fitzhardinge, Miss Julie G., “Redhill,” Pennant Hills. 

FitzPatrick, George, Box 939GG, G.P.O., Sydney. 

Fitzpatrick, Herbert James, “Pittwater,” Lennox Street, Mosman. 
Fleming, Alan, 30 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Fleming, Frederick Bowman, “Mount View,’ Wahroonga. 
Garland, Henry William, 12 Wolseley Road, Mosman. 

Gibb, C. A., 6 Hunter Street, Sydney. 

Gilbert, Percy A., “Dacelo,” Colin Street, Lakemba. 

Gilet, Gerard, 25 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Goldfinch, Gilbert M., Salisbury Road, Rose Bay. 

Gould, Henry, Simpson Street, Mosman. 

Green, R. Rae, “Brixton,” Whiting Beach Road, Mosman. 

Hall, Thomas E., 565 George Street, Sydney. 

Hambridge, Frank, 22 Bridge Street, Sydney. 

Hannam, Walter, 23 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Hannam, W. H., 23 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Harris, William Henry, “Edensor,”’ Beecroft Road, Cheltenham. 
Harrison, Frank, Hoskins Buildings, 3 Spring Street, Sydney. 
Harrison, Frederick Illingworth Wright, 15 Bent Street, Sydney. 
Hatton, Charles, Record Chambers, 77 Castlereagh Street, Sydney. 
Hawley, Joseph William, Springdale Road, Killara. 

Heath, Guy H., “Sundridge,” 12 Buena Vista Avenue, Mosman. 
Henderson, E., 24 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Henderson, John Alexander, “Yeronga,”’ 18 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 
Henderson, John F., “Yeronga,” 18 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 
Henty, Charles James, Union Club, Bligh Street, Sydney. 

Higgs, Reginald Francis, 297 Castlereagh Street, Sydney. 

Hill, A. C. W., Dalton House, 115 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Hindwood, K. A., 56 Sydney Street, Willoughby. 

Holloway, Henry George, 55 Middle Head Road, Mosman. 
Holmes, Dr. H. Glennie, 707 Military Road, Mosman. 

Hood, Sir Alexander Jarvie, “St. Mungo,” 14 Wylde Street, Potts Point. 
Hooke, R. W., 34 Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Hordern, Anthony, 12 Spring Street, Sydney. 

Hordern, Miss Audrey, “Babworth House,” Darling Point. 
Hordern, Miss Doreen, “Babworth House,” Darling Point. 

Hordern, Dr. Herbert Vivian, Union Club, Bligh Street, Sydney. 
Howes, Harold James, “Keith House,” 5 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 
Hull, William George, Australian Bank of Commerce, George Street, Sydney. 
Hunt, Reginald Thomas, 14 Burrawong Avenue, Mosman. 
Husband, Miss Edith, c/o Ford, Sherrington, Ltd., Kippax Street, Sydney. 
Huxley, Dr. L. G. H., 33 Clanalpine Street, Mosman. 

Hyams, Philip, 34 Burrawong Avenue, Mosman. 

Hyams, Mrs. P., 34 Burrawong Avenue, Mosman. 

Jobson, Arthur E., 21 Albert Street, Petersham. 

Jones, Mrs. E. M., 55 Harris Street, Harris Park. 

Jones, Lindsay Lucas, 52 Cambridge Street, Penshurst. 

Judd, Everard, 24 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Kilby, Henry G., “The Astor,’ Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

King, Miss Alice, Thompson Street, Mosman. 

King, Ambrose, 116 Croydon Road, Croydon. 

King, Norman, 116 Croydon Road, Croydon. 

King, Walter, “Bobra,’ Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Kinghorn, J. Roy, C.M.Z.S., Australian Museum, Sydney. 


iv. 


Lammers, D., Box 217D., G.P.O., Sydney. 

Laurence, Norman G., 21 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 
Lawson, Albert Augustus, Harden Road, Artarmon. 

Lawson, A. A., 62 Charlotte Street, Ashfield. 

Lawson, David, 30 Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Le Quesne, Mrs. W. J., “Waipa,” 6 St. Elmo Street, Mosman. 

Le Souef, Albert Sherbourne, C.M.Z.S., Taronga Park, Mosman. 
Lingen, John Taylor, K.C., Union Club, Bligh Street, Sydney. 
Littlejohn, Dr. Edward Sydney, “Noranside,” Malvern Hill, Croydon. 
Llewellyn, William H., “Ashley,” 20 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 
Lloyd, Benjamin R., “Peradeniya,” 2 Queen Street, Mosman. 
Longman, Heber A., Queensland Museum, Brisbane. 

Lovett, Percy Walter, 3 Kahibah Road, Mosman. 

Lowe, Norman E., 56 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Lynch, David W., “Vandroya,”’ 16 David Street, Mosman. 
Macarthur, Edward J. Bayly, 313A Edgecliff Road, Woollahra. 


MacKenzie, Thomas Fitzherbert Hawkins, Foy’s Chambers, Bond St., Sydney. 


Mackillop, J. A., F.R.G.S., 7 Auburn House, Cremorne Road, Cremorne. 
McDonald, Clive Leslie, “‘Tekoa,’ Union Street, Mosman. 

McKeown, Keith Collingwood, Australian Museum, Sydney. 

McLean, Robert, ‘“Garamore,” 9 Ruby Street, Mosman. 3 

Macvean, A. K., Coronation Avenue, Mosman. 

McHutchison, Samuel, ‘“Simrae,’ 19 Ruby Street, Mosman. 
McLachlan, Hubert Donald, “Camira,’ Lennox Street, Mosman. 
McMaster, William J., “Nyanza,” 7 Union Street, Mosman. 
McMichael, H. J., c/o McIlwraith, McEachern, Ltd., 61 Pitt Street, Sydney. 
Maher, Brian, 47 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Maher, James, 47 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Markham, Mrs. R., 5 Cambewarra Flats, Bennett Street, Bondi. 
Marks, Frederick William, 173 Elizabeth Street, Sydney. 

Massie, Thomas F., 4 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Mawhiney, Hugh Arthur, “Thornby,” St. George, Queensland. 

Mellor, Walter L., “Stamford,” Forest Road, Penshurst. 

Middleton, F. E., ‘““Ben-ma-Chree,’ Lennox Street, Mosman. 
Middleton, Frank William, ‘““Ben-ma-Chree,” Lennox Street, Mosman. 
Middleton, James Thomas, 15 Thompson Street, Mosman. 

Milsop, W., 4 Effingham Street, Mosman. 

Mitchell, Karl A., Yorkshire House, 14 Spring Street, Sydney. 

Morgan, Frederick E., Snow Elliott Pty., Ltd., 73 York Street, Sydney. 
Morgan, Clarence Henry, E. S. & A. Bank, Haymarket, Sydney. 

Mowle, A. W. M., 44 Wentworth Road, Burwood. 

Murray, John Campbell, 8 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Naish, Albert, “Winton,” Selwyn Street, Wollstonecraft. 

Napier, S. Elliott, “Sydney Morning Herald” Office, Hunter Street, Sydney. 
Nassoor, Arif A., “Deep Dene,’ Vernon Street, Strathfield. 

Nathan, Albert H., Box 502AA., G.P.O., Sydney. 


Nicholson, Alexander John, D.Sc., Bureau of Economie Entomology, Canberra. 


Packer, Lewis, ‘Melita,’ Milton Avenue, Mosman. 

Palmer, Joseph Smith, 96 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Park, George Gethin, 146 Arden Street, Coogee. 

Parkes, George A., 10 Royal Exchange Buildings, Bridge Street, Sydney. 
Paton, James E., “Marstrand,” 20 Burrawong Avenue, Mosman. 
Patrick, Captain James Robert, David Street, Mosman. 

Patrick, Mrs. J. R., David Street, Mosman. 

Patrick, J. A. R., David Street, Mosman. 

Patrick, K. J., David Street, Mosman. 

Paul, Hector George, c/o H. Jockel, The Corso, Manly. 

Perier, A. J.. Want Street, Mosman. 

Perry, Frederick S., 6 Burrawong Avenue, Mosman. 

Pike, Edwin Deacon, “Whangaroa,” Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 


Pollock, Ernest Frederick, J.P., “Te Whare,” Carrington Avenue, Strathfield. 


Powell, John, 17 Thurlow Street, Redfern. 

Pratt, Frederic W., 7 St. Elmo Street, Mosman. 

Prior, S. H., “Dundoo,” Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 
Prior, H. K., 44 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Pronk, Alexander Josef, 19 Kardinia Road, Mosman. 

Purser, Dr. Cecil, “Craignish,” 185 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 
Rae, Malcolm, 50 Parramatta Road, Petersham. 

Raves, Victor Sydney, Wharf Road, Mosman. 

Read, Dr. Clarence, Chatswood. 


v. 


Rickard, Sir Arthur, K.B.E., 84B. Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Robertson, George, 89 Castlereagh Street, Sydney. 

Rogers, W. J., 355A. George Street, Sydney. 

Rohu, Sylvester, 143 Elizabeth Street, Sydney. 

Ross, Dr. Chisholm, 225 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 

Rouse, J. J., “Kardinia,” Darling Point. 

Rowling, Mrs. Ada, 7 Lennox Street, Mosman. 

Royce, A., 16 Hercules Street, Dulwich Hill. 

Rubbo, A. Dattilo, 45 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Russell, James, “Talune,’’ Parramatta Road, West Ryde. 

Sager, William Henry, 55 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Sands, Col. R. S., c/o John Sands, Ltd., 374 George Street, Sydney. 
Scammell, George V., ‘Melrose,’ 28 Middle Head Road, Mosman. 
Scholes, Judge Edward, Hotel Australia, Sydney. 

Sheffer, H. M., “Wapello,” Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Shindler, David, 58 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Shipway, Phillip, 133 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Simpson, Thomas Bousfield, Union Club, Bligh Street, Sydney. 
Simpson, W. H., 2 Effingham Street, Mosman. 

Sims, Albert, 58 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Smith, Ernest A., 15 Castlereagh Street, Sydney. 

Smith, R. Dundas, “Galandene,” Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 
Sorenson, Edward S., 66 Sydenham Road, Marrickville. ~ 

Spring, Henry Langdon, St. Elmo Street, Mosman. 

Stead, David G., Pacific Street, Watson’s Bay. 

Stevenson, James, ‘“Eversley,”’ Silex Road, Mosman. 

Stewart, Robert, 34 Middle Head Road, Mosman. 

Street, Sir Philip, K.C.M.G., Chief Justice’s Chbrs, Supreme Court, Sydney. 
Summerhayes, T. S., Metropolitan Business College, 338 Pitt Street, Sydney. 
Sverjensky, Alexander, 310 George Street, Sydney. 

Tait, George Edward, “Marchmont,” 35 Moruben Road, Mosman. 
Tanner, Harald, Consul for Finland, 249 George Street, Sydney. 
Tanner, John D. C., 36 Burrawong Avenue, Mosman. 

Tarleton, William, Lombard Chambers, 107 Pitt Street, Sydney. 
Taylor, Frank Henry, School of Public Health, The University, Sydney. 
Taylor, C. W., 4 Effingham Street, Mosman. 

Thackeray, Charles, “Bilgola,’ 57 Tindale Road, Artarmon. 

Thomas, James Francis, Tenterfield. 

Thomas, John, “Remuera,” Pine and Harrow Roads, Auburn. 
Thomson, Judge Alexander, ‘“Marsaili,’ 48 Muston Street, Mosman. 
Tibbits, Walter, 42 Prince Albert Street, Mosman. 

Tillett, John V., State Crown Solicitor’s Office, Macquarie Street, Sydney. 
Tomalin, J. H., 40 Burrawong Avenue, Mosman. 

Townsend, Frederick, J.P., “Lulworth,” 32 Thompson Street, Mosman. 
Townsend, Norman, B.Sc., B.E., 32 Thompson Street, Mosman. 
Trenerry, W. L., 107 Middle Head Road, Mosman. 

Turner, W. H., 476 Pitt Street, Sydney. 

Utz, Albert Edward, “Canoona,” Silex Road, Mosman. 

Von Drehnen, Carl, 7 Milton Avenue, Mosman. 

Von Drehnen, Otto, “Wyuna,” Buena Vista Avenue, Mosman. 
Vonwiller, Professor O. U., Department of Physics, The University, Sydney. 
Walker, A. Leslie, 8 Burrawong Avenue, Mosman. 

Walkom, Dr. A. B., 16 College Street, Sydney. 

Wallace, John R., “Dundonald,” 14 Arbutus Street, Mosman. 

Ward, Melbourne, Bellevue Garden, Pott’s Point. 

Warren, John Donald, 56 Redan Street, Mosman. 

Wassell, Joseph Leathom, Woolwich Road, Woolwich. 

Weaver, Charles Herbert, “Bulyamba,”’ 21 David Street, Mosman. 
Weymark, John N., “Kenilworth,” 26 David Street, Mosman. 
Wheelwright, A. H., ‘Rosedale,’ Narrawa, Crookwell. 

White, Judge Cecil Alban, “Winbourne,’ Tom Street, Rose Bay. 
Wilcox, Arthur Crawshaw, 48 York Street, Sydney. 

Williams, William John, 5 Effingham Street, Mosman. 

Willis, Thomas Charles, “Araluen,’ Bay View Avenue, Mosman. 
Witney, Joseph John, “Doreen,” Gordon Road, Roseville. 

Wright, William M., Pitt, Son & Badgery, Ltd., 4 O’Connell Street, Sydney. 
Wyld, George H., 21 Lang Street, Sydney. 

Wynne, Shellshear, 34 Gardyne Street, Bronte. 

Wyper, William Wright, 4 Muston Street, Mosman. 

Yates, James H., 22 Burrawong Avenue, Mosman. 


Honorary ASSOCIATE MEMBERS. 


Bancroft, Dr. T. L., Eidsvold, Queensland. 


Dodd, F. P., Kuranda, Queensland. 

Malloch, Dr. J. R., Bureau of Biological Survey, U.S. Department of 
Agriculture, Washington, D.C., U.S.A. 

Mathews, Gregory M., Meadway, St. Cross, Winchester, England. 

Mawle, Ernest, Carnarvon, Tasmania. 


LIFE ASSOCIATE MEMBERS. 


Agar, Professor W. E., The University, Melbourne, Victoria. 

Ashby, Edwin, “Wittunga,” Blackwood, South Australia. 

Barkley, William Henry, Customs House, Sydney. 

Berney, F. L., ‘“Barcarolle,” Longreach, Queensland. 

Cameron, Lindsay Duncan, Hilly Street, Mortlake. 

Campbell, John Honeyford, M.B.E., Royal Mint, Ottawa, Canada. 
Director, Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand. 

Finlay, Dr. Harold John, 14 Pine Hill Terrace, Dunedin, New Zealand. 
Hardwick, Dr. F. G., Molesworth Street, Lismore. 

Hill, Gerald F., Box 109, G.P.O., Canberra, F.C.T. 

Jackson, Sidney William, “Patonga,”’ 33 Anderson Street, Chatswood. 
MacGillivray, Dr. W. D. K., Broken Hill. 

Moss-Robinson, Leslie H., Exon Vale, Narara. 

Nathan, Sir Matthew, K.C.M.G., West Coker, Yeovil, England. 

Verco, Sir Joseph Cook, 211 North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia. 
West, Alfred E., 35 Helena Street, Guildford, Western Australia. 
Wilkinson, John Wrixon, “Thrushton,” via St. George, Queensland. 
Williams, Godfrey Herbert, Aberpergwn, South Wales. 

Wilson, Professor James Thomas, 31 Grange Road, Cambridge, England. 
Wright, Phillip A., ‘“Wallamumbi,” Armidale. 

Zeck, Emil H., Box 36A., G.P.O., Sydney. 


ASSOCIATE MEMBERS. 


Abbott, Mrs., Violet Hill, Dungog. 

Aguilar, Miss Grace, Seaforth Crescent, Seaforth, Manly. 

Allman, Stuart Leo., Mining Museum, George Street North, Sydney. 
Anderson, Cecil Harry, Quay Street, Bulimba, Queensland. 

Angus & Robertson, Ltd., Castlereagh Street, Sydney. 

Arnott, Mrs. W. S., Park Avenue, Roseville. 

Bailey, R. F., Box 89, Post Office, Moree. 

Barker, George Herbert, 32 Adelaide Street, Brisbane, Queensland. 
Barnes, William, Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Barnett, Percival E. B., ‘““Bescob,’”’ The Crescent, Chatswood. 
Barrett, Charles, “Maralena,’ Maysbury Avenue, Elsternwick, Victoria. 
Barrett, Sir James, 105 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria. 

Bates, Gilbert, Sugar Station, Bundaberg, Queensland. 

Benham, Mrs. F. L., c/o N. R. McCoy, 17 Bond Street, Sydney. 
Blacket, Ralph C., “Biskra,” Wyuna Avenue, Harbord, Manly. 
Blackwood, R., B.E., 40 The Avenue, Parkville, Victoria. 

Bloxsome, Lloyd, 14 Heytesbury Road, Subiaco, Western Australia. 
Booth, Miss Winifred, ‘“Rothsay Bay,” Matthew Street, Punchbowl. 
Boyd, Miss M., Francis Street, Artarmon. 

Brennan, William Maybury, Forestry Office, Moree. 

Brookes, Albert E., Okauia, Matamata, Waikato, New Zealand. 
Brown, A. E., Meadow Flat, Bathurst. = 

Brown, Dr. Reginald, Newcastle. 

Browne, Professor W. R., The University, Sydney. 

Burnet, Noel, “Koala Park,” Castle Hill Road, West Pennant Hills. 
Burns, Alexander N., Sugar Experiment Station, Mackay, Queensland. 
Butters, Miss E., 28 Toxteth Street, Glebe. 

Camp, Charles, 7 Heydon Street, Mosman. 

Carruthers, Albert J., 56 Wollongong Road, Arncliffe. 

Chaffter, Norman, 90 Boundary Street, Roseville. 

Cheel, E., Botanical Gardens, Sydney. 

Chenery, Dr. Arthur, Wentworth. 

Cherniayeff, Boris V., Jerseyville, Macleay River. 

Chisholm, Camden William, “Uyeno,” Woodward Avenue, Strathfield. 


vil. 


Clampitt, G., “Lota,” Oxford Street, Lidcombe. 

Clark, J., F.L.S., 34 Campbell Grove, Hawthorn, Victoria. 

Clarke, A. E., 4 Elsham Road, Auburn. 

Clarke, R. W., 18 King William Street, Greenwich. 

Cleland, Professor J. Burton, The University, Adelaide, South Australia. 
Comtesse, D. L., Dredge “Triton,” Sydney Harbour Trust. 

Cooper, Roy P.. 4 Petersham Road, Marrickville. 

Cornford, Kenneth M. A., 78 Blaxland Road, Epping. 

Cowan, James, Boy’s Grammar School, Gregory Terrace, Brisbane, Q. 
Crawford, Miss M., “Berrylea,” Cremorne Road, Cremorne. 
Creevey, J., 74 Houston Road, South Kensington. 

David, Sir Edgeworth, K.B.E., The University, Sydney. 

De Lestang, Albert, Adel’s Grove, via Burketown, North Queensland. 
Dix, Edward Victor, Glynde Road, Firle, South Australia. 

Dodd, Alan P., Prickly Pear Laboratory, Sherwood, Queensland. 
Drier, Dr. Eric Newton, Vancouver. Canada. 

Dunphy, Miss C., 4 Moran Court, Sophia Street, Bondi. 

Edwards, Daniel, 507 George Street, Sydney. 

Ellis, F., 268 Holden Street, Canterbury. 

Emerson, Robert, 12 Oakville Street, Willoughby. 

Enright, W. J., West Maitland. 

Falkiner, Mrs. Otway, Widgiewa. 

Ferguson, Mrs. C. A., “Glen Fergus,” Cooma. 

Ferguson, Thomas L., “Rancliff,’” Ocean Street, Woollahra. 

Ferry, M., 39 Northcote Street, Naremburn. 

Finlayson, Hedley Herbert, 305 Ward Street, North Adelaide, South Australia. 
Fleming, James, 507 George Street, Sydney. 

Fletcher, H. O., Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Francis, Grosvenor A., Canberra, F.C.T. 

Fraser, Dr. Elizabeth A., Zoology Dept., University College, Gower St., London. 
Fraser, W., 7 Lea Street, Croydon. 

Friedlander, R., 11 Karlstrasse, Berlin, N.W.6, Germany. 

Fuller, Miss M., Box 109, Post Office, Canberra. 

Gallard, L., “Louvere,” Lovell Road, Eastwood. 

Gannon, Gilbert Roscoe, 168 Hampden Road, Artarmon. 

Goodwin, Dr. C. R., 185 Elizabeth Street, Sydney. 

Gostelow, E. E., Consett Street, Concord West. 

Gray, Miss Elsie, “Norwood,” Kirribilli Avenue, Kirribilli. 

Gray, Matthew Edward, 161 Addison Road, Marrickville. 

Gwynne, A., 112 Silver Street, Marrickville. 

Hamilton, A. G., Hercules Street, Chatswood. 

Hargreaves, E., 9 Addington Avenue, Ryde. 

Hargreaves. J., 9 Addington Avenue, Ryde. 

Hardy, G. H., The University, Brisbane, Queensland. 

Harnett, Miss Eileen, “Casuarina,” Cronulla. 

Hollingsworth, W. S., 9 Saville Street, Gore Hill. 

Horton-Smith, Clifford, Syddal Park, Bramhall, Cheshire, England. 
Houison, J. K. S.. 274 Church Street, Parramatta. 

Hubbard, Rev. Percy, The Rectory, Innisfail, Queensland. 

Hunt, J. Darvall, “Wyoming,” 175 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 
Huxley, Mrs. E. M., 33 Clanalpine Street, Mosman. 

James, Leslie, 33 Henson Street, Summer Hill. 

Johnson, Dr. Alan Syme, Lister House, St. George’s Terrace, Perth, W.A. 
Johnston, R. A., Engineer’s Branch, Sydney Harbour Trust. 
Johnston, Worsley Clifton, Riverton, South Australia. 

Jones, E. W., 8 Culwulla Street, Hurstville. 

Jones, J. T., Mountain Road, Austinmer. 

Kater, Mrs. H. E., “Headingley,” Wellington Street, Woollahra. 
Kemp, Arthur Perry, Boonanghi, Quirindi. 

Kinghorn, Mrs. J. R., 8 Arabella Street, Northwood. 

Lanecky, H. D., 195 Lane Cove Road, Artarmon. 

Laws, Charles R., Teachers’ Training College, Dunedin, New Zealand. 
Le Souef, Cecil, “Taronga,” Sverge Street, Mosman. 

Livingstone, Arthur A., Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Longman, Heber A., Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Queensland. 
Lowe, Mrs. Norman E., 56 Bradley’s Head Road, Mosman. 

Lyons, H., 86 Bayview Avenue, Undercliffe. 

Mann, John S., Prickly Pear Board, Chinchilla, Queensland. 
Manners, A., 5 Station Street, Tempe. 

Manners, Robert, “Taree,” 532 Unwin’s Bridge Road, Tempe. 


viii. 


MacDougall, William Alexander, Gordonvale, Queensland. : 
Mackay, Dr. John S., 4 Fawkner Street, South Yarra, Victoria. 
Mackie, J. S., 160 Denison Road, Dulwich Hill. 

Mackerras, Dr. Ian M., Canberra, F.C.T. 

McCarthy, T., Box 36A., G.P.O., Sydney. 

McClelland, Hugh, End House, The Square, Solihull, Warwickshire, England 
MacPherson, Dr. John, “Wyoming,” 175 Macquarie Street, Sydney. 
McNeill, F. A., Australian Museum, Sydney. 

Marshall, A. J., 152 Penshurst Street, Penshurst. 

Martin, V., 214 Barker Street, Randwick. 

May, B. W., 39 Denison Street, Arncliffe. 

Mayer, Frederick W. S., c/o R. P. Mayer, 88 Concord Road, Homebush. 
Messmer, Mrs. C. A., 64 Treatt’s Road, Lindfield. 

Middleton, Miss D., 479 Alfred Street, North Sydney. 

Moody, Beresford R., “Cooiana,” Lane Cove Road, Wahroonga. 
Mort, Harold S., B.Sc., B.E., 13 Milner Street, Mosman. 

Mulvey, C. W., Thornleigh Road, Beecroft. 

Mutton, F., Empress Street, Hurstville. 

Nicholls, Dr. Brooke, 42 Jolimont Terrace, Jolimont, Victoria. 
Northmore, Mr. Justice, Judge’s Chambers, Perth, Western Australia. 
Nubling, Erwin, 38 Macleay Street, Sydney. 

Oliver, Arthur W. L., Custom House, Shanghai, China. 

Oliver, W. R. Brooks, Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand. 
Packer, G. F., 44 Croydon Avenue, Croydon. 

Parsons, G. A., 14 Saville Street, Gore Hill. 

Peir, H. E., 110 Bathurst Street, Sydney. 

Perkins, F. A., B.Sc., Box 122, P.O., Stanthorpe, Queensland. 

Perry, Alan A., Bellevue Hill, Portland. 

Phillipps, William John, Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand. 
Powell, A. W. B., 65 Shortland Street, Auckland, New Zealand. 
Power, J. H., School of Mines, 15 Hull Street, Kimberley, South Africa. 
Probsthain, Arthur, 4 Great Russell Street, London, W.C.1. 
Ramsay, J. S. P., 55 George Street North, Sydney. 

Ross, C. S., Harnett Street, Marrickville. 

Royal Zoological & Acclimatization Society of Vic., Royal Park, Melbourne. 
Scott, Cecil Baliol, Whitton. 

Seaward, William Trotman, ‘“Myala,”’ Scone. 

Selby, Miss Doris Adeline, ‘Marley,’ John Street, Gordon. 
Serventy, D. L., 36 Onslow Road, Subiaco, Western Australia. 
Sheridan, Miss Helen, 36 Stuart Street, Longueville. 

Simmonds, J. H., Hillsdon Road, Taringa, Brisbane, Queensland. 
Smith, Miss Gladys, Clifton Hall, Ocean Beach, Manly. 

Smith, Mrs. Grafton, “Munni,”’ Dungog. 

Smith, Miss Vera Irwin, “Coree,” Wisdom Road, Greenwich. 

Smith, Norman M., 4a Wyatt Avenue, Burwood. 

Spence, Dr. K. K., 51 Sophia Street, Bondi. 

Springall, C. W., 478 Mowbray Road W., Lane Cove. 

Stanger, H. K., 56 Young Street, Neutral Bay. 

Steeles, C. E., 70 Bayview Street, Undercliffe. 

Sundstrom, Henry Gustav, “Brynmay,” 74 Alt Street, Ashfield. 
Swain, Miss E. M., Department of Labour and Industry, Sydney. 
Tancred, P. H., Hardy Street, South Ashfield. 

Thompson, Dr. R. W., Chapel Road, Bankstown. 

Thomson, C. V., “Trevallyn,” Cocos Avenue, Eastwood. 

Tobin, Mrs. R. C., 37 Duntroon Avenue, Roseville. 

Turner, Dr. A. Jefferis, Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Queensland. 
Walton, Charles, Wooldridge Street, Peterhead, South Australia. 
Ward, J. E., 10 Ewenton Street, Balmain East. 

Weeding, Rev. Benjamin J., Methodist Manse, Moonta Mines, S.A. 
White, James, Forest Road, Peakhurst. 

White, Richard, 15 Salisbury Road, Kensington. 

Whiteley, A., 17 East Crescent, Hurstville. 

Wilkes, A. J., INawarra Street, Kogarah. 

Williams, Amos E., Bullembalong Road, Berridale, via Cooma. 
Williams, George Richard, 34 Rowes Street, Eastwood. 

Wilson, F. Erasmus, Ferncroft Avenue, East Malvern, Victoria. 

Wise, Miss Mary I., Foster Street, Sale, Victoria. 

Witheford, Charles Exley, 389 North Street, Albury. 

Worth, G., 74 Princes Highway, Arncliffe. 

Wright, John Herbert, Australian Museum, Sydney. 


a al a 
AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST 


Issued by the 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


Edited by 
A. PF. BASSET HULL, C.F.A.0.U. 


Vol. 6—Part 1 


(Price, 10/6.) 


\ 


Sydney, August 13, 1929. 


All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Secretary, 
Box 2399, General Post Office, Sydney. 


Sydney: 
Sydney and Melbourns Publishing Oo., Ltd., 29 Alberta St. 


hy 


Royal Zoological Society ep New South Wales. 


Established 1879. 
REGISTERED UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 1899 (1917). eat 


COUNCIL, 1929-1930. 


President: . teh 
Anthony Musgrave, FES. 


Vice-Presidents: 


Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B., J. R. Kinghorn, C.M.Z.S., A. J. Nicholson, DSc. 
and. G. A. ‘Waterhouse, DSc., BE., FES. 


Members: 


W. W. Froggatt, F.LS. 
E. F. Pollock, J.P. a rae 
T. C. Roughley. h ae 
David G. Stead. ers : 
Ellis Le G. Troughton. 


Neville W. Cayley. 

A. H. Chisholm. 

Clifford Coles. 

Professor W. J. Dakin. 

E. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., B.S. 


OFFICERS: 


Hon. Secretary and Editor: A. F. Basset Hull, C.F.A.0.U. 
Assistant Hon. Secretary: E. J. Bryce, F.R.GS. 
Hon. Treasurer: Phillip Shipway. 

Hon. Librarian: A. S. Le Souef, C.M.Z.S. 

Hon. Auditor: R. J. Stiffe, A.C.A. (Aust.) 


OFFICERS OF SECTIONS: 


Entomological Section. 


Chairman: A. J. Nicholson, D.Sc. 
Vice-Chairman: H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. 
Hon. Secretary: Keith C. McKeown. 


Ornithological Section. 


Chairman: A. S. Le Souef, C.M.Z.S. 

Vice-Chairman: Tom Iredale. 

Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. 

Committee: A. H. Chisholm, Clifford 
Coles, P. A. Gilbert, J. R. Kinghorn, 
and Keith C. McKeown. 

Hon. Secretary Field Club: J. K. Hind- 
wood. 


Biological Survey Section. 
Chairman: A. J. Nicholson, D.Sc. 


Vice-Chairman: Professor W. J. Dakin, — 
D.Sc. 


Hon. Secretary: Gilbert P. Whitley. 


Committee: Professor W. R. Browne, 
E. Cheel, and P. A. Gilbert. 


Marine Zoological Section. 
Chairman: T. C. Roughley. PS Say 
Vice-Chairman: W. H. Hannam. eee 
Hon. Secretary: F. A. McNeill. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


THE ANNUAL MEETING. 


The fiftieth annual meeting of the Society was held in the Union 
Refectory, University of Sydney, on Wednesday, 24th July, 1929, at 8 pm., 
fifty members and visitors being present. The visitors included the Hons. 
D. H. Drummond (Minister for Education), representing the Government; 
R. T. Ball (Minister for Lands), and E. H. Farrar (Minister for Labour and 
Industry). The honorary secretary read the 


FIFTIETH ANNUAL REPORT. 


On 30th June, 1929, there were 453 members on the Register, divided 
into the various categories as follows: Associate benefactors 3, life mem- 
bers 30, ordinary members 265, life associate members 23, asscclate members 
122, honorary members 6, honerary associate members 4. Six members 
died during the year, fifteen resigned, the names of ten members were 
removed from the Register, and 48 new members were elected, giving a net 
increase of 18 members for the year. 


The Council. 


A vacancy in the Council occurring through the resignation of Mr. R. 
C. Dixson, in June, 1929, was filled by the election of Professor W. J. Dakin. 
Eleven meetings of Council were held during the year, at which the at- 
tendances were: Mr. Hull 11, Messrs. Bryce and Troughton 10, Drs. 
D’Ombrain and Waterhouse, Messrs. Cayley, Kinghorn and Musgrave 9, 
Messrs. Froggatt and Roughley 8, Messrs. Chisholm and Halloran 7, Dr. 
Nicholson and Mr. Stead 6, Mr. Dixson 5, Mr. Coles 4, and Mr. Pollock 3. 
The two latter councillors were granted leave of absence for the greater 
part of the year. 

Sections. 


The attendance at the meetings of the sections has been steadily main- 
tained, and in the near future steps must be taken to secure the use of a 
larger room, as our present seating accommodation, limited to 35, is fre- 
quently insufficient. 

The Australian Zoologist. 


Parts 3 and 4, completing volume 5, were issued during the year, and 
the Society was again enabled to present two plates in colour. 


3A ANNUAL REPORT. 


Finances. 


The funds now stand higher than ever before, the Jubilee Com- 
memoration appeal being responsible for the substantial increase. It will 
be noted that the Government grant of £50, which was paid from 1922 to 
1926, has not appeared in the balance sheet for this or the previous year, 
the Department on whose estimates the grant is voted annually being of 
opinion that the Society is financially able to function without a Govern- 
ment subsidy. 


The Society’s Jubilee. 


On 23rd March, 1929, a function was held at Taronga Zoological Park. 
to celebrate the completion of the fiftieth year of the Society’s existence. 
A number of representative citizens were invited to meet the Council and 
members at afternoon tea, and the Hons. D. H. Drummond and R. T. 
Ball, Ministers for Education and Lands respectively, represented the 
Government, the former delivering a short address to those present. The 
President outlined the work of the Society, and appealed for funds to en- 
able the production of Australian Zoological Handbooks for the use of the 
higher schools and the younger students of natural history. The response 
to this appeal has been fairly encouraging, but owing to the many other 
appeals launched about the same time the Society has not pressed its 
claims. but is content to wait until a more favourable period. In the mean- 
time its work of preparing the manuscript of the Handbooks is being 
pushed on. 

The following contributions to the Handbook Publication Fund have 
been received :— 


Miss E. Hume-Barbour, £106; Albert Littlejohn, £100; A. A. Lawson, £50; 
Robert C. Dixson, £25; Walter and Eliza Hall Trust, £20; J. R. Wallace and 
Aubrey Halloran, £5/5/- each; H. J. Cantor, £5; G. H. Wyld, £3/3/-; P. 
Shipway, E. J. Loxton, R. A. Marks, W. C. Cormack, L. Ennis, E. J. Bryce, 
Miss V. A. Bartlett, Dr. C. Anderson, A. S. Le Souef, £2/2/- each; B. R. 
Gelling, £2; W. H. Barkley, A. E. Williams, and J. R. Kinghorn, £1/1/- each; 
H. G. Kilby, £1; small amounts, 15/-; total, £345/9/-. Mrs. C. T. Newman 
has contributed £5/5/- to capital account. 


At the suggestion of Miss Hume-Barbour, a Women’s Auxiliary has 
been formed to raise funds for the publication of Handbooks. His Ex- 
cellency the Governor General, Lord Stonehaven, and Lady Stonehaven 
have accorded their patronage, and the officers are: President, Mrs. Norman 
Lowe; vice-presidents, Lady Poynter, Miss Hume-Barbour, Mrs. Walker 
Jones, and Mrs. Price Conigrave; honorary secretary and organiser, Mrs. 
Emily Bennett; honorary treasurer, Mrs. Edmond Gates. It is desired that 
ladies willing to act on the committee or to assist in the work of the 
auxiliary should communicate with Mrs. Bennett, Box 2399M.M., G.P.O., 
Sydney. 


Honorary Auditor. 


By the death of Mr. E. E. Coates the Society has lost a valued honorary 
officer who had acted as auditor, not only ever since the incorporation of 
the Society in 1917, but for some years previously in the old Moore Park 
days. The vacancy has been filled by the election of Mr. R. J. Stiffe, of the 
firm of Coates, Cunningham & Co., who has kindly consented to take over 
the office so ably filled by his late partner. 


ANNUAL REPORT. 3 


Associate Benefactors. 


For their valuable services to the Society in connection with the Jubilee 
Commemoration Fund, Miss Emily Hume-Barbour and Mr. Albert Littlejohn 
were elected associate benefactors. 


Taronga Park Trust. 


By the death of the Hon. Frederick Flowers, M.L.C., late chairman of 
the Taronga Park Trust, the Society has lost a former member of Council, 
who represented the Government prior to the Society’s incorporation. 
Although he did not continue a member, he was always interested in the 
Society’s progress, and did much to maintain cordial relations between it 
and the Trust. The vacancy on the Trust was filled, as already announced, 
by the appointment of Mr. Aubrey Halloran, a member of Council of the 
Society. Colonel Alfred Spain, now chairman of the Trust, Mr. P. B. Colqu- 
houn, Dr. R. H. Todd, and Mr. A. F. Basset Hull, other members of the 
Trust, are also members of the Society. 


Balance Sheet. 


The honorary treasurer, Mr. Phillip Shipway, moved the adoption of 
the report and balance sheet. The motion was seconded by Colonel Alfred 
Spain, and carried. 


The six retiring members of Council, Messrs. Neville W. Cayley, A. 
Halloran, A. F. Basset Hull, David G. Stead, E. L. Troughton, and Professor 
W. J. Dakin, were re-elected. 


The president then read his address (see page 6). 


New Members. 


The following new members have been elected since the publication of 
the last list (March 24, 1929) :— 


Ordinary Members.—F. S. L. Catchlove, A. den Hertog, Miss C. Gregory, 
R. T. Hunt, P. Hyams, Mrs. P. Hyams, T. Iredale, P. W. Lovett, W. H. 
Llewellyn, T. F. Massie, J. A. R. Patrick, K. J. Patrick, A. J. Pronk, Mrs. B. 
Sims, A. Sverjensky, J. D. C. Tanner, J. L. Wassell, and J. H. Yates. 

Associate Members.—S. L. Allman, Miss E. Butters, A. E. Brown, D. L. 
Comtesse, T. L. Ferguson, G. Grimm, L. L. Jones, C. R. Laws, A. J. Marshal, 
Dr. J. S. Mackay, and Miss M. Whalley. 

Honorary Associate Member.—Archibald J. Campbell. 


Officers. 


At a meeting of Council, held on July 31, the following officers were 
elected for the year ending June 30, 1930:— 


President—Anthony Musgrave, F.E.S. 


Vice-Presidents—Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B., J. R. Kinghorn, C.M.Z.S., 
A. J. Nicholson, D.Sc., and G. A. Waterhouse, D.Sc. 


Honorary Secretary and Editor.—A. F. Basset Hull, C.F.A.0.U. 
Assistant Honorary Secretary.—E. J. Bryce, F.R.G.S. 
Honorary Treasurer——Phillip Shipway. 

Honorary Librarian.—A. S. Le Souef, C.M.Z.S. 


ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES 
BALANCE SHEET AS AT 30th JUNE, 1929. 


LIABILITIES. 


ASSETS. 
= 4 £ (SSG; £ s. d. 
General Capital Account .. .. 791 5 0 Genet Capa ea 
Commonwealth In- 
General Income Account .. .. 98a 353 eeribed Stock 
Hand Book Fund Capital Ac- (f.v. £650) 641 5 O 
count .. eS ake) eoekmens 505) "7 «6 N.S.W. Govern- 
Hand Book Fund Income Ac- ment Funded 
COUNT) sh a eee ce RO iO ee Stock (f.v. £50) 50 0 0 
N.S.W. Govern- 
ment Debentures 
(f.v. £100) 100 0 O 
——__ (Sie 
General Income Account— 
Commercial Bank- 
ing Company of 
Sydney, Ltd. 25.7 10 
N.S.W. Govt. Sav- 
ings Bank i215) 20 
——— ——' 98 si 
Hand Book Fund Capital Account— 
Commonwealth 
Treasury Bonds 
(f.v. £500) 505-7) 46 
Including— 
Albert Littlejohn 
Endowment .. 100 0 O 
Miss E. Hume Bar- 
bour Endowment 106 0 0O 
Walter & Eliza Hall 
Trust Endowment 140 0 0 
Hand Book Fund Income Account— 
N.S.W. Government 
Savings Bank .. 34 9 4 
lee) Gy il £1429) Set 
HAND BOOK FUND INCOME ACCOUNT. 
RECEIPTS. DISBURSEMENTS. 
SSG. 4, s Sa Gs £ +8220: 
To Balance at 30th June, 1928 624 1 | By Printing 22:2 0.5 a2 ce aoe eee 
,» Donations 10 » investments’... .. .. .. o.) O0DMNEG 
, Donations per » Balance 30th June, 1929, 
Jubilee Appeal— N.S.W. Government Savings 
Albert Little- Bank, 250 x0: gs cis, vey ete OO 
jonn! HS) e-)) LOD) 10); (0 
Miss E. Hume 
BaLpourescs] 7) L0G) 0) .0 
Walter and Eliza 
alii Erusta.. 20) 0) 50 
Amts. under £20 4712 0 
PAB) 12 1) 
, Hand Book Sales— 
“Loricates” .. &) (0), 33 
“Bishes7 sees 215 16 | 
—_—_———_ Be By 
,» Repayment of | 
Investments .. 1eseepeeO0 
» Interest on In- 
vestments .. . As 3} 
£556 6 10 £556 6 10 


ee 


GENERAL INCOME ACCOUNT. 


RECEIPTS. 
ee Spinto hy olk Salads ryan B 
‘To Balance 30th 
June! 192858 eens 10h Bye 
» subscriptions— 
Ordinary, Life . 21 0 0 
5 Annual 278 18 6 
Associate, Life . Peo: 0 
ES Annual 4415 1 
355 18° 7 
PEPDONAIONS ws. ses de ee 8 rh Py a) 
, Donations “Gundamaian” 
Cottage Expenses .. . Ey sh) 
» Sales “Australian Zoologist” ail 
» Sales Reprints from ‘“Aus- 
tralian Zoologist” .. .. .. iB} 8) 8) 
,» Annual Dinner (1927) Re- 
CeIptse bole wate se ee OFS iO 
» ment of Office .. .. 20) 
, Payment from CS. Pee IR. 
towards Phone expenses .. 3B) 
» Sale Lantern Sheet .. ; fy (0) 
,, Interest on Investments... 5018 4 
,» Prepaid Bank Exchange .. . 016 4 
,» Refund Expenses re export- 
ing Oysters to Honolulu, 
F. & A. Department .. 119 0 
» Miscellaneous Receipts .. .. 010 O 
septs il il 


DISBURSEMENTS. 
Bb Gk 


By Publication of “Australian Zoologist” 
(Vol. 5, Pts. 3 & 4.) 


ES Gs 


ocoonaoa 


0 


3 


3) dehaboyabayey oo 191 4 0 
Sslocksins meaner 60 17 9 
» Postage and De- 
livery .. 131s) 9 
265 15 
EB YROMIGCMRED ty sare cone) hors 93 6 
, Office Printing . 19 4 
», Office Furniture fra 7 10 
,» ‘“Gundamaian” Cottage Boat 4 0 
. Export of Oysters to Hono- 
lulu, F. & A. Department . 1 19 
, Exchange and Bank Fees .. 12 
, Jubilee Commemoration Tar- 
Ona Park) cw ecwacts,. yar shs 4 0 
, Telephone charges and 
G.P.O. Box Fee iLO 
, Petty Cash— 
Office Stationery Py eh 63 
Electric Light 
Charges .. . 0 8 iil 
Jubilee Celebra- 
TLODE ees Pane Sy ab} 
Sectional Ex- 
DENSCS ene ee SLs 
Postages, etc. .. 19 13 4 
35 0 
By Balance 30th June, 1929— 
» Commercial 
Banking Com- 
pany of Syd- 
ney, Ltd. >. 25 7 10 
» N.S.W. Govern- 
ment Savings 
Bank .. Ties ils) 5} 
98 3 
£538 1 


Audited and found correct. 


(Signed) ROBT. J. STIFFE, A.C.A. (Aust.)., 


Hon. Auditor. 
Sydney, 16th July, 1929. 


(Signed) PHILLIP SHIPWAY. 


1 


Hon. Treasurer. 


OUR NATIVE FAUNA—A WASTED ASSET. 
By A. F. Basset HULL. 


Nature took millions of years in evolving the unique fauna of Australia, 
and for other millions of years it has remained at that stage of development 
at which Nature left it, while she passed on to other lands to evolve other 
and distinctive faunas. Now that element of ruthless destruction, man, is 
doing his best to exterminate Nature’s work in a couple of centuries, and 
our Australian Governments do but little to check this extermination. 

Our native fauna may be considered from three viewpoints: (a) The 
scientific, (b) the aesthetic, and (c) the economic viewpoint. 


The Scientific Viewpoint. 


From this viewpoint we must regard the whole fauna, from the humblest 
invertebrate to the highest marsupial mammals. The Australian forms, 
especially in the higher groups, include an overwhelming majority peculiar 
to this island continent, and therefore most interesting to the scientist. 
The numerous expeditions sent to Australia by British, American, Swedish, 
Danish, and other foreign nations, not only in the early days after dis- 
covery, but up to the present year, evidence the keen interest taken in our 
fauna. Captain (now Sir Hubert) Wilkins made his way into the wilds of 
Australia, collecting specimens of animals and birds for the British Museum. 
The American Museum of Natural History sent Mr. Raven to collect speci- 
mens of the rarer marsupials to fill gaps in its collection, and these two are 
but recent examples of a stream of scientists who have penetrated the 
forests and plains of Australia to obtain examples of our unique birds and 
animals before it is too late! Sir Colin Mackenzie, who presented his 
collection of marsupials and anatomical specimens to the Commonwealth 
Government quotes Professor Ritter, the American psychologist, who says: 
“The commencement of the study of human psychology must be made in 
the Australian animal, where we can study the genesis of conduct and in- 
telligence.” On this Sir Colin comments as follows: “The human brain 
consists of two halves, and so that they shall work in unison there is a 
broad connecting band called the callosum between them. By means of 
this band the two brains are enabled to function as one. The problem of 
co-ordination in nervous diseases is a most difficult one to understand, but 
the clue is found in our marsupials, where the two sides of the brain work 
without this band. And so we ask: If it is not necessary in an intelligent 
animal like the kangaroo, why is it necessary in us?” 

Examples of the value of our fauna from the scientific viewpoint might 
be multiplied until this address assumed the dimensions of an encyclo- 
paedia, but I think enough has been said to illustrate the first of the three 
viewpoints. 

The protective laws are sometimes rather curiously administered when 
specimens are required for strictly scientific purposes. Permits to collect 
are issued with too strict a regard for economy. Mr. H. C. Raven, who was 
collecting for the American Museum of Natural History, quotes statistics, 
showing that opossums and kangaroos were trapped in hundreds of 
thousands in Tasmania during the open season, but when he applied for 
permission to take some specimens for his museum “the presence of a 
foreign scientific collector in their midst seemed to arouse the Tasmanian 
authorities to the defence of their native fauna to such an extent that the 
police regulations against collecting were, for once at least, rigidly enforced. 
Finally, however, I was permitted to collect for the scientific and educa- 


tional purposes of the American Museum of Natural History, ten each of 
the marsupials.” 


HULL. 7 


Similar restrictions are imposed in other States, and a permit to collect 
a few specimens of the Barrier Reef birds and their eggs was refused to a 
scientific party, although it is known that the beche-de-mer fishermen take 
toll in thousands of the eggs and young of the terns which breed on the 
sand cays and islets of that region. Of course, in the one case the collector 
is virtually under observation, while in the other he is not. What the eye 
does not see, the official heart does not grieve at! 


The Aesthetic Viewpoint. 


Here we are reduced to the consideration of the beautiful, remarkable, 
or otherwise obviously interesting of our fauna, such as the birds and 
animals that can and do add to the attractiveness of any landscape, or 
afford pleasure to the observer or lover of the open air and the beauties of 
Nature. From this point of view the scientific and economic factors do not 
count, and therefore the beautiful but mischievous cockatoo claims as much 
consideration as the quaint and harmless lyre bird; the savage Tasmanian 
devil attracts as much attention as the silky flying squirrel; the destructive 
pelican evokes as much interest as the elegant and useful silver gull. To 
protect and encourage these objects of beauty and interest should be part 
of any national policy. The example of America and Canada, and more 
recently Africa, in setting apart huge reservations where the almost ex- 
tinct bison, elk, and other animals in danger of extermination by the big 
game hunter may be allowed a chance to live and multiply should be more 
closely followed in Australia. True, there are national parks, sanctuaries, 
reserves for the preservation of game, in practically all the States, but the 
actual preservation of any bird or animal that offers a good feed or a sale- 
able pelt is a matter of extreme difficulty. One reason is that there is in- 
sufficient policing of the reserves, some of which are large enough to require 
a battalion of rangers to keep their animal contents adequately protected, 
and another reason is the absurdly small fines inflicted or other punish- 
ment meted out to offenders who are caught. 


I have every confidence in the recuperative vowers of our Australian 
fauna, flora, and finance, provided that the avoidable factor of waste is 
eliminated. Let me quote from an article by Dr. MacGillivray, of Broken 
Hill, on birds in central Queensland (Emu, xxix., 1929, 67): “Tambo was 
passed through on a Sunday afternoon. It is remarkable, chiefly for the 
number of bottle trees grown for ornamental purposes, and for its lagoon 
or lake formed by surplus bore water. This was alive with water fowl and 
presented a fine sight. It speaks volumes for the beneficent results of pro- 
tection. Maned geese, grey duck, grey teal, tree ducks, pink-eared ducks 
and white-eyed ducks were recognised in large flocks. Other birds noted 
were coots, white-headed stilts, yellow-billed spoonbills, and other waders, 
including dotterels.” 

In many parts of New South Wales a season or two of protection almost 
invariably results in the rapid increase of opossums and kangaroos, so 
much so that one often sees paragraphs in the daily papers such as: ““Kan- 
garoos roam in thousands. Menace to stock in Nevertire district. Motor- 
ing over 100 miles from Nevertire district, a large deputation of graziers 
waited on Mr. Akhurst, M.L.C., at Dubbo, urging him to make represen- 
tations for an open season for kangaroos in Nevertire district. The marsu- 
pials have eaten out all feed there. Mobs of 500 have been seen, and one 
member of the deputation guaranteed to show Mr. Akhurst 1,000 in a five 
square miles area. The whole bush, he said, seemed to be moving with 
them.” (“Daily Telegraph Pictorial,” Sydney, 8th July, 1929). If the re- 
presentations of the graziers are favourably entertained and an open season 


8 OUR NATIVE FAUNA—A WASTED ASSET. 


proclaimed for the district, a battue will naturally follow, and thousands of 
animals will be slaughtered and wasted. 

The example of America might again be referred to. In the early 
days of settlement the bison was wastefully slaughtered until it was virtually 
exterminated. A few survivors were collected and rigorously protected, so 
that now fine herds roam in the National Parks. Among the birds the 
passenger pigeon, which was once so numerous that the flocks literally 
darkened the sky as they passed over, was so wastefully shot down that it 
was actually exterminated, and no specimen has been seen in the United 
States for many years. The beautiful herons, from which the “osprey” 
plumes were taken in the breeding season, were almost exterminated, while 
terns, gulls and other birds yielding marketable plumage were so harried by 
hunters that they almost disappeared from the great Florida swamps. Now 
let me quote Alfred M. Bailey, in “Natural History” for June, 1929: “The 
coastal marshes of Louisiana are renowned as the wintering grounds of our 
northern breeding birds; hordes of ducks and geese wing their way from 
tundra lakes and arctic shores to the low lands bordering the Gulf of 
Mexico and seek refuge on the wide-stretching savannahs. Many wild life 
reservations have been set aside in Louisiana, and ducks and geese of many 
species find food and safety within their borders. The abundance of bird 
life along the coast is a lasting monument to bird conservation and to the 
men who caused legislation to be enacted for the preservation of our wild 
life. For it was not many years ago that feather hunting was at its height; 
there was a great demand for the plumes of the egret and the wings of the 
tern. Boatload after boatload of hunters left the small settlements and 
scoured the shores for birds. They visited the heronries and shot the egrets 
as they were returning with food to their young, and they raided the 
colonies of the nesting terns and gulls, killing the birds by thousands. The 
dull boom of black powder could be heard from all sides, and the slaughter 
continued as long as a target was found. The result was inevitable; the 
birds were practically exterminated. And then came legislation to prohibit 
the killing of birds for millinery purposes, and President Roosevelt set aside 
many small islands as breeding sanctuaries. For a few years it seemed the 
conservationists were too late, but gradually colonies were formed, the birds 
were allowed to breed in safety, and now, after twenty years of protection 
by the Federal and State Governments, Louisiana has a wealth of bird life 
unequalled by any other State.” 


The Economic Viewpoint. 


The value of our fauna from the purely commercial point of view can- 
not be accurately estimated in pounds sterling, owing to the absence of 
statistics as to the local consumption, but the export value exceeds one 
million pounds per annum in furred skins alone. (This, of course, excludes 
rabbit skins, the export value of which exceeds £2,000,000 per annum). If 
to the furred skins the value of birds, shell ( pearl and trochus), beche-de- 
mer, and other faunal products were added, the export value would pro- 
bably exceed £1,500,000 per annum. This is in spite of the wasteful manner 
in which the bulk of our natural product is harvested. 

If the taking of all classes of natural products were regulated the value 
would certainly be increased owing to the added quality resulting from the 
adoption of less wasteful methods. 

Each State of the Commonwealth has legislated, during the past thirty 
years or more, ostensibly to afford some measure of protection to the native 
animals and birds having commercial value, and during more recent times 
such legislation has been extended to birds having economic value as insect 
destroyers. Each State, however, has different views as to the species to be 


HULL. 9 


protected, the extent of protection to be afforded, and the administrative 
methods to be adopted to enforce observance of its laws. So far as the 
isolated State of Tasmania is concerned these differences have no effect on 
the fauna; but the mainland States with their artificial boundaries and 
without any physical barriers, such as Bass Strait, observe no uniformity in 
their laws, so that an animal protected in one may be unprotected in its 
neighbour. This naturally leads to the taking of protected animals near 
the border in a protection State, and their disposal in the adjoining State 
where the animals are unprotected. To police the vast extent of the boun- 
daries between, say, New South Wales and Queensland, or between South 
and Western Australia, would involve an intolerable burden of expense; 
whereas if legislation were uniform for all the mainland States adminis- 
tration would be greatly simplified, and the detection of offenders be rend- 
ered comparatively easy. 


Further, as regards the island State of Tasmania, the game laws are 
more advanced than those of any of the mainland States, and there is a 
provision for payment of a royalty which yields a handsome annual re- 
venue. The administration of the Act (The Animals and Birds Protection 
Act, 1928) is in the hands of a board of nine members, representative of 
the various interests concerned and the Government, and therefore prac- 
tically free from political influence. 


It is now nearly twelve months since the committee appointed by the 
State Minister for Agriculture (Mr. Thorby) to inquire into and report upon 
the possibilities in fur-farming as a commercial proposition brought up 
their report. As the reference to the committee specified the rabbit, fox, 
and opossum and other marsupials, the members called evidence ranging 
over a wide variety of animals, the fur of which might be cultivated on 
farms or otherwise under control. For the purpose of future reference by 
members of this Society who may be interested in the subject, I append a 
copy of the committee’s report: — 


Majority Recommendations. 


1. The committee opposes the importation of any species or breed 
of rabbit, on the grounds (a) that the rabbit is a very serious 
menace to the primary industries of Australia (rural industries), 
and causes great losses to them; (b) that there is no evidence 
that the breeding of rabbits could be regarded as a commercial 
proposition of a remunerative nature, and likely to provide an 
avenue of profitable employment; and recommends that rabbit 
farming be prohibited. 

2. As the committee has insufficient evidence to justify it in recom- 
mending the introduction of the silver fox, it refrains from mak- 
ing any recommendation. 

3. The principle of certain indigenous animals, viz., oppossum, wal- 
laby, kangaroos, and water rats, being cultivated on selected forest 
reserves and other approved localities, for the purpose of fur, is 
endorsed, subject to necessary safeguards. 

4. That steps be taken to study the actual position of indigenous 
animals with regard to the forest reserves, and that these ex- 
periments be conducted on certain islands and in certain forest 
reserves. 

5. The committee recommends that a royalty be charged in respect 
of all skins of indigenous animals taken for sale, the money so 
collected to be used for the approved preservation of the flora and 
fauna of the State, 


10 OUR NATIVE FAUNA—A WASTED ASSET. 


6. The committee is of opinion that the farming of karakul sheep is 
worthy of consideration. 

7. The committee is of opinion that under our climatic conditions 
the musquash would probably be no more suitable as a fur-bearing 
animal than our water rat, and it does not recommend the intro- 
duction of this animal into Australia. The committee is further 
of opinion that the water rat produces a fur that is of some 
value. 

8. The committee is definitely opposed to the introduction for com- 
mercial purposes of any carnivorous animal that is not already 
in this country, including the mink, skunk, lynx, weasel, polecat, 
and civet cat. 

9. The committee recommends that the State Government request 
the Commonwealth Government to make a biological survey re- 
garding seal life in Australia. 

10. The committee recommends that fur-farming of the koala be 
not permitted, and that permanent protection be continued over 
this animal and also the platypus. 

The minority (four of the ten signatories) considered that rabbit farm- 
ing should be permitted under certain safeguards. The difference of opinion 
on this one subject, however, does not concern the subject of my address. 
which is intended to embrace the indigenous fauna only. As nothing has 
been done in relation to the committee’s recommendations relative to such 
indigenous fauna, it may be assumed that the principal reason for seeking 
advice lay in the hope that a new avenue of employment might be opened 
up in the direction of importing and breeding special kinds of rabbits, foxes, 
and other exotic animals. The evidence before the committee, much of 
which was published in the daily press during its sittings, was clearly 
favourable to the cultivation under domestic conditions of angora, chin- 
chilla, and bevran rabbits in England, and silver foxes in Canada and the 
United States. But there was no evidence that either animal could be 
farmed in Australia as a paying proposition. Initial cost of breeding stock, 
cost of labour, distance from market, and a host of other considerations 
made it quite clear (at least to my mind) that the native fauna offered an 
infinitely better proposition. Here we can get the necessary stock for a 
nominal amount (say for shillings as compared with pounds for the im- 
ported beasts), their food is to a great extent at hand, obtainable at no cost 
beyond rent of forest lands, the labour required would be less than one- 
fourth of that required for the rabbit or fox, and the market is also at 
hand. 

If the owner of a well-stocked mixed farm were to allow a neighbour 
to enter and kill half his pigs because one had broken through the dividing 
fence and done a little damage on the adjoining farm, or if he were to an- 
nounce that for part of the year he would throw his farm open to the un- 
restricted capture or killing of his sheep by any persons who wanted their 
skins or meat, or if he were to permit a casual stranger to saunter through 
his poultry yard and shoot or trap half his hens and ducks merely because 
he (the stranger) wanted to eat or sell the birds, one would suggest that 
the farmer was not, strictly speaking, a good business man or one likely to 
succeed in his undertakings. And yet, this is exactly what the owner of 
that great mixed farm called Australia is doing with the stock placed upon 
it by Nature. Further, this great farm is divided into six farmlets, each 
under a separate stock manager, and each has different ideas as to the 
manner in which the stock should be treated, and the extent to which the 
neighbour or the casual stranger should be permitted to slay, take, or poison 
the stock on his farmlet. As a consequence, the stock of one farmlet is 


HULL. li 


quietly taken, carried across the dividing fence, and disposed of as if it had 
been taken from the adjoining farmlet whose manager was less alert or 
desirous of protecting his interests. 

If, in the gathering of the season’s wool, the grazier were to go out at 
night and shoot the sheep by moonlight, set traps in likely runways and 
collect the dead animals after they were cold, or set poison baits and pick 
up such victims as were discoverable, his methods would be described as 
somewhat crude. These, however, are the methods commonly adopted by 
those who gather the fur skins of our native animals. For some years 
Australian graziers have been studying the best methods of improving their 
breeds of sheep. Had one-tenth of the time and thought been applied to 
our native fur-bearing animals, the result would undoubtedly have been to 
improve their fur and productivity to such an extent as to enormously en- 
hance their value in the world’s markets. The silver fox of the Canadian 
fur farms, after comparatively few years of careful breeding and selection, is 
almost as far removed from the wild animal as the stud merino of New 
South Wales is removed from the Spanish merinos imported by Macarthur 
in the early days of settlement. Experiments in the direction of domes- 
ticating and breeding of opossums have been made in Tasmania, South and 
Western Australia, with some measure of success; sufficient, at any rate, to 
warrant operations on a larger scale. The black and brush opossums 
(Trichosurus spp.) while usually producing one young one at a time, fre- 
quently produce two, and occasionally three, but they have four mammae, 
and therefore presumably could produce four young. As Nature generally 
limits the production, according to the food supply, it may be assumed that 
with an assured and plentiful food supply, under protected conditions, the 
opossum would rise to the occasion and produce larger litters than in its 
native state. 

For the marsupial fur-bearing animals the present system of alternate 
open and close seasons should be abandoned, and a system of farming 
introduced, under which trapping, shooting and poisoning should be 
absolutely prohibited, and the animals allowed to be taken only under such 
control as to eliminate the destruction of females carrying young. No 
doubt the pastoralists and orchardists wili exclaim that such a system is 
impracticable, but if the inspectors or rangers policing the districts were 
allowed some discretion as to the destruction of any animals becoming an 
undoubted pest in any locality, the increased value of the animals under 
proper cultivation would reduce the probability of their becoming a pest 
to a minimum. 

My proposal is to license every collector of skins so. as to control the 
taking at its source; to lease Crown lands and forest reserves at nominal 
rentals per acre for the purpose of fur-farming; to permit of the disposal 
of all skins for local consumption at a small royalty per skin; to impose an 
export duty of a larger amount on all skins despatched beyond the Common- 
wealth; to prohibit the killing of females of breeding age; and to require 
that all animals killed shall be humanely dealt with. The quality of a 
skin is greatly improved if removed immediately after death. The present 
method of trapping or poisoning militates greatly against the quality of 
the skins. 

Every encouragement should be offered to persons who are prepared 
to undertake fur-farming, and every obstacle should be placed in the way 
of the nomadic hunter and trapper. 


Effectual Control. 


Our native fauna recognise no political boundaries. They roam, fly, or 
swim as the urge for food moves them, or the climatic conditions suit 


12 OUR NATIVE FAUNA—A WASTED ASSET. 


them. The only boundaries they recognise are natural barriers, such as 
oceans or deserts, and these even are overcome by certain marine animals 
in the one case, and birds in the other. The control of our native fauna 
should, therefore, be national; in other words, it should be vested in the 
Commonwealth. The danger of divided control under States without uni- 
form legislation has already been commented upon.’ It may be argued 
that Commonwealth control could not be effectively carried out, but if it is 
possible to effectively control navigation, posts, telegraphs and other 
utilities, it should not be difficult to apply the same control to the fauna. 
Uniformity of treatment would be at least largely beneficial; the methods 
of control would be concentrated in one Department and the overhead ex- 
penses consequently reduced; the aggregate income from licenses, royal- 
ties, and export duties (the latter of which could only be imposed by the 
Commonwealth) would provide for the proper policing of reserves, the 
observance of the regulations, and the encouragement of experimental 
work in regard to the improvement of our furs by careful selection and 
breeding under semi-domestic conditions. Under this control also the at 
present almost uncontrolled harvesting of our marine riches, actual and 
potential, of pearlshell, trochus, beche-de-mer, food fishes, whales, and 
seals, could be fostered and wisely directed, to the exclusion of the foreign 
element of intrusion, which now reaps so much of what should be gathered 
by and for Australians. 

The savage and senseless slaughter of our wonderful furred and 
feathered fauna, the wasteful harvesting of our marine riches, and the 
neglect to make proper provision for the preservation and study of the 
economically valueless but scientifically priceless animals, all call for strong 
legislative measures and undivided control. 


Value of Exports from Australia, 1921-1928, 
of Australian Furred-Skins and Marine Products. 


Furred Skins. 


Year. Opossum. Kangaroo. Wallaby. Total. 
£ £ 2 £ 
TI PAAR a ane 224,089 170,669 9,873 404,631 
CYP iSceiae LaRoe 498,184 273,977 37,790 809,951 
1B ae ee eae hee 410,660 290,809 57,306 758,775 
IG pA ee es a oe 127,774 182,009 55,653 365,436 
O25 =Gi rarer. deren a's 362,406 154,476 74,464 591,346 
O26 aT iy omites ates cet 921,833 137,994 46,655 1,106,482 
OOH By cceumareiatenu ts 538,815 200,781 42,184 781,780 
Marine Products. 
Pearl- Trochus- Beche-de- Total 
shell. shell. mer. 
£ £ £ a 
I PAT P A a Am 317,623 26,285 No record 343,908 
O22 S he AAU ee 320,602 25,095 No record 345,697 
ODS HA shel ar ae) Co 377,313 23,142 No record 400,455 
It EG iat. uaieeneige 413,095 47,892 No record 460,987 
NOZ5=Giavacrwctigse) on 391,695 76,280 3,940 471,915 
O26 Aine ae 352,626 72,812 18,443 443 881 
1927-8 . : ‘ 337,469 76,116 22,666 436,251 


Note—The ee carts of native bear, wombat and other marsupial skins 
are not recorded separately, but appear to be incorporated under one 
heading, “other skins,’ which may include domestic animals. 


REPORTS OF SECTIONS. 13 


Statistics relative to marsupial skins taken in Tasmania during the 
years 1923-27. There was an open season for three months in 1920, followed 
by a close season for two years. The periods of open season are shown 
under each year in the following table:— 


3 months. 2months. 3 months. 2 months. 2 months. 


Species. 1923. 1924. 1925. 1926. 1927. 
Kangaroo) asec 146,236 59,448 75,979 66,114 53,471 
Walla bye miei t=" 201,365 86,393 121,245 94,531 75,402 
Brush Opossum .. 105,968 45,978 60,212 49,737 42,617 
Ringtail Opossum . 587,179 273,421 596,526 634,620 603,863 


Total Skins . 1,040,748 465,240 853,962 845,002 775,353 


Royalties and 

Licenses collected £20,000 £10,000 £14,000 £13,000 £11,500 
Total skins taken in five years... .... .. 3,980,305 
Total royalties and licenses collected .. .. £68,500 


REPORTS OF THE SECTIONS. 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. 


Ten meetings were held during the year, the number of members and 
visitors present averaging eleven. A series of interesting lecturettes was 
delivered by members, in some cases illustrated by lantern slides. 

Numerous and varied specimens of insects were exhibited by 
members. 


BIOLOGICAL SURVEY SECTION. 


Regular quarterly meetings of this section have been held, with an 
average attendance of eleven. In addition, there have been several com- 
mittee meetings. 

Physiographical and geological studies of sections of National Park 
have reached an advanced stage. Fuller use has been made of the cottage 
at Gundamaian, placed at the Society’s disposal by the National Park 
Trust, and different week-ends have been allotted to the various sections. 
The ornithologists and entomologists have been most active as regards 
zoological work, but marine biology has recently received attention also, 
particular attention having been paid to the mangrove area. Botanical 
work has been carried on as before. Group leaders have been co-ordinating 
the work done on certain problems by groups of members. A room in the 
cottage has been allotted to a man whose services will be available as boat- 
man, etc., when required. 

The proposal to prepare a popular handbook of the natural history of 
National Park is still under consideration, and collections and observations 
have been made with that end in view. Popular and scientific names for 
the more prominent trees and plants in the Park are being supplied for the 
same purpose and for labels. 


GILBERT P. WHITLEY, Hon. Secretary. 


14 REPORTS OF SECTIONS. 


MARINE ZOOLOGICAL SECTION. 


The third year’s activities of this section have been brought to a suc- 
cessful close. There has been much of mutual interest to discuss among 
the members, and those who have been absent for periods in the field have 
enthusiastically figured in the excellent programme of lectures which has 
been a feature of the meetings. 

Lectures delivered during the year were as follows:— 


July 2nd.—‘Marine Ecology of the Islands of the Capricorn Group, 
Queensland.” By Mel. Ward. 

August 6th—‘“True Fish Stories.” By G. P. Whitley. 

September 3rd—‘Ten Months Marooned on the Kermadec Islands.” 
By Tom Iredale. 

October 8th—‘Lord Howe Island—the Madeira of the Pacific.” By A. 
Musgrave. 

November 5th—‘“The Oyster Resources of Queensland.” By T. C. 
Roughley. 

December 19th—‘“The Great Barrier Reef of Australia.” Contributed 
in the form of lecturettes by Messrs. T. C. Roughley, W. Boardman, Tom 
Iredale, F. A. McNeill, and H. S. Mort. 

February 4th—‘The Story of the Freshwater Eel.” By G. P. Whitley. 

March 4th.‘Beachcombing in Torres Strait.” By Mel. Ward. 

April 8th—‘“The Deep-sea Exploration of the Danish Survey Ship 
‘Dana.’” By T. C. Roughley. 

May 6th—‘“Crustacean Ecology.” By Mel. Ward. 

June 10th—‘“The Work Accomplished by the Members of the British 
Great Barrier Reef Expedition at Low Isles, North Queensland.” By Tom 
Iredale. 


Messrs. T. C. Roughley, T. Iredale, F. A. McNeill, G. P. Whitley, W. 
Boardman, A. A. Livingstone, and H. S. Mort were the guests of the British 
Expedition, at their headquarters on Low Isles, North Queensland, for 
varied periods, and brought back much valuable knowledge of the Great 
Barrier Reef and its fauna. Chairman T. C. Roughley also looked into the 
oyster resources of Queensland at the request of the Government of that 
State, and the recounting of his experiences proved of great interest. A 
collecting trip of three months’ duration enabled Mr. Mel. Ward to gather 
a wealth of information about the islands of Torres Strait, particularly the 
crustacean fauna; his experiences formed the subject of one of our most 
interesting lectures. 

Much assistance was given by members of the section to the personnel 
of the Danish survey ship, “Dana,” while they stayed in Sydney for several 
weeks during their world tour. Chairman T. C. Roughley and Mr. G. P. 
Whitley accompanied the “Dana” on a cruise of the coastal waters between 
Sydney and Brisbane, and about six members of the section also helped to 
entertain the scientific officers of the ship with a motor picnic to Leura 
and Katoomba on the Blue Mountains. 

The December meeting of the section was again treated as a social 
night, and the office-bearers endeavoured to foster the Xmas spirit among 
members, who were asked to attend in strength with their friends. Special 
arrangements were made for suitable refreshments, and the evening was a 
marked success. 

Assistance from the section has been promised concerning the pro- 
blems associated with the biological survey of National Park, and with this 
in view several members visited the Society’s premises at Gundamaian on 
June 21. A preliminary survey of the marine possibilities of the area was 


REPORTS OF SECTIONS. 15 


made, and the matter discussed at length on the monthly meeting night of 
July 1. 

y Several additional members have been added to the ranks during the 
year, including Professor W. J. Dakin, the enthusiastic zoologist, lately ap- 
pointed to the University chair, formerly held by the late Professor 
Launcelot Harrison. 

Meetings have been well attended, and the system of encouraging 
visitors has tended to brighten the proceedings, as well as winning new 
members for the section. 

T. C. RoucHLey, Chairman. 


F. A. McNEILL, Hon. Secretary. 
ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. 


Increased attendances at meetings, the many excellent lectures, and 
the very fine collections of photographs exhibited, made the past year a 
most successful one. 

The field outings to interesting bird localities, besides adding greatly 
to our knowledge of many species, and to the collections of our nature 
photographers, proved both instructive and enjoyable. The success of these 
“outings” is due to the leadership of Mr. K. A. Hindwood, our enthusiastic 
hon. secretary. 

Ideal weather conditions, a fruitful bird locality, and a hard-working 
body of enthusiasts, crowned with success the section’s first extended field 
excursion, held at Port Stephens during November of last year. One 
hundred and twenty-nine species of birds were observed, and many fine 
photographs were secured. We here take this opportunity of thanking Mr. 
W. J. Enright, of West Maitland, for his kindly help and advice, which were 
greatly appreciated. During the coming season it is proposed to hold an- 
other “camp-out,” the locality to be visited will be decided later. 

The field observations made by members and recorded at each meeting 
have proved of outstanding interest; these are included in the minutes and 
in time will be of great value, especially when the proposed popular hand- 
book is being compiled. 

To Mr. Tom Iredale we offer our thanks and congratulations on his two 
great “finds”; his success in procuring on Manly Beach one specimen each 
of the Grey Noddy (Procelsterna albivitta), and the Lord Howe Island 
Petrel (Pterodroma melanopus), was a fitting reward after five years’ in- 
tensive search. 

Many enjoyable week-ends have been spent at the bird cabin and at 
Gundamaian cottage by parties of our members. More accommodation is 
needed at both places, and members are advised that a caretaker and a 
boat have been procured for the cottage by the Society, but funds are re- 
quired to purchase more stretchers, blankets, and other camp equipment. 

Much useful work is being done by the other sections on the biological 
survey of National Park, and it is hoped that members of this section will 
do their share of the survey. Gundamaian cottage is available to our 
members on the fourth week-end of each month, and all wishing to par- 
ticipate are invited to attend. 


A summary of the lecturettes given during the past year is as follows: — 


August 17, 1928—Mr. C. Price Conigrave, a lecture, entitled: ‘““Tramp- 
ing in Northern Australia,’ beautifully illustrated with lantern slides. 

September 21, 1928—Messrs. A. H. Chisholm and N. W. Cayley, an 
address on “Australian Parrots,” illustrated with water-colour drawings by 
the latter. 7 


16 SECTIONAL MEETINGS: 


October 26, 1928—Mr. A. S. Le Souef, “Observations on the Birds of 
Hinchinbrook Island,” Queensland. 

Mr. A. A. Lawson, an address on the three-colour process, illustrated 
with lantern slides made by the process. 

Mr. E. Gostelow exhibited a fine collection of his paintings of Australian 
parrots. 

November 15, 1928.—Mr. K. A. Hindwood, a lecture on “Birds and the 
Bush,” excellently illustrated with his photographs. 

December 21, 1928—-The Port Stephens excursion, by Messrs. A. H. 
Chisholm, P. A. Gilbert, N. W. Cayley, and H. H. Innes. 

January 18, 1929—-Mr. Norman Chaffer exhibited a very fine collection 
of his photographs as lantern slides. 

February 15, 1929—-Mr. Tom Iredale led a discussion on the “Fairy 
Wrens of Australia,” supported by Messrs. A. H. Chisholm, N. W. Cayley, 
and P. A. Gilbert. Mr. Cayley exhibited water-colour drawings of all the 
species. 

March 15, 1929—Mr. E. F. Pollock exhibited his collection of lantern 
slides (a very fine lot), the majority being the work of Messrs. Otho Webb 
and David Gaukrodger. 

April 19, 1929——Mr. P. E. B. Barnett gave an “Illustrated Travel Talk,” 
the photographs, taken during his tour abroad, being fine examples. 

May 17, 1929—Mr. C. Price Conigrave gave a most interesting and in- 
structive lecture, entitled: “Tramping in Papua,” excellently illustrated. 

\ 
SECTIONAL MEETINGS. 


Syllabus for the year 1929-30. 


Biological Survey Section:— 
Wednesday, 21 August, 20 November, 1929; 19 February, 21 May, 1930. 


Entomological Section:— Marine Zoological Section: — 
Wednesday, 10 July, 1929. Monday, 12 August, 1929. 
14 August, % 2 September, i 
11 September, = 14 October, 9 
9 October, ns 4 November, £ 
13 November, ~ 2 December, 55 
12 February, 1930. 3 February, 1930. 
12 March, - 3 March, ‘5 
9 April, 5 7 April, ; 
14 May, ; 5 May, 
11 June, 2 June, 
Ornithological Section: — 
Friday, 19 July, 1929. 17 January, 1930. 
16 August, o 21 February, o 
20 September, is 21 March, 53 
18 October, i 18 April, a 
15 November, ss 16 May, i 
20 December, 3 20 June, aS 


Meetings of Sections are held at the Society’s office, Bull’s Chambers, 
28 Martin Place, at 7.30 p.m., and are open to.all members and their friends. 


17 


REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


By JouHn S. MANN. 
Part 2. 


Introduction. 


In the first paper of this series *, Group 1 of the family, with the ex- 
ception of two genera (Psilocephala and Belonalys), was completely re- 
vised. It has not been possible in these pages to fully revise Group 2, but 
the important and larger genera have been considered, and the others will 
be, in a subsequent paper. It must be stressed that these are ‘‘Revisional 
Notes” only, and, as was pointed out previously, insufficient material is 
available to allow of a complete revision of the family. 

As a result of acquiring much additional material, it has been found 
that many characters used by previous authors for the establishment of 
their generic conceptions are not of sufficient importance to clearly separate 
many of such genera. These examples are noted in the discussion on the 
various generic divisions. 

In these notes five genera are dealt with, twelve species are described 
as new and ten of the old descriptions are revised. 


Key to the Genera of Group 2. 


1. Scutellum triangular and Sr aad a raised, all small species. 
ia Acraspisa Krober. 


Scutellum normally semicircular. be oe 2: 
2. Antennae slightly or greatly longer than the head. ai. 
Antennae shorter than the head... .. 4. 


3. Palpi one segmented, attenuated, labella of proboscis reduced; males 
with part of the abdomen silvery pollinose and considerably flattened 
above and below in both sexes; antennae slightly longer than the head; 
style two-segmented; head more or less pyriform; face _ pro- 
truding. 2 . .. Acupalpa Krober. 
Palpi two- -segmented: labella not reduced: ‘abdomen of males in no wise 
pollinose; cylindrical in both sexes; antennae considerably longer than 
the head; style one-segmented; head subhemispherical. 

Agapophytus ‘Guerin. 

4, small species “with enlarged hypopygium ‘and silvery pollinose abdomen 
in the males; eyes with a transverse furrow; wings banded; elongated 
hind legs with the femora flattened on the sides and bearing a row of 
bristles. .. .. . .. Acatopygia Krober. 
Moderate to large species with ‘abdomen and hypopygium of males not 
as above; eyes normal; wings not banded, at most clouded only... . 

: Lonchorhynchus White. 
Note: ‘Daterminations Of genera Snedid be checked by the descriptions 


as there are possibly new genera in collections which have not been made 
available to me. Three genera of the group are not included in the above 


* Aust. Zool., v., 1928, 151. 


18 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


key as they have not been correctly determined; of these, Pseudolozocera, 
is not considered valid (vide notes under the description of A. obscuripes) , 
Spatulipalpa has not been recognised, and, if my determination of Para- 
psilocephala is correct, it can be distinguished from the two lastnamed 
genera as follows: From Actopygia by the uniformly cylindrical abdomen, 
and from Lonchorhynchus by its small size and by having the eyes touching 
in the males. 
Oldenbergia is possibly .a synonym of Parapsilocephala. 


Genus AORASPISA. 


Acraspisa Krober, Ent. Mitt., 1, p. 286, 1912. 


Small species with the head distinctly pyriform and flattened above; 
slightly broader than long and about as broad as the thorax; occiput 
deeply concave (except in trifasciata) and fringed with black bristles; eyes 
bare, very large and descending well down on to the cheeks and divided by 
an indistinct transverse furrow which is level with the antennae, touching 
in the males for a short distance and separated in the females; ocellar 
tubercle oval, slightly raised and bearing tufts of short hair; ocelli three 
in number; front small and triangular in the males and uniformly broaden- 
ing in the females; antennae shorter than the head and in relation to the 
anterior margin of the eyes they are inserted at something below two- 
thirds its depth and they project forward so that they and the flattened 
frons are on one plane, composed of three segments, the basal one of which 
is short, stout and cylindrical and never more than twice as long as the 
second which is more or less globular and flattened at the extremities, seg- 
ment three is irregularly conical and may be slightly broader than the 
other segments when viewed in profile; style two segmented the apical 
segment being very small and often retracted into the basal and is thus 
often difficult to discern; the arista is never longer than the style; face 
and cheeks very small, the latter bearing long fine hair; proboscis project- 
ing forwards somewhat; palpi composed of one broadly conical segment 
which is short haired. 

The thorax is slightly longer than and as deep as broad, one and one 
half times as long as the head, very convex above and almost bare of 
pubescence, but bearing a few bristles (slightly tomentose with a few hairs 
in trifasciata) ; the scutellum is triangular and raised to become perpen- 
dicular and is fully twice as long as its greatest width, it bears two ventral 
marginal bristles; postscutellum convex and well hidden beneath the 
scutellum. 

The abdomen may be more than twice as long as but is slightly narrower 
than the thorax, flattened above and below and somewhat clavate at the 
extremity. 

The legs are normal in length, the tibiae and tarsi bear numerous 
bristles, but the femora are devoid of such. 

Wings banded; M3 and M4, similarly with Cul and 1A coalesce well 
before the wing border, the origination of M1 and M2 is subject to con- 
siderable variation( vide notes under the description of obscuripes); costa 
and hind margin ciliated. 

The sexes may be dissimilar in general coloration, but individually, 
except for the veins M1 and M2, the specimens of any species show little or 
no variation. 

Genotype: Acraspisa trifasciata Krober. In the Hamburg Museum. 

Krober erected the genus on one male from Peak Downs (Northern 
Territory) . 

Range: Australia only. 


MANN. 19 


Distribution: The typical species extends from New South Wales to 
the Northern Territory; the other two are known from Queensland only. 
The primary character given by Krober when he proposed this genus 
was that of the perpendicularly raised and triangular scutellum. This 
character alone would not be of sufficient importance to establish the genus 
for it has been used with disastrous results in STRATIOMYIIDAE. Pachy- 
gaster has been split up into an enormous number of genera, several of 
which have been based on this very character and there is nothing to in- 
dicate that these conceptions are more than arbitrary. The genus Leco- 
myia contains species in which the scutellum is both upraised and normal, 
and in such cases there is no dispute about these species being congeneric. 
With this in mind one cannot help viewing’ the character in THEREVIDAE 
with some doubt, but in the case of this genus there are several quite good 
supporting characters and the group as herein described is very homo- 
geneous. 
Key to the species of Acraspisa Krober. 
CME IVECD CSM a ame dao neccic Var tute icteuglael eas oS Up ceed ake yd sk tds 2: 
Females. .. . 4. 
2. Thorax bright brown. with ; a shining black anterior dorsal area. 
Lee el ees nigrinota sp. nov. 
Thorax shining « or dull black. 
3. Thorax grey tomentose; scutellum brown. and legs ‘mainly brown. 
.. trifasciata Krober. 
Thorax without erey somentum, shining black: ‘scutellum shining black; 


legs black brown... . Seite le eeieera ae ODSCITIDES SDN 1LOD! 
4. Thorax dull black above. Bera Oe so on Be on RAIOGTA, VeSKo} of =F, 
Thorax red-brown; legs mainly black. ae . .. obscuripes sp. nov. 
Thorax bright brown; legs bright yellow- -brown. .. .. MNgrinota sp. nov. 


In the material before me I have two females of another new species, 
which are closely allied to obscuripes, and three of yet another species 
which are apparently nearly related to trifasciata. I am refraining from 
describing these until more are available, and since the males may be some- 
what diverse in general coloration, it would certainly be better to have 
these for description at the same time. 


Fig. 1. 
Acraspisa obscuripes sp. nov. 
a. Male mouthparts. 


b. Male antenna. 
c. Female palp. 


20 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


ACRASPISA TRIFASCIATA. 


Acraspisa trifasciata Krober, Ent. Mitt., 1, p. 286, 1912. 
Length: 6-8 mm. 


Male: Head with the occiput dull black, more or less straight but 
slightly indented medianly, sparsely fringed with black bristles; eyes 
separated on the vertex by the width of the ocellar tubercle, but contiguous 
for two-thirds the distance below this towards the antennae and from 
thence they somewhat sinuously diverge; ocelli brown; front black, grey 
tomentose; antennae dull brown with black reflections, segment 1 less than 
twice as long as 2; 3 slightly more than three times as long as 1 and twice 
as long as 1 and 2 united; the style is almost one-fourth the length of 
the first antennal segment; the arista is two-thirds the length of the style; 
face and cheeks black-brown, the latter bearing black hair; proboscis and 
palpi black with black hairs, and the former projects as far forward as the 
apex of the second antennal segment, and the latter is two-thirds the length 
of the former. 

Thorax dull black, covered with grey tomentum and fine black hair; 
furnished with 3 pre-alar, 1 inter-alar and 2 post-alar bristles; pleurae 
black, grey tomentose; scutellum brown; postscutellum black. 

Abdomen two and one half times as long as the thorax, straight sided; 
brown with black reflections; segments 4-5 almost wholly black; venter 
similarly coloured; genitalia bright brown. 

Legs brown, hind tibiae and tarsi mainly black. 

Wings hyaline, banded with three irregular grey cross bands, one cross- 
ing the basal cells, one the median and one just prior to the tip; the ex- 
treme tip is grey; veins Ml and M2 arise together from the corner of the 
median cell which is considerably broader, but hardly as long as cell M3. 

The female differs from the male, in having the eyes separated on the 
vertex by twice the width of the ocellar tubercle and the anterior margins 
straight and uniformly diverging, the thorax with reddish pleurae and the 
abdomen almost wholly black and darker banded wings. The genital spines 
are reddish. 


Habitat: Northern Territory; Daley River (¢, no date given). This 
specimen is in the South Australian Museum; New South Wales; Forest 
Reefs (1 9, Lea., no date given). This has been made the female allotype 
and has been deposited in the Queensland Museum, No. 3505. 

Krober originally described the species from a male taken at Peak 
Downs (Northern Territory ?) and lodged the type in the Hamburg Museum. 


ACRASPISA NIGRINOTA Sp. NOv. 


Length: 6-9 mm. 


Male: Head with the occiput shining black; eyes separated on the 
vertex by the width of the ocellar tubercle and touching below this for two- 
thirds the length of the front and from thence diverging with the anterior 
margins slightly concave; ocelli bright brown; front shining black, orna- 
mented with a fine median longitudinal furrow, bare; antennae brown with 
segment 1 half as long again as 2; 3 is almost four times as long as 1 and 
2 united and is hardly broader than the other segments; the arista is less 
than one half the length of the style; proboscis brown, projecting as far 
forward as the apex of the first antennal segment; palpi brown and nearly 
as long as the proboscis. 

Thorax bright brown with an anterior dorsal area of shining black; 
furnished with 1 pre-alar, 1 inter-alar, 1 post-alar and 4-6 pre-scutellar 
bristles; pleurae, scutellum and postscutellum bright brown. 


MANN. 21 


Abdomen twice as long as the thorax; tapering; shining black, black 
haired; venter black with brown reflections; genitalia light brown. 

Legs bright yellow-brown with brown reflections; anterior tarsi black. 

Wings hyaline with three irregular grey cross bands, the central one of 
which is broad and extends from the base to the apex of the median cell, 
the others are narrow; veins M1 and M2 arise together from the median cell 
and are joined for a short distance before branching; cell M3 is slightly 
longer and broader than the median. 

The female differs from the male in having the eyes separated on the 
vertex by three times the width of the ocellar tubercle, with the anterior 
margins straight and uniformly diverging, the front shining black and the 
intermediate tarsi as well as the anterior, black. The genital spines are 
brown. 

Variations: The intermediate tarsi of the male may be brown also. 

Holotype: Male, Gogango (A. P. Dodd, December, 1928), in the Queens- 
land Museum, No. 3281. 

Allotype: Female, Brisbane (G. H. Hardy, October, 1928), and in his 
collection in Brisbane. 

Paratype: Male, Gogango (A. P. Dodd, December, 1928), in the author’s 
collection. 

Habitat: As above, Gogango and Brisbane, Queensland. 

The species is distinguished from the others by the general colour. 


ACRASPISA OBSCURIPES Sp. NOV. 


Length: 5-8 mm. 

Male: Head with the occiput shining black; eyes separated on the ver- 
tex by the width of the ocellar tubercle and contiguous below this for half 
the distance to the antennae and from thence broadly diverging with the 
anterior margins somewhat concave; ocellar tubercle black; ocelli bright 
brown; front black, grey tomentose; antennae black with some brown re- 
flections, segment 1, twice as long as 2; 3, three times as long as 1 and 
broader than the other segments; arista one-fourth the length of the style; 
face and cheeks black, grey tomentose and the latter bearing greyish hairs; 
proboscis and palpi black, black haired, the former projects as far forward 
as the middle of the third antennal segment and the latter are two-thirds 
the length of the former. 

The thorax is shining black and is furnished with 3 pre-alar, 1 inter- 
alar, 2 post-alar and 6 pre-scutellar bristles, all of which are black and 
weakly developed; pleurae, scutellum and postscutellum shining black. 

Abdomen one and one half times as long as the thorax, straight sided 
and shining black with segments 1-3 mainly dull brown; the whole black 
and brown haired; venter shining black; genitalia bright brown. 

Legs black-brown, somewhat brown at the base of the tarsi. 

Wings hyaline with three faint grey narrow cross bands, one near the 
base, one at the apex of the median cell and the other just prior to the 
wing tip; veins M3 and Mé4 similarly with Cul and 1A meet well before the 
border; M1 and M2 issue from the median cell together and are joined for 
a short distance before branching away from each other; cell M3 and the 
median are about the same size. 

The female differs from the male considerably: Eyes separated on the 
vertex by twice the width of the ocellar tubercle and then uniformly diverg- 
ing with the anterior margins straight; front dull black, white at the eye 
margins and finely striated; thorax wholly red-brown with black reflections 
anteriorly and laterally; pleurae red-brown with a silver longitudinal stripe 
just above the coxae; scutellum bright brown with black margins; segments 


22 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


2-3 of abdomen bright brown. The genital spines are black and weakly 
developed. 

Variations: The antennae may be almost entirely brown and veins M1 
and M2 may vary considerably in their origin, and instead of arising as 
herein described they may be normal or issue as in trifasciata. In this 
connection it might be mentioned that Krober (Ent. Mitt., 1, p. 286, 1912) 
erected the genus Pseudoloxocera on a female specimen of an insect from 
Peak Downs, and used, as the primary character for the genus, the fact 
that the veins M1 and M2 arose “together as forked veins from the upper 
corner of the discoidal cell.” In view of the aforementioned gradation of 
the character, this genus could not possibly be maintained without support- 
ing structural differences. As the species is unknown to me the question of 
the possible synonomy of Pseudoloxocera will have to be left in abeyance. 

Holotype and Allotype (G. H. Hardy, Brisbane, March, 1929, in copula) 
in G. H. Hardy’s collection, Brisbane. Paratypes in the Queensland Museum 
and in the author’s collection. 

Habitat: Queensland, Brisbane (H. Hacker, 10 ¢,.1 9, September, 1914), 
Chinchilla (A. P, Dodd, 3 ¢, November, 1927). 

The species is readily separated from the other members of the genus 
in both sexes by the general coloration. 


Siral 


bristles 


/ f <— z Venttal Na, 


Fig. 2. 
Acraspisa obscuripes sp. nov. 
Complete wing. 


i Showing variations in the origin of veins M1 and M2. 


DaOwP 


Thorax, lateral view, to show scutellum and the two ventral marginal 
bristles. 


MANN. 23 


Genus ACUPALPA. 


Acupalpa Krober, Ent. Mitt., 1, p. 152, 1912. 


. Moderately sized species with the head sub-hemispherical, slightly or 
considerably flattened above, slightly broader than the thorax, distinctly 
broader than long; occiput slightly or deeply concave and fringed with black 
hairs and bristles; eyes large, bare, separated in both sexes, but more so in 
the female than in the male, anterior margin convex, or straight, facets 
uniform; ocellar tubercle large, oval and raised; front bare, sparsely 
pubescent or somewhat sculptured; antennal tubercle prominent, some- 
times bilobate, always bare; antennae, in relation to the anterior margin of 
the eye, are inserted at about half its depth, separated at the base with the 
first segments parallel and the remainder divergent, longer than the head, 
segment 1 cylindrical, beset with black hairs and bristles, segment 2 some- 
what globular and flattened at the extremities and also beset with black 
hairs and bristles, segment 3 elongate-conical or irregularly cylindrical when 
viewed in profile, sometimes broader than the other segments, haired at the 
base only in most instances; style one-segmented (composed of 2 segments 
in semirufa); arista present and rather stoutly developed; face produced 
bulbous-like and projecting forwards; bare or pubescent; cheeks receding 
and clothed with long fine hair; proboscis elongate, projecting as far for- 
ward as the apex of the antennae, labella reduced in comparison with those 
of other genera, base narrowed; palpi one-segmented (two-segmented in 
pollinosa) and almost as long as the proboscis, somewhat sharp pointed, 
pubescent. 

Thorax convex above, longer than the head, furnished with 3-4 
pre-alar, 1-3 inter-alar, 0-1 post-alar and 2-4 pre-scutellar bristles, all of 
which are black; scutellum semicircular and armed with 2-4 marginal 
bristles; postscutellum convex and well hidden beneath the scutellum. 

Abdomen one and one half to twice as long as and as broad as or slightly 
broader than the thorax; flattened dorsally; straight-sided; silvery pollinose 
in the males. 

The legs are of moderate length; the tibiae and tarsi bear numerous 
bristles; the femora are haired but devoid of bristles. 

The wings are banded, always longer than the abdomen; veins M3 and 
M4 similarly with Cul and 1A coalesce well before the border; cell M3 may 
be narrower or broader than the median but is always longer; costa and 
hind margin ciliated; stigma distinct. 

The sexes are similar, there being but a slight variation of colour be- 
sides the usual sexual differences. 

Genotype: Acupalpa rostrata Krober. 

Range: Peculiar to Australia. 

Distribution: The typical species is known from Sydney only (the type 
locality); albitarsa and semirufa extend from New South Wales to 
Southern Queensland and the latter has been taken at Mount Tambourine 
(2,000 ft.); pollinosa and semiflava are known from Southern Queensland 
only. 

A somewhat heterogeneous collection of species which may, when more 
material is available, have to be split up in one or two additional genera. 
A. pollinosa and semirufa exhibit the greatest amount of divergence from 
the characteristics of the typical species, the former in having two seg- 
mented palpi and the latter a two-segmented style. 

The genus is readily recognised by the elongate and somewhat sharp 
pointed proboscis and palpi together with the protruding face, pollinose 
abdomen in the males and banded wings. 


24 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


Key to the Species of Acupalpa. 


1. Abdomen-wholly black. eee een ee nee ccna 4, 
Abdomen otherwise coloured. F : 3: 
2. The four apical tarsal segments of all legs white. .. albitarsa sp. nov. 


The apical half of the basal and the whole of the second anterior tarsal 

segments, whitish; the basal intermediate and posterior tarsal segments 

brownish white... .. ..... pollinosa sp. nov. 
The posterior femora black, others orange; ‘antennae brown. ie 

me rostrata Krober. 

3 Segments 2-3 of ‘abdomen largely ‘reddish. . ei) eye) tale aus  SCUILIMMILT CSP erent 

Segments 1-3 of abdomen yellow. .. .. .. .. .. .. semiflava sp. nov. 


Fig. 3. 
antenna of Acupalpa albitarsa sp. nov. 
palp of Acupalpa albitarsa sp. nov. 
palp of Acupalpa pollinosa sp. nov. 
third antennal segment of Acupalpa rostrata Euober. 
third antennal segment of Acupalpa semiflava sp. nov. 


oaoop 


ACUPALPA ALBITARSA Sp. 70D. 

Length: 6-9 mm. 

Male: Head with the occiput deep black, grey at the eye margins, and 
fringed with a marginal row of rather weak black bristles; eyes separated 
on the vertex by the width of the ocellar tubercle with the anterior margins 
straight and parallel for one half of the length of the front and from 
thence widely diverging; ocellar tubercle dull black ocelli shining brown; 
front small, dull black with greyish tomentum on the sides and towards the 
vertex, sparsely covered with black hairs; antennal tubercle dull black; 


MANN. 25 


antennae separated slightly at the base, one and two-third times as long as 
the head, brown-black with the basal half of the first segment brown; seg- 
ment 1 almost as long as the head; 2 one-sixth the length of 1; 3 slight 
longer than 1, cylindro-conical and furnished with a few black hairs; style 
broadly conical, its greatest width being almost equal to its length; the 
arista is one-fourth the length of the style; cheeks dull black; proboscis 
brown-black; palpi black and almost half the length of the proboscis, be- 
set with short black hair. 

Thorax very little longer than and hardly as deep as broad, twice as 
long as the head; dull black dusted with irregular patches of brown tomen- 
tum; covered with black and brown hairs; ornamented with faint indica- 
tions of fine longitudinal parallel stripes; furnished with 3 pre-alar, 1 inter- 
alar and 4 pre-scutellar bristles, all of which are black; pleurae black, grey 
tomentose; scutellum velvet brown-black and bearing 4 black bristles, all of 
which are but weakly developed; postscutellum black. 

Abdomen almost twice as long as and about as broad as the thorax; 
slightly tapering, somewhat cylindrical; dull black; segments 2-3 slightly 
silvery pollinose, apically margined white and with an irregular triangular 
median brown area; vertex shining black; genitalia brown. 

Legs brown-black; the bases of the fore and middle tibiae somewhat 
lighter; the four apical tarsal segments of all legs white. 

Wings hyaline with the tip and two indistinct cross bands brown; one 
band extends from the base to the apices of the basal cells where it is 
irregularly confluent with the other which crosses the median cell; cell M3 
considerably narrower but slightly longer than the median. The halteres 
are bright yellow. 

The female is unknown. 

Variations: The thoracic stripes and wing banding may be more or less 
distinct; the silvery pollen on the abdomen may extend from the first to the 
third segment and the first may be also apically margined white. 

Holotype: Male, Brisbane (H. Hacker, September, 1914), is in the 
Queensland Museum, No. 3282, together with 10 paratypes; 2 paratypes in 
Dr. I. M. Mackerras’ collection, Sydney, and one in Dr. A. J. Nicholson’s, at 
the Sydney University. 

Habitat: Queensland, Brisbane (19 ¢, H. Hacker, September, 1914) ; New 
South Wales, Woodford (2 ¢, I. M. Mackerras, November, 1925); Como (4, A. 
J. Nicholson, November, 1923). 

The species differs from the genotype in having a distinctly less pyri- 
form head and a slightly more cylindrical and less flattened abdomen, but 
I do not consider that these are of sufficient importance to warrant placing 
same in some other genus. 

Readily distinguished from semirufa and semiflava by the all black 
abdomen and from rostrata and pollinosa by the colour of the legs. 


ACUPALPA POLLINOSA Sp. 710v. 

Length: 6-9 mm. 

Male: Head with the occiput deeply concave, shining black and fringed 
with black hairs and bristles; eyes separated on the vertex by the width of 
the ocellar tubercle, converging very slightly below this for a short distance 
and from thence convexly diverging; ocellar tubercle black; ocelli dark 
brown; front small and narrow, black, ornamented with a small tubercle 
just below the ocelli and with faint indications of diagonal striae; antennal 
tubercle divided longitudinally for half the length by a deep and narrow 
furrow, shining black; antennae slightly longer than the head, black-brown 
with segment 1 almost three times as long as 2 which is slightly less than 
one-fifth the length of 3; 3 is irregularly cylindrical, twice as long as 1 and 


26 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


longer than 1 and 2 united, hardly broader than 2 at its broadest point and 
furnished with long black hair near the base; style and arista very short 
and united, they are about half the length of the second antennal segment; 
face shining black, swollen bulbous-like and projecting as far forward as 
the antennal tubercle, clothed with long black hair; cheeks dull black be- 
coming grey under the eyes and bearing white and blackish hairs; proboscis 
brown-black covered with short black hair; palpi black covered with short 
black hair and three-fourths the length of the proboscis, 2 segmented, the 
basal segment being stouter and one-third the length of the apical. 

Thorax slightly longer than and about as deep as broad, slightly more 
than twice as long as the head; black, with the anterior margin and the 
anterior-lateral angles greyish and with indications of two parallel longi- 
tudinal greyish stripes; humeral calli shining black; furnished with 3 pre- 
alar, 1-2 inter-alar, 1 post-alar, and 4 pre-scutellar bristles, all of which 
are long, black and weakly developed; pleurae black, grey tomentose; 
scutellum shining black furnished with 2 long convergent marginal bristles; 
postscutellum dull black. 

Abdomen slightly more than twice as long as and as broad as the thorax; 
tapering very slightly; black, segments 1-4 silvery pollinose; 3 apically 
margined white; clothed with rather long white and black hairs; venter 
similarly coloured, except for the silvery pollen; genitalia brown. 

Legs black with some brown reflections; the apical half of the basal 
and the whole of the second anterior tarsal segments whitish; the basal 
intermediate and posterior tarsal segments brownish-white. 

Wings slightly longer than the abdomen, three times as long as broad; 
hyaline, with 3 irregular, dark grey crossbands, one of which crosses the 
basal cells at the apex, and is as broad as half their length, the second 
crosses at the median cell and is as broad as that cell is long, the third is 
faint and narrow and crosses at the fork of R4 and R5; cell M3 is broader 
and longer than the median. The halteres are brown with pale yellow 
apices. 

The female is unknown. 

Holotype: Male, Brisbane (H. Hacker, September, 1914), in the Queens- 
land Museum, No. 3283. 

Paratypes in the Queensland Museum and the author’s collection. 

Habitat: Queensland, Brisbane (H. Hacker, 7 ¢, September, 1914), 
Caloundra (H. Hacker, 1 3, October, 1913). 

A. pollinosa differs from the typical species in having two-segmented 
palpi; it may not be con-generic, but I cannot find any other structural 
differences of sufficient importance to justify making a new genus. 

The species is separated from semirufa and semiflava by the colour of 
the abdomen, from rostrata by the colour of the femora and from albitarsa 
by the colour of the tarsi. 


ACUPALPA ROSTRATA. 
Acupalpa rostrata Krober, Ent. Mitt., 1, p. 152, 1912. 


Length: 8-10 mm. 

Male: Head flattened considerably above; occiput slightly concave, 
black; eyes separated on the vertex by slightly more than the width of the 
ocellar tubercle, slightly convexly diverging below this for one-third the 
length of the front and from thence more abruptly, the anterior margin is 
convex; ocellar tubercle black, ocelli brown; front dull black, bare; antennal 
tubercle shining black, covered sparsely with black hairs; antennae slightly 
longer than the head, segment 1 brown, slightly more than one half the 
length of 3; 2 brown, one-third the length of 1; 3 slightly longer than 1 and 


MANN. 27 


2 united, elongate conical, black and clothed with long black hairs; arista 
two-thirds the length of the style; face shining black, covered with rather 
long black pubescence, swollen bulbous-like and projecting almost as far 
forward as the antennal tubercle; cheeks shining black, becoming grey 
under the eyes and bearing grey and blackish hairs; proboscis brown-black; 
palpi brown-black, almost as long as the proboscis and beset with long black 
hair. 

Thorax very little longer than and hardly as deep as broad, twice as 
long as the head; black, dusted with grey tomentum; ornamented with 
three indistinct parallel grey stripes; furnished with rather long black 
pubescence, 4 pre-alar, 2 inter-alar and 4 pre-scutellar bristles; pleurae 
similarly coloured; scutellum black and furnished with 4 black bristles; 
postscutellum black. 

Abdomen one and one half times as long as but hardly broader than 
the thorax, tapering slightly; black, segmenis 1-4 silvery pollinose, 2 and 3 
apically margined white; venter dull black; genitalia brown. 

Legs orange; coxae, hind femora except for the extreme apices, apical 
half of hind tibiae, 3 apical tarsal segments of all legs and apices of fore 
and middle tibiae black; 2 basal tarsal segments of fore and middle tarsi, 
white; the orange on the hind legs is somewhat darker than that on the 
others. 

Wings hyaline, with dark grey tip and two bands, one crossing the basal 
cells and the other the median cell; cell M3 broader and slightly longer than 
the median cell. The halteres are black with white apices. 

The female differs from the male only in having the eyes separated on 
the vertex by as much again as the width of the ocellar tubercle. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Collaroy (1 ?, V. Irwin-Smith); Ryde (1¢, 
December, 1925); Kogarah (1 dg, I. M. Mackerras, November, 1927); Manly 
(2 9, November, 1923). 

This is the typical form of the genus and can be distinguished from all 
the others by the colour of the legs, distinct wing banding together with the 
general black coloration. 


ACUPALPA SEMIRUFA SD. 70V. 


Length: 8-14 mm. 

Male: Head with the occiput slightly concave and black; eyes with the 
anterior margins convex, separated on the vertex by slightly more than the 
width of the ocellar tubercle, slightly convexly diverging below this for one- 
third the length of the frons and from thence more abruptly; ocellar 
tubercle black; ocelli brown; front black, bare, ornamented with very fine 
indistinct striae; antennal tubercle shining black, divided longitudinally by 
a shallow, indistinct groove; antennae brown-black, one and one half times 
as long as the head, segment 1 slightly more than half the length of 3; 2 
about one-third the length of 1; 3 irregularly cylindrical, slightly broader 
than the other segments, longer than 1 and 2 united and beset with black 
hairs and pubescence; style two segmented, the first of which is about half 
the length and slightly broader than the second and both are somewhat 
rectangular in shape; the arista is about one-fourth the length of the style; 
face shining black, the lower half produced and divided longitudinally, 
forming a bilobed bulbous-like protuberance just above the mouth opening, 
clothed sparsely with black pubescence; cheeks black becoming grey under 
the eyes and bearing whitish hairs; proboscis brown-black, black haired and 
projecting as far forward as the middle of the third antennal segment; 
palpi similarly coloured, almost as long and tapering. ; 

Thorax very little longer than and as deep as broad, three times as 
long as the head; dull black with indications of three greyish longitudinal 


28 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


dorsal stripes which become more and more indistinct as they extend to- 
wards the scutellum; furnished with black pubescence, 4 pre-alar, 3 inter- 
alar and 2 pre-scutellar bristles; pleurae black; scutellum black and pro- 
vided with 4 elongate but weak bristles and fringed with black pubescence; 
postscuteilum dull black. 

Abdomen one and one half times as long as and slightly broader than 
the thorax, covered with silvery pollen and black and white pubescence; 
black with sides of segments 2-3 largely reddish; venter black segments 2 
and 3 reddish; genitalia brown. 

Legs reddish; coxae, apices of anterior femora, apical two-thirds of an- 
terior tibiae, apices of intermediate and posterior tibiae, extremities of 
intermediate and posterior tarsi, basal half of first and the whole of the 
apical three anterior tarsal segments, black; remaining anterior tarsal seg- 
ments white and the remainder of the intermediate and posterior tarsi 
brown. 

Wings hyaline with three dark grey bands, the first crossing at the apices 
of the basal cells, the second the median cell and the third at the tip of 
the wing; cell M3 both broader and longer than the median; veins yellowish; 
halteres brown-black with yellow apices. 

The female differs from the male as follows: Eyes separated on the 
vertex by as much again as the width of the ocellar tubercle; front broader, 
the fine striae replaced by rugae; facial protuberance not divided longi- 
tudinally; abdomen two and a half to three times as long as the thorax, 
segments two and three mainly reddish, the silvery pollen is absent; cross- 
bands of wing considerably darker in colour and the two nearest to the base 
coalesce slightly medianly; the legs are of a darker red; genital spines red. 

Holotype: Male, taken at Blackheath, New South Wales (by G. H. Hardy) 
and is in his collection, Brisbane. 

Allotype: Female, from Bribie Island, Queensland (H. Hacker), in the 
Queensland Museum, No. 3494. 


Habitat: New South Wales, Sydney (G. H. Hardy, 1 2, December, 1918) ; 
Manly (2 9°, November, 1923); Blackheath (2 g, G. H. Hardy, November, 
1919) ; Queensland, Tambourine Mountain (1 9, H. Hacker, November; 3 9. 
J. Mann, December, 1925); Bribie Island (1 ?, H. Hacker, September, 1918). 

This species is provisionally placed as an Acupalpa. I am reluctant to 
form new genera at the present juncture owing to the lack of material from 
which to draw conclusions. The style in semirufa is definitely two seg- 
mented, whereas that of rostrata (the genotype) is composed of one seg- 
ment. When dealing with group 1 of part 1 of these studies (Aust. Zoolo- 
gist, vol. 5, part 2, 1928) I formed the opinion that the style afforded ex- 
cellent characters for generic segregation, but since working over this second 
group I am convinced that the validity of certain characters as generic 
criteria depends entirely on the particular group. Whereas, the two- 
segmented style in 1 would indicate a separate genus from a species with 
same composed of one segment only; in 2 the indications may not neces- 
sarily be such. With this in view I have decided to place the present species 
in Acupalpa for the time being. It can readily be distinguished by the 
colour of the abdomen. 


ACUPALPA SEMIFLAVA Sp. 70V. 
Length: 6-9 mm. 


Female: Head with the occiput slightly concave, black; eyes separated 
on the vertex by almost as much again as the width of the ocellar tubercle 
and from thence diverging with the anterior margins practically straight; 
ocellar tubercle black; ocelli brown; front black, sparsely pubescent, orna- 


MANN. 29 


mented with a few indistinct, longitudinal striae; antennal tubercle bilobate, 
shining black; antennae black, segment 1 almost two-thirds the length of 
3; 2 one-third the length of 1; 3 slightly longer than 1 and 2 united, some- 
what conical and slightly broader than the other segments; style received 
into the apical hollow of the last antennal segment; the arista is rather 
thick at the base and is about two-thirds the length of the style; face shin- 
ing black, bare except for fringe of stiff black hairs, protruding bulbous-like 
almost as far forward as the antennal tubercle; cheeks black, becoming 
silver-grey as they descend under the eyes, with black and whitish hairs; 
proboscis brown-black and black haired; palpi brown-black and beset with 
long black hair, two-thirds the length of the proboscis. 

Thorax one and one half times as long as and about as deep as broad, 
two and one half times as long as the head; dull black; ornamented with 3 
indistinct grey parallel stripes; furnished with a few black bristles which 
appear to vary individually and clothed with black pubescence; pleurae 
black, grey tomentose; scutellum velvet-black furnished with 2 strong and 
2 weak bristles; postscutellum brown-black. 

Abdomen three times as long as, and, at its broadest point as broad as 
the thorax, tapering; segments 1-3 yellow and the remainder black; the 
whole clothed with black pubescence; venter similar; genital spines 
reddish. 

Legs black-brown; knees and first tarsal segments of the middle and 
hind legs pale-brown; the 2 anterior basal tarsal segments white. 

Wings hyaline with tip and two crossbands dark grey, the first of these 
bands is narrow and crosses at the apices of the basal cells and the other 
crosses the median cell and is as broad as that cell is long; cell M3 hardly 
as broad as, but slightly longer than the median. 

The halteres are brown with pale yellow apices. 

The male is unknown. 


Holotype: Female, Brisbane (H. Hacker, September, 1914), is in the 
Queensland Museum, No. 3495, together with paratypes; and further para- 
types in G. H. Hardy’s and the author’s collection, Brisbane. 


Habitat: Queensland, Brisbane (4 2, September, 1912; 1 2, October, 1913; 
4 9, September, 1914; and 1 9, October, 1916, H. Hacker; 1 °, G. H. Hardy, 
October, 1926). 

The species can readily be distinguished by the colour of the abdomen. 


Genus AGAPOPHYTUS. 


Agapophytus Guerin, Voy. Coq. Zool., T., 1, pt. 2, p. 289, 1830; Id., Krober, 
Ent. Mitt., 1, p. 283, 1912; Phycuws White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915. 


Moderate to large species with the head subhemispherical or transverse, 
distinctly, or twice as broad as long and slightly broader than the thorax; 
occiput deeply concave and fringed with black hairs and bristles; eyes bare, 
large and descending well down on to the cheeks, facets uniform, separated 
in both sexes, but slightly more so in the female than in the male; ocellar 
tubercle large, oval, distinctly raised and provided with tufts of black hair 
or else bare; ocelli three in number; front convex, bare and smooth or 
slightly sculptured and sometimes haired; antennal tubercle slightly raised 
and sometimes bilobate; antennae, in relation to the anterior margin of the 
eyes are inserted at about half its depth, they are considerably longer than 
the head with segment 1 considerably or slightly longer than the head (ex- 
cept in imitans) and this segment is cylindrical and parallel sided, segment 
2 is somewhat rectangular and 3 is irregularly elongate-conical and some- 
times somewhat compressed towards the apex; the two basal segments bear 


30 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


numerous black hairs and bristles or are haired only; style one-segmented 
(composed of 2 segments in ruficaudus and aterrimus); face and cheeks 
small, the latter bearing long fine hair; proboscis stout and projecting 
slightly; palpi two-segmented. 

Thorax convex above, haired and provided with 3-5 pre-alar, 1-2 inter- 
alar, 1-4 post-alar and 2-4 pre-scutellar bristles and may also bear scales; 
scutellum semicircular and provided with 0-2 marginal bristles and, or, a 
marginal tuft of hairs; postscutelium large and convex and well hidden be- 
neath the scutellum. 

Abdomen slightly longer but narrower than the thorax, cylindrical but 
slightly flattened above; haired; genitalia retracted. 

Legs of normal length, the tibiae and tarsi bearing numerous bristles 
put the femora are devoid of such. 

Wings banded and comparatively broad; veins M3 and Mé4 similarly 
with Cul and 1A coalesce well before or slightly before the wing border; cell 
M3 may be longer and narrower than the median or else longer and broader 
than that cell; costa and hind margin ciliated. 

The sexes are similar showing a slight variation in colour only and the 
individuals of any species vary slightly. The group is very homogeneous 
and the species are closely allied. 


Genotype: Agapophytus australasiae Guerin. 


Range: Australia only; one species (A. distinctus) from an unknown 
locality was described by Walker and this is possibly Australian. It has not 
been recognised. 

Distribution: The typical species is known from New South Wales and 
Queensland, flavicornis, albobasalis, ruficaudus and squamosus from Queens- 
land only; aterrimus extends from Victoria through New South Wales to 
Queensland, while varipennis is known from New South Wales only and 
quatiens from Tasmania only. White’s imitans has been found on Tam- 
bourine Mount (2,000 ft.) Queensland, in addition to the type locality in 
Tasmania, but albopunctatus, which was described from South Australia, is 
not known to me outside of Victoria. 

Synonomy: Guerin-Meneville, in Duperrey, Voy. “Coquille” (Atlas, Ins., 
pl. xi., fig. 15) used the name Agapophyta bipunciata for a genus and species 
of HEMIPTERA in 1827-30 and published the description of the genus in 1838 
(Zool., ii., (2), 1, p. 168) and in the same publications he first figured 
Agapophytus australasiae and then described the genus in the latter work 
on page 289. In consequence of this the question of regarding the name 
Agapophytus as being preoccupied in Hremiprera by page precedence has 
arisen. I am indebted to Mr. A. Musgrave of the Australian Museum for 
drawing my attention to the above references. 

I have decided to leave the name unchanged, because the difference in 
the ending of the two names is sufficient to distinguish them in the eyes of 
the International Code. It is true that many do not agree with this par- 
ticular law, but it seems that one is in the position of a judge who must 
administer the law as he finds it, and who can only have it altered by the 
legislature. The recent international congress did not touch this particular 
law, although they did alter the Law of Priority. 


The law in question is quoted below:— 


“Article 34——A generic name is to be rejected as a homonym when it 
has previously been used for some other genus of animals. Rec. It is well 
to avoid the introduction of new generic names which differ from the generic 
name already in use only in termination or in a slight variation in spelling 
which might lead to confusion. But when once introduced, such names are 


MANN. 31 


not to be rejected on this account. Example. Picuws, Pica, are valid but 
undesirable.” 

White’s interpretation of the genus Phycus has been placed as a 
synonym of Agapophytus; an examination of this author’s species and a 
series of Agapophytus did not reveal any structural differences of sufficient 
importance to justify the separation of the two. There is a complete 
gradation of the characters given by White between the two genera and one 
is not able in many cases to decide to which genus a particular insect 
should be referred. It is not possible for me to decide whether Phycus is a 
synonym of Agapophytus or not as the former was originally described from 
India and is known from South Europe, Asia, Africa and South America 
also. The group may be quite a definite conception in these countries and 
White’s identification of same just the opposite. Both Schiner and Krober 
described the genus from Australia, but their species have not been recog- 
nised. In view of the latter worker’s knowledge of the world’s genera my 
belief that it may occur in this country is strengthened, but White’s species 
certainly cannot be separated from the Australian genus. 


Key to the Species of Agapophytus Guerin. 
1. Antennae and anterior tarsi wholly yellow; wings tinged grey with a 


broad dark grey cross band. a .. flavicornis sp. nov. 
Antennae at most with first two segments yellow. : a 

2. All femora mainly black, the tip of the anterior femora only may be 
otherwise coloured. As Mer Piscmtens fax wut DE iteeet Maver iene a: 
Femora coloured otherwise. 6. 


3. Anterior tibiae wholly yellow and r remaining tibiae black; wings tinged 


‘grey with a dark grey cross band. 2 .. .. @ustralasiae Guerin. 
Anterior and middle tibiae wholly “yellow ‘and remaining tibiae black; 
wings grey with two yellow cross bands... .. .. albopunctatus Roder. 
Anterior tibiae mainly black; they may be otherwise coloured at the 
apices. .. . ae 4, 

4. Abdomen with apical segments “wholly black. We 5): 
Abdomen with segments 4-7 ferrugineus. .. .. .. Tuficaudus sp. nov. 


5. Thorax densely covered with white scales; legs wholly black except for 
apices of anterior tibiae which are dirty white; wings smoky with two 
broad yellow cross bands. see .. .. adterrimus sp. nov. 
Thorax without scales; legs black, the whole ‘of the first anterior tarsal 
segments except for the tip cream coloured and the basal two-thirds of 
the first tarsal segments of the middle and hind legs are yellowish white; 


abdomen with the first segment white... .... .... albobasalis sp. nov. 
6. Wings grey with a broad yellow cross band; thorax with whitish scales; 
legs mainly red. aie .. .. SQUAMOSUS Sp. Nov. 


Wings mottled grey or ‘at ‘most with irregular grey cross bands; thorax 
without scales; legs coloured otherwise. : 

7. Tarsi black except for the hind ones which are dark brown: hind tibiae 
dark brown except for the extreme apices, which together with the rest 
of the ae pte bright brown... -. :. .. .. .. .. varipennis sp. nov. 
Not such. 

8. Legs dark | orange, apical half ‘of ‘fore and ‘extreme apices of hind tibiae 
and basal half of the first anterior tarsal segments black; remainder of 
anterior tarsi pale yellow; middle tarsi brown. .. .. .. imitans White. 
ae orange Ce for the black coe tarsal segments of all legs... .. 

ee quatiens White. 
In ‘the snaterials Before me I hove numbers of new species, but all are 


represented by single or damaged specimens, so I am refraining from 
describing these until more are available. 


32 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


Fig. 4. 
third antennal segment of Agapophytus ruficaudus sp. nov. 
third antennal segment of Agapophytus squamosus sp. nov. 
third antennal segment of Agapophytus varipennis sp. nov. 
palp of Agapophytus flavicornis sp. nov. 
palp of Agapophytus australasiae Guerin. 
palp of Agapophytus quatiens White. 
palp of Agapophytus varipennis sp. nov. 


Rropae oes 


AGAPOPHYTUS FLAVICORNIS Sp. 70V. 


Length: 12-15 mm. (including antennae) . 


Male: Head distinctly broader than long, slightly broader than the 
thorax; occiput black, eye margins fringed grey; eyes separated on the 
vertex by slightly more than the width of the ocellar tubercle and from 
thence widely diverging with the anterior margins practically straight; 
ocellar tubercle bare, prominently raised and brown; ocelli orange; front 
bare, dark yellow with some orange reflections and mostly orange on the 
vertex; antennal tubercle yellow; antennae 4-5 mm. long, wholly yellow, at 
least three times as long as the head, segment 1 black haired with a few 
bristles at the apex only, as long 2, 3 and style united; 2 one-sixth the 
length of 1 and bearing numbers of black hairs and bristles; 3, slightly 
compressed towards the apex, very slightly broader than the other segments 
and slightly more than two-thirds the length of 1, sparsely black haired; 
style one-third the length of the second antennal segment; arista black and 


MANN. 33 


half the length of the style; face bare, yellow with some whitish tomentum 
towards the sides; cheeks orange brown, becoming grey under the eyes and 
bearing black and brown hairs; proboscis brown-black, sparsely black and 
brown haired and projecting as far forward as one-third the length of the 
first antennal segment; palpi filiform the basal segment being rather stouter 
than the apical but of about the same length, brown and rather densely 
long brown haired, especially on the basal segment, they are about two- 
thirds the length of the proboscis. 

Thorax slightly more than half the length of the abdomen, hardly more 
than twice as long as its greatest width, almost as deep as long and about 
three times as long as the head; dull black; clothed with black and white 
pubescence; ornamented on either side with an obliquely set brown ana 
rather broad stripe which extends from the wing base for one-third the 
distance to the head, there is a trace of a median transverse similarly 
coloured stripe also; furnished with 4 rather strong black pre-alar bristles; 
pleurae dull black, covered with grey tomentum; scutellum dull black and 
furnished with two short black bristles; postscutellum dull black. 

Abdomen hardly twice the length of the thorax; dull black clothed with 
black and white pubescence; segments 2-3 show traces of a brown dorsal 
area near to the anterior margins; venter similarly coloured and clothed; 
genitalia brown. 

Legs dull black, anterior femora with sides and the underside and apical 
third dark brown; remainder of anterior legs, including tarsi, yellow with a 
somewhat greenish reflection; the coxae bear a few black bristles and some 
tufts of whitish hair. 

Wings tinged grey with a rather broad dark grey cross band extending 
in width from the base of the median cell to just prior to the wing tip; 
venation as in australasiae. 

The female differs from the male by having the eyes very slightly more 
widely separated on the vertex, the front mostly orange, some brown re- 
flections on the thorax and abdomen, less brown on the anterior femora and 
by the absence of the olive reflections on the anterior tibiae and tarsi. 

Variations: The colour of the anterior tibiae and tarsi varies from 
orange-yellow to yellow, ana the olive reflections may be present or absent 
in either sex. The front in both sexes varies between yellow and orange. 

There are two males from West Australia, Harvey (L. J. Newman, Janu- 
ary) before me, which may represent a distinct species; they differ from 
the typical form as follows:— 


Front black on the upper half, lower half orange; segments 2 and 3 of 
the antennae are black; cheeks black; proboscis and palpi black; segment 
2 of the abdomen apically margined grey; wings except for the hyaline tip 
dark grey. 

There is a further female from South Queensland, Goondiwindi (F. H. 
Roberts, December, 1927) which differs again as follows:— 


Front black covered with grey tomentum; ocellar tubercle black, ocelli 
clear; antennal tubercle rather prominent and orange; antennae yellow 
with segment 2 and the basal fourth of 3 grey-brown; face mostly silvery 
grey tomentose; cheeks black; proboscis and palpi black; thorax and abdo- 
men with patches of brown and clothed with considerably more grey tomen- 
tum; anterior femora except for the orange apical fourth, wholly black; the 
cross band of the wing rather more black than dark grey. 

A. flavicornis is distinguished from australasiae by the wholly yellow 
antennae and anterior tarsi, by the wholly black intermediate and posterior 
tarsi and by the wings having one cross band only. 

A Hymenopterous-like Therevid, which is generally found running up 


34 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


and down the trunks of trees, particularly Eucalyptus; dead or burned 
stumps appear to attract the species also. 

Holotype: Male, Brisbane, Queensland (H. Hacker, October, 1921) and 
allotype, female, Ferny Grove, Queensland (J. Mann, January, 1928), both 
in Queensland Museum, No. 3496, together with 11 male paratypes, No. 3497. 
Further paratypes in G. H. Hardy’s and the author’s collection, Brisbane. 

Habitat: Queensland, Brisbane (1 ¢, 5 9, November-January, 1922-26, G. 
H. Hardy; 10 ¢, November-January, 1912-16, H. Hacker); Ormiston (1 d, 
November, 1924, H. Hacker); Westwood (2 ¢, October, 1923, A. N. Burns) ; 
Chinchilla (1 ¢, G. R. Bassingthwaighte, November, 1926). 


AGAPOPHYTUS AUSTRALASIAE. 


Agapophytus australasiae Guerin, Voy.-Coq. Zool., p. 290, 1838; Id., Roder, 
Berl. Ent. Zeitz., xxix., p. 138, 1885; Id., Krober, Ent. Mitt., 1, p. 284, 1912; 
Agapophytus pyrrhotelus Walker, List. Dipt. Brit. Mus., 5, suppl. 1, p. 
321, 1854. 

Length: 11-15 mm. (including antennae). 

Male: Head slightly wider than the thorax and distinctly broader than 
long; occiput black, yellow along the eye margins; eyes separated on the 
vertex by as much again as the width of the ocellar tubercle, concavely 
diverging below this; ocellar tubercle bare, and dull black; ocelli yellowish; 
front bare or at most tomentose only, dull black with a deep and broad 
transverse furrow; antennae 3-4 mm. in length at least three times as long 
as the head, segment 1 brown and is one and one half times as long as the 
head, slightly less than the length of 2 and 3 united; 2 and 3 black the 
former being one-eighth the length of 1 and the latter being somewhat 
compressed toward the apex; style black and one-fourth the length of the 
second antennal segment; arista black and one-third the length of the 
style; face bare, dull black, grey tomentose; cheeks black and bearing black 
hair; proboscis black and projecting as far forward as half the length of 
the first antennal segment; palpi filiform, very hairy and the basal segment 
is slightly longer and broader than the apical, both of which are black. 

Thorax half the length of the abdomen, hardly more than twice as long 
as its greatest width and almost as deep as long; dull black covered with 
grey tomentum and hairs and ornamented with an obliquely set brown stripe 
on each side which join a dorsal transverse one of the same colour, thus 
forming an arch extending from the base of one wing to the other; there 
is also an oblique furrow on each side extending from the wing base for 
one-third the distance to the head; furnished with 2 strong and 3 weak pre- 
alar bristles; scutellum black-brown and devoid of marginal bristles; post- 
scutellum similarly coloured; pleurae black. 

Abdomen.about as broad as the thorax, somewhat flattened on the sides 
and slightly tapering; dull black, covered sparsely with white and black 
hairs; venter dull black; genitalia pale brown. 

Legs elongate, posterior femora flattened on the sides, first anterior 
tarsal segments somewhat dilated, the anterior coxae bear a few bristles and 
tufts of hair; black; apices of anterior femora and apices of the first 
posterior tarsal segments orange-brown; anterior tibiae, two basal seg- 
ments of anterior tarsi and bases of first intermediate tarsal segments 
yellow. 

Wings tinged grey with a broad, dark grey, cross band extending from 
near the base to the apex of the median cell and another narrow one cross- 
ing at the tip of the wing; R4 straight except for a slight upward curve 
near the extremity; M1 and M2 slightly sinuous; M3 and M4 meet each 
other slightly before the margin; Cul coalesces with 1A, which is straight, 


MANN. 35 


well before the wing border; cell M3 slightly longer and broader than the 
median. The halteres are black. 

The female of this species is unknown to me. 

Variations: The anterior tibiae grade in colour from orange to yellow. 

There is a specimen in the material before me which differs slightly 
from the typical ones: The face is grey becoming black towards the cheeks 
which are black for a short distance and then grey; the wings are hyaline, 
except for a narrow dark grey band crossing the median cell; cell M3 is 
longer but hardly broader than the median. 

The species has habits similar to those of A. flavicornis and is found 
under the same circumstances. 


Habitat: Queensland, Eidsvold (1 ¢, December, 1922) ; Stradbroke Island 
(2 g, F. H. Roberts, October, 1926); Gordonvale (3 ¢, F. P. Dodd, February, 
1919, and January, 1926). 

Separated from all other Agapophytus by having the anterior tibiae 
wholly yellow and the remaining tibiae black. 


AGAPOPHYTUS ALBOPUNCTATUS. 


Agapophytus albopunctatus Roder, Berl. Ent. Zeitz., xxix., p. 139, pl. 4, figs. 
1-3, 1885; Id., Krober, Ent. Mitt., 1, p. 120 and p. 283, 1912. 


Length: 12-14 mm. (including antennae). 


Male: Head transverse twice as broad as long; occiput shining black; 
eyes separated on the vertex by the width of the ocellar tubercle, and with 
the anterior margins parallel for a short distance below this and from 
thence convex and diverging; ocellar tubercle, bare and shining black; 
ocelli dark brown; front shining black, bare and smooth; antennae 4 mm. 
long, three times as long as the head, black with the basal sixth of the 
first segment brown; segment 1 almost seven times as long as 2 which is 
one-sixth the length of 3; 3 is broader than the other segments toward the 
tip and is slightly shorter than 1; style about one-sixth the length of the 
second antennal segment; arista one-third the length of the style; face 
and cheeks black, grey tomentose and the latter bearing greyish hair; pro- 
boscis and palpi brown-black, the former projecting as far forward as one- 
third the length of the first antennal segment and the latter about two- 
thirds the length of the former and with both segments of about the same 
length, but the apical is somewhat stouter. 

Thorax somewhat longer and deeper than broad, almost three times as 
long as the head; dull black with brown reflections dorso-anteriorly; 
furnished with black and greyish hairs ana a few white scales, 4 pre-alar, 
1 inter-alar, 2 post-alar and 4 pre-scutellar bristles; pleurae black, grey 
tomentose; scutellum and postscutellum dull black, the former provided with 
2 bristles. 

Abdomen black; segment 1 somewhat brown; 2 and 3 apically margined 
white; the whole black and grey haired; venter black; genitalia brown. 

Legs orange, coxae, femora and basal four-fifths of the hind tibiae black. 

Wings dark grey with two broad yellow cross bands, the first of which 
extends from the base to near the tips of the basal cells and the other from 
the apex of the median to half the length of R4; venation normal; cell M3 
slightly narrower and longer than the median. 

The halteres are pale brown. 

The female is unknown to me. 

Habitat: Victoria, Warburton (1 g, F. E. Wilson, January, 1924). 

Krober described his specimen from Adelaide. 

The species is readily distinguished by the colour of the legs and wings. 


36 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


AGAPOPHYTUS RUFICAUDUS Sp. nov. 


Length: 10-12 mm. (including antennae). 

Male: Head transverse, considerably broader than the thorax and at 
least twice as broad as long; occiput black with patches of grey in the 
middle and towards the sides, and with greyish hairs on the sides; eyes 
separated on the vertex by the width of the ocellar tubercle, the anterior 
margins straight and very slightly diverging until level with the antennae 
from whence they convexly diverge; ocellar tubercle very large, somewhat 
triangular, considerably raised and provided with rather long pubescence; 
ocelli brown; front black and bearing long whitish hair; antennal tubercle 
smali and flattened, shining black, antennae 3 mm. long, at least twice as 
long as the head, black with the basal third of the first segment brown and 
with some brown reflections towards the apex of this same segment; seg- 
ment 1 bears some black bristles at the apex only; as long as the head, 
seven times as long as 2 which is one-seventh the length of 3; 3 com- 
pressed at the apex and about the same length as 1; style two-segmented 
hardly as long as the second antennal segment and having its basal seg- 
ment slightly shorter than, but about twice as broad as, its apical which is 
somewhat tholiform; arista one-fifth the length of the style; face evenly 
convex, black, bare; cheeks dull black provided with black and grey hair; 
proboscis and palpi black, the latter provided with long black hair with the 
apical segments somewhat spatulate. 

Thorax slightly more than twice as iong as the head, hardly twice as 
long as, and about as deep as broad; duil black, greyish tomentose and 
ornamented with a broad convex brown transverse band which arises and 
terminates at the bases of the wings; furnished with 2 pre-alar, 2 inter-alar 
and 1 post-alar bristles; pleurae black, grey tomentose; scutellum brown- 
black, furnished with a large dense marginal tuft of black bristles; post- 
scutellum black with silver-grey reflections. 

Abdomen black, greyish anteriorly and laterally; segments 4-7 ferrugin- 
ous; the whole covered with black and brown pubescence; genitalia brown; 
venter similarly coloured as the dorsum except that there is more black on 
that of segments 4-7. 

Legs black, all the first basal tarsal segments dirty white; wings smoky 
with a broad pale yellow cross band extending from the apex of the median 
cell to one half the length of R4; M3 and M4 similarly with Cul and 1A 
coalesce well before the wing border, the latter vein being very slightly 
sinuous; cell M3 is longer and broader than the median. The halteres are 
brown with yellow apices. The female differs from the male in having the 
eyes slightly more widely separated on the vertex, a broader front which is 
less hairy and a more elongate abdomen. 

Variations: The density of the wing coloration may vary. 

Holotype: Male, Samford Range, Queensland, January, 1923; and Allo- 
type, female, Brisbane, February, 1925 (H. Hacker), in the Queensland 
Museum, No. 3498. 

Paratypes (4 ¢, Brisbane, September, 1923, H. Hacker), in the Queens- 
land Museum, No. 3499. 

Habitat: As above. 

The species is diverse from the more typical forms in having the trans- 
verse head, two-segmented style, spatulate palpi and the large dense tuft 
of bristles on the scutellum. It can readily be recognised by the colour of 
the abdomen, wings and iegs. 


AGAPOPHYTUS ATERRIMUS Sp. nov. 
Length: 10-14 mm. (including antennae). 


Male: Head transverse (but not nearly so as in ruficaudus), twice as 
broad as long; occiput black; eyes separated on the vertex by the width of 


MANN. 37 


the ocellar tubercle and with the anterior margins straight and parallel for 
one-third the length of the frons and from thence widely diverging; ocellar 
tubercle very large, raised considerably, somewhat triangular and provided 
with dense long black and whitish hair; ocelli black-brown; front shining 
black, bare; antennal tubercle small, very slightly projecting, shining black; 
antennae 3 mm. long, slightly more than twice as long as the head, black 
with the basal fourth of the first segment brown, the whole behaired; seg- 
ment 1 eight times as long as 2 which is one-sixth the length of 3; segment 
3 somewhat broader towards the apex and at its broadest point slightly 
broader than the other segments; slightly compressed near the apex and 
slightly shorter than 1; style two-segmented, the basal being broader but 
considerably shorter than the apical which is tholiform; arista short and 
thick, being about one-fifth the length of the style; face and cheeks black, 
the former covered with long whitish and black hair, the latter becoming 
grey under the eyes and bearing whitish hair; proboscis and palpi black, 
black haired, the former projecting as far forward as two-thirds the length 
of the first antennal segment and the latter with the basal segment slightly 
longer than the apical. 

Thorax slightly more than twice as long as head, one and one half 
times as long as and about as deep as broad; deep black with white scales, 
black haired and furnished with 4 pre-alar and 1 inter-alar bristles; pleurae 
black, grey tomentose; scutellum and postscutellum black, the former pro- 
vided with 2 bristles. 

Abdomen one and one half times as long as the thorax; black, segments 
1-3 silvery pollinose, 1 with some brown reflections and 2 with a brown 
median patch on the posterior margin; the whole black and white haired; 
venter black; genitalia light brown. 

Legs black, the apices of the fore tibiae dirty white. 

Wings smoky with two broad yellow cross bands, the first of which ex- 
tends from the base almost to the apices of the basal cells and the second 
from the apex of the median to half the length of vein R4; venation as in 
ruficaudus except that cell M3 is slightly narrower and longer than the 
median. The halteres are yellow. 

The female differs from the male in having the eyes separated on the 
vertex by slightly more than the width of the ocellar tubercle, with the 
anterior margin slightly concave, the broader front, the more elongate 
abdomen which is devoid of silvery pollen but the second segment is apically 
margined white. 

Holotype: Male, Brisbane, Queensland (October, 1916, H. Hacker) in the 
Queensland Museum, No. 3500. Allotype: Female, Sydney, New South Wales 
(January, 1924, I. M. Mackerras) and in his collection, together with a para- 
type male. 

A further paratype female in the writer’s collection, Brisbane, Queens- 
land. 

Habitat: Queensland, Brisbane (as above); New South Wales, Toronto 
(1 9, no date); Sydney (as above) ; Victoria, Mooroopna (1 ¢, December, 1923, 
F. E. Wilson) . 


AGAPOPHYTUS ALBOBASALIS Sp. NOV. 


Length: 11-13 mm. (including antennae). 


Male: Head distinctly broader than long; occiput shining black, some- 
what greyish towards the eye margins; eyes separated on the vertex by the 
width of the ocellar tubercle, converging slightly below this and then 
diverging with the anterior margins slightly concave; ocellar tubercle bare 
and shining black; ocelli brown; front bare and shining black; antennal 
tubercle bilobate bare and shining black; antennae 3-4 mm. long, three 


38 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


times as long as the head, black with the basal half of the first segment 
brown, all segments haired but devoid of bristles; segment 1 slightly more 
than six times as long as 2 and almost as long as 2 and 3 united; 2 one- 
sixth the length of 3 which is somewhat compressed towards the apex and 
very little broader than the other segments; style broadly conical and one- 
third the length of the second antennal segment; arista stout and slightly 
shorter than the style; face slightly convex on the upper half, sparsely 
pubescent and shining black; cheeks dull black, becoming grey under the 
eyes and bearing greyish hair; proboscis brown-black, black haired and 
projecting as far forward as two-thirds the length of the first antennal 
segment; palpi somewhat sharp pointed, black and having the basal seg- 
ment rather stouter but of about the same length as the apical, black 
haired. 


Thorax two and one-third times as long as the head, about two-thirds 
as long as its greatest width and slightly deeper than broad; brown-black 
with brownish patches on the anterior margin and along the sides; orna- 
mented with faint indications of two brown parallel dorsal stripes extend- 
ing from the anterior margin for one-fourth the length of the dorsal sur- 
face; furnished with 4 pre-alar 2 inter-alar, 2 post-alar and 2 pre-alar 
bristles, all of which are black and fairly stoutly developed; the whole 
thorax is furnished rather densely with black pubescence; pleurae black, 
grey tomentose; scutellum brown-black and armed with two bristles; post- 
scutellum black-brown. 

Abdomen twice as long as and about as broad as the thorax; brown- 
black with segment 1 wholly greyish white and 2 and 3 apically margined 
white; covered with black and some greyish pubescence; venter similar; 
genitalia brown. 

Legs black; the whole of the first anterior tarsal segments, except for 
the tips are cream coloured; the basal two-thirds of the first tarsal seg- 
ments of the intermediate and posterior legs, yellowish white. 

Wings dark smoky with two broad yellow cross bands, the first of 
which crosses at the base and extends for half the length of the basal cells 
and the second crosses at the apex of the median cell and extends slightly 
beyond the fork of R4 and R5; venation as in ruficaudus. The halteres are 
yellowish, slightly black at the base. 

The female differs from the male in having the anterior margin of the 
eyes straight and diverging for the whole of its length and in having the 
front slightly concave. The genital spines are black. 


Variations: Two male specimens from New South Wales differ from 
the Queensland forms in having rather more brown and more distinct 
stripes on the thorax and fainter wing bands. 


Holotype male and Allotype female, Chinchilla, Queensland (A. P. 
Dodd, November, 1927) both in the Queensland Museum, No. 3501, together 
with 4 female paratypes, No. 3502. A further 2 male paratypes in A. J. 
Nicholson’s collection at Sydney and a pair in the author’s collection, 
Brisbane. 

Habitat: Queensland, Chinchilla (1 ¢, 1 9, A. P. Dodd); Brisbane (2 9, 
November, 1911, and April, 1919); National Park (1 °, December, 1919) ; 
Stradbroke Island (1 9, December, 1912); all taken by H. Hacker, Westwood 
(1 g, November, 1927, A. P. Dodd); New South Wales, Mittagong (2 d, 
January, 1924, A. J. Nicholson); South Australia, Murray River (1 9, F. R. 
Zietz) . 

The species is readily recognised by the colour of the legs and wings 


and by the white basal abdominal segment. It has been taken visiting 
Wilga flowers. 


MANN. 39 


AGAPOPHYTUS SQUAMOSUS Sp. 70U. 


Length: 11-13 mm. (including antennae). 


Male: Head transverse, two and one-half times as broad as long; occi- 
put black, brown and black haired; eyes separated on the vertex by the 
width of the ocellar tubercle, the anterior margins parallel for a short dis- 
tance below this and from thence convexly diverging; ocellar tubercle black; 
ocelli almost black; front shining black and bare; antennal tubercle, small, 
very slightly raised, black but somewhat brownish apically; antennae 3 mm. 
long, slightly more than twice as long as the head, black with the basal half 
of segment 1 light brown which gradually deepens to dark brown towards 
the apex, where it is black and this segment is eight times as long as 2 
which is hollowed apically; 3 broader towards the apex and at this part is 
broader than the other segments, compressed apically and slightly shorter 
than 1; style half the length of the second antennal segment; arista one- 
fourth the length of the style; face and cheeks black, the former tomen- 
tose and the latter bearing greyish hair; proboscis black-brown and pro- 
jecting as far forward as half the length of the first antennal segment; 
palpi black, half the length of the proboscis and densely long black haired 
and with the apical segment broader but of the same length as the basal. 

Thorax almost twice as long as the head, one and one half times as 
long as and about as deep as broad; black, covered with numerous dirty 
white scales and black hairs; furnished with 4 pre-alar, 1 inter-alar, 1 post- 
alar and 4 pre-scutellar bristles, all of which are black; pleurae, scutellum 
and postscutellum black, the former grey tomentose and the scutellum bear- 
ing 2 bristles. 

Abdomen black; segment 1 brown; 1-3 apically margined white; the 
whole black and white haired; venter black; genitalia light brown. 

Legs red; coxae black; apices of tarsi dark brown. 

Wings as in aterrimus. 

The female differs from the male in the usual sexual characters only. 
The genital spines are black. 

Variations: The four apical tarsal segments may be wholly black. One 
male from Clermont, Queensland, has the femora wholly black and three 
others have black stripes on the femora and brownish on the tibiae. 

Holotype male and Allotype female, Brisbane, December, 1924, in 
copula. 

Collected by H. Hacker and in the Queensland Museum, No. 3503. 
Paratypes in the author’s collection, Brisbane. 

Habitat: Queensland, Brisbane, as above, Clermont (4 males, no date 
given); Chinchilla (1 pair, November, 1926, B. A. Smith, and 1 pair G. R. 
Bassingthwaighte, December, 1926). 

Distinguished by the thoracic scales and the colour of the wings and 
legs. 


AGAPOPHYTUS VARIPENNIS Sp. 7200. 


Length: 12-14 mm. (including antennae). 


Male: Head transverse, twice as broad as long and with the occiput 
shining black; eyes separated on the vertex by the width of the ocellar 
tubercle and with the anterior margins slightly converging below this for 
half the length and from thence more or less straightly diverging; ocelli 
black-brown; front shining black, sparsely short black haired and some- 
what hollowed medianly; antennal tubercle small, very slightly projecting 
and shining black; antennae 3 mm. long, two and one half times as long 
as the head, black with the basal fifth of the first segment brown, the 
whole black haired, those on the two basal segments approaching to short 


40 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


bristles; segment 1 almos’ ten times as long as 2 which is one-sixth the 
length of 3 and this segment is two-thirds the length of 1; style tholiform 
and one-third the length of the second segment of the antennae; arista 
fully half the length of the style; face concave, black and grey tomentose; 
cheeks grey and furnished with grey hair; proboscis black-brown and pro- 
jecting as far forward as one-fourth the length of the first antennal seg- 
ment; palpi black and the apical segment is conical and slightly shorter 
than the basal, the whole is covered densely with long black hair. 

Thorax slightly more than twice as long as the head, hardly twice as 
long as but about as deep as broad; black-brown with grey at the anterior 
lateral angles and anterio-medianly; black haired and furnished with 3 
pre-alar, 1 inter-alar, 1 post-alar and 2 pre-scutellar bristles; pleurae black, 
grey tomentose; scutellum brown-black with 2 bristles; postscutellum black. 

Abdomen almost twice as long as and as broad as the thorax, some- 
what flattened above; black, segment 1 mainly greyish, 2 and 3 with brown 
tomentum; venter black; genitalia light brown. 

Legs bright brown; coxae and fore and middle tarsi, black; hind tibiae 
except for extreme apices and hind tarsi, dark brown. 

Wings mottled dark grey medianly and apically; venation as in 
aterrimus. The halteres are brown, lighter apically and nearly black near 
the base. 

The female differs from the male only in having the eyes separated on 
the vertex by twice the width of the ocellar tubercle. 

Variations: There may be more brown and less grey in the thoracic 
coloration. 

Holotype male and Aliotype female, Toronto, New South Wales, taken 
in copula, and in Dr. I. M. Mackerras’ collection, Sydney. A female para- 
type in Dr. A. J. Nicholson’s collection at the Sydney University and in the 
writer’s collection, Brisbane. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Toronto (as above; no date given); Bar- 
rington Tops (1 9, January, 1925, S.U. Zool. Exp.); Mittagong (1 2, January, 
1924, A. J. Nicholson). i 

Readily recognised by the wing pattern and leg coloration. 


AGAPOPHYTUS IMITANS. 
Phycus imitans White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915. 


Length: 9-10 mm. (including antennae). 


Male: Head subhemispherical, somewhat flattened above, almost twice 
as broad as long; occiput black; eyes separated on the vertex by the width 
of the ocellar tubercle and from thence converging for half the distance to 
the antennae and then convexly diverging; ocellar tubercle bare and black; 
ocelli brown; front narrow, shining black, smooth and bare; antennal 
tubercle projecting slightly, bare, shining black with some white reflections 
on the sides; antennae brown with the base and tip of the apical segment 
black; segment 1 slightly less than half the length of the head and seven 
times as long as 2; 3 slightly longer than 1 and very slightly broader; style 
very short; arista twice the length of the style; face convex above, concave 
below, black with grey tomentum; cheeks grey and bearing grey hair; pro- 
boscis brown and projecting as far forward as two-thirds the length of the 
antennae; palpi brown and somewhat sharp pointed. 

Thorax one and one half times as long as the head; black with a brown 
longitudinal median stripe and somewhat grey on the humeral calli; fur- 
nished with black pubescence and 4 pre-alar, 1 inter-alar, 1 post-alar and 4 
pre-scutellar bristles; pleurae black, grey tomentose; scutellum velvet black 
and armed with 2 bristles; postscutellum grey-black. 


MANN. 41 


Abdomen twice as long as and slightly narrower than the thorax; black; 
segments 2-3 apically margined white; venter black; genitalia brown. 

Legs dark orange; coxae, apical half of fore and extreme apices of hind 
tibiae and basal half of first anterior tarsal segments black; remainder of 
anterior tarsi pale yellow; intermediate tarsi brown. 

Wings hyaline with the tip and two broad irregular cross bands grey; 
these bands are confluent in parts and extend from the base to the apex 
of the median cell; venation normal. MHalteres pale yellow. The female 
differs from the male in having the eyes separated on the vertex by slightly 
more than the width of the ocellar tubercle and the anterior margins prac- 
tically straight and uniformly diverging; segments 7 and 8 of the abdomen 
are brown. The genital spines are red. 

Habitat: Queensland, Tambourine Mount (2,000 ft.) (1 9, H. Hacker, 
November, 1925, and Allotype male, J. Mann, December, 1925). 

White described the species from a female taken at Wedge Bay, Tas- 
mania, by G. H. Hardy, January, 1914, and his type is in G. H. Hardy’s 
collection, Brisbane. 

The male Allotype described here is in the Queensland Museum, No. 
3504. 

The species is recognised by the colour of the legs. 


AGAPOPHYTUS QUATIENS. 


Phycus quatiens White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915. 


Length: 9-12 mm. (including antennae). 

Male: Head subhemispherical hardly twice as broad as long; occiput 
black; eyes separated on the vertex by the width of the ocellar tubercle 
with the anterior margins straight and very slightly converging below this 
for a short distance and from thence somewhat concave and widely diverg- 
ing; ocellar tubercle black; ocelli brown; front shining black, bare and 
smooth; antennal tubercle black, smooth and very slightly projecting; an- 
tennae black with the basal fifth of the first segment brown and this seg- 
ment is seven times as long as 2; segment 3 is missing in the specimen be- 
fore me but White states that it is half the length of and considerably 
broader than 1 and “somewhat inflated”; face and cheeks black, the latter 
with grey hair; proboscis black-brown and projecting as far forward as 
one-third the length of the first antennal segment; palpi black-brown and 
two-thirds the length of the proboscis, with the apical segment broader but 
about the same length as the basal. 

Thorax one and one half times as long as broad, black with indications 
of three brown longitudinal stripes, and brown reflections dorso-centrally 
and greyish anteriorly and posteriorly; furnished with black pubescence and 
3 pre-alar, 1 inter-alar, 4 short post-alar and 2 pre-scutellar bristles; 
pleurae, scutellum and postscutellum black, the former grey tomentose and 
the scutellum with 2 bristles. 

Abdomen twice as long as the thorax and somewhat tapering; black 
with segments 1-2 apically margined brown and 3 apically margined white, 
7 brown; venter black; genitalia brown. 

Legs orange; coxae and apical tarsal segments black. 

Wings hyaline with a broad irregular dark grey cross band extending 
from the middle of the basal cells to the apex of the median, there is also 
a dark grey patch at the fork of veins R4 and R5; venation normal; cell 
ve is slightly longer and narrower than the median. The halteres are 
yellow. 

The female differs from the male in having the eyes separated on the 
vertex by almost twice the width of the ocellar tubercle and in having the 


42 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


anterior margins practically straight and diverging for the whole distance. 

Habitat: Tasmania, Maria Island (1 ¢g, G. H. Hardy, December, 1915) ; 
Launceston (1 2, G. H. Hardy, January, 1914). White described the type 
series from Bagdad Valley. 


The species is recognised by the colour of the wings and legs. 


Genus ACATOPYGIA. 


Acatopygia Krober, Ent. Mitt., 1, p. 149, 1912. 


Head broader than long and somewhat pyriform; occiput deeply con- 
cave with a median furrow, bristles and hairs present but not numerous; 
ocellar tubercle large, oval and raised; eyes bare, divided longitudinally by a 
deep furrow, separated in both sexes but very much more so in the female 
than in the male, facets uniform; antennal tubercle pronounced; antennae 
decumbent, shorter than the head and in relation to the anterior margin 
of the eye are set at about two-thirds its depth, composed of 3 segments, the 
third of which is broadly conical when viewed in profile and is provided 
with an apical two segmented style which bears an apical arista; face small, 
tomentose only; cheeks with long fine hair; proboscis stout and projecting 
forwards; palpi filiform and about two-thirds the length of the proboscis, 
composed of two segments, the basal one of which is short, being but one- 
fifth the length of the apical. 


The thorax is hardly as wide as the head, fully twice as long as its 
greatest breadth, convex above and furnished with but few bristles; scutel- 
lum semicircular and bearing 2 marginal bristles; postscutellum convex 
and well hidden beneath the scutellum. 

The abdomen is slightly more than twice as long as the thorax, taper- 
ing, flattened dorsally and ventrally, silvery pollinose in the males, hairy, 
but without bristles; genitalia large and conspicuous in the males; in the 
female the two apical segments are distended and the genital spines are 
weak. 

The legs are rather elongate, especially the hind pair; the hind femora 
are somewhat flattened on the sides and they bear a row of bristles on the 
underside; all tibiae and tarsi are furnished with numerous bristles. 

Wings banded; large and broad, in comparison with the size of the in- 
sect; vein R4 practically straight; M1 and M2 parallel; M3 and M4 coalesce 
well before the border and Cul coalesces with 1A slightly before the hind 
margin; cell M broader but not as long as M3; costa and hind margin 
ciliated. 

Genotype: Acatopygia pulchella Krober. 

Range: Peculiar to Australia. 


Distribution: The typical species extends from New South Wales into 
Southern Queensland. 


A monotypical genus easily recognised by the banded wings, large 


hypopygium, long hind legs, bristled and flattened femora and furrowed 
eyes. 


MANN. 43 


Fig. 5. 
Acatopygia pulchella Krober. 


A. Extremity of abdomen showing large hypopygium. 
B. Palp. 
Cc. Antenna. 


ACATOPYGIA PULCHELLA. 
Acatopygia pulchella Krober, Ent. Mitt., 1, p. 149, 1912. 


Length: 7-9 mm. 

Male: Occiput brown and furnished with a few black bristles;. eyes 
separated on the vertex by the width of the ocellar tubercle, converging 
slightly below this for half the length and from thence concavely diverg- 
ing; front dark brown, with some yellowish hairs towards the antennae, but 
when viewed horizontally the whole is black-brown, covered with long black 
hairs; antennal tubercle shining black with a white transverse band which 
is visible from the dorsal aspect only; antennae rather broadly separated 
at the base with the apices of the first segments touching, the remaining 
segments widely divergent, brown with some white tomentum and segments 
1 and 2 furnished with long black bristles and hairs; segment 1 cylindrical, 
about as long as 3 and three times as long as 2 which is short and globular; 
3 broadly conical; the style has its first segment somewhat rectangular and 
very much broader and longer than its second which is small, tholiform and 
deeply set and is with difficulty discerned; face white tomentose; cheeks 
white with grey tomentum and bearing long fine silvery hairs; proboscis 
brown, projecting as far forwards as two-thirds the length of the first seg- 
ment of the antennae; palpi brown and about two-thirds the length of the 
proboscis. 


44 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


Thorax chocolate brown, ornamented with a somewhat rectangular 
obliquely placed lateral area of yellowish tomentum just in front of the 
transverse suture and with two rather broad yellowish parallel stripes which 
extend for fully two-thirds the length of the dorsal surface; pleurae black, 
grey tomentose; scutellum shining black, the bristles are long, black and 
weakly developed; postscutellum black. 


Abdomen has segments 1-5 dull black, densely silvery pollinose and the 


remaining segments shining black; segment 2 has a rather broad snow ' 


white hind margin; 2-4 each have a small patch of grey on the sides; venter 
shining black; genitalia mostly black-brown. 


Legs black; anterior coxae mostly brown; apices of fore femora, base of 
fore tibiae, whole of middle and hind tibiae (except for a few patches of 
black) and bases of all tarsal segments brown. 


Wings tinged grey, ornamented with two broad and one narrow, irregular, 
dark brown cross bands, the first of which crosses the apices of the basal 
cells, the second the median cell and the third just prior to the wing tip; 
halteres pale brown with yellow apices. 


The female differs from the male by having the eyes separated by fully 
twice the width of the ocellar tubercle and by the uniformly shining black 
abdomen with segment 1 grey pollinose and segments 2-4 with the apical 
margins narrowly snow white. 


Variations: The stripe on the thorax may extend the whole length of 
the dorsal surface, in which case they coalesce towards the apical third. 


Habitat: New South Wales, Ryde (2 ¢, September, 1925) ; National Park 
(7 3d, 1 2, I. M. Mackerras, September, 1925); Como (1 2, G. H. Hardy, 
October, 1921); Sydney (1 d, October, 1925); Queensland, Brisbane (2 4, G. 
H. Hardy, November, 1925; 8 3, F. Roberts, August, 1927; 22 ¢, 1 2, J. Mann, 
August, 1925). 

This species is readily determined by the banded wings, silvery pollinose 
abdomen of the males, in conjunction with the large hypopygium. 


A sand-frequenting Therevid, generally found in numbers where it oc- 
curs. The males dance and hover in the air with the long hind legs hang- 
ing downwards, reminding one of certain HYMENOPTERA. The silvery pol- 
linose abdomen glistening in the sun makes the insect very conspicuous. 
The females are found running about the ground or resting on grass or 
amongst the foliage of low growing shrubs; I have never observed them 
hovering in the air as do the males. 


Genus LONCHORHYNCHUS. 


Lonchorhynchus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915. 


Head subhemispherical, distinctly or slightly broader than long, slightly 
broader than the thorax; occiput deeply concave, fringed with black hairs 
and bristles; eyes bare, large, facets uniform, separated in both sexes, but 
slightly more so in the female than in the male, anterior margins parallel 
for a short distance and then diverging; ocellar tubercle of moderate size, 
oval, slightly raised and bearing tufts of black hairs and bristles; three 
ocelli; front broad, flattened and sculptured; antennal tubercle rather 
prominent; antennae, in relation to the anterior margin of the eye, set at 
about two-thirds its depth, shorter than the head (in segnis less than half 
the length) separated at the base with the apices of the first segments 
touching and the remaining segments widely divergent; the first and second 


—— 


MANN. 45 


segments furnished: with numerous black bristles and hairs and the third 
haired only; segment 1 is always cylindrical; 2 somewhat globular and 3 
broadly conical when viewed in profile; style two-segmented the relative 
lengths of which segments vary specifically; the arista is always present 
and may be longer than the style; face small; proboscis stout and project- 
ing forwards and upwards towards the antennae; palpi two segmented. 

The thorax is convex above, longer than broad and furnished with 2-4 
pre-alar, 1-2 inter-alar, 2 post-alar and sometimes 4-6 pre-scutellar bristles; 
scutellum semicircular and furnished with from 2-6 weak and strong mar- 
ginal bristles; postscutellum convex and always well hidden beneath the 
scutellum. 

The abdomen is elongate-conical or straight sided; one and one-third 
to two and one half times as long as the thorax. 

The legs: both the tibiae and the tarsi bear numerous bristles but the 
femora are devoid of such. 

The wings may be longer or slightly shorter than the abdomen, hyaline 
and somewhat clouded; M3 and Mé4 similarly with Cul and 1A coalesce well 
or just before the wing border; the costa and hind margin ciliated. 


The sexes are mostly similar, differing only in the usual sexual charac- 
ters and the specimens of any species.show but little variation. 

Genotype: Lonchorhynchus nitidifrons Macquart. 

Range: Restricted to Australia. 

Distribution: One species, actuosus, is known from Tasmania only; 


segnis extends from Tasmania into New South Wales and nitidifrons from 
Tasmania to Queensland. 


Lonchorhynchus is readily recognised by the comparatively large size 
and shape, and by the position and length of the antennae. 


In the material before me I have 3 specimens representing 3 new 
species which can be placed in this genus, but until more are forthcoming 
the describing of same is left in abeyance. 


Key to the Species of Lonchorhynchus. 


1. Femora wholly black... . 9. 
Femora at most with ‘a black stripe above; pleurae with a broad silver 
longitudinal stripe just above the coxae. .. .. .. .. actuosus White. 


2. Front wholly black; thorax with faint indications of longitudinal 
stripes only; M3 and Mé4 coalesce well before the wing border. 
segnis White. 
Front iene on eine “pean = oe ented anna with a broad velvet black 
dorsal stripe; M3 and M4 coalesce just before the margin. 
SA SOMOS chert SRM yoRd fox sige Moraes nitidifrons Macquart. 


46 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


C 


Fig. 6. 


antenna of Lonchorhynchus actuosus White. 
Palp of same. 

Antenna of Lonchorhynchus nitidifrons Macquart. 
Palp of same. 


aes 


LONCHORHYNCHUS ACTUOSUS. 


Lonchorhynchus actuosus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915. 


Length: 10-13 mm. 

Male: Head slightly broader than long; occiput grey; eyes separated on 
the vertex by the width of the ocellar tubercle, anterior margins parallel 
for one-third the length of the front and from thence widely diverging but 
straight; ocellar tubercle brown-black; front dull black, greyish at the eye 
margins and just below the vertex, ornamented with irregular fine punc- 
tures or granulations and furnished with a few black hairs; antennal 
tubercle dull black but with some grey laterally; antennae black-brown, 
very slightly separated at the base, segment 1 short and thick being but 
two-thirds the length of 3 and at its greatest width slightly more than one 
half as wide as long; 2 short, slightly more than one-fourth the length of 
1; 3 rather longer than 1 and 2 united; the style is two-thirds the length 
of the second antennal segment and has its first segment somewhat rect- 
angular and twice as long as its second; the arista is hardly as long as the 
apical segment of the style; face receding, grey tomentose; cheeks grey and 
furnished with long fine greyish hair; proboscis black-brown, brown haired 
and projecting as far forward as the apex of the first antennal segment; 
palpi two-thirds the length of the proboscis, the basal segment being slightly 
longer than the apical, brown and sparsely covered with long brown hair. 

Thorax two-thirds as long as wide, slightly deeper than broad and 
slightly more than twice as long as the head; dull black ornamented with 
5 irregular, interrupted, grey, longitudinal stripes; furnished with black 


MANN. 47 


hairs and 4 pre-alar, 1-2 inter-alar, 2 post-alar and 4-6 pre-scutellar 
bristles, some of which may be but weakly developed; pleurae shining black 
with a broad silver longitudinal stripe just above the coxae; sparsely 
covered with greyish and brownish hairs; scutellum dull black dorsally and 
shining black laterally, with 2 strong and 2-4 weak black bristles; post- 
scutellum black-brown. 

Abdomen two and one half times as long as the thorax; elongate- 
conical, flattened dorsally and ventrally; at its broadest point, about the 
same width as the thorax; shining black, segments 2-4 apically margined 
white which is interrupted medianly by a brown patch; furnished with 
black and greyish hairs; venter shining black; genitalia brown. 

Legs dark brown; coxae covered with grey and black tomentum; 
femora with a black stripe above; tarsi black apically. 

Wings slightly shorter than the abdomen, brownish tinged with in- 
dications of a dark brown band crossing the median cell; stigma dark 
brown, conspicuous; M3 and Mé4 coalesce well before the margin of the 
wing; 1A is somewhat concave and Cul meets same well before the border; 
the halteres are brown with yellow apices. 

The female differs from the male in having a slightly broader frons 
and the brown of the legs brighter. 

Variations: The brown of the legs may vary from bright to dark brown; 
the antennae may be black: the thorax may have grey on the anterior 
margin. 

Habitat: Tasmania, Hobart (2 ¢, 1 2, December and January); Zeehan 
(1g, February, 1924); Maria Island (1 ¢, December, 1924); all taken by G. 
H. Hardy. f 

Types: Co-type is in G. H. Hardy’s collection, Brisbane. 

This species is readily separated from the closely allied nitidifrons by 
having the white apical margin of the abdominal segments interrupted, 
and, by the presence of the silver pleural stripe. 

LONCHORHYNCHUS SEGNIS. 
Lonchorhynchus segnis White, Proc. Roy Soc. Tasm., 1915. 

Length: 9-11 mm. 

Male: Head distinctly broader than long; occiput black, dusted with 
greyish tomentum; eyes separated on the vertex by the width of the ocellar 
tubercle, anterior margins parallel for one-fourth the length of the front 
and from thence widely diverging and very slightly concave ocellar tubercle 
bearing tufts of black hairs and weak bristles; ocelli bright brown; front 
shining black, ornamented with irregular, roughly rugose sculpture and 
furnished sparsely with fine black and grey hair; antennal tubercle shin- 
ing black with a longitudinal sulcus and furnished with greyish hairs; 
antennae black, slightly more than one half the iength of the head, segment 
1 half the length of 3; 2 half the length of 1; 3 longer than 1 and 2 united; 
the style is two-thirds the length of the second antennal segment and has 
its two segments of almost equal length but the first is considerably broader 
than the second; the arista is slightly longer than the style; face black, 
grey tomentose; cheeks grey and furnished densely with long fine white 
hair; proboscis black-brown, projecting as far forward as the apex of the 
second segment of the antennae; palpi black-brown, the basal segment 
ae the length of the apical, the whole furnished with long greyish 

air. 

Thorax slightly longer than, and about as deep as broad, 3 times as 
long as the head; black with faint indications of 3 longitudinal stripes; 
furnished with short black hair and 2 pre-alar, 1 inter-alar and 2 post-alar 
bristles; pleurae black, grey tomentose and some bear tufts of black hair; 
scutellum dull black, somewhat brownish anteriorly and bearing 2 black 
bristles; postscutellum grey-black. 


48 REVISIONAL NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN THEREVIDAE. 


Abdomen as broad as and one and one-third times as long as the 
thorax, slightly more than twice as long as broad; parallel sided for three- 
fourths its length and from thence rounded to the apex; flattened above; 
dull black, with brownish reflections and covered with black and whitish 
hairs; segments 2-4 with the posterior lateral angles margined creamish; 
6-7 brown laterally; venter of all segments with a great deal more brown, 
the posterior margins of 2 and 3 are white and the posterior lateral angles 
of 4 are white; genitalia brown. 

Legs black; basal three-fourths of all tibiae and that of all the first 
tarsal segments bright brown. 

Wings slightly longer than the abdomen and three times as long as 
broad; somewhat clouded; stigma distinct; M3 and M4 meet well before the 
border and Cul joins 1A, which is straight, well before the margin; cell M3 
narrower but slightly longer than the median. The halteres are dark brown 
with yellowish apices. 

The female differs from the male by having the eyes separated on the 
vertex by twice the width of the ocellar tubercle, a dull black front mar- 
gined white laterally, the thorax with the anterior margin and the apical 
half laterally margined grey, segment 1 of the abdomen with the posterior 
lateral angles grey and by having the bright brown of the legs replaced by 
dark brown. The genital spines are reddish-brown. 

Variations: Segments 2-4 of the abdomen may be wholly margined 
white or greyish and the general color of the abdomen may vary from black 
to black-brown. 

Habitat: Tasmania, Hobart (G. H. Hardy, 3 do, 1 2, January, 1924 and 
1916. and December, 1915; and C. E, Cole, 1 ¢ and 1 2, October, 1916) ; Mount 
Wellington (G. H. Hardy, 2 ¢, January, 1916) ; New South Wales, Blackheath 
(I. M. Mackerras, 1 3, February, 1926; G. H. Hardy, 1 9, November, 1919). 


LONCHORHYNCHUS NITIDIFRONS. 


Anabarrhynchus nitidifrons Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. 4, p. 101, 1850. 
Lonchorhynchus nitidifrons White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1915. 


Length: 9-11 mm. 

Male: Head broader than long, slightly broader than the thorax; occi- 
put black; eyes separated on the vertex by the width of the ocellar tubercle, 
anterior margins parallel for half the length of the front and then widely 
diverging and slightly concave; ocellar tubercle brown and bearing tufts 
of stiff brown hairs; ocelli bright brown; front brown on the upper two- 
thirds, shining black on the lower with an indistinct, transverse, median, 
grey stripe ornamented with two transverse carinae and faint indications 
of five longitudinal striae or reticulation; antennal.tubercle shining black 
with whitish reflections towards the sides; antennae black, segment 1 
slightly more than two-thirds the length of 3; 2 short, being but one-third 
the length of 1; 3 about as long as 1 and 2 united; the style is about two- 
thirds the length of the second antennal segment and has its first segment 
somewhat rectangular, about as broad as long, and its second, conical and 
slightly longer but narrower than the first; the arista is hardly as long as 
the apical segment of the style; face grey tomentose; cheeks grey and 
densely furnished with long fine grey hair; proboscis black and projecting 
as far forward as the middle of the third antennal segment; palpi with 
the basal segment brown, considerably stouter and about two-thirds the 
length of the apical which is black, both segments are sparsely covered with 
long brown hair. 

Thorax hardly twice as long as, and about as deep as broad; three 
times as long as the head; brown, ornamented with a broad, velvet, black, 
dorsal longitudinal stripe; furnished with long black hairs and 4 pre-alar, 


SES 


MANN. 49 


1 inter-alar and 2 post-alar bristles; pleurae black, covered with grey 
tomentum and bearing tufts of brownish hairs; scutellum velvet black, 
covered with four black bristles and fringed with long black pubescence; 
postscutellum brown-black. 

Abdomen two and one half times as long as and slightly narrower than 
the thorax, elongate-conical; shining black; segments 1-4 with a dorsal 
brown reflection; 2-4 with the apical margin broadly silver-grey; black, 
brown and white haired; venter similarly coloured and clothed; genitalia 
brown. 

Legs: Femora black; tibiae and tarsi dark brown with black reflections; 
the basal two-thirds of the first tarsal segments somewhat lighter especially 
the posterior ones which are almost bright brown. 

Wings hyaline with indications of a grey diagonal cross band; stigma 
not pronounced; M3 and M4 coalesce just before the margin; 1A is some- 
what concave and Cul meets same well before the border; cell M3 narrower 
but longer than the median cell; costa and hind margin finely ciliated. 
The halteres are dark brown. 

The female differs from the male as follows: Eyes separated on the 
vertex by as much again as the width of the ocellar tubercle, diverging for 
the whole length with the anterior margins straight; fringe of occipital 
bristles rather stronger; ocelli black; front broad and uniformly black; 
third antennal segment brown; first abdominal segment apically margined 
white; wings clouded grey; tibiae more black than dark brown; genital 
spines reddish. 

Variations: The tibiae and tarsi vary in colour from dark brown to 
black. 

Habitat: Tasmania, Wedge Bay (1 ?, G. H. Hardy, January, 1914); 
Hobart (1 ¢, G. H. Hardy, January, 1924); New South Wales, Biniguy (1 9°, 
J. Mann, December, 1923) ; Queensland, Brisbane (1 ?, G. H. Hardy, October, 
1927; 1 2, H. Hacker, October, 1912; 1 2, J. Mann, December, 1925). 

Genus PHYCUS. 
Phycus Walker, Ins. Saund., Dipt., pt. 1, p. 2, 1850. 

This genus has not been recognised amongst the Australian material to 
date. White’s interpretation of same has been referred to Agapophytus 
(vide synonomy notes under that genus). 

Genotype: Xylophagus canescens Walker; by original designation. 

PHYCUS DIOCTRIAEFORMIS. 
Phycus dioctriaeformis Schiner, Reise Novara Dipt., p. 151, 1868; Id., Krober. 

Ent. Mitt., 1, p. 122, 1912. 

Described from Sydney and Botany Bay, New South Wales. 

Has not been recognised. 

PHYCUS PALLIDICORNIS. 
Phycus pallidicornis Krober, Ent. Mitt., 1, p. 124, 1912. 

Male described from New South Wales. 

Has not been recognised. 

Addendum. 

I wish to call attention to and correct the following errors in the first 
part of this series (Aust. Zool., Vol. v., pt. 2, May, 1928): 

p. 166, line 31—for kinbergia. read kinbergi. 

p. 198, lines 15, 16 and 17, “This species ———————- from  ruficornis” 
should be transposed to page 192 and follow on after line 32 at the end of 
the description of Anabarrhynchus rufiventris. 


Commonwealth Prickly-Pear, Laboratory, 
Sherwood, Brisbane. 


50 


A MONOGRAPH OF THE AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. 
ORDER—COLEOPTERA. 


By H. J. Carter B.A., F.E.S., and E. H. Zeck. 


(Plates i. to vii.) 
[Fore-note by H. J. Carter. 


While personally responsible for the collecting, or getting collected, the 
new species described I found the necessary examination of details, 
especially the dissection of the palpi, required the work of a younger eye 
and hand than mine if any real value could be attached to the new genera, 
and their correlation with existing genera occurring in other regions noted. 

Mr. Zeck’s special gifts as an entomological artist and as an experienced 
worker on minute Coleoptera, pointed to him as the ideal collaborator for 
this Monograph, and I wish here to record my great indebtedness to him 
for the added interest and value due to his work.] 


After a full consideration of the “Recommendations”—in the nature of 
advice “of the British National Committee on Entomological Nomenclature,” 
at Art 5 (Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1928, p. 8R] we are of opinion that the 
ordinary rule of priority should apply to the family name. The facts are 
as follows:— 


Dryops Oliv., Encycl. Méthod., vi., 1791, p. 297, precedes its synonym. 
Parnus F., Ent. Syst. I., 1792, p. 245. 


By far the clearest classification and tabulation of the genera of the 
family is that of Ganglbauer, in his famous work, “Kafer von Mitteleurope,” 
1904, p. 95, who then employed the family name Dryormar. In the cata- 
logue of Junk, now in general use, the family is edited by Zaitzev, 1910, under 
the name Dryopmar. The name has thus been in use for 25 years, and is 
recognized by a second authority 19 years ago. We are, moreover, following 
Ganglbauer’s limitation of Helmis and other genera, and cannot consistently 
reject his authoritative opinion on the nomenclature. 


The DryopmaE have been generally neglected by Australian collectors 
until recently, only nine species having been recorded previous to 1926. 
They are extremely numerous in individuals in Tasmania, Victoria and 
certain parts of New South Wales. Thus in a few days’ visit in November, 
1926, to the Allyn and Williams Rivers, with the help of Mr. John Hopson 
and Mr. C. Barrett, one of us collected no less than twenty different species, 
some in considerable numbers. In September, 1928, six species were cap- 
tured in Galston Creek, near Hornsby, N.S.W., mostly on one log. Clear 
mountain streams, of which the above are typical, are specially suited to 
these curious and interesting beetles, whose life-history is very imperfectly 
known. Mr. A. J. Nicholson has taken the larvae of some undetermined 
species in two or three localities near Sydney, and one of us found larvae in 
the Williams River that cannot be correlated with any special imago. We 
are greatly indebted to Messrs. C. Barrett, J. E. Dixon, C. Oke and F. E. 
Wilson for their help in searching the Victorian streams and for sending 
specimens. The beetles are small, varying from one to five millimetres in 
length, and quite unable to swim, for which they have no adapted organs. 
They have a specific gravity greater than that of water, since when placed 
in water they invariably sink; but apparently obtain air from a surround- 
ing aura due to a fine, felt-like coating, mostly on their ventral surface. 
This, however, as indeed the physiology in general of this family, needs 
investigation. One of us has kept living examples in a bowl of water for 
five months, without detecting any apparent attempt on the part of the 
beetles to reach the surface. Twenty-two examples, including Notriolus 


CARTER AND ZECK. 51 


galstonius, Coxelmis novemnotata and C. trinotata were thus kept alive in a 
bowl for five months. All we have seen are winged, and, frequently when 
examining a log taken from the river, some of them flew away as they 
dried in the sun. In two instances were found a Sclerocyphon sp. (DasciL- 
LIDAE) in the same habitat (Williams River) as noted by Lea and Carter in 
Tasmania. 

The smaller species require care in handling and setting, being gene- 
rally covered with slime or mud which obscures their characters. The 
dissection and mounting for examination minute organs like the palpi in 
the smaller species is no easy task, so that it is not surprising that few 
authors record the number of segments, even in the maxillary palpi, in 
describing new genera. Many authors describe the head as retractile; but 
this is only true of certain groups; and, so far as we have been able to 
examine, only partially so in any. Thus in Kingolus (Elmis) metallicus 
King, the head, in general sub-horizontally or obliquely placed, is capable 
of being moved into a vertical position, when the upper surface of the head 
(including eyes) forms a sort of operculum to the prosternal opening, the 
maxillae and palpi disappearing under the nozzle which then overlaps the 
prosternal lip. 


We have found in the structure of the prosternum good characters for 
differentiating both genera and species. Plate v. clearly illustrates this and 
should be followed in conjunction with descriptions of new genera and 
species. 

In 1864, the Rev. R. L. King described seven species under three genera, 
Lutochrus, Elmis and Limnius. Sharp, in 1882 (Biol. Centr. Amer.) trans- 
ferred Lutochrus australis to Hydrethus, and also suggested that King’s so- 
called Elmis and Limnius species would probably “have to be separated from 
the European genera so-named.’ In the same work he also admitted using 
for Central American species the generic name Elmis in the extended sense 
suggested by Leconte and Horn, and it would appear that Champion has 
followed a somewhat similar course in describing some Indian species (Ent. 
Mon. Mag., 1923, p. 170). 


Grouvelle has also included under Helmis certain Madagascar species 
with polymorphic characters (Ann. Soc. Ent., Fr., 1906). Blackburn, Lea 
and Grouvelle have each described an Australian species under the same 
generic title, which three species seem to require generic differentiation. 

After a study of some exotic, including New Zealand forms, kindly lent 
by the British Museum, as well as others courteously sent by the late Mr. G. 
C. Champion and Dr. R. J. Tillyard, also by Mr. A. E. Brookes, of Waikato, 
New Zealand, and of such literature as was available, we are unable to in- 
clude the majority of the Australian species, so far known, under existing 
genera. 

We propose to adopt the very clear tabulation of Ganglbauer (Kaf. 
Mitteleur, 1904) as a basis for our classification, a tabulation that would 
definitely deny both Helmis (Elmis) and Limnius to our species, the former 
by its three-segment maxillary palpi and the structure of head and prono- 
tum, the latter by its clothing and elytral sculpture (with four lateral 
granular striae). We would definitely refer Helmis pallidipes Cart. to the 
world-wide Stenelmis L. Dufour, which already contains species from New 
Guinea and Sumatra. 

The New Zealand DryopipaE are very distinct from the Australian, the 
two regions having no genus in common. Moreover, their four recorded 
genera all come under the sub-family Dryopinae, in which Australia has 
only a single genus with two species; while the sub-family, Helminae, 
numerous in Australia, is unrecorded from New Zealand. The sub-family 
Psepheninae is unrecorded in both of these regions. 


52 AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. ORDER—COLEOPTERA. 


GENERA OF AUSTRALIAN HELMINAE. 


1. Antennae with segments 5-11 sub-clavate. .. .. .. .. .. Stetholus. 
Antennae filiform... .. eee ee eee 2: 

2. Fore tibiae with fringe of tomentum on inside. se 8 ee ere 3. 
Fore tibiae without fringe of tomentum on inside. .. . Te 

3. Pronotum sub-bilobate (i.e., divided by distinct transverse 
depression) . 4. 
Pronotum unilobate (without distinct ‘transverse depression) . Ds 

4. Maxillary palpi 3-segmented, pronotum with short sub-lateral sulcus, 
claws simple. .. . .. Kingolus. 
Maxillary palpi 4- -segmented, pronotum ‘without sub- lateral sulcus, claws 
enlarged (subdentate) at base. .. .. Simsonia. 

5. Widely obovate, pronotum with sub- lateral ‘and ‘medial sulcus, elytra 
with three lateral ridges. .. . .. Austrolimnius. 
Elongate-ovate, pronotum without sub- Jateral ‘or ‘medial 
sulcus, elytra uniformly striate-punctate. .. .. . 6. 

6. Pronotum foliate in front, fore coxae closer than mid, metasternum not 
channelled, latero-apical margins of elytra serrulate. .. .. Notriolus. 
Pronotum deflexed at sides, fore coxae as wide apart as mid, meta- 
sternum channelled, elytral margins entire. .. - ». Coxelmis: 

7. Elongate, parallel, pronotum with irregular sub- ‘lateral sulcus elytra 
striate-punctate, alternate intervals sub-costate. .. .. .. .. Stenelmis. 
Elliptic, pronotum with sub-lateral carina, elytra sub-granulose with 
sub-lateral carina... .. .. Neosolus. 


The sub-family Dryopinae at present includes the ‘single genus Hydre- 
thus Fairm. (Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1889, p. 90) with two species, H. (Luto- 
chrus) australis King, and H. leai Cart., which may be distinguished as 
follows:— 


Form elliptic; elytra coarsely lineate-punctate. .. .. . os DAUSETALS: 
Form more widely ovate; elytra more finely striate- -punctate. i. Le ieedeae 


STETHOLUS gen. nov. 


Body elongate; head (thickly), pronotum and elytra (chiefly at sides), 
clothed with short, bristly hair; palpi 4-segmented, terminal segment of the 
maxillary palpi clavate, of the labial subulate; antennae with two basal 
segments very tumid and hairy; 1st very long, extending to the exterior 
margin of eye; 2nd much shorter, ovate, 3 and 4 bead like, each about 
half as wide as 2; 5-11 transverse, forming a flattened club, more or less 
perfoliate; 7-10 wider than 5-6 and sub-equal; 11th twice as long as 10, 
its base truncate, apex rounded. 

Head large, free, vertical, incapable of withdrawal within prothorax; 
eyes large, round and prominent; prosternum very short, without men- 
toniere; the fore coxae globular, placed near the front edge of prosternum, 
and only separated by the narrow, short, acutely pointed prosternal pro- 
cess; this with medial carina and raised border; mesosternum with deep, 
round pit mid and hind coxae rather widely separated; legs moderately 
developed, long, tarsal claws strongly developed. Posterior tarsi with last 
segment very long (nearly as long as the rest combined). 

Pronotum bilobed, anterior lobe the more convex and divided from the 
posterior by a V-shaped depression; without sub-latera] excavations, an- 
terior angles deflexed, margins feebly explanate behind only. 

Scutellum large, triangular with rounded sides. 

Elytra sub-parallel, striate-punctate. 

The antennae are very similar to those of Hydrethus australis King, on 
a larger scale; but in that species (of which the author did not describe 


CARTER AND ZECK. 53 


the antennae) the lst segment is shorter, the 2nd proportionally longer, the 
3rd clearly longer than 4, the 11th less than twice as long as 10, the clavate 
series (5-11) more compact and fusiform. 

The prosternum is shorter than in any other Australian DryopPmar 
known to us. The protibiae without tomentum. 

Genotype: S. elongatus n.sp. 


STETHOLUS ELONGATUS Sp. nov. 


(Plate ii., Fig. 16.) 


Elongate oblong, nitid black (including upper surface of legs), under- 
side of femora, abdomen and sternal regions fawn colour, antennae, first 
two segments reddish, rest dark brown. 

Head large, closely punctate and pilose (especially near eyes and an- 
terior region), eyes large and rather prominent. 

Prothorax narrowed and convex in front, sides of hind part arcuately 
widened to base without explanate margin or lateral border; base strongly 
bisinuate, posterior angles obtuse, disc rather coarsely punctate with two 
longitudinal foveae near scutellum, and a larger depression on each side. 

Elytra considerably wider than prothorax, shoulders rather squarely 
rounded; sides sub-parallel (very feebly compressed behind shoulders and 
little widened behind middle), striate-punctate, the striae very lightly im- 
pressed and containing close small punctures; intervals flat and very 
minutely punctate, those nearer sides showing short fine pubescence. Each 
elytron with a large sub-gibbous area behind scutellum. Underside im- 
punctate with a fine velvety derm, metasternum very minutely pustulose. 

Dimensions: 5.3-6 x 2 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Allyn River, at Gresford, Williams River, at 
Dungog. 

Twenty examples are before us taken by Messrs. Barrett and Carter at 
Dungog, and by H. J. Carter at Gresford, N.S.W. 

The characters mentioned in the generic diagnosis sufficiently differen- 
tiate this interesting species. 

Type: Series on card in Coll. Carter. 

Holotype denoted by an arrow. 


KINGOLUS gen. nov. 


Form more or less ovate; glabrous above and below; head partially re- 
tractile, antennae filiform; 11 art; segments sub-equal; eyes large, 
moderately prominent; maxillary palpi 3-segmented. 

Prothorax transverse, sub-bilobate, the narrower and more convex an- 
terior part divided from the wider and flatter part by a transverse arcuate 
depression parallel to the sides and more or less carinate on its external 
edge; a short clearly excised sub-lateral sulcus extending from base, not 
(in general) reaching the transverse depression; disc not channelled in 
middle, base sub-truncate, apex slightly produced in the middle, margins 
narrowly explanate. 

Scutellum large, triangular. 

Elytra uniformly striate-punctate. 

Prosternum moderately long; its hind process wide and truncate 
(metallicus King and flavosignatus n.sp.) or widely rounded (aeratus 
Cart.) ; the flattened medial area of underside bounded by sinuate ridges, 
converging between fore-coxae, expanding on metasternum and terminating 
at hind coxae; mid and hind coxae widely separated, fore tibiae with a 
narrow fringe of tomentum on inside, legs moderately long. 

A genus that we cannot harmonize with recorded genera, though ap- 


54 AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. ORDER—COLEOPTERA. 


parently nearest to the E. African Helminthopsis and Helminthocharis of 
Grouvelle. 

Genotype: Elmis metallica King. 

N.B—The fore-coxae are more widely separated than in either Sim- 
sonia or Notriolus. All the species so far recorded are brightly metallic, or 
metallic variegated with yellow markings. 


KINGOLUS. 
Table of peace 
1. Unicolorous, metallic... .. . ute pact ca Sea ects 2: 
Unicolorous, with pale maculae. Sep de oe 6. 
2. Form elongate, pronotum much narrowed in front. .. tyrrhenus n.sp. 
Form widely obovate. eikedes Anke oie sy ta ice ease : 
3) sUppernisuriace ;viOletybronze-sey listenin ieee 4. 
Upper surface coppery. .. 5: 


4. Pronotum widest at middle, ‘elytral “punctures small (pl. LE rakes teh) e 
metallicus King. 
Pronotum widest behind ‘middle, elytral ‘punctures larger. aeratus Cart. 
Pronotum widest at base, elytral punctures irregular... .. heroni n.sp. 
5. Upper surface nitid, sparsely punctate... . .... binctus isp: 
Upper surface sub-opaque, os oe and finely punctate (pl. 1, fig. 4) 
cupreus Cart. 


6. Pronotum with “yellow ‘markings. Fle ee eh eee “ flavoplagiatus n.sp. 
Pronotum without yellow markings. = gan Hie 

7. Yellow markings limited to humeral spots. sa es) ce ee YATrensisenism: 
Yellow markings not so limited. : 8. 


co 


Four elytral maculae clearly defined, ‘24 ‘mm. ‘Jong. " flavosignatus n.sp. 
Basal maculae tending to coalesce, 1.8 mm. long. ; 
. quatuor maculatus King. 


KINGOLUS FLAVOPLAGIATUS Sp. 720Vv. 
(Plate i., Fig. 3.) 


Elongate and narrow, ground colour castaneus brown, sub-nitid, with 
yellow markings, as follows: Pronotum irregularly so coloured (in general 
the greater part), elytra with triangular basal area having the longest side 
extending from behind shoulders to basal third near suture; the apical 
third (leaving sides and suture brown); this varied by upper surface more 
largely flavous. Lateral area of underside, tibiae, tarsi and antennae also 
testaceous. 

Head and pronotum finely, regularly, not closely punctate, antennae 
similar, but narrower than the preceding (H. flavosignatus) . 

Prothorax sub-bilobate—a wide medial area convex throughout, trans- 
verse depression towards sides deeper than in flavosignatus, the sides more 
strongly sinuate at their junction with depression; anterior lobe more con- 
vex (hooded) and arcuate at apex; anterior angles invisible from above, 
widest near the feebly bi-sinuate base, sides behind sinuation very slightly 
rounded, hind angles sub-rectangular, a rather wide concavity within 
narrow border, a wide and deep sub-lateral longitudinal sulcus, extending 
over about two-thirds of posterior lobe and terminating anteriorly in sharp 
point. 

Scutellum punctate, shaped as in the preceding. 

Elytra slightly wider than prothorax at base, elongate, obovate, a dis- 
tinct lateral flange becoming obsolete at shoulders; striate-punctate, the 
striae well impressed, intervals sub-convex in places, generally rather flat, 
seriate punctures large and round, more closely set than in the preceding 


CARTER AND ZECK. 55 


species; intervals minutely punctate, bearing setae more thickly than in 
flavosignatus. Underside coarsely punctate on the darker medial area. 

Dimensions: 1.8 x 0.7 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Williams River, at Dungog (C. Barrett and 
H. J. Carter). 

Six examples taken are clearly separated from any described species by 
the combination of small size, elongate, narrow form, pale colour, with 
irregular markings. 

Holotype: In Coll. Carter. 


KINGOLUS (LIMNIUS) QUATUOR MACULATUS King. 
(Plate i., Fig. 5.) 


This species is certainly not a Limnius and is clearly a member of the 
same genus as Elmis metallica King. Fifteen examples were taken at 
Eccleston (Allyn River and Massie’s Creek) in October, 1926, which have 
been compared with King’s type in the Australian Museum. Also taken at 
Galston. As stated by the author, the basal maculae tend to coalesce; the 
pre-apical maculae are narrow, elongate and are set obliquely, while in 
most examples there is an indistinct pale vittate interval, parallel to the 
suture. The pronotum is bilobate and with the elytral intervals, minutely 
punctate. The latter quite flat. 

Dimensions: 1.6 x 0.7 mm. 

Except H. tyrrhenus and H. tinctus n.sp., it is the smallest of the group 
in which it is placed. 


KINGOLUS FLAVOSIGNATUS Sp. NOV. 
(Plate i., Fig. 1.) 


Rather widely ovate, nitid castaneous bronze above and below, elytra 
with two humeral and two elongate sub-apical spots yellow, antennae, tibiae, 
tarsi and hind border of abdominal segments testaceous. 

Head and pronotum with moderately large, sparsely and irregularly 
placed punctures; antennae linear, apical segment tapering to a point. 

Prothorax very partially bilobate, a wide nearly straight transverse de- 
pression on each side, leaving rather widely uninterrupted, convex, medial 
surface; apex arcuate, anterior angles a little produced, base feebly bisinu- 
ate; widest near middle, sides moderately rounded, sinuate in front of 
middle; posterior angles sub-rectangular, with narrow lateral border, slightly 
varied, having wide punctate concavity (sub-explanate) within, bounded on 
the inside by a deep longitudinal sulcus, extending from base, but not 
reaching ‘the transverse depression. 

Scutellum sub-ovate, with truncate base, impunctate. 

Elytra: Shoulders obliquely rounded, sides slightly widened behind 
middle, horizontal border distinct; striate-punctate, the striae shallow, 
seriate punctures round and large, intervals flat, each with a single line of 
large punctures (of about half the diameter of the seriate) bearing short 
golden setae. Prosternum densely and coarsely, meso- and metasterna 
more sparsely but equally coarsely punctate, abdomen with nitid medial 
area, the segments successively more finely punctate from base to apex; a 
wide lateral area opaque and impunctate; front tibiae with a sparse fringe 
of hair on inside near apex. 

Dimensions: 2.3 x 1 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Allyn and Williams Rivers (H. J. Carter). 

Seven examples taken. Also taken at Dorrigo by Mr. W. Heron. It is 
clearly distinct from all described species by its combination of castaneous 


56 AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. ORDER—COLEOPTERA. 


bronze ground colour, four spotted elytra, coarsely punctate surface and 
rather wide form. 
Holotype: In Coll. Carter. 


KINGOLUS HERONI Sp. nov. 
(Plate vi., Fig. 75.) 


Rather widely obovate; purple bronze above; underside tawny brown; 
red on pro- and mesosternum, antennae and legs yellow, the former with 
apical segment, the latter with knees dark. 

Head: Antennae rather short and linear; eyes large but not prominent. 

Prothorax: Apex bisinuate; medial lobe widely rounded and produced; 
anterior angles acute and produced; base neariy straight; posterior angles 
sub-rectangular; lateral border very narrow; strongly bilobed, divided by a 
deep and slightly sinuate depression; this forming a distinct sinuation at 
sides; widest at base, thence slightly and arcuately narrowed to the de- 
pression; thence nearly straight to apex; disc strongly but not closely 
punctate, with well marked sub-lateral sulci, parallel to sides, extending 
from base about one-third way to the transverse depression. 

Scutellum: Equilatero-triangular, with rounded sides. 

Elytra wider than prothorax at base, widest behind middle, margins en- 
tire, rather bluntly and jointly rounded at apex; striate-punctate; the 
seriate punctures irregular in size; the striae vaguely impressed, intervals 
flat and themselves irregularly but strongly punctate; the interstitial punc- 
tures not as large as the seriate. 

Prosternum closely and strongly punctate. the hind process wide, trun- 
cate at apex and sub-sinuate at sides; metasternum more finely punctate; 
abdomen nearly impunctate; claws simple. 

Dimensions: 2.1 x 1 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, East Dorrigo (W. Heron). 

Examples sent by Mr. Heron, after whom we name it, as he is one of 
the few collectors who has succeeded in finding the small species of this 
family. It is nearest K. aeratus Cart., but is distinguished by its pale legs 
and the very different elytral sculpture (the seriate punctures regular and 
round in aeratus), the intervals more strongly and irregularly punctate. 

Holotype: In Coll. Carter. 


KINGOLUS TYRRHENUS Sp. NOV. 
(Plate i., Fig. 6.) 


Rather elongate, narrowly obovate, bright violet bronze, antennae 
femora, tibiae, tarsi and medial area of underside testaceous, the last shad- 
ing off to brown towards the sides. 

Head and pronotum sparsely and finely punctate, antennae linear, 
apical segment tapering to a fine point. 

Prothorax sub-bilobed, anterior part not entirely divided from the 
posterior by two wide, shallow, transverse depressions not quite meeting 
at the middle; apex sub-truncate, base bi-sinuate, all angles sub-rectangular, 
widest slightly before middle, sides lightly and evenly rounded, much more 
narrowed anteriorly than posteriorly; lateral border very narrow, with a 
moderately wide explanate or sub-convex area within this, followed after a 
short interval by a deep, wide longitudinal sulcus, extending from the base 
to the transverse division. © 

Scutellum large, triangular, with rounded sides. 

Elytra wider than prothorax at base, widest behind middle, striate- 
punctate, the striae shallow, seriate punctures round, rather small and well 
separated, intervals flat and very sparsely punctate, a single irregular row 
of punctures on each—a narrow lateral border visible from above. 


CARTER AND ZECK. : 57 


Underside non-pilose, prosternum flat, truncate at apex, hind process 
wide and widely rounded behind, metasternum finely channelled, sparsely 
and finely punctate, abdomen apparently impunctate. 

Dimensions: 1.7 x 0.7 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Allyn and Williams Rivers (H. J. Carter). 

Eleven specimens taken and examined. The species could only be con- 
fused with K. metallicus King, which differs as follows: Colour deeper 
purple bronze, often with metallic gleams in punctures and sides; legs dark, 
as also the apical segment of antennae pronotum more strongly bilobed, the 
depression causing a break in the elytral series; intervals wrinkled and 
punctate. 

Holotype: In Coll. Carter. 


KINGOLUS METALLICUS King. 


We took 32 examples in the Allyn and Williams Rivers. Fresh speci- 
mens are a brighter purple bronze than in the type, the punctures showing 
a metallic sheen; but when viewed in a good light the colour can be seen 
on the two specimens (of which one is the presumable type) in the Aus- 
tralian Museum, while the sculpture is identical with my specimens. This 
shows a wide range, King’s examples coming from the Murray River. 


KINGOLUS TINCTUS Sp. nov. 
(Plate i., Fig. 7.) 


Widely obovate, clear nitid bronze, antennae testaceous, tarsi and 
tibiae darker, flavous; underside dark brown. 

Differs from K. tyrrhenus by its shorter, wider form, deeper purple 
colour, darker legs and underside; the prothorax is wider, less narrowed in 
front, the sides a little sinuate near the transverse depression, the pronotum 
more finely and sparsely punctate, the longitudinal sub-lateral sulci shorter, 
extending over the basal third only of the posterior lobe; the elytral series 
coarser, the striae deeper, the intervals flat and sparsely punctate. 

Dimensions: 1.6 x 0.8 mm. 

Habitat: Allyn River (Mr. John Hopson). 

Five examples taken by Mr. Hopson are near K. tyrrhenus and EK. 
metallicus King, in colour. From the former it is distinguished above; 
from the latter by its short, wide form, finer pronotal sculpture, with the 
short sub-lateral excavation and different elytral sculpture. 

Holotype: In Coll. Carter. 


KINGOLUS YARRENSIS Sp. 710V. 
(Plate vi., Fig. 79.) 


Rather widely ovate, purple bronze, elytra with small pale shoulder spot, 
tibiae and tarsi (partly) and basal half of antennae yellow. 

Head minutely punctate, antennae linear, moderately stout (basal seg- 
ments about as thick as basal segments of tarsi). 

Prothorax bilobate, anterior third separated by a wide V-shaped trans- 
verse depression, apex and base a little sinuate, the former lightly emar- 
ginate, widest near base, sides here just perceptibly rounded with a tendency 
to become sinuous near the transverse depression, all angles sub-acute, a 
narrow sub-explanate margin limited externally by a thin revolute border; 
on each side a wide and deep sub-lateral sulcus extending over three- 
quarters of the basal lobe parallel to the sides, these connected behind by a 
fine transverse depression near base; disc with fine, distant punctures super- 
imposed on a minutely criss-crossed surface. 


58 AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. ORDER—-COLEOPTERA. 


Elytra widely obovate, as wide as prothorax at junction, enlarging im- 
mediately behind this, sides nowhere parallel, margins invisible from above; 
striate-punctate, the striae shallow, seriate punctures small and distant. 
intervals flat, sparsely but clearly punctate; underside entirely metallic and 
dark, without perceptible hair, pro- and meso: sternum rather coarsely and 
sparsely, abdomen more finely and closely punctate; femora and base of 
tibiae and upper surface of tarsi dark, rest of legs flavous. 

Dimensions: 2 x 1 mm. (approximately). 

Habitat: Warburton, Victoria (F. E. Wilson). 

Three examples sent by their captor can readily be separated from 
metallicus, aeratus, tyrrhenus, tinctus and leai by the presence of the 
shoulder spot and many details of sculpture. 

Type: In Coll. Carter. 


SIMSONIA gen. nov. 


Elongate, head partly retractile, antennae 11-art., filiform, extending to 
about the middle of prothorax, two basal segments enlarged, apical segment 
about as long as 9-10 combined; maxillary palpi 4-art.; last segment ovate. 

Prothorax elongate, sub-bilobate, divided by a transverse depression 
(generally more or less V-shaped), the anterior part very convex and form- 
ing a hood produced over head; sides more or less sinuate, margins ex- 
planate; base bisinuate. 

Scutellum sub-circular. 

Elytra striate-punctate. 

Prosternum rather short, its hind process narrowed and rounded behind. 
Front coxae closer than the mid coxae. 

Metasternum channelled in middle; legs moderately long; tibiae fringed 
with tomentum, claws, especially the posterior with an enlargement (sub- 
lobate) at base. 

Genotype: Elmis tasmanica Blackb. 


SIMSONIA. 
1? SUppersurface black. oo ac is ce) sitet oslo mater okey eter neces Z. 
Upper surface metallic... .. . 6. 
Upper surface with four pale maculae. = ‘tasmanica BIkb. (pl. lii., fig. 18). 
23 Hlytraltintervals) pilose: =. 2.2. 2. 2. <5 efor eee vestita n.sp. 
Elytral intervals glabrous. .. .. ONCE To CEO! boioe 5.0 3. 
3. Pronotum with sub-lateral carina. eps Ae oke laces Use ha. ILO DSOIEE Se 
Pronotum without sub-lateral carina... ............ 4. 
4. Elytral intervals more or less uniform. .. .. .. .... .. 5. 
Third interval callose near base. .. .. Peay ae n.sp. 


5. 5 mm. long; elytral sculpture coarse and deep. i i‘ ae 
nicholsoni Cart. (pl. lii., fig. 23). 
2 ‘mm. ‘long: elytral, ‘sculpture fine and shallow... .. . eee 
: angusta Cart. (pl. ii, fig. 1S) 

6. Colour purple bronze, “elytral sculpture COALSCE = wee a 7. 
Colour brownish bronze, elytral sculpture finer... .. .. .. .. .. ...... 
: wilsont Cart. (pl. lii., fig. 20). 
16 Pronotum with ‘sub-lateral carina. sins sa ate leai n.sp. 
Pronotum without sub-lateral carina. .. purpurea Cart. (pl. iii., fig. 22). 


SIMSONIA HOPSONI sp. nov. 
(Plate iii., Fig. 24.) 


Elongate ovate, convex, nitid black above, dull brown beneath, antennae 
and tarsi red. 
Head and pronotum very finely punctate, eyes little prominent; an- 


CARTER AND ZECK. 59 


tennae filiform, short and slender, extending little beyond the apex of 
prothorax. 

Prothorax rather strongly convex, scarcely or very feebly bilobed, the 
anterior area partly separated by short, shallow depression extending trans- 
versely from the side half way to suture, apex much narrower than base, 
the latter rather strongly bisinuate, sides rounded, weakly sinuate anteriorly, 
widest behind middle, hind angles a little more than 90 degrees; a very thin 
lateral border slightly explanate within; disc with a transverse sulcus near 
base, and two short longitudinal ridges emphasized by depressed area on 
their inside, towards the sides. 

Elytra obliquely widened at shoulders, thence sides nearly straight to 
the widest part behind middle, apical declivity somewhat steep; striate- 
punctate, striae deep and wide, seriate punctures very large and round, in- 
tervals convex, especially at base and moderately wide—one forming a dis- 
tinct humeral callus and themselves covered with punctures; pro-, meso- 
and metasternum rather coarsely, abdomen more finely punctate; meso- 
sternum with a deep pit; fore tibiae with a fringe of hair on inside. 

Dimensions: 4.3 x 2 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Eccleston (Allyn River and Massie’s Creek, 
H. J. Carter); Williams River (four miles above Salisbury, F. E. Wilson and 
H. J. Carter) ; Cox River, near Hartley, Blue Mountains (H. J. Carter). 

Eight examples taken during a recent visit to the late Mr. John Hopson, 
the naturalist of that district, after whom I name it. Others were sent me 
later by Mr. F. E. Wilson, and a single specimen taken in the Cox River, 
Blue Mountains, in January, 1927. 

By its size and nitid black surface it may be at first confused with 
Notriolus barretti Cart. from the same region, but the bilobed pronotum at 
once distinguishes it, besides the unusually coarse elytral sculpture, the en- 
larged tarsi, and the different prosternal structure. 

Holotype: In Coll. Carter. 


SIMSONIA LEAI Sp. nov. 
(Plate i., Fig. 2.) 


Elongate, very slightly obovate, dark purple bronze, moderately nitid, 
legs tarsi and underside dark, the last black or nearly so, basal half of an- 
tennae yellow. 

Head rather wide, the eyes prominent, antennae linear. 

Prothorax bilobate, the anterior lobe more convex, divided from the 
posterior by an uninterrupted, nearly straight transverse depression, form- 
ing a sinuation at the otherwise nearly straight (feebly arcuate) lateral 
border, this narrowly horizontal within, posterior angle sub-rectangulkar, 
base nearly straight. Disc strongly sparsely and unevenly punctate, an in- 
distinct prebasal furrow and a short sub-lateral carina as in hopsoni. 

Scutellum punctate, triangular with rounded sides. 

Elytra considerably wider than prothorax at base, shoulders widely . 
rounded, horizontal border evident from above; striate-punctate, the two 
sub-lateral striae only well marked and wide, the rest scarcely impressed, 
seriate punctures unusually large, round and close, intervals convex at base, 
elsewhere flat, each with a single, irregular line of small punctures and 
slightly transversely rugose. The whole sternal regions and the basal seg- 
ment of abdomen coarsely punctate, the rest of abdomen scarcely punctate. 

Dimensions: 2.4 x 1.1 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Williams River( H. J. Carter, 4 miles above 
Salisbury). Five examples taken near the camp of the R.A.O.U. in October, 
1926. This species is of the size and general outline of Simsonia purpurea 


60 AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. ORDER—-COLEOPTERA. 


and S. wilsoni, but may be distinguished by its pronotal sculpture and large 
seriate punctures of elytra, besides its prosternal structure. 

Holotype: In Coll. Carter. 

Dedicated to an old friend and fellow coleopterist, A. M. Lea. 


SIMSONIA IRREGULARIS Sp. NOU. 
(Plate ii., Fig. 14.) 


Elongate, ovate, convex, subnitid black above, brown or reddish beneath; 
antennae tarsi, and (in part) tibiae red. 

Head densely punctate, eyes flat, labrum ciliate, apical segment of 
maxillary palpi wide and truncate, antennae rather short, extending to 
middle of pronotum, two basal segments much widened, 3-10 very lightly 
successively widened, 11th about twice as long as ten. 

Prothorax bilobate, divided by a shallow V-shaped transverse depression, 
anterior convex part produced in middle, posterior flatter area with lateral 
explanation, without medial channel, base bisinuate, sides widest at basal 
third, thence lightly converging behind, more strongly but nearly straight 
towards the front; the extreme border lightiy raised, entire; hind angles 
sub-rectangular, front angles rounded off and depressed; disc closely coy- 
ered with round deep punctures, coarser at sides and base, finer towards 
apex. 

Scutellum oval, narrowed behind. 

Elytra at shoulders considerably wider than the base of prothorax, 
scarcely widened behind middle; striate-punctate, the seriate punctures 
large and round (very like those in hopsoni, except the punctures in 1st stria 
much larger) the intervals rough, punctate and subgranulose, the 3rd in- 
terval near base, also the 6th and 7th near shoulders, with a widened con- 
vex elevation, the wide sutural interval also convex, surface near sides with 
a short bristly clothing; prosternum and flattened part of metasternum 
strongly and closely punctate, the hind process of the former elongate and 
narrowly rounded behind, the latter channelled in the middle, abdomen 
with very fine, shallow punctures, all tibiae with short scaly bristles, the 
fore tibiae with a fringe of tomentum, claws sub-dentate at base. 

Dimensions: 4.5 x 1.8 mm. 

Habitat: Upper Barrington River, 4,700 ft. alt. (H. J. Carter). 

Two examples were taken near the “Bull-head Crossing” in January, 
1927. It is shorter and proportionally wider than tasmanica BIkb., its seriate 
punctures are intermediate in size between those of tasmanica and nichol- 
soni, but distinguished from any of the Australian Helminae by the irre- 
gular elevations at the base of the elytra. 

Holotype and Paratype: In Coll. Carter. 


SIMSONIA VESTITA sp. nov. 
(Plate iii., Fig. 19.) 


Elongate ovate, black, moderately nitid above, brownish beneath; an- 
tennae and tarsi reddish. 

Head: Antennae short, lineate, segments 1 and 2 wide, 3-10 sub-equal, 
11th rather longer, narrower than preceding and pointed. 

Prothorax widest behind middle, thence obliquely narrowed to front, 
more abruptly to base; anterior angles acute, posterior obtuse; base lightly 
bisinuate, sides narrowly explanate throughout; disc sub-bilobate, anterior 
hood-like portion divided from basal area by a lightly impressed V-shaped 
depression; whole surface strongly and densely punctate, the punctures on 
the anterior lobe larger and less crowded than those on the basal area. 
(N.B.: In S. nicholsoni the reverse is the case). 


CARTER AND ZECK. 61 


Scutellum large, round and punctured like the base of pronotum. 

Elytra wider than prothorax at base, shoulders rounded, sides sub- 
parallel for the greater part, apices conjointly rounded; striate punctate, 
with rather large round punctures, well separated, in well marked striae; 
the first two striae more deeply impressed than the others; intervals a little 
convex, sub-equal in width, strongly punctate and where not abraded clothed 
with reddish recumbent hairs. Sternal regions coarsely cellulose-punctate, 
prosternal process bordered at sides, rather sharply rounded at apex, a 
narrow medial part of abdomen less coarsely but similarly punctate; the 
punctured area quite glabrous; sides of abdomen with a fine felt-like opacity, 
apical segment with fringe of hair; tibiae fringed, tarsal hooks slightly lobed 
at base. 

Dimensions: 4.9 x 1.8 mm. 

Habitat: Mount Victoria, Western Victoria (Victorian Field Naturalists’ 
Club Expedition) per Mr. F. E. Wilson. 

Six examples sent can only be confused with S. nicholsoni, the only 
other species of large size, and black colour. It is, however, easily dis- 
tinguished by its elytral clothing, the finer and more distant seriate-punc- 
tures, the less widely explanate pronotum, with its shallower transverse de- 
pression and different sculpture. 

Holotype returned to Mr. Wilson for inclusion in the National Museum, 
Melbourne. 

AUSTROLIMNIUS gen. Nov. 


Form short and widely obovate; head partially retractile; antennae 
narrowly linear, 11-segmented, 1 and 2 stouter than the rest and subequal, 
3-10 equal, 11 much longer than 10, lanceolate; maxillary palpi 4-seg- 
mented; pronotum not transversely divided, a sub-lateral sulcus bordered 
by carina throughout, separating a wide sub-explanate margin from disc; 
and a well-defined longitudinal medial sulcus. 

Scutellum forming a sub-equilateral triangle. 

Elytra with three lateral ridges, the two interior (at least) bordered 
by a row of punctures, the outermost forming the extreme edge, the inner- 
most in a line continuous with pronotal carina; disc with six series of 
punctures; anterior coxae moderately widely, the medial and post coxae 
widely separated; prosternal process short and wide, narrowing and 
rounded at apex; protibiae with fine fringe of hair on inside. 

Genotype;. A. (Elmis) politus King. 

Near Limnius, but is without the felt-like tomentum on head and 
pronotum, the latter clearly canaliculate in the middle and having only 
three lateral ridges on elytra. 


AUSTROLIMNIUS. 

Table of Species. 

Blytraswith: 4enediSpotSs a. se (ist cieletes eeu aie vee sere .. luridus n.sp. 

aU ppensurtaceiopadue black.) serene cee en @ONLANUS) Kine. 
WpperisuTniacemniticeplackawer -uvacmeeesiei cine eit: 2. 

2. Margins of pronotum and elytra (seen from above) entire; post and 

mid-tibiae of male sub-dentate. .. victoriensis n.sp. 


Margins of pronotum and elytra (seen from above) serrulate, tibiae 
porayoye) ral [SOWA SOS, Ge 65 co ac ac politus King. 


AUSTROLIMNIUS VICTORIENSIS sp. nov. 
(Plate ii., Fig. 10.) 


Rather widely obovate, nitid black above, brownish beneath; palpi, 
antennae, tibiae and tarsi, also underside of femora pale red; anterior 
margin of pronotum reddish. 


62 AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. ORDER—-COLEOPTERA. 


Prothorax wide, convex and produced in front; sides nearly straight, 
posterior angles rectangular, margins with lateral explanation delimited 
throughout by sub-lateral sulcus bordered externally by a carina, the ex- 
treme border entire, disc with a deep median sulcus, its surface micro- 
scopically sub-granulcse. 

Elytra as wide as prothorax at base, widest behind middle, with three 
lateral carinate ridges throughout, the innermost forming the continuation 
of pronotal carina, the two outer closer together, the outermost forming the 
lateral border, this entire; disc of each elytron with three series of 
moderately large punctures (larger than in A. politus King), besides a row 
of punctures on inside of carina; general surface like that of pronotum; 
underside nearly smooth, prosternal process short, wide, rounded at apex; 
legs rather long, the mid-tibiae of male strongly dentate on inside, a little 
behind the middle, the hind tibiae of male compressed and widened; in the 
female the tibiae are normal. 

Dimensions: 1.6 x 0.7 mm. 

Habitat: Victoria, Healesville and Warburton (Mr. F. E. Wilson); 
Eltham (Mr. C. Barrett); Fern Tree Gully (Mr. J. E. Dixon). 

Fifteen examples examined. It is very near A. politus King with which 
it was at first confused; but clearly separated from that species by the 
following :— 


(a) Less polished surface. : 

(b) Prothorax longer, more parallel, with reddish front margin 
medial channel wider. 

(c) Less widely ovate elytra. 

(d) Margins of pronotum and elytra entire (of politus minutely 
serrate, the marginal carina being finely pustulose) . 

(e) Legs longer, with sexual characters of mid and hind tibiae. 


Holotype and Allotype in Coll. Carter. 
Note.—A. politus King (pl. ii. fig. 15); A. montanus King (pl. ii., fig. 11). 


These scantily described species are readily distinguishable from each 
other by the opaque surface and the much stronger sculpture of montanus. 
Both have the pronotum with sub-lateral sulcus; the elytra with three 
carinate ridges as in victoriensis, which in montanus are more or less 
pustulose; in politus only the outermost very finely so; both have series of 
punctures on inside of 1st and 2nd carina. 


AUSTROLIMNIUS LURIDUS SD. NOV. 


(Plate vi., Fig. 78.) 


Widely ovate; head and pronotum black, anterior margins of the latter 
reddish; elytra black with four red plagae; antennae, tibiae and tarsi pale 
red; underside dark, tinged with red; eyes large, not prominent; antennae 
as in A. politus. 

Prothorax convex, produced in front, widest at base, sides arcuately 
converging to apex, posterior angles rectangular, margins entire, lateral ex- 
planation delimited by continuous sub-lateral sulcus, disc microscopically 
subgranulose, with a faintly defined medial sulcus. 

Elytra margins finely serrulate, seriate punctures rather more distinct 
than in A. politus, the intervals nitid and laevigate, the middle lateral 
carina nearer the margin than in politus. 

Underside apparently impunctate, the prosternal process narrowed 
and sinuate towards apex, its posterior sides straighter than in politus 
(ce.p., pl. v., figs. 34 and 35). 


CARTER AND ZECK. 63 


Dimensions: 

Habitat: New South Wales, Galston, near Hornsby (Mr. J. Armstrong 
and the authors). 

In February, 1929, we took 15 examples of the above, together with five 
examples of A. politus King. It is clearly distinguished from this species 
by its patterned elytra, its faintly defined medial line of prosternum and 
its different prosternal process. The elytral markings consist of two large 
shoulder and two oval subapical spots, the latter lying immediately within 
the inner sublateral sulcus. 

Holotype in Coll. Carter. 


NOTRIOLUS gen. nov. 


Ovate or elongate ovate. Differs from Simsonia in the following char- 
acters: Antennae with basal segment less enlarged, the pronotum shorter 
and more transverse, uni-lobate (i.e., not divided by a transverse de- 
pression), sides in general rounded, margins less explanate, base nearly 
straight. The prosternal process is shorter and wider, truncate or widely 
rounded behind, claws without evident basal enlargement. 

Genotype: WN. (Helmis) quadriplagiatus Cart. 


NOTRIOLUS. 


Table of Species. 


1. Upper surface black. concolorous. a Oe Me ee ae 2. 

Upper surface with pale markings. .. . Se Oe As 5. 

2. Very nitid above, pronotum wide and explanate. 3 
Subnitid, pronotum narrow, scarcely explanate. i $2 ies 
.. .. allynensis Cart. (pl. iv., fie. 27.) 
3. Pronotum ‘with transverse ridge, its basal region flattened. dye Shae 
Acne Naval tne a n.sp. Ph Vii., fig. 23.) 

Pronotum ‘not SO. ay Baniiks 4, 

4. Pronotum widest at middle, sides evenly rounded. eels 5. 
Pronotum widest behind middle, sides less rounded. ee: 
, barretti Cart. lL. iv., A. 31.) 
Pronotum densely and ‘strongly punctate. Ree ths ads : Ay ee 
5. Elytral series almost hidden in deep striae. ; Paes peta rate cs fee 
simsoni Grouv. (pl. ive, figs) 32:) 
6. Pale markings limited ‘to humeral maculae. otter Same ey hey o> 
ie humeralis n.sp. (pL. iv., fig. 25.) 

Pale markings consisting of four. elytral maculae. ies Llc 

7. Nitid above, pronotum strongly transverse... ...... .. 8. 
Sub-opaque above, pronotum much narrower. .. . acer 
. .. maculatus Cart. (pl. iv, fg. 26.) 

8. Elytra very ‘convex, sub- -gibbous behind scutellum. 


Elytra normally convex... .. . .. victoriae n.sp. (pl. ii., fe. 12.) 
9. Pronotum widest at middle. .. ' quadriplagiatus Cart. (pl. iv., fig. 29.) 
Pronotum widest behind middle. : 10. 


10. Underside black, prosternal process narrowed and rounded at apex. 


galstonius n.sp. (pl. vii., fig. 82.) 
Underside reddish brown, prosternal process rather widely truncate. 


dorrigoensis n.sp. (pl. vii., fig. 81.) 


64 AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. ORDER—-COLEOPTERA. 


NOTRIOLUS DORRIGOENSIS Sp. NOV. 
(Plate vii. Fig. 81.) 


Rather widely oval, convex; black above; elytra with four orange-red 
plagia, two at shoulders, two on apical declivity; antennae and tarsi red; 
under side dark reddish brown; coxae, greater part of metasternum and 
the post intercoxal plate paler red. Head and antennae as in N. quadri- 
plagiatus Cart. 

Pronotum with the apex more strongly sinuate, the anterior angles 
more pronounced, the external border more elevated; the surface uniformly 
punctate, more densely and finely so than in quadriplagiatus, widest be- 
hind middle, sides subsinuate behind. (In quadriplagiatus widest at 
middle, without sinuation behind). A transverse sulcus near base. 

Elytra, obovate, strongly convex; lateral margin narrowly horizontal 
and minutely crenulate; striate punctate, the strial punctures smaller than 
in quadriplagiatus and the intervals, almost impunctate, without the pro- 
nounced wrinkles of that species. 

The under side is so different that it is most clearly described by the 
following comparison:— 

dorrigoensis. quadriplagiatus. 
Prosternum. 

Posterior process rather widely 
truncate, with sharp angles; almost 
impunctate, a few shallow de- 
pressions. 


Metasternum Longitudinal sulcus in middle; 

Non-sulcate, nitid and almost coarsely punctate; hind margins 
impunctate; hind margin sharply undulate, scarcely angulate in 
and widely angulate in middle. middle. 


Abdomen. 

Sub-nitid and finely punctate in 
middle, velvety pubescent at sides 
and apex; apical segment non- 
sulcate. 


Dimensions: 3.4 x 1.7 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Dorrigo (Mr. W. Heron). 

Six examples were recently sent us (December, 1928) by Mr. Heron 
amongst other Dryorimar. The species is very like N. quadriplagiatus as 
to the upper surface, especially in the strong convexity of the elytra behind 
the base with the corresponding steep basal declivity; but it is more robust, 
with longer and much thicker legs, and with finer sculpture; also the 
elytral plagia are smaller than in the Victorian species. As shown above, 
the most marked distinctions lie in the very different under surface. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 

Curiously, one example sent by Mr. Heron is inseparable from N. 
quadriplagiatus Cart., having the coarser upper surface, pronotum widest 
at middle, black and strongly punctate under surface, but having the hind 
margin of the metasternum as in dorrigoensis. We can only consider this 
as a Slight variety of quadriplagiatus. 

We have a single female example from Galston, New South Wales, 
which again is very slightly differentiated from Victorian examples of 
quadriplagiatus by larger size, paler under surface and legs; prosternal 


Posterior process rounded; coarse- 
ly punctate. 


Strongly punctate in middle, 
velvety pubescent at sides and apex, 
apical segment sulcate. 


CARTER AND ZECK. 65 


process clearly rounded and narrowed at apex; and the hind margin of 
metasternum as in the Dorrigo example. 

In the original description of quadriplagiatus, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 
1926, 62, the word “concavity” (of the elytra) is erroneously printed for 
“convexity.” 


NOTRIOLUS GALSTONIUS sp. nov. 
(Plate vii., Fig. 82.) 


Rather widely obovate, nitid black; elytra with four spots rufo-flavous, 
two at shoulders, two sub-apical; antennae and tarsi yellow, tibiae red; 
underside black. 

Head and pronotum densely punctate, the latter very convex, widest 
behind middle, the sides scarcely or very feebly sinuate in front and be- 
hind; apex less sinuous than in dorrigoensis, the anterior angles less strongly 
produced than in this species or in quadriplagiatus. 

Elytra obovate, very convex; lateral margins narrowly horizontal and 
minutely crenulate; striate-punctate, the striae shallower and the seriate 
punctures smaller than in quadriplagiatus Cart. 

Prosternal process much longer and narrower than in quadriplagiatus, 
its apex almost cylindric, otherwise the underside not very dissimilar from 
that species. 

Dimensions: 3.3 x 1.6 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Galston (Messrs. J. Armstrong, E. H. Zeck 
and H. J. Carter). 

Fourteen examples have been examined. This was at first confused 
with the Victorian quadriplagiatus, but it is distinguished by rather larger 
size, more nitid surface, finer seriate punctures and an entirely differently 
shaped prosternum. The elytral plagae are much smaller, the sub-apical 
spots tending to disappear altogether. 

Dorrigoensis is even more strongly differentiated by the colour of the 
underside, the truncate prosternal process and the markedly hooded 
prosternum. 

Holotype in Coll. Carter. 


NOTRIOLUS HUMERALIS SP. N0v. 
(Plate iv., Fig. 25.) 


Widely oval, very nitid black, underside brown, elytra with large shoulder 
spot white, antennae and tarsi red. 

Head and pronotum finely and evenly punctate; antennae fine and 
linear. 

Prothorax uniformly convex (without transverse division), widest near 
middle, thence narrowing to apex and sub-sinuately to base, the latter 
wider than apex and sub-truncate or very feebly sinuate, sides with narrow 
raised border, narrowly sulcate within this, anterior angles acute, posterior 
obtuse; disc with short transverse fovea near base at middle. 

Elytra shortly obovate (sometimes ovate), wider than prothorax at 
base, shoulders widely rounded, humeral callus pale, this emphasized by an 
oblique depression following the fifth stria; striate-punctate, the seriate 
punctures round and regular, intervals flat, distinctly but finely punctate. 
Underside very coarsely punctate throughout. 

Dimensions: 3.6 x 1.8 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Eccleston, Allyn River; also the Williams 
River, at Dungog and Dorrigo (W. Heron). 

Eighteen examples from the first and five from the second district 
show a distinct species, nearest in form and facies to H. barretti Cart. The 


66 AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. ORDER—-COLEOPTERA. 


latter is distinguished by the absence of the shoulder spot, the sub-laevigate 
elytral intervals and the less coarsely punctate underside. 

Type in Coll. Carter. 

N.B—The single specimen lately included under H. barretti Cart. as 
var. basalis is really N. humeralis. 


NOTRIOLUS SUBPLANATUS sp. nov. 
(Plate vii., Fig. 83.) 


Widely ovate, convex, nitid black, antennae and tarsi red. 

Head and pronotum finely and closely punctate. 

Prothorax widest at base, sides parallel for a short way, thence gently 
converging to apex; margins rather narrowly explanate, anterior angles 
lightly produced and acute; posterior sharply rectangular; basal third of 
disc delimited by a light transverse ridge; medio-basal area flattened. (In 
some examples the flattened area reduced to two shallow depressions) . 

Scutellum sub-triangular, sides rounded. 

Elytra very convex and widely oval, sides widening from the pronotal 
junction, widest at middle, a narrow horizontal margin, finely serrulate 
behind; striate-punctate, with ten rows of small punctures in lightly de- 
fined striae, intervals flat, very minutely wrinkled, scarcely punctate. 

Prosternum unevenly, not closely punctate, its process wide and widely 
rounded (sub-truncate) at apex, mesosternum rather coarsely punctate 
and channelled, abdomen opaque and finely punctate. 

Dimensions: 3 x 1.5 mm. (approximately). 

Habitat: Lake Barrina district, Atherton Tablelands, Queensland (Mr. 
C. Barrett). 

We are indebted to that keen naturalist and -author, Mr. C. Barrett, 
for nine examples of this addition to the family. It is easily recognized 
by the combination of nitid surface, wide and convex form and the 
characteristic flattening of the basal area of the pronotum—this last ac- 
centuated by the transverse ridge that forms its anterior limit. 

Holotype in Coll. Carter. 


NOTRIOLUS VICTORIAE Sp. TN0Vv. 
(Plate ii., Fig. 12.) 


Oval moderately convex, black moderately nitid, elytra with four yellow 
or pale markings, two at base almost extending across elytra, two on apical 
declivity; antennae and tarsi red. 

Head and pronotum finely and densely punctate. 

Prothorax widest at posterior third, thence gradually narrowing in a 
curve to apex, more strongly so at base, without distinct sinuation; anterior 
angles advanced, deflected and acute, posterior obtuse; disc with a defined 
transverse depression near base. 

Scutellum sub-circular. 

Elytra elongate and slightly obovate, wider than prothorax at shoulders, 
greatest convexity at middle, margins narrowly horizontal and minutely 
crenulate; striate-punctate, the striae moderately deep, seriate punctures 
large at sides, perceptibly smaller towards suture; intervals flat, punctate 
and minutely and sparsely pustulose; underside coarsely punctate; pro- and 
mesosternum with fine pustules between the punctures; prosternal process 
rounded at apex, post intercoxal plate triangular. 

Dimensions: 4.3 x 1.9 mm. 

Habitat: Victoria, Traralgon, Tyers River (C. Barrett); Upper Yarra, 
also Lorne (C. Barrett); Mount Kosciusko (H. J. Carter). 

Thirty examples examined, some of which had been confused with 


CARTER AND ZECK. 67 


specimens of N. quadriplagiatus Cart., which it somewhat resembles. It is 
different from that species in the following characters: Size larger, less 
convex and less nitid, pronotum more elongate with greatest width behind 
the middle, elytral striae less defined, the seriate punctures much larger at 
sides than middle, and the elytral intervals are sub-asperate, due to the 


presence of minute pustules amongst the punctures. 


The underside con- 


tains even more definite differences as follows:— 


victoriae. 


(a) Pro- and mesosternum pustu- 
lose. 

(b) Prosternal process rounded at 
apex. 

(c) The punctate plate between, 
hind-coxae triangular. 


(d) Last abdominal segment longi- 


quadriplagiatus. 
non-pustulose. 


sub-truncate at 
straighter, 


semi-circular. 


apex, its sides 


not channelled. 


tudinally channelled. 


It is distinguished from maculatus by its wider form and more nitid 
surface, the pronotum especially more widely rounded and explanate; the 
elytral basal markings sub-fasciate (in maculatus mere shoulder spots) 
with different elytral sculpture and much finer punctures of the under- 
side. (In maculatus the mesosternum has coarse distant punctures). 

Holotype in Coll. Carter. 

N.B—A var. of maculatus from Dorrigo, New South Wales, 
the apical maculae. 


is without 


COXELMIS gen. nov. 

Glabrous. 

Head partially retractile; maxillary palpi 4-art.; 
extending at rest beyond the base of prothorax. 

Pronotum sub-conic, uni- or bilobate, without sub-lateral sulcus, widest 
at base, sides in front deflexed and embracing prosternum; base feebly 
bisinuate; elytra striate-punctate, latero-apical margins entire, apices 
separately pointed; prosternal process short and truncate at apex; fore 
coxae as widely separated as the middle coxae; metasternum channelled. 

Genotype: Elmis novemnotata King. 


Table of Species. 
1. Elytra having 5 to 8 linear pale markings... ....... 7x, 
Elytral markings confined to humeri. trinotata n.sp. 
2. Pronotum with strong transverse sulcus. oe teh bea 
v. fasciata Lea. (pl. lii., 


antennae linear, long; 


fig. 21.) 
Pronotum without transverse sulcus. 
: novemnotata King (pl. iv., fig. 30.) 
In “‘novemnotata the ‘pronotum is quite devoid of any transverse sulcus. 
In trinotata the pronotum has a partial or lightly impressed trans- 
verse sulcus. 
COXELMIS TRINOTATA Sp. 70D. 


(Plate iv., Fig. 28.) 


Narrowly elongate, tapering in front and behind, above nitid black, 
apex of pronotum red, a large shoulder spot on each elytron flavous, under- 
side reddish brown, antennae, tarsi, knees and underside of tibiae and parts 
of underside red or flavous. 

Head about as wide as apex of prothorax, apparently not retractile 
beyond a frontal ridge, eyes not prominent, antennae unusually long, fili- 


68 AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. ORDER—-COLEOPTERA. 


form, extending beyond the base of pronotum, two basal segments stout. 
1lth longer than the rest and lanceolate. 

Prothorax sub-bilobate, narrowly elongate, the convex anterior lobe 
separated by a lightly impressed sinuate transverse impression, widest near 
the base, anterior angles unseen from above, base bisinuate, hind angles 
sub-acute, sides slightly rounded on posterior lobe, margins not explanate 
and only visible (from above) near base; disc densely covered with shallow 
punctures, a transverse sulcus near base. . 

Elytra considerably wider than prothorax at base, shoulders rounded, 
sides a little compressed before and feebly widened behind the middle; 
apices separately pointed; finely striate-punctate, intervals flat and covered 
with punctures and wrinkles, the punctures in the shallow striae scarcely 
distinguishable from the interstitial. 

Prosternum coarsely punctate, its posterior process wide and truncate, 
meso- and metasternum successively less coarsely punctate, post- inter- 
coxal process oval with a fringe of golden hair, abdomen finely punctate. 

Dimensions: 3.3 x 1.2 mm. (approximately). 

Habitat: New South Wales, Galston Gorge and Cox River, Blue Moun- 
tains (H. J. Carter). 

William Ferguson, son of Dr. E. W. Ferguson, and one of us took three 
examples of this distinct species on January, 1927, in Galston Creek; also 
one taken in the Cox River, January 8th. Also sent from East Dorrigo by 
Mr. W. Heron. 

It is near C. novemnotata King, but is variously distinguished by its 
more navicular form, the sub-bilobate pronotum, the different markings 
and stronger sculpture of the upper surface. Both species have separately 
pointed apices and unusually long antennae. 

Holotype in Coll. Carter. 

Coxelmis (Elmis) v-fasciata Lea. Mr. Lea has courteously supplied us 
with a slightly damaged co-type, besides lending us, later, a second ex- 
ample in good condition. Amongst our very long series of C. novemnotata 
King, we find four examples which agree with Lea’s species, except in their 
darker colour—especially of the underside; and the less distinct, though 
similar, pattern of the elytra. As this pattern is extremely variable in 
novemnotata (in one example the elytra are without any pale lines) we 
consider these four as slight variations of the typical Tamworth species. 


Helmis pallidipes Cart. is clearly a Stenelmis (pl. ii., fig. 9). 
NEOSOLUS gen. nov. 


Elliptic, head retractile, antennae filiform, 11-segmented, the two basal 
segments slightly widened, the apical pointed and about twice as long as 
the tenth. 

Pronotum sub-oblong, apex convex and produced in middle, sides nearly 
straight, anterior angles declinate; disc with a moderately deep medial 
sulcus, and a sub-lateral carina extending throughout parallel to the sides. 


Scutellum oval and convex. 

Elytra with sub-lateral carina similar to the pronotal and continuous 
with it; disc with lightly defined sculpture and a sub-granulose, shagreened 
surface. 

Prosternum moderately long, its hind process bluntly rounded, meta- 
sternum with short medial carina at bottom of a longitudinal depression. 
Legs moderately long, fore tibiae without tomentum. 

In general form like Esolus, but its strongly channelled pronotum, dif- 
ferent scutellum and elytral sculpture distinguish it. From Austro- 
limnius it differs in its narrower form, the sub-quadrate prothorax and the 


CARTER AND ZECK. 69 


eranulose elytra with indistinct seriate punctures. We have not been able 
to see clearly the articulation of the palpi. 4 
Genotype: N. tropicus Cart. 


NEOSOLUS TROPICUS Sp. Ov. 
(Plate vi., Fig. 77.) 


Ovate,-opaque black, apex of pronotum, antennae, tibiae and tarsi pale 
red. 

Head vertical, narrower than apex of prothorax, antennae filiform, not 
enlarged apically, the 11th segment finely pointed. 


Prothorax sub-quadrate, a little narrowed and bent down at apex, an- 
terior angles unseen from above, posterior sub-rectangular, base sub- 
truncate (very feebly sinuate), sides nearly straight on posterior half, 
slightly converging to apex; medial sulcus deep, extending to basal, but 
not quite to apical margin; sub-explanate margins with well defined carina 
on inside; extreme border as seen from below, minutely serrate; disc 
minutely granulose. 

Scutellum oval, raised and nitid. 

Elytra oval, scarcely enlarged behind middle, of same width as pro- 
thorax at junction, soon widening behind this, rather bluntly narrowed at 
apex, extreme border (only as seen from below) minutely serrulate; with 
two fine lateral ridges; a longitudinal carina continuous with pronotal 
carina, soon broken up into a line of granules, these indistinct towards 
apex; between this and suture two shallow, wide ill-defined striae, the 
outer one (at least) bordered by a row of granules; general surface rough, 
sub-granulose. Underside rather strongly granulose, the planate medial 
area more coarsely so than the exterior parts. 

Dimensions: 1 mm. long. 

Habitat: Northern Territory, Adelaide River (British Museum). 

Var. asper (pl. vi., fig. 80). 

One example differs from the other two in the stouter antennae and 
the more roughly sculptured surface of pronotum and elytra. The quite 
strongly serrulate margins of these are evident from above; the two medial 
elytral carinae, one on each elytron, are less broken up (continuous at least 
on basal half) the space between these and suture containing a longi- 
tudinal depression on each side of suture, the sub-sutural surface trans- 
versely wrinkled. 

An examination of further material will probably show this to be a 
distinct species. 

The minute size (little more than half the length of A. politus or A. 
victoriae, the opaque surface and narrower form easily distinguish this 
species. 

Type series: Two on card and variety in the British Museum. 

Dryopidae taken during the last week of October, 1926, in the Allyn, 
Williams, Paterson, and Barrington Rivers and Massie’s Creek, Eccleston 
district, N.S.W. 

Hydrethus australis King, Stetholus elongatus n.sp., Austrolimnius mon- 
tanus King, A. politus King, Kingolus cupreus Cart., K. flavoplagiatus sp. 
nov., K. flavosignatus sp. nov., Simsonia hopsoni sp. nov., K. metallicus King, 
K. quatuormaculatus King, K. tinctus sp. nov., K. tyrrhenus sp. nov., Sim- 
sonia irregularis sp. nov., S. leai sp. nov., S. purpurea Cart., Notriolus aily- 
nensis Cart., N. barretti Cart., N. humeralis sp. nov., N. maculatus Cart., 
Cozelmis novemnotata King, C. v. fasciata Lea, var. 


70 AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. ORDER—-COLEOPTERA. 


N.B.—Massie’s Creek joins the Allyn River at Eccleston. The Allyn 
flows into the Paterson, while both the Paterson and Williams are tribu- 
taries of the Hunter River. The Barrington is an affluent of the Manning 
River [Vide Sloane’s map in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1916, p. 197). 


CHECK LIST OF AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. 


Sub-family DrYopInae. 


Hydrethus (Lutochrus) australis King, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1865, 159. 
H. leai Cart., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1926, 64. 


Sub-family HELMINAE. 


Austrolimnius luridus n.sp. 

Austrolimnius (Elmis) montanus King, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1865, 160. 
A. (Elmis) politus King, l.c., 160. 

A. victoriensis, sp. nov. 

Stenelmis (Helmis) pallidipes Cart., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1926, 63. 
Kingolus (Helmis) aeratus Cart., l.c., 62. 

. cupreus Cart., l.c., 507. 

. flavoplagiatus, sp. nov. 

. flavosignatus, sp. nov. 

. heroni, sp. nov. 

. (Elmis) metallicus King, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1865, 160. 
(Limnius) quattuormaculatus King, lL.c., 101. 

tinctus, sp. nov. 

. tyrrhenus, sp. nov. 

. yarrensis, sp. nov. 

imsonia (Helmis) angusta Cart., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1926, 62. 
. hopsoni, sp. nov. 

. regularis, sp. nov. 

leai, sp. nov. 

(Helmis) nicholsoni Cart., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1926, 61. 
(Helmis) purpurea Cart., l.c., 508. 

. (Elmis) tasmanica Blkb., 1.c., 1894, 94. 

vestita, sp. nov. 

(Helmis) wilsoni Cart., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1926, 64. 
otriolus (Helmis) allynensis Cart., l.c., 61. 

. (Helmis) barretti Cart., 1.c., 506. 

dorrigoensis, sp. nov. 

. galstonensis, sp. nov. 

humeralis, sp. nov. 

(Helmis) maculatus Cart., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1926, 507. 

. (Helmis) quadriplagiatus Cart., 1.c., 63. 

. (Helmis) simsoni Grouv., Not. Leyd. Mus., 1896, 49. 

. subplanatus, sp. nov. 

. victoriae, sp. nov. 

Cozelmis (Elmis) novemnotata King, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1865, 159. 
C. trinotata, sp. nov. 

C. (Elmis) V. fasciata Lea, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1894, 590. 
Neosolus tropicus, gen. et sp. nov., var. asper. 

Stetholus elongatus, gen. et sp. nov. 


Dy DUPE BY DR By Bs Dy 


av 


zVBTVeeeeeenuunnnnnn 


PSE Rolrs 


CARTER AND ZECK. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 


Kingolus flavosignatus. 
Kingolus (Simsonia) leat. 
Kingolus flavoplagiatus. 
Kingolus cupreus. 


Stenelmis pallidipes. 
Austrolimnius victoriensis. 
Austrolimnius montana. 
Notriolus victoriae. 


Hydrethus australis. 
Simsonia tasmanica. 
Simsonia vestita. 
Simsonia wilsoni. 


humeralis. 

maculatus. 
allynensis. 

trinotata. 


Notriolus 
Notriolus 
Notriolus 
Cozelmis 


Plate I. 

5. Kingolus quattuormaculatus. 

6. Kingolus tyrrhenus. 

7. Kingolus tinctus. 

8. Kingolus metallicus. 
Plate II. 

13. Simsonia angusta. 

14. Simsonia irregularis. 

15. Austrolimnius politus. 

16. Stetholus elongatus. 
Plate III. 

21. Cozelmis V-fasciata. 

22. Simsonia purpurea. 

23. Simsonia nicholsoni. 

24. Simsonia hopsoni. 
Plate IV. 

29. Notriolus quadriplagiatus. 

30. Cozelmis novemnotata. 

31. Notriolus barretti. 

32. Notriolus simsoni. 
Plate V. 


Sternal processes, magnified 42 diameters. 


Hydrethus australis. 
Austrolimnius politus. 
Austrolimnius luridus. 
Austrolimnius victoriensis. 
Austrolimnius montanus. 
Kingolus flavosignatus. 
Stenelmis pallidipes. 
Kingolus heroni. 
Kingolus aeratus. 
Kingolus cupreus. 
Kingolus flavoplagiatus. 
Kingolus metallicus. 
Simsonia leat. 

Kingolus tinctus. 
Kingolus quattuormaculatus. 
Kingolus tyrrhenus. 
Simsonia wilsoni. 
Simsonia purpurea. 
Simsonia angusta. 


Simsonia, sp.n. (? purpurea, var.) 73. 


Simsonia hopsoni. 


54. Simsonia tasmanica. 

55. Simsonia nicholsoni. 

56. Simsonia vestita. 

57. Simsonia irregularis. 

58. Notfiolus humeralis. 

59. Notriolus victoriae. 

60. Notriolus barretti. 

61. Notriolus barretti, var. 
62. Notriolus dorrigoensis, var. 
63. Notriolus quadriplagiatus. 
64. Notriolus maculatus. 

65. Notriolus allynensis. 

66. Notriolus simsoni. 

67. Notriolus subplanatus. 
68. Coxelmis novemnotata. 
69. Coxelmis trinotata. 

70. Cozelmis trinotata. 

71. Coxelmis V-fasciata. 

72. Neosolus tropicus. 


74. 


Stetholus elongatus. 
Neosolus tropicus, var. asper. 


71 


72 


AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. ORDER—-COLEOPTERA. 


Plate VI. 
Kingolus heroni. 78. Austrolimnius luridus. 
Kingolus aeratus. 719. Kingolus yarrensis. 
Neosolus tropicus. 80. Neosolus tropicus var. asper. 
Plate VII. 


Notriolus dorrigoensis. 

Notriolus galstonius. 

Notriolus subplanatus. 

Sternal process of Notriolus dorrigoensis. x 56. 
Sternal process of Notriolus galstonius. x 56. 
Sternal process of Kingolus aeratus. x 56. 
Sternal process of Kingolus yarrensis. x 56. 
Antenna of Stetholus elongatus. x 50. 
Antenna of Cozelmis trinotatus. x 50. 

Antenna of Hydrethus australis. x 50. 
Antenna of Simsonia vestita. x 50. 

Antenna of Austrolimnius politus. x 50. 
Antenna of Kingolus metallicus. x 50. 

Middle tibia of male Austrolimnius victoriensis. 
Maxillary palpus of Kingolus metallicus. 
Maxillary palpus of Austrolimnius politus. 


73 


COLOUR AND ITS REPRODUCTION FOR LANTERN SLIDES. 
By A. A. Lawson. 


(An abstract of an illustrated lecturette delivered at a meeting of the 
Ornithological Section.) 


Plate viii. 


To a French investigator must be ascribed the credit of the earliest 
discovery of a method for the reproduction of a multicolour subject by 
what is now commonly known as the three-colour process, using photo- 
graphic colour separation negatives. 

Ducos du Hauron was born in the Gironde Province in 1837. When he 
was thirty years old he was the first to announce and describe in detail 
the principles and method of three-colour separation and reproduction by 
photographic means which form the basis of the methods in employment 
at the present day. Consideration of other inventions attributed to him, 
amongst which was one of a form of cinematograph, indicates that he was 
the possessor of a singularly original and versatile mind. 

That du Hauron died in his native town only nine years ago at the 
age of eighty-three and in extreme poverty is a melancholy reflection. He 
is surely entitled to an honoured place amongst that noble company of un- 
requited pioneers who pass on, leaving an apparently thoughtless world so 
heavily a debtor. 

The example of colour separation and reproduction which I desire to 
bring under notice entails the employment of the principles which were 
discovered by du Hauron. These rely upon the assumption that every tint 
and shade in the solar spectrum is the result of admixture in varying pro- 
portions of the three primary colours, red, blue and yellow. By means of 
what are known as colour filters it is possible to eliminate any given 
primary colour in a multicolour subject. By the employment of one of a 
blue-green shade red, to whatever extent it appears either in full strength 
or in blend, is eliminated and appears on a photographic negative as clear 
glass, or partially so, according to its strength in the original. Similarly a 
blue filter eliminates yellow and a red filter eliminates blue. Therefore by 
interposing a filter of appropriate colour between the subject being photo- 
graphed and the photographic plate, we can secure a negative which 
renders one of the primary colours in the original as clear glass or par- 
tially so, according to its strength in the original. It must be noted that 
for all colour rendering, by photographic means, a special plate must be 
used which is sensitive, in balanced proportion, to the three primary colours. 
The ordinary photographic plate is not so and is quite useless for colour 
separation. 

By the means described we may secure one negative capable of yield- 
ing a print which represents all of the red in a multicolour subject, one 
which represents all of the blue and one which represents all of the yellow, 
in precise ratio to the extent to which each of these colours appears in the 
original. It follows that if we can print these three impressions, each in 
its respective colour, we must reproduce the colours as they appear in the 
original. So far we have followed the principles of du Hauron. 

To secure prints for the purpose immediately in view I adopt a prin- 
ciple discovered by a British chemist named Ponton, so far back as 1839. 
This relates to a peculiar property possessed by the bichromates of both 
potash and ammonia. He found that the addition of either of these to any 
of the colloids, such as glue or gelatine, affected their solubility under the 


74 COLOUR AND ITS REPRODUCTION. 


influence of light. This principle enables me to secure a print from each 
of the three negatives, each in its respective colour, and which in com- 
bination will reproduce all of the colours of the original. 

To a proportion of gelatine in solution I add a colouring pigment cal- 
culated to represent the eliminated colour in my first negative. I carefully 
coat the paper, taking pains to secure an even level coating. This is put 
aside to dry. Next the bichromate, preferably potash which is the sensi- 
tiser, is prepared. This solution is applied to the gelatine coated paper 
either by careful swabbing or, preferably, floating in a dish. The now 
sensitised paper should be placed in the darkroom to dry. Paper is pre- 
pared similarly of the other two colours and duly sensitised. I have now 
a series of papers calculated to represent, when printed, under each of the 
three separation negatives, the correct proportions in which each of the 
three primary colours appears in the original. Printing is proceeded with 
in the usual manner, excepting, that as it is impossible to see any image, 
length of exposure must be determined by experierice or by the use of an 
actinometer. When exposure is deemed to have been sufficient the prints 
are placed in cold water to become soft and flaccid. 

As the objective is to produce a transparency in colour suitable for use 
in an optical lantern, I adopt thin sheet celluloid as the most suitable sup- 
port for the gelatine prints. It must be remembered that as these prints 
have been exposed with their faces to the light their development, or the 
removal of the soluble gelatine, must be attacked from the back. This is 
attained by securing the print, face down, upon the celluloid support by 
slipping the latter under the soft print as it lies face down in the dish and 
removing both together from the water. Care must be taken that adhesion 
is perfect and that no air bells intervene. A flat squeegee smoothly passed 
over the back of the print will expel the water, exclude the air and secure 
the print firmly to the support. Placing between sheets of pure blotting 
paper and under a slight weight will expedite drying. When partially dry 
the print, upon its celluloid support, is placed in a dish of warm water for 
development. As soon as the heated water has soaked through the paper 
backing the soluble gelatine will be noticed exuding at the edges. If this 
does not occur in a very few minutes the temperature may be raised by 
adding hot water. Presently it will be found possible to gently raise a 
corner of the paper backing. Softening of the gelatine will gradually pro- 
ceed until the point is reached when the entire paper backing may be 
stripped off leaving the insoluble gelatine image on the support together 
with much unwanted soluble gelatine. Laving with warm water is con- 
tinued until it is considered that all of the soluble gelatine has been washed 
away. When this stage has been reached the picture, or at least one of its 
component colours upon its support, will have been secured, and the 
operator enabled to see whether it is as it should be, or, if not, where he has 
gone wrong. The two remaining prints are dealt with in a precisely 
similar manner. 

Nothing now remains but to assemble the three developed prints and 
trim their edges in such a manner that they will be square and of the 
proper lantern slide size, but above all ensuring that the three prints re- 
gister correctly as to the subject. Upon this latter depends the success of 
the picture when exhibited in greatly enlarged scale by the optical lantern. 
It is very advisable that the assembled prints be covered for their protec- 
tion on both sides by the customary thin lantern slide glasses. 

In conclusion, I would say that this process is capable of yielding highly 
attractive and artistic results and, if reliable pigments are used in the 
gelatine, prints are absolutely permanent. 


— 


75 


THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


By Tom IrEpDaALE, Conchologist, and A. F. Basset HULL, 
Honorary Correspondent, Australian Museum, Sydney. 


(By Permission of the Trustees.) 
I. (Continued.) 


ISCHNOCHITON CIRCUMVALLATUS. 
Plate ix., fig. 1. 


1929. Ischnochiton circumvallatus Iredale and Hull, Austr. Zool., v., 316, pl. 
XXxiv., figs. 7-9. 

At the place cited the history of this species was related and an im- 
mature specimen was figured. The adult is now pictured from a co-type of 
Ischnochiton campbelli Filhol = Lepidopleurus melanterus Rochebrune from 
Campbell Island (presented to one of us by Mr. Edwin Ashby ez Dupuis 
collection). This is a little larger than the majority of “fulvus” shells, but 
otherwise no distinction has been recognised. 


II. Family LEPIDOPLEURIDAE. 


This family is used to include Loricates which have lost the slitting of 
the insertion plates of the valves, or even the plates themselves. It is at 
present a heterogeneous assemblage, as proved by the radular characters, 
an item of some importance in this group. The mere fact that so-called 
Lepidopleurids provide distinctive styles of odontophore indicates the poly- 
phyletic nature of the so-called family. Study of the members of the 
family further confirm this obvious conclusion, as they are found associated 
with such conditions that would allow the degeneration of the insertion 
plates through disuse. A comparison of such a Loricate as Lepidopleurus 
cajetanus Poli with (say) Parachiton puppis Hull would satisfy any stu- 
dent on this point. We have already recorded the intermediate stages in 
more than one family and will give full details of another (Hemiarthrum) 
in this work. 

Shells of varying sizes, mostly small, of delicate texture (through their 
habitat) and scaly or spiculose girdle. Sculpture usually obsolete, pustu- 
lation rarely developing into strong radiation. Girdle covered with small 
scales or glassy spicules. Insertion plates generally missing in all valves; 
sutural laminae present, but reduced to small size. 

It may be observed that the type of the genus Lepidopleurus is a rather 
heavy crass shell, very unlike any of the southern shells. 

The Neozelanic forms can be separated into two genera as:— 


Shell small with posterior valve normal; girdle scaly. .. .. Terenochiton. 
Shell larger with posterior valve Ses ‘oie aease amie! large; girdle 
clothed with glassy spicules... .. .. eee E CL ACILiLOT: 


Recently it has been suggested that as ibere is a nfs pe enioee edge 
to a scaly girdle these cannot be easily distinguished, but the youngest 
student should find no difficulty in this case. 


ii. Genus TERENOCHITON. 


1914. Terenochiton Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., xi. (March), 28. Type by 
original designation Lepidopleurus subtropicalis Iredale. 
Shells of small size for the family (the smallest Neozelanic Loricates) 


76 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


mostly unicolour, more or less elevated, elliptic ovals; sculpture consisting of 
minute distinct pustules, sometimes forming bead-like strings on central 
areas, commonly massed into rays on end valves. Girdle scales small, oval, 
striate. 

Insertion plates absent throughout, but small distinct triangular sutural 
laminae present. 

The curious station of the Kermadec type, under deeply buried stones 
between tide marks, has been confirmed by the collecting of the Sydney 
species (badius) at Long Reef, near Manly, N.S.W., of sixty to eighty speci- 
mens in one afternoon, under similar conditions. 


7. TERENOCHITON INQUINATUS. 
Plate ix., figs. 3-6. 


1847. Chiton inquinatus Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., pl. xxiii., sp. and fig. 154, 
(May). “Van Dieman’s Land, Dr. Sinclair” error = New Zealand, 
we designate Auckland Harbour, North Island. Type in British 
Museum. 

1892. Ischnochiton inquinatus Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 90, pl. xviii., figs. 
49-50. Reeve’s figures copied. 

1896. Lepidopleurus inquinatus Pilsbry, Nautilus, ix., 108, January. 

1897. Lepidopleurus inquinatus Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., ii., 184, July. 

1904. Lepidopleurus inguinatus (sic) Hutton, Index Faunae New Zeal., 87. 

1905. Lepidopleurus inquinatus Hamilton, Col. Mus. Bulletin, No. 1, 36. 

1913. Lepidopleurus inquinatus Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll, 7. Atlas: pl. 2, fig. 
Isp. 3; fig. 1. 

1915. Lepidopleurus inquinatus Iredale, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 423. 

1921. Lepidopleurus iredalei Ashby, Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., xxxiii., n.s., 155-7, 
pl. viii., fig. 3 a-b., May. Doubtless Bay, North Island, N.Z. 

1923. Lepidopleurus iredalei Oliver, Trans. N.Z. Inst., liv., 1922, 529. Auck- 
land Harbour. 

1923. Lepidopleurus iredalei Finlay, Rep. Austr. Ass. Adv. Sci., xvi., 342. 

1923. Lepidopleurus inquinatus Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc., S.A., xlvii., 217 
(corrects his error). 

1924. Lepidopleurus inqguinatus Odhner, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Nat. Foren. 
Bd. 77 (N.Z. Moll.), 5, fig. 1. 

1926. Lepidopleurus inquinatus Finlay, Trans. N.Z. Inst., Ivii., 331. 


Reeve’s description reads as follows: “Shell oblong-ovate, terminal 
valves and lateral areas of the rest concentrically somewhat obscurely 
ribbed, faintly radiately grooved, central areas longitudinally finely ridged, 
ligament horny, arenaceous; whitish, stained with a light brown spot along 
the summit of each valve. 

“Habitat: Van Dieman’s Land (Dr. Sinclair). 

“The shell is sometimes partially stained throughout with the faint 
brown colour, which appears on the umbonal summit.” 

The re-discovery of the group of Loricates of which the present species 
is the commonest representative took place simultaneously in New Zealand 
and Australia nearly fifty years after the above description by Reeve. The 
species inhabiting the two localities were not differentiated at the time, 
but when Iredale compared the type series in the British Museum with 
Neozelanic specimens, they were found to agree exactly, while no Tas- 
manian shells could be found corresponding; it thus became obvious that 
the shells had been collected in New Zealand by Dr. Sinclair, as he col- 
lected more material there than in Tasmania, while the other Loricates he 
found in New Zealand were also localised incorrectly. 


IREDALE AND HULL. H 17 


Ignoring this conclusion, based upon irrefutable data, Ashby described 
the New Zealand species as Lepidopleurus iredalei as follows: “L. iredalei 
differs from L. inquinatus Reeve, in that the girdle is clothed with com- 
paratively large, flattened, irregular scales, quite different from the Tas- 
manian shell, in which species the scales are like minute, irregular grains 
of sand. In common with the other species, the girdle is furnished with a 
spiculose fringe, but in some of the specimens before me the girdle is almost 
otherwise bare of spicules. The latter (N.Z.) is more rounded than the 
Tasmanian, and the polished appearance is more persistent. The dark 
specimens vary from liver brown to hazel, and the lighter colour in the 
paler forms is cinnamon. Largest: 14 x 7 mm.; type, 8 x 44; from Doubt- 
less Bay, New Zealand.” 

Later, examining the type series in the British Museum, Ashby recog- 
nised his error and confirmed Iredale’s conclusion. There are many species 
lumped at present under the name inquinatus, as Suter has recorded it 
from ‘25 fathoms, Hauraki Gulf,” an impossible station for this littoral 
form. Odhner has remarked: “There is some variation in the sculpture in 
this species, the grains being somewhat larger than usual, by which their 
lateral arrangement at the later areas may be less distinct on account of 
their crowded disposition; this is obvious in the specimen from Campbell 
Island (fig. 1).” 

Iredale observed years ago that probably more than one species was 
confused under the name “inguinatus,” and one he had under observation 
is here described, but there may be many more. 


8. TERENOCHITON OTAGOENSIS Sp. 70UV. 
Plate ix., fig. 11. 


Shell very small, elongate oval, elevated, semi-keeled, side slopes curved, 
girdle scaly. 

Colour reddish-buff, darker medially. 

Sculpture consists of minute pustules, rayed on end valves, and lateral 
areas of median valves, and forming strings longitudinally on the pleural 
areas. On the anterior valve fifty closely packed radials may be counted 
and about forty on the post-mucronal area of the posterior valve; twelve 
radials are visible on the lateral areas, while about fifteen longitudinal 
chains of pustules are easily seen on each side of the jugum, closer packed 
jugally and widely raying laterally. 

The mucro is at the anterior third, the post-mucronal slope a little 
concave. 

Girdle scales minute, oval, striate. 

Dimensions: Length, 7 mm.; breadth, 3.5 mm. (type). 

Habitat: Otago, New Zealand. Type collected near Cape Saunders, 
shell also procured at Shag Point. 

Station: Under stones just below high water mark. 

Easily separated by its smaller size and bolder sculpture, the shells 
being worn and senile at the size given above. 


9. TERENOCHITON NORFOLCENSIS. 
Plate ix.. figs. 7-10. 


1912. Lepidopleurus norfolcensis Hedley and Hull, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 
XXXVil., 273, pl. xi., figs. la-c. Norfolk Island. Type in Australian 
Museum. 


The original description reads: “Shell small, elongated, low. Colour 
buff. 


78 ; THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


“Anterior valve ornamented by radial and concentric rows of small, 
close pustules, increasing in size and spacing toward the margin. 

“Posterior valve: Mucro prominent, central; posterior slope even; 
clothed with close concentric rows of pustules. 

“Median valves: Lateral areas slightly raised, not distinctly differen- 
tiated. The pustules on the central areas are inclined to longitudinal ar- 
rangement; those on the lateral areas are more transverse. 

“Girdle broad, beset with small scales and spicules, the latter develop- 
ing a marginal fringe. Length: 6 mm.; breadth, 3.5 mm. 

“Station: Under loose stones at low tide. 

“Habitat: Norfolk Island. 

“Remarks: This shell is not common. It differs from the Australian 
species L. badius Hedley and Hull, in the more regular arrangement and 
larger size of the pustules.” 


10. TERENOCHITON CATENATUS. 
Plate ix., figs. 12-15. 


1912. Lepidopleurus catenatus Hedley and Hull, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 
XxXXvii., 273, pl. xi., figs. 2a-c. Lord Howe Island. Type in Aus- 
tralian Museum. 

Originally described thus: “Shell small, elongated, low. Colour cream. 

“Anterior valve with numerous rows of pustules, arranged radially and 
connected by short links, giving the appearance of concentric rings. The 
posterior margins raised, and more densely and irregularly pustulose. 

“Posterior valve: Mucro prominent, slightly behind the middle, the 
anterior half sculptured, with longitudinal rows of pustules; the posterior 
half with radial rows. 

“Median valves: Lateral areas raised posteriorly; latero-pleural areas 
sculptured, with 12-14 longitudinal rows of rounded pustules connected each 
to its fellow in the neighbouring row by low, slight, transverse links. On 
the central areas the rows are straight and set closer together, becoming 
increasingly concave to the axis as they recede. 

“Girdle narrow, beset with minute scales. 

“Length: 4.5 mm.; breadth, 2.5 mm. 

“Station: On the under side of smooth stones. 

“Habitat: Lord Howe Island. 

“Remarks: This shell is rare and local, only one colony of five or six 
specimens being taken on a piece of basalt shingle in an open channel in 
the rocks at Ned’s Beach, on the eastern side of the island. It is unlike 
any of the Australian or New Zealand species of the genus, and is remark- 
able for its prominent sculpture, and the curious differentiation in the 
arrangement of pustules on the posterior valve.” 


11. TERENOCHITON SUBTROPICALIS. 
Plate ix., figs. 16-17. 


1914. Lepidopleurus (Terenochiton n.) subtropicalis Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., 
Xi., 28, pl. ii., figs. 10-17, March. Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. 
Type in Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand. 
1915. Lepidopleurus subtropicalis Oliver, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 557, 
ULYyl a LOLS a 
Completely described at its introduction as follows: ‘Shell small, elon- 
gate oval, highly keeled, side slopes straight and steep, girdle scaly. General 
coloration uniform, pale reddish-yellow to brick; two specimens blackish- 
brown. Anterior valve flattened, with the apex elevated and slightly re- 


IREDALE AND HULL. 719 


curved, the anterior slope being faintly concave; the sculpture consists of 
minute pustules, arranged in very close radial rows. Median valves have 
their lateral edges almost straight, but somewhat raised; the sculpture of 
the lateral areas, which are differentiated by a slight fold, is simply pustu- 
lose, with no defined arrangement; the pleural areas are sculptured with 
slanting longitudinal rows of separated tubercles; from the edge of the 
valve ten rows can be counted before they become ill-defined and merging 
on the dorsal area. Posterior valve small, with the mucro anterior and 
elevated, the lateral slope concave. Sculpture as in the median valves. 
Inside coloration white. Insertion-plates absent. Sutural laminae low 
and broad, higher towards the outer edges of the valves, sinus broad. Girdle 
densely covered with minute striated scales. 

“The preceding description is drawn up from a medium-sized specimen, 
selected as type. Minute juvenile specimens show the anterior valve, lateral 
areas of median valves, and posterior area of posterior valve to be simply 
pustulose, without any defined arrangement of the pustules, whilst the 
pleural areas of the median valves are sculptured with few well-defined 
longitudinal rows of tubercles, and the dorsal area is almost smooth. In 
an old crassate individual the pustules have developed into raised tubercles 
upon the anterior and posterior valves, and the dorsal area is strongly 
irregularly tuberculose, the longitudinal rows of the pleural areas showing 
indistinctly through the strong tubercles massing and somewhat merging. 

“Length of type: 6.5, breadth, 4; size of largest specimen, 8 x 4.5 mm. 

“Habitat: Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. 

“Station: Living on the underside of embedded dirty stones below low 
water mark. 

‘Remarks: This little species recalls Lorica in miniature, and cannot 
well be confused with any other Australasian chiton. Its nearest relations 
are Lepidopleurus norfolcensis Hedley and Hull, from Norfolk Island, and 
L. catenatus Hedley and Hull, from Lord Howe Island. The authors note 
the relationship of the latter, but do not compare the former, which they 
contrast with the New South Wales L. badius Hedley and Hull. With the 
type of Lepidopleurus these small species have nothing in common save the 
absence of insertion plates. I am, therefore, introducing the new sub- 
generic name Terenochiton, with L. subtropicalis Iredale, as type, and would 
for the present include all the small Australasian ‘Lepidopleurus’ under this 
heading, though I can see little direct affinity between the present species 
and the Neozelanic L. inquinatus Reeve.” 


12. TERENOCHITON FAIRCHILDI sp. 70v. 
Plate ix., figs. 18-19. 


1916. Lepidopleurus kerguelenensis Hedley, Austr. Antarc. Exped., 1911-14; 
Sci. Rep. Ser. C. Zool., iv., 34, November 6. Macquarie Island. 
Not L. kerguelenensis Haddon, Rep. Chall. Zool., xv., 1886, pt. xliii., 
p. 12, pl. i., fig. 3; pl. ii., figs. 3a-e. 
1926. Lepidopleurus kerguelenensis Finlay, Trans. N.Z. Inst., lvii., 332. 
Hedley’s determination queried. 

Shell small, narrowly elongate oval, elevated, rather keeled, girdle 
scaly. 

Colour pink. 

Sculpture obsolete, surface matt, practically smooth save for fine 
growth lines; many black specks (? eyes) occur all over; lateral areas little 
raised; anterior valve with half a dozen concentric growth lines, faint punc- 
tulation being noted with a strong lens towards the edge; mucro of pos- 


80 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


terior valve ante-median, post-mucronal slope a little concave and here 
again a slight punctulation is preserved. 

Girdle scales small. 

Dimensions: Length, 8 mm.; breadth, 4 mm. (type). 

Habitat: Macquarie Island. 

Station: Under stones. 

Type in the Australian Museum. 

This delightful little species is named after Captain Fairchild, of the 
New Zealand Government steamer, who made large collections of natural 
history objects, and who probably secured some of the rare species of 
Loricates about fifty years ago. As this species was recorded as L. ker- 
guelenensis Haddon, the description of that species is here added to em- 
phasise the distinction: “Shell: Minute, smooth, or with scattered minute 
tubercles; the sides meet at an angle of about 100 deg., sutural laminae small, 
triangular. Anterior valve: Small, smooth, with scattered aborted tubercles. 
Intermediate valves: Central area smooth, with very faint longitudinal 
striae; lateral areas scarcely discernible, with faint radial striae and minute 
concentric interrupted ridges towards the apex, which pass into incon- 
spicuous small scattered tubercles. Posterior valve: With full rounded 
umbo, behind which is a shallow depression. Anterior area: Similar to 
the central areas of the intermediate valves. Posterior area: Similar to 
the anterior valve. Girdle: Narrow, with delicate scales. Colour: Uni- 
form whitish. Size: Length, 3 mm.; breadth, 1. mm. Gills: Posterior, 
eight or nine in number.” 

The size, 3 mm., and the tuberculose nature of the valves at that size 
indicate a very different mature species from that we have described, and 
Haddon’s figures show no close likeness to our species. 


iii. Genus PARACHITON, 


1909. Parachiton Thiele, Revision Chitonen (Chun’s Zoologica, heft 56), 
pt. i, 1909, 14. Type by monotypy Lepidopleurus (Parachiton) 
acuminatus Thiele. 

Shell elongately ovate, round-backed, of delicate texture, usually uni- 
colour; median valves deep, posterior valve very large, generally abnormally 
long with the mucro subterminal; the surface sculpture consists of pustules 
like that of the preceding genus, but much less pronounced. Girdle covered 
with fine elongated glassy spicules. Interior of the valves shows no inser- 
tion plates and small sutural laminae. Thiele, when he introduced Para- 
chiton, showed that the radula distinctly separated his group from that of 
Lepidopleurus, and the obvious conclusion was that the likeness was due to 
convergence through loss of insertion plates. The genus is widely spread 
in Austral-Neozelanic waters, a species as yet undescribed being dredged in 
the north of New Zealand by Scott’s Antarctic Expedition years ago. 


13. PARACHITON MESTAYERAE. 
Plate ix., fig. 20. 


1914. Parachiton mestayerae Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., ix., 27, pl: ieee 
(March). Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. Type in Canter- 
bury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand. 


1915. Parachiton mestayerae Oliver, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 557, July 
IPAS ik hi5y 


Again the original description is sufficiently elaborated: “Shell elon- 
gate, faintly keeled, elevated, side slopes slightly convex, last valve dis- 
proportionately large, girdle spiculose. General coloration pink, slashed 


IREDALE AND HULL. 81 


with longitudinal white streaks. Anterior valve regularly quincuncially 
punctate. Median valves narrow, not beaked, first very slightly larger than 
the others; lateral areas little raised, the sculpture regular, quincuncial 
punctation, the pleural areas are closely longitudinally striate, the striation 
becoming finer as it approaches the dorsal ridge, where, however, it still 
persists. Posterior valve much larger than the anterior valve; the mucro 
elevated at about the posterior fourth, the posterior area being concave. 
The anterior portion is triangular, its length twice as long as the preceding 
valve; it is similarly sculptured to the pleural areas of the median valves, 
whilst the posterior area is regularly quincuncially punctate, the punc- 
tation showing clearly on account of the protection afforded by the con- 
cavity of this area. Inside coloration pinkish-white. Insertion plates 
absent. The sutural laminae small, irregularly quadrangular, and very 
far apart. The girdle, owing to the difficulty of preserving, appears some- 
what imperfectly covered with very slender elongate needles, with a fringe 
of much longer silvery spicules. A minute curled juvenile specimen shows 
the same sculpture as the adult; the quincuncial punctation appears more 
prominently, and the longitudinal striae more pronounced. 

“Length of type: 11 mm.; breadth, 6 mm. A much larger specimen 
curled up before it could be preserved. 

“Habitat: Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. 

“Station: Dredged off the north coast on gravelly bottom in 15 fathoms; 
also in Denham Bay in 25 fathoms.* 

“Remarks: This is undoubtedly most nearly allied to Lepidopleurus 
acuminatus Thiele, but otherwise no other shell is comparable. L. acuwmin- 
atus Thiele has the apex of the posterior valve more posterior, and conse- 
quently the posterior area more diminished. I have associated with this 
beautiful chiton the name of my friend, Miss M. K. Mestayer, as a mark of 
her interest in this group.” 

* Oliver has added: “Also living on underside of stones near low water 
mark, Coral Bay.” 


III. Family LEPIDOCHITONIDAE. 


This family of world-wide distribution is a prominent feature of the 
Neozelanic Region, as besides the huge Eudoxochitons (the largest mem- 
bers of the family) some half a dozen smaller species of Callochitonid 
facies have already been described. Moreover, these show close relation- 
ship with Australian species on the one hand, and South American species 
on the other. 

Shells varying in size from small to very large, generally of dark, more 
or less uniform, coloration, which, however, in some cases in life is very 
brilliant, but the brilliance is fugitive; sculpture a somewhat uniform coarse 
granulation with secondary ditches or ridges evolved on pleural areas only; 
girdle characters distinctive; closely packed glassy-like elongate spiculose 
scales laterally arranged with sometimes scattered corneous processes; in- 
sertion plates long, thick, more or less coarsely denticulate, generally brittle, 
many slit in end valves, usually more than one slit in median valves; 
sutural laminae generally continuous. Eyes present. 


iv. Genus IcoPLax. 


1892. Icoplax Thiele, Das Gebiss der Schnecken (Troschel), ii., 392. Type 
by monotypy Chiton puniceus Couthouy. 

Shells of medium size, sometimes small, elevated, ovate; colour more or 

less uniform, generally in preserved specimens dull; sculpture of end valves 

and lateral areas of median valves coarsely granulose as the rest of the 


82 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


shell, but pleural areas bearing ditches or ridges and distinctly separated. 
(Note:—In our Monograph of the Australian Loricates we wrote: “Central 
areas longitudinally grooved,” but this does not exactly apply to the type 
species, the ridges being elevated above the general level). The girdle is 
comparatively wide and covered with long slender spicules, placed lati- 
tudinally. 

The internal features of the type show only one slit on each side in the 
median valves, whereas nearly all the rest of the species of the family are 
characterised by multi-slitting in this place. Moreover, while the insertion 
plates are generally grooved and brittle, some are scarcely pectinate and 
solid. Hence probably more genera will be needed, rather than less, and 
for the group typified by empleura we propose the new sub-generic name 
Scrobicoplaz. 

14. IcOPLAX PUNICEA. 


1846. Chiton puniceus Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii, 143. Orange 
Harbour, South America. Type lost. 

1847. Chiton illuminatus Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., pl. xxii., sp. and fig. 147. 
Straits of Magellan. Type in British Museum. 

1882. Chiton puniceus Gould, U.S. Expl. Exped., Moll., 324, pl. 27, fig. 412. 

1892. Callochiton illuminatus Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 51, pl. 9, figs. 92-4. 

1892. Ischnochiton puniceus Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 81, pl. 8, figs. 76-77. 

1897. Callochiton illuminatus Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., ii., 185, July. Off 
Kapiti Island, N.Z. 

1904. Callochiton illuminatus Hutton, Index Faunae N.Z., 87. 

1907. Callochiton illuminatus Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., vii., 294. 

1908. Callochiton (Icoplar) puniceus Thiele, Deutsche Sudpol. Exped. 
(Antark. Chitonen), 14 (refers to N.Z. record). 

1909. Callochiton puniceus Suter, Subant. Islands, N.Z., i., 2. Snares 
Island, 50 fathoms. 

1913. Callochiton puniceus Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 2. Atlas, pl. 3, fig. 8a-c. 

1915. Callochiton puniceus Iredale, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 424. 


Gould described his species, using Couthouy’s M.S. name as “Shell small, 
thin, elongated, elliptical, elevated and sharply carinated along the back, 
of a dull rose, or bright brick-red colour, and everywhere minutely punc- 
tured. The lateral areas are very abruptly and distinctly elevated, regu- 
larly ridged by the obtusely rounded stages of growth and bearing a few 
scattered granules. Central areas with the lines of increase well marked, 
and remarkably barred with about six elevated, longitudinal, parallel ridges, 
which are generally dislocated about the middle by some of the lines of 
increase. The posterior valve has a very minute, and acute, nearly central 
umbo, with an abrupt depression passing transversely through it; the 
margin is very minutely imbricated by prismatic scales, coloured like the 
ti and with yellowish bands crossing it, opposite to the juncture of the 
valves. . 

“Length: 123 mm.; breadth, 74 mm. 

Simultaneously Reeve introduced C. illuminatus thus: “Shell ovate, 
terminal valves and lateral areas of the rest minutely granosely rough, 
central areas very finely ridged, ridges slightly granulated, interstices 
hollow and very minutely reticulated; ligament horny, arenaceous; red 
throughout, ligament marked with white spots. 

“Habitat: Straits of Magalhaens. 

“The shell and ligament are all of an uniform red colour, the latter be- 
ing marked with a white light exa¢tly in the places occupied, in the fasci- 
culate species, by the tufts of spiculae.” 


IREDALE AND HUI. 83 


Carpenter’s fuller description of Reeve’s shells was printed by Pilsbry 
and reads: “Shell oval, red, rather elevated, the jugum acute; umbo a little 
in front of the middle, slightly elevated. Entire surface very minutely 
wrinkle-striate and granulose under a lens, the central areas longitudinally, 
the rest radially. Central areas with slender elevated separated threads, 
parallel to the jugum, 6 to 14 on each side. Lateral areas rather elevated. 
Interior roseate. Anterior valve with 15-16, posterior with 11-14 slits, 
median valves with 1 slit. Teeth acute, quite distant, scarcely propped. 
Eaves spongy, sinus small, the sutural plates connected across it. Girdle 
normal, the scales rather large, solid; sometimes spotted with paler at the 
sutures. 

“Length: 16 mm.; breadth, 10 mm.; the divergence, 120 deg.’ 

As a synonym Suter included Chiton dimorphus Rochebrune (Miss. 
Sci. Cap. Horn., vi., 1889, Moll., 142, pl. 9, fig. 10; Orange Harbour, Pata- 
gonia) whose description translated by Pilsbry reads: “Shell ovate-rounded, 
umbonate, bright-red. Anterior valve wide, concentrically lineate. Pos- 
terior valve and central and lateral areas of the intermediate valves con- 
centrically suleate and most minutely puncticulate. The central and 
lateral areas have quadrangular pits at their intersections. Marginal liga- 
ment rufous, regularly striated with white lines. 

“Length: 14 mm.; breadth, 10 mm.” 

This description does not agree and suggests another species, but all 
the above have been reproduced as the identity of the Neozelanic shells 
with the South American species is doubtful. When Suter introduced it 
into the fauna, he wrote: “A small specimen is in the Canterbury Museum, 
and was kindly submitted to me for examination by Captain Hutton. Since 
there is only one specimen I was not allowed to separate the valves; but, 
so far as examination was possible, I found it to agree perfectly with the 
description and figures of Callochiton illuminatus in Pilsbry’s Man. Conch. 
The colour is not red, but greenish-grey; however, the same variability in 
colour is,met with in Chiton canaliculatus and others. Central areas with 
eight separate threads on each side; end valves and lateral areas minutely 
granulose; median valves with one slit. Girdle scales, those characteristic 
of the genus, rather large. Interior greyish-white; sinus shallow. 

“Length: About 10 mm.; breadth, 7 mm.; divergence, 120 deg. 

“Habitat: Dredged off Kapiti Island, Cook Strait.” 

Later Suter added: “A young specimen, only 5 mm. long, kindly given 
me by Captain J. Bollons, was found amongst dredgings in 50 fathoms, near 
the Snares Islands. The specimen is semi-transparent, dirty-white, the 
characteristic girdle scales of the genus, and the sculpture of the species; 
there are only five elevated threads on each side of the central areas.” 

If it had not been for this record, which may represent a species very 
like punicea, we would have relegated all the references to the succeeding 
species. We have, however, thought it best to leave the two species in the 
list at present, rather than transfer the second species here. 


15. IcOPLAX KAPITIENSIS. 
Plate x., figs. 6-7. 


1926. Callochiton kapitiensis Mestayer, Trans. N.Z. Inst., lvi., 1925, 583, pl. 
100, figs. 2-4, May 5. Kapiti Island, Cook Strait. Type in the 
Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand. 

1873. Chiton sulcatus Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., iv., 1872, 178. Kapiti Island. 
Not of Quoy and Gaimard. 

1897. Chiton limans Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., ii., 197. Kapiti Islands speci- 
mens. 


84 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


1904. Chiton limans Hutton, Index Faunae N.Z., 86. 

1905. Chiton limans Hamilton, Col. Mus. Bull., No. 1, 36. 

1913. Chiton limans Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 39 (not description and Kapiti 
Island specimens only). 

1926. Icoplax kapitiensis Finlay, Trans. N.Z. Inst., lvii., 332. 


After examination of the two specimens in the Dominion Museum from 
Kapiti Island, Cook Strait, which had been determined as Chiton sulcatus 
by Hutton and recorded by Suter as Chiton limans, Miss Mestayer described 
them as a new species of Callochiton under the name kapitiensis. It seems 
an obvious conclusion that the specimen recorded by Suter as Callochiton 
illuminatus from the same locality is referable to this species. It must be 
remembered that Suter’s description of Chiton limans given in the Manual 
was based upon the Australian species and not upon the Kapiti Island 
specimens. 7 

Miss Mestayer’s description is here given: “Shell small, narrow-oval, 
side slopes very slightly convex, jugum acute, mucro median. Colour: Shell 
whitish-brown, mantle reddish-brown. Sculpture: The head valve, lateral 
areas, jugal area, and posterior two-thirds of tail valve closely covered with 
very minute granules, clearly defined only under a strong hand lens. Two 
concentric growth lines clearly marked on all valves. Posterior margins of 
valves 1-7 finely denticulate. Under lens two other growth lines can be 
seen on head valve. Median valves: Lateral areas strongly marked, pleural 
areas with eight very narrow raised longitudinal ridges, interstices about 
three or four times width of ridges. Posterior margins straight. Valves 6 
and 7 of holotype, badly broken on right side. Tail valve: Pleural areas 
ridged, mucro small, nearly central, posterior portion slightly concave. 
Girdie narrow, densely covered with small pillar-like scales in mottlings of 
reddish-brown and white. 

“Length: 9 mm.; breadth, 5 mm. 

“Locality: Kapiti Island, Cook Strait. 

“Remarks: The disarticulate remains of a paratype show that the in- 
sertion plates are narrow, head valve with 15 or 16 very shallow slits, median 
valves 1 slit, and the interior bluish-white. A living specimen. Colour: 
Shell light brown, the lower two-thirds of lateral areas of valves 3-5 dark 
brown; tail valve dark brown with a white stripe from mucro to margin. 
Girdle same colour as shell, faintly mottled with dark brown, with fine hair- 
like spicules scattered about it, and a very delicate fringe at the edge.” 


16. IcOPLAX EMPLEURA. 
Plate x., figs. 1-5. 


1872. Chiton empleurus Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., iv., 1871, 178. Habitat ? 
Type in the Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand. 

1873. Chiton empleurus Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. N.Z., 48. 

1880. Chiton empleurus Hutton, Man. N.Z. Moll., 113. 

1897. Callochiton empleurus Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., ii., 185, July. 

1904. Callochiton empleurus Hutton, Index Faunae N.Z., 87. 

1905. Callochiton empleurus Hamilton, Col. Mus. Bull., i., 36. 

1905. Callochiton empleurus Suter, Journ. Malac., xii., 65, pl. ix., figs. 1-4. 
(December 30). Stewart Island specimen. 

1913. peg en empleurus Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 13. Atlas, pl. 3, fig. 
a-d. 

1915. Callochiton empleurus Iredale, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 424. 

1921. Callochiton empleurus Mestayer, Trans. N.Z. Inst., liii., 180. 

1924. Callochiton empleurus Odhner, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Nat. Foren. . 
Bd., 77 (N.Z. Moll.), 6 (Campbell Island). 


IREDALE AND HULL. 85 


1926. Callochiton empleurus Mestayer, Trans. N.Z. Inst., lvi., 583. 
1926. Icoplax empleurus Finlay, Trans. N.Z. Inst., lvii., 332 (littoral). Dune- 
din, New Zealand. 


Hutton did not know whence the specimens came when he introduced 
the species thus: “Oblong; margin with very minute scales; valves rather 
elevated and flattened on each side, subcarinate; posterior margins slightly 
concave, with a small central point; terminal and lateral areas raised above 
the rest minutely punctate; median areas minutely punctate, sometimes 
with a row of deep longitudinal pits along the anterior edges of the raised 
lateral areas. 

“Length: .75 inch; breadth, .3 inch. 

“Colour: Uniform yellowish-pink. 

“Founded on two specimens in the Colonial Museum; locality not 
stated.” 


Pilsbry (Man. Conch., xv., 1893, 67) ranked the species as a synonym of 
Callochiton crocinus Reeve, “fide Hutton in litt.” 


This conclusion was negatived by Suter, who explained: “On the glass 
tablet labelled ‘Chiton empleurus,’ there were not only two specimens, but 
also two species. One of them is Hutton’s C. empleurus, but the larger 
specimen I found to correspond exactly with specimens of C. platessa, from 
Port Jackson. . . . The elongated form and the deep longitudinal pits along 
the anterior edge of the lateral areas distinguish this species at once from 
C. platessa, with which it has been supposed to be identical. In Hutton’s 
diagnosis the word ‘sometimes,’ that precedes ‘with a row of deep pits, etc,’ 
must be struck out. There are 9-10 pits on each side. C. empleurus seems 
somewhat to approach Ischnochiton (or Callochiton ?) puniceus, Couth., 
which latter, however, I have not seen. I have nothing to add to Hutton’s 
description, because the type specimen could not be taken to pieces, and 
the classification of the species rests only on the character of the girdle 
scales, which are very similar to those of C. platessa.” 


Later receiving specimens, Suter more fully described them: “Shell 
small, elongated oval, subcarinated, slopes very slightly convex, flesh-colour, 
with a squarish white patch on the posterior part of the jugal tract. An- 
terior valve almost smooth, but minutely punctate; anterior margin with 
square white spots at irregular distances, and faint traces of radiate riblets. 
Posterior margin with a median notch. Intermediate valves. Central area 
minutely punctate, the jugum mostly smooth, with a few transverse shallow 
furrows; the pleural tracts with 9-10 deep pits on each side in front of the 
anterior edge of the lateral areas; these short pits become shorter and 
shallower towards the median part of the valve. Lateral areas raised, dis- 
tinet, with well pronounced concentric ridges. Posterior valve rather in- 
distinctly minutely punctate, with a subcentral mucro, posterior slope 
slightly concave. Girdle with characteristic minute, elongated, and im- 
bricating glossy scales. Colour of valves fleshy, lighter and with white 
streaks on the jugum. A white squarish spot on each intermediate valve 
on the posterior part of the jugum, and on the tail valve in front of the 
mucro. Interior pink, with the sutural laminae white. Sinus rather broad, 
shallow. Intermediate valves with 3 slits on each side. 

“Length: 22 mm.; breadth, 9 mm.; divergence, 83 deg. 

Habitat: Near Stewart Island in about 15 fathoms.” 

Odhner added: “Campbell Island, Perseverance Harbour, 20 fathoms, 
6 specimens, length (of largest) 9. They are probably not full-grown, since 
there are 6-7 pits on the sides of the lateral areas. Suter has not stated 
the number of slits in the terminal valve, because of the scarceness of his 


36 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


material. They amount to 14. In the anterior valve there were about 23 
irregularly disposed ones.” 

Through the courtesy of the Director of the Dominion Museum, Wel- 
lington, New Zealand, to whom our sincere thanks are here tendered, we 
have been enabled to study the type of Chiton empleurus Hutton, a figure 
is given from the specimen and a new description is here offered: Shell 
narrowly elongate, oval, elevated, keeled, side slopes nearly straight, girdle, 
somewhat curled in, scaly. Colour pinkish, indistinctly mottled with 
brownish, more noticeable towards the apices, which are a little eroded. 
Sculpture consists of very fine punctulation throughout, lateral areas large, 
strongly elevated, growth lines obsolete; pleural areas with a series of 
ditches along the edge of the lateral areas, nine to twelve in number on 
each side, longest at the extreme edge, but still short and only extending 
across, getting shorter inwards and dying out before they reach the jugum. 
Mucro about the anterior third, elevated, post-mucronal slope very slightly 
concave. Median insertion plates at least three slit, those of end valves not 
examined. Girdie wide, surface of scales very small, placed latitudinally 
and showing narrow oval tips only. Length (a little curled) 17 mm.; 
breadth (girdle curled in) 75 mm. Three valves from another specimen 
(figured) show the insertion plates of terminal valves to be short, thick, 
not brittle, slightly grooved, fifteen slits, very irregular, in anterior valve, 
eleven also very irregular, in posterior valve, four in median valve; sutural 
laminae continuous. 


17. IcOPLAX SULCULATA. 
Plate x., figs. 8-11. 


1907. Callochiton sulculatus Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., vii., 294, fig. 5 in text 
(June 25). Dusky Sound, New Zealand. Type in Coll. Suter, now 
in Wanganui Museum, New Zealand. 

1913. Callochiton sulculatus Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 14. Atlas: pl. 3, fig. 9. 

1915. Callochiton sulculatus Iredale, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 424. 

1924. Callochiton sulculatus Odhner, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Nat. Foren. 
Bd., 77 (N.Z. Moll.), 7. North Island. 

1926. JIcoplax sulculatus Finlay, Trans. N.Z. Inst., lvii., 332. 


Suter’s description is all we/know about this species: ‘Shell very small, 
angularly raised, side slopes straight, central areas laterally grooved, colour 
light fulvous. Anterior valve smooth, with a few fine growth lines, the 
whole surface dotted with small black eyes. Intermediate valves having 
the jugum sharply rounded, central areas microscopically longitudinally 
closely striate, on each side 4 to 5 deep grooves, twice as broad as the ribs, 
the innermost groove extending only over half the length; lateral areas 
distinctly raised, microscopically radially striate, with numerous eyes, flatly 
and broadly nodulous by a few concentric furrows, more pronounced near 
the margins; sutures crenate. Posterior valve smooth, with many eye- 
dots; mucro in front of the middle, low; posterior slope slightly concave. 
Girdle with elongated, pointed, and slightly keeled smooth scales. Colour 
light fulvous, darker on the end valves and lateral areas; girdle white, with 
fulvous patches. Interior pinkish-white; anterior valve with 14, median 
valves with 2, and posterior valve with 10 slits; teeth blunt, propped up on 
the outside; eaves spongy; the low and broadly rounded sutural laminae 
continuous across the shallow sinus. The approximate dimensions are:— 
Length, 9 mm.; width, 6 mm.; divergence, 105 deg. 

“Habitat: One specimen amongst material dredged by Mr. R. Henry 
in 30 fathoms, Dusky Sound. 


IREDALE AND HULL. : 87 


“With regard to sculpture of the lateral areas this species stands be- 
tween C. empleurus and C. illuminatus; the former, however, has 4, the 
latter only 1 slit on the intermediate valves.” 

Odhner has added: “North Island, North Channel, Kawau Island, 10 
fathoms, 1 specimen, length, 10 mm. Colour coralline red, lateral areas 
white clouded; 6th and 7th valve of a whitish colour (except the red apices) 
which occupies also the adjacent part of the girdle. In its sculpture the 
present specimen shows the peculiarity of having the sulci of the lateral 
areas most distinct on plate 6 and 7, 2 and 1.” 


v. Genus PARICOPLAX 70U. 


Shell small to medium for the family, more or less depressed, oval, 
roundbacked, rarely carinated, girdle scaly. 

Colour, when dead, dullish, but when alive, bright, apparently agreeing 
with its environment, reddish, dark and light, often varied with shades of 
green and yellowish, but these bright shades vanish with death. 

Sculpture entirely minutely granulose forming a matt surface; lateral 
areas scarcely raised and not specially distinguished. 

Girdle scales characteristic; elongate slender, glassy spicules packed 
latitudinally so that the ends only show superficially. 

This genus is founded on the well known shell hitherto known as 
platessa, but here determined as crocinus Reeve. 

We introduced in the Monograph of the Australian Loricates the genus 
name Levicoplaz, definitely designating as type Chiton platessa Gould. 
That species turns out to have been wrongly determined, and is the common 
New South Wales Ischnochiton, so that the genus name Levicoplaz falls into 
the synonymy of Ischnochiton, and it is necessary to introduce a new name 
for this group. 

18. PARICOPLAX CROCINA. 


Plate x., figs. 12-13. 


1847. Chiton crocinus Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., pl. xxii., sp. and fig. 146. 
Habitat unknown = New South Wales. Type in British Museum. 

1852. Chiton versicolor A. Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1852, 92, pl. xvi., fig. 5. 
Sydney, New South Wales. Type in British Museum. 

Not Chiton versicolor Sowerby, Mag. Nat. Hist., 1840. 

1877. Chiton platessa Tenison Woods, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., ii., 252. 
Gould’s description reprinted. 

1886. Callochiton platessa Haddon, Chall. Rep. Zool., xv. (pl. xliii.), 15. 
N.Z. in British Museum. 

1892. Cailochiton platessa Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 49, pl. 10, figs. 1-5. 

1893. Callochiton crocinus Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xv., 67, for xiv., pl. 10, 
tate Ye 

1897. Callochiton platessa Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., ii., 184. 

1904. Callochiton platessa Hutton, Index Faunae N.Z., 87. 

1905. Callochiton platessa Hamilton, Col. Mus. Bull., i., 36. 

1908. Callochiton platessa Iredale, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xl., 1907, 374. 

1910. Callochiton platessa Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., ix., 157. 

1913. Callochiton platessa Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 13, Atlas, pl. 3, fig. 7a-d. 

1915. Callochiton platessa Iredale, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 424. 

1922. Callochiton platessa var. fossa Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A., xlvi., 19, 
pl. iii., fig. 4. Port Jackson, New South Wales. Type in Coll. 
Ashby. 

1923. Callochiton platessa May, Ilus. Index Tas. Shells, pl. xiv., fig. 7. 

1924. Callochiton platessa Finlay, Trans. N.Z. Inst., lv., 517. 


88 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


1925. Levicoplax platessa Iredale and Hull, Aust. Zool., ili., 349, pl. xxxix., 
fig. 30. 


1846. Not Chiton platessa Gould, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., ii., 143. New 
South Wales = Port Jackson. Type lost (?). 

1852. Not Chiton platessa Gould, U.S. Expl. Exped., 320, atlas, figs. 434-434a. 

1862. Not Lepidopleura platessa Gould, Otia Conch., 242. 


This species has been known by the name of platessa Gould, through 
some blunder in the early history of the species, and this misidentification 
has persisted through many years until we began introducing the original 
descriptions in this essay. When we read the original Latin diagnosis, 
doubt was immediately raised, and, as Gould gave an English translation 
himself there is no doubt, especially since figures were given to illustrate 
the species. 

These diagnoses are here given as the books including them are rare 
and difficult of access. The original Latin definition reads: Testa parva, 
tenuis, elongato-ovalis, transversim arcuata, citrino-olivacea, ubique 
minutissime punctata; areis lateralibus parvis, vix elevatis, lineis 2-3 in- 
conspicuis striatis; areis centralibus lineis confertis acutis granulatis arcua- 
tim decussatis; valva postica magna, obscuré radiata; margine virente, 
fusco tesselato, minutissime granulato; intus caeruleo-virescens. Long., 
7/8; lat., 9/20 poll. 

Habitat: New South Wales. 

The English account is here added: “Shell rather small and thin, oval, 
much elongated, transversely arched, of a yellowish olive colour, minutely 
punctured in quincunx at every part. The valves are flattened, without 
beaks or keel, the tips denuded; lateral areas very small, striated with two 
or three radiating lines; central areas with very fine, sharp, granulated, 
longitudinally arcuated lines, like jeweller’s engine work, posterior valve 
large, faintly radiated. Margin covered with granules so minute as scarcely 
to be distinguished by the naked eye, chequered green and dusky. Inside 
bluish-green. 

“Length: Seven-eighths of an inch: breadth, nine-twentieths of an 
inch. 

“Habitat: New South Wales. 

“Similar in its general aspect to C. fruticosus, but smaller, smoother. 
and the sculpture of the lateral areas and terminal valves entirely different. 
It is almost exactly like fig. 67 of the “Conchological Illustrations,’ which 
is said to be a variety of C. longicymba. In form it resembles C. catenu- 
latus Sowb.” 

The shape, tenuity and colour attract attention as being unlike the 
conventional “platessa,” but the item “lateral areas striated” definitely pre- 
cludes the association of the well known shell with the name, while the 
illustrations show this striated sculpture, as well as the central area sculp- 
ture, and also the girdle scales. 

The error apparently originated in Carpenter’s acceptance. without re- 
ference to the type, of some Australian shells as “platessa,” and then this 
was reinforced by the description of characters peculiar to the present 
genus, and hence the error became established. 

Simultaneously Reeve had described a species, C. crocinus, thus: “Shell 
ovate, terminal valves and lateral areas of the rest concentrically sculptured 
with waved wrinkles, the surface being most minutely punctured, central 
areas undulately decussated with minute ridges; saffron yellow, stained in 
the middle with light purple; ligament horny, tessellated. 

“Habitat (?): A species most peculiar in colour, and not less in sculp- 


IREDALE AND HULL. 89 


ture; the surface of the central areas having the appearance of coarse cloth 
or canvas.” 

A few years later A. Adams correctly described the species from Sydney, 
New South Wales, but unfortunately selected a preoccupied name, so that it 
is unnecessary to transcribe his Latin description. 

Haddon published the synonymy of platessa, crocinus and versicolor, 
ascribing it to Carpenter, apparently only on MS. notes in the British 
Museum, written on the back of the tablets by Carpenter. Pilsbry pub- 
lished Carpenter’s M.S. notes which never referred to the type of “platessa,” 
and since then no doubt has been expressed, though it is obvious an error 
has been made. The Neozelanic form was for many years very rare, but 
recently intensive search has shown it to be much less uncommon than 
supposed. Criticism of such specimens with Australian ones show very 
little distinction, and, as we have pointed out, the latter is very variable in 
elevation and breadth, we cannot at present separate the Neozelanic shells. 
Ashby introduced a varietal name “fossa” for Australian shells, which have 
developed a few irregular sulci on valves vi.-viii., and this phase has not 
yet been seen from New Zealand. 


19. PARICOPLAX MORTENSENT. 
Plate x., figs. 14-15. 


1924. Callochiton mortenseni Odhner, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Nat. Foren. 
Bd., 77 (N.Z. Moll.), 6, figs. in text. Campbell Island. Type in 
Stockholm Museum, Sweden. 

1926. Levicoplax mortenseni Finlay, Trans. N.Z. Inst., Ivil., 332. 

Odhner’s description (which is all we know of this species): “Shell 
ovate, dark brown, shining, smooth, bluntly keeled, dorsally, slightly con- 
vex at the lateral slopes. Anterior valve a little broader than the posterior 
one, with a few concentric growth lines (in the one specimen with 4 con- 
centric regularly distant sulci), otherwise smooth and showing only micro- 
scopic radiating striae and impressed dots which are densest towards the 
margin. Intermediate valves beaked, with elevated lateral areas, totally 
smooth, except for lines of growth (and occasional impressed dots towards 
the margins, and furrows; 4 concentric ones in one specimen), micro- 
scopically striated longitudinally. Posterior valve with a premediah mucro; 
its central area separated, by means of straight lines, from the posterior 
elevated area, which has a straight or slightly concave slope. ~ All valves 
porous, the pores appearing as microscopical regular dots all over the sur- 
face. Eyes in a small number, occupying a median ray on the lateral areas, 
most obvious in their upper parts. Girdle narrow, rusty brown, lighter at 
the margin, with close elongate scales and fringed with short acicular 
ones. Interior of the valves crimson; anterior valve with 16 slits; posterior 
one with 12, median valves with 4 or 5; teeth solid, propped outside, eaves 
porous, sutural plates united, sinus shallow, broad. Gill cordon extending 
from the anterior corners of the foot to near the foot end. 

“Locality: Campbell Island, 45 (= Perseverance Harbour, 20 fathoms) ; 
2 specimens; maximum length, 13 mm.; breadth, 8.5 mm. 

Compared with C. steinenii from South Georgia, which has a similar 
colour, the present species shows much smaller and denser girdle scales, as 
well as completely smooth, not granulose, and distinctly microscopically 
striated valves; in the latter respect it differs also from C. platessa, in 
which a tendency to granulation of the lateral and central areas appears. 
The number of slits of the intermediate valves (in C. steinenii 2, in C. 
platessa 3) is another point of distinction.” 


90 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


20. PARICOPLAX PERSCRUTANDA SD. 70V. 
Plate x., figs. 25-26. 


Shell very small, depressed, broadly oval, girdle wide. 

Colour brownish green, variegated with paler green. 

Sculpture obsoletely quincuncially papillate throughout; lateral areas 
a little raised, but not otherwise differentiated; valves three times as broad 
as deep, mucro very anterior. 

Girdle scales typical, but larger than those of crocina. 

Dimensions: 6 x 4.5 mm. (type in Australian Museum). 

Station: On shell of Haliotis iris taken at extreme low tide at Taylor’s 
Mistake, near Lyttelton, Canterbury, New Zealand. 

Habitat: New Zealand. 


Note.—This little species is described to attract attention to the pro- 
bability of other small Loricates existing on the same station. 


vi. Genus QUAESTIPLAX 70U. 


21. Type Quaestiplar wilsoni nov. 
Plate ix., fig. 2. 


This genus is introduced for a minute shell from Lord Howe Island, 
which superficially recalled Terenochiton, but upon dissection proved to 
show many features peculiar to Icoplaz, and it appears to be a degenerate 
ally of that series. 

Shell very small, elongate oval, uniformly dull-coloured, pale creamy 
buff, of median elevation; girdle wide, scaly. 

Sculpture of pustules, arranged in quincunx, massing and obsoletely 
showing ray formation on lateral areas and end valves, less defined on 
jugal area, lateral areas small. well elevated. 

Post-mucronal area of posterior valve, similarly small and a little con- 
cave; ante-mucronal area large, nearly twice the depth of the post- 
mucronal area, mucro at about the posterior third elevated. 

Interior white. Insertion plates present, stout and short, one or more 
slit in median valves, many slit in end valves, fourteen in anterior valve, 
fifteen in posterior valve; the slitting is very irregular, faint grooving dis- 
cernible on anterior plate, while posterior plate is shortened and tending 
to elimination; sutural laminae small, very widely separated. 

Girdle scales very small, irregularly elongately oval, non-striate, a fine 
spiculose edge present; the girdle scales are obliquely placed, tending to 
lateral formation. 

Dimensions: 4 x 2 mm. (type). 

Station: Under stones associated with Terenochiton catenatus Hedley 
and Hull. 

Habitat: Lord Howe Island. 

This interesting little Loricate was collected by Hull in 1907, and later 
many examples were sorted out of washings made by Mr. Roy Bell from the 
underside of dirty stones. It is associated with Mr. Herbert Wilson, who 
collected with Hull in 1907, and for him later. Type in Australian Museum. 

The above description covers both specific and generic features, the 
most notable in connection with the latter being the association of widely 
separated sutural laminae, rather characteristic of Terenochiton, etc., and 
the multi-slit insertion plates, the disappearing tendency of the latter in 
the posterior valve first, and the girdle scales, very like, but not so lati- 
tudinally placed as those of Paricoplaz. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 91 


vli. Genus EuDOXOCHITON. 


1853. Eudozochiton Shuttleworth, Mittheil. naturf. Gesellsch. Berne, 191. 
Type by monotypy Acanthopleura nobilis Gray. 

Shells very large for the family, oval, elevated or depressed, girdle wide, 
leathery, beset with short scattered spinelets. 

Coloration dark brown (generally uniform). 

Sculpture uniformly minutely granulose. Eyes present. Interior with 
multislit median valve insertion plates, many slit end valves, sutural 
laminae continuous. 

The species occur throughout New Zealand and to the Kermadec 
Islands, but are at present unknown from the Subantarctic Islands, while a 
closely allied genus, Eudozoplaz, is restricted to Tasmania. 

The radula proves that the group belongs to the family Lepidochitonidae, 
as was easily recognised by the superficies and the internal characters, a 
very young Eudoxochiton recalling the commoner smaller shells. 

Bucknill’s account (T.N.Z.I., 59, 1928, 625) of the eyes and minute 
sculpture should be referred to. 


22. EUDOXOCHITON NOBILIS. 
Plate x.. figs. 22-23. 


1843. Acanthopleura nobilis Gray, Travels in New Zealand (Dieffenbach), 
ii., 245. New Zealand. Type in British Museum. 

1847. Chiton nobilis Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., pl. 21, fig. 139 (ex Gray M.S. 
in British Museum = Gray’s type as above). 

1853. Chiton . (Eudozochiton) nobilis Shuttleworth, Mittheil. naturf. 
Gesellsch. Berne, 191. 

1872. Chiton nobilis Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., iv., 1871, 181. 

1873. Chiton nobilis Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. N.Z., 49. 

1874. Chiton (Chaetopleura) nobilis Smith, Voy. Erebus & Terror, Moll., 
4, pl. 1, fig. 8 (type figured). 

1880. Chaetopleura nobilis Hutton, Man. N.Z. Moll., 115. 

1892. Chaetopleura nobilis Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 30 (Reeve’s descrip- 
tion and figure only). 

1893. Eudozxochiton nobilis Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xiv., 193, pl. 46, figs. 88-95. 

1897. Eudozochiton nobilis Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., ii., 197. 

1904. Eudoxochiton nobilis Hutton, Index Faunae N.Z., 86. 

1905. Eudoxochiton nobilis Hamilton, Col. Mus. Bull., i., 36. 

1905. Eudoxochiton nobilis Nierstrasz, Notes Leyden Mus., xxv., 151. 

1913. Eudoxochiton nobilis Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 41. Atlas: pl. 2, figs. 20- 
25; pl. 4, fig. 14. : 

1914. Eudozochiton nobilis Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., xi., 126. 

1915. Eudozochiton nobilis Iredale, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 424. 
1924. Eudozochiton nobilis Odhner, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Nat. Foren. Bd., 
77. (N.Z. Moll.), 9. North Island and Stewart Island. 

1928. Eudozochiton nobilis Bucknill, Trans. N.Z. Inst., lix., 625-6, fig. in 
text (ocelli). 


The original description is brief, but recognisable: ‘Mantle rugose, 
rough, with scattered long tapering brown bristles; valves brown, convex, 
evenly rounded, with very minute dots like shagreen, the lateral area 
slightly marked with 3 or 4 indistinct rays; inside white; length, 3 inches.” 

Reeve figured the specimen and then E. A. Smith gave another figure, 
some thirty years later. 

The species may be described more fully as follows: Shell large, elon- 
gate oval, elevated, side slopes curved, girdle leathery, with scattered spine- 


92 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


lets. Colour, red brown. Sculpture: The whole of shell is minutely punc- 
tulate, rarely tending to radiation, lateral areas little differentiated and 
elevated; mucro of the posterior valve antemedian, the post-mucronal slope 
not steep, the posterior edge slightly sinuate. Interior pure white, sutural 
laminae large, continuous, a shallow sinus medially; insertion plates short, 
stout, deeply grooved so that teeth are not easily counted. Teeth very 
irregular, 25-30 in anterior valve, 3-6 in median valves, 24-25 in posterior 
valve. Angle of divergence of valves, 100 deg. to 110 deg. 


Dimensions: Length, 65 mm.; breadth, 41 mm.; up to 110 mm. in 
length. 

Station: On rocks below median tide facing heavy sea. 

Habitat: New Zealand. 


23. EUDOXOCHITON HUTTONI. 
Plate x., fig. 24. 


1893. Eudoxochiton huttoni Pilsbry, Man. Conch., Ser. i., xiv., 194, pl. 46, 
figs. 96-100. New Zealand. Type in Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. Coll. 

1897. Eudoxochiton huttoni Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., ii., 198. 

1904. Eudoxochiton huttoni Hutton, Index Faunae N.Z., 86. 

1905. Eudoxochiton huttoni Hamilton, Col. Mus. Bull., i., 36. 

1913. Eudoxochiton huttoni Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 41. Atlas: pl. 4, fig. 15. 

i915. Eudoxochiton huttoni Iredale, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvu., 1914, 424. 

1928. Eudoxochiton huttoni Bucknill, Trans. N.Z. Inst., lix., 626, fig. —. 


This species was introduced by Pilsbry, as follows: ‘Shell oval, de- 
pressed, with convex side slopes. Colour dark brown, the girdle greenish 
brown. Valves broadly V-shaped, not beaked, rounded at the ends; the 
lateral areas well raised. Entire surface smooth, except for a microscopic 
punctulation and slight growth lines. Posterior valve depressed, the mucro 
plane, central; posterior margin hardly marginate. Interior white, smooth. 
Sutural plates continuous across the sinus, which is indicated by a shallow 
wave or bay. Insertion plates blunt, deeply pectinated, the anterior valve 
having 17, central 3, posterior 19 short slits. Eaves very narrow and grooved 
along the teeth. Girdle leathery, bearing numerous short, rigid, dark 
brown spinelets. 

“Length: 50 mm.; breadth, 34 mm.; divergence, 135 deg. to 140 deg. 

“This species is closely allied to £. nobilis, from which it differs in the 
proportions of the valves, depressed form, fewer slits, etc.” 

This appears to be one of the rarest of Neozelanic Loricates, as all we 
have recently seen under this name have been depressed, immature speci- 
mens of the preceding species. It is apparently a deeper water form and 
may represent an ecological variation; the slitting in the type may be 
abnormal, but it is well to leave the name in view, and also those of the 
two succeeding forms. The latter were found under recognisable ecologic 
conditions, and were thus separated, and if they be lumped, then the pre- 
sent species must also be suppressed. We have found lumping ever to 
prove a dangerous policy, so here allow the whole four in order that in- 
quiry may be stimulated. Superficially they resemble each other so much 
that we have only reproduced the two Kermadec pictures with sketches of 
the elevation of the valves; these, however, are somewhat misleading, and 
it is necessary to study specimens, the long account given some years ago 
by Iredale being here reproduced. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 93 


24. EUDOXOCHITON PERPLEXUS. 
Plate x., figs. 16-18. 


1914. Eudoxochiton perplexus Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., xi., 29, pl. i., figs. 4, 
6, 8. Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. Type in Canterbury 
Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand. 

1915. Eudozochiton perplerus Oliver, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 557. 
var. typica, id., ib. 

“Sheli large, oval, elevated; valves arched, side slopes almost straight; 
girdle leathery, with short spinelets. Colour uniform reddish-brown, girdle 
ereenish-brown. The only sculpture is minute punctulation, though in- 
distinct radiation may sometimes be observed on the anterior valve, whilst 
growth lines are commonly seen on the central areas. Anterior valve com- 
paratively small. Median valves narrow, lateral areas well raised. Pos- 
terior valve with the mucro elevated at about the anterior third, the pos- 
terior slope slightly concave. Inside coloration pure white. Anterior valve 
has the insertion plate very short, and cut into about twenty-three teeth, 
which are irregularly deeply pectinated. Median valves with sutural plates 
continuous, the sinus only indicated by a shallow depression. Insertion 
plates short, with three or four teeth as in anterior valve. Posterior valve 
faintly emarginate on the posterior border, the insertion plate very short 
and not projecting beyond the tegmentum. About twenty-three slits can 
be counted, the teeth as in anterior valve. Girdle leathery, covered with 
short brown spinelets. Length of type, 59 mm.; breadth, 40 mm. 

“Habitat: Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. 

“Station: On rocks about low tide.’ 


25. EUDOXOCHITON IMITATOR. 
Plate x.. figs. 19-21. 


1914. Eudoxochiton imitator, Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., xi., 30, pl. 1, figs. 5, 7, 
9. Sunday Island, Kermadece Group. Type in Canterbury 
Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand. 

1915. Eudoxochiton perplexus var. imitator Oliver, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 
1914, 557. 


“Shell large, oval, depressed; valves slightly keeled, side slopes straight, 
girdle leathery with short spinelets. General coloration uniform dark- 
brown, girdle pale greenish-brown. Sculpture as in preceding species. 
Contrasted with the foregoing species the valves are more depressed, pos- 
terior valve with mucro planate, almost central. Inside coloration pure 
white. Sutural laminae longer than in the above species, and the sinus 
even less pronounced. Insertion plates longer, and the anterior valve with 
more than twenty-five teeth, the posterior about twenty-two. Girdle 
leathery, with short brown spinelets. Length of type: 59 mm.; breadth, 40 
mm. 

“Habitat: Sunday Island, Kermadec Group. 

“Station: On rocks below low tide. 

se . The Eudoxochitons of Sunday Island are very puzzling, as the 
existence of two forms on such a small island I could scarcely credit my- 
self. Yet the shells seem easily separable into two lots, which might be 
classed as varieties of nobilis Gray; they differ in general forms as much 
from each other as from that species, and are both less elevated. One 
form is even lower than huttoni Pils., though in the characters and number 
of the teeth it absolutely agrees with the other... . 


94 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


“Remarks: I have here admitted the two forms above indicated as dis- 
tinct species, and would fully note the differences observed. £. perplexus 
was first collected, and it was noted as being less elevated than E. nobilis 
Gray, though quite unlike Z. huttoni Pils. Collectors of Eudozochiton well 
know the rarity of the genus, and very few specimens were obtained. Valves 
were not uncommonly met with on the beach, and examination of these 
constantly gave the number of slits in the anterior and posterior valves as 
about twenty-two or twenty-three. . 

“In the winter the sand moved along the north coast and forced a 
large number of Eudozochiton to come up to iow water mark. This un- 
expected opportunity was greedily seized to collect every specimen, and it 
was then found that the majority of these differed in their depressed form 
and darker coloration, which was noticeable at sight. Moreover, they were 
beautifully clean specimens, such as had never been collected before. In 
New Zealand, even the smallest specimens of these Chitons are covered 
with ugly extraneous growths, and the earlier collected Kermadec speci- 
mens were dirty and worn. I have now concluded that this depressed form 
must be a deeper water dweller. It is easily separated from E. perplexus 
by its depressed form, different posterior valve, and longer teeth, whilst 
the coloration is also darker. It cannot be confused with either E£. nobilis 
Gray or E. huttoni Pilsbry, and, on account of its pseudo-resemblance to 
the latter, I have called it E. imitator. 

“There would seem to be grounds for supposing the depressed form to 
be the oldest, as juveniles of all four species are very flattened and scarcely 
determinable. The girdle is simply leathery with a crinkled appearance, 
with only signs of the short spinelets thereon. I have juveniles of the 
Kermadec species which I would not definitely distinguish, since I do not 
think they could be easily differentiated from juveniles of EF. nobilis Gray, 
which I collected in the South Island of New Zealand. It is certain that 
the Kermadec species are smaller than the New Zealand ones, the valves 
being comparatively broader and the girdle comparatively narrower. The 
largest Kermadec specimen is under 70 mm. long and 45 mm. broad, whilst 
an average sized Neozelanic E. nobilis ‘Gray, measures 75 mm. long by 50 
mm. broad, and specimens 110 mm. in length are known to exist. These 
measurements are taken from specimens with the girdle well preserved 
and flattened.” 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX. 


Fig. 1. Ischnochiton circumvallatus Reeve, whole shell. 

2. Quaestiplax wilsoni Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 

3. Terenochiton inquinatus Reeve, whole shell. 

4. Terenochiton inquinatus Reeve, exterior of median valve, copied 
from Odhner, Stewart Island. 

5. Terenochiton inquinatus Reeve, exterior of median valve, copied 
from Odhner, Campbell Island. 

6. Terenochiton inquinatus Reeve, exterior of median valve, copied 
from Odhner, Auckland. 

7. Terenochiton norfolcensis Hedley & Hull, whole shell. 

8. Terenochiton norfolcensis Hedley & Hull, exterior of anterior valve. 
9. Terenochiton norfolcensis Hedley & Hull, exterior of median valve. 
10. Terenochiton norfolcensis Hedley & Hull, exterior of posterior valve. 

11. Terenochiton subtropicalis Iredale, whole shell. 
12. Terenochiton subtropicalis Iredale, side view of whole shell. 


Fig.. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 95 


Terenochiton otagoensis Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 
Terenochiton catenatus Hedley & Hull, whole shell. 

Terenochiton catenatus Hedley & Hull, exterior of anterior valve. 
Terenochiton catenatus Hedley & Hull, exterior of median valve. 
Terenochiton catenatus Hedley & Hull, exterior of posterior valve. 
Terenochiton fairchildi Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 

Terenochiton fairchildi Iredale & Hull, exterior of anterior valve. 
Parachiton mestayerae Iredale, whole shell. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE &X. 


Icoplax empleura Hutton, whole shell. 

Icoplax empleura Hutton, exterior of anterior valve. 

Icoplax empleura Hutton, exterior of median valve. 

Icoplax empleura Hutton, exterior of posterior valve. 

Icoplax empleura Hutton, interior of posterior valve. 

Icoplax kapitiensis Mestayer, whole shell, copied from Mestayer. 

Icoplax kapitiensis Mestayer, side view of whole shell, copied from 
Mestayer. 

Icoplax sulculata Suter, anterior valve, copied from Suter. 

Icoplax sulculata Suter, posterior valve, copied from Suter. 

Icoplax sulculata Suter, girdle scales, copied from Suter. 

Icoplax sulculata Suter, median valve, copied from Suter. 

Paricoplax crocina Reeve, whole shell. 

Paricoplax crocina Reeve, exterior of median valve. 

Paricoplax mortenseni Odhner, whole shell, copied from Odhner. 

Paricoplax mortenseni Odhner, exterior of median valve, copied 
from Odhner. 

Eudoxochiton perplerus Iredale, whole shell. 

Eudozochiton perplerus Iredale, side view of whole shell. 

Eudozochiton perplexus Iredale, median valve to show elevation. 

Eudozochiton imitator Iredale, whole shell. 

Eudozochiton imitator Iredale, side view of whole shell. 

Eudozochiton imitator Iredale, median valve to show elevation. 

Eudozochiton nobilis Gray, median valve to show elevation. 

Eudoxochiton nobilis Gray, girdle covering. 

Eudozochiton huttoni Pilsbry, median valve to show elevation, copied 
from Pilsbry. 

Paricoplax perscrutanda Iredale & Hull, whole shell. 

Paricoplaz perscrutanda Iredale & Hull, girdle scales. 

Icoplax kapitiensis Mestayer, girdle scales, copied from Mestayer. 


96 


NEW FORMS OF MOSAIC-TAILED RATS (MELOMYS AND UROMYS) 
FROM HINCHINBROOK ISLAND, QUEENSLAND. 


By E. Le G. Troucuton and A. S. LE Souer, C.M.Z.S. 
(By Permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 


Well known to travellers on the Queensland coast. Hinchinbrook 
Island is 20 miles long, from 5 to 9 miles wide, and separated from the 
mainland by a channel from a half to 3 miles broad. Having for some 
time previously received interesting notes and imperfect material indi- 
cating the presence of a variety of small mammals, one of us (A. S. Le 
Souef) visited the island in September, 1928, accompanied by a party of 
friends, with a view to collecting a representative series of specimens. 

The rugged, mountainous, and heavily wooded nature of the island 
unfortunately restricted field work to the foreshores, and the comparative 
richness of the fauna is indicated by the fact that during the brief sojourn 
several bandicoots (Isoodon) and five species of rats were secured. It is 
interesting to note that, according to observations and statements of the 
residents, there is a striking absence of all arboreal or carnivorous marsu- 
pials, such as phalangers and native cats, though these are numerous on 
the mainland. 

Three of the four species of Murinae are of the naked, scaly, or mosaic- 
tailed variety, and are, apparently, subspecifically distinct from the main- 
land forms. Though the differences in some respects may seem slight, 
they are sufficient to indicate fairly prolonged isolation from the mainland. 
The somewhat complex affinities of the forms dealt with in the following 
notes, coupled with the uncertainty as to the number of species occurring 
in Queensland, appear to render the mosaic-tailed rats from Hinchin- 
brook of unusual interest and to warrant the separate treatment accorded 
them. 

MELOMYS LITTORALIS INSULAE SUDSp. nNOv. 


Apparently similar in colour to the typical form of the mainland, and 
differing most noticeably in the character of the tail, which has larger 
scales and is shorter than the head and body, instead of being consider- 
ably longer, as indicated for the typical subspecies. 

The general colour of the fur of the back, which is soft, fine, and 
close, is a brownish cinnamon resulting from the cinnamon band on the 
upper part of the fur and the pencilling of the sepia tips. On the under- 
surface the fur is pale grey basally, tipped with light pinkish cinnamon 
(Ridgway) which is warmest on the throat and chest. Ear conch dark 
sepia externally, sepia within. Pes sparsely covered with very pale pinkish 
cinnamon hairs. Manus with a narrow bar of sepia extending on to the 
outer metacarpals. The tail, which is medium brown above and yellowish 
below, is from 5-12 mm. shorter than the head and body in three adults 
preserved in alcohol, instead of being about 22 mm. longer, as measured in 
the holotype skin of the typical form; the scales differ in being somewhat 
larger, averaging 13-14, as opposed to 18-19, rings to a centimetre. 

Skull dimensions differ but slightly, and in the absence of any descrip- 
tion of the skull, or specimens of the typical form, it is not clear if definite 
differences exist. 

Dimensions (holotype in alcohol): Head and body, 128; tail, 112; hind- 
foot, 25.5; ear length, 14.3; breadth flattened, 13 mm. 

Skull: Greatest length, 30.2; condylo-incisive length, 27.8; zygomatic 
breadth, 15.4; nasals, 10.7; interorbital breadth, 4.3; palatilar length, 13.4; 
breadth of brain-case, 13; palatal foramina, 5; upper molar series, 5.9. 


TROUGHTON AND LE SOUEF. 97 


Habitat: Hinchinbrook Island, near Cardwell, north coast of Queens- 
land. 

Holotype: Adult male, registered Aust. Mus., No. .M. 4382. Other 
specimens are female allotype and six paratypes. 

In his description of the typical form, Lonnberg (1) refers to the possi- 
bility of it being a dwarfed littoral race of M. cervinipes, and that it dif- 
fered very plainly in being much smaller and slenderer in every respect, 
thus resembling the group of small Melomys forms described by Thomas 
at various times. Examination of the series of M. littoralis insulae from 
Hinchinbrook Island, and comparison of their external and cranial dimen- 
sions with those of the typical form and M. cervinipes from Queensland, 
leave no apparent doubt that littoralis is a distinct form allied to the small 
M. australius of Cape York and murinus of Murray Island, rather than to 
the larger cervinipes or banfieldi. It differs from the equally small 
australius and murinus in having a longer tooth-row and nasals; from the 
former it also differs in lacking the variable line of white along the middle 
of the belly, and lacks, correspondingly, the white undersurface of murinus. 

The Specimens were only taken adjacent to some high grass, known as 
“blady grass,” about 3-4 ft. high, in which they built nests fairly well up 
amongst the stems; the nests were circular, about 5 in. in diameter, and of 
similar size to a blue wren’s nest. 


MELOMYS CERVINIPES PALLIDUS, subsp. nov. 


An insular race which is very closely allied to M. c. eboreus from 
Ravenshoe, North Queensland, altitude 2,900 ft., but apparently differing 
in more completely lacking the reddish coloration above, and in being more 
buffy beneath, while the tooth-row appears to be slightly shorter. 

General colour of the fur above, which lacks the woolly texture of a 
New South Wales specimen of cervinipes, is composed of a short tipping of 
light pinkish cinnamon, interspersed with a pencilling of blackish-brown 
from the tips. The sides are buffy grey, the belly being washed with light 
pinkish cinnamon, most noticeable on the sides; there is a whitish strip 
down the centre of the chest and a similar area about the inguinal region. 
Ear a little smaller than in eboreus. 

Skull dimensions similar to those of eboreus, agreeing in being smaller 
than those of the typical form; tooth-row a little smaller than in the allied 
subspecies. 

Dimensions of the holotype in alcohol: Head and body, 136; tail, 144; 
hind foot, 28; ear, 17.5 mm. 

Skull: Greatest length, 34; condylo-incisive length, 31.4; nasals, 11.3; 
interorbital breadth, 5.3; palatilar length, 15.2; breadth of brain-case, 14.2; 
palatal foramina, 6.2; upper molar series, 6.5. 

Habitat: Hinchinbrook Island, near Cardwell, Queensland. 

Holotype: Adult male, registered No. M.4379. Other specimens, allo- 
type female, and one juvenile. 

In the absence of topotypical material of Melomys banfieldi, described 
by de Vis from Dunk Island, Thomas (A.M.N.H., 1913) regarded that form 
as doubtfully distinct from M. cervinipes, but later (A.M.N.H., 1924) re- 
ferred to “The rather smaller M. banfieldi, de Vis, with whitish under- 
surface, occurring commonly on the Cape York Peninsula,’ and remarked 
that, lacking material, “it is just possible that the Cape York animal may 
prove different.” He also expressed the opinion that Lonnberg’s littoralis 
would seem to be referable to banfieldi. Whether banfieldi occurs at Cape 
York or no, there is apparently no doubt that it represents a distinct, if 
closely allied, species from cervinipes; dimensions of two Dunk Island 
adults show them to possess relatively shorter ears and longer nasals than 


(1) Lonnberg, Kungl. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl., lii., 2, p. 5, 


98 NEW FORMS OF MOSAIC-TAILED RATS. 


in cervinipes, while the coloration of the back appears to be generally much 
richer, being from ochraceous-tawny to sayal, pencilled with sepia to 
mummy-brown. The coloration and proportionately longer nasals 
markedly distinguish banfieldi from the adjacent insular form, M. cer- 
vinipes pallidus. The teeth of the two insular forms, however, agree in 
being smaller than the mainland subspecies of cervinipes. It has already © 
been shown that the dimensions of littoralis distinguish it from cervinipes; 
comparison of its dimensions with specimens of banfieldi, quite apart from 
colour, also leave no doubt that Lonnberg’s species is distinct from the 
latter. 
UROMYS MACROPUS EXILIS subsp. nov. 


Differentiated from U. sherrini and allied to U. macropus by the 
character of the interorbital region and ridges on the cranium, as well as 
by the longer skull and hind feet. Distinguished from the typical Cape 
York form by the comparatively greater breadth immediately behind the 
rudimentary postorbital projections, and between the ridges on the parie- 
tals, as well as by the warmer yellowish-brown coloration, whiter under- 
surface, and somewhat shorter tail. 

General colour of the back mainly bright yellowish-brown, composed 
of ochraceous-tawny on the shoulders and about clay colour on the rest 
of the back, intermingled with shining blue-black and blackish-brown 
hairs, which are thickest on the centre of the back and sides of the 
shoulders. Sides buffy-grey; snout, from between eyes to its tip, and on 
sides, of a drab buffy-grey; limbs buffy-grey; manus and pes white. Under- 
surface creamy white. Tail proportionately somewhat shorter than in the 
mainland forms. 

The character of the orbito-parietal region definitely allies this form 
with U. macropus, while development laterally of the interorbital edges 
caused by the greater flattening and overhanging of the orbits, as well as 
the even greater width between the rudimentary postorbital projections 
and between the ridges of the parietals, separates this form subspecifically 
from the typical Cape York form of macropus. The upper profile of the 
skull is noticeably less bowed than in two Cape York specimens, in which 
there is a decided hump or convexity in the naso-frontal region, not pre- 
sent in the insular skull. Tooth-row slightly shorter than in the two 
mainland examples. 

Dimensions of the holotype in alcohol: Head and body, 276; tail, 314; 
hind foot, 60; ear, 30 mm. 

Skull: Condylo-incisive length, 68.5; zygomatic breadth, 36.3; nasals, 
26.4; frontal, breadth at middle of orbital (not orbito-zygomatic) fossa, 
11.6; breadth immediately behind rudimentary postorbital projections, 
16.4; greatest breadth between ridges on parietals, 20.4; palatilar length, 
36.5; palatal foramina, 8.5; upper molar series (worn), 12 mm. 

Habitat: Hinchinbrook Island, near Cardwell, Queensland. 

Holotype: Female adult, registered Aust. Mus., No. M.4378. A single 

specimen. 
a Comparison of the above dimensions of the orbito-parietal region with 
those of U. sherrini shows them to agree with the condition described by 
Thomas for U. macropus. The shortness of the sparse fur of the back also 
distinguishes this subspecies from sherrini from an altitude of 2,900 ft., 
while the warmer coloration and shorter tail separate it as a subspecies of 
the latter. 

Regarding habits, Lonnberg has recorded the capture of a female from 
Milla-Milla, Northern Queensland, “from the nest in the top of a hollow, 
rotten tree.” Collett wrote of U. macropus as being “not uncommon in 
hollow trees in the plains, where they are eaten by the natives.” Thomas 
has suggested that the forms listed by both authors are probably ~ 


THE CRAB-EATING SEAL—LE SOUEF. 99 


synonymous with his sherrini. In our opinion, this is probably so regard- 
ing the highland Milla-Milla specimen, but the specimen from the plains 
about Herbert Vale, recorded by Collett, by virtue of locality and greater 
length of the skull, appears reconcilable to U. macropus. 

The Hinchinbrook form lives almost entirely on the coast, feeding 
mostly on the introduced cocoanuts which the residents have great diffi- 
culty in keeping from them; there were abundant signs of the powerful 
teeth having gnawed through the shells, while cocoanut was the only bait 
successfully used for them. 


OCCURRENCE OF THE CRAB-EATING SEAL LOBODON CARCINOPHAGA 
HOMBRON AND JACUINOT, IN NEW SOUTH WALES. 


By A. S. LE Souer, C.M.Z.S. 
Plate xi., fig. 2. 


The Crab-eater, or, as it is sometimes called The White Antarctic Seal, 
is an inhabitant of the southern seas, round the Antarctic Continent. It 
has been noted on Graham Land and in the vicinity of the Bay of Whales, 
and is fairly numerous at times on the coast of Patagonia. Whilst the Sea 
Leopard (Ogmorhinus leptonyx) is not infrequently reported off our coasts 
during the winter months, the Crab-eater is very rare in our coastal seas, 
for, as far as can be traced, there are only two previous records of it hav- 
ing come ashore in Australia. This particular specimen came on to the 
Manly beach early in July, 1929, and was secured by the Taronga Park 
Trust. It lived only until the 23rd idem. 

The general colour is silvery-cream, shining in the sunlight, mottled 
with dark grey on the sides of the neck, flanks and lower part of the body. 
The hind flippers are blackish-grey. Tail spatulate, about five by two 
inches. Eyes large and black. 

Its movement on land is slow, and it can only progress by a series of 
jerks, there being no lifting power at all in the flippers. In the water, 
however, it is very much at home and very graceful. The call is not very 
loud, resembling that of a calf. 

Naturalists in Antarctica have been puzzled as to the origin of scars 
on the bodies of seals. A leopard seal that came ashore last year had large 
curved marks on the body that seemed to have been made by the jaws of 
a shark. The specimen under review had two deep scars on the flank, as 
well as some punctured wounds, possibly caused by the canine teeth of an- 
other seal. 

The teeth of this seal are of a very peculiar shape, being rather flat, 
with several lobes. It is supposed to feed on small crabs and shrimps, the 
teeth probably acting as sieves to allow water to escape while retaining 
the crustacea in the mouth. 

The specimen was in an exhausted condition for several days and 
ignored fish, such as are eaten greedily by the captive furred seals. Later, 
when the fish were taken by it, the method of feeding was peculiar in that 
it removed the skin of the fish, ate the flesh and left the bones and head 
intact. It is, of course, not clear as to whether this method of eating fish 
was due to the exceptional conditions of captivity, or if fish would be eaten 
to any extent in the wild state; sheer hunger at the absence of usual diet 
may have influenced the animal to eat the fish. It is notable that the 
captive took no interest in dead shore crabs, indicating that small brit-like 
pelagic crustaceans, far removed from ordinary littoral forms, are its usual 
menu. 

Admiral Evans, who had experience in the Antarctic, informed me that 
the stomachs of all specimens of this seal examined by him contained the 
small crustacea commonly called “Brit” (Euphausia spp.) by the whalers. 


100 ee 


INTRODUCTION OF THE GREAT CARP CYPRINUS CARPIO 
INTO WATERS OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


By Davip G. STEAD. 


In his “Additions to the Check-List of the Fishes of New South Wales, 
No. 2,” on page 356 of the present volume of this journal, G. P. Whitley re- 
cords Cyprinus carpio. Mr. Whitley’s record is based upon a specimen 
which died in captivity in the aquarium at Taronga Zoological Park, 
Sydney, and which had come from one of the ponds at Prospect, New 
South Wales. As no record of the origin of the present stock at Prospect 
has been published in any scientific journal, it appears to be desirable to 
here set down some details. 

As at present existing in their semi-wild state at Prospect these carp 
consist of True, or “Scale,’ Carp and King, or “Mirror,” Carp—with, pro- 
bably, a certain number of the scaleless forms known as Leather Carp. 
Though existing now in fairly large numbers, they all originated from a 
few specimens brought into this State in 1907 and 1908. 

In the year 1907, considerable interest was being taken in Sydney in 
the formation of small private aquaria. Incidentally, this led to the 
founding of the first Aquarium Society, in the same year. From this period 
onwards many kinds of fishes suited to aquarium keeping were imported 
by individuals and by various shopkeepers. Among the species brought in 
were many kinds of cyprinoids of Europe and Asia; eels, catfishes, climb- 
ing “perch,” gurami, fighting fish (Betta), paradise fish, and others from 
south-eastern Asia, several kinds, including Medaka or rice-fish, from 
Japan, catfishes, poeciliids, (or “top minnows’), cichlids and others from 
Central and South America. In very few instances did the possessors of 
the fishes know anything about them as regards identity or their relation- 
ships; and this led to a very great confusion of names and the application 
ul some extraordinary names, which to-day are found among aquarium 
keepers in this country. Such names as ‘“Mouth-breeding Carp” for fishes 
entirely dissimilar to the members of the carp family, and “Life-bearing 
Carp” for some of the viviparous killifishes, are among these. 

One day as I was examining the fish stocks of a bird and animal dealer 
at a shop in George Street, Sydney, right opposite Bridge Street, I noticed 
among several hundreds of plain and golden carp Carassius auratus, of 
from two to four inches in length, a few which possessed the typical barbels 
of Cyprinus carpio. A close inspection of these revealed that they were 
indeed of the species named, and which is known variously as “Asiatic,” 
“Prussian,” “German” and “Common” Carp, in literature. Twelve of these, 
ranging from two to two and a half inches in length, were secured—at a 
cost, it may be mentioned, of sixpence each. This was December 11, 1907. 

Nine of these small carp were sent to Prospect, where they were placed 
in what was known as No. 1 pond, in the series known as the Bloxsome 
Ponds—frequently termed the “inlet” ponds, because of their situation at 
the point where the water for Sydney water supply passes from the canal 
into the Prospect Reservoir. Three of the carp were kept in small aquaria 
by myself for several years. Three years afterwards, when some of the 
carp at Prospect had attained to as much as five pounds in weight, these 
were (though quite healthy) only about three inches in length and weighed 
about one ounce! This is worthy of mention, as indicating the effect of 
environment upon a most adaptable fish. 

All of these carp, it should be mentioned, were of the variety called 
True Carp or Scale Carp, because of the whole body being covered with 
scales—as in normal wild examples. 


—— a 


STEAD. 101 


On November 2, 1908, I obtained (under very similar circumstances to 
those previously mentioned) six very small specimens of the Mirror or King 
Carp. This is the variety in which the skin is partly naked and partly 
covered with extraordinarily large scales. (A further variation of this is 
the Saddle Carp, in which there are large plate-like scales along the back, 
while the rest of the skin is naked). These Mirror Carp were about two 
inches in length. These were transferred by me to a race in the trout 
hatchery; or, more correctly, to a race between two of the trout ponds, 
where they were hand-fed for about a year and a half. 

I now quote from a “Report upon two varieties of Cyprinus carpio: 
‘True Carp’ and ‘Mirror (or ‘King’) Carp’ in the Department’s Ponds at 
Prospect Reservoir,” furnished by myself to the Board of Fisheries, on 
March 18, 1910. From this report also the foregoing information has been 
largely drawn. Speaking of the scaled carp, the report says:— 


Upon visiting these ponds yesterday for the purpose of ascertain- 
ing the result and of ascertaining the species of carp present, I found 
that there were some large fish in No. 1 pond; and, upon watching 
them closely as they came to the surface, I was able to recognise ~ 
them as the True Carp. I cannot say how many there are, but there 
appeared to be about half a dozen. 

Considering the “smallness” of their surroundings and that they 
have subsisted upon the natural food, I was astounded at the pro- 
gress that they had made. As far as I could judge (as they came 
repeatedly to the surface) they run from about 24 to 4 lb. in weight. 
This speaks volumes for the size they might be expected to attain 
to in some of the western lagoons and billabongs. They have been 
in the Bloxsome Ponds for 2 years and 3 months. 

As these large fishes came to the surface to take the floating 
food offered them they caused quite a swirl. They would be a great 
temptation to the line fisherman. 


At the time of this visit no small fry of the species were seen, but, 
as later experience showed, they were actually present at that time. 
The report further proceeds, in regard to the Mirror Carp, which had 
been placed in the trout race sixteen and a half months before:— 


At the time of placing them there, these were only about 2 inches 
long. Now, notwithstanding the unsuitable conditions of their sur- 
roundings and that they have been hand-fed, they have increased 
enormously and they run from 12 to 15 inches in length—and, I 
should say, from about 2 to 3 lb. One is missing, as there are only 
five there now. 


As the Scale Carp and the Mirror Carp were of the same species and 
would breed together, it was decided to place them all in No. 1 pond of the 
inlet series. Authority was obtained to thoroughly overhaul these ponds— 
in some of which Murray Cod and Australian Bass (Eastern “Freshwater” 
Perch) were being kept—and, in the course of this it was discovered that 
some of the Scale Carp ran to about five pounds in weight, while there was 
evidence of breeding in the presence of a number of small fry. After the 
whole of the stock had been placed together, a system of regular hand- 
feeding was instituted, to prevent the carp from destroying their own 
spawn—or, at least, to mitigate the trouble. In 1911 a woman caretaker 
was appointed to the charge of these ponds. The food given to the carp 
was mainly bread, supplemented at times with a little minced bullock 


102 NEW LORICATE FROM QUEENSLAND. 


heart and liver. In addition to this the fish obtained large numbers of 
the small freshwater shrimp and of aquatic insects. 

It is rather of importance to say that it was at this stage that the 
name of “Crucian Carp” was applied in his reports by an officer of the De- 
partment to the fish under consideration, and was picked up by some of 
the residents at Prospect-—hence the present tendency on the part of some 
people there to call the fish by that name. But at no time were any true 
Crucian Carp at Prospect, so far as is known. I have thought it necessary 
to point this out, because Mr. Whitley mentions that it was sometimes 
known at Prospect by that name. 

The Bloxsome Ponds, I might mention, were the original trout ponds, 
many years ago, at Prospect. After the Prcspect hatchery and trout ponds 
were constructed, however, the Bloxsome Ponds fell into disuse, and were 
given over to a dense growth of weeds and water plants. Their natural 
fish population up to the time of the introduction of the specimens of 
Cyprinus carpio consisted of numerous examples of the little carp and 
goldfish Carassius auratus, the perch known as Australian Bass, the Minnow 
(Galaxias), the Carp-Gudgeon, Carassiops compressus, the Striped Gud- 
geon, Mogurnda australis, the Flat-headed Gudgeon, Philypnodon grandi- 
ceps, and the Common Eel. 


A NEW LORICATE FROM QUEENSLAND. 


By Joun S. Mackay, M.D., 
Melbourne. 


ACANTHOCHITON PELICANENSIS Sp. nov. 
Plate xi. 


The author spent a week in August, 1928, at Emu Park, a seaside re- 
sort some 30 miles from Rockhampton, in Queensland. This spot is of note 
as the type locality of that beautiful loricate Rhyssoplax venusta Hull. 

In Keppel Bay are a number of islands. One of these, known as 
Pelican Island, lies about four miles from the mainland, and is well 
sheltered on the east by the large North and South Keppel Islands. 

Pelican Island is visited two or three times a week by the fishermen 
who gather oysters. The tides being favourable, advantage was taken of 
one of these trips to pay a visit to the island on August 15, 1928. 

The island appears to be of basalt formation, largely weathered, and 
might cover fifteen acres, rising to a hill of a hundred feet or so. It is well 
covered with lantana and other scrub, and there are several patches of 
prickly pear, which grows well down to the level of the spring tides. 

The basalt rocks on the foreshores are plentifully covered with oysters, 
and in the interstices are numerous specimens of the emergent loricate 
Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry. 

A shallow muddy pool at about haif tide level on the south side of the 
island was thoroughly searched. Here were taken specimens of what a 
glance proclaimed to be something new. 

Only three specimens were taken, two measuring 73 x 3 mm. The 
third was 54 x 2 mm. 

Family CRYPTOCONCHIDAE. 

Genus Acanthochiton. 

Type locality: Pelican Island, Keppel Bay, near Emu Park, Queensland. 

Description: Shell small, elongate oval, elevated, keeled, slightly 
beaked, side slopes flattened. Colour yellowish white, darker on jugum. 


MACKAY. 103 


Anterior valve, sculptured with 18 to 20 boldly elevated, nodulose, con- 
verging ribs, the nodules being convex and coalesced. A proportion of 
these ribs do not reach the apex, and some appear to end abruptly at vary- 
ing lengths, forming a definite and characteristic pattern of “longs” and 
“shorts.” ; 

Median valves, central and lateral areas not differentiated, but sculp- 
tured as in anterior valve. Those IJirae closest to the mid-line are com- 
posed of smaller pustules and run longitudinally. The remainder diverge 
fan-wise so as to run radially at the posterior margin. The same pattern 
of “longs” and “shorts” is observed. 

Posterior valve, jugal area wedge-shaped and sculptured with six lines 
of convex pustules, diminishing in size towards the mucro, which is situated 
at the posterior two-thirds. 

Post-mucronal area concave, sculptured with about ten ribs on each 
side similar to those on anterior valve, but radiating from mucro and be- 
coming smaller and less distinct posteriorly. 

Girdle of medium width and leathery. Definite though meagre sutural 
tufts present. 

Interior white. Slits 5-1-2. Posterior valve faintly inter-slit and 
sinuate. Sutural laminae resemble those of granostriatus series. Sinus 
wide. 


Dimensions: 74 x 3 mm. (type, dried and slightly curled). 

Station: Under stones in a shallow muddy pool at half tide level. 

Remarks: The two larger specimens were reserved for type and dis- 
articulated co-type, and have been presented to the Australian Museum. 

Identification: The slitting and girdle at once place this shell in the 
family CRYPTOCONCHIDAE. ' 


Under the artificial separative scheme given by Iredale and Hull 
(Monograph of Australian Loricates, page 65) this shell would fall into 
genus Acanthochiton. Whilst agreeing generally with this genus, it does 
not conform to any of the various series into which the genus is divided. 

In general outline, as well as in the internal features, it approximates 
to the series of A. granostriatus. The same peculiar fan-shape of the in- 
dividual valves and the tendency for the valves to separate from each other 
at the lateral margins may be noted in several members of this series. 

The slitting and shape of sutural laminae also agree with A. grano- 
striatus, but the spiculose girdle is lacking and the sutural tufts are sparse. 

Apart from the possession of a leathery girdle it does not resemble the 
series of A. sweurii. 

It is placed accordingly in the genus Acanthochiton as the type of a 
new series. : 

The sculpture of the anterior valve is decidedly stronger than that of 
the other valves. Some of the short ribs under magnification of 70 dia- 
meters are shown to arise by divarication. In other instances (and par- 
ticularly on the median valves) the shorter lirae end abruptly at varying 
lengths. Some run only a quarter of the way; others from a half to two- 
thirds; whilst a few taper out to the apex. Examination of a larger series 
may show this appearance of “longs” and “shorts” to be a phase of 
growth. 


104 


NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF A SECOND SPECIES OF FRUIT-BAT 
(PTEROPUS SCAPULATUS) IN NEW SOUTH WALES. 


By ELLis LE G. TROUGHTON. 
(By Permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 


Some time ago, while working through the collection of local Pteropus 
in the Australian Museum, a specimen of Pt. scapulatus was discovered, 
from Gosford, about 30 miles north of Sydney, which had been incorrectly 
registered and labelled as poliocephalus. As the former was not con- 
sidered to extend farther south-east than Rockhampton, Queensland, I 
was about to record the extension of range when my friend and colleague, 
the late Allan R. McCulloch, advised that it would be better to await 
additional material, feeling that the occurrence of the single specimen so 
far south of its known range implied that there had possibly been an error 
in registration. 

By a coincidence, confirmation came from entirely different sources at 
the same time, early in 1927, when a specimen of Pt. scapulatus, which had 
been secured at Wellington, New South Wales, was sent in for identification 
by Mr. C. Fahey, who presented it to the Museum. Additional evidence 
was contained in a very interesting letter from the late H. L. White, of 
Belltrees, Scone, which indicated that large camps of this species had oc- 
casionally been established near his home, though not observed there since 
1917. 

Regarding the small red “foxes” which were evidently Pt. scapulatus, 
the following interesting extract may be quoted from Mr. White’s letter, 
which gave the necessary permission for publication: ‘Some years ago I 
was in correspondence [May to August, 1916] upon the subject of the fly- 
ing fox with Sir Baldwin Spencer, of the National Museum, Melbourne, and 
sent him a couple of specimens of a small bat, shot in my fig trees at Bell- 
trees, and new to me.” After explaining that these were identified as 
juveniles of the common species, Mr. White says that he had seen hundreds 
of young Pt. poliocephalus and felt sure he was not mistaken in considering 
them to be different. 

His letter continues: “I received confirmation from an unexpected 
quarter, a Mr. Wyndham, of Tamworth, writing me [October 27, 1916] to 
say a camp of small red foxes had established itself in the district. Sir 
Baldwin sent him a tin of spirits for specimens, but before same arrived 
the camp left. I never got any satisfaction and I am still puzzled about - 
the species; the bat is much smaller than our common species, with dark 
reddish brown body.” ; 

The remarks on size and the colour left little doubt that both the 
small Tamworth and Scone specimens were Pt. scapulatus, the identifica- 
tion being even more definitely “warranted by the occurrence of the speci- 
men at Gosford, which is about 60 miles south of Scone. The definite 
identification of the specimen from Wellington, nearly a hundred miles 
west of Scone, is interesting, both as further indicating the probability of 
scapulatus occurring at Scone and Tamworth, and in supplying a record 
from unusually far inland. The following general notes on the history, 
diagnostic characters, and range of the species may prove useful to those 
interested in the local fruit-bats from the scientific or economic point of 
view. 

The species was described by Peters in 1862, the type specimen being 
an adult female from Cape York, now in the Berlin Museum. The single 
synonym, Pteropus elseyi, was made by Gray in 1866, founded on speci- 
mens from Claremont Island, north-east Queensland; the description of 


TROUGHTON. 105 


scapulatus was known to Gray, who erroneously considered it allied to,.if 
not identical with, poliocephalus. Matschie and Trouessart included 
scapulatus in the subgenus Spectrum, an arrangement rejected by Ander- 
sen in his “catalogue.” 

Differential characters: Apart from colour, the size, teeth, and com- 
paratively naked tibia readily distinguish the species from poliocephalus, 
the only fruit-bat hitherto considered to enter New South Wales. The 
forearm length ranges from 131-143 mm., as opposed to an average length 
of 160 mm. for poliocephalus, while the lower leg is quite naked above and 
beneath, excepting immediately below the knee, whereas in poliocephalus 
the tibia or lower leg above is thickly clothed to the ankle with unusually 
long hairs, and its undersurface is densely haired to a short distance from 
the ankle. The furring or otherwise of the tibia thus supplies a quick and 
extremely simple means of distinguishing between the two local species. 

As Anderson has pointed out, scapulatus is readily distinguished from 
any other known species of Pteropus by the combination of these two 
characters: Cheek-teeth excessively narrow, ears long and pointed. It is 
the only medium-sized (forearm 131-143 mm.) species with degenerated 
cheek-teeth, the three others of the genus with similar teeth, swbniger, 
personatus and woodfordi being very small (forearm 86-99). Of these, 
woodfordi of the Solomons is most nearly allied to scapulatus, but it is a 
short-eared species. 

The colour of the body fur is dark reddish brown, sometimes grizzled 
with paler tips, the head is a grizzled grey-brown, the collar cinnamon or 
russet, and the hair on the undersides of the wings pale straw-yellow. In 
some specimens an ill-defined spinal stripe divides the mantle or collar 
into a right and left ‘“shoulder-patch,” probably inspiring the name scapu- 
latus. The males have glandular neck-tufts on each side in front of the 
shoulder, composed of rigid buff-coloured hairs. 

Range.—Besides the New South Wales specimens, scapulatus is re- 
presented in the Australian Museum collection by two skins from. Broome, 
north-western Australia, which were received in exchange from the Perth 
Museum, labelled as gouldi, and its synonym funereus, Cape York, and some 
excellent specimens collected near Rockhampton in 1925 by Mr. Anthony 
Musgrave, of the Museum staff. 

The species has been recorded from the Fitzroy River in the Kimberley 
division of Western Australia, the South Alligator River in Arnhem Land, 
and from numerous coastal localities in Queensland, from Cape York and 
Thursday Island to as far south as Mackay. The occurrence of the species 
almost to the Sydney district in New South Wales thus greatly extends the 
already huge range of the form. One would naturally expect to find some 
differences, at least of subspecific importance, between the western and 
eastern specimens, but careful comparison of external and cranial dimen- 
sions of the Museum material with those listed by Andersen showed no 
material differences; it may be noted that that author had specimens from 
Kimberley, Western Australia, Arnhem Land, and Queensland, which he re- 
garded as representative of but one form. 

The Gosford specimen, received in 1903, and the Wellington one, were 
doubtless either taken or were stragglers from camps similar to those noted 
at Scone and Tamworth. Fruit-bats are often reported from the Hawkes- 
bury district, and it is very probable that scapulatus occurs in New South 
Wales, at least as far south as the Hawkesbury River, and inland as far as 
Wellington, far more often than one would suspect. The fact that laymen 
_ rarely differentiate between bats of comparatively similar form and size, or 
retain specimens from bat-shoots for the Museum, would apparently ex- 
plain the absence of records hitherto. 


106 SECOND SPECIES OF FRUIT-BAT IN N.S.W. 


It is interesting to note that in the correspondence cited above, Mr. 
White controverted the belief, expressed in most popular works, that the 
fruit-bats or “flying-foxes” may cling to one another in camp. He wrote: 
“T have observed many camps containing many thousands of bats, but 
never saw them clinging to each other; in fact, they are such bad tem- 
pered quarrelsome beasts that I feel sure the idea is wrong. In a very 
large camp the bats are frequently seen in festoons from tree to tree, but 
always hanging on a vine or pliable branch, the latter bending over when 
fully laden, while in a fine series of photos taken near my home at Bell- 
trees the bats are in no case shown to be touching.” In response to the 
inquiry of one possessed of such considerable experience, I could only say 
that statements of their clinging together have usually been attributed to 
excessively crowded conditions, and expressed the hope that those in a 
position to make first-hand observations may be able to clear up the point. 
There is no doubt, however, to my mind, that Mr. White’s contention is 
correct, especially in view of the irritable nature of the creatures, reports 
to the contrary probably being due to a misconception of the “festoons” 
which he describes. 

Writing of a specimen of scapulatus from Chillagoe, in the Cairns dis- 
trict, which he presented to the Museum, Mr. W. D. Campbell says: ‘“‘There 
were dozens of them to be seen hanging to the top branches of trees along 
the creek . . . but they did not stop long, about a fortnight, and then 
moved on somewhere. The flying opossums also seem to have departed.” 
The range of the larger poliocephalus extends from Cape Howe in Victoria 
to Cape York, and is therefore more restricted than that of scapulatus. 
Frequent and rapid migrations are typicai of the two species, and, as it is 
known that different kinds of fruits are favoured by different forms, there 
is an interesting course of investigation suggested, in which observations 
may indicate why their range overlaps for a certain area in eastern Aus- 
tralia, poliocephalus extending much farther south, and scapulatus, equally 
independently, reaching right across to the north-western. coast. 

The economic importance of these mammals as pests is well known, 
and the notes are published in the hope that they may even slightly assist 
workers engaged in studying habits and migrations with regard to the 
economic importance of the subject. 


A BAT COLONY. 


Mr. Albert De Lestang writes to Mr. A. S. Le Souef from Adel’s Grove, 
Burketown, North Queensland:— 


“Since coming to this part of the Gulf of Carpentaria I have noticed 
two or three species of rare parrots at long intervals which I cannot place 
in the list of our birds. Recently I watched a pair of these handsome but 
rare visitors at the topmost of the highest gum amongst other giant trees, 
and concluded that they had young somewhere in the tree. It was not 
this alone that kept me watching them, but their seeming frenzy at some 
object I could not see or guess at. It was a giant river gum of immense 
girth, to all appearance sound, not a dry branch visible, but I concluded 
otherwise, as a characteristic of this variety is that they are always more 
or less hollow. I therefore swung my axe at the bole, and when the tree 
crashed down, its limbs in hundreds of pieces, a writhing mass of squealing 
miniature piglets poured forth! Thousands of little bats swarmed the 
ground, seeking shelter. Hundreds of them scrambled over me, worming ~ 
their way into my clothes, biting and scratching me badly in their 
struggles. In much less time than it takes to write I backed from their 


CHECK LIST OF THE AUSTRALIAN BUPRESTIDAE. 107 


midst, but not until I had unwillingly killed or wounded many. These 
little creatures are useful insect destroyers. I think that not more than 30 
or 40 flew away, the remainder eventually crawling back into the broken 
hollow limbs thrown about the ground. Some of these broken pieces were 
over 12 feet in length, with pipe 18 inches in circumference, packed tight 
with these little animals. The bole was a huge pipe, the hollow over five 
feet in diameter, in parts filled with the bats. By same mail I am posting 
two of these little bats, thinking they may prove of interest to you or 
some of the Museums. Look at their pig-like face, at their pleasing fea- 
tures. Are they not winning creatures?” 

The bat has been identified by Mr. E. L. Troughton as Chaerephon 
plicatus colonicus Thomas. 


CHECK LIST OF THE AUSTRALIAN BUPRESTIDAE. 


Vide vol. v., pp. 265-304. 
CORRIGENDA. 


17. terraereginae for terracreginae. 

178. pygmaeus for pygmacus. 

209. cylindrica for cylindricus. 

404. chalcodera for chaleodera. 

407. donovani for donorani. 

478. The three synonyms alacris Kerr. 
libens Kerr. 
quadrinotata Blkb. 

should be under 478 aliernecosta Thoms. instead of under 480. 

549. dilatata for dilaticollis. 

644. 1838 for 1868. 

App.: p. 302. Chrysobotris for Chrysobolris. 

jakovilevi for jakavlevi. 


ADDENDA. 
Nascio parryi Hope, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1845, 103. .. .. .. N.S.W., V., T. 
Castiarina amplicollis Saund., Jour. Linn. Soc., 1868, 480. .. .. N.S.W. 
Castiarina canaliculata Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1892, 51... .. .. .. .. @. 
CastiarinajouleissBikpe ROY; SOC. S:-Asul900"4Ie oe oy je) ac en ae se aoe 
colorata Kerr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1898, 141. 
Castiarina erythroptera Boisd., Voy. Astral., 1835, 88... .. .. All States. 
Castiarina klugi L. & G., Mon., BR) Ye ke ae . .. East Australia. 
Castiarina montigena Oke., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1928, 28. ofeueevad te ev Wee 


Castiarina punctatosulcata Saund., Ins. Saund., 1869, 480. so INS We 
litigiosa Kerr., Soc. Ent. Belg., 1890, 45. 


Castiarina rubrocincta Gehin., Bull. Soc. Mos., 1855, 13... .. .. .. W.A. 
Castiarina subgrata Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1899, 157. .. .. .. N.S.W., V. 
campestris Kerr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1898, 139. 
Castiarina tropica Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922, 72... .. .. Cape York. 
§. G. Hyposticmopera Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1892, 215. 
VERO ULOMBIKD SMC wes See a Ce ee ee er Se ee ae ele 


SYNONYMS OMITTED. 


Under Bubastes cylindrica. 
var. euryspiloides Obenb., Arch. f. Naturg., 1922, 82. 
var. crassula Obenb., l.c., 1926, 192. 


108 OBITUARY. 


Under Melobasis interstitialis Blkb. 

costata Thoms. (n. praeoce.), Typ. Bup., App., 1879, 16. 
Under M. vittata Blkb. 

affinis Kerr., Ins., 1902, 159. Gen. 

cupreovittata Thoms., Typ. Bup. App., 1879, 22. 

inflammabilis Thoms., l.c., 19. 

viridicollis Kerr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1898, 127. 
Under Diceropygus suturalis Macl. 

? jacowleffi Kerr., Gen. Ins., 1902, 158. 
Under Pseudanilara cupripes Macl. 

var. occidentis Obenb., Arch. f. Naturg., 1924, 69. 
Under Castiarina atricollis Saund. 

var. deserti Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1892, 36. 
Under C. coeruleipes Saund. 

var. montana Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1916, 138. 
Under C. versicolor L. & G. 

decemguttata Gory., Mon. iv., 1841, 132. 

parva Saund., Ins. Saund., 1869, 26. 
Under Cyphogastra woodlarkiana Montr. 

goryi Boh., Bug. Reis. Zool., Vol. 2, 1858, 14. 


Note—As there still appears to be some doubt in the minds of some 
authors as to the validity of the names contained in a paper by Hope with 
the reference “Buprestidae, 1836,” readers may be referred to the full dis- 
cussion of this paper in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1867, pp. cix., cx. Also to 
Saunders’ note (Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, p. 2). 


OBITUARY. 
THE LATE ROWLAND ILLIDGE. 


On Tuesday, February 19, 1929, at ‘“Alcyone,” Bulimba, Brisbane, there 
passed away in his seventy-ninth year, Rowland Illidge—one of the finest 
nature lovers of Australia and the first honorary associate member of this 
Society. 

Rowland Illidge was born near London, and at the age of seven came 
to Sydney with his parents and lived at Newtown for two years before moy- 
ing to Brisbane. 

He was the kindliest of men, but of a somewhat retiring nature, but to 
his friends he was always ready to pass on any interesting note from his 
vast store of knowledge, both of birds and insects. He had a personal know- 
ledge of naturalists now long gone, and his accounts of them were always 
listened to with interest. He helped many entomologists in their work and 
for the last thirty years the writer has been much indebted to him for the 
gift or loan of specimens, and for many valuable notes. He was a delight- 
ful companion when collecting, where his experience was of the greatest 
value to his companions. 

For the distinguished services he had rendered to natural history in 
Australia, on the institution of honorary associate membership, the ento- 
mological section of this Society unanimously recommended him as the 
first to receive this honour and the Council of our Society confirmed this. 

His death is a loss to naturalists and a great gap has been left in 
Brisbane for those who always looked forward to seeing him when visiting 
there. 


G. A. W. 


PLATE I. 


Vol. vi. 


ZOOLOGIST 


THE AUSTRALIAN 


D 
a 
x 

7) 

o 
N 
25; 
Ww 


AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. 


PLATE II. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. 


———— 


gee 


AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. 


PLATE III. 


,OGIST, Vol. vi. 


Zool 


THE AUSTRALIAN 


= | 
[=) 
x 
O 
i) 
N 
= 
i) 


AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. 


PLATE Iv. 


Vol. vi. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST 


0 aE 
aE, ae 


= 


AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE, 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. PLATE V. 
ee 
Sternal 


/ S\ process =~ 

/ HE 

jah) (39 
EE): SS 


E.H.Zeck Del. 


Prosternal processes of Australian DRYOPIDAE. 


PLATE VI. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. 


E.H.Zeck Del. 


AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. PLATE VII. 


AUSTRALIAN DRYOPIDAE. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. PLATE VIII. 


il, 2 piayel Be 


Be 1 and 2. 
COLOUR AND ITS REPRODUCTION FOR LANTERN SLIDES. 


xX. 


PLATE I 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. 


NEOZELANIC LORICATES. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZooLocist, Vol. vi. PLATE X. 


NEOZELANIC LORICATES. 


i 


ty 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, PLATE XI. 


CRAB-EATING SEAL, Lobodon carcinophaga. 
Photograph by courtesy of “The Daily Guardian.” 


_ AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST || — 


EL 


Issued by the 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


Edited by 
A. F. BASSET HULL, 0.F.A.0.U. 


Vol. 6—Part 2 


(Price, 6/-.) 


Sydney, January 14, 1930. 


All communications to be addressed to the Hon, Secretary, 
Box 2399, General Post Ollice, Sydney. 


Sydney: 
Sydney and Molbourne Publishing Oo., Ltd., 29 Alberta St. 


Established 1879. 
REGISTERED UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 1899 (1917). 


COUNCIL, 1929-1930. 


President: — 
Anthony Musgrave, F.E.S. pict 3, 


Vice-Presidents: 


Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B., J. R. Kinghorn, C.M.ZS., A. J. Nicholson, Dees 
and G. A. ‘Waterhouse, D.Sc., B.E., FES. 


Members: 
hg Neville W. Cayley. W. W. Froggatt, F.LS. 
BN : A. H. Chisholm. __E. F. Pollock, J.P. RE 
Bey: Clifford Coles. T. C. Roughley. 
plat: Professor W. J. Dakin. David G. Stead. 
: noid E. A. D’Ombrain, MB., B.S Ellis Le G. Troughton. 
ee OFFICERS: ae 
es : . Hon. Secretary and Editor: A. F. Basset Hull, C.F.A.0.U. 


Assistant Hon. Secretary: E. J. Bryce, F.R.GS. 
Hon. Treasurer:: Phillip Shipway. 5 "h: 

Hon. Librarian: A. 8. Le Souef, CM.ZS. eet 
Hon. Auditor: R. J. Stiffe, A.C.A. (Aust.) a. 


7 OFFICERS OF SECTIONS: Ree 


Entomological Section. Ornithological Section. 
Chairman: A. J. Nicholson, D.Sc. Chairman: A. S. Le Souef, C.M.Z.S. 
Vice-Chairman: H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. Vice-Chairman: Tom Iredale. eS - 
Hon. Secretary: Keith C. McKeown. Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. 
; Committee: A. H. Chisholm, Clifford 

Marine Zoological Section. Coles, P. A. Gilbert, J. R. Kinghorn, 
Chairman: Tom Iredale. and Keith C. McKeown. ~ +e 
Vice-Chairman: G. P. Whitley. Hon. Secretary Field Club: J. K. Hind- — 


Hon. Secretary: W. Boardman. wood. 


109 


THE OPOSSUM MOUSE. 
(Dromicia nana.) 
By NorRMAN CHAFFER. 
(Plate xii.) 


On the 7th July, 1929, while searching for honeyeaters’ nests in an 
area of heath land in French’s Forest, near Sydney, I came upon an old 
nest of the yellow-winged honeyeater (Meliornis novae-hollandiae) in which 
the lining appeared to be very much disturbed. Upon investigating I was 
greatly surprised when a mouse jumped out. It had burrowed beneath and 
was completely covered by the lining of the nest, the soft velvety material 
from the banksia cones. I dropped down among the bushes and by a 
lucky chance managed to get my hand on the small mammal. _ The sur- 
rounding vegetation consisted of banksias, dwarf angophoras, grevillea, 
stunted eucalypts and numerous small flowering shrubs. 

It was a charming little creature, and I was immediately struck by its 
similarity in general appearance to the ring-tailed opossum in miniature, it 
having the prominent eyes, rounded ears (though these were larger in pro- 
portion than the ring-tail’s) and the long prehensile tail bare of hair on 
the under surface. The tail was often carried coiled up in a Spiral, after 
the manner of the ring-tail. The fur was fine and fluffy and of a soft grey 
colour, lighter on the under surface of the body. It fastened its teeth on 
my finger or anything within reach, but its bite was not painful. A faint 
squeak was occasionally uttered. The length of the body was about three 
inches, and the tail slightly longer. Upon inquiry it proved to be the 
opossum mouse or dormouse phalanger. 

Taking it into an open space I photographed it on a banksia cone, after 
patiently replacing it in position many times before it remained still 
enough. In one photograph the tip of the prehensile tail can be clearly 
seen hooked on to the cone. Its movements were not particularly lively, 
but by no means slow. Afterwards it escaped, when I attempted to photo- 
graph it in the honeyeater’s nest. While in sight it kept to the branches of 
the shrubs, along which it ran with agility. 

I looked up some information on the little marsupial. It ranges from 
the neighbourhood of Sydney along the east of Australia into Tasmania, and 
is rather rare. Another species, Dromicia concinna, ranges from Adelaide 
to Swan River, W.A. Three members of a closely allied genus Eudromicia 
are found, one in New Guinea, another on the Atherton Tableland, Queens- 
land, and a third in Tasmania. 

The opossum mouse is nocturnal in habit, sleeping during the day, but 
becoming alert and active at night, running and jumping about the 
branches, assisted considerably by its prehensile tail. Its food consists of 
insects, nectar and probably tender buds and flowers. A nest of soft bark 
is usually constructed in a hollow limb or crevice in a tree. It hibernates 
during portion of the winter, a fact which is considered to be unique among 
Australian mammals. During the spring and summer it is rather slender 
in build, but towards winter becomes much fatter, the tail in particular be- 
coming greatly enlarged. During the dormant period it lives on the fat 
stored up in the tail. The individual caught by myself must have re- 
awakened from its hibernation, for it was by no means dormant and of 
moderately slender proportions, 


110 


OCCASIONAL NOTES. 


By A. S. LE Souer, C.M.Z:S. 


1. Some Rare AUSTRALIAN AND NEw GUINEA MAMMALS WITH NOTES ON 
THEIR HABITS. 


Dorias Tree Kangaroo Dendrolagus dorianus Ramsay, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N.S.W., vili., 1883, 17. 


This very distinct species of tree kangaroo was described by the late 
Dr. Ramsay, in 1883, from the only two specimens so far recorded. They 
came from Mount Astrolabe, South East New Guinea. Prospectors in the 
Edie Creek gold fields have reported this animal in the upper mountains 
of that district. Mr. MacKreth obtained one, from whom I secured the 
skin for identification. It is very dark brown in colour, being of a darker 
shade than the two in the Macleay Museum. The body is uniformly 
coloured all over, with the exception of a yellow patch on the upper base 
of the tail. The captor states that “when on the ground the animal ap- 
pears more or less helpless, and an easy prey. Also, it appears very slow 
in climbing trees.” 


White-tailed Rabbit Bandicoot Thalacomys leucurus Thomas, Ann. Mag. 
Nat. Hist. (5), xix., 1887, 397. 


The rabbit bandicoots, perhaps the most beautiful and highly speci- 
alised of our marsupials, can be divided into two types. Four closely allied 
species have the tail black and white, while in one species this appendage 
is wholly white. The latter was described from a single specimen, from an 
unknown locality in 1887, and up to quite recently nothing seems to have 
been seen or heard of it. One was procured, however, on an expedition 
undertaken by the late Dr. George Horn to Lake Eyre in 1924. This is now 
in the National Museum, Melbourne. It is true to type, and enables a de- 
finite locality to be fixed for this rare species. 


Ingram’s Phascogale Planigale ingrami Thomas, Proc. Zool. Soc., ii., 1906, 
281; Rec. Aust. Mus., xvi., 541. 


Amongst the smallest mammals in Australia are certain marsupial 
mice of the genus Planigale. They have been recorded from Northern 
Australia and north-eastern New South Wales, and probably have a wide 
range over the northern half of the continent. Mr. Albert De Lestang 
found this species near Burketown, North Queensland, and has given the 
following information regarding their habits:— 


“They live chiefly in tussocky grass, in dry swamps, and along the 
perennial streams flowing out of the coastal ranges westwards from Burke- 
town; going seldom, if ever, out of cover, and making no hole in the 
ground. Their food is chiefly crickets, which shelter under these tussocks 
in thousands. The males are very active, run rapidly when taken out of 
cover, and are apparently more numerous than the does. The latter are 
timid fluffy things, feeding in one’s hand readily. They are slow runners 
when they have young in the pouch, being often totally incapacitated, with 
the enormous load of youngsters that these tiny mothers have to carry. 
The number of young varies from four to six.” 


LE SOUEF. ralat 


2. ALTERATION IN CHARACTER OF WALLABIES ACCLIMATISED ON Kawau ISLAND, 
NEw ZEALAND. 
——— 

It is interesting to note that acclimatisation of certain Australian 
animals in New Zealand causes an alteration in the character of the fur. 
Three species of wallabies and one opossum have been found to vary in the 
same way, in that the fur is longer, more silky and less dense. One has no 
difficulty in distinguishing New Zealand opossum pelts from among thou- 
sands that may be offered in a sale room. 


About the year 1870 the late Sir George Grey introduced several species 
of wallabies from Australia to Kawau Island, near Auckland. In the inter- 
vening sixty years three species from the mainland have shown some alter- 
ation, while one kind from Kangaroo Island does not show any difference 
from the normal type. 


Swamp Wallaby, Wallabia ualabatus Lesson and Garnier. 


Two specimens from Kawau are of the sub-species apicalis type. Com- 
pared with skins from Australia, the fur is longer and softer, with the over- 
lay of black hairs on the back more marked. These long black hairs, which 
may reach a length of 45 mm., produce a somewhat mottled appearance, 


Black-striped Wallaby, Wallabia dorsalis Gray. 


Two skins from Kawau are much darker than normal. The hair is 
longer and finer in character, with the overlay of black hairs more pro- 
nounced. The black dorsal stripe is not so marked as is usually the case. 


Dama Wallaby, Thylogale eugenii Peron and Lesueur. 


This species, which inhabits the southern coast of Australia, does not 
show any alteration from the normal type. 


Black-tailed Rock Wallaby, Petrogale penicillata Gray. 


Compared with specimens from Australia two skins from Kawau have 
the fur darker and more silky, and all markings much more contrasted. 
The colouring on the buttocks, being bright foxy-red, is much brighter than 
is usually the case. 


112 


AVIAN SEA-TOLL. 
By Tom IREDALE. 
(Plate xiii.) 


The toll of seabirds killed by natural causes must be enormous, but not 
sufficient data has yet been accumulated to suggest even the numbers 
killed in any one locality each year. As an incentive to cther workers, who 
may achieve extraordinary results, this note has been prepared embodying 
a few years’ desultory observation with a detailed account of one week’s 
toll on a couple of Sydney beaches. 

Each year, about the middle of October, many birds are washed up on 
the beaches of New South Wales, and these have been noted by many, but 
little has been published on the subject. It is no use at this time to recall 
past years’ occurrences, as no special attempt was made to determine the 
species, and the present record, it is hoped, will incite some one to watch 
out in the future, and thus accurate data may be forthcoming for later 
collation and interpretation. ; 

Nearly all the birds that are washed up on the beaches belong to the 
Order PROCELLARIAE OF TUBINARES, characterised by having tubular nostrils, 
generally placed on the top of the bill towards its base, but in the larger 
forms (Albatrosses) on each side. The vernacular ‘Petrels” is more com- 
monly restricted to the Storm-Petrels, the larger forms being known as 
Mutton Birds, no other differentiation being popularly used save that the 
Albatrosses are sometimes called Mollymawks. Technically the latter name 
is restricted to the smaller Albatrosses which differ at sight on the wing 
and also technically in their bill formation. 

Most of the birds met with on the shore are the wholly dark coloured 
Shearwaters, vernacularly known as Mutton Birds here and in New Zealand. 
The Australian Mutton Bird breeds, as is well known, in the Bass Strait 
Islands, and is a different species from the New Zealand Mutton Bird, while 
still a third very similar looking bird breeds on the New South Wales 
coastal islands, but not in the enormous numbers that have so often been 
written about in connection with the two former birds. Hundreds of Aus- 
tralian Mutton Birds are thrown up along the New South Wales coast dur- 
ing October of each year. These may easily be recognised by the short 
bill and tail and wholly dark plumage, the large webbed feet being leaden 
grey in colour with the edge pale fleshy white; the inside of the wing shows 
uniformly brown. The other Australian bird which is very much scarcer 
can be at once distinguished by its long tail and its pale fleshy feet; the bill 
is leaden and similar in shape and length. A bird I have not yet seen on 
these beaches, but which probably occurs, has also fleshy feet, a medium 
tail, but has a larger thick flesh coloured bill. Barnes, of the Australian 
Museum, about whom more hereafter, tells me that some years ago this 
bird came up in numbers, and this report need not be doubted, but speci- 
mens are now desired. Associated with these Australian Mutton Birds, but 
much more rarely, occurs the New Zealand Mutton Bird; it is a much 
heavier bird, with a short tail, a longer bill and the winglining is ashy- 
white streaked with brown; the legs are dark coloured. These four birds 
need careful examination to separate them, but after criticising a few they 
can be distinguished with ease. Any other bird met with will be recog- 
nised as different yards away, and everyone will be worth picking up. One 
other Shearwater, as these Mutton Birds are elsewhere called, may be 
picked up, but it is so different that no confusion is possible; it is much 
smaller with a very long thin bill, a very short tail, a very dark back, and 
pure white underparts. If such birds are seen they deserve collection, as 
there are two similar birds of which only one has been picked up, although 


IREDALE. 113 


the other may occur; this one has a shorter bill and is slightly smaller, but 
it would be best to submit all specimens to an expert. 

Sometimes many little Petrels, blue-grey above, white below, are washed 
up, and these occurrences should be reported immediately to the Australian 
Museum, as some four species, superficially very alike, may be mixed. At 
sea these are known as Whale Birds or Ice Birds, but here are known as 
Prions. 

I have been searching the beaches for the past half dozen years and 
recently had the pleasure of making two good finds, as recorded under the 
title, “The Bird of Providence,” in this Journal (Vol. v., 1929, 358). In- 
terested in the osteology of these, I have also picked up skeletons, and my 
colleague, Mr. G. P. Whitley, has greatly assisted me in this matter. Some 
time ago he brought me in a skull and sternum, which belonged, accord- 
ing to all the published data to Thalassoica antarctica, the Antarctic Petrel, 
a bird not previously known from the New South Wales coast, and which is 
not yet unquestionably admissible to the Australian List. 

However, on October 13, 1929, Mr. Whitley brought me in half a dozen 
fresh Mutton Birds and one of the small white-breasted Shearwater which 
he had collected the previous day on Maroubra Beach, many of the Mutton 
Birds lying about quite fresh. All these belonged to the Australian species. 
Upon receipt of these at the Museum it was considered worth while send- 
ing W. Barnes, who has had much experience searching the beaches, to 
Maroubra the next day to search carefully for any strangers, Barnes came 
in with a small White-breasted Storm-Petrel (Pelagodroma marina) and a 
Wilson’s Petrel (Oceanites oceanica) . 

I determined to look along the Manly Beach on my way home, as the 
weather had been unpropitious in the mornings, and found about thirty 
Australian Mutton Birds, of which three were the long-tailed species, and 
one stranger, another specimen of the so-called Bird of Providence. Upon 
arriving home with my prize I was astonished to find that a neighbour, Mr. 
Cheeseman, whom I had asked to look out for strange birds on the beaches, 
had brought in a very fine Shy Albatross which he had picked up on the 
Freshwater Beach. The next day Barnes went to the Cronulla Beach and 
from some hundred or so of Australian Mutton Birds sorted out two or 
three New Zealand Mutton Birds, another so-called Bird of Providence and 
a strange Prion with a bill agreeing better with that of a Kerguelen form 
than with any of the Neozelanic or Australian birds. I went along the 
Freshwater Beach the next morning and counted a dozen Australian Mut- 
ton Birds, and one of the small white-breasted Shearwaters. No fresh birds 
were coming up, and the wave seemed to have expended itself between the 
12th and 14th of the month. On the 19th I went to Narrabeen and walked 
down the beach from the lagoon entrance to Dee Why, some 3—4 miles 
only. Many birds had been cast up early in the week and were all well fly- 
blown, but easily recognisable, though not preservable. I examined and 
recorded each one, with the result that one hundred and forty was the 
total. Of this total no less than one hundred and twenty-three were short 
tailed Australian Mutton Birds (the Bass Strait bird), the remaining seven- 
teen being referable to five species as follows: Five the long-tailed Aus- 
tralian Mutton Bird, five New Zealand Mutton Birds, five Prions, of two 
species, and two small White-breasted Shearwaters. 

In order that this note may be of service to others in searching the 
beaches for birds, I herewith give details for the determination of the 
species mentioned :— 


1. Australian Mutton Bird (Neonectris tenuirostris of Mathews and 
Iredale; Puffinus (Neonectris) tenuirostris of Official Check List, 2nd ed.) 


114 AVIAN SEA-TOLL. 


The general coloration is sooty, with a more or less brownish tinge; 
freshly moulted birds show very little brown and worn specimens are dis- 
tinctly brownish; generally the under surface is paler and more brownish 
than the upper and the throat more pallid, in some cases distinctly whitish; 
the under part of the wings should show uniformly brown-grey; the bill is 
dark, lead or slate colour, while the legs are also leaden, the outer edge of 
the leg and the outer toe much paler. The bill from the feathering to the 
tip is about one inch and a quarter, while the leg is about two inches; the 
wing from the carpal joint to the tip of the longest feather is just about 
eleven inches. 

There is little variation, the bill sometimes a little stouter, and among 
the hundred odd birds examined on the Narrabeen to Dee Why trip only 
two were aberrant, both being young birds with undersized bills and whitish 
feathers to the wing lining; one of these provided the solution of this 
puzzle, as looking at it lying breast up for a while wondering why the wing 
lining was whitish, a tail feather was seen to have a whitish tip; the wings 
were then stretched out and similar white tips and blotches were seen on 
the primaries. It was then rolled over, when a beautiful sight was pre- 
sented; it was strikingly blotched with white and would have made a 
beautiful photograph, but unfortunately I had no camera. It was too far 
decomposed to permit of any attempt at preservation, the feathers coming 
out with the least touch. Closer examination showed that the new feathers 
were coming in properly coloured so that this partial albino weakling, had 
it survived the storm, would have appeared as a normal bird after its 
moult. While this bird appeared to have been moulting feather by feather, 
I picked up a bird a few years ago which had all the primaries in moult 
simultaneously after the style of the ducks. 

2. Australian Mutton Bird with long tail (Thyellodroma pacifica of 
Mathews and Iredale; Puffinus (Thyellodroma) pacificus of Official Check 
List, 2nd ed.) Wedge-tailed Shearwater of technical writers. 

Very like the preceding in general appearance, but a little browner 
throughout; dead on the beach, the very pale, almost white legs, attract 
attention and then the longer tail is easily seen; the inside of the wing is 
unicolour, with the rest of the under surface brown; the bill is brownish 
slate, drying to a brown, and the legs, as above stated, are notably light. 
The bill is a little longer, nearly an inch and a half long, while the legs 
and wing are about the same length as in the preceding bird, but the tail, 
measured from the roots of the feathers, is about five and a half inches, 
while the short-tailed species has only a little over three inches of tail. 
Lying on the beach, the wings extend beyond the tail in the latter case and 
do not reach to the end of the tail in this bird. 

Breeding close in along this coast this species does not come to harm 
so easily, and it is well to look out for the Norfolk Island or Kermadec 
Island breeding forms, as they may occur sometime. These are much 
larger birds, with longer wings and longer, more massive bill, nearly two 
inches long, and the birds are generally very dark in colour. 

3. New Zealand Mutton Bird (Neonectris griseus of Mathews and Ire- 
dale, and Puffinus (Neonectris) griseus of the Official Check List, 2nd 
edition) . 

Very easily confused with the Australian Mutton Bird with the short 
tail, but has the inside of the wings ashy-grey, instead of sooty brown; the 
under surface is perhaps more greyish, but the bill and legs are both dark. 
fe bill is a little longer and generally stouter, and the legs are slightly 
onger. 


In the flesh there is a great difference in weight, a dead New Zealand 


, 


TREDALE. 115 


bird weighing 24 oz., while the Australian only weighed 16 oz. However, 
the skeletal features show that they are less closely related than the super- 
ficies suggests, and they should not be referred to the same sub-genus as 
has been done, but the present species should be provided with a sub- 
genus (Paranectris) for itself. I hope to give figures of all the skulls of 
these species later. 

4. Fleshy footed Shearwater (Hemipuffinus carneipes of Mathews and 
Iredale; Puffinus (Hemipuffinus) carneipes of Official Check List, 2nd 
edition). 

I have not yet met with this bird, but Barnes, who knows it well, states 
it has occurred commonly in years past. In order to stimulate search for 
this I am here giving notes for its identification: — 


Of similar coloration to the preceding three, it is a heavier, bigger bird, 
with a large pale bill and large pale feet; the inside of the wing is brown 
like the under surface. The bill is more than an inch and a half long, the 
wing is more than twelve inches long and the legs are more than two inches 
long; the tail is medium, about four inches long. 

A guide to these birds may be drawn up thus:— 


All uniformly slaty or sooty brown. 
1. Tail short, wing lining brown, bill short, legs dark. 
. .. Australian Mutton Bird, Neonectris tenuirostris. 
2. Tail ‘short, wing ‘lining ashy-grey, bill long, legs dark. 
. .. New Zealand Mutton Bird, Neonectris ‘griseus. 
3. Tail ‘long, legs very pale, bill weak and dark... .. 
Wedge-tailed Shearwater, Thyellodroma pacifica. 
4. Tail ‘medium, ‘legs very pale, bill strong and pale. 
aig sahee i . Fleshy-footed Shearwater, Hemipuffinus carneipes. 
nad 
5. Tail medium, legs dark, bill very strong and black. 
. .. “The Bird of Providence,” Pterodroma melanopus. 
6. Tail ‘medium, ‘legs dark, bill very strong and pale. 
Fede alin feito lise p fo¥en Mitre nae . Black Petrel, Procellaria parkinsoni. 
The two lastmentioned birds had better be introduced here, as their 
coloration is like that of the Mutton Birds, but while they are called by 
that name in some places, they belong to very different series. 


5. Though superficially comparable, the thick black bill and black legs 
separate the Bird of Providence at sight. However, though I recorded all 
we knew about the Bird of Providence (Aust. Zool., v., 1929, 358) there is 
still a mystery in connection with the birds found recently on this coast. 
Upon careful comparison the freckling on the face is not so well defined as 
on the Lord Howe Island specimens, nor is the colour of the back so grey; 
it is more brownish and at the present time it is just possible that the so- 
called Birds of Providence found here may not breed on Lord Howe Island, 
but may come from some other place. Hence it is very necessary that any 
specimens met with should be sent immediately to the Australian Museum, 
so that this puzzle may be cleared up. 

6. Another very similar bird, almost wholly black with black legs and 
a very stout bill which instead of being black is very pale horn coloured. 
This bird breeds in New Zealand, where in the North Island it is also called 
Mutton Bird, and has once been picked up on a New South Wales beach 
fifty years ago, but it may recur any time and should be looked for amongst 
the hundreds of Australian Mutton Birds. Every other seabird met with on 
the beaches should be picked up, save perhaps the common Sea Gull, 


116 AVIAN SEA-TOLL. 


7. To return to the Petrels, the white-breasted little Shearwater 
(Reinholdia reinholdi of Mathews and Iredale, Puffinus (Reinholdia) gavia 
of the Official Check List, 2nd edition) is separated from all the preceding 
by its smaller size and white under surface. However, it was confused for 
many years in Australian literature with a slightly smaller bird with a 
shorter bill, and of which there is at present no proof of the occurrence, 
though very probably it will be met with. The present species has a long 
thin bill and a very short tail, the bill nearly an inch and a half long, the 
tail less than three inches and the wing only about eight inches. The one 
to be looked for yet is the Allied Shearwater (Puffinus assimilis of Mathews 
and Iredale, and also of the Official Check List, 2nd edition) which breeds 
on Lord Howe, Norfolk and the Kermadec Islands, as well as New Zealand. 
This bird has the bill just about one inch long, the tail about the same size 
as the other, and the wing very little more than seven inches. The colora- 
tion above of both birds is bluish-black, the latter bird paler and always 
bluish, whereas the former one wears to a brownish-black. 

There are other birds that may occur which are superficially similar, 
but at once separable by their stout black bills and black legs. Every one 
should be picked up for identification. 

Many very small bluish birds with the under surface white occur in 
huge flocks in the open sea, and sometimes the wind changes and 
drives a flock on shore. Generally the members of a flock belong to the 
same species, but when birds get lost at sea they link up with the nearest 
flock, and hence whenever there is a large number cast up on the beaches 
there are one or two strangers included. The only notable difference in 
these species is in the breadth of the bill, some having very narrow, others 
very broad bills. As all need careful comparison, the Australian Museum 
should be notified immediately if any series of these bird are seen on the 
beaches. 

Still smaller, not much larger than sparrows, are the Storm-Petrels, 
which may rarely occur. One, the only common one, is pale-grey above 
with the under surface white; others are dusky black, sometimes with the 
rump white, sometimes with the abdomen white, sometimes with the 
abdomen white with a dark line down it, and the throat white. These may 
occur, but on account of their small size be overlooked. A very beautiful 
little form, sometimes called the Fairy Petrel, breeds in the Islands of Bass 
Strait, but may be found on the beaches, though I have not yet met with 
it. This bird is sooty brown above with the rump grey, and white under- 
neath with the throat brown. It is not necessary to go into further detail 
regarding these birds, as all are very rare, and if observed should be picked 
up and sent to the Museum. It is probable that other forms may be found. 

Just a few words about Albatrosses and Mollymawks. These fine fliers do 
not often come to grief, but if any should be met with within reasonable dis- 
tance of the Museum it should be either carried in or the authorities noti- 
fied. If beyond such a distance the head should be cut off and sent or 
brought in. It is very fortunate that every Albatross and Mollymawk shows 
distinctive and readily identifiable features in the bill alone. Recently two 
or three Mollymawks have been found, and apparently each belongs to the 
Neozelanic race of the Shy Albatross, so that if others were discovered they 
might equally be strangers to this coast. 


Mr. H. Grant, of the Australian Museum, has just reported that many 
dead Mutton Birds beyond the state of preservation were noted on Palm 
Beach, north of Sydney, on November 16. He examined a number and 
found at least half a dozen belonged to the thick billed form of griseus, 
but no thin billed ones, the remainder being the Australian tenuirostris, 


117 


ADDITIONS TO THE CHECK-LIST OF THE FISHES OF 
NEW SOUTH WALES. 


(No. 3.) 


By GILBERT P. WHITLEY, 
Ichthyologist, Australian Museum. 
(By Permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 


(Plate xiv.) 


The present paper is a continuation of my last list of additions, which 
appeared in “The Australian Zoologist,” v., 4, 1929, 353-357. 

Most of the species added to the New South Wales fish-fauna in recent 
years have been caught in fairly deep water over the continental shelf. The 
continued interest of many friends aboard the trawlers and their help in 
securing specimens for the Australian Museum has been indispensable, and 
I desire especially to thank Mr. Alec Ward and Captain Knud Moller of the 
trawlers and Captain L. Comtesse of the dredge “Triton” for the fishes they 
have submitted to me from time to time. Of the pelagic fishes of the open 
Pacific and the fishes of the great depths off our coasts, little is as yet 
known but many new records will, it is hoped, be forthcoming when the 
fishes of the “Dana” expedition are finally determined. 


Family MacroRAMPHOSIDAE. 
MACRORAMPHOSUS MOLLERI, Sp. NOV. 


Centriscus gracilis Pedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 1884, 119 (Port 
Jackson, N.S. Wales). Not Centriscus gracilis Lowe, Proc. Zool. Soc., 
Lond., vii., October, 1839, 86, from Madeira. 

Centriscus gracilis var. japonicus Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1886, 42 (Port 
Jackson). Not Centriscus japonicus Giimther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 
lii., 1861, 522, from Japan. 

Macrorhamphosus gracilis Waite, Austr. Mus. Mem. iv., l., December 23, 
1899, 61, pl. vii., fig. 2 (Maroubra, N.S. Wales). Id. Waite, Rec. Austr. 
Mus., iii., 1900, 199 (Lord Howe Island). 

Macrorhamphosus japonicus ? Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xili., Janu- 
ary, 1914, 19 (N.S. Wales reference only). 

Macroramphosus gracilis McCulloch, Austr. Mus. Mem., v., 1., 1929, 83. 

The Little Bellows Fish of New South Wales which has been called 
Macroramphosus gracilis by authors is apparently distinct from Centriscus 
gracilis Lowe. The second dorsal spine has few serrations, originates be- 
fore the vertical from the vent, and, in most specimens when depressed, 
reaches the second dorsal fin. Nine to twelve dorsal rays, eighteen to nine- 
teen anal; depth, 5—54 in total length. The New South Wales form, which 
I name M. molleri, is allied to Centriscus japonicus Gimnther, but Regan, 
who compared Giinther’s types with Waite’s figure was uncertain as to their 
identity. The holotype of M. molleri is the specimen figured by Waite, 
which came from Maroubra Beach, near Sydney, New South Wales (Austyr. 
Mus., Regd. No. B. 7163). Captain Knud Moller, of the trawler “Durraween,” 
after whom the species is named, collected a specimen seven miles off Two- 
fold Bay, New South Wales, in or over 45 fathoms of water. It has been 
suggested that the species is pelagic, so that specimens could enter a trawl 
as it was being hauled through the upper layers of the sea, 


118 ADDITIONS TO CHECK-LIST FISHES, N.S.W. 


NOTOPOGON LILLIEI Regan. 


Centriscops humerosus McCulloch, Zool. Res. Endeavour, i., December 22, 
1911, 24, pl. v., and text-fig. 9. Sixty miles south of Cape Everard, Vic- 
toria; 60-70 fathoms (IA. 1364). Not Centriscus humerosus Richardson, 
1846, from South Australia. 

Notopogon lilliei Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), xili., January 1, 1914, 14. 
New Zealand. Idem. ibid., 18 and 20 (Southern Australia and New 
Zealand). 

Centriscops cristatus McCulloch, Biol. Res. Endeavour, ii., July 3, 1914, 93. 
New name, inadvertently introduced, equivalent to Notopogon lilliei 
Regan. New Zealand. 


Two specimens trawled in 75 fathoms, 10 miles W.N.W. from Gabo 
Island, by Captain Moller, cause this species to be added to the New South 
Wales list. 

Family MAcrourIDAE. 


PARAMACRURUS AUSTRALIS (Richardson) . 


Lepidoleprus australis Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., vii., November, 

1839, 100. Port Arthur, Tasmania. Type in British Museum. 
Coelorhynchus mortoni Ogilby, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1896 (1897), 83. 

Derwent Estuary, Tasmania. Type destroyed. 

Coelorhynchus (Paramacrurus) australis McCulloch, Biol. Res. Endeavour, 

v., 4, 1926, 177. 

Paramacrurus australis Whitley, Pap. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1928 (1929), 

49. 

Mr. Alec Ward obtained several examples of this species in deep water, 
south of Montague Island, in August and September, 1929. The largest is a 
female, 22 inches long, a record size. Austr. Mus., Nos. IA. 4008 and 4010. 
New record for New South Wales. 


Family PLECTORHINCHIDAE. 
PLECTORHINCHUS ROUGHLEYI, Sp. 70v. 


Plectorhynchus reticulatus McCulloch, Biol. Res. Endeavour, iv., 4, October 
31, 1916, 185, pl. lili, New South Wales. Idem. Ogilby, Mem. Q’ld. Mus., 
vi., 1918, 100 (Moreton Bay). Jd. Paradice and Whitley, Mem. Q’ld 
Mus., ix., 1927, 87 (Pellew Islands, North Australia). Not Diagramma 
reticulatum Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., i., 1859, 334, from China. 

Plectorhinchus reticulatus McCulloch, Austr. Zool., ii., 2, 1921, 57, and Austr. 
Mus. Mem., v., 1929, 217. 

Diagramma amabile and D. amicium Saville-Kent, Great Barrier Reef, 
Austr., 1893, 369. Nomina nuda. Queensland. 


The New South Wales specimen described by McCulloch appears to 
differ from the true P. reticulatus (Giinther) in having lat. 55 instead of 
85, 10 rows of scales between l.lat. and back instead of 13, second anal spine 
longer than third, diameter of eye sub-equal to snout, more anterior ter- 
mination of dorsal fin, with shorter caudal peduncle and caudal fin. 
McCulloch’s specimen was secured in the Sydney Fish Markets, and pro- 
bably originally came from northern New South Wales. It may be re- 
garded as the holotype of a new species, in view of the differences mentioned 
above, and I have pleasure in naming it Plectorhinchus roughleyi after my 
friend, Mr. Theodore Cleveland Roughley, of the Technological Museum, 
Sydney, author of “Fishes of Australia and Their Technology.” 


EEE 


WHITLEY. 119 


Family EPINEPHELIDAE. 
Genus EPINEPHELUS Bloch. 


Epinephelus Bloch, Nat. ausl. Fische, vii., 1793, 11 (fide Sherborn, Index 
Anim., i, 1902, 330). Logotype, £. marginalis Bloch, by opinion 
(Smithson. Misc. Coll., lxxiii., 4, 1926, 7, opin., 93). Not Epinephele 
Hiibner, 1818, a genus of Lepidoptera (NYMPHALIDAE) . 

Schistorus Gill, Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad., 1862, 236 and 237. Haplotype, 
Serranus mystacinus Poey. 


EPINEPHELUS (SCHISTORUS) ERGASTULARIUS, sp. 70v. 
(Plate xiv., fig. 1.) 


Plectropoma susuki Gunther, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1867, 100. Sydney. 
Idem. Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1886, 9. Not P. susuki Cuv. and 
Val., 1828. 

Epinephelus septemfasciatus Boulenger, Cat. Perc. Fish. Brit. Mus., 1895, 
169 and 226 (Port Jackson specimen only). Idem. Waite, Austr. Mus. 
Mem., iv., l., 1899, 75 (Shoalhaven Bight). Jdem. McCulloch, Zool. Res. 
Endeavour, i., 1911, 49; Austr. Zoologist, ii., 2, 1921, 46; Check-list Fish. 
N.S. Wales, 1922, 46; Austr. Mus. Mem., v., 2, 1929, 146. Not Perca sep- 
temfasciata Thunberg, 1793. 

Epinephelus (Schistorus) septemfasciatus Jordan and Richardson, Proc. 
U.S. Nat. Mus., xxxvil., 1910, 445 and 458 (Australian references only). 
Br. 5. D.xi./14; A.jiili./10 (9), P.17, V.i./5; C.13. 

Head (75 mm.) 2.4 in length to hypural joint (180). Depth (67) 2.6 in 
same. Pectoral (40) 1.6, height of soft dorsal (28) 2.7, depth of caudal 
peduncle (23) 3.2 and width at opercles (31) 2.4 in head. Sub-orbital (7) 
2 in eye (14). Inter-orbital width (16) equal to snout (16). 

Head large, compressed, longer than high, and covered with small 
scales, excepting before the eyes and on the mouth, chin and inter-orbital. 
Nostrils anterior to the eyes, the posterior much larger than the anterior. 
Mouth large, maxillary broad, reaching to below posterior half of eye, naked, 
and with a supplemental bone. A strip of small, sharp, curved teeth in 
each jaw, those of the mandible in two main series on each side. A pair 
of small anterior canines in each jaw. A broad, V-shaped patch of teeth 
on vomer, and a narrow band on each palatine. Tongue lanceolate, tooth- 
less. Preopercular margin serrated, with about nine stronger serrations at 
the angle. Three opercular spines, the median one largest and situated 
nearer the lowest spine than the highest. Border of opercular flap curved 
convexly above, concavely below. 

Body compressed, covered with small ctenoid scales, which extend on 
to the basal halves of the fins. Lateral line sub-parallel to the curve of 
the back and extending along the tail. 

Dorsal originating slightly behind the vertical of the origins of the 
paired fins and terminating behind the anal. Third to sixth dorsal spines 
longest, sub-equal. Margins of soft fins rounded. 

General colour greyish, crossed by seven transverse dark brown bands 
of sub-equal width; the anterior bands are more oblique than the posterior 
and there is an incipient eighth band on the nape. The unpaired fins are 
brownish, slightly lighter inframarginally. Ventrals dark brown. Pectorals 
light. A very dark brown saddle-shaped mark on the upper half only of 
the caudal peduncle. Head brown, with an oblique dark brown mark along 
the edge of the maxillary groove, and a dusky tinge on the opercular flap. 

Described from the holotype of Epinephelus ergastularius, a specimen 
180 mm. in standard length or nearly 94 inches in total length. Australian 
Museum, Registered No. 1A. 2482. 


120 3 ADDITIONS TO CHECK-LIST FISHES, N.S.W. 


Type locality: Off Long Bay, coast near Sydney, New South Wales; 
caught on hook and line in July, 1925, by Mr. G. Wakeford, in about fifty 
feet of water, over a sandy bottom. 

Other specimens are in the Australian Museum from the following 
localities in New South Wales: Shoalhaven Bight; about 15 fathoms 
(“Thetis”). Off Wooded Bluff, Clarence River; 26-30 fathoms (“En- 
deavour”). Between Port Hacking and Wollongong; 50-70 fathoms, July 
28, 1915 (A. R. McCulloch). Off Long Bay, August 18, 1929 (S. Silk). My 
friend, Mr. F. A. McNeill, has been instrumental in getting me both Long 
Bay specimens, and I have much pleasure in recording my indebtedness to 
him for them. This species apparently lives in the sub-littoral zone below 
the lowest tide-marks, and in water either too rocky or not deep enough for 
commercial trawling purposes, and, like all the animals of that area, is 
difficult to secure, and is accordingly popularly regarded as rare. - 


Affinities: Epinephelus ergastularius is apparently closely allied to the 


Japanese Perca septemfasciata Thunberg (1), of which Plectropoma susuki 


Cuvier and Valenciennes (2), and Serranus octocinctus Temminck and 
Schlegel (3) are synonyms. It appears to differ, however, in having more 
anal rays, anterior transverse bands broader, and saddle-shaped mark re- 
stricted to upper part of caudal peduncle. The lower jaw and the naked 
maxillary appear to be shorter, and the eye smaller in E£. ergastularius, 
when compared with Temminck and Schlegel’s figure. The Japanese 
species has been further described by Steindachner and Doderlein (4), and 
by Jordan and Richardson (5). 

A uniform brownish form of this species, perhaps new, has been re- 
corded from Honolulu by Fowler (6). 


Family ALUTERIDAE. 
Genus STEPHANOLEPIS Gill. 


Stephanolepis Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1861, 78. Orthotype, Mona- 
canthus setifer Bennett. 


Sub-genus PERVAGOR, 70v. 


Orthotype: Monacanthus alternans Ogilby. 

Head and body covered with spiny scales. No cutaneous filaments. 
Dorsal spine longer than snout, with two rows of strong spaced barbs pos- 
teriorly. None of the fin-rays elongate. Pubic bone ending in a prominent, 
strongly-barbed pelvic spine, the end of which is movable. Ventral flap a 
tough membrane, very spinose, not extending beyond pelvic spine. Depth 
at origin of dorsal and anal fins slightly more than length of head, and 
more than one-third of the length to the hypural. 


1. Thunberg, Vetensk. Akad. Handl. (Stockholm), xiv., 1793, 56, pl. i. 
Nagasaki, Japan (fide Fowler, 1928). 

Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., ii, October, 1828, 404. Japan. 
Temminck and Schlegel, Faun. Japonica, Pisces, 1842, 7, pl. iv.a, fig. 2. 
Japan. 

4. Steindachner and Doderlein, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Wien., xlvii., 1883, 
230. 

Jordan and Richardson, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxxvii., 1910, 459. 

Fowler, Occas. Papers Bern. P. Bishop Mus., viii. 7, 1923, 379; Mem. 
Bishop Mus., x., 1928, 180. 


aS) 


aon 


ee 


~~ — 


WHITLEY. 121 


STEPHANOLEPIS (PERVAGOR) ALTERNANS (Ogilby). 
(Plate xiv., fig. 2.) 


Monacanthus nitens Waite, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2), ix., 2, December 
10, 1894, 224. Maroubra, New South Wales. Not M. nitens Hollard, 
1854. Id. Waite, Rept. Trawl. Oper. Thetis, 1898, 64 (Lord Howe Is.). 
Id. Ogilby, Abstr. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, November 30, 1898, iii. 
Id. McCulloch, Austr. Zool., ii., 3, 1922, 125. 

Monacanthus alternans Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxili., 4, May 
19, 1899, 741. New name for M. nitens Waite (non Hollard) from Lord 
Howe Island and N.S. Wales. Type in Austr. Mus. Type locality, by 
present designation, Maroubra, New South Wales. 

Stephanolepis nitens Waite, Mem. N.S. Wales Nat. Club., i., 1904, 55. 
D.ii./30; A.26; P12; C.12. 

Head (13 mm.) 2.7 in length to hypural (36). Depth (14) 2.5 in same 
or 2 in distance from mouth to end of pelvic spine. Dorsal spine (12) sub- 
equal to inter-dorsal space (12.5). Eye (4) equal to inter-orbital width 
(4), less than pectoral (5). Length of caudal peduncle (3) 2 in its depth 
(6). 


~ Head and body compressed, covered with scales, each of which has a 
prominent conical spine. No bristles or enlarged spines on caudal peduncle. 
Origin of soft dorsal in advance of that of anal. Margins of fins gently 
rounded, the rays spiny on their proximal halves. Pelvic spine with an 
anterior, a median, and a posterior group, each of about four barbs, and 
with a spiny anterior surface. 

Colour, after long preservation in alcohol, brown on back and posterior 
half of body, silvery on cheeks, sides, and ventral flap. Fins whitish. 


Described and figured from the lectotype of Monacanthus alternans 
Ogilby, which is the identical specimen described by Waite as M. nitens in 
1894 (Australian Museum, Registered No. IA. 4019). This is 13 inches long 
and agrees fairly well with the original account of Monacanthus nitens 
(Hollard, Ann. Sci. Nat. (4), Zool., ii., 1854, 364, pl. xiv., figs. 12 and 12a) 
from Tongatabu, but lacks the long spines on the back shown in Hollard’s 
figure. Fowler (Mem. Bish. Mus., x., 1928, 456) regards M. nitens as a 
synonym of M. melanocephalus Bleeker (Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., v., 1853, 
95) from Solor, East Indies. I have examined Queensland specimens of the 
latter species, and find that they are less spiny than alternans, and have a 
black mark around the gill-slits and a chequered caudal, colours which are 
apparently wanting in both nitens and alternans. 

The only specimen of Stephanolepis (Pervagor) alternans, besides the 
type, which I have seen is unfortunately without locality. It is 55 mm. in 
total length, the largest known, and has the profile of the head strongly 
concave, body and head intensely spiny; D.31; A.27. It was presented to 
the Australian Museum by James Douglas Ogilby in 1901, with a collection 
of fishes from many seas, and perhaps came from Lord Howe Island (Re- 
gistered No. I. 4969). 


Type locality: Maroubra Beach, New South Wales; collected by Thomas 
Whitelegge, in May, 1894. The species has not since been found in New 
South Wales, so the specimen was perhaps a straggler, brought from warmer 
waters by the southward-flowing Notonectian current. 

Waite recorded that he found a specimen in a rock-pool at Lord Howe 
Island, but neither his nor Ogilby’s specimens from that locality are now 
to be identified with certainty in the Australian Museum. 


122 ADDITIONS TO CHECK-LIST FISHES, N.S.W. 
Family GosrImpaE. 


When McCulloch and Ogilby wrote their monumental paper (7) on 
“Some Australian Fishes of the Family Gobiidae,” they realised the necessity 
for sub-dividing the cumbersome larger genera such as Gobius, but did not 
desire to “create unnecessary additions to the already long list of Gobioid 
genera.” Nevertheless, it seems necessary to propose new generic names 
for many of the Australian forms, as confusion is only maintained by call- 
ing widely different fishes “Gobius,’ when they are obviously not con- 
generic. Moreover, it appears to be safer to provide new genera for gobies 
than for many groups of fishes as they are for the most part restricted to 
shore localities, they have easily distinguished characters, and analysis of 
the genera that have so far been named shows a paucity of synonyms. As 
a preliminary, I therefore propose the following new generic names, with 
their respective genotypes, for some Australian gobies and believe that by 
adopting this course, future work on the group will be rendered easier. The 
generic characters are given in McCulloch and Ogilby’s key. 


FAVONIGOBIUS, 20v. Type, Gobius lateralis Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. 
Wales, v., 1881, 602. King George’s Sound, West Australia. 

CHLAMYDOGOBIUS, nov. Type, Gobius eremius Zietz, Rept. Horn. Exped., ii., 
1896, 180, pl. xvi., fig. 5. Central Australia. 

FusIGoBIus, nov. Type, Gobius neophytus Ginther, Journ. Mus. Godef., iv., 
11 (Fische Siidsee, v.), 1876, 174, pl. cviii., fig. E. Ponapé, Apia, Huahine, 
and Tahiti. 

METAGOBIUS, nov. Type, Eleotris sclateri Steindachner, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. 
Wien., Ixxx., 1, 1880, 157. Society Islands. 

PARVIGOBIUS, nov. Type, Parvigobius immeritus, new name for Gobius 
flavescens De Vis, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 1884, 689. Moreton 
Bay, Queensland. Jd. McCulloch and Ogilby, Rec. Austr. Mus., xii., 10, 
1919, 224, pl. xxxvi., fig. 3 (type). Preoccupied by Gobius flavescens 
Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, 73. 

OSTREOGOBIUS, 70V. Type, Gillichthys australis Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N.S. Wales (2), ix., 1894, 367. Jervis Bay, New South Wales. 

ARENIGOBIUS, nov. Type, Gobius bifrenatus Kner, Voy. Novara, Zool., i., 
1865, 177, pl. vii., fig. 3. Sydney, New South Wales. 


A new genus of Gobies, collected by the writer at Gundamaian, National 
Park, New South Wales, may be diagnosed as follows. 


WAITEOPSIS, gen. nov. 


Orthotype, WAITEOPSIS PALUDIS, gen. et. sp. nov. Type (1A.3917) in 
Australian Museum. 

Head depressed, broader than deep. Mouth large, extending backward 
beyond eye. Tongue not notched. No large canine teeth. Bands of small, 
simple, curved, close-set, movable teeth in each jaw. Chin and mandible 
without barbels. Minute papillae in rows on head; no prominent ridges. 
Cheeks naked; opercles with a few small scales. Top of head and anterior 
portion of nape naked. Form elongate. Body with fifty or more trans- 
verse rows of ctenoid scales. Exposed edge of shoulder girdle smooth. 


(7) McCulloch and Ogilby, Rec. Austr. Mus., xii., 10, 1919, 193-291, pls. 
XXXi.-XXXvVii., text-figs. 1-5. 


WHITLEY. 123 


First dorsal with six spines. Soft dorsal and anal separated from caudal. 
Upper pectoral rays neither free nor silk-like. Ventrals well developed, not 
cup-shaped and not adnate to belly. Caudal rounded. 

A list of the New South Wales Gobies, as given in McCulloch’s Check-list 
and as known under the new names, is set forth hereunder:— 


307a. Mugilogobius devisi McCulloch and Ogilby = Mugilogobius stig- 
maticus (De Vis). 

308a. Bathygobius krefftii (Steindachner) . 

309a. Gobius australis = Ostreogobius australis (Ogilby). 

309b. Gobius lidwilli = Berowra lidwilli (McCulloch). 

309c. Gobius bifrenatus = Arenigobius bifrenatus (Kner). 

309d. Gobius semifrenatus = Arenigobius semifrenatus (Macleay) . 

309e. Gobius frenatus = Arenigobius frenatus (Gunther). 

309f. Gobius lateralis obliquus = Favonigobius obliquus (McCulloch and 
Ogilby). 

310a. Cryptocentrus gobioides (Ogilby) = Cryptocentrus_ cristatus 
(Macleay) . 

31la. Callogobius hasseltii mucosus = Callogobius mucosus (Gunther). 

312a. Leme purpurascens De Vis. 


To these may be added: — 


388a. Gunnamatta insolita Whitley. 
393a. Waiteopsis paludis Whitley. 

I may remark here that Gobius maculatus Castelnau (Vict. Offic. Rec. 
Philad. Exhib., 1875, 20), from Queensland, is apparently a synonym of G. 
ornatus Riippell. In any case, the name is preoccupied by G. maculatus 
Nardo (Isis, xx., 6, June, 1827, 478.—/fide Sherborn) . 

The European gobioid genus, Eichwaldia Smitt. (Ofv. Vet. Ak. Forh., 
1899, 545—fide Jordan, Gen. Fish., iv., 1920, 487) is preoccupied by Eichwaldia 
Billings (Geol. Surv. Canada, Rept. Progr. for 1857, publ. 1858, 190; Canad. 
Nat. Geol., iii., 1858, 442), a genus of fossil brachiopoda and requires a new 
name, Eichwaldiella. 

Butigobius, nov. Type, Lebistes scorpioides Smitt. Replaces Lebistes 
Smitt. (Ofv. Vet. Ak. Forh., 1899, 543) preoccupied by Lebistes filippi (Arch. 
Zool. Anat. Fisiol., i., 1862, 69; fide Jordan, Gen. Fish.). 

Cingulogobius Herre (Philip. Bur. Sci. Monogr., xxiii., September, 1927, 
88 and 201) is an absolute synonym of Pleurogobius Seale (Philip. Journ. 
Sci. A., iv.. November, 1909, 536), with Plewrogobius boulengeri Seale, as 
genotype. 

Galera Herre (loc. cit., 87 and 103) is preoccupied by Galera Gray (Syn. 
Cont. Brit. Mus., ed. 44, 1842, 12 and 16), a genus of mammals, and may be 
renamed Herrea, in honour of its founder, with Galera producta Herre as 
orthotype. 

The generic name Priolepis dates from Cuvier and Valenciennes (Hist. 
Nat. Poiss., xii, March, 1837, 67) who quote it from an evidently un- 
published figure in the manuscripts of Ehrenberg. The haplotype is P. 
mica (Ehrenberg) Cuv. and Val., the Red Sea form of the Pacific Gobius 
semidoliatus Cuv. and Val. Thus Priolepis replaces Zonogobius Bleeker 
(Arch. Néerl. Sci. Nat., ix., 1874, 323) whose genotype, Gobius semifasciatus 
Bleeker, is said to be a synonym of G. semidoliatus. 


124 


AUSTRALIAN DOLICHOPODIDAE (DIPTERA). 
By G. H. Harpy, 


Walter and Eliza Hall Fellow in Economic Biology, Queensland University, 
Brisbane. 


This catalogue is published in order to supply a demand for an intro- 
duction to the described members of Australian DoLicHopopipaE, which 
family has been largely neglected in the Commonwealth, because of the 
lack of a comprehensive scheme whereby the species may be identified. In 
his work on the Indo-Australian forms, Becker incorporated but few of 
those previously described from Australia, but most of them are listed, and 
he completely ignored White’s work on the Tasmanian species, which are 
not easily brought into line with the system used by Becker. Many of the 
problems and perplexities that confront one when attempting to arrange 
species and genera proposed by prior authors into a definite scheme of 
classification have not been solved, owing to the absence of several 
described species in the collection before me. This collection contains the 
largest number of Australian species yet brought together, nevertheless five 
of the genera are missing, or perhaps they are not recognised owing to 
faulty definitions, for some are defined without regard to affinities, and 
the characters upon which they are based may be specific, not generic. 
Also there is room for considerable improvement in forming the genera 
amongst the CHRYSOSOMATINAE, where characters used lead to an artificial 
grouping, and some natural groups are swamped in the medley of genera 
thus diagnosed. 

I have felt it incumbent upon me to simplify the key to sub-families 
and genera as much as possible, so no attempt has been made to draw up. 
a key that will be applicable to all forms before me. Although the key 
provided will be found to cover only the majority of forms, exceptions may 
be disregarded despite their comparative frequency, because once a small 
collection representative of all sub-families has been got together, it will be 
found that these exceptions can be placed without difficulty, due to the 
fact that members of each sub-family have general features in common, 
giving them a somewhat. characteristic appearance. 

In the keys, the genera and species recognised in the collection before 
me are marked by an asterick (*). 


Key to Sub-families and Genera of the DoLICHOPODIDAE. 


1. Upper median vein forked. .. .. .. .. CHRYSOSOMATINAE. 2. 

. Upper median vein simple... .. .. .... a. 
2. Arista placed quite apically... . ‘ eee * Chrysosoma. 

Arista placed sub-apically, dorsally or - basally. EP te oe 

3. Arista issuing from (at most) a very small tubercle. .. .. 4. 
Tubercle from which the arista arises is, in length, about 
four times that of its width: .. .. .. Megistostylus. 
4. Scutellum with normally two marginal bristles; others, if 
present, weak and white... .. .. .. .. * Sciapus. 
Scutellum with four marginal bristles. ae! * Condylostylus. 
5. Acrostichal bristles absent. .. .. .. .. CAMPSICNEMINAE. 
= FLEA a 

Acrostichal bristles present. .. .. 6. 


6. Second segment of antennae with > a thumb- like ‘pro- 
longation that reaches on to the third. Arista placed 
apieallys 3... fe... 2. s. «. -RAPHINAES aS U72LOnNzON: 


HARDY. 125 


Second segment of antennae normal, without such a 
prolongation. .. . Xe 
7. Acrostichal bristles uniserial, ‘or mainly SO. HYDROPHORINAE. 8. 
Acrostichal bristles biserial for their complete length. 
(Exception may be found in Medeterinae, but in such 
a case the flattened area on the thorax would indicate 
that family). .. Ea 10. 
8. Antennae with segment 3 short in both sexes. Anterior 
femora with two rows of bristles below. .. 
apt e Hydrophorus. 
Antennae with ‘the third segment elongate at least in the 


male... .. 9: 
9. Upper median vein straight, more or ‘Jess parallel to ‘the 
TAGS: (eee . .. Liparomyia. 
Upper median vein bent, “not parallel ‘to the radius. a 
Paraliptus. 
10. Postocular area ‘with ‘only : a single row of. pristles, not 
MAIYe 9s. fe 12. 
Postocular area with numerous hairs. Ait DIAPHORINAE. 11. 
11. Arista placed sub-apically........... .. .. Chrysotus.. 
Arista distinctly placed dorsally. .. .. .. .. * Diaphorus. 
12. Area of thorax above scutellum flat, or even slightly 
concave... . Reina hers 14, 
Area of thorax above scutellum normal, convex. ae 
BaSt3 DOLICHOPODIDAE. 13. 
13. Upper median vein ‘bending ‘upwards, touching or nearly 
touching the radial... .. .. * Paraclius. 
Upper median vein not reaching the radial. * Dolichopus. 
14. Abdomen short, conical; very small species. MEDETERINAE. Ds 
Abdomen long; larger species. .. .. .. .. NEUROGONINAE. 16. 
Toe AT AMVeIMUWaATIUN ners eect elias) ose ae dee SENILYDLLCUS: 
Anal vein present... .. . .. * Medetera. 
16. Upper median vein strongly bending “upwards and at its 
tip almost reaching the radial. a * Neurongonia. 
Upper median vein but esate bent, at. apex separated 
fLoMephearacdialaeee enema RATCILUTLONUY TON 


Sub-family CHRYSOSOMATINAE. 


The described Australian species of this sub-family are readily recog- 
nised by the branched or forked upper median vein, that is M, and Mb. 
branch from each other beyond the median cell, whereas in all the other 
sub-families there is only one vein present in this region of the wing, 
although it is often strongly curved as if the vein M» had disappeared. 
The genus Mesorhaga is represented in Australia, though not described 
from there; this genus is without Mo, and so the character given above is 
not applicable in this case. The described forms have been placed under 
four generic names, and these divisions are recognised as follows:— 

Chrysosoma has the arista placed apically—that is, at the extreme 
apex of the third segment of the antennae, whereas in all the others the 
arista is placed basally, dorsally or sub-apically. 

Megistostylus has the arista arising from a very long dorsal tubercle, 
the length being about four times the breadth; this genus is limited to one 
extra limital species recorded from Queensland. 

In the other two genera the tubercle from which the arista arises is 
very short or apparently absent, but in one, Sciapus, the scutellum has but 


126 AUSTRALIAN DOLICHOPODIDAE (DIPTERA) . 


two marginal bristles, whereas in Condylostylus there are four; care has to 
be taken, however, as Sciapus may have an additional pair of short stiff 
hairs of a light colour, whilst the second pair of bristles on Condylostylus 
may be short, but black. 

It would seem that these characters swamp such homogeneous natural 
groups found amongst the Australian forms, and so they cannot be con- 


* sidered satisfactory from this aspect alone. 


Genus CHrRysosoma Guerin. 


Chrysosoma Guerin, Voy. Coq. Zool., Atlas, Tab. xx., 25, vii., 1831.— 
Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), p. 114, 1922 (which see for further synonymy) — 
Heterospilus Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (3), iii., 224, 1859. 


Key to the Species of Chrysosoma; adapted from Becker. 


1. Femora yellow or mostly so... .. 2. 
Femora mainly black. Antennae black, knees and ‘tibiae yellow, inter- 
mediate and posterior femora with one or two short bristles at 
base, otherwise legs very bare. Wings hyaline, the cross-vein 
closing the median cell sinuous. 7 mm. long. .. cingulipes Walker. 

2. Antennae wholly yellow. Thorax black, dull grey dusted, frons similar, 
wing surface colourless except for a brown spot at both cross-veins 
(i.e., at base of M1 and at vein closing the median cell); legs and 
all coxae yellow; first four abdominal segments of male yellow 
with metallic coloured black spots, in female abdomen almost 
wholly without yellow spots; he aah with long attach- 
ments. 6.5—8 mm... . . .. .. volucre Becker. 

Antennae black or black- brown. ata F 3: 

3. Wings clear, at most markings very faintly indicated. Frons white 
dusted, abdomen at base barely yellow, tarsi brown only at their 
apices, only the anterior coxae yellow, the others dark. Wings 
rather greyish, occasionally faintly marked at the anterior border; 
M1 somewhat recurrent at base, the lower cross-vein strongly 
sinuous. 7mm. long... .. ... .. Chrysurgum Schiner. 

Wings conspicuously marked. Abdomen ‘with broad dull black bands 
on anterior edge of segments; third antennal segment almost cone- 
form, long, three times as long as broad; apical half of anterior 
femora and four-fifths of hind femora and all tarsi black; wings 
black-brown on anterior border and a median interrupted 
stripe, anterior margin very delicately ciliated. 8 mm. long. 

Sid bs Ley RN AR MIE Peter ae Bev igo . interruptum Becker. 
CHavaasouEn: VOLUCRE Becker. 

Chrysosoma volucre Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 142; figs. 74, 75 and 

76. 

Compare Sciapus brevicernis Macquart, which may be identical. 


CHRYSOSOMA CHRYSURGUM Schiner. 


Psilopus chrysurgum Schiner, Nov. Reise Dipt., 1868, 214-—-Chrysosoma 
chrysurgum Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 172. 


CHRYSOSOMA INTERRUPTUM BEE OS 
Chrysosoma interruptum Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 177; fig. 143. 
CHRYSOSOMA CINGULIPES Walker. 


Psilopus cingulipes Walker, Ent. Mag., ii., 1835, 472.—? Psilopus grandis 
Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 4, 1849, 126—Psilopus eximius Walker, Ins. 


HARDY. 127 


Saund. Dipt., i., 1852, 209—Chrysosoma alatrum Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 
1922, 188; fig. 159. 

This is the only species of the genus recognised by me, being re- 
presented by a single male from Sydney, dated October 5, 1919. Apparently 
Walker described it in 1855, and again seventeen years later, whilst Mac- 
quart’s description seems to conform to the same. 

There can be no doubt that Becker’s name applies to the one here 
recognised. 

Genus Sciapus Zeller. 


Sciapus Zeller, Isis, xi., 18¢2, 831—-White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1916, 
247.—Sciopus Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 196, which see for synonymy. 

The name Sciapus was used indiscriminately for all species of 
Chrysosoma and allies by White, who drew attention to the Australian 
forms as being not a homogeneous group. Many species were originally 
described under the genus Psilopus, and Sciopus is the name used by 
Becker. Two new forms are described below, both of which are to be 
secured in abundance in situations indicated under their descriptions. 


Key to the Species of Sciapus. 


1. Wings hyaline, unmarked. OB Roe ST GOS OLR CLEMO Oe 2. 
Wings with black or brown fascia. Nees 4. 

2. Third antennal segment yellow, long and triangular, ‘length twice the 

width at its base, arista placed basally. .. anomalicornis Becker. 

Third antennal segment black, short, about as long as wide, arista 
placed sub-apically. .. .. 3} 


3. Wings of the male with a marginal kink ‘at ‘the apex. of “M2; a species 
of moderate size with abdomen metallic green and dark bands at 
incisions. .. .. . .. *anomalipennis n.sp. 

Wings of the male normal; very small species with yellow abdomen, but 
metallic towards the apex and with a dark line at incisions of the 


segments. .. .. .. * triscuticatus n.sp. 
4. Fascia of the wings ‘isolated ‘not ‘joined together at the costal 
margin: 3. * 5. 


Fascia of the wings ‘conspicuously ‘joined ‘together ‘at ‘costal margin by 
a more or less broad stripe. Pra 
5. Small species (3—3.5 mm.) with fascia ‘attaining the ‘costal margin or 
almost so; cross-vein closing the median cell straight. : 
ann discretifasciatus Maca. 
Large. species "G=7 mm.) ‘with the fascia restricted to the base of vein 
M1 and to the sinuous cross-vein closing the median cell. 
Bags brevicornis Macq. 
6. Fascia of wings "restricted to two. ‘cross- -bands broadly joined at the 
costal margin, the strip uniting them reaches the lowest radial 
vein; base of M1 slightly recurrent, the cross-vein closing the 
median cell straight... . .. *connexrus Walker. 
Fascia of wings containing ‘two cross- -brands narrowly joined by a strip 
that only reaches the middle radial vein; there is also a spot on 
the cubital vein and another infuscation at the apex of the first 
TEGLEN VEO, oh co bo oe od oo co oe ba 56 00 Oh ao Bo CORAOMS Lela, 


ScIAPUS ANOMALIcORNIS Becker. 
Sciopus anomalicornis Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 199; figs. 172, 173. 
SCIAPUS INGENIUS Erischon. 


Psilopus ingenius Erischon, Arch. f. Nat., viii, 1842, 273.—Psilopus 
trifasciatus Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 4, 1849, 126; pl. xii., fig. 8—Sciapus 


128 AUSTRALIAN DOLICHOPODIDAE (DIPTERA) . 


trifasciatus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1916, 248.—Chrysosoma trifasciatus 
Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 176.—Sciopus plumifer Becker, Cap. Zool., i. 
(4), 1922, 206; figs. 183, 184. 

Habitat: Tasmania, Victoria and New South Wales. Very common 
from Hobart to the Blue Mountains, from December to March. 


ScIAPUS CONNEXUS Walker. 


Psilopus connezus Walker, Ent. Mag., ii., 1835, 471—Psilopus pachygyna 
Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 3, 1848, 37; pl. iv., fig. 1; and suppl. 4, 1849, 
128.—Schiner, Nov. Res. Dipt., 1868, 212——Sciapus pachygyna Bergoth, Stett. 
Ent. Zeit., lv., 1894, 72—Sciopus pachygyna Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 
209; figs. 192, 193. 

Habitat: New South Wales and Queensland. Very common, specially 
so in banana plantations, and is to be found most months of the year, be- 
coming very scarce in mid-winter. 


ScIAPUS DISCRETIFASCIATUS Macquart. 


Psilopus discretifasciatus Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 4, 1849, 127; pl. 
xii., fig. 9—Sciapus discretifasciatus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 
250.—Sciopus depinctus Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 210; figs. 196, 197. 

Habitat: New South Wales. Common in Sydney during November. 
Not known to occur in Tasmania, which is Macquart’s locality. 


ScIAPUS BREVICORNIS Macquart. 


Psilopus brevicornis Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 4, 1849, 124; pl. xii., 
fig. 4—Sciapus brevicornis White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 249. 


The figures given by Becker for Chrysoma volucre equally apply to this 
species, so if Becker has made an error in antennal structure, his species 
would need to be removed to this position. 

Habitat: Tasmania. Not uncommon during December and January. 
The identification is based on the description given by White rather than 
that by Macquart. 


SCIAPUS ANOMALIPENNIS 7.Sp. (Text figs. 1 and 2). 


®. Metallic green, reddish in parts, and slightly white dusted. An- 
tennae with the basal segments yellow, the third black. Proboscis and 
palpi yellow with black bristles. Hair behind head white. Thorax green 
above, bluish below. Abdomen green with black incisions; segments 5 to 7 
somewhat coppery; hairs white. Genitalia black with white lamellae; 
bristles and hairs black. The lamellae are bifid, the larger branch of each 
terminates in three or four elongate sinuous black sub-apical bristles; there 
are short, black, spine-like bristles at the apex of the larger branch, and a 
few more scattered on the smaller branch of each lamella; also there are 
medium sized lateral bristles on the main structure. Coxae bluish; femora 
tibiae and tarsi yellow. Wings hyaline with a large kink in the border at 
the second median vein where a chitinous spot occurs, otherwise the vena- 
tion is normal, yellow to brown in colour; halteres yellow. 

The female is similar, but normal in the shape of the wing. The 
abdomen has only five visible segments. The reddish colour may extend 
over practically the whole of the female. 

Length: 5—6 mm. 

Habitat: Queensland, Brisbane. This is one of the most abundant 
forms in the bush, where it may be found running in numbers up and down 
the trunks of Eucalyptus micrantha (Scribbly Gum). The dates range 


——————— 


EEE eee 


Oe 


— 


HARDY. 129 


from September to January, but specimens are to be found during most 
months of the year. The type series is a very extensive one, thirty being 
in my own collection, including the holotype and allotype. There is a long 
series of paratypes in the Queensland Museum. 


Genitalia of Sciapus anomalipennis n.sp. 


1. Male lateral view. 
2. The lamella of same, seen from a more ventral angle. 


SCIAPUS TRISCUTICATUS 72.Sp. 


°. Head, thorax, scutellum and coxae metallic blue-green, elsewhere 
mainly yellow. Antennae and proboscis yellow, bristles black, hair white. 
Abdomen with first segment in part, metallic green, as also the apex of 
the fourth and whole of the fifth; apex of the second to third fuscous. The 
genitalia are yellow and each of the two lamellae are provided with three 
whip-like filaments, one at the apex and two on the outer border. 

The female is similar, but the abdomen has only four visible segments, 
all yellow and margined with metallic green, which colour spreads on to the 
dorsum of the two last segments. Also the anterior and posterior coxae 
are yellow. 

Length: 3—4 mm. “ 

Habitat: Queensland, Brisbane. This is the species that is most per- 
sistently to be found in buildings on windows. It is also to be taken along 
hedges in gardens, but the majority of the type series were collected in the 
former position. It occurs from October to June, but is probably to be met 


with during other months. New South Wales: Sydney, 1 female, February, 
1920. 


130 AUSTRALIAN DOLICHOPODIDAE (DIPTERA). 


Genitalia of Sciapus triscuticatus n.sp. 
3. Male lateral view. 


Genus CONDYLOSTYLUs Bigot. 


Condylostylus Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (3), vii., 1859, 223.—Becker, 
Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 216. 

Judging from original and subsequent descriptions, I can detect four 
species hitherto named, that come within this group. There are about ten 
species before me, but it is somewhat difficult to ally the sexes. The males 
of three are provided with hook-shaped cilia along the costal margin of the 
wing, but this is not seen by me on any female. Only two species are de- 
finitely recognised by a name. 


Key to the Species of Condylostylus. 
1. Costal margin of the wing with long nee eee cilia. 


Males. .. .. stan BY Se aan ove ere ee Gs 2. 
Costal margin of wing without ‘such cilia. te ade bs 4. 
2. Antennae with long stiff black bristles which are very con- 
spicuous, forming a whorl. Legs entirely black, a oe 
Antennae with less conspicuous bristles which are short. Tibiae 
yellow. .. . a. “S590: 
3. With only a few ‘long black bristles on or near the humeral angle of the 
THOLAXess eye . .. * amoenus Becker. 
With numerous long ‘black bristles ‘at c or. near ‘the humeral angle of the 
GHOraAx. 35 5.6 .. * nigropilosus Macquart. 


4. Legs entirely black, anterior tibiae with short white hair below; with 
two protuberances towards the apex of the femora and another 
near the base of tibiae. Wings with vein M1 recurrent at base. 


7* 


Mee ya 


mz 


HARDY. 131 


Male and female... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. australiensis Schiner. 
Anterior tibiae at apex broadly yellow; vein Ml branching at right 
angles, not recurrent at base. Female... .. .. .. viduus Schiner. 


CONDYLOSTYLUS AMOENUS Becker. 


Condylostylus amoenus Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 219; fig. 203. 

There are three forms that agree with the character of having hook- 
shaped cilia along the costa of the wing, as illustrated by Becker. A male 
before me is from Como, New South Wales, October, 1921, and a female that 
probably belongs to the same species is from Sydney, December, 1918. They 
are referable to Becker’s species, and the costal cilia seems to be limited to 
the male. ; 

CONDYLOSTYLUS NIGROPILOSUS Macquart. 


Psilopus nigropilosus Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 2, 1847, 56—Sciapus 
nigropilosus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 251. 

Only a single specimen is before me, from Tasmania, Hobart, October, 
1916; and would seem to agree with White’s interpretation of Macquart’s 
species. 

CONDYLOSTYLUS AUSTRALIENSIS Schiner. 


Psilopus australiensis Schiner, Nov. Reise. Dipt., 1868, 216—Condylo- 
stylus australiensis Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 219; fig. 202. 


CONDYLOSTYLUS vipUUS Schiner. 


Psilopus viduus Schiner, Nov. Reise, Dipt., 1868, 216.—Condylostylus 
viduus Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 220. 


Genus MEGISTOSTYLUS Bigot. 


Megistostylus Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent., France (3), 1859, 222—Becker, Cap. 
Zool., i. (4), 1922, 220. 


MEGISTOSTYLUS LONGICORNIS Fabr. 


Musca longicornis Fabricius, Syst. Ent., 1775, 783.—Dolichopus crini- 
cornis Wiedemann, Analecta Entom., 1824, 39—Megistostylus longicornis 
Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 230; and as Megistostylus crinicornis on fig. 
216. 

CHRYSOSOMATINAE of Uncertain Generic Position. 


Psilopus angulosus Bigot, Ann. Ent. Soc. France (6), x., 1890, 285. 

Sciapus chalceus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 250. 

Psilopus dispar Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 4, 1849, 125; pl. xii., fig. 5— 
Sciapus dispar White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 251. (2? Condy- 
lostylus) . 

Psilopus gemmans Walker, List. Dipt. Brit. Mus., iii, 1849, 644. (? 
Condylostylus) . 

Psilopus nigrofasciatus Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 4, 1849, 126; pl. 
xiv., fig. 6. (? Condylostylus) . 

Psilopus sydneyensis Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 1, 1846, 55; pl. xi., fig. 
16; and suppl. 2, 1847, 56——White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 251. 

Psilopus sublectus Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt., i., 1852, 211. 

Psilopus tricolor Walker, Ent. Mag., ii., 1835, 471. (? Condylostylus) . 

Psilopus venustus Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt., i., 1852, 209——(Compare this 
West Australian species with Chrysosoma volucre Becker) . 


CHRYSOSOMATINAE erroneously included as Australian. 


Psilopus conicornis Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 1, 1846, 248.—This 
species was described as from Pondichery and Visle Sidney. The latter 
locality is associated with several Australian species by Macquart, and many 


132 AUSTRALIAN DOLICHOPODIDAE (DIPTERA). 


of those forms are regarded as being from Sydney, New South Wales. This 
can scarcely apply to the present species, because Becker has recognised it 
as being Chrysosoma leucopogon Wiedemann, known to occur from India 
to Formosa, and is not known from Australia. 

Note: Since this catalogue was completed, a recent paper containing 
descriptions of Australian Dolichopodidae has come to hand, namely, that 
of O. Parent, in Mitteilung Zool. Mus., Hamburg, xliii., 1928, pp. 190-198. 
Three species are recorded there from the Commonwealth, none of which 
I have been able to identify. 

p. 197. Chrysosoma diversicolor Parent, from Queensland, is based on 
a male and is said to be easily recognised by the abnormal coloration of the 
femora; the anterior ones are yellow, the others black. 

p. 191. Sciopus proximus Parent, from New South Wales, has the wing 
pattern and venation of S. connexus, but the genitalia are like those of S. 
ingenuus, only the lamellae are somewhat triangular and very short, just 
of such a shape as might be expected on a specimen of ingenuus if the 
lamellae were to be broken near the base. 

p. 193. Sciopus sordidus Parent, from New South Wales, is based on a 
female whose characters agree in the main with that described above as 
S. anomalipennis; it differs in two or three respects, however, the chief is 
in the venation which has the “Transverse postérieure légérement en S, un 
peu oblique.” 

Sub-family CamMPSICNEMINAE. 


Genus Sympycnus Loew. 


Sympycnus Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 93. 


Many species belong here, and one of them from Southern Queensland, 
is closely related to S. praecipuuws Becker, from New Guinea. 


SYMPYCNUS ANOMALIPENNIS Becker. 


Sympycnus anomalipennis Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 103; fig. 62. 

Habitat: New South Wales: Sydney, June, 1917. Queensland: Bris- 
bane, November, 1927, and June, 1929. These three specimens are ap- 
parently all males, and one of them was taken when sweeping grass beside 
a hedge of Duranta. 


Sub-family HyDROPHORINAE. 
Genus HypropHorus Fallen. 


Hydrophorus Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 40. 


There are two species, one from near Sydney, the other from Hobart, 
but neither of them fits Macquart’s description. I searched for this genus 
for several years before finding it, and then took a small series at Como, 
New South Wales, in 1921, and another series at a water hole near Hobart, 
situated between the summit of Mount Nelson and the fort near-by; 
January, 1924. I saw it again flying on the water troughs in the Sydney 
Botanical Gardens, in April, 1928. The species are very difficult to catch. 


Genus ParaLiptus Bezzi. 
Paraliptus Bezzi, Austr. Zool., iii., 1923, 179. 


PARALIPTUS MIRABILIS Bezzi. 
Paraliptus mirabilis Bezzi, Austr. Zool., iii., 1923, 181. 


SEE 


2 


HARDY. | 133 


Genus Lirparomyia White. 

Liparomyia White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 256. _ 

LIPAROMYIA SEDATA White. 

Liparomyia sedata White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 256. 

There is no assurance that this species belongs to the sub-family, and 
White gives no characters whereby it can be placed, but it is described with 
uniserial acrostichals. 

Species of Uncertain Generic Position. 

Hydrophorus cupreus Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 4, 1849, 123—White, 
Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 258. 

Sub-family RaPpHImNaeE. 


Genus SYNTORMON Loew. 
Syntormon Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 55. 


SYNTORMON AEMULANS Becker. 
Syntormon aemulans Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 57. 


Sub-family DraPpHORINAE. 


This appears to be a large group in Australia that needs very careful 
consideration. A revision of the described forms is urgently needed. but 
there are no named specimens in Australian collections that will aid in the 
work, and some years must pass before sufficient material from the type 
localities has accumulated. Three species are before me. 


Genus DiaPHorus Meigen. 
Diaphorus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 253-——Becker, Cap. 
Zool., i. (4), 1922, 66. 
DrapHorvs rnTactus Becker. 
Diaphorus intactus Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 73. 
DIAPHORUS UNICOLOR Becker. 
Diaphorus unicolor Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 75. 
DrIaPHORUS SETOSUS White. 
Diaphorus setosus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 254. 
DraPHORUS COMMUNis White. 
Diaphorus communis White. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania. 1916, 255. 
DIAPHORUS MINOR Meigen. 
Diaphorus minor Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 77. 


Genus Curysotus Meigen. 
Chrysotus Becker, Cap. Zool.. i. (4), 1922, 86. 


CHRYSOTUS ADSIDUUS Becker. 
Chrysotus adsiduus Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 89. 


Sub-family DoLIcHOPODIDAE. 


Genus DoticHorus Latrielle. 

Dolichopus Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 6. 

T believe I am correct in placing one species from Brisbane in this 
genus, which seems to have been recorded from New Guinea and Aru Island, 
ehones Becker only recognised it from considerably north of these 
islands. 


134 AUSTRALIAN DOLICHOPODIDAE (DIPTERA). 


Genus Paractius Bigot. 

Paraclius Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 11. 

There are two species of this genus from Brisbane—seven specimens of 
one, and eight of the other. Iam unable to identify Becker’s species in 
either of them. - 
PARACLIUS NEGLECTUS Becker. 

Paraclius neglectus Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 16. 

Sub-family MrEpDETERINAE. 
Genus MEbETERA Fischer. 

Medetera Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 48. 

There are several species from Queensland and Tasmania that seem to 
belong here. 

MEDETERA EXTRANEA Becker. 

Medetera extranea Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 49. 

Genus THypticus Gerstaecker. 

Thypticus Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 54. 

This genus is also represented from Queensland and Tasmania. 
THYPTICUS ABDITUS Becker. 

Thypticus abditus Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 54. 
Sub-family NEvROGONINAE. 
Genus NEvrocona Rond. 

Neurogona Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922, 61. 

NEUROGONA DENUDA Becker. 

Neurogona denuda Becker, Cap. Zool., i. (4), 1922. 62; fig. 44. 

Specimens from Brisbane are evidently this species which is recorded 
from Kuranda (Queensland), Formosa, India and Assam. 

Genus ArcHynomy1a White. 

Archynomyia White. Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 252. 

There are two species represented from Tasmania, and one from the 
National Park, Queensland. It would seem to form quite a valid genus. 

ARCHYNOMYIA ARGORUM White. 

Archynomyia arborum White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 253.— 
Archynomyia cupreus Hardy, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlvi., 1921, 300. 

I do not think my previous suggestion that Hydrophorus cupreus Mac- 
quart, may be this species, will be maintained. Macquart’s specimens are 
more likely to be from Sydney, not Tasmania as recorded, and also Hydro- 
phorus has subsequently been discovered, together with a complex of species 
that may belong to the same sub-family, but none of which conform to the 
three genera already placed there. 


Habitat: Tasmania, Hobart, Wedge Bay, Triabunna and Dunalley. 
January to March, 1915, 1917 and 1918. One male, 3 females. 


135 


SOME NOTES ON OLIGOTOMA GURNEYI FROGGATT. 
(EMBIARIA : OLIGOTOMIDAE.) 
By E. H. ZEck. 
(Plate xv.) 


The insect illustrated on the accompanying plate was drawn from a 
freshly chloroformed specimen before the body had time to shrivel. 

The Order Empraria embraces a group of small delicate insects, of which 
less than a hundred species are known throughout the world, and up to the 
present time some six species only are known to occur in Australia, all of 
which are representatives of the family OLicorommar. Practically nothing 
is known of their life histories, but it is recorded that two species studied 
by Grassi (Atti. Acc. Gioenia, vil., 1893) lived under stones where they spun 
webs, by means of glands on the expanded tarsal segments of their fore- 
legs, using these webs as a means of progression. 

The first record of their existence in Australia was published in 1904, 
when two species, Oligotoma gurneyi and O. agilis (1), were described by 
Mr. W. W. Froggatt (Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., Vol. xxix., 1904, 672-3). An- 
other species, O. hardyi, has been described by Dr. K. Friedrichs (Rec. W. Aus. 
Mus., 1914, 241-3). O. glauerti was later described by Dr. R. J. Tillyard 
(Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc., W.A., Vol. ix., 1923, 64-68). Dr. Tillyard also 
states (2) that an undescribed species exists in Queensland, and another in 
Tasmania. An interesting account and record of their occurrence in Vic- 
toria has been given by Miss J. W. Raff (Vict. Nat., Vol. xlv., 1929, 238-9). 

Brief description of specimen: General colour, brown, more or less 
shiny; legs somewhat darker than body; eyes black. Head moderately 
large, covered with hairs; more than half as long again as wide, oval; be- 
hind the eyes the head forms an almost complete semicircle. Eyes pro- 
jecting at the sides. 

Antennae inserted in front of and close to the eyes; 18 segments, hairy. 
(I was unable to determine whether this antenna was complete; the other 
only possessed 12 segments). 

Thorax at its widest part as wide as the head; hairy laterally and ven- 

trally; a few scattered hairs on pronotum. On both the meso- and meta- 
notum there are a few minute hairs, situated towards their anterior longi- 
tudinal grooves; elsewhere these parts are glabrous. 
: Wings: The basal posterior edges of both the fore and hind wings ap- 
pear to continue on backwards around the somewhat triangular shaped 
meso- and metanotum respectively. Some of the veins are only represented 
by a short basal portion which passes into the pigmented band. The 
borders of the pigmented areas are marked by a row of numerous small 
hairs and a row of similar hairs also continues on, from the ends of the 
short basal portions of veins present, to the wing margins. Hairs are 
numerous upon the anterior portions of both pairs of wings. Both the fore 
and hind wings bear a small cross vein near their base, which passes from 
the cubitus to the anal. This vein does not appear in the figures of Oligo- 
toma hardyi Fried., or O. glauerti Till. (3). 


(1) O. agilis Froggatt has been listed as the female of O. gurneyi 
Frogg., in (Enderlein, G.) Coll. Zool. de Selys Longchamps., fasc. 3, 1912, 93. 


(2) Insects of Australia and New Zealand, 1926, 122. 
(3) \Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. W.A., 1923. 


136 ZECK. 


Abdomen of 10 segments, flattened, 4th segment broader; terminal seg- 
ment with a pair of asymmetrical two-segmented cerci which are covered 
with numerous hairs. The entire abdomen hairy, and with numerous 
small irregular darker markings scattered over it. 

Dimensions: Length 11 mm., across outstretched wings 19 mm. 


Habitat: Taken on window curtains at Summer Hill, Sydney, New 
South Wales, during October, 1920, by Mrs. EB. H. Zeck. 

I am indebted to my friend Mr. W. W. Froggatt for the identification of 
the specimen. 

O. gurneyi Frogg. appears to come closer to O. glauerti Till., than to 
O. hardyi Fried., both as regards its venation and structure of the ter- 
minal appendages. : 

Observations: The terminal abdominal appendages were drawn as seen, 
without recourse to a clearing agent. It is unfortunate that the example 
was destroyed whilst in transit abroad, as a further examination of these 
appendages would have been of much interest. 

During the month of September, this year, female Embiids were ob- 
served in tunnels under the bark of various trees at Ryde, N.S.W., but no 
males were found in association with them. Some of the webbed tunnels 
appeared to contain only a single individual, but in other galleries Embiids 
of various sizes were noted. It is hoped that later males will be found in 
association with the females in these galleries, so that the species may be 
definitely determined. 

In conclusion, I would add that were it not for the fact that it had 
been kept alive, after being captured by my wife, it would have been im- 
possible to have figured this delicate and fragile insect as it is now pre- 
sented. 


137 


THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


By PROFESSOR T. D. A. COCKERELL. 
University of Colorado, U.S.A. 


There are, in all, 1,037 species of bees known from Australia (1), if we 
include fifty-eight which have been described and accepted for publication, 
but not actually published at the time these lines are written (August 10th, 
1929), (2). There are, in addition 90 forms which are treated as sub-species 
or varieties. When they are better known, some of the supposed sub- 
species will doubtless take specific rank; but on the other hand, some of the 
recognised species will be united, the sexes having been given different 
names. Although the number of described species is so large, it is not pro- 
bable that we know half of those actually existing. The fauna may con- 
tain as many as 4,000 species. This apparently extreme estimate appears 
justified when we consider that nearly all the collecting has been done in a 
limited number of localities, and that we know little concerning the bees of 
the interior of the country, or of the north-west coast. Mr. H. H. Batchelor 
has begun to send in specimens from Hughenden, in the interior of Queens- 
land, west of the Dividing Range, more than 300 miles almost directly west 
of Mackay. The result is at once the discovery of large and conspicuous 
forms, hitherto unknown. There is doubtless a whole new fauna to be 
collected in that region. Rowland and Gilbert Turner collected intensively 
from 1883 to 1901 in the region about Mackay, on the Queensland - coast. 
The bees were to have been described by Gilbert Turner, but he died of 
consumption in 1903, at the age of 37. A set of the bees was sent to Perez 
in France, but, although he attached manuscript names to many of them, 
he published nothing, and, so far as is known, made no descriptions. Perez 
having thus failed to accomplish anything, I was asked to undertake the 
work, using Turner’s main collection, which had been given to the British 
Museum. After everything had been published, so far as the material per- 
mitted, the specimens sent to Perez came into the possession of Dr. H. 
Friese, who published a large number of descriptions without attempting to 
find out whether the species had been described by me. In a recent paper 
(American Museum Novitates, No. 343, 1929), I was obliged to reduce no less 
than 43 of the Friese names to the synonymy, and some others will doubt- 
less have to follow. The Turner collections from the Mackay district in- 
cluded 97 new species of bees, many of them very striking forms, and some 
representing new genera. The Turners discovered a new series of ex- 
cessively minute bees, some with peculiar venation, as the new genera 
Turnerella and Heterapis. These little bees often visit the flowers of 
Eucalyptus trees, high up in the air, but when the trees are cut down they 
are still attracted by the flowers and are within the reach of the collector. 
They are not confined to the Mackay region. but have been found in large 
numbers at Brisbane by Henry Hacker, from whose collections I have just 
published (Mem. Queensland Museum, ix., June, 1929) two new genera 
(Zalygus and Microdontura), four new species of Turnerella, two of Eury- 
glossina and one of Heterapis. I had assumed, of course, that bees of this 
type were peculiar to Australia, but ten years ago I received a species of 
Heterapis (H. sandacanensis Ckll., 1919), collected in Borneo. 

Although the Turners had found so many species in the Mackay dis- 
trict, Mr. Henry Hacker, collecting in the region about Brisbane, has ob- 


(1) In 1904, 222 species were known; in January, 1913, 583 species. 
(2) Since published, vide Aust. Mus. Rec., xvii., 1929, 199-243. 


138 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA 


tained 89 new species, and others in different parts of Queensland. Mr. F. 
X. Williams collected in the region about Halifax, and I recently examined 
his material, now in the possession of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, 
Harvard University. The species were in general identical with those ob- 
tained by the Turners, with only a few new species (Nomia, Halictus, Mero- 
glossa). There is, however, a largely different fauna at Cairns and 
Kuranda, principally collected by R. Turner and F. P. Dodd. Some of the 
species from this district are very conspicuous and beautifully coloured. 

Mr. Rowland E. Turner, in a letter dated January 6, 1929, gives the fol- 
lowing interesting account of his collecting grounds: “The country in the 
Mackay district and in some other coastal districts in Queensland is of two 
utterly different types intermingled, grass with scattered Eucalyptus trees 
on the lower country, and tropical jungle on the hills and along the water 
courses. The bee fauna of the former class of country is Australian, most 
of the species frequenting Eucalyptus blossom, but the latter class of 
country has a vegetation mainly Malayan, and the bee-fauna also has many 
Malayan affinities (Androgynella, Dianthidium and others). Eugenia 
bushes usually grow on the edge of the jungle along the water courses, and 
were visited by many bees of an Australian type. Imported plants were 
not much visited except when related to native plants; thus Cassia fistula 
was visited by many species of Hylaeus and Palaeorhiza. The larger 
species of bees, belonging to wide-ranging genera such as Xylocopa, Crocisa 
and Anthophora were not particular, and frequented Duranta hedges. One 
species of Meroglossa visited roses, but this seems to be quite an excep- 
tional case. Leptospermum, which is much visited by bees, especially Para- 
colletes, in the southern half of Australia, only grows among the rocks on 
the top of barren hills in North Queensland, where Paracolletes is also much 
more weakly represented, though some of the species are to be found on 
Eucalyptus. In south-west Australia, where there is no tropical jungle, the 
bee-fauna is almost entirely Australian, and mostly frequents Eucalyptus 
and Leptospermum, though Pachyprosopis and some other genera visit 
other plants. Euryglossina and some others of the smallest species are to 
be found crawling in the sticky cups of the Eucalyptus blossom. The pink 
blossomed West Australian Eucalyptus ficifolia rosea is particularly attrac- 
tive to small bees. In South Africa, imported Australian plants are very 
little visited by indigenous bees. 

In American Museum Novitates, No. 346 (1929) I have given a list of 
the known bees of the Northern Territory, principally obtained at Port 
Darwin, where I myself collected on March 12, 1928. The fauna is rather 
disappointing, with a preponderance of widely distributed genera, though 
there are species of Euryglossa, Palaeorhiza and Turnerella. A small Para- 
colletes (P. tropicalis Ckll.) occurs on Melville Island. There is, on the 
whole, little to suggest affinity with the fauna of New Guinea. I also visited 
Thursday Island, where most of the bees were taken at the flowers of the 
introduced Antigonon leptopus, which Mrs. H. M. Pendlebury had pre- 
viously pointed out to me as being particularly attractive to bees at Kuala 
Lumpur, in the Federated Malay States. The Thursday Island series is on 
the whole similar to that from Port Darwin, with the bees and the wasps 
distinctively Australian so far as species go (3). No one could confuse the 
collection with one from New Guinea. Murray Island, in Torres Strait, has 
produced a very distinct species of Palaeorhiza (P. hedleyi Ckll., 1929), re- 
lated to Queensland species. 


(3) However, I collected Odynerus mirabilis superbus (Sauss.) det. 
Bequaert, which occurs both in Australia and New Guinea. 


COCKERELL. 139 


The Malay or intrusive element in the Australian fauna is characterised 
by the following genera:— 

Ctenoplectra, with C. australica Ckll., from Claudie River, North Queens- 
land, representing a family not otherwise known from Australia. 

Trigona, with nine species, one occurring at least as far south as Sydney. 

Allodape, with eight species, mostly northern, two of them only on Thursday 

Island. 

Mesotrichia, with M. bryorum (Fabr.), frequently placed in Xylocopa. 

Anthidiellum (species formerly placed in Dianthidium) with two species, 
one of them only on Thursday Island. 

Coelioxys, four species, one (C. froggatii Ckll.) reported as far south as Vic- 
toria. 

Nomada, one species from Queensland (N. australensis Perk.). 

Sphecodes, one species from Queensland (S. profugus Ckll.). 

It is noteworthy that all these genera occur also in Africa. Such 
genera as Crocisa and Anthophora might be added to the list, but they are 
now very widely disposed in Australia, with numerous species. 

We naturally think of these insects as having entered Australia in com- 
paratively recent times, but, as Mr. T. Iredale pointed out to me, there is 
evidence of a Malayan or Oriental snail fauna in North Queensland, which 
must be of considerable antiquity. As Rowland Turner points out, what 
we regard as the strictly Australian fauna inhabits a specialised environ- 
ment, along with a peculiar flora; into this the so-called Malayan elements 
could rarely successfully penetrate, no matter how long they may have 
been in the country. 

Coming now to the southern part of Australia, I cannot do better than 
quote a letter written by J. D. Hooker to Darwin as early as 1855:— 


“T have just concluded a good and complete catalogue of the Australian 
Leguminosae. . . . Out of fully 800 species I do not think that there are a 
dozen common to South-East and South-West Australia; whole well- 
marked genera containing many sections and species are absolutely con- 
fined to S.W. Australia. There is nothing like this in any other part of the 
world; it is utterly astounding, and, though I thought myself well up in the 
Australian flora, I was not prepared for this to such an extent. Also taken 
as a whole, the flora of Tasmania does not present as many species hardly 
distinct from S.E. Australia as it ought. The Tasmanian species are either 
very distinct or quite the same, and what is most curious this applies as 
well to the alpine plants, though the climate of the Australian Alps must 
be a good deal different from that of the Tasmanian ones.’ (Life and 
letters of Sir J. D. Hooker. Vol. I., p. 448). 

Much more recently, Emily H. Pelloe (Wild Flowers of Western Aus- 
tralia, 1921) has stated that W. Australia has about 4,000 species of wild 
flowers (not including over 2,000 of the tropical north-west). of which more 
than 3,000 are peculiar to that region. 

These botanical facts are strongly reflected in the bee-fauna. It is in 
South-western Australia that we find an extraordinary abundance of 
species, belonging in large part to characteristically Australian genera. 
Rowland Turner collected for a time at Yallingup, near Cape Naturaliste, 
and got 46 new species. Dr. A. J. Nicholson, of the University of Sydney, 
obtained a small collection in the Geraldton district, and most were new, 
the species showing little in common with the Yallingup lot. The most re- 
markable was the large and handsome Stenotritus nicholsoni Ckll., form- 
ing a new sub-genus (Ctenocolletes), strongly suggestive of the South 
American Caupolocana. He also found a series of new species of Fury- 
glossidia, which on closer study is seen not to belong to the Hylaeidae, but 
to be a Diphaglossine with two cubital cells, analogous to the South African 


140 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


genus Strandiella of Friese. Still, again, George Masters secured some bees 
a number of years ago at King George’s Sound, and these also represent a 
distinctive fauna, with several fine new species. Thus Western Australia 
not only possesses a very peculiar bee-fauna, but includes several faunulae, 
with special species of their own. The results obtained from a few collec- 
tions in different parts of this great region certainly indicate a rich harvest 
remaining for anyone who will go at the proper season and collect in dis- 
tricts not yet explored by those interested in wild bees. The best results 
would be obtained through the co-operation of an entomologist and a 
botanist, the latter identifying the flowers visited by the bees. 

Botanists have sometimes been sufficiently interested to collect bees. 
We are indebted to Von Mueller, the famous authority on the Australian 
flora, for the discovery of Halictus luteoaeneus Friese and Nomia testaceipes 
Friese. Schomburgk, who was Director of the Botanical Garden at Ade- 
laide, discovered the species Euryglossa chrysocerus Ckll., E. sinapipes CkIl., 
E. schomburgki Ckll., Hylaeus chrysaspis Ckll., H. dromedarius Ckll., Halic- 
tus clelandi Ckll., Parasphecodes schomburgki Ckll., P. sextus Ckll., Mega- 
chile adelaidae Ckll., M. semicandens Ckll., M. sequior Ckll., and M. tricho- 
gnatha Ckll. The types of all these are in the Berlin Museum. 

Ludwig Preiss, who settled on Swan River in 1838, is remembered for his 
many contributions to the knowledge of plants, but also for his discovery 
of certain bees, as Megachile preissi Ckll. and Anthophora preissi Ckll. His 
specimens are at Berlin. 

In 1916 (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, p. 360) I listed 79 species of 
bees from Tasmania, in contrast with the meagre fauna of 18 known from 
New Zealand. Since that time, the Tasmanian list has been augmented, but 
new collections continue to emphasise the fact that Tasmania is faunally 
very close to Victoria, with the species at least in large part identical (4). 
Extending the thought suggested by Hooker, we may say that whenever 
Tasmania possesses strongly marked endemic species, they must be sup- 
posed to have survived there, and died out on the mainland. But the 
separation of Tasmania is so recent, that there is little evidence of diver- 
gence of type in the species isolated by that separation. The condition of 
affairs is in many respects similar to that of the British Islands in relation 
to the Continent of Europe. 

Wherever bees are studied, it is found that some of the species are very 
widely distributed, while others are of much more limited range. This 
difference is likely to be correlated with flower-visiting and nest-building 
habits. The bees which we call polytropic, which gather nectar and pollen 
from many kinds of plants, are naturally likely to be of wide range; while 
the oligotropic bees, confined to one or a few species of plants, are com- 
monly more restricted. These relationships have not been worked out in 
Australia, but it is a fact that certain species range over a vast territory. 
Some examples are the following:— 


Paracolletes carinatus Sm.. Tasmania to Kuranda, Queensland. 

P. plumosus Sm., Swan River to Sydney. 

P. vigilans Sm., Swan River to Tasmania. 

Callomelitta littleri Ckll., Tasmania to National Park, Queensland. 

Euprosopis elegans Sm., Adelaide to Brisbane. 

Megachile doddiana Ckll., reported from W. Australia and Townsville, 
Queensland. 

M. chrysopyga Sm., W. Australia to Tasmania and Brisbane. 


(4) A very distinct species, Hylaeus zanthosphaera Ckll., was taken by 
J. A. Kershaw on King Island, and has not been found elsewhere. 


a ee 


COCKERELL. 141 


M. erythropyga Sm., Perth to Melbourne. 
M. quinquelineata Ckll., W. Australia, and Melbourne to Cape York. 
Euryglossina hypochroma Ckll., Perth and Brisbane. 


There are indications that southern (e.g., Tasmanian) species may be 
found at higher altitudes northward, but at present we have very little 
material from the uplands and mountains, at least with distinct indication 
of the altitude. Careful collecting in various mountain localities is sure to 
give results of great interest. My wife went to the Jenolan Caves, N.S.W., 
at a most unpromising time of year (April 29th), yet of three species of 
Parasphecodes obtained, one was entirely new (P. wilmattae Ckll.), and 
one was a sub-species of a Tasmanian species. 

The first Australian bees to be described were collected by Banks and 
Solander on Captain Cook’s first voyage, and were made known by 
Fabricius. These were Mesotrichia bryorum, Lestis bombylans, Megachile 
mystacea, Hyleoides concinna and Anthophora cingulata; the last not pub- 
lished until 1804. The Hyleoides was very naturally taken for a wasp, and 
described under Vespa. A letter written in 1773 by the English entomologist 
Drury refers thus to the work of Fabricius:— 

“T think you remember Mr. Fabricius. He is now in London and very 
busy in making descriptions from Mr. Banks’ and my collections, where he 
will have employment for some months, a pleasure he seems to enjoy with 
as much glee as a Lover of Wine does ye sight of his Cellar when well stored 
with full Casks and Bottles, enjoying by anticipation ye pleasure he is to 
receive in emptying them.” 

One other bee from the collection of Banks, and said to be from “Nova 
Cambria,” was described by the Rev. Wm. Kirby in 1802 as Melitta cyanura, 
and is now known as Hylaeus cyanurus (5). I found in the British Museum 
a species identified as that of Kirby (see Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., February, 
1910, p. 138), but it differed from the description in having a black abdomen. 
Kirby describes his insect as follows: “Caput. Frons utrinque ad oculos 
macula magna irregulari flavescente. Antennae nigrae. Truncus. Collare 
utrinque flavum. Tubercula flava. Scutellum puncto rotundo flavicanti 
insignitum. Squamulae nigrae. Alae subhyalinae, nervis nigris. Pedes 
nigri. Abdomen nitidissimum, atro-violaceum, lucidum, levissime punc- 
tulatum.” 


(5) Mr. Robert B. Benson has found what appears to be the type of 
Hylaeus cyanurus (Kirby) in the Banks collection at the British Museum. 
It is a female and has no label. He finds that it agrees with no species 
given in my tables in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1910, and is not the species called 
cyanurus in the general collection at the Museum. It is about 7 mm. long, 
black, with an obscure bronze and bluish metallic tinge on abdomen. The 
punctures of head, mesonotum and postnotum are very strong and coarse. 
On the clypeus the punctures tend to be drawn out into longitudinal fur- 
rows. The yellow markings include lateral face marks, very broad below, 
but rapidly narrowing at level of antennae, and ending very acutely on 
orbital margin far up on sides of front; tubercles yellow, pronotum, with 
“the hind dorsal margin with a thin yellow line broken in the middle”; 
very small yellow spots on scutellum (hemispherical in outline) and post- 
scutellum (obtusely sub-triangular). Abdomen with puncturation very 
fine, the large spaces between the punctures shining, though the surface is 
very finely rugulose. This description is partly derived from the sketches 
sent by Mr. Benson. I conclude that the species has not been obtained in 
modern times. This is not very surprising as, for instance, Banks and 
Solander collected insects on Palm Island, whence we have no bees. 


142 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


In some respects this appears nearer to H. rotundiceps Sm., described 
from Melbourne. After a considerable interval, the next addition was 
from the voyage of the “Coquille,” a species described by Guerin in 1830 as 
Andrena or Mellitidia australis (6). Taschenberg (1883) admits the genus 
Mellitidia into his system in his table separating it from Nomia by the 
ocelli being in a triangle; the second cubital cell rectangular, decidedly 
higher than long, receiving the first recurrent nervure about the middle. 
The second recurrent nervure joins the third cubital cell beyond the middle. 
The marginal cell is pointed on the costa. Mandibles broadened, on inner 
side briefly tridentate. Antennae with slender flagellum. Region of 
scutellum with a tubercle or point. This bee has not been recognised in 
recent times, and I have nothing which seems to fit this description. (I do 
not possess the original work, but only Taschenberg’s version) . 

In 1835 Boisduval described Crocisa lamprosoma, of which he said: 
“Cette belle espece est indique comme de Vanikoro, mais je ie crois plutot 
d’Amboine ou de Celebes.” Vanikoro is far out in the Pacific, 167°E., 11°, 
40min. S. The insect is a well known member of the fauna of Queensland 
and New South Wales. The C. caeruleopunctata of Blanchard, 1840, ap- 
pears to be the same. 

The early voyagers were not always careful about localities; in 1841 
Lepeletier described a Crocisa novaehollandiae, said to be from New Hol- 
land, but it actually inhabits Amboina. 

In 1841 or 1842, Erichson described Prosopis alcyonea, Hylaeus fami- 
liaris, Andrena infima and A. chalybeata, all from Tasmania. The Prosopid 
is easily identified as the P. vidua Smith, 1853, now called Hylaeus alcyoneus. 
Andrena chalybeata is now known as Paracoiletes chalybeatus (cf. Mem. 
Q’ld. Mus., ix., 1929, p. 311). Andrena infima is perhaps, but not certainly, 
an earlier name for the common JHalictus lanarius Smith (cf. Trans. Amer. 
Ent. Soc., xxxvi., 1910, p. 236). It is a male, with apex of clypeus yellow; 
the face densely white-haired. Hylaeus familiaris is a much smaller 
(female) Halictus, not clearly recognisable from the description. It is said 
to have the margins of the tergites piceous, without bands, indicating such 
a species as H. mesembryanthemi CkIll., or possibly H. helichrysi Ckll., or 
H. pulvitectus Ckll. It is safe to exclude H. helichrysi, a Queensland species; 
but H. pulvitectus is Tasmanian, and H. mesembryanthemi is common in 
Victoria, and may well occur in Tasmania. It is too large for H. mesem- 
bryanthemi, and is excluded by the black antennae, front with a mixture 
of black hairs, and fuscous nervures and stigma. There is more resem- 
blance to H. pulvitectus, except for the ‘“fronte pilis intermixtis nigris,” but. 
it may well be a species not since collected. The length is said to be 2-2/3 
lines. 

At Oxford, in the Hope Museum, I found specimens of Halictus col- 
lected by Darwin on the voyage of the “Beagle,” in Australia and Tasmania. 
They were ordinary looking, and without literature or specimens for com- 
parison. I was not able to identify them. I regret now that I did not make 
descriptions, from which I could doubtless have placed them on my return 
home. They were, of course, new species when collected (7). 


(6) I now learn from Dr. J. Bequaert that Mellitidia australis Guerin 
was actually collected at Port Praslin, New Ireland (Bismarck Archipelago) . 
It is therefore not a member of the Australian fauna, in spite of having 
been treated as Australian all these years. 

(7) Mr. Robert B. Benson informs me that bees labelled 44.4 at the 
British Museum (e.g., the type of Paracolletes plumosellus Ckll.) were col- 
lected by Mr. B. Bynoe, surgeon on H.M.S. Beagle. Bees labelled 56.94 (e.g., 


COCKERELL. 143 


So far, the knowledge of Australian bees was extremely fragmentary, 
but F. Smith, of the British Museum, from 1853 to 1879, published 186 
species, including many of those most commonly found. Some of the 
names proved to be preoccupied, and substitutes were provided by Dalle 
Torre in his Catalogue (1896). It is much to be regretted that Smith did 
not trouble himself to cite the collectors; and frequently (perhaps for lack 
of better knowledge) gave only “New Holland” or “Australia” as the 
locality. The types in the British Museum show that he copied what was 
on the labels, but probably in some cases more information might have 
been obtained. In the paper of 1868 seven species are cited from the 
collection of Sir John Lubbock, and it is known that the ten species from 
Champion Bay, Western Australia, were all obtained by H. Du Boulay. A 
remarkable bee, forming a new genus, had previously (1864) been named 
Thaumatosoma duboulayi by Smith. 

Smith did not describe all the Australian material available to him. I 
have had to describe many species from British Museum specimens, dating 
back to Smith’s time. I think the oldest date (as shown by the accession 
numbers) is 1844 (cf. Paracolletes plumosellus). Since the time of Smith 
species have been described by Alfken of Bremen (3), Cockerell (759), 
Friese (43, not counting those definitely known to be synonyms), Froggatt 
(Megachile blackburnii), Gribodo (Anthophora scymna), Meade-Waldo of 
the British Museum (7), Meyer of Darmstadt (5 Parasphecodes), Mocsary 
(Trigona cincta), Perkins (13), Radoszkowsky (3), Rayment (3), and 
Strand (Euryglossa endeavouricola). Mocsary’s Trigona was actually des- 
cribed from New Guinea, and the Australian representative is a distinct 
sub-species, T. cincta percincta Ckll. The name of Linnaeus comes into 
the list on account of his Anthophora zonata, and the introduced honey- 
bee. 

Several collectors of the modern period have already been mentioned, 
but it is important to mention the very numerous discoveries of W. W. 
Froggatt and C. French in New South Wales and Victoria. Thus, for ex- 
ample, no less than nine species of Exoneura were first found by Froggatt. 
Smaller contributions, but some of them of considerable importance, have 
been made by E. Allen, G. F. Berthoud (W.A.), F. L. Billinghurst (Bacchus 
Marsh), Horace Brown (W.A.), T. G. Campbell, J. S. Clark (Swan River), 
J. Burton Cleland (W.A.), C. E. Cole (Tasmania), Coulon (Port Philip, 
specimens in Berlin Museum), W. H. Davidson (Queensland), H. W. Davey 
(Bright, Victoria), A. P. Dodd, Hy. Edwards (the American actor and lepi- 
dopterist, who visited Australia), S. W. Fulton (Victoria), Miss A. M. Fulton 
(Croydon, Victoria), C. Gibbons (N.S.W.), G. F. Gill (Victoria), G. H. 
Hardy, R. Helms, G. F. Hill, H. J. Hillier (Hermannsburg), Harold Hockings 
(species of Trigona, with biological observations), R. Illidge (Cunderdin, 
W.A.), R. Kelley (Healesville, Victoria, a wonderful collection from flowers 
of Eucalyptus calophylla rosea, sent to Professor Poulton at Oxford), Wm. 
Kershaw, Arthur M. Lea, F. M. Littler (Tasmania), A. Musgrave, W. R. 
Salter (N.S.W.), F. P. Spry, W. Stalker (Alexandria), A. J. Turner (Queens- 
land), H. W. J. Turner (Perth), J. J. Walker (on the “Penguin” Expedition, 
Including the remarkable genus Phenacolletes from Turtle Bay), G. A. 
Waterhouse, F. E. Wilson (Victoria), C. M. Worsfold (W.A.), and others. 
This long list shows that there has been a good deal of interest in collect- 


the type of Paracolletes providellus Ckll.) were collected by Mr. Stutchburg 
between Sydney and Moreton Bay. Bees labelled 69.50 (e.g., the type of 
Paracolletes rudis Ckll.) were purchased from Mr. Du Bouley, collected in 
W. Australia, at Nicol Bay, Swan River and Champion Bay. 


144 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


ing Australian bees, and suggests that when it is made possible for 
amateurs to identify their species, the bees may become favorites with 
them. 

‘Friese obtained many species secured by Frank on a journey to Aus- 
tralia, and described several as new. The dates seem to show that Frank 
did not remain long in any one place, and there is reason to believe that 
part of the material was given to him by Australian entomologists. Two 
specimens of Paracolletes bear Froggatt’s labels. Specimens in the Berlin 
Museum are ascribed to Rolla, but I understand that he merely sold the 
specimens, and presumably did not collect them. 


The greatest number of types of Australian bees will be found in the 
British Museum, including those of Smith and Meade-Waldo, and very 
many described by myself. The American Museum of Natural History in 
New York has 28 types of species and varieties described by myself, and a 
long series of the Australian types of Friese. It has been the custom of 
Friese to label all his co-types “type,” without designating holotypes; and 
his collection, now in Berlin, contains another set of “types” of these 
species. The Museum of Comparative Zoology (Harvard University) has 
six types, and the type of Halictus melanurus Ckll. is in the U.S. National 
Museum. The Berlin Museum has many types of my species, as well as 
those of Friese and Meyer. 

In Australia, the largest and richest collection is doubtless that in the 
Queensland Museum, beautifully arranged by Mr. Hacker, to whom we are 
indebted for the invaluable Catalogue of Australian Bees, published in the 
Memoirs of the Queensland Museum, 1921. This collection is now rich in 
types and determined species. Next comes the series in the Australian 
Museum at Sydney, also kept in excellent order, and now enriched by 
numerous types of species described by me in Rec. Aus. Mus., xvii., 5, p. 199. 
The National Museum of Victoria, at Melbourne, has a smaller series, but 
includes some very good things. There is a fair number of types and co- 
types. At the present time, the Australian student has access to a very 
much larger number of determined bees than was the case a few years ago. 
I still have in my possession a great many types of Australian species, 
which have been very necessary for my studies. But I hope in time to 
transfer most of these to Australia, especially when I can secure in return 
other specimens of the same species, which I can verify before parting 
with the types. I have not been willing, in America or Australia, to work 
up collections and return the types to private collectors, because such a 
policy is likely, in the long run, to lead to serious losses. I should make 
an exception in the case of a large collection of some well known student 
of bees, which was sure to go intact to a reputable museum. It cannot be 
too strongly emphasised that a type is, from its nature, to be regarded in 
a manner as public property. It is proper to add, in this connection, that 
access to types does not necessarily ensure accuracy of determinations. I 
have known cases where errors were made in such comparisons, when the 
slightest attention to the descriptions would have revealed the mistakes. 
Indeed, I myself often read my own descriptions before making com- 
parisons, to cail to mind the particular specific characters. The best dis- 
cipline for the student of bees, whether young or experienced, is to make 
tables of the species in hand. This it is often difficult to get students to do. 
They would rather avoid the trouble, and rely on general impressions. It 
is my custom to construct a table or key for any considerable series of 
species to be determined, leaving it for subsequent investigation to deter- 
mine what they are and if any are new. 

The habits of Australian bees have been little studied, but will abun- 


. 


COCKERELL. 145 


dantly repay investigation. Some work has been done by Mr. H. Hacker 
at Brisbane, but the most interesting studies have been made by Mr 
Tarlton Rayment at Sandringham, Victoria. With the utmost enthusiasm 
he has watched and recorded the nesting habits of the species of his 
neighbourhood, discovering many hitherto unrecorded facts. In 1928, I 
had the pleasure of visiting his favourite localities in his company, though 
unfortunately not at the best season of the year. 

If I may express a personal wish in relation to Australian bees, it is 
that I may live to see some young student, man or woman, take up the 
study in Australia and have sufficient perseverance and skill to carry it 
far beyond the present stage. Indeed, why should there not be half a 
dozen such students? In that case it would no longer be necessary to send 
collections across the ocean for determination, and Australia would have 
the satisfaction of mastering her own problems in this field, as she has 
done in so many others. ; 


APOIDEA (8). 


The bees are to be regarded as constituting a superfamily Apoidea, 
closely related to and presumably derived from the fossorial wasps. In 
some cases (e.g., Phenacolletes) it is at first sight hard to determine 
whether an insect is a bee or a wasp; but, as Edward Saunders long ago 
pointed out, all bees, even parasitic species, have some plumose hairs, while 
the fossorial wasps have them all simple. This fact may be taken as evi- 
dence, if such were needed, that the parasitic bees are derived from nest- 
building forms; and when we come to study parasitic bees in detail, it is 
evident* that they themselves are variously related to and derived from 
different families of working bees. Any attempt to reconstruct the phylo- 
geny or lines of descent of the bees must necessarily result in a fan-like 
diagram. Although we can assert with considerable confidence that cer- 
tain genera are genetically related (thus the parasitic Psithyrus derived 
from Bombus), the origin of the families evidently goes a long way back, 
to a time of which we have no record. It is easy to prove that certain 
types cannot have been derived from certain other ones, but quite a dif- 
ferent matter to determine their actual origin. 

It has been customary to regard the bumble-bees (Bombus) as very 
advanced, on account of their long tongues, reduced palpi and social habits. 
Nevertheless, they show primitive characters in the wings. The sawflies, 
admittedly standing at the base of the hymenopterous series, frequently 
show two marginal or radial cells, a dividing vein descending, usually 
obliquely, from the apical portion of the stigma. In such a wasp as 
Zaspilothynnus, the base of the radius as understood in sawflies is pre- 
served, and the marginal nervure is strongly looped up to the stigma, so 
that the marginal cross-vein is excessively short. This wasp, however, 
surely has two marginai cells, in the same sense that the sawflies have two. 
Now even in Bombus, the rudiment of the cross-vein in the first cubital 
cell is plainly visible, and it may be said that it also has two marginals. 
(Cf. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Oct., 1927, pp. 433-434). 

Hair on the eyes is found in the genus Glyptapis, from Prussian amber, 
and may be an ancient character. In the modern fauna it is seen in the 
honey-bee (Apis), in the totally different (parasitic) genus Coeliorys, in 


(8) I assume that the reader is in possession of some good general work 
such as Tillyard’s “Insects of Australia and New Zealand,” and as far as 
possible avoid the repetition of what may be readily found therein. I also 
assume the possession of Hacker’s catalogue. 


146 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


the again wholly diverse Australian Trichocolletes, and to a slight extent 
in some other genera. It does not seem at all probable that hairiness of 
the eyes can be taken in any sense to indicate relationship, but it appears 
to represent a latent tendency cropping out here and there. 

With regard to the tongue, it is entirely reasonable to regard the short 
tongue as primitive, the long one as more advanced. The length of the 
tongue increases as an adaptation to the flowers from which nectar is ob- 
tained. This culminates in the South American Euglossa (Glossura) 
piliventris Guerin, in which the tongue is much longer than the body, and 
when folded back sticks out behind like a tail. In former times, it was 
very convenient to divide the bees into two great sections, one with the 
tongue short and blunt, usually more or less emarginate or notched, and 
the other with the tongue, whether long or short, acutely pointed. The 
distinction appeared to be fundamental and absolute. However, Perkins 
(Proc. Hawaiian Ent. Soc., 1908), describing the new Australian genus 
Palaeorhiza (type Prosopis perviridis Ckll.), proposed a family Palaeor- 
hizidae, on the following grounds: — 


“Palaeorhiza is evidently represented by many species in Australia. 
Several have been described as belonging to the genus Prosopis, in spite 
of the fact that the most superficial examination shows that these insects 
have an acute lanceolate tongue. Hitherto no connecting link between 
the blunt-tongued and acute-tongued bees has been recorded, but in 
Palaeorhiza we have a form, which, except for the structure of the tongue, 
would be assigned to the section of Obtusilingues. It will therefore be 
obvious that this section and the Acutilingues can no longer be main- 
tained as of great importance, since Palaeorhiza must always be as- 
sociated with Prosopis, as the male genital characters, and all other ones, 
save the lingual, clearly show. In this connection, however, it is only 
proper to add that the Australian genus Meroglossa, associated by Smith 
with the blunt-tongued bees, without remark, has an acute tongue, being 
so figured and described by that author.” 


This extraordinary condition of affairs naturally led me to examine 
the material in my possession, with the result of discovering a still more 
extraordinary circumstance, that the males of those two genera do in fact 
have acute tongues, but the females have them obtuse, as in the related 
genera! Thus the two sexes, according to the old classification, would fall 
in quite different divisions of the Apoidea. (Cf. Nature, Vol. 83, 1910, p. 
311). 


The maxillary palpi are especially instructive from the standpoint of 
evolution, since there is no doubt whatever that the primitive number of 
joints is six, and that these undergo reduction in the different genera, being 
wholly lost in the South American genus Oxaea. This reduction has evi- 
dently taken place independently in different groups; thus Ozaea is not 
related to the various genera in which the joints are two, three or four, 
but to Protoxaea, which has six-jointed maxillary palpi. A very interest- 
ing case is that of the Australian genus of Anthophoridae called Asaropoda, 
in which the maxillary palpie retain the full number of six joints; but the 
labial palpi, four-jointed in nearly all bees, are reduced to two joints, with 
a brush of stiff hairs at the end. This has been confused with Saropoda, 
which is a European genus, with four-jointed maxillary palpi. It will be 
observed that, speaking generally, the reduction in the number of palpal 
joints is characteristic, not of the endemic Australian genera, but of the 
genera which evidently evolved elsewhere, and entered Australia with their 
generic characters fully established. 


COCKERELL, 147 


The maxillary combs are evidently highly significant for taxonomy and 
the understanding of phylogeny. The combs consist of rows of stiff 
specialised bristles, placed on the maxilla, and only clearly seen when the 
mouth-parts are mounted on a Slide, and examined by transmitted light 
under the compound microscope. The inner comb is placed mesad of the 
palpus, on the basal part of the galea. The outer comb is placed basad of 
the palpus, on a more or less concave margin of the stipes, or more pro- 
perly perhaps the united palpifers. The presence of the inner comb dis- 
tinguishes those bees which are considered less advanced, and the presence 
of the outer comb those which are very highly modified. Hylaeuws, Mero- 
glossa, Palaeorhiza and others have the inner comb very well developed; 
the lacinia in those genera is reduced to a small finger-like structure, be- 
set with bristles. Nomia has a well developed inner comb, and narrow 
lacinia. Sphecodes has no inner comb, but it has a primitive feature in 
the galea, the apical part being distinctly separated, a condition more 
strongly emphasised in the wasp Vespa. Halictus has no inner comb, and 
the terminal portion of the galea is separated by a line or suture as in 
Sphecodes. Thus Halictus and Sphecodes stand apart from Nomia, which 
has no apical division of the galea. Owing to these facts, I am now in- 
clined, contrary to my former opinion, to accept the family Halictidae as 
distinct from Andrenidae. 

The Anthophoridae, such as Anthophora, have a well-developed outer 
comb> Megachile has no inner or outer comb. The margin below the 
palpus is strongly convex, but presents a certain number of bristles, which 
in some species are thickened and spiniform. These seem to represent the 
vestiges of an outer comb. The Megachilidae (except Anthidium and close 
relatives) are outer comb losers, but some other genera of more primitive 
type presumably had no outer comb ancestry. (Cf. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash- 
ington, Vol. 26, April, 1924). 


Returning to a consideration of the wings, we can clearly detect an 
evolutionary series in the suppression of the cells and nervures. The more 
primitive genera have three cubital (or sub-marginal) cells and three dis- 
coidals. Many genera have the cubital cells reduced to two, and when this 
is the case, it may be the first or second intercubitus which has dis- 
appeared, or perhaps the two may have coalesced to form a single nervure. 
In the North American parasitic genus Phileremulus, and in some of the 
minute Australian Hylaeidae, there is only one cubital cell, while in the 
Meliponidae (represented in Australia by Trigona) the dividing nervures 
have entirely disappeared, or are represented at best by faint vestiges. 
Although the loss of a cubital cell indicates departure from the primitive 
type, this is the condition in the whole group of Hylaeidae, otherwise con- 
Sidered primitive, and in certain members of the Colletoid series. 


It is proper to remark, that from the standpoint of strict morphology, 
we are in error in our nomenclature of the cubital cells. Thus it is obvious 
that a genus with two cells does not possess just the first and second of 
other bees, but the first, and it may be the second and third united. This 
is well understood, and need not give rise to any misunderstanding. 


_ The Australian bees can be divided into a number of families called 
Hylaeidae (or Prosopididae), Colletidae (of the sub-family Diphaglos- 
sinae), Halictidae, Andrenidae (of the sub-family Nomiinae, or family 
Nomiidae of Robertson), Melectidae (Crocisa), Anthophoridae (Anthophora 
and Asaropoda), Megachilidae (with sub-families Megachilinae, Anthi- 
diinae, and Coelioxynae), Xylocopidae, Ceratinidae, Meliponidae, and the 
introduced honey bee, Apidae. 


148 


10. 


11. 


12. 


THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


The following key will facilitate the separation of these groups:— 


Cubital cells, obsolete or in part faintly indicated; social bees. 
. Meliponidae (Trigona) . 


Cubital cells, whether one, ‘two or ‘three, clear and distinct. ab 
GCubitalicells/twotor fewer 26) ces one. Seen a 
Cubital cells three. .. .. 9. 


Short tongued bees, the tongue ‘obtuse, except in males of 
some Hylaeidae, but never long. 8 cap totel: oe 3h 
Long tongued bees. .. . esos 6. 
Both cubital cells long, subequal, well developed. 4 
Second cubital cell i a aed shorter than first, or 
lacking. .. . .. Hylaeidae. 
Second cubital ‘cell broadly and ‘abruptly truncate ‘apically, the cell 
as broad above as below; rather large bees resembling wasps. .. . 
. .. Hylaeidae subf. Hylaeoidinae (Hylaeoides). 
Second cubital cell. narrowed about or nearly half above. 3) 
Abdomen with pale tegumentary bands, incised on each side anteriorly; 
antennae and hind legs highly modified; marginal cell pointed, the 
apex away from costa; basal nervure going basad of the very 
oblique nervulus. Hylaeidae subf. Neopasiphaeinae (Neopasiphae). 
Abdomen without pale tegumentary bands, but frequently tinged with 
purple; antennae and legs not deformed; marginal cell narrow at 
end near costa; basal nervure falling short of nervulus. .. 
; Colletidae (Euryglossina) . 
Only one recurrent ‘nervure, ‘and ‘therefore ‘only two discoidal cells. 
‘ Ceratinidae (Exroneura). 
Two recurrent nervures, ‘and three discoidal cells. Ae th 
Small or smallish bees, with not much hair on body; females with no 
scopa on abdomen, but one on hind tibiae and basitarsi; face 
usually with a characteristic pale mark; abdomen never blue. .. 
3 . Ceratinidae |(Allodape). 
Rather small ‘thick- set bees, the abdomen shining purple-blue. i 
Sie Ctenoplectridae (Ctenoplectra) . 
Small or large bees, “evidently hairy: females (except in Androgynella) 
with a ventral scopa (pollen- alee brush) on 


abdomen. .. . Me lot tomate abc 8. 
No pale tegumentary | ‘markings; no pulvillus or pad between 
claws: i... oe Megachilidae. 


With pale or yellow ‘tegumentary marking: ‘feet with pulvilli. we te 
. .. Megachilidae subf. Anthidiinae (Anthidiellum) . 
Bees with short obtuse or emarginate tongues; body hairy. . Colletidae. 
Bees with pointed tongues, short or long. .. . 10. 
Marginal cell very long, parallel sided, approaching ‘tip of wing; 
second cubital very broad below and narrow above; social bees 


_ with hairy eyes... . .. .. Apidae (Apis). 
Marginal cell not thus elongated: ‘solitary. or ‘colonial bees, not forming 
a community nest. .. .. alt, 


Sixth abdominal segment without a pygidial area ‘or plate: tongue long 
and filiform; bees pa a nests in wood or in stems of 
plants. .. .. ip), 

Sixth abdominal ‘segment with a pygidial area or plate. 135 

Small bees, less than 5 mm. long; black, marked with white; second 
intercubitus strongly curved, nearly meeting the first above; 
maxillary palpi five jointed... .. .. .. Ceratinidae (Neoceratina). 

Large robust bees, like bumble-bees, black or metallic. .. Xylocopidae. 


COCKERELL. 149 


13. Parasitic bees, without scopa for collecting pollen; ornamented with 
bright blue or white markings due to appressed scale-like hairs; 
scutellum modified, emarginate. .. .. .. .. Melectidae (Crocisa). 

Nest-making bees, with scopa on the legs of females for collecting 
pollen; body not ornamented as in Crocisa. .. .. 14. 

14. Tongue very long, and first two joints of labial palpi strongly modified, 

elongated and flattened; robust swift-flying bees. .. Anthophoridae. 
Tongue dagger like or more elongated, but labial palpi not modified as 
just described; bees mostly of medium size or small. 116}, 

15. Second cubital cell short and small, the others large; marginal cell 

blunt at apex; hind legs of males often greatly modified. Bi 
Andrenidae subf. Nomiinae. 
Cubital ‘cells ‘more ordinary, ‘and marginal cell more pointed; basal 
nervure strongly bent or arched; males usually with a yellowish 
band. or mark) on apex of clypeus: .. .. 3. ...:.. .. .. Halictidae: 


Aside from such characters as are cited above, each group has its 
general aspect or facies, by which it may usually be known at a glance, 
once it has become familiar. Additional characters will readily be found; 
thus the base of the metathorax in Nomia is unlike that of Halictus, and 
the Halictine females have a sort of groove or rima, fringed with hairs, at 
the apex of the abdomen. The commonest Anthophorids have the abdomen 
elegantly banded with blue or green, but some Nomiines are also thus 
banded. The marginal cell in Anthophora is short, evidently shorter than 
the first discoidal, and the basal nervure is not arched. Anthophora and 
Asaropoda have the third cubital cell large and square, hardly contracted 
above. 

Family APIDAE. 


The honey-bee, Apis mellifera L., is sufficiently well known. One of its 
specialised characters is that of lacking spurs on the hind tibiae (9). 

Many years ago I saw a bumble-bee (Bombidae; Bombus hortorum var. 
fidens Harris) said to have come from Queensland. Species of Bombus are 
well established in New Zealand. In the Western Hemisphere there is a 
native Bombus (B. dahlbohmii Guerin) existing as far south as Tierra del 
Fuego. 


Family MELIPONIDAE. 


All the Australian species are small and belong to the genus Trigona 
Jurine. These bees are peculiar for having no sting. 

Trigona carbonaria Smith. This is the very common little black bee, 
looking like an animated particle of soot, about 4 mm. long. The pale hair 
of the thorax above has sparse black bristles intermixed. The flagellum 
of the antennae is dark beneath, with at most a little red at base and more 
at apex. The native name, according to Mr. Hockings, is Karbi. Although 
it is a general rule that native bees are attracted by introduced flowers, 
there are exceptions, and one of them is 7. carbonaria, which Mrs. May- 
banke Anderson found to be attracted in great numbers to sunflowers at 
Pittwater, N.S.W. (Cf. Entomologist, July, 1914, p. 192). At Rangoon, Burma, 
I found a similar small Trigona (T. iridipennis Smith) attracted in numbers 
to sunflowers. 


(9) Mr. T. Rayment (Australasian Beekeeper, xxvii., October 15, 1925, p. 
68) reported the existence of a smaller native Apis (A. aenigmaticus Ray- 
ment) from Victoria and South Australia. But as nothing seems to be 
known of it but the comb, it cannot be regarded as entitled to recognition 
until the actual bees are produced. 


150 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


Trigona carbonaria angophorae Ckll. Worker about 4:5 mm. long, in- 
tense black, without light markings, but the flagellum ferruginous be- 
neath. Wings blackish translucent, with dark stigma and nervures; legs 
with black hair. This was found by Froggatt visting flowers of Angophora 
at Sydney, and was described as a distinct species, but it seems to represent 
a race or variety of T. carbonaria. 


T. carbonaria hockingsi Ckll. Larger than typical T. carbonaria, with 
much coarse black hair on scutellum, and the flagellum clear red beneath. 
It was found by H. Hockings on the Cape York Peninsula, and also occurs 
(with the flagellum more dusky) at Port Darwin. The nesting habits are 
different, and are described in Mem. Queensland Museum, ix., 1929, p. 301. 


T. cassiae Ckll. Easily known from T. carbonaria by the scutellum. 
and often the axillae, marked with cream colour. The tubercles also are 
light-spotted. In the male the flagellum is entirely pale fulvous beneath. 
It is common in Queensland, nesting in hollow trees, and commonly visit- 
ing Cassia flowers, but also Eucalyptus. The native name, according to 
Hockings, is Kootchar. He has given a good account of its nesting habits 
(Mem. Queensland Museum, ix., 1929, p. 299, continued on p. 301). 


T. cincta percincta Ckll. A very small species with light face-markings, 
pale scutellum, and a pale band along each side of mesothorax. The 
species was described from New Guinea, but an Australian race. appreciably 
larger (up to 5 mm. instead of 3.5) occurs at Hermannsburg, Finke River. 


T. australis Friese, found by Baron von Muller in Central Australia, 
and also reported from Queensland, has the scutellum partly pale as in T. 
cassiae, but is said to have yellow mandibles and red-brown clypeus. The 
axillae are entirely yellowish white. Length, 4 mm. _ I infer from the 
description that true T. australis is a species I have not seen, but probably 
the variety from Mackay, cited by Friese, to T. cassiae. 

T. essingtoni Ckll., from Port Essington, is 4 mm. long, with pale yellow 
markings, as follows: Mandibles (except ferruginous tips), labrum, clypeus 
(except narrow, black, anterior and posterior margins, and two large red- 
brown spots on disc), wedge-shaped lateral face-marks, extending to level 
of antennae, tubercles, narrow stripe on each side of mesothorax, extend- 
ing to level of antennae. tubercles, narrow stripe on each side of meso- 
thorax, extending to axillae, all of scutellum, and apex of abdomen, the 
last being thinly pubescent with white hair. Wings hyaline, nervures and 
stigma flavous. 


T. mellipes Friese, with no better locality than South Australia, is 
honey-yellow, with hair of the same colour; antennae blackish-brown 
above; legs all honey-yellow; wings perfectly clear, iridescent. Length less 
than 4 mm. 


T. wybenica Ckll., found by Hockings on Thursday Island, is very small, 
head and thorax shining black, with the scutellum, metathorax and sides 
of thorax posteriorly varying from dull honey colour to black (perhaps a 
question of maturity). Mandibles light yellowish ferruginous, darker at 
apex; labrum light yellow; scape entirely clear orange ferruginous; 
flagellum black or very dark above, reddened beneath, especially apically; 
abdomen, honey colour or pale yellowish. 

T. laeviceps Smith. Resembles T. carbonaria, but distinguished by the 
red antennae; the abdomen is dark sepia brown, becoming black apically. 
It occurs in Queensland and the Northern Territory (Adelaide River), and 
was first reported in error as T. canifrons Sm. (Cf. Mem. Queensland Mus., 
vii., 1922, p. 279). Even now, there is some uncertainty, as recent studies 
indicate that the T. laeviceps of authors includes more than one species. 


ne — 


~ 


Eee 


Se 


es ea 


Oe == 


COCKERELL. 151 


Family XYLOCOPIDAE. 


Large robust bees not metallic; second cubital cell produced and incomplete 
basally. a ss Mesotrichia Westwood. 
Bright green or blue bees; second cubital cell approximately parallel-sided, 
complete, not strongly produced at base (the venation therefore less 
modified than in Mesotrichia). .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Lestis Lepeletier. 


Mesotrichia Westwood. 


Mesotrichia bryorum Fabricius. The female is a large black bee, the 
thorax covered with dense very bright yellow hair. The male has the 
abdomen also yellow haired. It is a common insect in Queensland, but has 
been reported as far south as New South Wales. The bees of this genus 
are known to possess a peculiar pouch in the base of the abdomen, which 
harbours mites of the genus Paragreenia. Miss N. Le Veque has discovered 
the interesting fact that the Australian species lacks this pouch, and there- 
fore harbors no mites. 

Lestis Lepeletier. 


Lestis bombylans Fabricius. Male with thorax and abdomen yellowish 
green, the thorax in front with fulvous hair, with three longitudinal suffused 
dusky bands. Female bright blue-green. Queensland. 

L. aerata Smith. Male with thorax and abdomen bluish-green, with 
blue shades on thorax; front much narrower than in L. bombylans; thorax 
in front with three black bands and tfulvous between them; light area on 
face pellucid or opaque white. Female bluer than in L. bombylans. The 
var. violascens Cklil. (male) has much violet colour on abdomen. The var. 
gibbonsi Ckll. (National Park, N.S.W.) described from a male, has the black 
band on middle of thorax in front broader; thorax above yellowish green, 
the shining disc of mesothorax golden green; abdomen shining yellowish 
green with strong pink and lilac suffusion. 

This species appears to be more widely distributed than L. bombylans, 
extending from North Queensland to Victoria. 


Family CERATINIDAE. 


Anterior wings with three cubital cells. .. .. .. Neoceratina Perkins. 

Anterior wings with two cubital cells... .. .. .. .. .... ile 
\. Anterior wings with two recurrent nervures... .. 

. Allodape Lepeletier ‘and Serville. 

Anterior wings with one ‘recurrent nervure... .. .. .. Exoneura Smith. 

Allodape was based on a South African species, but Ae genus is widely 
distributed in Africa and Asia, extending to Australia. Exoneura is an 
Australian derivative from Allodape; it is an example of an Australian 
genus which is less primitive than its relatives in other parts of the world. 
The Syrian E. libanensis Friese, which I have from Brumana (Morice), 
appears to represent an independent development, and is now placed in 
Exoneuridia. Neoceratina was based on peculiarities of the palpi and 
venation, but Perkins overlooked the fact that the type of Ceratina (C. 
cucurbitina Rossi) has five-jointed maxillary palpi (cf. Ann. Mag. Nat. 
Hist., Dec., 1899, p. 405). Neoceratina is therefore very close to Ceratina, 
but should be readily recognisable by ‘the recurrent nervures received a 
short and about equal distance within the second and third cubital cells 
respectively.’ The only species is N. australensis Perkins, 4.5 mm. long, 
taken by Perkins at Bundaberg, Queensland, in 1904. It is black, with a 
slight aeneous tinge; a wide stripe down middle of clypeus, the tubercles, a 
spot at base of middle tibiae above and line on front and hind ones are 
white. 


152 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


Allodape Lepeletier and Serville. 


Allodape bribiensis Ckll. Female about 4 mm. long; black, the abdomen 
dullish, not shining as in A. unicolor; clypeus with a broad white vertical 
bar, narrowest at top, and gradually widening downward; scape black; 
flagellum ferruginous beneath, except at base; tegulae testaceous; tubercles 
white; legs with white marking. Found by Hacker on Bribie Island, 
Queensland. 

A. clarissima Ckll. Male; 6.8 mm. long; like A. simillima, but scape with 
a white stripe in front; clypeus broad, constricted in middle, ivory-white; 
small lateral face marks; labrum white in middle; tubercles white; tarsi 
pale red. Thursday Island. 

A. diminuta Ckll. Both sexes about 5 mm. long; resembling A. simillima, 
but much smaller, and male with scape white in front. Face mark in 
female broad and pyriform, which readily distinguishes it from A. unicolor. 
Discovered by Froggatt at Yarrawin, N.S.W., but now known to extend 
north to Thursday Island and Port Darwin. 

A. grisea Alfken. Male, 4.25 mm. long; black, dull, with thin grey hair; 
legs marked with yellowish white, and hind margins of abdominal seg- 
ments above and below yellowish white; wings perfectly clear, iridescent. 
No mention is made of any pale markings on head. Denham, S.W. Aus- 
tralia, taken on the Hamburg Expedition of 1905. Unknown to me. 

A. picta Smith. I examined Smith’s (male) type in the British 
Museum. It is recognised by the yellow sides of face, and the abdomen 
with suffused brown bands. The clypeus is yellow; mandibles and labrum 
testaceous yellow; antennae pale fulvous beneath; tegulae testaceous; wings 
clear, nervures testaceous; abdominal tergites 2 to 4 with lateral yellow 
spots. The length is given as 23 lines. The abdominal markings appear 
to ally it with A. grisea. Unfortunately the locality is given as “Australia.” 

A. plebeia Ckll. Male 6 mm. long; like A. simillima; but no lateral face 
marks; facial mark yellowish; very broad above, gradually narrowing to 
the truncate lower end; labrum all black; antennae entirely black; tubercles 
cream-colour; stigma very dark. Female about 6 mm.; marked like the 
male, but more robust. Thursday Island. 

A. simillima Smith. The largest Australian species; females up to 
nearly 9 mm. Black, the female with a large pear-shaped yellowish-white 
area on clypeus, and the tubercles white. The type locality is given as 
“Macintyre River (Ker).” The species goes north to Thursday Island and 
Melville Island, and occurs at Brisbane and in W. Australia. It is possible 
that the species as now understood is composite. The male, as I have it 
from Mackay, has the clypeus all white, and the sides of the face with 
narrow white bands. This is Turner’s 716. 

A. unicolor Smith. A small species. Smith described the female as 
“Jength 23 lines; black and shining, the clypeus having an elongate cream- 
coloured spot, transverse at the base and pointed at the apex; . . . wings 
hyaline, their extreme base yellowish, the nervures fuscous.”’ The locality 
is given as “New Holland,’ but the species is known to be northern. The 
male, from Port Darwin and Thursday Island, is less than 4.5 mm. long, 
and has no lateral face marks. The scape is entirely black. The female 
may be known from A. bribiensis by the lack of white marking on the legs. 

The Australian Allodape appear to fall in two series; the species of 
Queensland and the Northern Territory (one extending into New South 
Wales), which are quite typical of the genus; and the aberrant A. picta 
and A. grisea, little-known, and probably confined to S.W. Australia. I 
possess no material of the second group. 


es 


aS 


COCKERELL. 153 


Exoneura Smith. 


Numerous species have been added since the publication of Hacker’s 
Catalogue. For most of these, see Memoirs, Queensland Museum, vili., 
December, 1922, where there is a table. In this table, £. pictifrons Alfken 
would fall next to E. perpensa, and E. hamulata Ckll. next to E. baculifera. 
For a table of the earlier known species, see Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., November, 
1905. The genus is very rich in species, and should be intensively studied 
by an Australian entomologist. It is remarkable that S.W. Australia seems 
to be very poor in Exoneura, only E. bicolor, E. pictifrons and E. angophorae 
occidentalis being recorded. There are four species in Tasmania. 

Exoneura abstrusa Ckll. Male, about 6.5 mm. long; clypeus, labrum 
and linear lateral face marks clear ivory white; anterior tibiae mainly pale 
red; hind tibiae claviform, very broad apically; abdomen black. Brisbane 
(Hacker). Female unknown. 

E. albolineata Ckll. Female a little over 5 mm. long, with dusky red 
abdomen; clypeus with a narrow pale yellowish stripe from base to apex, 
and sides of face with small short pale marks. Dorrigo, N.S.W. (W. Heron). 
Allied to £. insularis. 

E. angophorae Ckll. Female, length about 6.25 mm.; black, with deep 
ferruginous abdomen and legs; clypeus with a longitudinal pale yellowish 
line or band; each side of face with a small pale yellow mark, which may 
be absent. Allied to £. bicolor, but known by the moderately dusky wings, 
much less reddened than in £. bicolor, and the abundant black hair on 
hind legs. Found by Froggatt at Sydney, visiting flowers of Angophora, 
but known to range north to Brisbane. The var. obliterata Ckll. from 
Brisbane, has the clypeal band dusky, narrow, very obscure; first abdominal 
tergite nearly all black, except the hind margin (broadest in middle) and 
broad hind corners. A table contrasting E. angophorae with its relatives 
will be found in Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1913, p. 32. The subsp. 
occidentalis Ckll. is from Yallingup, W. Australia, and has no light markings 
on face. The scape is red or yellowish red in front. 

E. aterrima Ckll. First described as a variety of E. botanica, but later 
raised to specific rank. The female is fully 5 mm. long; abdomen all black, 
the hind margins of tergites not reddened. Considerably smaller than E. 
insularis, with the tubercles creamy white and the wings not reddened. The 
male differs by the clypeus (except a very small mark on each lateral mar- 
gin) and labrum entirely white; the anterior tibiae and the basitarsi black 
or dark fuscous. Brisbane and Caloundra (Hacker). 

E. baculifera Ckll. Female somewhat over 6 mm.; black, with the broad 
abdomen dark chestnut red, the first two tergites mainly black, and a dusky 
cloud on third; clypeus with a narrow rod-like pale yellow stripe, often 
subobsolete; tubercles dark. Allied to E. angophorae var. obliterata, but 
easily separated by the dark legs and abdomen. It is to obliterata what 
robusta is to hamulata. National Park, Queensland (Hacker) . 

E. bicolor Smith. This is the common species with red abdomen, with 
thin short orange hair on the apical part. The type female, in the British 
Museum, shows the face conspicuously narrowed below; this is an excellent 
character to distinguish it from the broad-faced E. hamulata. The male 
has the eyes large and prominent, and the face narrow. The range is ex- 
tensive, from Stanthorpe, Queensland, to Tasmania, and west to Swan 
River. I took it at flowers of Hypochaeris, at Wallangarra, Queensland. 

E. botanica Ckll. Female very small, less than 4.5 mm. long; black, 
including the abdomen, but the hind margins of the tergites reddish; face 
narrow, orbits converging below; clypeus with a very broad cream-coloured 
band, broadest above, with a sudden enlargement something like the head 
of a nail; tubercles cream-coloured. Botany, N.S.W. (Froggatt). 


154 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


E. brisbanensis Ckll. Female about 5 mm. long; head and thorax shin- 
ing black, abdomen rather dark chestnut red, the basal tergite and a broad 
transverse band on second blackened; face broad (but orbits distinctly 
converging below), shining, wholly without marking; flagellum red be- 
neath. Allied to EZ. froggattii and E. concinnula, but easily separated by 
the black tibiae. Brisbane (Hacker). 

E. clarissima Ckll. Male about 5 mm. long, the abdomen bright fer- 
ruginous, dusky at sides of apex, and the first tergite black, with a narrow 
red apical margin. Readily known by the small size and the broad white 
face-patch, broadly truncate above. Wings not reddened; knees broadly, 
and all the tibiae and tarsi, bright ferruginous. Yarrawin, N.S.W. 
(Froggatt). 

E. concinnula Ckll. Female 4.5 mm. long, like £. froggattii, but smaller; 
the clear reddish wings with the stigma and nervures clear light ferrugin- 
ous; femora black, red apically; tibiae and tarsi chestnut red; abdomen 
red without markings. The face is wholly black, but the labrum red. 
Collected by Froggatt in New South Wales. 


E. diversipes Ckll. Male about 7 mm. long, known from £. nitida by 
the long black hair of face. The abdomen is black, and the anterior tibiae 
are dark (in E. abstrusa they are mainly pale red). Eyes very large, con- 
verging below; face with a very broad reversed T of greenish-white, in- 
cluding all of clypeus except a narrow stripe down each side; lateral marks 
represented by short slender lines; labrum greenish-white; tegulae black; 
hind tibiae slender basally and broad apically, their basitarsi long and very 
thick. National Park, Queensland (Hacker). 


E. excavata Ckll. Female about 7.5 mm. long, peculiar for the wholly 
black, excavated and basin-like face; abdomen dark chestnut red, the first 
tergite with a broad blackish suffusion on disc; anterior knees, tibiae 
apically, and all the tarsi dark red; in certain lights the middle and hind 
tibiae appear to be bright red above, but this is due to coppery hair; 
tubercles black; wings strongly reddish. National Park, Queensland 
(Hacker). 

E. froggattii Friese. Female 6 mm. long; head and thorax shining 
black; face narrow, wholly without light markings; tubercles black; femora 
black, red at apex, tibiae and tarsi bright chestnut red. The stigma is 
dusky (clear fulvous in E. concinnula). The type locality is Thornleigh, 
N.S.W. (Froggatt). It also occurs in Victoria. 

E. fultoni Ckll. Female 5.5 mm. long; known by the small size, red 
femora, and absence of a cream-coloured clypeal stripe. Lower part of 
clypeus broadly suffused with red; mandibles red, except at base and apex; 
legs bright chestnut red; tubercles black; wings dilute reddish; stigma clear 
ferruginous; abdomen red, sometimes dusky at apex. Croydon, Victoria 
(S. W. Fulton). 

E. gracilis Ckll. Female about 4.5 mm. long; slender, black, shining; 
face wholly black, labrum clear ferruginous; scape in front and flagellum 
beneath dull ferruginous; tubercles white; tegulae hyaline with a white 
spot. Distinguished from E. ploratula by the black middle and hind femora 
(in ploratula they are clear red). Brisbane (Hacker). 

E. hackeri Ckll. First treated as a variety of E. angophorae; later as 
a species. The female resembles £. angophorae, but has the white clypeal 
band extremely broad, its upper half broadest, and covering the whole 
width of clypeus; lateral face marks quite large; triangular; first three 
abdominal segments with broad dusky bands, or these may be absent. The 
face marks resemble those of E. clarissima, but that has the scape white in 
front, while in £. hackeri it is entirely black. Brisbane (Hacker). The 


_ S| | ae 


wate 


COCKERELL. 155 


var. incerta Ckll. has the lateral face marks reduced to small spots; stigma 
clear ferruginous; scape red at base. 


E. hamulata Ckll. Female not quite 7 mm. long; abdomen chestnut red 
(a rather darker shade than in E. bicolor), the first two tergites each with 
a large black discal patch; legs red, the coxae, trochanters and greater part 
of femora black. The face is broad; clypeus with a cream-coloured band 
suddenly broadened above, with a sharp hook-like extension on each side; 
wings yellowish. Type from Moss Bay, N.S.W. (Froggatt), but goes north 
to Brisbane, and south to Tasmania. A Tasmanian variety has the clypeal 
mark evanescent, all but the upper part dark reddish; wings strongly red- 
dened, stigma clear amber; hair on outer side of hind tibiae ferruginous. 


E. insularis Ckll. Female about 6 mm. long; black, including abdomen; 
clypeal and lateral marks cream-colour; clypeus with a very broad median 
band, which suddenly broadens above, so as to include all of upper part; 
lateral marks rather small, subtriangular; scape with a red mark near 
base, and one at apex. Allied to FE. botanica, but known by the lateral face 
marks and dark tubercles. Stradbroke Island, Queensland (Froggatt). 

E. melaena Ckll. Female about 5 mm. long; similar to EF. aterrima, but 
differing by the face entirely black; wings dilute reddish; a bright ferru- 
ginous patch at each side of base of first abdominal tergite; tibiae largely 
red, but basitarsi dark. Caloundra, Queensland (Hacker). 

E. nitida Ckll. Both sexes about 6 mm. long. Female black, with the 
margins of the fourth and fifth abdominal tergites very narrowly and often 
hardly perceptibly reddened; face and front highly polished and shining; 
clypeus with a very broad cream-white band, broadest above; tubercles 
cream-colour; tegulae black; wings dilute brown, stigma and nervures very 
dark. Male similar to that of E. aterrima, but larger, head broader, creamy- 
white area on face broader, wings browner. The larger size, brownish 
wings and black legs distinguish this species from the closely related E. 
aterrima. Stradbroke Island, Queensland (Hacker). 


E. perpensa Ckll. Male about 6 mm. long; head and thorax black, 
with long hair, black on head, dull white on thorax, very faintly yellowish 
dorsally; head transverse, eyes very large and convex; clypeus and labrum 
greenish-white, the light facial area like a reversed wineglass with an ex- 
tremely thick stem; no lateral marks; tegulae dark; stigma narrow, ferru- 
ginous; abdomen parallel-sided, broad at base (slender basally in E. 
bicolor), first tergite black, second black, with dull red apical margin, 
fourth red clouded with dusky, fifth and sixth more strongly clouded. 
Structurally allied to EZ. diversipes, but that has a black abdomen. Armi- 
dale, N.S.W. (A. J. Turner). 


E. pictifrons Alfken. Male 6 to 7 mm. long; black, with red abdomen; 
clypeus and scape in front yellowish-white. The variety laeta Alfken has 
only the base of the first tergite black, but the typical form has the abdo- 
men more blackened, and in the var. obscura Alfken, the tergites are black, 
with basal and apical red bands. Mundijong, S.W. Australia. E. ango- 
phorae occidentalis Ckll., based on females from Yallingup, W. Australia 
(R. E. Turner) is very likely the same species. It has the face narrowed 
below, all black; scape red or yellowish red in front; wings reddish, with 
dark stigma; legs largely red. Alfken’s name has about seven years’ 
priority. If these are one species, this leaves W. Australia with only two 
known Exoneura. It is possible that Smith’s E. bicolor from Swan River 
and Tasmania were different species, the Tasmanian one being the one to 
which the name is now applied. Meade-Waldo compared occidentalis with 
the type of E. bicolor, and reported: “Net E£. bicolor; differs in colour of 
hind legs, etc.” 


156 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


E. ploratula Ckll. Female hardly 4. mm. long; head, thorax and 
abdomen entirely black, the face without light markings; legs chestnut red, 
the anterior femora black, except at apex, but the others clear red; scape 
red in front; wings yellowish hyaline, not dusky, nervures light ferrugin- 
ous, the large stigma dark red. Resembles E. froggattii by the small size 
and dark face, E. botanica by the small size and black abdomen. Sydney, 
N.S.W., collected by Froggatt at flowers of Angophora. 

E. rhodoptera Ckll. Female about 6 mm. long; very robust, black, 
the abdomen marked with dark red, at sides of first and second ter- 
gites, a pair of hook-shaped marks on second tergite, a transverse band 
(weak or broken sublaterally) on third, base of fourth, and an in- 
distinct band on fifth; clypeus with a broad median cream-coloured 
bar, irregular along the margins, and emitting at its upper end very long 
hook-like extensions; labrum black; tegulae reddish; wings strongly red- 
dish-fuliginous; femora with a pale red stripe above, not reaching base; 
anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi dark red, hind legs darker. Allied to 
E. hamulata, but with very much darker abdomen, legs and wings. Strad- 
broke Island, Queensland (Hacker). 

E. robusta Ckll. Both sexes about 6.5 mm. long. Female robust, black, 
the very broad abdomen shining dark chestnut red, with the first tergite 
(except apical margins laterally), nearly all of second, and a transverse 
arched band on third, black; face very broad, the clypeus with a broad 
cream-coloured band, variable in form, urn-shaped or hooked at sides above; 
antennae dark; tubercles black, tegulae black, reddish posteriorly. Male 
with narrow face, showing long black hair, and no light markings; abdomen 
darker, even the apical tergites suffused with black. There is a possibility 
that the male is not conspecific. The female is close to E. hamulata, with 
the same broad face, but easily distinguished by the much darker legs, only 
partially and very obscurely reddened, if at all. National Park, Queensland 
(Hacker) . 

E. tasmanica Ckll. Male about or nearly 7 mm. long; abdomen red, 
suffused with black, first tergite black with red hind margin; clypeus cream- 
colour; antennae black; knees, tibiae and tarsi clear red, the hind tibiae 
black posteriorly. Windermere, Tasmania (F. M. Littler). 

E. tau Ckll. Similar to FE. hamulata, but smaller (anterior wing 4 
mm.) ; second cubital cell much smaller; clypeal stripe narrow, with a short 
cross-bar at top, which is not at all hooked; tubercles yellow. By the light 
tubercles it resembles E. botanica, but that has a black abdomen, dark 
stigma and clypeal stripe very much broader. Moss Bay, N.S.W. (Froggatt). 

E. turneri Ckll. Female about 8 mm. long; head and thorax black, 
wholly without light markings; abdomen bright chestnut red, the first ter- 
gite with two rather small dusky spots near base; femora, tibiae and tarsi 
bright chestnut red, anterior femora black at extreme base; face broad; 
scape with a narrow red stripe in front; wings strongly reddened. Allied 
to E. hamulata, but separated by the entirely black face. Eaglehawk Neck, 
Tasmania (R. E. Turner). 

It will be observed, that of the above 28 species of Exoneura, twelve 
were discovered by Hacker, and nine by Froggatt. We are not informed 
who discovered the genus; Smith cites the type species, E. bicolor, from 
Swan River and Tasmania. 


Family CTENOPLECTRIDAE. 


Ctenoplectra australica Ckll., from Claude River, Queensland, is the 
only species. Its characters have been given in connection with the table 
of families. 


(To be Continued.) 


‘ 


ee ee ee 


a a ae 


Se oe ee ee 


157 


THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


By Tom IrepaLE, Conchologist, and A. F. BassET Hutu, Honorary 
Correspondent, Australian Museum, Sydney. 


(By Permission of the Trustees.) 


Since part IT. of this paper appeared (this journal, pp. 75-95) we have 
seen the Loricates collected by Dr. H. K. Finlay, of Dunedin, including a 
number dealt with by Edwin Ashby in a paper published shortly after our 
paper. Amongst these a new species and a new record belonging to the 
family LEPIDOPLEURIDAE were introduced. 


Add to Il. Family LEPIDOPLEURIDAE. 
12a. TERENOCHITON FINLAYI. 
(Plate xvi., figs. 2-5.) 


1929. Lepidopleurus finlayi Ashby, Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1x., 372, jolly BPA) sales By 
6, 7, August 29. 60 fath., Otago Heads, N.Z. Type in Australian 
Museum (ex Finlay collection). 

The essential features of this distinct Lepidopleurid can well be seen in 
the figures here given, the many-rayed anterior valve contrasting with the 
distantly placed lirae of the pleural area. 

Shell small, elongate oval, elevated, semi-keeled, side slopes somewhat 
curved, girdle scaly. 

Colour pale buff to brown. 

Sculpture of granules: The anterior valve very closely rayed with 
rounded pustules, about fifty rays being counted: the pleural area has 
about twelve rows of large pustules, less and crowded at the jugum, widely 
spaced and much larger towards the girdle; lateral area closely rayed as 
ae ae valve and showing marked growth periods, four or five being 
notable. 

The mucro is ante-median, the posterior slope somewhat steep and a 
little concave. 

Girdle scales minute, elongate, rather erect. 

Dimensions: Length, 4 mm.; breadth, 2.75 mm. (Holotype: Ashby). 

Habitat: Dredged in 60 fathoms off Otago Heads, N.Z. 

Remarks: Ashby has written about some strange bunches of spicules 
observed on the type which he dissected, but these were not present on the 
second example, so apparently were of no import. 


13a. PARACHITON SUBANTARCTICUS sp. 70v. 
(Plate xvi., figs. 6-7.) 


1929. Lepidopleurus columnarius Ashby, Trans. N.Z. Inst., Ix., 372, pl. 32, 
fig. 9, August 29. 95 fath., off Auckland Island. 


Ashby has added this Tasmanian species to the New Zealand List on 
the strength of a single valve. We would have ignored the valve, but inas- 
much as it has been introduced it must be dealt with. The valve in ques- 
tion is before us as we write. It is quite distinct from the Tasmanian 
species, with the type of which we have compared it, notwithstanding 
Ashby’s association. Ashby’s photograph does not correctly show the form 
of the valve which is well rounded with scarcely the suggestion of a keel, 
not Gothic arched as his figure suggests. 

A comparison of the two species may be stated as follows:— 


L. columnarius. Has the valves steeply Gothic arched, sculpture 
coarser; lateral areas distinctly elevated, showing no well-marked growth 


158 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


lines; the pleural area shows 20 chains of pustules on each side of the 
jugum. 

P. subantarcticus. The valve is distinctly rounded, with very little 
vestige of carination; the lateral areas are scarcely elevated, showing 
markedly 4 or 5 growth periods, and is shallower; 25 chains of very fine 
pustules on each side of the jugum. 

The type is in the Australian Museum (ex Finlay collection). 


Add to Ill. Family LePIDOCHITONIDAE. 
17a. IcOPLAX SUBEUDOXA SD. nov. 


1929. Callochiton klemi Ashby, Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1x., 375, pl. 32, fig. 12, 
August 29. Foveaux Strait, N.Z. 


Again Ashby has described a N.Z. shell and associated it with an Aus- 
tralian species, so that again it becomes necessary to name the valve 
figured by Ashby, and fortunately deposited in the Dominion Museum, 
Wellington. 

The differences between the Australian and Neozelanic shells are given 
by Ashby, and the Neozelanic shell is also quite distinct from C. sulculatus 
Suter. Ashby’s description is as follows: “Median valve measures 6.5 x 3 
mm., angle of divergence 90°, colour fiesh-pink with lighter mottlings, sur- 
face smooth, except for growth-lines and minute decussate pattern; orna- 
mented with seven almost circular pits, of which the two outer are imper- 
fectly formed; the pits themselves are very much smaller and the ridges 
between are much larger, three times the width of those in C. empleurus. 

“The structure of the pits is very distinct from that of C. empleurus, 
but whether this species is truly conspecific with the unique example from 
South Australia cannot be stated with certainty until further examples are 
forthcoming from South Australia, showing the end valves. The short 
circular character of the pits and the broad interspaces are common to 
both, but I note that the South Australian shell is more beaked, and the 
pits are not quite identical, so the receipt of more material may, after all, 
make separation possible.” 


IV. Family Loricrae. 


This family, a very characteristic feature of the extra tropical Aus- 
tralian Loricate fauna, appears in the north of New Zealand, a somewhat 
unexpected occurrence. 

The species are few in number, and three genera are recognised in 
Australian waters, but only one genus and species is so far recorded from 
the Neozelanic Region. It will be interesting to watch for its discovery in 
the Neozelanic fossil beds, as the family is well represented in the palaeon- 
tology of Australia. 

The peculiar posterior valve with its unslit posteriorly sinuate insertion 
plate, and the scaly girdle more or less interspersed with spiculose tufts, 
make the members easily recognisable. 


viii. Genus Lorica. 


1852. Lorica H. and A. Adams, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 11, vol. ix., 355. 
Type by monotypy Chiton cimolius Reeve. 

1853. Aulacochiton Shuttleworth, Mittheil. Naturf. Gesell. Berne, 68. Type 
by monotypy Chiton volvor Reeve. 

1926. Zelorica Finlay, Trans. New Zeal. Inst., lvii., 334, December 23. Type 
by monotypy Lorica haurakiensis Mestayer. 


IREDALE AND HULL. 159 


Shells medium to large, more or less elevated, keeled, elongately ovate, 
girdle scaly with corneous tufts. 

Colour generally dull, sometimes brightly streaked. 

Sculpture consists of radial rows of distant pustules on end valves and 
lateral areas, and raised longitudinal lines of coalesced pustules, sometimes 
with cross threads, on the central areas. 

Girdle notably slit posteriorly, covered with oval scales of different 
sizes, somewhat loosely packed with scattered spiculose tufts more or less 
distributed. 

Insertion plates large, striated in anterior and median valves; the 
former eight-slit, the latter one-slit; sutural laminae large, sinus very 
small, with a projecting subdenticulate block present; posterior valve with 
an unslit callus somewhat sinuate. 

Zelorica was provided by Finlay for the Neozelanic species, as the girdle 
examined showed no spiculose tufts. This conclusion requires confirmation 
from the study of juvenile specimens as the type species of Lorica, cimolia, 
generally has the tufts absent in the adult, but they can be found in very 
small specimens. The Sydney Lorica volvor has very numerous tufts at all 
stages, well preserved specimens showing three or four rows somewhat 
alternating. 

26. LORICA HAURAKIENSIS. 


(Plate xvi., fig. 1.) 


1921. Lorica haurakiensis Mestayer, Trans. New Zeal. Inst., liii., 1920, 177, 
pl. 38, figs. 1-3, July 4, 1921. Hauraki Gulf, 20 fath., New Zealand. 

1907. Lorica volvox Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., iii., 297. 

1913. Lorica volvor Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 46. Atlas, pl. 2, fig. 22, pl. 5, 
fig. 3 a-b. 

1915. Lorica volvox Iredale, Trans. New Zeal. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 425. 

1924. Lorica haurakiensis Finlay, Trans. New Zeal. Inst., lv., 517. 

1926. Lorica haurakiensis Mestayer, Trans. New Zeal. Inst., lvi., 587, pl. 
101, fig. 10. 

Not 

1872. Chiton rudis Hutton, Trans. New Zeal. Inst., iv., 1871, 179. Type in 
the Colonial Museum; locality not stated. = Sydney, New South 
Wales. 

Many years ago Hutton described a shell, apparently from New Zea- 
land, in the Colonial Museum, as C. rudis, and later this was recognised as 
a species of Lorica, determined as the Sydney species, and dropped from the 
Neozelanic List. Some forty years after Hutton’s description Captain 
Bollons found a species of Lorica living in the Hauraki Gulf, and it was 
recorded as the Sydney species. A specimen was given to Hull by Captain 
Bollons, and sent to Iredale for comparison with the types in the British 
Museum. It was found to differ appreciably, but could not be described 
until comparison had been made with the type of Hutton’s rudis. This 
was done by Miss Mestayer, who showed that Hutton’s shell was a Sydney 
specimen, and therefore the Neozelanic species needed description, which 
was offered as follows:— 


“Shell ovately oblong, steeply elevated, dorsal ridge acute, side slopes 
very slightly convex. Anterior valve erect, lightly curved forward, with 
fourteen irregularly spaced radial ribs, smooth for about two-thirds their 
length, but bearing near the girdle from four to six low, steeply rounded 
nodules; the interstices show faint concentric growth-lines; posterior 
angles of the apex finely vertically ribbed. Median valves. The first of 
these is considerably larger than the others, the jugal area sculptured with 


160 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


oblique radial ribs, which form inverted ‘V’ up it; pleural areas finely hori- 
zontally ribbed. In valves 3 to 8 the horizontal ribbing is continued across 
the jugal tract. The number of ribs varies with the age of the shell; the 
holotype has nineteen horizontal ribs, the interstices rather wider and per- 
fectly smooth. The lateral areas raised, somewhat variable, some having 
one or three more or less decided radial riblets, but they may be obsolete 
on one or more of these areas. A few low, steeply rounded nodules are 
rather irregularly scattered over the riblets. Posterior edges of valves 
denticulate, and showing traces of fine vertical striae at the apex. The 
concentric growth-lines are clearly visible. Posterior valve the smallest, 
horizontally ribbed, bounded by a strong slightly upstanding rib, bearing a 
few nodules. In some specimens there are traces of fine vertical riblets on 
the posterior angle. The mucro is terminal. The valve rather deeply 
grooved posteriorly. Girdle medium width, closely set with smooth convex 
scales, which vary slightly in size. There are no tufts of bristles; the 
posterior slit extends the whole length of the girdle. Colour reddish- 
brown with a fairly broad creamy-yellow bar along the centre of the shell. 
The girdle about the same colour, with darker transverse bars. Individual 
specimens appear to vary somewhat in colour. Interior reddish, sutural 
plates almost white, sinus very narrow, rather shallow. Anterior valve 
with about eight slits, median valves one-slit. Length 30 mm.; breadth 20 

“Off Kawau Island, Hauraki Gulf, N.Z.; 20 fathoms.” <a 


V. Family CryPTOCONCHIDAE. 


This family is based upon the anomalous Neozelanic species, Crypto- 
conchus porosus Burrow, which is also one of the largest species. The an- 
terior valve is regularly five-slit, sometimes the slits becoming obsolete, but 
never the regular eight of other families such as the PLAxXIPHORIDAE and 
Mopa.iipaE. Ashby, in his original papers, included Katherina in this family, 
because this genus bears a very superficial resemblance, but the slitting 
was sufficient to determine its allies, and Thiele had confirmed the loca- 
tion by study of the radula which is typically Mopalioid. The radula in 
this family is also characteristic, and it is noteworthy that, although Ashby 
has recommended the usage of this feature, he discarded it in the instances 
when it was seen to be of great value. Another superficial feature which 
makes most members recognisable at sight is the non-differentiation of 
the pleural and lateral areas of the median valves; when these are separated 
by a rib this is nodulose and in agreement with the remainder of the 
sculpture, rarely obsolete, still more rarely linear. The girdle generally 
shows outstanding tufts around the anterior valve, sometimes behind the 
posterior valve, and at the sutural pores of the median valves; otherwise 
the girdle is more or less clothed with spicules, sometimes practically naked 
at others densely spiculose with long spines. Thus, the development of the 
huge naked girdle with large tufts (retracted in death) of Cryptoconchus 
is merely an exaggeration of the broad leathery girdle of the other large 
New Zealand species, N. violaceus Q. & G., and the variation in the opposite 
direction is seen in the Australian N. speciosus H. Adams, where the girdle 
encroaches on the shell in the same manner, and to the same extent, but 
is thickly covered with long glassy spicules, giving it a very distinctive ap- 
pearance. Internally the median valves have only one slit, which may be- 
come obsolete, but the insertion plates are grossly enlarged and form wing- 
like processes, leaving only a minute sinus. The posterior valve is likewise 
distinctive, in that there are two well-marked side slits, rarely obsolete 
while sometimes the interspace between the two slits is multi-slit. Rarely 


— a 


IREDALE AND HULL. 161 


the whole insertion plate of the posterior valve degenerates to a mere 
callus, and upon the recognition of this sporadic feature in a fossil Ashby 
has built up a wonderful but flimsy edifice of the evolution of this group. 

The difficulty of defining the generic groups in this family has been 
emphasised by Iredale, and in connection with Neozelanic shells it is even 
more pronounced than in Australian forms. Ashby has noted this also, 
and suggesting that there is only one genus has added more complications 
by treating the same species under different generic and subgeneric names. 

On the littoral of New Zealand three distinct groups are easily 
separated, Cryptoconchus, Acanthochiton and Notoplaz. The first-named 
can never be confused, and at present in Neozelanic waters only one species 
is allowed; the second was only regarded as monotypic until quite recently, 
but now the number of species is indefinite and in some cases dredged 
shells may even be confused with the lastnamed Notoplaz. Notoplaz is 
founded upon a Tasmanian dredged shell of large size, very small exposed 
tegmentum, huge girdle thickly spiculose. The common large Neozelanic 
shell has a wide naked girdle, looks very distinct and has been named 
Loboplaz. AQ closely allied species of “Loboplax”’ has the girdle finely 
spiculose and dredged shells are quite intermediate. When specimens are 
secured by means of the dredge still more difficulties appear as, although 
the earliest known was separable at sight, recent accessions have proved 
difficult to locate generically. Iredale recommended Craspedochiton, and 
this will be here used, as although we at first thought emendation could be 
made we will show that extreme variability has made differentiation im- 
possible. Ashby has, however, provided two generic names for the Neo- 
zelanic species in case a differentiation should be substantiated. 


viii. Genus CRyPTOCONCHUS. 


1815. Cryptoconchus Burrow, Elements of Conch., 1st ed., 190, 1815. ex 
Blainville MS. 

Type by subsequent designation Gray, 1847, Chiton porosus Burrow. 

This name was introduced as follows in connection with the new 
species C. porosus and C. larvaeformis: “They have been examined by Dr. 
Blainville, of Paris, by whom a communication respecting them, has, it is 
understood, been made to the French Philomatice Society. The names he 
has affixed to the two species are Cryptoconchus porosus and C. larvae- 
formis.” From subsequent literature we can deduce that Blainville in- 
tended the genus name to cover the group we now Know as Cryptoplaz, as 
this name he published later in connection with the same two species. 
Gray fixed the type of Cryptoconchus on the Neozelanic species, and it has 
been so utilised ever since. 

While at first sight this genus appears very peculiar, it really is a very 
obvious development as seen by the other members of the family. Re- 
stricted to New Zealand, the type remained the sole member of the typical 
Cryptoconchus until quite recently, when Nierstrasz (Siboga Exped., 1905, 
68) named a second species from the Moluccas, a strange case if the as- 
sociation be confirmed. 

Shell large, tegmentum very small, articulamentum very large and 
strong. Sculpture very restricted but pustulose, dorsal area marked, no 
differentiation between lateral and pleural areas; insertion plates abnor- 
' mally large; sinus shallow; anterior valve with normal five-slitting, median 
valves one-slit on each side; posterior valve five to seven slit; girdle very 
large, fleshy, sutural tufts present. Gills posterior, and radula charac- 
teristic. 

As noted above, although Katharina has a somewhat similar super- 


162 


THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


ficies, it is merely due to convergence, the eight-slit anterior valve indi- 
cating at once its true relationship, the long gills confirming this, and the 
radular features absolutely determining its non-relationship to this group, 
and its true place in the Mopa.impag. I 


1815. 


1818. 
1825. 
1825. 
1829. 
1835. 
1836. 
1840. 
1840. 
1843. 


1847. 
1848. 


1854. 
1857. 
1859. 
1872. 
1873. 
1880. 
1882. 
1883. 


1893. 
1897. 


1904. 
1904. 


1905. 
1909. 
1913. 


1915. 
1920. 


1922. 


26. CRYPTOCONCHUS POROSUS. 
(Plate xvi., fig. 8.) 

Chiton porosus Burrow, Elements Conch., 189, pl. xxviii., fig. 1. “Hab. 
uncertain, probably New South Wales” = New Zealand. Type in 
British Museum. 

Cryptoplax depressus Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), xii., 124. 
Same specimen. 

Chiton leachi Blainville, Dict. Sci. Nat. (Levrault), xxxvi., 554. Same 
specimen. 

Chiton porosus Burrow, Elements Conch., 2nd ed., 178, pl. xxviii., fig. 
ie 

Cryptoconehus porosus Guilding, Zool. Journ., v., 28. 

Chiton monticularis Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. de l’Astrol. Zool., iii., 
406, pl. 73, figs. 30-36. L’anse de l’Astrolabe. N.Z. Type in 
Paris Museum. 

Chiton monticularis Deshayes, Hist. Anim. s. Vert. (Lam.), 2nd ed., 
vii., 519. 

Cryptoconchus porosus Swainson, Treat. Malac., 358. 

Chiton monticularis Sowerby, Conch. Illus., fig. 129. 

Amicula monticularis Gray, Travels in New Zeal. (Dieffenbach), ii., 
246. 

Chiton monticularis Reeve, Conch. Icon., ii., pl. 10, fig. 57. 

Chiton (Symmetrogephyrus) monticularis Middendorff, Mem. Sci 
Nat. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., vi., 1847, 98. February, 1848. 

Cryptoconchus porosus H. & A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., i., 482, pl. 55, 
fig. 4. 

Cryptoconchus porosus Gray, Guide Distr. Moll. B.M. 

Cryptoconchus porosus Chenu, Man. de Conch., 383, fig. 2884. 

Cryptoconchus monticularis Hutton, Trans. New Zeal. Inst., iv., 1871, 
183. 

Cryptoconchus monticularis Hutton, Cat. Man. Moll. N.Z., 51. 

Cryptoconchus porosus Hutton, Man. N.Z. Moll., 118. 

Cryptoconchus stewartianus Rochebrune, Bull. Soc. Philom., Paris 
(7), vi., 194. Stewarts Island, N.Z. Type in Paris Museum. 
Cryptoconchus porosus Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xv., 1882, 129, pl. 

xvi., fig. H. (dentition). 

Acanthochites porosus Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xv., 36, pl. iii., figs. 57-62. 

Acanthochites (Cryptoconchus) porosus Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., ii., 
193. 

Acanthochites porosus Hutton, Index Faunae, N.Z., 86. 

Cruptoconchus (Acanthochites) porosus Wissel, Zool. Jahrb. Abh. 
Syst., xx., 618. 

Acanthochites porosus Hamilton, Col. Mus. Bull. No. 1, 36. 

Acanthochites porosus Suter, Nachr. Blatt. d. Mal. Gesell., 74. 

Acanthochites porosus Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 27. Atlas, pl. 2, fig. 
10, pl. 4, fig. 2. 

Cryptoconchus porosus Iredale, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 425. 

Cryptoconchus porosus Mestayer, N.Z. Journ. Sci. Tech., iii. 117 
(carnivorous) . 

Cryptoconchus (A.) monticularis Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. South 
Austr., xlvi., 579. (Type examined ?). 


IREDALE AND HULL. : 163 


1922. Cryptoconchus stewartianus Ashby, id., ib. 

1924. Cryptoconchus porosus Odhner, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Nat. Foren. 
Bd., 77 (N.Z. Moll.), 8. 

1926. Cryptoconchus porosus Ashby, Proc. Mal. Soc., xvii., 27, pl. iii., figs. 
2a-c, April 30. (Co-type of stewartianus described). 


Burrow’s description was brief but somewhat quaint, thus: “Shell 8- 
valved, carinate, valves with a tooth on each side, covered entirely with the 
marginal membrane. Specimen pale olive above, sides brown, coriaceous 
covering cinereous or pale brown, tomentous; perforated over the back of 
each valve with a small slit and two tubular pores; valves finely striate and 
irregularly granulate; posterior valve indented in the margin; lateral 
triangles marked by an obsolete fold, and terminated by a small, sharp, 
tooth-like process. 

Habitat uncertain, but probably New South Wales. 

The animal possessing this very curious multi-valve shell differs from 
the inhabitant of Chiton in the arrangement of the lungs, which do not 
extend so far on either side, but only about one-third of the length; and 
’ in the intestinal canal.” 

When Quoy and Gaimard met with the species in New Zealand they 
described it as a new species in detail and gave excellent figures. 

Rochebrune later named a shell from Foveaux Strait, but the differ- 
ences noted at present appear to be individual, but the geographic range is 
abnormal. There appears to be no record of this striking and somewhat 
obtrusive form from the Chatham Islands or the Subantarctic Islands, an 
item which may later prove of value. 

The form may be shortly described: Shell large, almost covered by the 
girdle, which is very large and fleshy, the uncovered tegmentum being 
practically linear and showing mostly the very narrow dorsal area only of 
the median valves, a minute subcircular spot on the anterior valve and a 
long line on the posterior valve; the sculpture adjacent consists of a few 
small flattened subcircular pustules. Colour pale brown. The huge teg- 
mentum is very strong and the anterior valve is five-slit, the median valves 
one-slit on each side, the posterior valve is many-slit between the regular 
two side slits, slits varying from five to seven. 

Girdle in life bright orange to reddish brown, furnished with eighteen 
sutural tufts of spicules, appearing to rise out of elevated pockets. 

Length of dead specimens over 50-60 mm., but considerably more in 
life; breadth 25 mm., similarly capable of extension when living. 

Habitat: Throughout New Zealand. 


ix. Genus ACANTHOCHITON. 


1821. Acanthochiton Gray, London Medical Repository, xv., 234. Type by 
monotypy Chiton fascicularis Linn. 

1826. Acanthochites Risso, Hist. Nat. l’Eur. Merid. iv., 268. Type by virtual 
tautonymy A. communis = Chiton fascicularis Linn. 

1830. Phakellopleura Guilding, Zool. Journ., v., 28. Type by monotypy 
Chiton fascicularis Linn. 

1847. Kapellopleura Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., introd. text to Plate i. Error 
for Phakellopleura Guilding only. q 

1848. Hamachiton Middendorff, Mem. Sci. Nat. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., vi., 
1848, 83, 98. Type by subsequent designation (Ire. & Hull, Austr. 
Zool., iv., 1925, 76) Chiton fascicularis Linn. , 

1848. Platysemus Middendorff, Mem. Sci. Nat. Imp. Sci. St. Ptersb., vi., 
1848, 83, 98. Type by subsequent designation (Ire. & Hull, Austr. 
Zool., iv., 1925, 76) Chiton fascicularis Linn. 


164 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


1882. Stectoplar Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., iv., 284, 288. Type by mono- 
typy Stectoplar porrecta Cpr. (Japan). 

1885. Anisochiton Fischer, Manuel de Conch., 881. Type by subsequent 
designation (Ire. & Hull, Austr. Zool., iv., 1925, 76) Chiton fasci- 
cularis Linn. 

Shells small, elongate oval; sculpture of small pustules, dorsal area 
smooth or longitudinally striate; lateral and pleural areas scarcely differ- 
entiated; no radial ribbing on end valves; insertion plates and sutural 
laminae very large, continuous; anterior valve five-slit, rarely three, slits 
sometimes obsolete (this feature has not yet been observed in Neozelanic 
specimens) ; median valves one-slit on each side, slits sometimes missing 
(not in Neozelanic shells); posterior valve with two slits, sometimes 
obscurely inter-slit; girdle leathery, more or less covered with spicules of 
various degrees of thickness and length, but larger and prominent bunches 
at the sutures. 

The Neozelanic species are not well differentiated at present, and we are 
tentatively allowing three species, although it may be that there are more, 
but until long series are collected from various localities, and different 
ecological conditions are studied, little good will accrue by haphazard des- 
cription of shells as recently performed by Ashby. 

An attempt to make a guide to the forms named results as follows: — 


Dorsal area smooth .. . tsi hs oe eee), ALN ELO TOG iSE 
Dorsal area longitudinally grooved. 
Posterior: valve: small 22 22 2. Sawagss fen cee Annie Learn 
Posterior valve large .. .. .. we te oe (AL DROOKESZS 


This looks so simple that no confusion cyonils oped possible, but when 
examples of “zelandicus” from various localities are compared many small 
differences can be observed, and their value depends on constancy in series. 


27. ACANTHOCHITON ZELANDICUS. 
27a. ACANTHOCHITON ZELANDICUS ZELANDICUS. 
(Plate xvi., fig. 9.) 


1835. Chiton zelandicus Quoy and Gaimard, Voy. de l’Astrol., iii., 400, pl. 
73, figs. 5-8. French Pass, New Zealand (South Island). 

1836. Chiton zelandicus Deshayes, Hist. Anim. s. Vert. (Lam.), 2nd ed., vii., 
518. 

1843. Chitonellus zelandicus Gray, Travels in N.Z. (Dieffenbach), ii., 246. 

1847. Chiton zelandicus Reeve, Conch. Icon., iv., pl. xi., sp. and fig. 58. 

1873. Chitonellus zealandicus Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll., 57 

1880. Acanthochites zealandicus Hutton, Man. N.Z. Moll., 117. 

1883. Acanthochites zealandicus Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xv., 1882, 129, 
pl. xvi., fig. G. (dentition) . 

1893. Acanthochites zelandicus Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xv., 16, pl. 14, figs. 
9-10. 

1897. Acanthochites zelandicus Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., ii., 192. 

1904. Acanthochites zelandicus Hutton, Index Faunae N.Z., 86. 

1904. Acanthochites spiculosus astriger Wissel, Zool. Jahrb. Abt. Syst., 20, 
612. Error only. 

1904. Acanthochites bisulcatus id., ib., p. 614. 

1905. Acanthochites zelandicus Hamilton, Col. Mus., Bull. No. 1, 36. 

1909. Acanthochites bisuleatus Suter, Nach. Blatt. Malak. Gesell., 2, 74. 
Correction of Wissel’s error. 

1913. Acanthochites zelandicus Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 26. Atlas: pl. 2, fig. 
9, pl. 4, fig. 1. 

1915. Acanthochiton zelandicus Iredale, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 425. 


SS 


a 
ee 


IREDALE AND HULL. 165 


1922. Acanthochiton zelandicus Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Australia, 
xlvi., 579 (type examined?) . 

1924. Acanthochiton zelandicus Odhner, Vidensk. Medd. Dansk. Nat. Foren. 
Bd., 77 (N.Z. Moll.) 6. (Stewart Island). 

1926. Acanthochiton zealandicus Ashby, Proc. Mal. Soc., xvii., ii, pl. i, 
figs. 1 a-c., pl. ii., fig. 5. 

Shell small, elongate oval, little elevated, round backed, girdle 
leathery, with bunches of dense spicules at sutures. 

Coloration varied, greenish of various shades, mottled and blotched 
with whitish; sometimes the dorsal area darker, bordered with white 
stripes. 

Sculpture of round pustules with flattened slightly concave tops, closely 
packed but not touching; no demarcation at all between pleural and lateral 
areas; dorsal area triangular, smooth with transverse growth lines, but 
showing subcutaneous lining. Anterior valve with well rounded margin 
and showing no signs of radial waving; median valves deep in proportion 
to breadth; posterior valve with mucro elevated, submedian; posterior 
slope fairly straight. 

Interior coloration pale bluish to greenish. Slitting 5—1—2. 

Girdle leathery, covered with fine spicules and with bunches of long 
slender spicules at sutures; the coloration of these bunches varies from 
whitish to green and even red. 

Dimensions: 19 x 9 mm. Dried figured specimen, but much larger 
specimens occur, especially when alive. 

Habitat: New Zealand, south of North Island and north of South 
Island, perhaps more extensive. 

Station: Between tide marks, under stones in rock pools, or on mud 
flats. 

Remarks: The type locality is French Pass, in the north of South 
Island, and the figure shows that this is a smooth backed form. Iredale 
examined the presumed type some years ago, and noted it agreed with the 
general interpretation of the specimen. 


27b. ACANTHOCHITON ZELANDICUS HOOKERI. 
(Plate xvi., fig. 10.) 


1843. Acanthochoetes hookeri Gray, Travels in New Zeal. (Dieffenbach) 
ii, 262. Inhab. New Zealand, Great Barrier Island, Bay of 
Islands. 

1872. Acanthochaetes hookeri Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., iv., 1871, 182. 

1873. Acanthochaetes hookeri Hutton, Cat. Marine Moll. N.Z., 50. 

1926. Acanthochiton zealandicus doubtlessensis Ashby, Proc. Mal. Soc., 
XVil., 12, pl. i. figs. 2a-c., pl. ii., fig. 6, April 30. Doubtless Bay, 
North Island, New Zealand. : 

Ashby overlooked the description given by Gray, which reads: ‘Valves 
half ovate, covered with crowded flat-topped granules, grey and green 
striped; the central ridge olive, smoother. The interior (sic) valve evenly 
granulated, without any ridges. The mantales (sic) hirsute, the tufts of 
spines large and green. This species is most like Acanthochoetes fasci- 
culatus of the English coast; it differs from A. violaceus in the size of the 
tuft, and the front valve not being rayed.” 

Ashby described his subspecies thus: “This form differs from zealan- 
dicus (sic) s.s., in the whole shell being much less raised; in the form of 
the median valves which are very flat and longitudinally short; in the 
sculpture, the granules being more elongate, definitely larger and more 
widely spaced; in the tail valve having the posterior slope, behind mucro, 
less vertical. Measurements of Valves—Anterior valve, lat. 3.5 mm., long. 


166 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION. 


2.5 mm.; median valve, lat. 4.25 mm., long., 2.75 mm.; tail valve, lat. 3.5 
mm.; long., 15 mm.’ Then followed measurements of paratypes with 
dimensions transposed! 

Comparison of series from Auckland Harbour, Tauranga Island, in- 
dicates that the northern race of zelandicus has a tendency to elongation 
of the pustules, perhaps a little more depressed and the valves of less depth. 
The greatest value that can be given this form is subspecific. 


27c. ACANTHOCHITON ZELANDICUS AMPLIFICATUS subsp. nov. 
(Plate xvi., fig. 11.) 


Many shells from the south of New Zealand and Stewart Island are 
very much larger, with distinct long teardrop pustules fairly crowded, and 
extreme specimens could easily be considered a distinct species. As many, 
however, show the pustules to be subcircular in youth, we here regard this 
southern shell as a subspecies only. The type specimen is a fine shell, col- 
lected by W. R. B. Oliver at Half Moon Bay, Stewart Island, under stones 
between tide marks. It is of the usual greenish colour with the dorsal area 
darker, the girdle very broad, the spicules well developed, the sutural tufts 
large and greenish, the spicules of delicate proportions. The lateral areas 
are indicated by slight waves. 

Dimensions of dried specimen: 31 x 20 mm. Type in Dominion Museum. 


28. ACANTHOCHITON BROOKESI. 


1926. Acanthochiton brookesi Ashby, Proc. Mal. Soc., xvii., 14, pl. i., fig. 
3a-c., pl. ii, fig. 7. Locality unknown, probably Auckland 
Harbour. 

We have not seen this species, but from Ashby’s description here re- 
produced it appears to differ in the formation of the posterior valve, while 
the dorsal area is longitudinally deeply grooved. Although the locality was 
doubtful, Ashby hazards the suggestion that this species alone occurs in 
Auckland Harbour, an item we can at once deny, as we have numerous 
examples from this locality which do not agree with Ashby’s description, 
which is as follows: — 


“General Appearance: Dry and damaged specimen, elongate ovate, the 
tegmentum gradually increasing in width from the anterior valve to the 
sixth valve inclusive, the last two valves rapidly tapering; colour greyish- 
brown, mottled with dirty white; dorsal area raised, narrow, and strongly 
longitudinally grooved; sculpture consisting of small, flat, circular, closely 
packed granules. 

“Anterior Valve: Anterior slope convex, apex slightly protruding, ray- 
folds not perceptible; sculpture similar to the latero-pleural areas of the 
median valves; insertion plate sloping forward, teeth sharp, but owing to 
damage not all slits present, no doubt five. 

“Median Valve: Valve No. 4, dorsal area raised and arched, longi- 
tudinally convex, narrow, beaked; longitudinally deeply grooved. The 
latero-pleural areas are inseparable, side slope almost straight, decorated 
very evenly with more or less longitudinal rows of small. circular, flat 
granules, commencing very small near the dorsal area, and increasing in 
size anteriorly and laterally; sutural laminae well produced, but damaged; 
sinus between broad, slits 1—1; articulamentum pale greenish. 

“Tail Valve: This valve is a good deal raised, dorsal area broader in pro- 
portion to the dorsal areas of the median valves, but similarly grooved; 
mucro postmedian, well defined; posterior slope at first very steep, then be- 
coming more gradual; sculpture similar to the latero-pleural areas of the 
median valves. The sutural laminae are well produced and square-edged 
anteriorly, the sinus between broad; tegmentum of dorsal area overlapping, 


4 


IREDALE AND HULL. 167 


slits 1—1, broad and short, ending in a circular pit which does not reach 
the tegmentum. The posterior portion of the insertion plate between the 
two slits is thickened and strongly and irregularly serrate-dentate, but 
while there is slight indication of fluting, there is no true slitting; arti- 
culamentum bluish-green. 

“Measurements: Median valve, No. 4, lat., 5.5 mm.; long., 3 mm.; tail 
valve, lat., 4.2 mm.; long., 2.5 mm.” 


29. ACANTHOCHITON THILENIUSI. 
(Plate xvi., fig. 19.) 


1909. Acanthochites thileniusi Thiele, Zoologia (Chun), Heft 56, pt. i. 
(Revision Chitonen), 50, pl. vi., figs. 54-60. Tauranga, North 
Island, N.Z. Type in Nat. Hist. Mus., Berlin. 

1910. Acanthochites thileniusi Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., ix., 155. 

1913. Acanthochites thilentusi Suter, Man. N.Z. Moll., 1080 (description 
translated). 

1915. Acanthochites thileniusi Iredale, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xlvii., 1914, 424. 

1926. Acanthochiton zealandicus thileniusi Ashby, Proc. Mal. Soc., xvii., 
13, pl. iv., figs. 5-7. 


Suter gave a translation of Thiele’s description as follows: ‘Valves 
- whitish with a dark-olive longitudinal streak on each side of the central 
area, the lateral areas and the end valves mostly blackish-olive, now and 
again with whitish spots. Girdle with white and olive spicules. The valves 
are regularly arched. Jugal area longitudinally striated, the granules of 
the latero-pleural areas rounded, small, crowded. The tegmentum of the 
intermediate valves is considerably broader than long, in the proportion of 
7-4; nearly straight anteriorly, the apex but little advancing behind; the 
sutural laminae are fairly broad, the sinus moderately broad. The anterior 
margin of the articulamentum of the head valve is descending. The tail 
valve has the tegmentum much broader than long (12-7), with the mucro 
slightly behind the middle and forming a blunt angle; articulamentum 
descending abruptly, the posterior margin slightly sinuated. Girdle broad, 
with short and thick calcareous spicules, the bristles of the sutural tufts 
also short and thick. 

“Length: 18 mm.; breadth, 10.5 mm. 

“Habitat: Tauranga (Dr. Thilenius) . 

Remarks: Thiele states that the species is very distinct from A. 
zelandicus, and nearest to A. armatus Pease from the Hawaiian Islands.” 

Ashby has claimed that no English translation appeared until he gave 
one in 1926, though the above had been printed in the standard book on 
New Zealand Mollusca some thirteen years previously, a statement which 
suggests he had not studied Neozelanic Loricate literature at all closely. 
When Iredale studied the so-called types of Rochebrune’s tristis, said to 
have come from New Holland, he suggested that they might have been re- 
ferable to this species, known to him only by Thiele’s description. This 
has been rejected (correctly) as tristis has a smooth dorsal area, but tristis 
was not determined. The present species can be readily distinguished by 
the longitudinally grooved dorsal area, the thick calcareous sutural bristles, 
the circular pustules, and the small posterior valve. 


30. ACANTHOCHITON APPROXIMANS. 


(Plate xvi., figs. 12-18.) 


1912. Acanthochites approximans Hedley and Hull, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 
XXXVii., 276, pl. xii., figs. 5a-f. Norfolk Island. Type in Aus- 
tralian Museum. 


168 THE LORICATES OF THE NEOZELANIC REGION 


The original description reads: “Shell elongated, elevated, carinated. 
Colour pale yellow, flamed with dark to pale olive brown. Anterior valve 
densely sculptured with elongated pustules arranged in radiating rows. 
Posterior valve similarly sculptured, but pustules more separated and less 
regularly arranged; dorsal area similar to median valves; mucro sub- 
prominent, in front of the middle. 

“Median valves; latero-pleural areas not differentiated, sculptured with 
irregular radiating rows of flattened pustules; dorsal areas broadly wedge- 
shaped, convex, longitudinally deeply striate, the striae crossed with growth 
lines. 

“Girdle olivaceous, densely clothed with rather long spicules; sutural 
tufts large, silvery. 

Interior white; sinus broad, shallow, minutely crenulate. 

“Anterior valve having five and median valves 1—1 slits. 

“Posterior valve with two slits separated by a posterior sinus. 

“Length: 11 mm.; breadth, 4.5 mm. 

“Station: On the underside of stones, or in the interstices of coral rock, 
in pools at low tide. 

“Habitat: Lord Howe and Norfolk (type locality) Islands. 

“Remarks: It closely resembles the Australian species, A. granostriatus 
Pilsbry, particularly in colour-pattern, but the grains on the Australian 
species are fewer and more prominent, and the head valve of the Island 
species lacks the incipient ribs of A. granostriatus.” 


EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. 


Figures 1-11 and 19 were drawn by Miss Joyce K. Allan, and figures 
12-18 by Miss Phyllis Clarke. 


Fig. Lorica haurakiensis Mestayer, whole shell. 

Terenochiton finlayi Ashby, whole shell. 

Terenochiton finlayi Ashby anterior valve. 

Terenochiton finlayi Ashby, median valve. 

Terenochiton finlayi Ashby, posterior valve. 

Parachiton subantarcticus Iredale and Hull, elevation of valve. 
Parachiton subantarcticus Iredale and Hull, sculpture. 
Cryptoconchus porosus Burrow, whole shell. 

Acanthochiton zelandicus Quoy and Gaimard, whole shell. 

, 10. Acanthochiton zelandicus hookeri Gray, whole shell. 

» 11. Acanthochiton zelandicus amplificatus Iredale and Hull, whole shell. 
, 12. Acanthochiton approximans Hedley and Hull, whole shell. 

, 13. Acanthochiton approzimans, Hedley and Hull, anterior valve, 


SOT CoH OU OT Hae RSE 


exterior. 

, 14. Acanthochiton approximans Hedley and Hull, median valve, 
exterior. 

, 15. Acanthochiton approzimans Hedley and Hull, posterior valve, 
exterior. 

, 16. Acanthochiton approximans Hedley and Hull, anterior valve, 
interior. 

, 17. Acanthochiton approzimans Hedley and Hull, median valve, 
interior. 

, 18. Acanthochiton approximans Hedley and Hull, posterior valve, 
interior. . 


,, 19. Acanthochiton thileniusi Thiele, whole shell. 


169 


NOTES ON STRIPED OPOSSUMS OF THE GENUS DACTYLOPSILA. 
By ELutis LE G. TROUGHTON. 
(By Permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 


As though conscious of being the most spectacularly coloured members 
of the Family Phalangeridae, if not of all marsupials, the Striped Opossums 
are of shy nocturnal habits so that comprehensive series from one area are 
rarely obtained as a check upon their striking colour variation, which has 
led to the description of several quite unnecessary forms. 

Habits—Though little is known of the life history of this interesting 
genus, it may prove useful to assemble the data supplied by various authors. 
According to Wallace the Striped Opossum of the Aru Islands lives on fruit, 
but there, as in New Guinea and Australia, the animal is probably also in- 
sectivorous and meliphagous, as indicated below. 

When defining the closely allied genus, Dactylonarz, Thomas pointed 
out that the ends of the upper incisors are worn off abruptly by friction, 
“not with the lower incisors, which touch them in quite a different part, 
but with some outside objects, such as tree trunks or boughs.” Also that 
the animal “has become specialised in a closely similar way to what has 
taken place in the Aye-Aye (Daubetonia), a single finger lengthened and 
made slender (presumably for searching for grubs in wood), combined with 
powerful rodent-like incisors for gnawing the grubs out when found.” 

The fourth finger in Dactylopsila is also disproportionately, though not 
so remarkably lengthened, while specimens from Papua and Queensland 
show the same wearing away of the extreme points of the upper incisors. 
The accuracy of Thomas’ assumption regarding feeding habits, as applied 
to Dactylopsila also, is supported by the following notes:— 

Quoting the observations of Dr. Carl Lumholtz, Collett wrote, in 1887: 
“Tt is called ‘Nolloa’ by the natives, and is supposed to feed partly on wild 
honey”; only one specimen was seen. In 1916, LoOnnberg recorded these 
notes from the collector’s diary of Dr. Eric Mjoberg, regarding two speci- 
mens taken in the rain forest at Millaa-Millaa, Queensland: “Caecum 
small, the ventricle filled with half digested remains of larvae of Lepidop- 
tera and Diptera, etc. The animal scratches out such larvae from cracks 
in the wood by means of its fourth elongated finger. It makes a nest of 
dry leaves in hollow trees. It hunts with great eagerness for the nests of 
the small stingless bees of the genus Trigona, partly for the sake of the in- 


sects themselves, and partly for the sake of the honey.” The aborigines 
said that the first specimen obtained by him was the only one observed for 
_a long time. 


According to the late Mr. Robert Grant, for many years Taxidermist to 
the Australian Museum, who collected two specimens in the Atherton dis- 
trict of Queensland, the remains of berries and leaves were found in their 
stomachs. Assisted by four blacks, he says: “One was searching among 
the elk-horn and orchids when he suddenly called out “Tamin.” On being 
roused from their slumber, the tamin were a bit dazed, but it was not long 
before they were scampering nimbly amongst the branches. We were go- 
ing to shoot them, but the blacks called out that they would catch them 
alive, which they did.” 

Of the Mount Lamington specimens, Mr. C. T. McNamara wrote that 
they were frugivorous, nocturnal, arboreal, and fairly plentiful, though 
difficult to obtain owing to their habits. According to Le Souef, a Striped 
Opossum, kept in Taronga Park, lived well on a variety of food, including 
condensed milk, biscuits, fruits, and lettuce. It was quiet and inoffensive, 
and very active at night. 


170 STRIPED OPOSSUMS OF GENUS DACTYLOPSILA. 


Native names given appear to vary considerably, according to districts, 
and possibly the interpretation of the recorder. The aboriginal name in 
the Atherton district is given as “Tamin” by the late Mr. Grant, while an- 
other specimen from Queensland is labelled “Teeman,”’ and ‘“Nolloa’’ is 
given by Collett for the Herbert River district. For the Striped Opossums 
of the Mount Lamington area, Northern Division of Papua, Mr. C. T. 
McNamara supplies the name “Hombu” from the Orakaiva dialect. The 
specimen from the Fife Bay district, on the opposite coast of Papua, is 
labelled with the native name “Hudu.” 

History of the Genus—Gray founded his genus and species, Dactylop- 
sila trivirgata (P.Z.S., 1858, 111, pl. Ixiii.) upon a single female col- 
lected on Aru Island by A. R. Wallace, and later extended its range to 
Australia (P.Z.S., 1866, 220) on two specimens collected at Port Albany, 
Cape York Peninsula, by Charles Coxen. In 1875 Peters and Doria (Ann. 
Mus. Genov., vii., 542) described D. albertisi from Sorong, New Guinea, 
regarded as identical with trivirgata by Thomas, and later (Ann. Mus. 
Genov., xvi., 1881, 673) recorded the latter from the Island of Waigeu, N.W. 
New Guinea. Ramsay, in 1876 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvii., 441) had 
added to what he then regarded as the “already very extensive range of 
D. trivirgata” by recording a specimen from the Herbert River, near Rock- 
ingham Bay, Queensland, about 550 miles south of Port Albany, from which 
area Collett later recorded one. 

In his remarkable Catalogue of 1888, Thomas listed the original species 
only, and in the same year Milne-Edwards described a new form from the 
Aroa River, southern New Guinea, as D. palpator. After a renewed ex- 
amination of the British Museum material in 1908, Thomas (Ann. Mag. 
Nat. Hist. (8), i., 122) decided that the specimens hitherto referred to 
trivirgata could be “readily separated into three species by the coloration 
of the hands and feet,” namely, the wholly white-footed trivirgata of N.W. 
New Guinea and neighbouring islands, the black-footed form of S.E. New 
Guinea, for which he proposed the name melampus, and the partially dark- 
footed Queensland form which he named picata. In this paper Thomas 
separated D. palpator as representing a distinct genus, Dactylonar (Ann. 
Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), vi., 1910, 610) characterised by its proportionately much 
longer fourth finger, and cranial and dental characters. 

Since 1910 no less than five forms have been described, mainly from 
single specimens, including D. hindenburgi Ramme (Sitz. Ges. Nat. Freunde 
Berlin, 1914, 9, p. 413, pl. x.), and occidentalis, arfakensis, biedermanni, and 
kataui, all described by Matschie in 1916 (Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, viii., 2, 
302-6). 

Finally, in 1922, Thomas (Nova Guinea, xiii., 5, 734) on reviewing the 
whole series available, amounting to 24 specimens from various localities, 
stated that it seemed impossible to sort them locally by the details 
of their markings, in which specimens from identical places differed 
widely. After expressing the opinion that the use of such characters as 
employed by Dr. Matschie was entirely fallacious, Thomas wrote that he 
was now doubtful whether even D. melampus should be specifically distin- 
guished from trivirgata, but decided “for the present the black-footed 
forms may provisionally be kept distinct from the white-footed.” 

In response to inquiries, Dr. Ernst Schwarz, Research Fellow at the 
Berlin Museum, kindly sent very helpful information concerning specimens 
in that Museum, almost every one of which he says has been made the 
type of a “species.” In one type, he points out, the hands and feet are 
white, but in three additional specimens from the same place they are 
black, also saying: “The same variation occurs in skins from N.W. New 


— 


TROUGHTON. 171 


Guinea, but the majority of the New Guinea specimens has the hands and 
feet black.” These remarks would appear to confirm the doubt expressed 
by Thomas as to the distinction of the white and black-footed forms, were 
it not that a series of 14 specimens in the Australian Museum collection, 
12 of which are from the same district, are consistent in having the manus 
and pes without white markings and the chin-spot undivided, suggesting 
that there exists a distinct black-footed form at least for S.E. New Guinea, 
thus confirming Thomas’ provisional separation of melampus from trivir- 
gata. 

Unlike the Australian Museum series of melampus, the available 
material of the Queensland species, D. picata, shows extraordinary vari- 
ability in the very characters so consistent in the former series. The com- 
parative consistency of the melampus series at first suggested that the 
variability of Queensland specimens was indicative of a second species, but 
careful examination shows that there is a complete intergradation of varia- 
tion independently of sex and locality. 

As Dr. Schwarz recently examined the Berlin Museum material and 
may publish some notes upon it, the following will deal only with the 
variation shown by the local form, and the status of D. biedermanni as af- 
fected by the series of melampus in the Australian Museum. 


DACTYLOPSILA MELAMPUS Thomas. 


Dactylopsila melampus Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), 1, 1908, p. 122. 
Dactylopsila biedermanni Matschie, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, viii., 1916, p. 
303. 


Specimens examined—Amongst the fine collection of mammals re- 
ceived by the Trustees from Mr. C. T. McNamara, Inspector of Native Plan- 
tations in the Northern Division of Papua, are nine D. melampus from the 
Mount Lamington district. This fine series comprises one adult male, six 
adult females, two of which have two pouch embryos each, and two im- 
mature females. Also in the Museum collection is an adult male and two 
females from the Mambare River, practically topotypical of the species, 
which were collected by C. Richart. An adult female from Fife Bay, Papua, 
comes within the range of variation exhibited by the other material. 

Variation.—All the above specimens have the chin-spot large, well de- 
fined and complete, only one specimen having the very slightest indication 
of the white hairs intruding upon the black area of the spot. The manus 
and pes are consistently blackish-brown or black, the hairs being com- 
paratively short and sparse. 

The cheek-spot and lateral stripe, however, are extremely variable; in 
one specimen the cheeks are quite black and embrace the lateral stripes; 
in others the broadening downwards of the lateral stripe isolates the light 
cheek-spot, in the manner regarded as typical of biedermanni by Matschie, 
while another has no trace of the lateral stripe, so that the pale cheek- 
colour is continuous with that of the neck. The white tipping of the tail 
occurs quite independently of sex; in the Mount Lamington series the adult 
male and two females have the tail terminating with its black coloration, 
while six females have the white tip. In the Mambare River specimens, 
the male has the white and the females the black tail-tip. The length of 
the tail, considered of importance by Matschie, is extremely variable, mea- 
surements of the spirit material from Mount Lamington showing a male 
to have the tail only 37 mm. longer than the head and body, while in three 
females it is 70-72 mm. longer, and in one female actually 110 mm. longer 
than the head and body. 

Status of D. biedermanni—Matschie based his species upon a singie 


172 STRIPED OPOSSUMS OF GENUS DACTYLOPSILA. 


specimen, stating that it was similar to melampus, but differed firstly in 
having pale cheeks standing out clearly owing to their being bounded by a 
black band between the ear and the chin, which was “only in the centre 
strongly mixed with yellow”; secondly, he said it differed in the tail being 
more than 100 mm. longer than the rest of the entire body, and thirdly, in 
having a smaller skull. Critical examination of specimens of melampus in 
comparison with Matschie’s description shows the above distinctions to be 
within the range of proved variation, as shown below, particularly in re- 
gard to the length of the tail. 

After stating in his description of melampus that there was a certain 
amount of variation in the detail of colour-pattern in all members of the 
genus, Thomas described the cheeks as either white in continuation of the 
belly colour, or black, owing to the broadening downwards of the lateral 
dark facial stripe. Matschie describes this broadening downwards of the 
facial stripe as strongly mixed with yellow in the centre, presumably of its 
length, which actually implies that the yellowish white of the belly-colour 
extends through the stripe onto the cheeks. It therefore appears that the 
difference cited by Matschie exists only in the two authors’ methods of 
describing individual variation. The apparently greater tail-length of 
biedermanni is entirely due to Matschie’s having' subtracted the head-body 
length from a tail-length which included the longest hairs, and comparing 
the result with Thomas’ dimensions, in which the hair-length was not in- 
cluded. As Matschie’s dimensions show the hairs on the tail-tip to re- 
present a difference of 50 mm., it is clear that the tail difference is not 
maintained; this conclusion is supported by the fact that deduction of the 
head and body-length from the tail-length without the hairs of the female 
holotype of biedermanni exceeds the head and body by only 70 mm., which 
1s in agreement with that of 71-72 mm. in two females from Mount Lam- 
ington, of the eastern coastal region, measured as complete. spirit specimens. 

Matschie’s third character, the smaller skull, is nullified by the fact 
that the basal skull-length of his holotype is 3.8 mm. shorter than that of 
the type of melampus, naturally implying that all dimensions would be 
smaller; the greatest breadth of the former skull is 5.8 less, which should 
be within the scope of natural variation, as it is only 2 mm. in excess of 
the difference between the respective basal lengths of the two type skulls. 
Finally, in the “smaller” skuil of biedermanni the length of molars 1-3, 
usually regarded as a most reliable cranial feature, is only two-tenths of a 
millimetre less than that of the type of melampus. 

Distribution —Thomas had specimens from a comparatively wide range, 
from Tamata in the eastern part of the Northern Division to the Anga- 
bunga or St. Josephs River on the western side of Central Papua. It is 
evident from Matschie’s note on the geographical range of the two forms 
(loc. cit., 303) that he attributed the variation noted by Thomas in his 
series of melampus to that author having reviewed material of too wide 
a range, and thus representative of more than one form, instead of accept- 
ing the more natural conclusion of individual variation, arrived at by 
Thomas in studying his series. However, examination of three specimens 
from the Mambare River, and nine from the Mount Lamington district, 
within about thirty-five miles of the type locality, shows them to vary con- 
siderably within the individuals from each locality, especially with regard 
to the isolation or otherwise of the light cheek-spot. 

When it is considered that the type locality of melampus is barely 60 
miles from the mouth of the Aroa River, from the top or upper region of 
which the fype of biedermanni was secured, and that the Angabunga River 
rises within a few miles of the Albert Edward Range, from both of which 


TROUGHTON. 173 


localities Thomas identified specimens of his species, one cannot agree with 
Matschie in regarding the intervening two to five thousand metre moun- 
tain range as an insuperable barrier to the spread of melampus from coast 
to coast. It may be noted that the Angabunga rises somewhat north of 
the Albert Edward Range, and that a stream north of the Mambare also 
rises to the northward of that Range, suggesting an avenue for the spread 
of the species, quite apart from many others which may have been provided 
elsewhere by lower altitudes in the mountain chain. 

In view of the above analysis of characters regarded as diagnostic by 
Matschie, the range of variation noted by Thomas and exhibited by Aus- 
tralian Museum material, and the even greater area of distribution of the 
single extremely variable Queensland species, I have no hesitation in re- 
garding D. biedermanni as synonymous with D. melampus. 


DACTYLOPSILA PICTATA Thomas. 


Dactylopsila trivirgata (part) Gray, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1866, p. 220; Id., Ram- 
say, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvii., p. 331; Id., Collett, Zool. Jahrb., 
Syst., ii., 1887, p. 932. 

Dactylopsila picata Thomas, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), i, 1908, p. 123; Id., 
Lonnberg, Kungl. Sv. Vet. Handl., lii., 2, 1916, p. 9. 


Specimens examined.—A series of twelve, of which the sex of nine can 
be determined with certainty, from the northern end of Cape York to Clump 
Point, near Townsville, Queensland, providing the southernmost record of 
the genus. The value of the series for the purpose of comparison was 
greatly enhanced by the loan of several specimens from the Melbourne and 
Adelaide Museums. 

Colour variation—In view of the consistency of certain markings in 
melampus, a preliminary examination of the Queensland material sug- 
gested the existence of a northern species with a small, undivided chin- 
spot, and a more southern form with a large divided spot. Closer analysis, 
however, shows that there is a remarkable range of variation which is most 
marked, strangely enough, in the very features found consistent in 
melampus. In the latter the chin-spot is consistently complete, irrespec- 
tive of age or sex, and the paws uniformly black or brownish-black, while 
in the Queensland series these features exhibit a bewildering intergrada- 
tion, apparently independent of age, sex, or locality. 

So far as one can discover, the males have the chin-spot clearly divided 
into two, though a very doubtful male from the Cape York Peninsula has 
the spot complete. All four identifiable males have divided chin-spots, and 
are from localities south of Cairns, while in seven females from the Cairns 
and Cardwell districts, four have complete chin-spots, as in the type female, 
and three have the spot divided as definitely as in the males. Furthermore, 
the late Mr. Oldfield Thomas informed me that the British Museum pos- 
sesses a female from the Barron River with a divided chin-spot; there is 
also a Cape York specimen of doubtful sex exhibited in the National 
Museum, Melbourne, which has the spot divided. The foregoing would 
seem to indicate that, as the character of the chin-spot varies in females 
from the one area, additional males would exhibit similar variation, thus 
rendering the feature of no diagnostic value locally. 

Coloration of the manus and pes is similarly variable in some speci- 
mens, differing completely from Thomas’ original description; the skin of 
a doubtful male from Cape York has the upper surface of the paws com- 
pletely black as in melampus, as also has a female from the Herberton dis- 
trict, both lacking any trace of the white markings described by Thomas. 
On the contrary, several males and females have the paws completely white, 


174 STRIPED OPOSSUMS OF GENUS DACTYLOPSILA. 


without any trace of the continuation of the dark limb band onto the manus 
and pes, as described for picata. 

The marking on the cheeks appears to be quite as variable as in 
melampus; in most specimens the light colour of the neck continues onto 
the cheek, but in some there is a tendency for the lateral stripe to extend 
downwards, while in one male from Cardwell an extension of the lateral 
stripe joins the corner of the chin-spot, isolating a light cheek-spot in a 
manner regarded by Matschie as typical of biedermanni. The tail-tip is 
white in all the males examined, but may be black in females from the 
same locality, five females having white and two black-tipped tails. 

Craniai variation—Detailed measurements of six skulls, including one 
from Cape York, show a general uniformity quite out of keeping with the 
variability of coloration. The length of molars 1-3 ranges from 9.3 to 10.2 
mm., and measures 9.5 and 10.2 respectively in a male and female from the 
same locality. The general appearance of the nasalia is somewhat variable, 
but, as Thomas pointed out in a letter, when stating that the nasals of his 
Cape York and Barron River females were about the same: “These nasal 
shapes are attractive and suggestive as systematic characters, but seldom 
prove really consistent. I have often been disappointed in using them.” 

Localities—Specimens in the Australian Museum are from the Somer- 
set area, and junction of the Holroyd and Kendall Rivers, Cape York; 
Russell River, near Cairns; Herberton district; Abergourie and the Tully 
River, Cardwell district; and Clump Point, near Townsville, which is the 
southernmost record. 

Specimens lent by the National Museum, Melbourne, include a skull 
from Cupe York and a male and female from Lake Eacham, near Yunga- 
burra, Cairns district. One of the South Australian Museum specimens is 
labelled Herberton district, and the other two North Queensland. 

Conclusion and Acknowledgments—The remarkably variable colour- 
marking of the Queensland species would appear to confirm Thomas’ doubt 
as to the ultimate distinction of the black and the white-footed forms, were 
it not that the series of melampus, as already shown, is strikingly con- 
sistent in the very features which are so variable in the local form over a 
very wide area. The range of variation certainly establishes the fallacy of 
Matschie’s method of describing variable creatures from single specimens, 
often from within a smaller range of localities than given above for picata; 
doubtless that author would have been tempted to describe several species 
from the material available, which I consider to represent but a single véry 
variable form. It is with a view to assisting in the reduction of the several 
puzzling and very doubtful New Guinea forms that the notes upon colour 
variation have been submitted in considerable detail. 

My best thanks are proffered as a tribute to the memory of the late M. 
R. Oldfield Thomas, F.R.S., whose help has been so readily afforded me dur- 
ing the past ten years, and whose loss is keenly felt as that of a kindly and 
encouraging correspondent. I am also indebted to Dr. Ernst Schwarz, Re- 
search Fellow at the Berlin Museum, for securing me copies of relevant 
papers and generously supplying data concerning Matschie’s types, upon 
which it is hoped he will publish notes in the near future. Sincere thanks 
are also due to Mr. J. A. Kershaw, Director of the National Museum, Mel- 
bourne, and Professor T. Harvey Johnston, D.Sc., Honorary Museum Direc- 
tor of the South Australian Museum, for their very ready response to an 
appeal for loan material, in which all save gallery specimens were for- 
warded for examination; also to my colleague, Mr. J. R. Kinghorn, C.M.ZS., 
who kindly made notes and sketches of gallery specimens while engaged 
upon research in Melbourne, 


175 


SOME NOTABLE NAME CHANGES. 
By Tom IREDALE. 


Recently checking back generic names I came across a couple of my 
own errors that I have not seen otherwise corrected so here purpose emen- 
dation. It is most unfortunate for the workers at this side of the world 
that those better situated do not give any assistance, but rather, hindrance. 
The Indices of the Zoological Record have not been collated for nearly 
twenty years, and it is very easy to make a slip while consulting over 
twenty volumes for each name. While doing such work any interruption 
may dislocate the continuity, and it seems due to such causes that errors 
are made 

I wish here to introduce two personal names in connection with groups 
as a matter of urgency. It is still considered an honour to have one’s name 
associated with some member of the group one is interested in, and, due to 
delay, I have known of one or two tragedies, e.g., a famous ornithologist 
was almost disgusted to find his name utilised for a parasitical worm. 


Therefore I now propose 


CAYLEYNA 


in honour of my friend, Mr. N. W. Cayley, for the beautiful finch known 
as Emblema picta, so named by Gould. There are other “Caleys” in the 
field, and as far as I have traced the name has not yet been utilised. When 
Gould introduced (Birds Austr., pt. vii., June, 1842) his generic name, he was 
unaware that there was any prior use, but it has long been known that 
Rafinesque had proposed Amblema. I noted that Deshayes, in 1840 (Dict. 
Univ. d’Hist. Nat. (Orbigny), Vol. I., p. 334) proposed Emblema as a better 
spelling than Amblema, and this unfortunately invalidates Gould’s name. 


The second case is the proposal of 
MACNEILLENA 


in honour of my colleague, Mr. F. A. McNeill, for the crustacean group 
known by the name of Trichia de Haan. Mr. McNeill is publishing an ac- 
count of this interesting group and, showing me his MSS., I recognised an 
old molluscan friend in his genus name. Though not yet recognised by 
carcinologists, the molluscan Trichia has undoubted priority over the 
crustacean introduction, and as there is no substitute I am introducing the 
above name. The definite chronology of the two generic names reads 


Trichia Hartmann, Erd. u. Slisswasser Gasterop, p. 41, 1840, a genus of 

Terrestrial Mollusca. 

Trichia de Haan, Fauna Japonica (Siebold), Vol. V., p. 109, 1841, the genus 
of Crustacea above renamed. 

Now to my own two mistakes. In selecting Obrussa (Rec. Austr. Mus., 
xiv., 1925, 269) for a beautiful little shell, I overlooked that Braun (Cana- 
dian Entomologist, xlvii., 1925, 196) had appropriated it for a Microlepidop- 
terous genus. I now introduce Obrussena as substitute, and would note 
that though my genus suggests Kleinella, comparison of specimens re- 
garded as referable to that genus indicates that the resemblance is super- 
ficial. I will deal with this later. 

I also introduced Stipator as a genus name for Teinostoma starkeyae 
Hedley, and I find that this name is also invalid. I therefore propose 
Starkeyna as a novel name for this group. My Stipator appeared in 1924 
(Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. xlix., 182), and the prior Stipator in 1900 
(Rehn, Tr. Amer. Ent. Soc., vol. xxvii., 90) for a genus of LocustTmaE£. 


176 


OBITUARY. 


ARCHIBALD JAMES CAMPBELL, C.M.B.O.U., C.F.A.0.U. 
LEACH, JoHN ARTHUR, D.Sc., C.M.B.O.U., C.F.A.O.U. 


THE PASSING OF CAMPBELL AND LEACH. 
By Tom IREDALE. 


Nearly fifty years ago there was begun in the Southern Science Record 
a series of articles on the Nests and Eggs of Australian Birds by A. J. Camp- 
bell. From this modest beginning developed the well known two volume 
work with the same title published some twenty years later. Thirty years 
have elapsed and none has yet taken its place, and from that sentence can 
be gauged the complete success of the undertaking. During the com- 
pilation of this work Campbell met with many other egg collectors and 
made many friends. The initiative was taken by himself when he invited 
all to a dinner where matters of interest common to all could be personally 
discussed. Some twenty met on August 15, 1896, and this date we can 
assign as the starting point of the present day wonderful band of Aus- 
tralian ornithologists. Though the centre of interest has recently changed 
from Melbourne to Sydney, Melbourne, led by A. J. Campbell, undoubtedly 
blazed the track which culminated four years later in the formation of the 
Australian Ornithologists’ Union, a body which is to-day virile and active 
and one of the leading bird Societies of the world. At the meeting which 
saw the formation of the Union, Campbell was selected as Editor of a pub- 
lication to be called the “Emu,” and this new venture he successfully floated, 
and when later he withdrew from active editorship he was always ready in 
an emergency to carry the work along when circumstances necessitated 
such measures. Thus it may be laid to his credit that the “Union” and the 
“Rmu” made such an auspicious beginning, and this was indicated last year 
when he was invited to undertake the duties of President for another term 
after so many years’ active service in the cause of Australian ornithology. 
No one has given a longer life to the science of ornithology in Australia, 
and, though at first essentially an egg collector, later he became interested 
in the birds themselves, but never with the same enthusiasm as he had 
given to the eggs. No comparison can be made, as others who have been 
interested in eggs and birds have never clashed in their studies with Camp- 
bell’s work. In later years his collection was handed over to the National 
Museum, Melbourne, where it is now housed along with the H. L. White 
Collection. 

Campbell’s work for Australian ornithology can be summed up in “Fifty 
years’ active service,’ and that means more than most can realise. 


Ten years after Campbell’s magnum opus appeared, a little work en- 
titled, An Australian Bird Book, was issued also at Melbourne. Modest as 
was Campbell’s first effort, this inconspicuous little book nearly surpassed 
his for lack of pretence. Without warning and with little acclaim the new 
work was published at the price of 3/6, and none, certainly, least of all its 
author, J. A. Leach, anticipated the part it had to play in Australian orni- 
thology. A first edition of 2/3,000 was printed, and immediately sold out, 
thousands followed with remarkable rapidity, and it has continued on sale 
year after year and in twice revised editions until somewhere about 30,000 
have been circulated throughout Australia. 


IREDALE. 177 


Searcely a field ornithologist, Leach’s vision made a niche in his 
country’s ornithological history, almost as important as that of Campbell. 
Certainly while the latter had provided a more important work in every 
way, the former achieved a much larger reading public. Leach also be- 
came Editor of the “Emu,’ and these two, Campbell and Leach, may be 
said to have been the supports of Australian ornithology for the past 
generation. 

It is a remarkable coincidence that both should have passed over 
within such a short time of each other, as Leach was much the younger 
man. 

It is somewhat difficult to appraise exactly the part of each at this 
time, as their failings are better known than will later be the case, when 
only their absolute work will be calculated. Whatever the ultimate result 
it cannot change the fact that these two have carried the Australian Orni- 
thologists’ Union from its beginning to the present time, and that achieve- 
ment is one unparalleled in the history of ornithological science through- 
out the world. The journal throughout all the time has been welcomed 
everywhere on account of its brightness and the quality of the contribu- 
tions, and has been favorably contrasted with the two older journals, the 
“This” and the “Auk,” the media of the British and American Ornithologists’ 
Unions respectively. 

At this present moment, through the passing of such a notable pair, 
Victorian ornithology does not compare as well as heretofore with our own, 
but with the examples of Campbell and Leach there can be no doubt that 
this dimmer lustre is but a passing phase, and that soon we shall see some 
notable successors following the path blazed so surely. 


It would be hypercriticism to deal with the demerits of the work of 
either as the enthusiasm of each demands the highest appreciation, and 
their great continuity of work, each in harness to the very end, furnishes 
their best epitaph. 

A mere list of their scientific papers would mean little, as, long as it 
would be, their work as editors meant more to the advancement of Aus- 
tralian ornithology than their personal publications. Their published 
works stand as worthy monuments, as each is a classic in the strictest 
sense of that word. As long as Australian ornithology lasts, so will the 
names of Campbell and Leach be honoured, and the only regret is that the 
latter did not enjoy the leisure he anticipated and which he had already 
planned to devote to Australian ornithological service. 


Such great leaders are scarce in every branch of science, and it can be 
asserted that both led more by example than by precept, doing and thereby 
inciting assistance from others. It is not easy to suggest their Victorian 
successors, but Campbell’s son is one of our foremost ornithologists, and we 
can look forward to the name of Campbell still extant in our records for 
many years. It is to be hoped that many years will pass before we have 
to chronicle the death of any other of our notable workers, as the record 
of these two at one time is a severe blow. It seems unnecessary to 
chronicle the honours that fell to these two, and it is probably well known 
that in addition to being President of the Union, each was honoured by the 
British and American Ornithologists’ Union with the highest honours at 
their bestowal. It is pleasing to note that our great regard was thus mani- 
fested by these and other great Unions, and that our high esteem was, in 
their opinion, well merited. 


As a suitable epitaph may be appended, the well known one 


“They will always live by their works.” 


178 OBITUARY. 


THE LATE ARCHIBALD JAMES CAMPBELL. 


On September 11 of the present year, there passed on a very great 
ornithologist, namely, Archibald James Campbeil, whom the writer of this 
had known for nearly fifty years. Big of frame and bone, tall, somewhat 
lean, but suggesting energy and tireless activity, small, shrewd eyes looking 
out from under very bushy brows, with a decidediy humorous twinkle (or 
was it cynicism?) head, covered with a thick crop of stiff hair, face weil 
covered with moustache and beard, dressed always in rough surfaced tweed 
such as Scotchmen love. 

Such was A. J. Campbell as I remember him, when I was introduced to 
him at a meeting of the Field Naturalists’ Club of Victoria. 

Looking back to that time reminds me of the fact that we boys looked 
upon Mr. Campbell as a sort of wonder-man, who, for his intense love of 
ornithology, went into the most wild and outlandish places in Australia like 
an explorer, which, indeed, he was, in a sense. 

No thought of a rough time ever scared him, no journey was too long or 
too arduous. In connection with this I need only mention one trip as an 
example, that to the virgin scrub of the Richmond River, N.S.W., in the 
days when this dense semi-tropical region was not yet opened up, nor 
settled as it is to-day. Forty years have altered all that. 

To tramp in the country with A. J. Campbell meant a very strenuous 
time. With a long swinging stride and a tireless energy which would per- 
mit of scarcely any rest his keen eyesight, and an uncanny, almost instine- 
tive faculty of where to look for a nest, all made for a pleasantly tiring 
day. 

In my boyhood, when I first met him, we were only just starting to 
collect “clutches” of eggs as distinct from dividing the spoil between two 
or three, the rule being that the finder of the nest had first choice, and so 
on. 

On one occasion I found the nest with eggs (3) of the rufous Whistler 
(Pachycephala rufiventris) and intended leaving the eggs. Not knowing 
this, Campbell offered me an exchange for my two out of the find. He re- 
cognised our unwritten law, and with strict justice was obeying it. I let 
him have the whole clutch—gratis. 

I merely mention this as an instance of his perhaps Scottish keenness 
in “swopping.” This keenness was very characteristic of his dealings in 
all his egg exchanges. 

In those days there were not half a dozen known bird and egg col- 
lectors in and around Melbourne at least, and a little later we used to 
eagerly await the appearance in “The Australasian” of “Some Australian 
Birds,” which he contributed weekly. These very interesting illustrated 
articles undoubtedly stirred up great interest in the study, and were of very 
great use to those who could not gain access to our only work of reference, 
Gould, at the Public Library. Later on these articles were embodied in his 
fine book, “Nests and Eggs of Australian Birds,” a monument that will 
always stands as to his efforts as a pioneer in Australian ornithology. 

To A. J. Campbell the idea of an Australian Ornithologists’ Union was 
due. Later the Union was permitted to add the term “Royal” to its title, 
and there can be no doubt as to the benefit to ornithology accruing from 
the formation of such a Society. 

Having seen the Union of which he was the genesis become such a 
success, and also reach its majority must have been a source of great 
pleasure to him during his life. 

One outstanding characteristic of A. J. Campbell was the fact that, 
desirous as he was to’acquire as complete a collection as it was possible to 


LEATHERJACKET GENERA. 179 


obtain, both by his own exertions and those of others, he was never a mere 
“cabinet” collector. 

He was an intense lover of all Nature. Not sufficient alone for him 
was the pleasure of finding a new specimen to add to his store. He re- 
velled in the beautifui surroundings in which the species were found. He 
loved particularly the moist fern—embowered gullies of his native State. 
Sunset, foliage, especially trees, water, all the colour and light and shade 
of our country, were intensely appreciated by him. 

All through his book this fact continuously crops up, and with the re- 
ligious conviction of his Scotch forebears he frequently gives praise to the 
divinity for the beauty of Nature. 

Later on in his declining years, he devoted much of his time to his 
favourite tree, the Wattle, of which he made many fine studies, and was a 
great advocate of the Wattle Day Movement. 

Such was A. J. Campbell, the bird-man, Nature-lover, author. A man 
with an ideal and singleness of purpose which he held on to till the end of 
a long life. To quote from the preface of his book: “My fixed aim was 
towards a more complete and permanent work” (after his hand-book). “By 
the light of future research, shortcomings, no doubt will be discovered here 
and there in the book—no human work was yet perfect—but the author 
ventures to hope that the sympathetic verdict of students and readers will 
be: ‘How few are the mistakes,’ while his earnest desire is that the work 
may remain good long after his death, yea, and the deaths of those who 
love him.” 

He concluded: “My doxology. No work should be complete without 
praise to God, and perhaps no natural history work such as I am now 
closing and in the execution of which the lines have fallen to me in so 
many pleasant places.” 


“O Lord, how manifold are Thy works; in wisdom Hast Thou 
made them all. The earth is full of Thy riches.” 
E. A. D’OMpRAIN. 


LEATHERJACKET GENERA. 
By G. P. WHITLEY. 


The fishes of the family ALuUTERIDAE, commonly known as Leather- 
jackets, may be divided into several new generic groups as set forth here- 
under as a preliminary to revision. A list of the Australian species has 
been given in Austr. Mus. Mem., v., 3, November, 1929, 414-423. 
EUBALICHTHYS, nov. Orthatype, Monacanthus mosaicus Ramsay & Osgilby, 

1886. 

Pelvic spine small or obsolete. No ventral flap. No bristles on caudal 
peduncle. Depth more than one-half length to hypural. 

NELUS, zov. Orthotype, Monacanthus vittatus Richardson, 1846. 

Fins angulate. Skin with spaced papilla-like denticles. Depth less 
than length of head. The New South Wales species generally called 
“Cantherines ayraudi” by authors is now Nelus vittatus. Nelus ayraud 
(Quoy & Gaimard) is West Australian and apparently not conspecific. 
Navopon, zov. Orthotype, Balistes australis Donovan, 1824. 

Dorsal and anal fins not angulate, with more than thirty rays in each. 
A small immovable ventral spine. Depth more than length of head or ‘less 
than one-half length to hypural. Navodon also accommodates Mono- 
canthus setosus Waite, 1899. 

Laputa, nov. Orthotype, Monacanthus knerii Steindachner, 1867. 

Substitute name for Paramonacanthus Steindachner (Sitzb. Akad. 
Wiss. Wien, lv., 1867, 561) not Bleeker (Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk., iii., 1866, 12). 


180 


ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 
New Members. 


The following new members have been elected since the publication of 
the last list (August 13, 1929) :— 


Ordinary Members.—W. Boardman (previously associate), Noel Burnet, 
Capt. J. Crossley, J. C. Eldridge, M.H.R., Mrs. E. M. Jones, A. E. Jobson, K. 
C. McKeown (previously associate), G. G. Park, Mrs. A. Rowling. 

Associate Members.—Mrs. Abbott, Mrs. W. I. Arnott, A. De Lestang, E. 
V. Dix, R. Emerson, Miss E. Gray, Rev. P. Hubbard, W. C. Johnston, S. L. 
Larnach, A. J. Marshall, Miss D. Middleton, Miss E. M. Swain, Mrs. Grafton 
Smith, Miss Helen Sheridan, H. G. Sundstrom, H. G. Stanger, Capt. Toovey, 
Mrs. R. C. Tobin. 

Honorary Associate Member.—Upon the nomination of the Ento- 
mological Section, Mr. F. P. Dodd, of Kuranda, Queensland, was elected an 
Honorary Associate member, in recognition of his valuable services to Aus- 
tralian entomology. 


Jubilee Fund. 


Under the able management of the Women’s Auxiliary, with Mrs. 
Norman Lowe as president and principal worker, a successful function was 
‘held at David Jones, Ltd., on the 9th October. Zoological talks, illustrated 
by the newly-acquired epidiascope, were provided in the Auditorium, and a 
dance followed in the Ballroom. A cheque for the net proceeds amounting 
to £105 was handed to the president, Mr. Anthony Musgrave, by Miss Hume- 
Barbour, Associate Benefactor of the Society, who launched the Women’s 
Auxiliary in the first instance. 


Further contributions to the Handbook Publication Fund received since 
the previous list was published, are as follows:—J. Russell, £1; K. A. Hind- 
wood, 10/6. Included in Women’s Auxiliary function:—Mesdames Bryce and 
Mesmer, £6/10/-; David Jones, Ltd., £5/5/-; Miss Sulman, £3; Sir Allen 
Taylor, W. H. Cornford and S. C. Burnell, £2/2/- each; Miss Macarthur 
Onslow, Mrs. Mackay, Miss Kelso King, G. R. Williams, J. T. Lingen, Aubrey 
Halloran, J. Thomas, Judge Thomson, L. A. Curtis, C. A. White, and T. B. 
Simpson, £1/10/- each; Mrs. Archdale Parkhill and D. Todd, £1/1/- each; 
Dame Eadith Walker, £1; E. J. Young, 15/-; Sir Arthur Cocks. Mrs. G. Earp, 
J. Powell, 10/6 each; Mrs. Syd. Dickson, 10/-. The fund now stands at £727. 


Notes About Members. 


Dr. G. A. Waterhouse has relinquished his position on the staff of the 
Council for Scientific and Industrial Research. Dr. A. J. Nicholson has 
been appointed assistant chief of the Division of Economic Entomology, 
Canberra. 


The Epidiascope. 


A Leitz Epidiascope has been purchased by the Society for use at sec- 
tional meetings and lectures. Projecting on the screen an enlarged image 
(to 6 x 6 feet) of any object, picture, or photograph, and having both 
lantern slide and microscopic slide attachments, this instrument is proving 
of great value to the members. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi, PLATE XII. 


Cm</ 


Z \' a 
—_ 


THE Opossum MOUSE. 
Dromicia nana. 
Photographs by Norman Chaffer. 
Design by Neville W. Cayley. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. PLATE XIII. 


1. Dying Mutton Bird on Beach. 
Photographed by Melbourne Ward. 


New Zealand Mutton Bird. Australian Mutton Bird. 


Fluttering Petrel 


Allied Shearwater. 
(Reinholdia) . > 


/  Fleshy-footed Shearwater. Bird of Providence. 


Bills of Petrels and Shearwaters. 
G. P. Whitley, del. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. PLATE XIV. 


1. Epinephelus ergastularius Whitley, nov. 
Joyce K. Allan, del. 


2. Stephanolepis (Pervagor) alternans (Ogilby). 
F. A. McNeill and G. P. Whitley, del. 


PLATE XV. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZooLoctst, Vol. vi. 


q7e83801q thauinb uLozo61y0 


‘Top “eZ “H “A 


‘12d >499Z HI 


i 


PLATE XVI. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. 


NEOZELANIC LORICATES. 


Joyce K. Allan and Phyllis Clarke, del. 


Issued by the 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


Edited by 
A. F. BASSET HULL, C.F.A.0.U. 


Vol. 6—Part 3 


(Price, 7/6.) 


Sydney, August 20, 1930. 


Pr, ‘All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Secretary, 
A Box 2399 MM, General Post Office, Sydney. 


’ ; Sydney: | 
Sydney and Melbourne Publishing Co., Ltd., 29 Alberta St. 


“Registered at the G.P.0., Sydney, for transmission by post as a periodical. 


REGISTERED UNDER THE a ACT, 1899 (1917) 


Ch erage 


COUNCIL, 1930-1931. 


abut 


le 


President: 
Professor Ww, J: Dakin. 


Vice-Presidents! #8 ~ 


Neville W. Cayley, J. R. Kinghorn, C.M.ZS., Anthony eure dalle FES. é 
and G. A. Waterhouse, D.Sc., B.E., FES. 


Members: ae i. 
E. J. Bryce, F.R.GS. E. F. Pollock, J.P. EAs wt stg 
A. H. Chisholm. : T. C. Roughley. Bo 
E. A. D’Ombrain, M.B., BS. David G. Stead. ; 
W. W. Froggatt, F.LS. Ellis Le G. Troughton. 
Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B. Bhat 


« 


Officers: 


Hon. Secretary and Editor: A. F. Basset Hull, CF AOU. 
Assistant Hon. Secretary: Clifford Coles, C.M.Z.S. ooh 
Hon. Treasurer: Phillip Shipway. 
Hon. Librarian: A. S. Le Souef, C.M.ZS8. 


Hon, Auditor: R. J. Stiffe, ACA. (Aust) 


OFFICERS OF SECTIONS: 


Avicultural Section. Marine Zoological ee 3 

: Chairman: Tom Iredale. 
Chairman: baa Buckle. Vice-Chairman: G. P. Whitley. 
Hon. Secretary: T. Butler. Hon! Secretary: W. Boardman. 


Committee: Clifford Coles, C.M.Z.S., H. 


E. Peir and W. Turner. Ornithological Section. 


Chairman: Tom Iredale. 
Vice-Chairman: J. K. Hindwood. _ ; 
Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. 


2 


Entomological Section. Committee: A. H. Chisholm, Cliffor 
epee G. A. Waterhouse, D.Sc., BE. raethee te yf 5 A. ak 
Ss 3 aye 
Vice-Chairman: H. J. caster, B.A., ee ge lela Club : 


Hon. Secretary: Keith C. McKeown. ba 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


THE ANNUAL MEETING. 


The fifty-first annual meeting of the Royal Zoological Society of New 
South Wales was held at Macleay House (The Linnean Society of New 
South Wales) on Wednesday, 23rd July, 1930, at 8 p.m., thirty members be- 
ing present. The honorary secretary read the 


Firty-First ANNUAL REPORT. 
Members. 


On 30th June, 1930, there were 522 members on the register, divided 
into the various categories, as follows: Associate benefactors 4, life mem- 
bers 27, ordinary members 281, honorary members 6, honorary associate 
members 4, life associate members 21, associate members 179 Twelve mem- 
bers died during the year and fifteen resigned. As compared with the 
previous year there was a net increase of 69 members. 


Deaths. 


Of the members lost to us by death during the year, Messrs. Gustavus 
John Waterhouse, Frederic Owen Bennett, Joseph Burdekin Holdsworth 
and Albert Edward Phillips were life members. Mr. Waterhouse was for 
many years a keen supporter of the Society and its activities, and mem- 
bers of Council frequently met him in his office, the lease of which was 
subsequently transferred to the Society. 


The Council. 


Dr. A. J. Nicholson resigned during the year in consequence of his ap- 
pointment to the Commonwealth Division of Economic Entomology, and 
his transfer to the Capital. Mr. A. S. Le Souef, C.M.Z.S., formerly honorary 
librarian and during a period in 1916-17 honorary secretary of the Society, 
was elected to fill the vacancy. 

Ten meetings of the Council were held during the year, at which the 
attendances were very satisfactory. Messrs. Coles and Pollock, who were 
on leave of absence during part of the year, visited England, and re- 
presented the Society at several functions in London, and exhibited lantern 
slides of many of our most interesting birds and animals, their illustrated 
talks being very much appreciated by zoologists on the other side. Mr. 
Coles has since been elected corresponding member of the Zoological Society 
of London. Mr. E. J. Bryce was granted leave of absence for the latter 
part of the year, and he is visiting India, Persia and the Continent of 
Europe. 

Sections. 

The Biological Survey Section has been disbanded, and a Committee 
appointed to deal with the biology of National Park in its place. A new 
section—the Avicultural—has been established, and the membership already 
exceeds fifty. This section will deal more particularly with the keeping 
and breeding of the rarer species of. Australian birds in captivity. 

The several sections, Entomological, Marine Zoological and Ornithological 
are maintaining their activities, the seating accommodation at many of 
the meetings being taxed to the utmost, 


182 ANNUAL MEETING. 


The Australian Zoologist. 

Parts 1 and 2 of Volume 6 were issued during the year. It is interest- 
ing to note the increasing number of applications from British and foreign 
scientific Societies to be placed on our exchange list. 

Finances. 

A glance at the balance sheet will show that the Society has never been 
in a better position, this satisfactory result having been largely contributed 
to by the efforts of the Women’s Auxiliary. Further contributions to this 
fund not previously acknowledged include £20 from the Walter and Eliza 
Hall Trust, £5 from Countess Freehill and several small amounts. 

Associate Benefactors. 

For his valuable services to the Society, Dr. Gustavus Athol Waterhouse 
has been elected an associate benefactor. We have now four associate 
benefactors on our roll. 

Taronga Park Trust. 

The relations between the Society and the Trust have been of an in- 
creasingly cordial nature during the past year. The Trustees have on 
numerous occasions availed themselves of the expert advice of members of 
the Society. The number of members granted privileges of admission to 
Taronga Park has been increased to 350. 

Handbook Publication Fund. 

Although this fund has nearly reached £800, it is still far short of the 
amount required to enable the Society to produce handbooks as originally 
designed. However, it is proposed to make a commencement by publishing 
small handbooks, defraying the cost partly from the income of the fund 
and partly from general account, with the view of refunding the latter ad- 
vance from sales of the handbooks. 


Balance Sheet. 

The honorary treasurer, Mr. Phillip Shipway, then presented the bal- 
ance sheet for the year ending 30th June, 1930, and referred to the in- 
creased assets as shown therein, attributing this largely to the splendid 
efforts of the Women’s Auxiliary, in organising a ball, which resulted in one 
hundred guineas being added to the handbook publication fund. He moved 
the adoption of the report and balance sheet, which was seconded by Dr. 
Charles Anderson and supported by Mr. Aubrey Halloran. 

Election of Councillors. 

The six retiring members of Council under Article 23, namely, Messrs. 
A. H. Chisholm, W. W. Froggatt, A. S. Le Souef, A. Musgrave, E. F. Pollock 
and Dr. E. A. D’(Ombrain were re-elected members of Council for the year 
1930-31, 

Amendment of Articles of Association. 

On the motion of the honorary secretary; seconded by Mr. Pollock, it 
was resolved to amend the Articles of Association, as follows:— 

“That Article 5 be amended by the insertion of the words ‘and fifty’ 
after ‘three hundred’ in such Article.” 

On the motion of the honorary secretary, seconded by Mr. Chisholm, 
and supported by Mr. Halloran, it was resolved:— 

“That Article 17a be amended by the insertion of the following para- 
graph at the end of such Article:— 

“(b) Upon any member or associate member who has rendered valu- 
able service to Australian Zoology, the title ‘Fellow.’ ” 


ANNUAL MEETING. 183 


Other Business. 


The President then presented the Diploma of Associate Benefactor to 
Dr. G. A. Waterhouse. 

Mr. A. H. Chisholm tabled a copy of the first number of “The Ostrich,” 
the organ of the South African Ornithological Society, and suggested that 
the felicitations of our Society be conveyed to our South African confréres, 
with congratulations on the excellent appearance of their Journal. 

It was resolved to convey the Society’s regrets to Mrs. Norman Lowe, 
President of the Women’s Auxiliary, on her serious illness, with the hope 
that she would soon be restored to health. The Society’s congratulations 
were conveyed to Mr. Aubrey Halloran on his election as Grand Master of 
the United Grand Lodge of Freemasons of New South Wales, and to Dr. 
G. A. Waterhouse upon his election as President of the Trustees of the 
Australian Museum. 

On the motion of Mr. Pollock, seconded by Mr. Cayley, it was resolved 
that the President place on record a minute testifying to the excellent 
work performed by the honorary secretary. 

The President then delivered his address (vide p. 189). 


Special General Meeting. 


A special general meeting was held at the Society’s office on 6th August, 
1930, at which the Resolutions as to Amendment of Articles of Association 
5 and 17a were confirmed. 


Officers for 1930-31. 


The following officers were elected:— 

President.—Professor W. J. Dakin, D.Sc. 

Vice-Presidents.—_Neville W. Cayley, J. R. Kinghorn, C.M.Z.S., Anthony 
Musgrave, F.E.S., and G. A. Waterhouse, D.Sc., B.E. 

Honorary Secretary and Editor—A. F. Basset Hull, C.F.A.0.U. 

Assistant Honorary Secretary.—Clifford Coles, C.M.Z.S. 

Honorary Treasurer.—Phillip Shipway. 

Honorary Librarian.—A. S. Le Souef, C.M.Z.S. 


New Members. 


The following new members have been elected since the publication of 
the last list (January 14, 1930) :— 


Ordinary Members.—A. B. Ashton-Hansen, W. G. F. Brain, Mrs. E. Brian, 
R. Buggy, Miss E. F. Carter, F. Cummins, Miss P. M. Crossley, L. Clemens, 
N. Caldwell, J. R. Davidson, G. Fitzpatrick, Dr. L. G. H. Huxley, E. Henderson, 
Miss E. Husband, N. King, A. King, N. G. Lawrence, D. Lammers, D. Milsop, 
Mrs. N. Markham, H. G. Paul (previously associate), S. Rohu, W. J. Rogers, 
M. Rae, W. Tibbits, J. H. Tomalin, C. W. Taylor, F. H. Taylor, A. C. Wilcox. 

Associate Members.—Miss G. Aguilar, Dr. R. Brown, T. Butler, A. J. 
Carruthers (previously ordinary), Miss M. Crawford, A. E. Clarke, G. 
Clampitt, C. Camp, R. W. Clarke, J. Creevey, Mrs. Vane Daniel, Miss C. 
Dunphy, F. Ellis, D. Edwards, J. Fleming, W. Fraser, Dr. Goodwin, Mrs. E. 
M. Huxley, E. Hargreaves, J. Hargreaves, W. S. Hollingsworth, A. G. Hamil- 
ton (formerly ordinary) , J. K. S. Houison, L. James, E. W. Jones, J. T. Jones, 
Mrs. J. R. Kinghorn, H. Lyons, H. D. Lanecky, J. S. Mackie, B. W. May, A. 
Manners, R. Manners, B. Moody, F. Mutton, V. Martin, H. E. Peir, G. F. 
Packer, G. A. Parsons, C. S. Ross, C. E. Steeles, C. B. Scott, C. W. Springall, 
W. H. Turner, P. H. Tancred, Dr. Thompson, A. Whiteley, J. E. Ward, J. 
White, R. White, A. J. Wilkes. j 


ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 
BALANCE SHEET AS AT 30th JUNE, 1930. 


LIABILITIES. ASSETS. 
ee iol i ASS) GS 2 cen Saath 
General Capital Account .. .. 791 5 0 | General Capital Account— 
General Income Account .. .. 59 6 10 eonwcele ae 
Hand Book Fund Capital Ac- es pn ai asain 
COUNT 2, rm, Geao ee) ee Ea OS MECMEG NSW. Govern- 
Hand Book Fund Income Ac- ment Debenture 100 0 0 
(fol hey teers ss GO co oo .o 79 8 1 N.S.W. Govern- 
ment Funded 
Stock : 00) 050 
——— 791 5 UV 
General Income Account— 
Commercial Bank- 
ing Company of 
Sydney, Ltd. .. Gham 
Less Outstanding 
Cheques .. .. .. 8 8 8 
Overdraft 3) sae 2) 6. 95 
Government Sav- 
ings Bank of 
INESING Uergue cee ee tb tI} 3 
59 6 10 


Hand Book Fund Capital Account— 
Commonwealth 
Treasury Bonds 
(ev ei00)) aes 1Q3) “206 
Including— 
Albert Littlejohn 
Endowment a LOOT 0 Oe 
Hume-Barbour 
Endowment +0) PLOGHROn 0 
Walter & Eliza Hall 
Trust Endowment 160 0 0 


Hand Book Fund Income Account— 
Government Sav- 
ings Bank of 


NES Wis Ai. tee! oe 10° A 2 
Cash on Hand .. Be) 3} ahi 
712 8 1 
ses B) £1;633) 20D 
HAND BOOK FUND INCOME ACCOUNT. 
RECEIPTS. DISBURSEMENTS. 
So She obs sh Sk Gl £ S: ds suas 
To Balance 30th By Investments ae 197 1550 
June, 1929 2: .. 34 9 4 ,» Balance 30th June, 1930— 
,, Donations— Government 
R. C. Dixon, Esq. 25 0 0 Savings Bank 
A. A. Lawson, Esq. 50 0 0O Of NiSAWwe 2.) 10. 40°93 
W oO mre ns Cash on Hand . eval 
Auxiliary). £05) "0" (0 —— 79 8 l 
Countess Freehill By ity ty) 


Walter and Eliza 

iseylh aiarge  .. Bd) Ol 

Amounts under 

Five Pounds . Silo 
————- 208 12 6 


, Hand Book Sales— 
“Loricates” .. . GeO 
‘Fishes of 

NES We) oe a Oe ae 
—_———— 4 8 4 

, Interest on In- 
vestment :. .. 29 12 11 


Fett £277 3 2 


GENERAL INCOME ACCOUNT. 


RECEIPTS. 


To Balance 
June, 1929 
» Subscriptions— 
Annual 
Life .. 


30th 


333 15 9 
21 0 O 


» Donations .. . 

» Sales “Australian Zoologist” 
SNGUReDIINGtS) es cel ia ss ole 

,, Rent of Office .. 

» Annual Dinner... .. 

» Interest on Investments 

, Bank Exchange : ae 

» Refund of Duty on ’ Epi- 
diascope .. . ae 

, Payment from ‘CS. and IR. 
towards ’Phone Account 


SS WG 


£579 13 4 


3 Sp Gk 


98 3 3 


354 15 9 
ea 


11 
52 


0 9 
12 11 
ius 01 
43 15 10 | 
090 


413 9 | 
UetGeee || 


,» Postage & Delivery 


DISBURSEMENTS. 


EeeSaGs 
By Publication “Australian Zoologist” 


(Vol. 6, Parts 1 and 2)— 
>, Erinting: -. 191 14 0 
REIOCKS en rae heen 2 SON LenS 
1015 3 


Office Rent .. .. sah 
, Office Printing & "Stationery 
, Exchange Bank Fees .. .. .. 
, Library Blinds 
, Annual Dinner ae 
, Hpidiascope and Duty 
Renovations to Office .. 
Refund of Rent to C.S. & LR. 
,» Advertising Ball .. 
,» Phone Account Beate a8 
GPO} Boxsandukeyns. 3. 4. 
, Library Books .. 
,» Block Boxes 
, Subscriptions 
Magazine .. 
» Petty Cash— 
Postages, 
grams, etc. .. 
Lighting .. .. Bo 3 
Repairs to Type- 
writer and 
Epidiascope .. 2 2 0 
Postages, Orni- 
thological Sec- 
tion 
Typing 
Stationery 


to Museum 


Tele- 


iy th 8 
and 
Lily 


By Balance at 30th June, 1930— 


» Government Sav- 
ings Bank of 


N.S.W. .. 61 13 3 


Less Commercial 


Banking Co. of 
Sydney, Ltd — 
, Balance as per 
PeaesEs 
Book OM meES 
Less Outstanding 
Cheques £8 8 8 


Overdraft 2 (5 6 


> Sh Gk 


233 
124 
37 
il 


- 


—y 


3 
19 
40 


_ 


ra 
ao SCOMrRCPTOCCOCONOOoOSO 


— 
CONF RRFrOR RN Or OF, 


— 


9 
4 
1 
8 
1 
1 
0 
0 


fo) 


34 7 3 


59 6 10 


£579 13 4 


Audited and found correct. 
(Sgd.) ROBT. J. STIFFE, A.C.A. 


(Aust.) , 


Hon. Auditor. 


Sydney, 18th July, 1930. 


(Sgd.) PHILLIP SHIPWAY, 


Hon. Treasurer. 


186 


REPORTS OF SECTIONS. 


ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION. 


Ten ordinary meetings of the section were held at the Society’s room, 
Bull’s Chambers, during the past twelve months, with an average attend- 
ance of nine. 

At one period the attendance at meetings declined to such an extent 
that it was feared that a reduction in the number of meetings of the sec- 
tion would be necessary, but it is pleasing to report that attendances have 
since greatly improved, and the average at the last three meetings has been 
fourteen. 

Following on the departure of Dr. Nicholson to Canberra, F.C.T., on 
his appointment to the Federal Division of Economic Entomology, Dr. G. A. 
Waterhouse was elected to the chair at the March meeting. 

The following lectures were delivered before the section:— 

Mr. A. Musgrave: Early French Explorers and their work in relation 
to Australian Entomology. 

Mr. A. R. Woodhill: The Apple and Citrus Root Weevil (Leptops 
squalidus) ; its Binomics and Control. 

Mr. W. W. Froggatt: Insect Galls. 

KeItH McKeown, Hon. Secretary. 


NATIONAL PARK RESEARCH COMMITTEE. 


The Biological Survey Section of the Royal Zoological Society of New 
South Wales was disbanded after its annual general meeting on August 21, 
1929, as it was considered that the proposed biological survey was imprac- 
ticable. At the same time, the National Park Research Committee was 
formed to co-ordinate biological work in National Park. This committee 
consists of two members of each section of the Society, and two members 
of the National Park Trust, with power to co-opt other scientific workers. 
The following gentlemen were elected at the inaugural meeting of the com- 
mittee on September 27, 1929: Mr. A. Musgrave (chairman), Dr. G. A. Water- 
house, Messrs. W. F. Leighton Bailey, A. H. Chisholm, T. Iredale, K. Hind- 
wood, N. Cayley, F. A. McNeill and G. P. Whitley (hon. secretary). 

The main business before the committee is the preparation of a popular 
“Handbook to National Park,’ with special reference to its natural fea- 
tures, fauna and flora. Mr. T. Iredale has been appointed editor and Mr. 
N. Cayley business manager. The manuscript of several chapters has been 
completed, but a few more contributions are outstanding. Owing to 
generally unsettled financial conditions, the production of the handbook 
has been temporarily deferred, and no meetings of the committee have been 
held since last January. 

Various members of the Society visited the cottage at Gundamaian 
during the year to study the fauna of the Park. 


GILBERT P. WHITLEY, Hon. Secretary. 


MarRINE ZOOLOGICAL SECTION. 


The year 1929-30, under the chairmanship of Mr. Tom Iredale, com- 
pletes the fourth, and a most successful year of the section. During the 
period members individually and the section as a body, have helped con- 
siderably to advance various branches of Australian marine zoology. 

Messrs. Iredale, McNeill and Johnson have worked consistently and 
systematically towards a solution of some of the problems presented by the 
marine wood-boring pests in Port Jackson, and they hope to publish the 
results of their research shortly. 


REPORTS OF SECTIONS. ‘+ 187 


Two committees, viz., that dealing with the harbour pollution ques- 
tion and that engaged on the publication of the new National Park Hand- 
book requested the support of the section, and to each of them represen- 
tatives were elected. 

For a long time the section has been alive to the need of an ecological 
survey of a defined locality on the New South Wales coast, and it was de- 
cided to carry out this work at the Bottle and Glass Rocks, Port Jackson, 
under the leadership of the chairman. Preliminary zoning and observation 
have already been done. This work, however, though interesting alike to 
scientist and layman, would by reason of its nature be essentially tech- 
nical. To cater for the more popular need a committee was appointed to 
go into the question of producing a popular handbook of the New South 
Wales marine fauna, and in this task also a definite start has been made. 

In accord with the policy of the section, lantern lectures have been a 
feature at most of the meetings. The year’s list is as follows:— 

August 12—‘“The Recent Sydney Meeting of the Commonwealth 
Fisheries Committee.” By T. C. Roughley. 

September 2.—“‘Some Plant-like Animals.” By W. Boardman. 

October 14.—‘Dredging in Port Jackson.” By Tom Iredale. 

November 4.—“Life in a Mangrove Swamp.” By A. Musgrave. 

December 9—‘Barnacles.” By M. Ward. 

January 13—‘“A Naturalist in North and North-west Australia.” By A. 
A. Livingstone. 5 

February 3—‘“The Capricorn Group and the nearby Mainland.” By M. 
Ward and W. Boardman. 

March 3.—‘Coral Reef Fishes.” By G. P. Whitley. 

April 7—“Marine Reptiles.” By J. R. Kinghorn. 

May 5—“Recent Investigations on Wharf Pile Pests.” By Messrs. 
Iredale, McNeill and Johnson. 

June 2—Discussion on Economic Zoology. By Messrs. Whitley, Roughley 
and McNeill. 

Tom IREDALE, Chairman. 
W. Boarpmawn, Hon. Secretary. 


ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION. 


During the past year eleven meetings were held, the attendances on 
each occasion taxing the present seating accommodation to its utmost, a 
sure sign of the popularity of sectional meetings. 

All lecturettes proved most instructive, and all were beautifully illus- 
trated by photographs, the work of our members. The photographic re- 
cords and carefully kept field observations have added considerably to our 
knowledge of many species. In this connection, the results obtained dur- 
ing the past season by Mr. K. A. Hindwood and Mr. Norman Chaffer de- 
serve special mention. Other members who have done excellent work in 
the field are: Messrs. H. H. Innes, G. R. Gannon, J. Marshall and A. J. 
Gwynne. 

To Mr. A. H. Chisholm we offer our thanks and congratulations on his 
excellent work, “Birds and Green Places.” This book has set a standard 
of literary, scientific and popular excellence, and has been acclaimed abroad 
and in America, as well as here in Australia, as the outstanding work on 
Australian birds so far produced by an Australian. 

The visit to Bullahdelah, North Coast, during October by a party, 
under the leadership of Mrs. C. A. Messmer, proved most disappointing. 
It rained during the whole period and little field work was possible. 

A summary of the lecturettes delivered during the year is as follows:— 


188 REPORTS OF SECTIONS. 


1929— 
July 19th.—Mr. T. Iredale. 


“Birds of the Antarctic.” 


August 16th—Mr. G. P. Whitley. Lecturette on “Flight.” 
September 20th—Mr. Norman Chaffer. Exhibition of Photographs. 


October 18th.—Mr. T. Iredale. 


“New Zealand Birds.” 


November 15th.—Discussion on “Birds of Paradise.” By Messrs. Iredale, 


Cayley, Hull and Le Souef. 
1930— 


January 17th—Mr. A. S. Le Souef. 


“The Psychology of Bird Action.” 


February 21st—Mr. K. A. Hindwood. Exhibition of Photographs. 


March 21st.—Mr. Clifford Coles. 
April 24th—Mr. K. A. Hindwood. 


May 16th.—Mr. T. Iredale. 


June 20th.—Mr. H. Fletcher. 


“Travel Talk.” 
“Bush Rambles.” 
“Genus Podargus.” 
“Antarctic Birds.” 
NEVILLE CayLEy, Hon. Secretary. 


SECTIONAL MEETINGS. 
Syllabus for the year 1930-1931. 


Avicultural Section: 
(Second Monday in the month.) 


URWAN USHER roe) mel stakes PLOOUS 


8 September .. .. .. .. as 
LS"OCtODERreens.. <= os foe 5 
1OPNovemberes. «. -. ae i 

8 December .. 


12 January .. .. & pf - 1931. 


OMMCDEMATYA ee) fas eve te 3 
OOMarchitss 5. ee lee ts BS 
SMAI erdres shy bs hice ers i 
Nave ie Uh ae . 
11 June (Thursday) .. .. 3 


Entomological Section: 


(Second Wednesday in the 
month.) 


TS WAUSUSt ee Uys sata A LOSOE 


10"September’.. .. .. «- 53 
SEOCtODE cn asta) cece Bs 
12 November .. 


HIGMebruary se a. a. «LOT 
Wie Wrarchir. es) suc) ce Py 
SAPD Geeta Faeroict belt tee Meals < 
SINT AY gare ies ose got scare res Seis = 
iKt) antes 5. Bs ReGuanee aro 6 


Marine Zoological Section: 


(First Monday in the month, 
except when a Public Holiday, 
then on the following Tuesday.) 


5 August (Tuesday) .. .. 1930. 
is September... ner Fs 
7 October (Tuesday) ie + 
3 November ee 
1 December Ge ee re 
5) January -.: “Se o<sf eo 
2 Mebruary . 2) oe eee 33 
2 March: 25700 3 eee a 
7 April (Tuesday) .. .. x. 
4 May .. ch, ots 
1 Gune! <2 eee te 
Ornithological Section: 
(Third Friday in the month.) 


15 August ... .. 2.0 alesis 
19 September .. .. .. .. PS 
15 October .. > tee o 
21 Noyember 2 2. ene 55 
19 December .. cf ee Ps 
16 January... 25 .).'4.. seloae 
20 February Bi 

20 March .. 3% 
LiAprile ey oe atc 
15 May .. 

19 June .. 


Meetings of the Sections are held at the Society’s office, Bull’s Chambers, 
28 Martin Place, Sydney, at 7.30 p.m., and are open to all members, associates 


and their friends. 


Notices will be sent to members when a change is made in the date of 


a meeting. 


189 


PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. 
THE HISTORY OF AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH. 
By ANTHONY MUSGRAVE. 


The History of Research in Australian Entomology is so interwoven 
with the country’s political history that a study of the science is scarcely 
possible without due regard being paid to those factors which have led to 
the foundation of our Commonwealth. 

In 1841 there appeared an excellent account by Adam White, of the 
British Museum, on Entomological Research on Australian Insects (1), and 
in which he stated: “It would take up too much time to give a tithe of the 
names of the entomologists who have described New Holland insects, as 
nearly every working student of insects abroad and at home has added to 
the list.” In a footnote he adds: “The entomologist who would attempt 
to do this must give a Universal Entomological Bibliography, as scarcely a 
Journal or volume of Transactions of any Scientific Society appears with- 
out containing fewer or more species from the great Australasian Continent 
and its islands.” 

Having spent over twenty years in the study of Australian Entomological 
Literature, I fully endorse all that Adam White wrote on this subject 90 
years ago. 

Three periods may be distinguished in our Entomological History. The 
first, the Fabrician Period, from 1770 to 1830, when French and British Ex- 
peditions charting our shores collected and took back to Europe the 
curiosities of the Antipodes; the second, the Westwoodian Period, between 
1831 and 1862, when the continent was becoming gradually peopled and many 
specimens were sent to England by settlers; the third, the Macleayan 
Period, dating from 1862 to the present day. In 1862 the Entomological 
Society of New South Wales was founded, and henceforth students of 
Entomology in Australia were able to carry out much of the work which 
hitherto had been the prerogative of their European confreres. 

The late J. J. Fletcher has given a most comprehensive account of the 
Macleays in his Presidential Address to the Linnean’Society of New South 
Wales (2), in which he deals not only with that distinguished family, but 
with their contemporaries, so that we gain an insight into Australian 
Zoological Research from 1825 (the year Alexander Macleay arrived in Aus- 
tralia) to 1891 (the date of Sir William Macleay’s death). It will be seen 
that the Macleays played a very active part in all three periods of our past 
history. 

These three periods I will now consider in detail. 


THE FABRICIAN PERIOD: 1770-1830. 


As no insects beyond flies, and ants’ (termites’) nests, appear to have 
been mentioned by the early Dutch navigators who landed on the west coast 
of New Holland, Australian Entomological Research may be said to date 
from 29th April, 1770, when Banks and Solander, the naturalists on Captain 


(1). Adam White, in George Grey, Journals of two Expeditions of Dis- 
covery in North-west and Western Australia, during the years 1837-38 and 
1839, under the Authority of Her Majesty’s Government, etc., vol. ii., 1841. 
Appendix F., pp. 450-482. Notes on some Insects from King George’s Sound, 
collected and presented to the British Museum by Captain George Grey. 

(2). J. J. Fletcher, “The Society’s Heritage from the Macleays.” Proc. 
Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xlv., 4, 1920 (1921), pp. 567-635. “The Society’s Heritage 
from the Macleays,” Part ii., ibid., liv., 3, 1929, pp. 184-272. (The second 
part issued posthumously and edited by Dr. A. B. Walkom). 


190 HISTORY OF AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH. 


James Cook’s vessel, the Endeavour, made their first collections of insects 
at Botany Bay. 

Here a week was spent botanizing and exploring, and probably but few 
insects were collected owing to the lateness of the season. No mention is 
made of any insects secured at Botany Bay in any of the published journals, 
but it was probably here that they met with the beautiful Curculionid, 
Chrysolophus spectabilis (Fabricius, 1775, Curculio), a species popularly 
known as the Botany Bay Diamond Beetle, which occurs on Acacias 
commonly about Sydney and Botany Bay and which was collected during 
the visit of the Expedition to East Australia. Another insect secured by 
the Expedition, and which almost certainly was taken at Botany Bay, was 
the female of the “Common Brown,” Heteronympha merope (Fabricius, 
1775, Papilio) . 

The next spot at which Cook and his party landed was Bustard Bay. 
on Wednesday, 23rd May, and here they met with the nests of the Green 
Tree Ants, Oecophylla virescens (Fabricius, 1775, Formica), in the branches 
of the Mangroves. This was the first record of this interesting ant. They 
also encountered caterpillars, probably those of a Limacodid moth. 

At Thirsty Sound, parties landed on Tuesday and Wednesday, 29th and 
30th May, and here both Banks and Sydney Parkinson (an artist) record 
meeting with “ants nests, made of clay as big as a bushell,” on the branches 
of the gum trees, and Parkinson mentions the Green Tree Ant again. 
Banks notes, too, the presence of a small black ant which lived in the 
branches of a tree, Xanthoryloides mite, “living in quantities in the hollow 
part where the pith should be.” Here the butterflies also attracted the 
attention of Banks, one species occurring in millions. He also found “a 
pupa or chrysalis which shone as brightly as if it had been silvered over 
with the most burnished silver, which it perfectly resembled.” It emerged 
next day, and from the brief description he gives we conclude that he had 
secured a specimen of Euploea corinna Macleay, 1826, a species stated to 
be among the Banksian insect types, but not described from that collec- - 
tion. 

Palm Island and Cape Grafton were next visited, but nothing is told 
us of their insect fauna. Then occurred the mishap which threatened the 
lives of all on board the vessel. The Endeavour grounded on a reef, but 
was floated off next day. and was warped into the Endeavour River on 
Monday, 18th June, where she remained until 4th August. 

It is more than probable that most of the insects collected by Banks 
and Solander were captured at the Endeavour River. This holds good, 
particularly for the butterflies, as Mr. T. G. Watkins has pointed out in a 
paper, entitled Notes on the Butterflies of the Banks Collection (3), that, 
“as there had been no previous scientific voyage to New Holland and there 
was no subsequent return from one prior to the publication of the Systema, 
in 1775, it may be assumed that all these types were obtained during the en- 
forced sojourn at the future Cooktown in North Queensland in June to 
August. 1770.” : 

Such butterflies as Danaida affinis, Cupha prosope and Hypolimnas 
bolina nerina are species commonly met with in North Queensland, and it 
is only reasonable to believe that these forms, later described by Fabricius, 
were secured at the Endeavour River. 

Hawkesworth, in‘his account of Captain Cook’s First Voyage (4), gives 


(3). T. G. Watkins, The Entomologist, lvi., September, 1923, pp. 204-209. 

(4). In Vol. iii., Chapter viii.. Departure from New South Wales; a par- 
ticular Description of the Country, its Products, and People, etc., 1773, pp. 
627-630. 


MUSGRAVE. 191 


notes on the entomological novelties met with. Here for the first time we 
read of the Green Tree Ant, and an interesting account is given of the ants 
which frequent the natural cavities of the epiphytic plants, popularly 
known as “ant plants.” 

These parasites occur on the branches of trees, and I have seen photo- 
graphs of them taken at Cooktown, so that the plant and its inhabitants 
almost certainly were seen at the Endeavour River by the members of 
Captain Cook’s party. 

The descriptions of the insects in Hawkesworth’s account are without 
doubt taken from the Journal of Banks, for if a comparison be made it 
will be seen that they are practically identical. 

Cook’s first voyage, so far as Australia is concerned, terminated at 
Possession Island, where he took possession of the whole of the east coast 
of New Holland for Great Britain, calling it New South Wales. 

On the return of the Expedition to England, the Journal of Sydney 
Parkinson, the artist on the Endeavour, who had died after leaving 
Batavia on 26th January, 1771, was edited by his brother, Stanfield 
Parkinson, ana published in 1773. It contains the first published reference 
to Australian “sand-flies” (Ceratopogon ?), which he met with at the En- 
deavour River, and he has also something to say about ants. 

Earlier in the same year Hawkesworth had edited and published Captain 
Cook’s Journals, together with extracts from the Journal of Sir Joseph 
Banks, and in the third volume of Cook’s Voyages, which treats with the 
exploration of the east coast of Australia, appear references to some of the 
insects encountered. 

It was not until 1896 that the Journal of Banks was published, being 
edited by Sir Joseph D. Hooker. In treating with Sir Joseph Banks I should 
like to draw attention to Maiden’s valuable work, Sir Joseph Banks: “The 
Father of Australia,” 1909, in which is given a wealth of information con- 
cerning Banks and his contemporaries. 

It was not, however, until 1775 that the first scientific descriptions of 
the insects collected by Banks and Solander, in New South Wales, appeared 
from the pen of Fabricius, a pupil of the great Swedish naturalist, Linné. 
In his Systema Entomologiae he records 212 species of insects from Aus- 
tralia. 

In his third and last voyage Cook, in the Resolution, put in at Adven- 
ture Bay, Tasmania, for five days from 26th to 30th January, 1777. In his 
Journal (5) he gives a note on the insects met with. On 14th February, 
1779, Cook met his death at the hands of the natives of Hawaii. 

On 20th January, 1788, the First Fleet under Governor Phillip arrived at 
Botany Bay. Six days later the ships of La Perouse’s Expedition, La 
Boussole and L’Espérance, put into Botany Bay to refit after coming from 
Samoa. Here Father Receveur, the naturalist, who had been wounded at 
Tutuila, died, and was buried, a simple monument now marking his grave. 
After refitting, La Perouse set sail on 10th March, and all trace of him 
was lost to the civilized world for 38 years, until remains of the Expedition 
were found at Vanikoro. Expeditions sent in search of him failed to glean 
any knowledge of his vessels’ whereabouts, but by the indefatigable efforts 
of the naturalists accompanying these search vessels much valuable material 
was collected which added materially to the knowledge of Australian 

. Entomology. 

The first of these Expeditions took place during the years 1791-1794 and 
was under the command of General Bruni D’Entrecasteaux, and La 
Billardiére and Riche were the naturalists of the Expedition. 


(5). Published in A Voyage to the Pacific Ocean, Vol. i., 1784, p. 111. 


192 HISTORY OF AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH. 


In the Recherche and Espérance they visited Tasmania, sailing thence 
to the Solomon Islands and the Malay Archipelago, and then south again 
to South-west Australia and Southern Tasmania. Sailing north they put 
in at New Caledonia, where Huon Kermadec, the second in command, died, 
and when in the vicinity of New Britain, D’Entrecasteaux also succumbed. 

The insects collected by La Billardiére and Riche were described by 
Fabricius in his Systema Eleutheratorum (1801), Systema Rhyngotorum 
(1803), and Systema Piezatorum (1804), while Latreille (1802), re-described 
and figured two species of “Bull Dog” ants and other Australian species, 
and Lamarck (1804) described and figured two new genera and species of 
Australian insects. 

Then in 1800-1803 came the historic Expedition of Nicholas Baudin, 
which has been described in all its particulars by Professor E. Scott in his 
Terre Napoléon. Baudin was in command of two vessels, the Géographe 
and the Naturaliste, and a small vessel, the Casuarina, was acquired at Port 
Jackson for survey work. 

Péron was the naturalist and Le Sueur the artist. Maugé, another 
naturalist, died in Tasmania. Mr. Tom Iredale has pointed out, in an 
article in the Australian Museum Magazine, in which he deals with the 
French naturalists, that their names run in pairs. Thus we had La 
Billardiére and Riche, in 1791-1794, and now we have Péron and Le Sueur. 

Much valuable work in charting the coasts of Tasmania and Australia 
was performed and collections of insects were made at Adventure Bay, 
Tasmania, Sydney, King Island and Kangaroo Island. 

No detailed scientific results of the entomological work carried out ap- 
peared with the narrative of the Expedition, but in Vol. ii. of the Voyage de 
Découvertes, eic., supervised by Peron, appears a description of a new 
species of earwig from Bruny Island, Tasmania, called Forficula Antarctica, 
and a description of the Fiddler Beetle, from near Parramatta, which he 
calls Cetonia Orpheus. In Vol. iii. of the same work appears an interesting 
account of the insects found on Kangaroo Island, and a comparison with 
those found on King Island in Bass Strait. Species collected by Baudin 
(?), and Peron and Le Sueur, were describea by Lamarck (1804) ;'Latreille 
(1809, 1811, 1818, 1824) ; Bonelli (1813), and Godart (1819, 1824). 

Contemporaneously with Baudin’s Expedition was that of Matthew 
Flinders, in the Investigator, who did detailed survey work of the Australian 
coast. In a footnote to his book, A Voyage to Terra Australis, he proposed 
the name “Australia” for this continent. With Flinders was Robert Brown, 
the botanist, who collected insects in Australia between 1801-1805, species 
being described by Kirby (1818), Leach (1819), Macleay (1819). Four Aus- 
tralian insects collected by him carry the specific name brownii. 

In the year 1805 appeared the beautiful work, “An Epitome of the 
Natural History of the Insects of New Holland, etc.,” by Edward Donovan, 
with 41 coloured plates and with descriptions of many new species. Many 
of the insects described by Fabricius were here figured for the first time. 
It was a notable contribution to Entomology. 

During the same year John William Lewin published his Prodromus 
Entomology—Natural History of Lepidopterous Insects of New South Wales, 
with 18 plates, coloured by hand. Though the work was published in 
London, the plates were drawn and engraved in Sydney by him. He was 
one of the first artist-naturalists in Australia, as he arrived here in 1800. 
The late J. J. Fletcher (6), published a letter dated 20th February, 1805, 
from Alexander Macleay to Kirby, in which the former states: “I have been 


(jas ‘ai Fletcher, Presidential Address, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
xlv., 4, 1920 (1921), p. 572. 


MUSGRAVE. 193 


describing eighteen Botany Bay Lepidopterous Insects which are about to 
be published by Lewin, with all their changes and natural history.” As 
some doubt has been expressed as to the truth of the contention that 
Alexander Macleay wrote the descriptions of the species for Lewin, this 
letter should silence the doubters for ever. 

Fletcher gave a great amount of information about Lewin in his 
address, and W. W. Froggatt has published recently, in the Australian 
Naturalist for January, 1930, an account of Lewin, “The First Field Natura- 
list in Australia.” 

About this time there lived at Chelsea, in London, an artist, William 
Jones, who made paintings of butterflies from specimens in his own cabinets, 
and from those in other collections, which constitute his Jcones, a 
manuscript work oi six volumes, now in the Hope Department of the Ox- 
ford University Museum. Fabricius, in his work, Entomologia Systematica, 
Vol. ili., published descriptions of five new species of butterflies known to 
occur in Australia, and cited some of these figures with his descriptions. 
Donovan also referred to these Icones. 

From 1817-1820, Louis de Freycinet, who had been a lieutenant during 
Baudin’s Expedition, commanded an expedition, consisting of two vessels, 
the Uranie and the Physicienne, which visited Sydney in 1819. Quoy and 
Gaimard were the naturalists, and, though collections were made during 
the vessel’s stay at Port Jackson, these were lost in a “terrible shipwreck,” 
together with the Australian birds and Papuan butterflies. Only one Aus- 
tralian insect appears to have been saved from the wreck, and this species, 
a weevil, Cylydrorhinus lemniscatus (Quoy and Gaimard, 1825, Curculio), 
was taken at Shark’s Bay, West Australia (6a). 

In the years 1818-1822 survey work on the Tasmanian and Australian 
coasts was carried out by Captain Phillip Parker King (son of Philip Gidley 
King, former Governor of New South Wales), in the Mermaid and the 
Bathurst. Allan Cunningham, the botanist, was with King from the time 
the Expedition left Sydney on 22nd December, 1817, until its termination at 
the same place on 25th April, 1822, and he collected insects as well as 
plants. 

In 1826 appeared King’s Narrative of the Survey of the Intertropical and 
Western Coasts of Australia, and in Appendix B., William Sharp Macleay 
described the insects collected by the Expedition. Swainson in his Zoological 
Tilustrations described and figured some of the species collected by Cunning- 
ham. In 1835, Boisduval in the Magasin de Zoologie described a new species 
of beetle, Ceraegidion horrens, from North Australia, collected by Cunning- 
ham. 

In the Narrative of the Survey, King (7) makes an interesting record, 
when at Cleveland Bay, on 16th June, 1819, “Here, as well as at every other 
place that we had landed upon within the tropic, the air is ‘crowded’ with 
a species of butterfly, a great many of which were taken. It is doubtless 
the same species as that which Captain Cook remarks as so plentiful in 
Thirsty Sound; he says, ‘We found also an incredible number of butterflies, 
so that for the space of three or four acres the air was so crowded with 
them that millions were to be seen in every direction, at the same time, 
that every branch and twig were covered with others that were not upon 


(6a). Described in Voyage Autour du Monde . . . Exécuté sur . 
lUranie et la Physicienne, pendant les années, 1817-20. Publié . .. par 
M. Louis de Freycinet. Zoologie, par Mm. Quoy et Gaimard, Médecins de 
VExzpédition, 1825 (on title page, 1824). 

(7). Volume i., p. 195. 


194 HISTORY OF AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH. 


the wing’ (8). The numbers seen by us were indeed ‘incredible’; the stem 
of every grass- tree, ranthorrhoea, which plant grows abundantly upon the 
hills, was covered with them, and on their taking wing the air appeared, as 
it were. in perfect motion. 

“Tt is a new species and is described by my friend, Mr. W. S. Macleay, in 
the Appendix, under the name of Euploea hamata.” 

Accompanying the Mermaid and the Bathurst on their cruises were 
Frederick Bedwell and John Septimus Roe, assistant surveyors, the latter’s 
name being associated with Pangonia Roei Macleay, 1826. Mr. James 
Hunter, surgeon, was on the Mermaid during her voyage from 12th June to 
6th December, 1820. Sitratiomys Hunteri Macleay, 1826, links his name with 
King’s survey. Of the leader we have no less than six of the insects 
described as new by W.S. Macleay, bearing the specific name of Kingii. The 
genera are Paecilus, Buprestis, Megamerus, Coccinella, Agrion, and Macro- 
glossum. 

Among the interesting insects described in the Appendix to the Survey 
is the Spiny Leaf Insect, Ectatosoma tiaratum (Macleay, 1826, Phasma). 

In 1824 the French vessel, La Coquille, in command of L. I. Duperrey 
was at Sydney from 17th January to 20th March. The naturalists to the 
Expedition were the surgeons R. P. Lesson and P. Garnot, and as they were 
here at a time of the year when insect life is abundant they amassed a 
very large collection. The insects were described later by Gueérin- 
Méneville (9). 

In 1824-1826 Baron de Bougainville was in command of an Expedition, 
consisting of the Thétis and Espérance, which was at Port Jackson from 
30th June to 21st September, 1825. During his stay he erected at Botany 
Bay a monument to La Perouse. No collections of insects appear to have 
been made. 

In 1826 the Astrolabe (formerly known as La Coquille) under the com- 
mand of Dumont d’Urville, visited Australia, passing along the coast from 
King George’s Sound to Port Jackson and spending some time at Western 
Port. New Zealand and the islands of the Western Pacific and Malaysia 
were visited also. In 1828 the vessel was at the Island of Vanikoro, where 
relics of La Perouse’s ill-fated Expedition were secured. 

The insects collected were described by Boisduval (10). 

In the last decade of this period settlements were founded at various 
points along the coast and some of these, such as Melville Island (1824- 
1829), Western Port (1826-1828), and Raffles Bay (1827-1829) soon faded 
into obscurity, but others such as Moreton Bay (1825), Albany (1826), Swan 
River (1829) remain with us to this day. From these settlements Ex- 
peditions set out to explore the interior of the great continent. 

In 1827 the Colonial Museum, afterwards called the Australian Museum, 
was founded. William Holmes was the first custodian under the title of 
Colonial Zoologist. 


(8). Hawkesworth, Vol. iii., p. 125. 

(9). In Duperrey’s Voyage Autour du Monde ... sur. . . La Coquille, 
pendant les Années, 1822-1825. The plates, with the scientific names of 
the insects, appeared between 1827-1832, but the text did not appear until 
1838. In 1842, Guérin-Méneville published a paper in the Magasin de 
Zoologie on the Thynnides. 

(10). In Dumont d’Urville’s Voyage de Découvertes de lAstrolabe . . . 
pendant les Années, 1826-1829, under the title of Fawne Entomologique de 
VOcean Pacifique, etc., the part treating with the Lepidoptera appearing in 
1832 and the part containing the account of the Coleoptera and other 
Orders in 1835. 


MUSGRAVE. 195 


THE WESTWOODIAN PERIOD: 1831-1861. 


This period was characterized by land exploration, and most of the in- 
sect material collected was determined by specialists in England, among 
whom John Obadiah Westwood stands pre-eminent. 

This great entomologist was intended for the law and was admitted as 
a solicitor and became partner in a firm, but Entomology proved too 
absorbing a study, and, having private means, he was able to devote him- 
self whole-heartedly to his favourite pursuit. To his love of Entomology he 
added a talent for drawing, and his Arcana Entomologica and Thesaurus 
Entomologicus Ozoniensis stand as monuments to his ability as an ento- 
mologist and a draughtsman. His friend and patron was the Rev. F. W. 
Hope, a wealthy amateur and a describer of Australian insects. In 1858, Hope 
“presented his collections to the University of Oxford, combined with that 
of Westwood himself, which he purchased, and endowed a Professorship, 
which Hope intended should be of Entomology, but a difficulty was thrown 
in the way, and a compromise was effected by instituting a Chair of In- 
vertebrate Zonlogy. Westwood was the first Hope Professor” (11). His 
first paper was published in 1827 and his last in 1889, representing 62 years 
of entomological research—surely a record. Such was the man whose name 
I have chosen to represent this period. 

Among the Expeditions which explored the hinterland of New South 
Wales during this era were those organised by Major (afterwards Sir) 
Thomas L. Mitchell, Surveyor General. 

In 1831-32 he made a journey in search of the “Kindur River,” explor- 
ing as far as the Karaula or Macintyre River; in 1835 he explored the course 
of the Darling River for 300 miles, and in 1836 led an expedition to the 
Darling and Murray Rivers. 

Accounts of these three Expeditions were given by him in two volumes, 
published in 1838. 

On his first Expedition he describes the effects of an attack upon him 
by a wasp having “passed near a tree on which their nest was suspended,” 
and which in a footnote he describes as Genus Vespa, subgenus Abispa, 
species Abispa Australiana. This well known yellow and black “Mud 
dauber” wasp is now known as Abispa ephippium (Fabricius. 1775, Vespa), 
the subgenus having been raised to generic rank and the specific name sunk 
as a synonym. Smith (12) points out that the “passage in ‘Mitchell’s Ex- 
pedition in Eastern Australia’ (Vol. i., p. 104) can hardly refer to this 
species, as it appears to have been some gregarious wasp by which the 
travellers were attacked.” Apart from a few species mentioned in his 
work, this was the only record of note. 

In 1831, the corvette La Favorite, under the command of M. Laplace, 
visited Hobart during July and August, and Port Jackson in August and 
September. Owing no doubt to the fact that the Expedition was in Aus- 
tralian waters during the winter months, the number of insects recorded 
is small. The insects were described by Guérin-Méneville (13). 


(11). Obituary by R. McLachlan.—Professor John Obadiah Westwood, 
M.A., F.L.S., Ent. Mo. Mag. (2), iv., February, 1893, pp. 49-51. 

(12). F. Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. (n.s.), i., 1851, p. 181. 

(13). In Laplace’s Voyage autour du Monde . . . sur la Favorite... 
pendant, 1830-32, in Vol. v., Zoologie, pt. 2, in 1838, and the new Lepidoptera, 
by Baron de Feisthamef. in a Supplement to the Zoologie in 1839. The new 
species were also described and figured in the Mag. de Zoologie for 1838- 
1839. 


196 HISTORY OF AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH. 


In 1836, the great naturalist, Charles Darwin, on his voyage round the 
world, visited our shores in H.M.S. Beagle, under the command of Captain 
Fitzroy. He arrived at Sydney on 12th January, and on the 16th left for 
Bathurst, arriving there on the 20th and commencing his return journey on 
the 22nd. The Beagle left for Hobart on the 30th January, arriving on 
5th February, and spending two days there, during which time Darwin 
ascended Mount Wellington. King George’s Sound was reached on the 6th 
March, and here, eight days were spent, the Beagle leaving on the 14th. 
The dates are taken from his well known “Journal,’ which was first pub- 
lished in 1839. Conditions could not have been congenial, as Darwin’s words 
of farewell were, “I leave your shores without sorrow or regret.” During 
his travels in Australia and Tasmania, Darwin collected insects, and many 
of these are described by G. R. Waterhouse (1838-1839) ; Babington (1842) ; 
Saunders (1843). Foenus Darwinii Westwood, 1841; Alleloplasis Darwinii G. 
R. Waterhouse, 1839; Hydroporus Darwinii Babington, 1842; Ideocephala 
Darwinii Saunders, 1843, are Australian insects, which carry the name of 
our distinguished visitor. 

During the years 1837-1843, H.M.S. Beagle explored and surveyed the 
coasts and rivers of Australia, Captain J. C. Wickham and later Captain J. 
Lort Stokes carrying on the work which had been begun by Captain P. P. 
King. Stokes in his work (14) furnishes an appendix to volume i., in which 
Adam White describes and figures the Coleoptera collected, and Edward 
Doubleday treats with the Lepidoptera. 

From March 27 to April 5, 1839, the French corvettes, Astrolabe and 
Zélée, were at Raffles Bay, from whence they went to Port Essington (Vic- 
toria Town), which they left, for Aru Islands, on April 9. In December, 
1839, and February, 1840, they visited Hobart, en route to and from the 
Antarctic. 

Dumont D’Urville was in command of the Expedition, and the natura- 
lists were Mm. Hombron (Surgeon-major of the Astrolabe) and Jacquinot 
(Captain and commandant of the Zélée). Le Guillou (Surgeon-major of the 
Zélée), later published descriptions of a number of Tasmanian and Aus- 
tralian insects in the Magasin de Zoologie (1841, 1842, 1844), but his name is 
not so well known as those of the famous pair, Hombron and Jacquinot. 

The account of the Expedition, Voyage au Pole Sud et dans l’Oceanie 
sur les corvettes l’Astrolabe et la Zélée; pendant les Années, 1837-1840, was 
published under the direction of Jacquinot; the Histoire du Voyage being 
from the pen of Dumont D’Urville, and the Description des Insects, by 
Emile Blanchard, appearing in the Zoologie, tome. iv., 1853. Many species 
of insects were recorded from Raffles Bay, N. Australia, and Tasmania. 

This was the last of the great French Expeditions, and, while their 
visits to the Pacific added but little to French colonial possessions, the 
value of the scientific work carried out was great, and Australian zoology 
has benefited considerably for their coming. Magnificent volumes of 
scientific results, lavishly illustrated and which have never been equalled, 
remind us of the part France has played in the history of our Continent. 

The visit of Dumont D’Urville. in the Astrolabe in 1826, led to the 
foundation of such settlements as Western Port (1826) and Albany (1829), 
with a view of anticipating any attempts at colonization by France. Lord 
John Russell in after years related that “during my tenure of the Colonial 
Office, a gentleman attached to the French Government called upon me. 
He asked how much of Australia was claimed as the Dominion of Great 


= - s 
(14). Discoveries in Australia; with an account of the Coasts and 


Rivers explored and surveyed during the Voyage of H.M.S. Beagle in the 
years 1837-1843, etc., published in two volumes, in 1846, 


fw 


MUSGRAVE. 197 


Britain. I answered. ‘The whole,’ and with that answer he went away” (15). 

During 1837-1839, Captain George Grey led two Expeditions of ex- 
ploration into North-west and Western Australia, and in an appendix 
(cited on p. 189, footnote 1), Adam White described some species collected at 
King George’s Sound. 

In 1840-1841, Edward John Eyre carried out exploratory work in Central 
Australia, and, accompanied by an aboriginal, made his way overland from 
Adelaide to King George’s Sound. On his travels he collected insects, and 
in an Appendix to Vol. ii. of his account of his Expeditions (16), Adam White 
described and figured four new species of Australian insects, and Edward 
Doubleday, Description of some new Australian Lepidopterous Insects. 

During this period, Mrs. Charles Meredith, an Englishwoman, arrived 
in New South Wales on 27th September, 1839, and in January, 1840, settled 
at Homebush, near Sydney. In 1844, she published, in London, a little book 
entitled, Notes and Sketches of New South Wales during a Residence in 
that Colony from 1839 to 1843. In October, 1844, she and her husband 
went to reside in Tasmania, and here she did all that lay within her power 
to popularise the study of Natural History. She published several books, 
providing the illustrations herself, and among these may be mentioned My 
Home in Tasmania during a Residence of Nine Years, 2 vols., 1852; Some of 
My Bush Friends in Tasmania, in two series, 1869-1891, with 11 and 12 
coloured plates, and Tasmanian Friends and Foes, Feathered, Finned, and 
Furred, 1881. Additional interesting information is given about her by the 
late J. J. Fletcher in the second part of his Address, and by Miss Margaret 
Swann, in the Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Australian Historical 
Society, xv., 1929, pp. 1-29. 

On the ist October, 1844, Dr. Ludwig Leichhardt left Jimbour, Darling 
Downs, to find a way overland to Port Essington. On his way he discovered 
the Dawson, Mackenzie and other rivers, and followed a stream which he 
called the Lynd to its junction with the Mitchell River. On 28th June, 1845, 
Gilbert, the naturalist, was killed by the aborigines. On the Roper River 
the botanical collections had to be abandoned. On 17th December, 1845, 
the Expedition reached Port Essington. 

Amycterus Leichhardtii Macleay, 1865,from the Lynd River, N. Australia, 
recalls this Expedition. 

In 1845, Mitchell set out from Boree, near Orange, to find a route from 
New South Wales to the north-west coast. After some months of travel he 
came to a stream running north-west and which he imagined was the head 
stream of the Victoria River whose mouth is on the north-west coast 1,200 
miles away. and called it by this name. He then returned to Sydney. This 
river was found by Kennedy in 1847 to be the Barcoo or Cooper’s Creek. 

Among the insects collected by Mitchell on this Expedition are two 
Amycterid weevils, Psalidura Mitchelli Macleay, 1865, and Talaurinus Mit- 
chellii Macleay, 1865. 

The establishment of the settlements soon began to have an influence 
on Australian Entomology, so that in scientific journals their names as 
localities of insects collected commenced to appear. 

References to Melville Island species are given by G. R. Gray (1834- 


(15). Russell’s Recollections and Suggestions (1875), p. 203, teste E. 
Scott’s Terre Napoléon, p. 277. 

(16). Journals of Expeditions of Discovery into Central Australia and 
overland from Adelaide to King George’s Sound. In the years 1840-1841, 
etc. (1845), 


S 


198 HISTORY OF AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH. 


1837), Shuckard (1841), Bainbridge (1842), Westwood (1842), Hope (1845), 
and to Port Essington species by Hope (1842, 1845, 1848), Westwood (1842- 
1851), Saunders (1842), and Adam White (1858). 

During the Westwoodian Period settlements were formed at Twofold 
Bay, New South Wales, in 1834, and Portland Bay, Victoria, in 1835. 

In 1836, South Australia was founded, Adelaide receiving its name the 
following year. Among early collectors of insects in South Australia were 
A. H. Davis (1841), C. D. E. Fortnum (1843), G. F. Angas (1847), who wrote 
and illustrated a fine work, South Australia Illustrated, in which he gives 
three plates of insects and describes several as new. Dr. Behr (1847), also 
wrote several papers on the insectefauna of South Australia. 

In 1835, John Batman and John Pascoe Fawkner settled on the River 
Yarra at the head of Port Phillip, and in 1837 Melbourne received its name. 
It was not, however, until 1851 that the Port Phillip district was constituted 
the colony of Victoria. Until this desirable state of affairs came about, 
entomologists were at a loss to know in which State Port Phillip was situ- 
ated and some of their attempts to locate it, for the insects they record 
from this locality, are rather amusing from an Australian point of view. 
Westwood in his Arcana placed it in West Australia, and Newman in South 
Australia and again in New South Wales. 

The first Port Phillip insects to be named appear to be those collected 
by Edmund Thomas Higgins, which were described by Edward Newman 
(1842, 1850) and Westwood (1842). Insects had been collected at Western 
Port during the visit of the Astrolabe, and, as this locality is so close to Port 
Phillip, therefore it should be credited with yielding the first insects of the 
district. In 1839, Dr. Godfrey Howitt arrived in Melbourne, and there made 
a large collection of insects, which were named by specialists in England; 
he was regarded as the foremost entomologist in Victoria for many years. 

In 1840, Angus McMillan discovered Gippsland, and in the same year 
Count Strzelecki explored it, and while en route ascended the highest peak 
of the Muniong or Snowy Ranges, which he named Mount Kosciusko. 

In 1842, Moreton Bay was opened to free settlers, but it was not until 
1859 that Queensland was created a separate colony. 

During the years 1855-1856 an Expedition, under the leadership of A. C. 
Gregory, landed near the mouth of the Victoria River, North Australia, and 
investigated the country in a west-easterly direction. A look-out was kept 
for traces of Dr. Leichhardt’s Expedition, which had been last heard of in 
April, 1848. With the party as botanist was Dr. Mueller, afterwards Baron 
von Mueller, while Dr. J. R. Elsey acted as surgeon and naturalist. Insects 
collected by both naturalists were described by Adam White (16a), Cata- 
dromus elseyi and Oryctes mulleranus recalling the Expedition, an account 
of which was published later by the leader (16b). 

In 1855, Van Diemen’s Land was renamed Tasmania. During this 
Period several entomologists settled in Tasmania, and among them was 
Thomas Winter, who wrote a letter on the entomological peculiarities of 
Van Diemen’s Land; extracts from this letter were communicated to the 
Entomological Magazine, ii., 1835, by William Swainson. Other collectors of 
Tasmanian insects were R. H. Lewis and T. J. Ewing. 

In the years 1857-1859 the Austrian Frigate Novara, under the Com- 


(16a). Adam White, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, Part xxvii., 1859, for March 
8, 1859, pp. 117-123, Annulosa, pl. Iviii.-lix. 
(16b). A. C. Gregory, Journal of the North Australian Exploring Ex- 


pedition, 1855-1856. In A. C. Gregory and F. T. Gregory, Journals of Aus- 
tralian Exploration, 1884, pp. 99-194. 


= 


MUSGRAVE. 199 


modore B. von Wullerstorf-Urbair, voyaged round the world, and was at 
Sydney from 5th November to 7th December, 1858. A large number of in- 
sects was taken during the ship’s stay (17). 

During 1858-1868 the Swedish Frigate Eugenie, under the command of 
C. A. Virgin, was on a round the world cruise, and was at Sydney from the 
22nd to 31st October, 1852, and here collections of insects were made (18). 


THE MACLEAYAN PERIOD: 1862-1929. 


In 1862 the Entomological Society of New South Wales was founded by 
Sir William Macleay, and much valuable work was published in the 
Transactions of the Society, in the two volumes which appeared during the 
years 1863 to 1873. This latter year marked the end of the Society, but its 
place was very competently filled by the Linnean Society of New South 
Wales in the following year. This Society was and still is maintained 
chiefly through the liberality of Sir William Macleay. 

This great patron of science in New South Wales came to Australia in 
1839, and after spending some years as a sheep-farmer entered politics. 
In 1875 he organised the Chevert Expedition which investigated the fauna 
of New Guinea and Torres Straits. His collections, together with those 
made by his uncle, Alexander Macleay, and his cousin, William Sharp 
Macleay, are housed in the Macleay Museum, at the University of Sydney, 
where they are in a more or less satisfactory state of preservation. Sir 
William Macleay also did much to further the collecting of entomological 
specimens by sending into the field such well known workers as the late 
George Masters and Mr. W. W. Froggatt. The former collector afterwards 
became the Curator of the Macleay Museum. 

At their beautiful home, Elizabeth Bay House, on Sydney Harbour, the 
Macleays extended hospitality to those interested in Natural Science, and 
many overseas visitors have written in the most glowing terms of their 
visits to this sylvan retreat, now one of Sydney’s most populous suburbs. 

At an annual meeting of the Entomological Society of New South 
Wales, Sir William Macleay chose as the subject of his Presidential Address 
“a brief summary of the earlier history of Australian Entomology,” but, as 
he dealt with only a few papers up to 1862, I make no apology for cover- 
ing part of the same ground. 

A member of the Entomological Society of New South Wales whose 
name will long be remembered by his work was Alexander Walter Scott, a 
lepidopterist, who followed in the footsteps of Lewin by investigating the 
life-histories of Australian Lepidoptera, which were beautifully recorded in 
colour by his daughters, Harriet (Mrs. Crosby W. Morgan) and Helena 
(Mrs. Edward Forde) (19). 


(17). Reise der Oesterreichischen Freggate Novara un die Erde, in 1857- 
1859, etc. Zoologischer Theil., 2 Bd., 4to. Wéien., 1864-1875. 

(18). Kongliga Svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring jorden, under 
befal of C. A. Virgin, aren, 1851-1853. Vetenskapliga iakttagelser . . utgifna 
af K. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akademien. 2 Vol. illustr., 40. Stockholm and 
Uppsala, 1857-1910. Vol. ii., Zoologi. 1.; Insecta, 1858-1868. 

(19). Australian Lepidoptera and their Transformations, drawn from 
the Life by Harriet and Helena Scott; with Descriptions, General and 
Systematic, by A. W, Scott, M.A.. Ash Island, Hunter River, New South 
Wales, Vol. i., pts. i.-iii., London, 1864. In 1890-1893, the Trustees of the 
Australian Museum, who had acquired the unpublished matter after the 
death of Scott, published in Sydney, with an amended title, Volume ii., pts. 
i-iv., and which was edited and revised by Helena Forde and Arthur Sydney 
Olliff. 


200 HISTORY OF AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH. 


During this period the great trading firm of Caesar Godeffroy und 
Sohn had established at Hamburg the Godeffroy Museum, and in the 
scientific publication which they issued, Journal des Museum Godeffroy, 
papers were published on the Natural History of the Pacific. The collec- 
tions of this Museum later were sold to other Museums. Among the collec- 
tors sent out by this Museum was Frau Amalie Dietrich, who arrived in Aus- 
tralia in 1863 and returned to Hamburg in 1873. Most of her time here was 
spent in Queensland, and she collected at Brisbane, Rockhampton, Bowen, 
and Port Mackay. Nortonia Amaliae Saussure, Odynerus Dietrichianus 
Saussure, and Bubo Dietrichiae Brauer, 1870, are insects which bear the 
name of this energetic collector. 


Herr E. Damel also collected for the Godeffroy Museum. He was in 
Australia during the years 1852-1860, 1866, 1871-1875, and he sent also 
material to Sir William Macleay. In his quest for specimens he visited 
Gayndah, Peak Downs, Port Curtis, Port Denison, Rockhampton, Cape York, 
Sydney, and West Australia. Jalmenus Dameli Semper, 1879, Nyctozoilus 
Daemeli Haag-Rutenberg, 1878, Laonicus Daemeli Haag-Rutenberg, 1878, 
Mecynognathus Damelii Macleay, 1873, are among the insects secured by 
him in Australia. 

Among those who have left their imprint on the pages of Australian 
Entomology is Count Castelnau (F. L. de Laporte), a widely travelled man, 
who arrived in Melbourne in 1862 and died there in 1880. He is best known 
as a collaborator with Gory in their splendidly produced work, Histoire 
Naturelle et Iconographie des Insectes Coleoptéres, published in Paris, in 
four volumes, in 1835-1841, and in which are described and figured a great 
number of our Australian Buprestidae. During his residence in Australia 
he published a number of papers on Coleoptera and on Fishes. 


In 1891, Sir Thomas Elder organised an Expedition which “left Warrina, 
on the Great Northern Railway, 633 miles from Adelaide, with the intention 
of exploring the country to the westward, lying between the parallels of 27 
deg. and 29 deg. However, the unfavourable character of the season pre- 
vented the instructions of the promoter being carried out, and the only new 
country passed over was on the traverse from Cavenagh Range to Victoria 
Spring. On reaching Annean Station, in the Murchison District, of W. 
Australia, in January, 1892, the party was recalled.” The above information 
appears in a Preface to the Scientific Reports which appeared in the 
Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, xvi., 1892. The ento- 
mologists who contributed to these reports .were Lower (1892), Blackburn 
(1892 & 1893), Froggatt (1893), Tepper (1893), Sloane (1893). 

In 1894, William Austin Horn, member for Flinders in South Australia, 
fitted out an Expedition to investigate the country between Oodnadatta and 
Macdonnell Ranges. 

A number of insects was collected on this Expedition; these are described 
in the first two parts of the Report of the Work of the Horn Scientific Ex- 
pedition to Central Australia. Edited by Baldwin Spencer, 4 pts., illustr., 
4to., London, Melbourne, 1896. 

In 1905 a German Expedition collected a number of animals, including 
insects, in South-west Australia, which later were described by specialists, 
in the finest work on the Insect Fauna of West Australia yet produced (20). 


(20). Die Fauna Sitidwest-Australiens. Ergebnisse der Hamburger siid- 
west-qaustralischen Forschungsreise, 1905, herausgegeben von Prof. Dr. W. 
Michaelsen und Dr. R. Hartmeyer. Bds., i.-ii., 1907-1910. 


MUSGRAVE. 201 


Among the outstanding Australian workers of this period is Mr. A. M. 
Lea, Entomologist of the South Australian Museum, a most prolific writer 
on the Order Coleoptera, a group which comprises nearly half the known 
species of Australian insects, and he has described more new species than 
any other worker, completely eclipsing in point of numbers those described 
by the Rev. Thos. Blackburn. 

Dr. R. J. Tillyard has produced a great number of papers on Neurop- 
teroid insects and on fossil forms. In 1917 appeared his book, The Biology 
of Dragon Flies (Odonata or Paraneuroptera), Cambridge, and in 1926, The 
Insects of Australia and New Zealand, Sydney, a splendidly produced work. 

During 1910-1913 a party, under the leadership of Dr. E. Mjoberg, col- 
lected in Queensland and North-western Australia. A large number of in- 
sects was collected, which have been described by specialists (20a). 

The first official Economic Entomologist in Australia was Mr. Charles 
French, senior, Government Entomologist of Victoria, according to Mr. W. 
W. Froggatt’s Presidential Address (21); French was appointed in 1889 and 
retired in 1911 after twenty-two years of service. This veteran entomologist 
has done much to advance the science of Entomology in Australia. His 
work in the past was economic rather than taxonomic, and his best known 
publication is his Handbook of the Destructive Insects of Victoria, parts 
i.-v., illustrated in colour. by Mr. C. C. Brittlebank. 

His eldest son, Mr. Charles French, junior, now fills the position of 
Government Entomologist. 

Mr. A. Sidney Olliff was the first Government Entomologist in New 
South Wales. When the late Dr. E. P. Ramsay, Curator of the Australian 
Museum, was in London, in 1883, he selected Mr. Olliff as Entomologist of 
the Australian Museum, and he arrived in Sydney to take up his duties in 
February, 1885, and served in the capacity of Entomologist to the Museum 
for five years. In 1890 he resigned to take up his duties as Economic Ento- 
mologist, and he held the position until his death in December, 1895. 

Mr. Walter Wilson Froggatt, who was appointed his successor in the 
following year, has been an energetic worker on Economic and Systematic 
Entomology, his output of papers being probably greater than any other 
Australian worker. These have appeared chiefly in the Agricultural Gazette 
of New South Wales, and the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New 
South Wales, and The Australian Forestry Journal, and, as they have been 
illustrated for the most part by trained artists, such as Chambers, Grose, 
Zeck, and Miss E. King, the value of his work is enhanced accordingly. In 
1907 his Australian Insects appeared, a work now out of print, but which 
was the first popular general guide to our insects. In 1923 he retired from 
the Agricultural Department, but served for four years in the Forestry De- 
partment, and published a number of papers in the Australian Forestry 
Journal, which later provided material for a book on forest insects. 

His place in the Agricultural Department is now held by Mr. William 
B. Gurney. 

The History of Economic Entomology in the other Australian States is 
given by Mr. Froggatt in his Presidential Address. 

Of recent years Entomological Research has received considerable im- 
petus, particularly in Queensland, where Sugar Experiment Stations officered 


(20a). See Results of Dr. Mjoberg’s Swedish Scientific Expeditions to 
Australia, 1910-1913. Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapakademiens Handlingar, Bd. 
52, and in Arkiv. for Zoologi. 

(21). W. W. Froggatt, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxxvii., 1912, p. 19. 


202 HISTORY OF AUSTRALIAN ENTOMOLOGICAL RESEARCH. 


by their own entomologists have been established to combat pests of the 
sugar cane. In the Agricultural Department in Brisbane, where in the 
past Mr. Henry Tryon was the only entomologist, quite a large entomological 
staff is now employed. Though all the States cannot show the same pro- 
gress as the great tropical State, still headway is being maintained. The 
establishment of Prickly Pear Laboratories in Queensland and near Moree, 
New South Wales, under the supervision of entomologists trained at a 
central laboratory, Sherwood, Queensland, to study the habits of those in- 
sects introduced to attack the pear have also done much to advance the 
Science in Australia. 

So colossal are the entomological problems which face the economic 
entomologist in Australia that the Commonwealth Government, through 
the Council for Scientific and Industrial Research appointed, in 1928, Dr. 
R. J. Tillyard, as Chief of the Division of Entomology. 

In the Second Annual Report of the Council for Scientific and Indus- 
trial Research for the year ended 30th June, 1928, p. 18, it is stated that 
“the lines of research that will be undertaken will be mainly those de- 
limited by the broad term ‘methods of biological control.’ They may, 
therefore, be divided into the two following types:— 

“(a) The control of insect pests by beneficial parasites or pre- 
dators; and 
“(b) The control of noxious weeds by their natural insect enemies. 

“Among the noxious insects, he (Dr. Tillyard) suggests that attention 
should be given to the sheep blowfly, buffalo fly, pests of orchard and fruit 
crops, such as thrips, the lucerne flea and pea mite, the underground grass- 
grub of Tasmania, and certain insect pests of forests.” 

These problems, which have occupied the attention of many entomo- 
logists in the past, are of such magnitude that much time will elapse before 
we can expect panaceas. 

In bringing my Address to a close, I may be permitted to recapitulate 
briefly the History of Entomological Research in Australia. 

In the early Fabrician Period, collectors like Banks and Solander sub- 
mitted their gatherings to entomologists such as Fabricius, who named all 
their insects. Then followed the great French Expeditions whose natura- 
lists made large collections which were taken to France and the results 
published in magnificent volumes. These gave way to the land explorer 
and the settler, who sent the insects they had secured overseas to workers 
such as Adam White and Westwood, who issued the descriptions of them in 
British and Continental scientific periodicals. At a more recent period Aus- 
tralian workers are describing new forms in scientific journals, published 
locally. 

The all-round entomologist now seems to have disappeared almost en- 
tirely, having given way to the specialist, and so we find institutions such as 
the Division of Entomology at Canberra, with large staffs concentrating on 
single entomological problems. 

What does the future hold in store? Taxonomy is an ever-present 
problem, as the numbers of species of insects are so great and steadily 
increasing that to identify them or to find names for them is now no easy 
task, and fnvolves increasing researches into literature and careful analysis 
of species and redescription of old types. The literature, too, has increased 
to such an extent since the days of Fabricius that the Australian worker 
without access to large libraries is at a completg loss. The problem of 
storing, cataloguing and indexing literature is an acute one, and scientific 
works are, as a rule, expensive. 

I do not claim to have given you a tithe of the names of the entomolo- 


CHAFFER. 203 


gists who have described our insects; at best I have given you an outline 
of the History of Australian Entomological Research, but I hope that at 
some future date I may be able to place before you a Bibliography of Aus- 
tralian Entomological Literature so that you may gain some idea of the 
extent of the entomological work produced during the past 155 years. 


THE CICADA BIRD. 
(Edoliisoma tenuinostre.) 


By NORMAN CHAFFER. 
Plate xvii. 


For quite a considerable period during my early bird observing trips I 
was puzzled and intrigued by a strange bird call. It was unlike the notes 
of any birds of my acquaintance and bore a considerable resemblance to 
the drumming of 4 Cicada. Starting moderately loud, the frequently re- 
peated notes would gradually swell in volume and then suddenly cease. 
The performance would be repeated several minutes later. The singer, 
too, was rather difficult to locate as the call had quite a ventriloquial 
quality. One could not be sure that the bird was close at hand or some 
distance away. The call, too, carried well, and could quite easily be heard 
a quarter of a mile from the singer. I later found that the author of the 
call was the Jardines Caterpillar eater or Cicada bird, and that the loud 
repeated notes were those of the male. 

A considerable difference in coloration exists between the two sexes. 
The male is of a general slate grey colour. The side of the face is black 
and the wing quills black, edged with grey. The outer tail feathers are 
black, tipped with grey, and the inner feathers slate grey, with a black 
spot near the end and a grey tip. The approximate length of the bird is 
94 inches. The female is brownish grey above, with the wing feathers 
edged lighter. The face is blackish; the tail dark brownish grey edged 
whitish. The under surface is light greyish brown, indistinctly barred with 
blackish. 

The Cicada bird occurs along the northern and eastern portions of 
Australia, showing a preference to thickly timbered hillsides, near the sea. 
It keeps to the topmost branches of the trees, where it secures the insects, 
which constitute its food. But for the loud note it would often be passed 
by unnoticed. About Sydney it is migratory in habit, arriving here in 
October. Cicadas form one of its favourite foods, and at times it appears 
to subsist almost entirely on these insects. 


204 THE CICADA BIRD. 


Compared with the size of the bird, the nest is one of the smallest of 
any of our birds, being only three inches wide by two inches deep outside, 
and two inches wide by a half inch deep inside. It is composed of bark 
and twigs, and decorated on the outside with pieces of bark and lichen. 
The nest is admirably camouflaged, closely resembling the branch on which 
it is built. Placed at a considerable height from the ground, it would be 
almost impossible to find other than by watching the bird’s movements. 
I have never seen more than one egg recorded for a clutch. However, I 
once noted two young birds away from the nest being fed by a pair of 
adults. The egg is of a greenish ground colour, blotched with brown. The 
male helps largely in the nest building and rearing of the young. On the 
18th December, 1927, a nest was found in course of construction about 
thirty feet from the ground in a turpentine tree. The male only brought 
material to the nest during a period that the nest was under observation. 

The photograph (Plate xvii.) was taken on the 30th November, 1929, 
at Avalon, a seaside resort near Sydney. The nest found by Mr. Rhodes 
was visited under the guidance of Mr. Basset Hull and Mr. Iredale. It was 
situated some fifty feet from the ground, on the horizontal branch of an 
ironbark tree. After a strenuous climb the camera was hauled up and 
with a good deal of trouble lashed into position some six feet from the nest. 
During these operations the female repeatedly flew past, snapping her bill 
at me. I retired some distance down the tree with a string on the shutter 
release. A couple of times the female approached with food, but would 
not face the camera. After half an hour’s wait the male turned up, and 
with considerable uncertainty and hesitation approached the nest. Once 
there, however, he took but little notice of the camera, and stayed around 
for some minutes. I paid another visit to the nest a week later, but again 
the female was very shy and refused to approach during the couple of 
hours the camera faced the nest. During this period the male visited the 
nest on one occasion only. 


205 


THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


By Proressor T. D. A. COCKERELL. 
University of Colorado, U.S.A. 


(Continued from p. 156.) 
MEGACHILIDAE. 


The Australian genera of Megachilidae are few, and may be separated 
by the following table:— 


Eyes hairy; apex of abdomen pointed in female, denticulate or spinose 
in male; bees parasitic in nests of Megachile .. Coeliorys Latreille. 
Eyes not hairy; abdomen otherwise formed .. .. I 
1. Small bees with yellow tegumentary markings . _ Anthidiellum edesc ns 
Without light tegumentary markings .. . 

2. Female without a ventral scopa (brush of hairs for eeieebne ‘pollen) : 
female antennae 13 jointed and anterior coxae spined, as in male 
of Megachile .. .. . Sup atds. Se era pas See ee uneN a Cockerell. 

Female with a ventral scopa Sah ve 3. 

3. Apical part or all of male flagellum very ‘slender, “but the extreme apex 
abruptly broadened and clavate or spatulate; female similar to 
Megachile of the M. heriadiformis group .. Thaumatosoma Smith. 

Male antennae not thus modified .. .. . 4, 
4. Marginal cell sharply pointed; face in female with a protuberance; feet 
with pulvilli (pads between the claws) in some species, but in 
- others they are not apparent; end of male abdomen with a small 
sharp point .. .. .. .. .. Lithurgus Berthold. 
Marginal cell obtuse: feet without ‘pulvilli .. .. .. Megachile Latreille. 


CoELIOxys Latreille. 


These hairy-eyed parasitic bees have been separated as a subfamily 
Coelioxynae. They are presumed to have evolved from some ancestral 
form of nest-building Megachilidae, but certainly not from any genus now 
living. It has been held that the Megachilinae and Anthidiinae were with- 
out hair on the eyes, but I have just described a new subgenus Trich- 
anthidium for a remarkable little bee, Pachyanthidium occipitale, possess- 
ing abundant hair on the eyes. It was discovered by Michael Bequaert in 
the Katanga district, Belgian Congo. Only the female is known, recog- 
nisable in that fauna by the abdominal markings greatly reduced or nearly 
obsolete, the first two tergites all black, and the sharp elevated rim of the 
occiput. 

Coelioxys is extremely abundant and varied in South America, but the 
species in Australia and the Malay region are few. This is rather sur- 
prising, considering the great abundance of Megachile. We must infer, I 
think, that Megachile reached Australia at a very early date, but Coelioxys 
much later. 

The recognition of this genus is facilitated by the good figures of both 
sexes of C. froggatti, published by Mr. T. Rayment, in Victorian Naturalist, 
July, 1929. 

The following key separates the Australian species:— 


Apical margin of scutellum emarginate in middle; male with apical 
segment of abdomen longer than broad, with six well-developed 
teeth, the lateral ones spine-like; female with last ventral segment 
not notched at sides .. .. . .... .. .. albolineata Ckll. 

Apical margin of scutellum not emarginate oy sere ee i, 

1. Wings extremely dark, brilliantly violaceous; head with much white 
hair; lateral teeth of Sea reer of male abdomen rudi- 
mentary . er ee rise Ul eee ere minced DELLA .OCRUIZ: 


206 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


Wings, if dark, not so violaceous; head, if white-haired, less con- 
spicuously so; lateral teeth of apical segment of male abdomen 
welll developed): <i. ceee ieee y= este st cheer Pye 

2. Larger; wings darker; last ventral segment of female abdomen deeply 
notched on each side; abdominal hair-bands lateral only .. .. .. 
oe SUN tees oll SRR, Ne me. oak 8 Ate Renee BAe COLT LCM Rie 

Smaller; length of female hardly 10 mm., of male 7.5; last ventral 
segment of female abdomen barely notched; white abdominal 
bands entire or very slightly interrupted; scutellum with two large 
white hair spots, sometimes absent .. .. .. .. .. .. froggatti Ckll. 

Coelioxys albolineata Cockerell. 

Originally described from a female a little over 9 mm. long, collected 
by Turner near Mackay, Queensland. Turner also collected it at Kuranda, 
and Hacker reports it from Brisbane. It is an isolated species on the Aus- 
tralian fauna, but has relatives in New Guinea (C. birot Friese) and the 
Solomon Islands (C. dispersa Ckll.). CC. albolineata var. darwiniensis 
Cockerell, 1929, from Port Darwin, has the mesothorax dark red, black 
along hind margin, and the legs red. 

Coelioxys weinlandi Schulz. 

C. albiceps Friese is a later name for the same insect. It was collected 
by Beccari in the Aru Archipelago in 1873, but is known to occur in Queens- 
land, at Cape York (Froggatt) and Kuranda (Turner). It is a compara- 
tively large species, the females about 16 mm. long, the males about 10 
to: 12: 

Coelioxys reginae Cockerell. 

The type, a female a little over 11 mm. long, was collected by Turner 
near Mackay. 

The species ranges north to Port Darwin, and south to the vicinity of 
Brisbane. 

Coelioxys froggatti Cockerell. 

Originally collected by Froggatt in Victoria, it is known to go south to 
Tasmania, and west to Yallingup, W.A. It appears to be the only member 
of the genus in southern Australia. 

Although it is probable that few, if any, additional species will be 
found in Australia, there is a good opportunity for biological observations, 
connecting these bees with their Megachile hosts. 

ANTHIDIELLUM Cockerell. 

This genus, representing the Anthidiinae in Australia, occurs only in 
the far north, and must be regarded as a relatively recent intruder from 
the Austromalay region. There are two species. 

Tegulae red; scutellum with a very broad orange band, interrupted in 

MICOS feos. ed ic ae abide eed nee eee nee OTT ILeT Cae Ges 
Tegulae and scutellum black; a very small species, the male hardly 5 mm. 

longa... EES Chet sig det hae. os . melanaspis Ckll. 

Anthidiellum turneri Friese. 

Described in 1909 from specimens collected by Turner near Mackay 

(Ann. Mus. Hung., vol. 7, p. 257). It is omitted from Hacker’s Catalogue. 
Anthidiellum melanaspis Cockerell. 

I found this on Thursday Island, March, 1928 (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 

July, 1929, p. 145). It is related to A. biroi (Friese), from New Guinea. 


LitHurcus Berthold. 


A This genus is not very close to Megachile, notwithstanding its super- 
ficial similarity. It is known as a fossil (L. adamiticus Heer) from the 
miocene of Baden. In Tillyard’s great work on the insects of Australia and 


COCKERELL. 207 


New Zealand, it is stated that Lithurgus is parasitic on Xylocopa, but this 
is a mistake, probably due to the Lithurgus breeding in the same posts as 
the carpenter bees. 

Lithurgus rubricatus Smith. 

Recognised by the bright red hair at apex of abdomen. Smith 
described it from “New Holland,” but Turner collected it in the vicinity of 
Mackay. 

Lithurgus cognatus Smith. 

Champion Bay, W. Australia. This has been treated as a synonym of 
L. rubricatus, but it may be separable. Smith remarks that both sexes are 
considerably larger than L. rubricatus (the female is said to measure 7% 
lines), and the bituberculate elevation on the face is much more developed. 
Still, he adds, it may be only a finely developed form of L. rubricatus. 

Lithurgus dentipes Smith. 

Based on a male, five lines long, from “New Holland.” I saw the type 
in the British Museum, and noted that it resembled L. atratus Smith in 
having the second recurrent nervure joining the second cubital cell at end, 
but not quite meeting the intercubitus. It is closely allied to L. atratiformis, 
but has the hair of face pale yellow, and that of sides of thorax brownish 
grey. In male L. atratiformis the hair of the face is all white, that of the 
pleura all black (except a very little white hair in front), the black hair 
at sides of sixth tergite is scarcely half as long, and the marginal cell is 
much more sharply pointed. 

Lithurgus atratiformis Cockerell. 

Described from the N.W. coast of Australia, but since found to be 
common in Queensland. The hair of apical segment of female is black, 
the extreme apex dark ferruginous. It is larger (female about 14mm.) and 
more rugose than the Indian L. atratus Smith. 

The genus Lithurgus is widespread over the world, in both hemispheres, 
but for some reason not explained, it is nowhere rich in species. 


ANDROGYNELLA Cockerell. 


This genus is of unusual biological interest. It was based on a species, 
A. detersa (Cockerell), obtained by Turner at Mackay and Kuranda, and 
first placed in Megachile. This A. detersa is in most respects a veritable 
Megachile, but in the female (confirmed by the examination of a long 
series) there is no ventral scopa, the anterior coxae are spined, and the 
antennae are 13-jointed. The female seems to have dropped her secondary 
sexual characters and assumed those of the male, which were present in 
her genetic constitution. The sting, however, is retained. Such an insect 
must necessarily be parasitic, doubtless in nests of Megachile, and we seem 
to see how parasitism in bees originated. Recently I found that I could 
not separate male Megachile ciliatipes Ckll. from Brisbane, from A. detersa. 
It remains to be seen whether M. ciliatipes has a normal ‘Megachile female, 
and is the species from which A. detersa was derived. 

In 1918 (Philippine Journal of Science, vol. xiii., p. 140) I recorded a 
second Androgynella, from the Philippine Islands, as A. subrixator. This 
was evidently derived from Megachile subrixator Ckll., but the female had 
no ventral scopa, and the anterior coxae were spined. In one specimen the 
antennae were 13-jointed, in another 12-jointed. This could be regarded as 
a gynandromorph of M. subrizator. 

Still more recently (Trans. Amer. Entom. Soc., vol. liv., 1929) T. B. 
Mitchell has published an extremely interesting paper on “Sex Anomalies 
in the genus Megachile,” in which he records a number of remarkable cases 
from North and South America. The paper is an elaborate one, and may 
be commended to those interested in the problem of Androgynella. 


208 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


THAUMATOSOMA Smith. 


In Androgynella it is the female which departs from the type of Mega- 
chile, but in this genus it is the male. The extraordinary antennae render 
the males easily recognisable, but the females will be taken for small 
species of Megachile. The first female to be described was T. callurum, and 
I said at that time (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., December, 1914) “The genus 
Thaumatosoma is founded on a secondary sexual character, and the female 
cannot be distinguished from the group of Australian Heriades-like Mega- 
chile, which, however, should probably be separated from true Megachile.” 
A little later (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1915) Meade-Waldo gave an ex- 
cellent figure of the female T. duboulayi. Two species of the genus have 
been described from tropical Asia, but whether they are really congeneric, 
or merely represent a parallel development, remains to be ascertained. 

Thaumatosoma duboulayi Smith. 

West Australia, where both sexes were collected in recent years by 
Turner, In Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxi. (1905), p. 331, I gave some notes on 
the type male. The flagellum is thread-like, with the last joint and the 
apical half of the one before, together forming a flat black disc. The female 
is 12 mm. long, with the ventral scopa very pale yellowish. 

Thaumatosoma turneri Meade-Waldo. 

The type locality is Kuranda, but it has also been taken at Mackay, 
Port Darwin and Baudin Island. The supposed T. duboulayi recorded from 
Port Darwin was T. turneri. The male is 7 mm. long, and has the antennae 
gradually narrowing toward the apex. The first abdominal sternite is 
simple, instead of being tuberculate as in T. burmanicum Bingham, from 
Burma. 

Thaumatosoma callurum Cockerell. 

This was found by Froggatt at Yarrawin, W.A. It is known by its small 
size (¢ about 5.5 mm.; ? about 7mm.) and partly red abdomen. The ventral 
scopa is white. The female is very like Megachile fultoni Ckll., but has 
tergites five and six red (M. fultoni has only one red segment), and the 
clypeus and supraclypeal area are quite different. 

Thaumatosoma franki Friese. 

Based on the female only, from Fremantle, W.A. (Deutsch Ent. Zeitschr., 
1920, p. 53). It is 12 mm. long, with whitish scopa as in T. duboulayi, but 
has two processes 1.5 mm. long on the clypeus. The antennae are yellowish 
brown beneath. Tegulae yellowish brown; wings clear. The clypeus must 
resemble that of Megachile clypeata Smith, and there seems to be no assur- 
ance that the insect belongs to Thaumatosoma. 


MEGACHILE Latreille. 


The described Australian species of Megachile number 125, but it is not 
improbable that 300 actually exist. The genus is spread over the greater 
part of the world, with an enormous number of species. Typical Megachile 
has the habit of cutting semicircular pieces out of leaves (often rose leaves) , 
to cover or line its cells. This is an ancient habit, leaves cut in this manner 
having been found fossil in the miocene shales of Florissant, Colorado. In 
the same shales a Megachile (M. praedicta Ckll.) has been found fossil.* 
The species of Megachile have accordingly been called Leaf-cutting Bees, 
and occasionally they are so numerous as to be seriously destructive in 
orchards and gardens. In recent years, however, it has been discovered 
that this habit is not uniform. We owe to Mr. H. Hacker the discovery 


*See Nature, February 10, 1910, p. 429; Canad. Entom., January, 1908, 
p. 31; Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 1909, p. 253. 


COCKERELL. 209 


that an Australian group (subgenus Hackeriapis Cockerell, 1922) makes 
resin nests, as is the case with one group of the subfamily Anthidiinae. 
This group of resin workers includes such species as M. rhodura Ckll., M. 
hackeri Ckll., M. mystacea Fab., and M. ustulata Smith. Mr. Timberlake 
states that®M. schauinslandi Alfken, in the Hawaiian Islands, has the same 
habit, sometimes nesting in keyholes. Still more recently (1927) Mr. Chas. 
H. Hicks has announced that the North American subgenus Oligotropus 
Robertson, 1903 (also found in Japan) consists of resin workers. 

This diversity of habits, in a genus so varied and rich in species, 
suggests the desirability of subdivision. It would at any rate be con- 
venient to recognise a number of subgenera, and not unreasonable to place 
the resin workers in a distinct genus. In the latter case, it would be a 
question whether to call this genus Oligotropus, with Hackeriapis as a sub- 
genus, or to recognise two resin-working genera. What we need is an ex- 
haustive study of the mouth parts, genitalia, and other characters of the 
whole genus Megachile, and this undertaking may be commended to some 
ambitious young worker. But in the meanwhile, the species must be 
described, and the collections in museums built up to afford materials for a 
future grand revision.** 

Friese has proposed a subgenus Eumegachile for some large Asiatic 
species with very short clypeus. He also calls this the “group bombycina,” 
hence M. bombycina Rad., may be considered the type. Meade-Waldo 
(1912) has referred certain Australian species (M. monstrosa, M. semi- 
luctuosa, M. aurifrons, M. nasuta) to Eumegachile, but they are diverse 
among themselves, and perhaps not closely related to the Asiatic bees. 
They agree (females) in having the clypeus very short, three or four times 
as broad as long, more or less armed with tubercles or lobes at apex; 
ventral scopa pale, and the insects black with pale pubescence. 

The following table is not complete, as it has not been possible to 
assemble all the species at any one time, but it will facilitate determination. 
I have included some species of the Pacific Islands, and certain related 
genera likely to be confused with Megachile. 


(A.) Abdomen largely or wholly red, the colour Wear 
First abdominal tergite black .. Be ea ik, 
First abdominal tergite red .. .. 2. 

1. Second tergite wholly black; red of abdomen darker than M. semi- 
candens; mesothorax with distinctly separated punctures on a 
shining ground .. . .. .. Stalkeri Ckll. 

(See also M. calida sm., tergites 12 ‘black, 3-6 red.) 

Much larger than M. stalkeri (length about 10.5 mm.); a little red on 

nind margin of second Maia mesothorax closely punctured. 
f pararhodura Ckll. 
Second | tergite ‘partly “red: “ mesothorax extremely densely punc- 
cured) =): . .. semicandens Ckll. 3 
2. Larger and more robust; cheeks broad, ‘shining . .. abdominalis Sm. 
Smaller and narrower; cheeks narrower, rough (Pt. IDEM ANN) s5 go oe 
AE era Oh PE TILIChENUCICTUT CN CEs iy) ee 

(See also M. ‘barvonensis Ckl1.) 
(B.) Abdomen with red tomentum; wings dark. The tegument is not red. 
Vertex very shiny, with sparse large punctures; second and third ter- 
gites with dark red hair Sreceey rane ventral scopa fulvous 
red. : : ... .. ustulata Smith. 
Vertex rough or densely punctured . Sd Fad! aoe eee ite 


**At present, the Queensland Museum has the largest collection in 
Australia, with 49 out of the 125 known. 


210 


(C.) 


10. 


1H 


THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


Larger and more robust; anterior tarsi of male pallid and flattened. 
. ustulatiformis Ckll. 

Smaller ‘and ‘Tess robust: ‘anterior ‘tarsi. less modified; female with 
second and third tergites having clear orange hair all over. 

. mystacea Fabr. 

Abdomen not. red, either from the ‘tegument or pubescence, except in 
many species a red patch or area at the apex, or on the apical 
portion. 

Wings sharply bicolored, dark brown with hyaline base; hair of thorax 
and base of abdomen orange ferruginous, sometimes white in 
males (Hawaiian Is.) .. . .. .. Schauinslandi Alfken. 

(Australian species with bicolored wings are M. fabricator Sm., M. 
semiclara Ckll. and M. batchelori Ckll., concerning which see 
Mem. Queensland Mus., ix. (1929), pp. 303, 304.) 

Wings not thus bicolored .. .. il, 

Flagellum very slender, long, clay ‘colour, ‘with an ‘expanded flattened 
black apex; abdomen peony the third tergite red. oe 

sce . Thaumatosoma callurum CKIL, 3. 


Flagellum not thus... .. . rae en cer hss Ahlan 3 2. 
Abdomen with metallic colours peer ak Grtent Ur esc tte 3. 
Abdomen snot metallic nce neces Gree eae eee 4. 
Ventral scopa red .. .. ..  pictiventris Sm. 


. haematogastra Ckll. ‘has a red scopa, ‘but ‘abdomen is not metallic.) 


Broad female with red scopa (Mackay, Queensland) .. rowlandi Ckll. 
Smaller than M. pictiventris, and with narrow white abdominal 
|o}:ho\s rina rion mranonant se ato doc UiieNaacs CE). 
Scopa black . .. .. viridinitens Ckll. 
Black, with plack hair and ‘scopa, ‘a ‘little pale in ‘front of anterior 
orbits; large species with very dark wings .. . 
ak peeve Mees . doddiana var. ‘clarkei CkIl. 
Not ‘thus black haired | wae 5 
Large parallel-sided species, 15 ‘mm. Jong or over, with dark fuscous 
wings; white hair at base of abdomen, no red hair at apex, scopa 
pale; female with large dentiform structures on under side of 


1o(ct:\o eh anette cmc aio Tow ecMen oo ae 6. 
Otherwise .. .. ae "ts 
Anterior tarsi of ‘male ‘broad and cream- ~colour ..  cornifera Rads. 

(See also monstrosa Sm.) 
Anterior tarsi of male simple... .. .. . .. .. oppidalis Ckll. 
Ventral scopa of female absent... .. .. _ Androgynella detersa Ckll. 


(This is very like M. quinquelineata except as to scopa, but last 
tergite is covered with pale hair, which is not the case in 
quinquelineata.) 


Ventral scopa of female present .. .. Pees ers 8. 
Ventral scopa red, at least in large part . Na uae 9. 
Ventral scopa not red; or males .. . 13. 


Wings very dark, with violaceous tints; sides of first two abdominal 
tergites with dense pure white tomentum (Cape York) 35 ee 
eee GS Bon) ae .. cincturata Ckll. 
Wings hyaline or subhyaline ete 10. 
Scopa black on last two segments (New Caledonia) 
; albomarginata ‘sm. 


Scopa red on ‘penultimate segment . ae ie ible 
Thorax with much black hair above; larger and more robust (New 
Hebrides) .. .. .. calens Ckll. 


(M. woodfordi Ckll., from the “Solomon ie also falls here, but the 
sixth tergite of ‘male is quite different ‘from that of calens.) 


12. 
13. 


14. 
15. 
16. 


17. 


18. 


19. 


20. 
21. 
22. 


23. 


24. 


25. 
26. 


COCKERELL. 211 


Thorax without black hair above; smaller species .. 12: 
Abdominal hair bands pure white (Guam) .. .. .. .. fullawayi Ckll. 
Abdominal hair bands red (Hawaiian Is.) .. .. .. .. diligens Sm. 


More or less elongated, parallel-sided species, with white hair at base 
of abdomen, and no red hair apically, nor tegument red 14. 


OUDEHWISCE ation oe ca ceaictn, lene epee icre cisls, siete’ hates toes 20. 
NIICS Wert cie acta ore oem erel lovey Pre eal eta acs 15. 
Females .... . i 16. 
Hair of face pale orange: “antennae ‘simple at end . oh latipes Sm. 
Hair of face pure white; antennae expanded at end . - semiluctuosa Sm. 
Ventral scopa black .. .. fumipennis Sm. 


(The male of M. doddiana ‘looks like this, put ‘differs greatly in 
sculpture.) 
(M. viridinitens Ckll. has the aspect of fumipennis, but abdomen 


metallic.) 
Ventral scopa white .. . 17. 
Front with dense bright orange tomentum: ‘clypeus much modified; 
scape red .. .. i emectenbaty cok ate _. .. aurifrons Sm. 
Without such orange ‘tomentum as 18. 


(In this group falls blackburnii Froggatt, ‘with legs partly red.) 
Clypeus with a broad arch-like structure, below which is a shining 
space... .. .. .. semiluctuosa Sm. 
Clypeus simple, ‘dull and rugose, with ‘straight margin .. . 
3 2 suffusipennis ‘CkIl. 


Clypeus with ‘denticulate ‘lower margin 36 ch on on URGE AES Siok 
Clypeus with a median apical point or tubercle ey 19. 

Abdomen with large conspicuous Sates ee ee COLCLONC Kl. 

Abdomen with fine punctures .. .. ag ok od 38 64 Rega (Oh 

(The following will also be useful: — 

Mandibles very long .. . Aan ait Bic ip 
Mandibles short and broad . aroha haenrns 2 

1. Mandibles bidentate .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. remeata CkIl. 

Mandibles tridentate .. .. Avas semiluctuosa Sm. 


2. First abdominal tergite with white hair right ACLOSSseeae 
5 . revicta Ckll. 

First tergite with lateral 1 patehes of white hair els 
: sudustneens Ckll.) 


Males ica Se ee Le OR Bh: PANE 
MemMalesinewse) i: Sa Soho arose ath prensa 59. 
Anterior tarsi simple Fok PAE OREO. ORO | Oo Noh ees 22. 
Anterior tarsi modified .. .. 44, 


Very small species, with aspect of ‘Heriades; ‘tegument of end of 
abdomen red . 23. 
Much larger, or if ‘small, tegument ‘of “end of abdomen not 


MEG ane se 25. 
Mandibles broad, “mainly yellow; ‘flagellum pale reddish beneath 

except at end... .. .. apicata Smith. 

(Compare also gilbertielta Ckll.) 

Mandibles black .. .. .. ean 24. 
Flagellum black .. .. . eee ackerta CK: 
Flagellum pale red beneath except : at end . co a0 on oo (iho OSU. 
Anterior tarsi red ...... . cE aA ee 26. 
Anterior tarsi black. Beene 28. 
Abdomen with deep red hair-bands; fifth and sixth tergites not 

covered, with tomentum (Solomon. Is.) .. .. .. .. woodfordi Ckll. 


Abdomen without such bands; fifth and sixth cel with ochreous 
tomentum .. 27. 


212 


27. 


28. 
29. 
30. 


31. 


32. 
33. 


34. 


THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


Anterior femora apically, and tibiae on inner side red; sixth 


abdominal segment bidentate .... .. . .. sequior Ckll. 
Anterior femora and tibiae black, tibiae with a little red at extreme 
apex; sixth segment emarginate o8 sal hae see aenéelicrorckiie 
Face covered with golden or yellow hair... .. .. .. 29. 
Face with white or cream-coloured hair .. .. .. .. BP. 
Abdomen with distinct hair-bands .. .. .. .. .. 30. 
Abdomen without hair-bands .. .. 31. 
Middle tarsi with a very long fringe of pure white hair; abdominal 
bands entire... .. : Androgynella detersa Ckll. 


(See also “Megachile ciliatipes CkIl.) 
Middle tarsi with a very long fringe of grey hair; abdominal bands 
broad and orange at sides, evanescent in middle Fag Ps 
: rhodogastra ‘CkIl. 


Middle “tarsi ‘with ‘only a short fringe: abdominal bands orange, 
entire! an eee ’ ne kurandensis Ckll. 
(M. palmarum Perkins, “from “Hawaiian Is., with yellowish hair on 
face, has middle tarsi with rather short white fringe; 
abdominal bands white, entire.) 
(The anterior tarsi are slightly modified in some of these, including 
the following: — 
Hair of thorax above all light yellow .. .. .. serricauda Ckll. 
Hair of thorax above with much black .. .. 
. Ciliatipes Ckll. and A. detersa CkIl.) 
End of abdomen witht no patch of red hair .. .. .. sericeicauda Ckll. 
End of abdomen with a patch of red hair .. .. .. erythropyga Smith. 
(rufolobata Ckll., with slightly modified anterior tarsi, could go 
here, but is much larger.) 


Sixth: tergite red! fe ic- ae cecil. ee ee eS 33. 
Sixth) tergite notireds...5 0s) crn eet erie 35. 
Sixth tergite bidentate ie Saleh meant  rhodogastra Ckll. 
Sixth tergite shallowly subemarginate RE dae ass NRA 34. 


Mesothorax shining between the punctures; face NaALrows eee 
. rhodura ‘Cll. 


Mesothorax dull, face broad... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ramulipes Ckll. 
(The following supplementary table will be useful:— 
Hair of face golden or deep fulvous .. .. Be 
Hair of face white or cream-colour .. . 3. 
1. Small species like sequior group, with ochreous or red hair 


bands, and edge of sixth tergite jagged; anterior tarsi 
with a groove .. .. .. .. serricauda Ckll. 

Species of ferox type, with ‘parallel- -sided abdomen and 
large red caudal patch; sixth tergite not Dees 


2. Second and ‘third abdominal segments with al reddish 

bands at sides .. .. . .. .. mackayensis Ckll. 
Second and third segments ‘without such bands .. .. 

5 3 erythropyga sm. 

De Apex of abdomen. with ‘the tegument red. 


Apex of abdomen with the tegument not red. = 
4. Larger; abdomen with small punctures .. rhodogastra Ckll. 
Smaller; abdomen with large punctures .. .. rhodura Ckll. 
5. End of abdomen with two sharp teeth .. trichognatha Ckll. 
End of abdomen with two blunt lobes .. .. tomentella Ckll. 


End of abdomen entire .. .. .. .. .. .. .. holura Ckll.) 


35. 


36. 


37. 
38. 


39. 


40. 


41. 


42. 


43. 


45. 


47. 


48. 


49. 
50. 


51. 


COCKERELL. 213 


Fifth tergite covered with bright red or orange tomentum .. 


Fifth tergite not so covered... .. .. .. 39. 

Apex of abdomen (sixth tergite, not ‘the “morphological apex) 
bidentate .. .. Pee Res. eeetes eee oe ee 37. 

Apex of abdomen bilobate - Sra ae ee 38. 

Scutellum with long black hair (New Hebrides) Salo on ton GHHapS OUI 

Scutellum with white hair (Tahiti) .. .. .. .. doanei Ckll. 


Here falls horatii Ckll., and heriadiformis sm., as determined by 
Meade-Waldo. 
Margin of sixth tergite sharply denticulate (Hawaiian Is.) .. 
. timberlakei Ckll. 


Margin ‘of ‘sixth ‘tergite not denticulate Reaver 40. 

Abdomen with a large patch of dense pure white hair at sides of 
Nase mwineSavery (darkens eae cuca es. ezrceturata, Ckil: 

Abdomen without such patches .. .. 41. 


Dise of fifth tergite covered with appressed ‘ochreous- tinted hair; 
small Heriades-like species; hair of face pure white. victoriae Ckll. 
Fifth tergite with conspicuous pale hair only at base, if at all .. 


mhHorax aboverwith) pale hain a0. (as a. ac) ss so 43. 
Thorax above with much black hair .. .. 5 od 3 an COREE OME 
Small species; sixth tergite obtusely bilobed — $5 on a Onarorne (ONAN 


(fifth tergite abraded). 
Medium sized species; sixth tergite with a semicircular incision 


(Hawaiian Is.) .. . . .. palmarum Perkins. 
(Compare here M. tenuicincta CkIL, with long black hair on thorax 
above.) 


(To be compared with this series is also M. leucopogon Ckll., very 
like timberlakei, but sixth tergite bilobed, not denticulate; tarsi 


thicker.) 

With a conspicuous red caudal or subcaudal patch. 45. 
Caudal patch, if any, ochreous or pale... .. .. 50. 
Abdomen with entire red hair-bands; face with orange hair; anterior 

tarsi little modified .... . cheap eee SeMmmCauaa CK: 
Abdomen without red hair- bands» a oe 46. 
Sixth tergite bidentate, and dorsally covered with ‘tomentum ert Seite 
Sixth tergite ‘otherwise Pa ee aie 48. 
Anterior tarsi with a large red ‘rounded lobe paneaks " chrysopyga Smith. 
Anterior tarsi without such a lobe .. .. .. .. .. phenacopyga CkIll. 


Sixth tergite broadly truncate, the truncation with sharply angular 
corners; below this a pair of broad divergent rounded processes; 
anterior tarsi not much modified .. .. .. .. resinifera M.-Waldo. 

Sixth tergite with two broad obtuse lobes: fifth and sixth tergites 
with tegument red; anterior tarsi little modified. rufolobata Ckll. 

Sixth tergite briefly and very obtusely bilobed; smaller species .. 


marelumpexpanded satendsas ae een eee rae é ferox Sm. 
Flagelium not expanded at end .. .. a NR Bee  latericauda Ckll. 
Sixth tergite with a median spine; hair ‘of face white .. vestitor Ckll. 
Sixth tergite without a median spine .. .. ae 51. ; 
Keel of sixth tergite broadly rounded or subtruncate, neither dentate 

nor emarginate; scape clear red .. .. .. .. oculipes Ckll. 


Keel of sixth tergite not so, or if eee emarginate, scape black . 


214 


52. 


53. 


54.. 


55. 


56. 


57. 


58. 


59. 


60. 


61. 


THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


Keel of sixth tergite denticulate, with a series of little dentiform 


spines .... ash ae aie whe ae SCnMUcCOUuda CUE 
Keel of sixth tergite not denticulate Nas 53. 
Keel of sixth tergite broadly truncate, with an ‘emargination, or with 
a pair of broad truncate lobes .. .. .. .. .. .. 4. 4. Tecisa CRIP 
Keel of sixth tergite otherwise .. .. 54. 
Anterior legs all black; tarsi very ‘little modified: hair of face 
golden .. .. .. .. Ciliatipes Ckll. 
Anterior legs not all ‘black: tarsi ‘more modified ae 55: 
Scutellum with white hair; small species; sixth tergite with a pair 
of short spines .. . 56. 
Scutellum with much black hair; larger species; ‘sixth tergite strongly 
bispinose .. 57. 
Anterior femora clear red; anterior tarsi cream colour, with a long 
fringe of white hair... .. .. . .. .. captionis Ckll. 
Anterior femora black; anterior “tarsi. ‘red; small Heriades-like 
Species yee aoe .. .- tasmanica Ckll. 
Anterior tibiae ‘plack; ‘tarsi ‘not “yery” “greatly modified (New 
Caledonia) .. .. Serpe dis) a.3 +s sea +. - CUStTOlspeueass 
Anterior tibiae largely red. oe 58. 
Sixth tergite black; abdomen between the ‘bands with much erect 
black hair (New Caledonia) .. . .. albomarginata Smith. 
Sixth tergite densely covered with ‘pale yellow or cream-coloured 
tomentum .. .. .. .. lineatipes Ckll. 


(M. lineatipes differs from. chrysopyga by ‘the paler and very much 
reduced lobes of anterior tarsi. The sixth tergite has two 
sharp teeth.) 

Ventral scopa black; a patch of red hair on last tergite; first two 
tergites with aia bands of pure white hair .. .. . 
resinifera Meade- Waldo. 
Ventral scopa ‘not black, ‘or ‘only so apically .. ... 60. 
No patch of red or reddish hair on apical or subapical part of 
abdomen .. .. 5 61. 
With a patch of red or reddish hair or colour on apical or subapical 
part of abdomen .. 70. 
Flagellum clear red beneath: mandibles red; ‘last tergite thinly hairy, 
but seen from above, the surface is not hidden or covered by 
light tomentum .. .. .. .. adelaidae Ckll. 

(M. relicta is closely allied, but ‘has dorsal surface of apical half of 
abdomen conspicuously white-hoary.) 

Flagellum dark, or if clear red beneath, last tergite with much pale 


BITE, od Lie Ria GE ay 62. 
Last tergite with much pale. hair cred eek We as 63. 
Last tergite appearing black, without pale hair ~ CuMieene 66. 
Ventral scopa entirely white to end; small species. 64. 
Ventral scopa black at tip; broad, larger species .. 65. 
Abdomen with four very distinct narrow white bands . simplex Smith. 
Abdomen hoary, without distinct bands .. .. ~ os «. TERCTAVERAE 
Last tergite with a broad transverse band | of dense pure white 
tomentum .. . .. captionis Ckll. 


Last tergite with pale orey tomentum. ‘the apex black a 
. macularis Dalla. Torre. 

(In M. sequior the apex ‘is not black.) 

(Friese had identified M. macularis as M. australasiae D.T., but the 
species, as I noted in British Museum, has the abdomen with 
broad fulvous hair-bands. The scopa is white, black on last 
segment.) 


66. 


67. 
68. 


69. 


70. 


71. 


72. 


73.° 
74. 
15. 


76. 
TT. 


78. 
79. 


80. 


81. 


COCKERELL. 215 


Thorax above appearing black, with four very ponsbicuous white spots 


(New Caledonia) .. .. .. .. australis Lucas. 
Thorax not thus conspicuously white- -spotted Beetere 67. 
Tegulae testaceous (Hawaiian Is.) .. .. .. .. .. .. timberlakei Ckll. 
Tegulae black, or partly dark red .. .. 68. 
Clypeus with a median smooth line; hind basitarsi with white hair 

posteriorly .. .. LAE e Hohe Sereno ont CECETEA ORL: 
Clypeus with no “median ‘smooth line EERE . 69. 


Hind basitarsi with long black hair posteriorly . ; quinquelineata Ckll. 
Hind basitarsi with short pale hair posteriorly (Hawaiian Is.) 
. .. palmarum Perkins. 
(M. tenuicincta Ckll. runs to palmarum, but has long black hair 
on head and thorax above.) 
(The apical patch is ochreous in sequior; whitish or ochreous in 
simplez.) 
Abdomen with entire ochreous hair-bands on tergites 1 to 5; apical 
tergite covered with pale ochreous (not red) tomentum .. . 
ary evel devts 5 fie . sequior Ckll. 
Abdomen without such hair- ands Me a Soa ene thle 
Red confined to apical segment .. . 42. 
Red not confined to apical segment Gt. a little on 1 penultimate seg- 
ment, a broad species, see UE 


Hair of face white .. .. .. eksunnics (vate save wats ios 

Hair of face orange- ferruginous: rather large, robust species .. 

Small Heriades-like species, not over 8 mm. long .. 74. 

Medium sized, ordinary species ...... .. .. .. .... 76. 

WWacellumuentinelyidarkseno 1) ame sees) aa eeurwes acwen: Cll: 

Flagellum clear red beneath ee eae (hy 

A broad shining band across upper edge ‘of clypeus ‘and lower edge of 
supraclypeal area; tegulae dark .. .. .. .. apicata Smith. 

(In M. gilbertiella the red of fifth tergite may be confined to apical 
margin, and then it approaches apicata.) 

No such shining band; tegulae red .. .. .. . ws fultoni Ckll. 

Clypeus produced, snout-like .. .. .. .. .. nasuta argentifer Ckll. 

Clypeus ordinary .. .. subferox Meade-Waldo. 

Abdomen parallel- -sided, "without ‘distinct bands .. .. henrici Ckll. 

Abdomen broad, distinctly banded; a little red on apex of penultimate 
segment... .. de CLnYSODYOd Smith: 

Fourth tergite ‘with much red hair Etichete epee 79. 

Fourth tergite without red hair .... . 80. 

Red hair only on apical half of fourth tergite; “front with orange 
ferruginous hair... .. . .. .. mackayensis Ckll. 

Fourth tergite covered with pale red hair: “hair of face and front 
white...) 2. See ei a TILOGUTG CKII; 

Face and front with orange hair Danes . .. tgnita Smith. 

(M. ignita has conspicuous white lateral ‘hair- patches on tergites 

1 to 3. It resembles M. trichognatha, but is more robust, and 
tegument at apex of abdomen is red. It has been confused with 
M. erythropyga Sm.) 

Face and front with hair not orange .. .. 81. 

Clypeus apically with a median lamina, on ‘each ‘side of which is a 
smooth shining hollow .. .. . . .. derelicta Ckll. 

Clypeus apically with a median tubercle, ‘put. no shining hollows; 
smaller species .. .. ... .. trichognatha Ckll. 


Clypeus with no median tubercle or lamina (has a very small one in 
trichognatha var. tosticauda Ckll.) .. .. .. .. 82. 


216 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


82. Tegument of apex of abdomen red; small Heriades-like species .. .. 
83. 
Tegument ‘of “apex of abdomen ‘not, or not distinctly, Ted . 
Mariah 84. 
83. End ‘of ‘abdomen dark ‘red: narrow species Bedhc 
Thaumatosoma callurum ‘CK. 
End ‘of ‘abdomen clear red; robust species; two little teeth on margin 


of clypeus .. . .. .. gilbertiella Ckll. 
84. Fifth tergite black ‘at. base and basal corners, ‘the red sharply 
limitedy..- hes . He bs ee JCNOLESnE 
Red on fifth tergite not ‘thus limited Senha = 85. 
85. Apical tergite with thin pale grey or silvery hair .. .. simplex Smith. 
Apical] tergite with golden hair .. .. .. .. .. .. 86. 
86. Clypeus very finely granular .. .... .. .. .. .. simpliciformis Ckll. 
Clypeus distinctly punctured ...... . ~ on oo os Rehopnilatieknr 


(The following paeolementaey table of femmes will be useful: — 
Clypeus with a big aio ue uae tooth on each 
side .. :. : .. .. preissit Ckll. 
Clypeus without ‘such | teeth . ay 1 
1. Clypeus with a median process on lower. margin PR 
: trichognatha CkIl. 


Clypeus without ‘such a process sees 2: 
2. Mesothorax very finely punctured; red hair quite or nearly 
confined to last segment .. .. .. .. .. remotula Ckll. 
Mesothorax with larger punctures, clearly viene under a 
lens.) ae 
3. Tegument of apex of abdomen not red Serre eucalypt Cku. 
Tegument of apex of abdomen red .. 
Ch WMieyoradoy eof ynenis} soe ay 35 60 65 oo Ge Oo ou pee Ckll. 
Length about 8.5 mm........... .. .. gilbertiella Ckll) 


Megachile abdominalis Smith. 


A small species, less than 9 mm. long, with light red abdomen and 
hyaline wings. It appears to be rather common in Queensland. The 
original locality, as given by Smith, is ‘‘New Holland.” Both sexes are 
known, though Smith only described the male. According to Meade-Waldo, 
the male in the British Museum is from the Macintyre River. (Q.). 


Megachile adelaidae Cockerell. 


Discovered by Schomburgk at Adelaide, the type in Berlin Museum. 
Female 10 mm. long, a small ordinary-looking species, with large and broad 
head, mandibles deep red, flagellum bright ferruginous beneath, meso- 
thorax and scutellum extremely densely punctured, mesothorax with a pair 
of small spots of white hair anteriorly; wings hyaline; ventral scopa white, 
black on last segment. Resembles M. macularis, but much smaller, and 
with differently coloured mandibles. 


Megachile alani Cockerell. 


Female 9.5 to 11.5 mm. long; rather robust, but of parallel sided type; 
tegument of sixth abdominal segment (above and below) and narrow 
apical margin of penultimate tergite, clear ferruginous. Very like M. 
rhodura, but easily separated by the structure of the clypeus, which is 
broad and short, the anterior margin strongly concave, forming a broad 
arch, in the middle with two very large shining pits, separated by a small 
ridge, the clypeus otherwise very densely punctured. Found by Alan P. 
Dodd at Moree, N.S.W., type in Queensland Museum (Mem. Queensl. Mus., 
June, 1929, p. 302). (Q.). 


= 


COCKERELL, y 217 


Megachile albobasalis Smith. 


A remarkable species, the abdomen with first tergite above covered 
with white tomentum, second and remaining segments red above and be- 
low. Only known from Murray Island, Torres Straits, and in the female 
sex. Friese, in 1908, gave a coloured figure purporting to represent M. 
albobasalis from Queensland, but it was really M. pretiosa Friese, correctly 
described as distinct in 1909. 


Megachile annae castaneipes Friese. 


M. annae Friese was collected at Etna Bay, New Guinea; the female 10 
mm. long, resembling M. cingulata Friese from the Key Island, but broader, 
clypeus impressed in middle and emarginate, tergites 2 to 4 with yellowish 
bands; ventral scopa yellow, black at sides. The var. castaneipes, with red 
scopa, only black at extreme sides, and all the tarsi red-brown, is from 
Cairns, Queensland. It is probably a distinct species. Friese gives coloured 
figures of both species and variety; they appear ordinary-looking, grey, the 
face covered with bright orange hair. 


Megachile apicata Smith. 


Based on a female from Adelaide, but known to occur in Western Aus- 
tralia, and east to Victoria, where it seems to be common. It is only about 
8 mm. long, the sixth tergite laterally ferruginous. For other characters 
see under M. hackeri. 

Megachile atrella Cockerell. 


Female about 9 mm. long, abdomen parallel-sided, but short; head 
large; clypeus with large confluent punctures, the upper part with a central 
smooth shining area; mandibles dark red, quadridentate; wings hyaline; 
ventral scopa white with a faint yellowish tint, black on last segment. An 
ordinary-looking species resembling the European M. rotundata in general 
appearance, but more robust. It is from West Australia; type in British 
Museum. 

Megachile aurifrons Smith. 


This well known insect was based on the female, from New Holland. 
It has been found from Perth to New South Wales, and north to Queens- 
land. It is about 13 mm. long, the face covered with dense golden hair. 
The apex of clypeus presents a broad subquadrate lobe. It is possible that 
M. oculipes is the male of M. aurifrons; it has the same distribution. (Q.). 


Megachile austeni Cockerell. 


The type, in the British Museum, was collected near Mackay by Turner, 
and is a male. Hacker has since described the female. The male is about 
10.5 mm. long, face covered with white hair; long black hair on vertex, 
mesothorax and scutellum, and partly on front; mandibles black, quadri- 
dentate; anterior wings with the apical half mostly dilute fuliginous; 
anterior tarsi simple; abdomen short and parallel-sided, with white mar- 
ginal hair-bands only at sides of segments; apex of sixth tergite emarginate. 
Hacker took both sexes of flowers of Ipomoea on Stradbroke Island. The 
female is about 15 mm. long; face with white hairs mixed with black, giving 
it a greyish appearance; vertex, mesothorax and scutellum with black hair; 
a small patch of white hair on each side at base of tegulae; hind legs very 
long and stout; ventral scopa black. (Q.). 


Megachile australasiae Dalla Torre. 


This is M. imitata Smith, 1868, the name preoccupied. It is from 
Champion Bay, W.A., and Smith describes it as closely resembling the 
European M. argentata. The face is clothed with pale yellow hair, but that 
on cheeks is silvery. It can be distinguished from M. macularis by the 
absence of spots of pubescence on the mesothorax. The male is unknown. 


218 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


Megachile axillaris Meade-Waldo. 


Female 15 mm. long; clypeus, inner orbits, thorax (especially pleurae), 
axillae and metathorax, as well as linear marks on apices of tergites 1—3 
laterally, with white hair; ventral scopa silvery white, segment six fuscous; 
tergites 5 and 6 with bright ferruginous hair. The clypeus is peculiar, 
very short, broad, and deeply emarginate, the sides produced into sub- 
quadrate laminae. Found by R. Turner at Yallingup, W.A. Structurally 
there is some resemblance to the much smaller M. preissi. 


Megachile barvonensis Cockerell. 


Male about 6.5 mm. long, Heriades-like, with clear bright red abdomen, 
the first tergite with the basin (except upper part) and cloud on each ex- 
treme side black. Very close to M. micrerythrura, but tarsi only red 
apically; no white spots in scutello-mesothoracic suture (but a white hair 
spot at each corner of mesothorax, the posterior ones conspicuous) ; sixth 
abdominal tergite bidentate, the short tubercle-like teeth wide apart. 
Yarrawin, N.'S.W. (Froggatt). 

Megachile batchelori Cockerell. 


Female nearly 15 mm. long, with pure white ventral scopa, black on 
last two segments. The wings have the apical part abruptly fuliginous, 
and the abdomen has white hair at base. Allied to M. fabricator, but that 
has the face and front with pale ochreous hair, and the clypeus with black; 
M. batchelori has the hair of head white, but black intermixed on clypeus 
and front, and vertex all black. Found at Hughenden, Queensland, on the 
edge of the Richmond Downs, by H. H. Batchelor. (Mem. Queensl. Museum, 
June, 1929, p. 304). (Q.). 


Megachile beutenmulleri Cockerell. 


Male 10.5 mm. long, the parallel-sided abdomen with a large patch of 
bright orange-red tomentum occupying the fifth tergite except at sides, 
and the adjacent apical margin of the fourth. Face densely covered with 
pale yellow hair; clypeus normal; thorax with long white hair, with black 
interspersed on mesothorax, and a little on scutellum; viewed from the 
side, the front of the mesothorax appears white-haired, and the region im- 
mediately behind this black-haired; anterior tarsi slender and simple; 
tegulae black; sixth tergite broadly emarginate, the sides of the emargina- 
tion very obtuse. Victoria. Type in American Museum of Natural History, 
New York. Somewhat related to M. erythropyga Sm. and M. canifrons Sm. 


Megachile blackburnii Froggatt. 


Female 8 lines long; face densely clothed with silvery white hair; thorax 
white-haired; fore legs ferruginous on upper side of tibiae, “tarsi produced 
into bright yellow pollen brush”; middle legs ferruginous on upper side of 
tibiae and tarsi; abdomen constricted at base of each segment; first seg- 
ment densely clothed with long white hair, second with a bright white 
patch of short silvery hairs on each side; under side of abdomen clothed 
with long white hairs, forming a tuft standing out on either side of last 
segment; wings hyaline. Male, 5 lines; all the legs black and closely 
covered with white hairs; first and second segments of abdomen above 
clothed with long white hairs. This information is abstracted from 
Froggatt’s description; there is a figure in Froggatt’s Australian Insects, 
plate xvi. Central Australia (R. Helms). The male from Mount Squires. 


Megachile calida Smith. 


Smith described both sexes from Queensland. Meade-Waldo notes 
that the female is 10 mm. long; abdominal tergites 1 and 2 black, 3 to 6 
ferruginous. The abdomen above is hairy, not nude as in M. abdominalis. 


COCKERELL. 219 


The male is said by Smith to be rather smaller, the face with white hair; 
the two first tergites black, the first with a ferruginous band, the second 
with the apical half red like the rest of the abdomen. The margin of sixth 
tergite entire, with a slight central depression. 


Megachile canifrons Smith. 


Meade-Waldo notes from Smith’s type: male, length 9 mm.; abdomen 
black, with white pubescence basally; fifth tergite with a patch of ferru- 
ginous hair; sixth tergite bluntly rounded. The type is from Western 
Australia. Hacker has found it at Brisbane. (Q.). 


Megachile captionis Cockerell. 


Male very close to M. macularis and M. cygnorum, but small, length 
about 9 mm.; anterior tibiae bright ferruginous, with a large basal black 
spot anteriorly; second joint of anterior tarsi with a more or less evident 
black spot visible from without (as in M. darwiniana); fifth tergite with 
erect white or yellowish-white hair. Vertex with hair entirely pale, not 
mainly black as in M. darwiniana. 

Female about 10 mm.; aspect of M. quinquelineata, the ventral scopa 
(white, black on last segment and extreme sides of penultimate) and light 
abdominal bands practically the same, but mesothorax much more finely 
punctured and sixth tergite with a broad band of dense white tomentum. 
New South Wales and Victoria, the type taken by Froggatt. (Q.). 


Megachile carteri Cockerell. 


Female about 9 mm. long, rather narrow, black, of ordinary aspect; 
clypeus coarsely rugosopunctate; sides of face with white hair; abdomen 
with linear white hair-bands; ventral scopa white. Kuranda, Queensland 
(H. J. Carter). It is related to M. quinquelineata, but the clypeus lacks the 
tufts of hair at sides, and there is no band of light hair in the scutello- 
mesothoracic suture. The type is in the Australian Museum. 


Megachile cetera Cockerell. 


Another species resembling M. quinquelineata; the differences are 
partly set forth in the key. The Hawaiian M. timberlakei is so close to M. 
cetera that I am not sure that they are different species. I do not know 
the male of M. cetera, and have seen no Australian male agreeing with the 
male of M. timberlakei. 

The type locality is Nagambie, Victoria (French) ; it also occurs in New 
South Wales, and north as far as Brisbane. (Q.). 


Megachile chrysopyga Smith. 


A well known species, recognisable from the characters given in the 
key. The female is about 12.6 mm. long, the face densely covered with 
fulvous hair. Smith describes both sexes, and gives the localities as Van 
Dieman’s Land and Western Australia. It appears to be common in Vic- 
toria, and thence north to Brisbane. M. maculariformis Ckll., from New 
South Wales, is a synonym. (Q.). 


Megachile chrysopygopsis Cockerell. 

The female, about 12.5 mm. long, looks like M. chrysopyga, but the hair 
of face is dull white. The vertex has dark fuscous hair. Thorax above 
with white hair-spots. © Ventral scopa white, black on last segment and 
sides of penultimate. Perth, W.A. (G. H. Hardy). (Mem. Queensl. Mus., 
June, 1929, p. 302). (Q.). 

Megachile ciliatipes Cockerell. 

Known from the male, collected by Hacker at Brisbane, and also found 

at Kuranda. It is very near to M. kurandensis, but has no evident spot of 


220 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA, 


pale hair in front of axillae, no red or fulvous hair on disc of fifth tergite, 

anterior tarsi incrassate, etc. It appears practically identical with the male 

of Androgyneila detersa, but it may be the male of M. quinquelineata. (Q.). 
Megachile cincturata Cockerell. 

This distinct species can readily be identified from the key. Both sexes 
were taken by Froggatt at Cape York. 

Megachile clypeata Smith. 

Based on a female from Western Australia, in the collection of W. W. 
Saunders, and now in the Hope Museum at Oxford. It is small, and recog- 
nisable by the broad flattened process on each side of the clypeal margin 
The apical tergite is ferruginous, and the ventral scopa is white. A near 
relative is M. preissi. 

Megachile conaminis Cockerell. 

A species of Eumegachile, the female 18 mm. long, stout, parallel-sided, 
with mainly black hair, but sides of face and front with pale hair; ventrai 
scopa bright ferruginous, partly black on last segment. Wings dark fuli- 
ginous. Clypeus widely excavated in middle, the moderately curved margin 
thickened and without denticles. Endeavour River, Queensland; type in 
the Melbourne Museum (National Museum of Victoria). 

Megachile cornifera Radoszkowsky. 

Based on a female, 23 mm. long, said to come from Sydney, but probably 
not found there. It is known from Western Australia, and appears to be a 
large variety or race of M. monstrosa Smith. The wings are strongly in- 
fuscated. The name is derived from the character of the clypeus, emar- 
ginate, and with a process at each side. The male is described in Ento- 
mologist, May, 1913, p. 164. It is about 19 mm. long. 

Megachile cygnorum Cockerell. 

The male, from Swan River, is about 10 mm. long, allied to M. dar- 
winiana, but readily separable from this and M. gahani as follows:— 
Upper surface of anterior tarsi with a conspicuous black spot on second 


joint; anterior femora red .. . .. .. Gdarwiniana Ckll. 

Upper surface of anterior tarsi. without black markings; anterior femora 
and tibiae mainly red .. .. ils 

1. Fifth tergite with conspicuous ‘erect black bristles: outer edge of anterior 

tibiae (except at ends) straight... .. .. .. eygnorum Ckll. 

Fifth tergite without black bristles; outer edge of anterior tibiae present- 

ing an angle a little before the middle .. .... .. .. .. gahani Ckll. 


M. cygnorum is now known to be widespread, occuring 5H Adelaide, in 

Victoria, and north to Mackay. Queensland. 
Megachile darwiniana Cockerell. 

Male, about 10 mm. long, from Port Darwin (J. J. Walker). Type in 
British Museum. The thorax has a semicircle of white spots, one above 
each tegula and two (elongated) in scutello-mesothoraciec suture. The 
sixth tergite is invisible from above, and ends in two widely separated 
teeth. Wings moderately dusky. 

Megachile derelicta Cockerell. 

Female about 12 mm. long, something like M. heriadiformis, but with 
no band on fourth tergite, though second and third tergites have dense 
bands of pale yellowish hair, failing in middle, becoming white at sides. 
Fifth and sixth tergites, except at sides, covered with yellow tomentum; 
ventral scopa white, on last segment fuscous-tinged. Male about 9 mm.; 
allied to M. tomentella, but differing by the dusky wings and conspicuous 
hair-bands. Described from Windsor. Victoria, but known to go south into 
Tasmania, and north to Brisbane. (Q.). 


a 


COCKERELL. 221 


Megachile dinognatha Cockerell. 


Female 18.5 mm. long; very robust, with very large, broad and rounded 
head; hair of head and thorax very scanty, black on clypeus, white at sides 
of face, brownish-white on front, dense and pure white at sides of meta- 
thorax; mandibles extremely massive, with two large teeth and a long 
cutting edge; clypeus very short and broad (as in Eumegachile); ventral 
scopa pale yellow, becoming dark fuscous at apex. The wings are dark 
fuscous. Hughenden, Queensland (Batchelor), and Roper River, N.T. In 
the absence of hair-bands on abdomen it falls with M. macleayi. but it is 
larger, with no red hair on fourth tergite. (Q.). 


Megachile doddiana Cockerell. 


The type was from Townsville, Queensland (F. P. Dodd); the variety 
clarkei Ckll., from Geraldton, W.A., has the hair at sides of first tergite of 
female entirely black, whereas it is white in the typical form. But more 
recently the var. clarkei has been received from Townsville, and evidently 
represents no more than a colour variety, apparently the commoner form 
of the species. The female is about 16.5 mm. long, with very dark fuli+ 
ginous wings; ventral scopa black. The male, about 12.6 mm. long, the face 
and front with white hair, is described in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1929, 
p. 360. 

Megachile erythropyga Smith. 


This can be identified from the key. It is a well known species, found 
from Perth to Melbourne. Smith describes both sexes. Meade-Waldo notes 
that the male is 11 mm. long; tergite 6 faintly notched (deeply notched in 
M. ignita) ; an apical band on fourth tergite and most of fifth ferruginous. 


Megachile eucalypti Cockerell. 


Female about 10 mm. long, parallel-sided, the last three tergites clothed 
with scale-like fulvous hair, which is so distributed that the surface ap- 
pears minutely black speckled, the tegument showing through; ventral 
scopa entirely white. Known from such species as M. rhodura and M. 
gilbertiella by having the red or orange colour of apex of abdomen wholly 
due to hair. The male, related to M. nigrovittata and M. modesta, is easily 
known by the extraordinary anterior legs, which are exceedingly modified. 
The anterior tarsi are broadly expanded, the main part of the joints black, 
with a short silvery hair-fringe in front, but the expanded lamina white, 
with a broad black stripe along the posterior margin. The expanded white 
part of the third joint looks greyish exteriorly, having on the inner side a 
very large long-oval black spot; the claws are almost sessile on this great 
expanded structure. Mackay, Queensland, at flowers of Eucalyptus, taken 
by Turner. Type in British Museum. 


Megachile fabricator Smith. 


Known by the bicolored wings, the basal half hyaline, the apicai part 
fuscous; face and front with pale ochraceous hair, clypeus with black; 
ventral scopa clear white, black on last segment. The male has the basal 
joint of front tarsi expanded broadly to form a thin semitransparent plate, 
and all the joints fringed behind with long pale hair, fuscous toward base 
of first joint. The sixth tergite of male is rounded at margin, with a small 
acute tooth in middle. Champion Bay, W. Australia. The nearest relative 
is M. batchelori from Queensland. 

Megachile ferox Smith. 

The female has the lower edge of clypeus straight and without tubercles 
(which separates it from the very similar M. derelicta); legs black, with 
Ted claws and creamy-white spurs; dorsal orange-ferruginous hair-patch 
covering fifth and sixth tergites, except at sides, and extreme base of fifth; 


222 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


ventral scopa white, fuscous at extreme apex. In the related M. heliophila 
the mandibles are coarsely strigate and sparsely punctured, while those of 
ferox show three shining longitudinal ridges, with channels between. The 
male is 11 mm. long, the face covered with white hair; anterior tarsi dilated, 
and coxae spined. (The male tarsi are simple, and coxae unarmed, in M. 
ignita and M. erythropyga). Western Australia to Victoria, and north to 
Brisbane. The type locality is Swan River (Q.). 


Megachile fultoni Cockerell. 


Female about 7 mm. long, narrow, Heriades-like, the apical segment of 
the abdomen (above and below) bright ferruginous; ventral scopa white, 
wings dusky hyaline. Very like M. hackeri, but flagellum red beneath; the 
broad clypeus tridentate, one tooth in the middle, the others at extreme 
sides; fifth and sixth tergites much less hairy. The male also resembles 
M. hackeri, but flagellum red beneath, and lobes of sixth tergite not so close 
together. Purnong, Victoria (S. W. Fulton) and W. Australia. 


Megachile fulvomarginata Cockerell. 


Female about 12 mm. long, abdomen parallel-sided; wings hyaline; 
pubescence, including the scopa, white; clypeus low and broad, its anterior 
edge straight, with an obscure median nodule; mandibles elongate, the 
cutting edge covered by a very conspicuous band of golden fulvous hair; 
tegulae black. Taken in Queensland by Turner. M. relicta is allied. 


Megachile fumipennis Smith. 


The female has the aspect of M. revicta or M. lucidiventris, with dense 
white hair at base of abdomen, but the anterior wings are strongly in- 
fuscated, and the ventral scopa is black. Described from Champion Bay, 
W. Australia. 

Megachile fuscitarsis Cockerell. 


Male about 14 mm. long; black, including legs and antennae, but an- 
terior basitarsi expanded into an enormous flattened structure, which is 
dark brown or black, with much white hair on outer side, and has pos- 
teriorly a long, thick, black fringe, the base of which has a fringe of short 
white hair. Anterior wings very dark; hair of face and front light yellow, 
long and dense; hair otherwise rather dull white, with a good deal of black 
dorsally; sixth tergite broadly truncate, with a strong median apical spine. 
Taken by Turner in Queensland. Allied to M. vestitor and M. fabricator. 


Megachile gahani Cockerell. 


Male about 11 mm. long, looking like M. cygnorum, but hair of face pale 
golden; front not covered with hair; tegulae ferruginous; dark parts of 
abdomen without black hair, but instead with a fine fulvous tomentum; 
the broad abdominal hair-bands and the fine tomentum covering sixth and 
nearly all of fifth tergites quite orange. The anterior tarsi are light yellow. 
The type, in the British Museum, is labelled “New Holland,” but it was 
collected by Surgeon B. Bynoe, of H.MS. “Beagle.” 


Megachile gilbertiella Cockerell. 


A species near M. apicata, recognisable by the characters given in the 
key. The female is about 8 mm. long; ventral scopa white, fulvous on 
apical segment. Anterior margin of clypeus with two widely separated 
short teeth, and a slight prominence in the middle between them. Type 
taken by Gilbert Turner at Cooktown, Queensland. Also known from 
Gordonvale (Q.). 

Megachile hackeri Cockerell. 


Also related to M. apicata; female 8.5 mm. long, the three clypeal teeth 
very low and wide spaced; flagellum dark (bright red beneath in apicata) ; 


COCKERELL. 223 


mesothorax anteriorly without any traces of hair-spots; bases of abdominal 
segments not broadly pilose; sixth segment entirely red. The male is about 
7 mm. long; mandibles dark (orange with dark base and apex in apicata) ; 
flagellum dark; apex of abdomen (sixth tergite, not the morphological 
apex) with a pair of small tubercles or obtuse teeth (shallowly emarginate 
in middle, with about four sharp irregularly placed teeth on each side in 
apicata). In both species the anterior tarsi are simple and coxae unarmed. 
Discovered by Hacker at Brisbane; he has described the nest (Mem. Queensl. 
Mus., III., 1915, p. 138). (Q.). 
Megachile haematogastra Cockerell. 


Female about 11.5 mm. long, with the ventral scopa bright ferruginous, 
black on last segment and pale yellow at extreme base. Abdomen not at 
all metallic, tergites 2 to 5 with narrow entire fulvous hair-bands; face 
and front with bright fulvous hair, not covering the clypeus; thorax with 
fulvous hair, but short and black on disc of mesothorax, longer and black 
on scutellum (but a fulvous band between the two), and blackish on disc 
of mesopleura; wings dusky. Very distinct from other Australian species, 
but rather approaching the Solomon Is., M. shortlandi Ckll. It was dis- 
covered by F. P. Dodd in the Cairns District (Q.). 


Megachile hampsoni Cockerell. 


Female about 14 mm. long; abdomen long and parallel-sided; black, 
with black, white and orange pubescence, the latter only on the abdomen; 
ventral scopa long and white, black on last segment and extreme sides of 
penultimate one. Anterior edge of clypeus straight; hair of front dull pale 
ochreous, of vertex short and dark fuscous; a conspicuous tuft of white 
hair just below tegulae; upper part of pleura, mesothorax just above tegulae, 
and extreme sides of scutellum, with black hair; wings dusky; tergites 2 to 4 
with short black hair (except basally, where they are nude), and with 
narrow but very distinct marginal hair-bands, white at the extreme sides, 
but otherwise orange; fifth tergite with the marginal band orange, but the 
orange also invades the disc, leaving the black only at sides; sixth with the 
base broadly covered with orange tomentum. Taken by J. J. Walker at Fre- 
mantle, W.A. Type in British Museum. 

Megachile hardyi Cockerell. 

Male about 9 mm. long; parallel-sided; tegulae dark red; knees, tibiae, 
tarsi, and anterior femora except a streak above and below, bright chestnut 
ted; thorax above with thin fuscous hair, at sides and behind with white; 
sixth tergite apically red and obtusely bilobed. Blackheath (G. H. Hardy). 
I do not give more details, because the full description has recently ap- 
peared in Mem. Queensl. Mus., June, 1929, p. 305. It runs in the tables near 
M. rufolobata or M. latericauda, but is very distinct. (Q.). 

Megachile heliophila Cockerell. 

Female about 10 mm. long; lower margin of clypeus slightly undulatce, 
obscurely subemarginate in middle; hair of vertex and disc of mesothorax 
black, and much long black hair mixed with the pale on scutellum; greater 
part of fifth tergite, and all of sixth, with appressed golden hair; ventral 
scopa white. Allied to M. remotula, but larger, the clypeus differently 
formed, flagellum not red beneath. Taken at Brisbane by Hacker. In the 
original description the type is marked male; it is a female. (Q.). 


Megachile henrici Cockerell. 


Female about 14 mm. long; face covered with bright orange-ferruginous 
hair, and last tergite of abdomen nearly covered by tomentum of the same 
colour. Thorax with much white hair, a little black intermixed on meso- 
thorax; ventral scopa silvery white, black at sides of last three segments. 
New South Wales, the type in American Museum of Natural History, from 


224 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


the collection of the actor and entomologist, Henry Edwards, but under- 
stood to have been collected by W. Macleay. It has also been found at 
Adelaide and Melbourne, and at Lugano, N.S.W. (Q.). 


Megachile heriadiformis Smith. 


Female 11 mm. long, with two small tubercles at apex of clypeus; sixth 
tergite covered, except at extreme base, with golden-yellow hair; ventral 
scopa white. The type came from Adelaide, and when I saw it in the 
British Museum, was headless. There was a specimen from Swan River, of 
which I noted that the clypeus was broad and squarely produced, and apex 
of labrum with outwardly directed spines. (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., 1905, 
p. 342). This was probably a different species. Among the Smith species, 
Meade-Waldo found M. heriadiformis nearest to M. oblonga, the latter 
differing by being a little smaller, the apex of clypeus with a small median 
tubercle, and no fascia on the fourth tergite. (Q.). 


Megachile hilli Cockerell. 


Female about 15.5 mm. long, with the form and aspect of M. mystacea, 
but mandibles with a broad anterior face (separated by a sharp keel from 
the outer surface) concave and polished; clypeus densely punctured 
laterally, shining and with very few punctures in middle, the lower margin 
with a couple of projections (style of M. placida Smith, from the Moluccas) ; 
sides of face densely covered with black hair, front and vertex densely 
covered with pure white hair; wings very dark; abdomen densely covered 
with red hair above and below, but the first segment with black, except 
along margin. Townsville, Queensland (G. F. Hill). Type in American 
Museum of Natural History. (Amer. Mus. Novitates, 346, 1929, p. 16). 


Megachile holura Cockerell. 


Male about 9.5 mm. long, with black and white hair, and a large red 
apical hair patch on abdomen. Related to M. canifrons, but with black 
hair on vertex, mesothorax and disc of scutellum; hair of head and thorax 
otherwise white. The sixth tergite is very broadly rounded, but produced 
apically, quite entire. Rutherglen, Victoria (French). Female M. tricho- 
gnatha was also taken at Rutherglen, but the male of that species is 
known, and differs conspicuously in the structure of abdomen from M. 
holura. 

Megachile horatizt Cockerell. 


Male about 13 mm. long; like M. erythropyga, but larger, with hair on 
face pure white; first three tergites with lateral white hair patches; sixth 
tergite rather more produced; face narrower, with the eyes more parallel. 
Southern Cross, 260 miles inland from Perth, W.A. (Horace Brown). In 
connection with the description of M. horatii (Entom., 1913, p. 165) is a 
discussion of the status and characters of M. erythropyga, the male being 
designated as the type. 


Megachile ignescens Cockerell. 


Female 10.5 to 11.5 mm. long, the abdomen more or less metallic, and 
the ventral scopa bright ferruginous, black on apical part of last segment. 
Runs next to M. pictiventris, but is smaller, and easily known by the white 
hair-bands on abdomen. Melville Island and Port Darwin (Hill). Type in 
American Museum of Natural History. (Amer. Mus. Novitates, 346, 1929, 

» 6). 
y Megachile ignita Smith. 

Male 14 mm. long, with tergites 5 and 6 ferruginous, tergite 6 deeply 
notched. (Meade-Waldo, from type). Face covered with fulvous hair; 
wings pale fuscous; anterior tarsi simple, and coxae unarmed. Described 
from “New Holland.” : 


COCKERELL. 225 


Megachile kirbyana Cockerell. 


Male nearly 10 mm. long, superficially much like M. darwiniana, the 
hair being white, with black on vertex, but the anterior legs are simple, 
except that the coxae have rather short spines. The sixth tergite is 
covered with white hair, its apical margin red, and irregularly dentate, 
with about four prominent rounded teeth; extreme anterolateral corners 
of sixth tergite with a sharp thorn-like tooth; the subapical ventral region 
shows two long dark red divergent teeth or spines. The tibiae and tarsi 
and greater part of front femora are red. Taken by Commander J. J. 
Walker at Freemantle, W.A., and later Turner obtained a long series of 
both sexes at Yallingup. 


Megachile kurandensis Cockerell. 


Male about 8.5 mm. long, short and broad, the anterior tarsi simple but 
robust, with long pale fulvous hair behind; face densely covered with golden- 
fulvous hair; vertex with long black hair; hair of thorax above and pleura 
mainly black, but fulvous on tubercles, at corners of mesothorax, in scutello- 
mesothoracic suture, and behind scutellum; tergites 2 to 4 with apical bands 
of bright golden-fulvous or golden-orange hair, fifth with about the apical 
two-thirds covered with such hair, and sixth (which is very obtusely bi- 
nodulose) entirely covered. Taken by Turner at Kuranda, Queensland. 
Type in British Museum. It may be compared with M. sequior, but that 
has a pair of well developed teeth on sixth tergite. 

Megachile latericauda Cockerell. 


Male about 11 mm. long; fifth tergite densely covered with bright red 
hair, except at extreme sides; sixth without red hair, its transverse keel 
with two broad rounded lobes, the margins of which are more or less 
irregular or nodulose. Vertex and disc of thorax, including anterior part 
of scutellum, with dark chocolate hair; anterior tarsi red, moderately ex- 
panded. Female with legs entirely black; fifth and sixth tergites covered 
with deep coppery red hair except at sides; ventral scopa entirely white. 
Swan River, W.A. (J. Clark). Near to M. feroz, but easily separated by the 
male antennae (not at all expanded at apex), which are like those of M. 
erythropyga, a species having entirely different male tarsi. The female 
resembles M. heliophila, but differs by the colour of hair at end of abdomen, 
the entirely opaque mesothorax, the much more finely punctured clypeus, 
and the minutely and very densely punctured supraclypeal area. (Q.). 

Megachile latipes Smith. 


A well known species, recognisable by the key, and probably the male 
of M. lucidiventris. The male is 13 mm. long, the face covered with fulvous 
pubescence, the anterior legs modified, with dilated tarsi and armed coxae. 
It was described from “New Holland,” but is now Known from Adelaide, 
Sydney, and various places in Victoria. (Q.). 


Megachile leeuwinensis Meade-Waldo. 


Female 11 mm. long; head, thorax and abdomen for the most part 
clothed with fulvous-grey pubescence; tergites 4 to 6 almost completely 
dusted with such pubescence; apex with tegument red; clypeus with emar- 
ginate apex. Male with second joint of anterior tarsi conspicuously dilated; 
hair of head and thorax fulvous grey. Mather like a large M. apicata. 
Taken by R. E. Turner at Yallingup, W.A. 

Megachile leucopogon Cockerell. 

Male about 7 mm. long; mandibles and legs all black; face and front 
densely covered with long pure white hair. Allied to M. cetera, but ap- 
parently not its male. From the male of M. timberlake it differs by the 
rounded (not dentate) apical lobes of abdomen, and the much shorter and 


226 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


broader hind basitarsus. The middle tarsi have very long white hair be- 
hind, which is not true of M. timberlakei. Port Darwin (G. F. Hill) and 
Thursday Island (Alice Mackie). Type in American Museum of Natural 
History. (Amer. Mus. Novitates, 346, 1929, p. 6). 

Megachile leucopyga Smith. 

Female 11.5 mm. long; apex of clypeus simple; hair of vertex and disc 
of thorax fuscous; apex of abdomen with an ovate patch of pale pubescence, 
slightly tinged with yellow; ventral scopa very pale yellow or nearly white. 
Tasmania. Type in British Museum. (Q.). 

Megachile lineatipes Cockerell. 

Male about 10.5 mm. long. Close to M. phenacopyga, but distinct by 
the anterior legs, the coxae with long curved spines, the femora ferruginous 
(blackened behind apically), greatly flattened and expanded, sharply keeled 
below, and obtusely angulate toward base, the basal half of the broad inner 
surface with fine zebra-like black lines or stripes; tibiae and tarsi also 
modified, the tarsi cream-colour, flattened and expanded, with an oval 
reddish lobe. Compared with M. chrysopyga, it has the anterior tarsal lobe 
paler and much more reduced. From M. latipes it is especially known by 
the two sharp teeth at end of abdomen. Kuranda, Queensland (Turner). 
Type in British Museum. 

Megachile longiceps Meade-Waldo. 

Female 8.5 mm. long; very like M. apicata, but easily separated by the 
long narrow head, of which Meade-Waldo gives a figure. The clypeus is 
normal, without the tubercles of M. clypeata. The sixth tergite and sternite 
are reddish; scopa silvery white. Yallingup and Busselton, W.A. (R. E. 
Turner). Type in British Museum. 

Megachile lucidiventris Smith. 

A well known species with dusky wings, and the abdomen white-haired 
at base; ventral scopa white. It can be recognised from the characters 
given in the key. The locality was given as “New Holland,” but it has fre- 
quently been collected in New South Wales and Victoria. (Q.). 

Megachile mackayensis Cockerell. 

Female about 12 mm. long; resembles M. erythropyga, but the red 
abdominal patch is larger (covering fifth and sixth and more than apical 
half of the fourth tergites), and the basal tergites have no white hair- 
bands. Ventral scopa creamy-white, dark fuscous on last segment, and 
penultimate except at base. Male about 10 mm. long, face and front 
covered with bright rufo-fulvous hair. Compared with M. erythropyga 
the male has a smaller head, the mesothorax more densely and minutely 
punctured, the sixth tergite not distinctly concave above in lateral view. 
Also near M. beutenmuilleri, but separated by the ornamentation of the 
abdomen. Mackay, Queensland (Turner); type in British Museum. Also 
found in New South Wales. (Q.). 

Megachile macleayi Cockerell. 

Female a little over 17 mm. long; wings dark, shining purple; seen 
from above the only conspicuous pubescence is snow-white, covering 
scutellum and metathorax, and a bright orange-red patch covering the 
fifth and sixth, and a large part of the fourth, tergites. Ventral scopa 
creamy-white, fuscous on last two segments. The head is massive, with 
very broad face. New South Wales (Macleay). Type in American Museum 
of Natural History. Also found at Hughenden, Queensland. (Q.). 

Megachile macularis Dalla Torre. 

A common species from Victoria to Queensland, recognisable by the 

key. The name was substituted for M. maculata Smith, preoccupied. Smith 


COCKERELL, 227 


described both sexes, and gave Western Australia as the locality. The 
name was drived from the spots of ochraceous or white hair on thorax 
above. (Q.). 

Megachile micrerythrura Cockerell. 

Female 7 mm. long; head and thorax black, abdomen red, the colour 
tegumentary; ventral scopa entirely creamy-white. Allied to M. abdominalis, 
but smaller and narrower, with proportionately longer eyes. In size and 
shape it resembles M. semicandens. Male similar; anterior tarsi and coxae 
simple; sixth tergite broadly emarginate or very obtusely bilobed (in semi- 
candens it is bidentate). Port Darwin (Turner). Type in British Museum. 

Megachile modesta Smith. 

Described by Smith from both sexes in the collection of Sir John 
Lubbock. Meade-Waldo describes the female as 11 mm. long, the sixth ter- 
gite, and fifth apically, with pale fulvous pilosity. He places it in a group 
of relatively slender species, with white hair at sides of face. Hacker, in 
his catalogue, gives Mackay as a locality, basing this on my record in Ann. 
Mag. Nat. Hist., June, 1906. But in Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., I reported 
M. modesta from New South Wales, and expressed the opinion that the 
Mackay insect was really M. apicata. The male M. modesta, according to 
Smith, has the two basal joints of the anterior tarsi white, flattened and 
expanded; the sixth tergite is truncate, with a minute tooth at extreme 
base of lateral margins. 

Megachile monstrosa Smith. 

A very large species, female 21 mm. long; very massive head, the apex 
of clypeus with lateral tubercles; wings fuscous; first tergite with white 
hair; ventral scopa creamy-white. The type locality is Champion Bay, 
W.A., but F. P. Dodd found it at Townsville, Queensland. (Q.). 

Megachile mundifica Cockerell. 

Female about 11.5 mm. long; black, including antennae, legs and tegu- 
lae; sides of face, front, and the broad cheeks with abundant white hair; 
middle of clypeus with a very large squared excavation, within which are 
golden hairs, and on each side of which the margin has the aspect of a 
broad rounded lobe; scutellum and disc of mesothorax with red-brown hair; 
abdomen covered with pale fulvous hair from apical margin of fourth ter- 
gite to end. National Park, Queensland (Hacker). Allied to M. recisa. 
The clypeus is entirely different from that of M. simpliciformis. (Q.). 

Megachile mystacea Fabricius. : 

A very well known species, the abdomen covered with short red hair, 
and the wings fuliginous. The male is much smaller and more slender 
than the female, and has a fringe or beard of pure white hair over the 
mouth. The end of the abdomen is without spines. It is common in 
various parts of Queensland, and I have taken it on Thursday Island. It is 
also known from Port Essington, N.T. Friese (Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., 1920, p. 
53) described a female collected by Turner at Mackay as M. mystacea var. 
nitidiscutata, the thorax black haired, face white haired, mandibles large, 
strongly quadridentate, etc. From the description of the punctuation of 
the head, I believe it was M. ustulata. (Q.). 

Megachile nasuta Smith. 

Meade-Waldo gives the following from Smith’s type (Champion Bay, 
W.A.); female 12 mm. long, clypeus porrect, the apex semicircular; face 
sparsely clothed with grey hairs; abdominal tergite 6 with golden pubescence. 
In 1915 he recorded that Turner collected fourteen females at Yallingup, 
W.A. In 1910 I described a subspecies M. nasuta argentifer, the first two 
tergites with white hair (only first in nasuta), the others with short black 
hair; a large round patch of orange-ferruginous hair on last tergite, in- 


228 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


vading the apical margin of the one before; ventral scopa entirely silvery- 
white, with a slight creamy tint (pale fulvous in nasuta). The great clypeal 
prominence is as described for nasuta, except that its margin is only very 
feebly crenulate. This form comes from Melbourne, the type being in the 
Berlin Museum. 

Megachile nigrovittata Cockerell. 


Male slightly over 8 mm. long, small and narrow, the last three ter- 
gites covered with orange tomentum, the apex briefly bituberculate. It may 
be compared with such species as M. modesta, but is easily known by the 
remarkable anterior legs, as follows: Tibiae shining black, with an apical 
creamy-white patch; tarsi white, broadly expanded, the first three joints 
forming a very large oblong structure, concave beneath, having on its 
upper surface a long black streak parallel with the anterior edge, tapering 
apically, and sending out two oblique branches anteriorly; there is also a 
dark red-brown band extending round hind margin of the first joint only; 
beneath there are near the middle two oblong black spots, which show 
merely as bluish shades on the upper surface; fourth and fifth joints much 
smaller, but also broadened, the fifth with a lateral-projection; claws white. 
The type, in British Museum, is labelled N.W. Coast of Australia, but it also 
bears the numbers 69, 50, which signify “purchased from Mr. Du Boulay, 
collected in W. Australia, Nicol Bay, Swan River and Champion Bay.” 


Megachile oblonga Smith. 


Meade-Waldo, in his key to Smith’s species, couples this with M. heri- 
adiformis, from which he separates it (female) by the apex of clypeus with 
a small median tubercle (instead of two tubercles), and absence of fascia 
on fourth tergite. It is 10 mm. long. Smith records a patch of bright 
fulvous hair on fifth and sixth tergites; scopa white. Western Australia. 
Type in British Museum. 

Megachile obtusa Smith. 


Smith describes the male as 33 lines long; head large, face covered with 
bright yellow hair; antennae rufotestaceous beneath; cheeks, legs and 
thorax beneath with long white hair; thorax above with pale yellow hair; 
anterior tarsi pale yellow testaceous, the basal joint slightly dilated, and 
of the same width throughout, the posterior margin thinly fringed with 
white hair, as are the middle tarsi behind; apical tergite bidentate, and 
covered with bright yellow pubescence. W. Australia, in the W. W. Saunders 
collection, the type now in the Hope Museum at Oxford. Meade-Waldo re- 
cords that Turner took nine females and seven males at Yallingup. 


Megachile oculipes Cockerell. 


Described from the male, and recognisable by the characters given in 
the key. It is about 10 mm. long; the red scape, thick red middle tibiae 
(with a broad black band behind), and other characters readily separate it 
from M. vestitor, M. lineatipes and M. latipes. In Entomologist, 1913, p. 168, 
it is suggested that this may possibly be the male of M. aurifrons. The 
type was taken at Townsville, by F. P. Dodd, and is in the British Museum. 
The species is now known to be very widely distributed, occurring in New 
South Wales, and at Perth, W.A. 


Megachile oppidalis Cockerell. 


Male 13 to 15 mm. long, with the aspect of M. fumipennis, but with dark 
hair on thorax posteriorly (at most pallescent laterally), larger scutellum, 
and much finer sculpture of mesothorax. The sixth tergite has a pair of 
rounded lobes and a deep depression between them. The abdomen has 
black hair beneath, and presumably the female has a black scopa. Found 
by G. F. Hill at Townsville, Queensland. Type in the Melbourne Museum. 


COCKERELL. 229 


Megachile ordinaria Smith. 

Female 11 mm. long; in Meade-Waldo’s key it is coupled with M. 
modesta, from which it is separated by the sixth tergite having short griseous 
pilosity. The margin of the clypeus is slightly emarginate. Apical margins 
of tergites with narrow white hair-bands, more or less obliterated on basal 
segments. Known only from Tasmania. (Q.). 

Megachile pararhodura Cockerell. 

Male 10 mm. long; very near M. rhodura, but tergites 3 to 6 have the 
tegument chestnut-red, a darker tint than the red of rhodura; the abdomen 
is broader, and the large apical lobes are wider apart; the tarsi have longer 
and more abundant hair, and the yellowish-white hind tibial spurs are very 
much larger. Anterior coxae and tarsi simple. Mackay, Queensland 
(Turner). Type in British Museum. 


Megachile phenacopyga Cockerell. 


Male 11 mm. long; very like M. chrysopyga, but face broader, the dense 
hair covering it pale yellowish, shining white on clypeus; apex of anterior 
femora and outer side of tibiae not black, but with a little blackish stain; 
anterior tarsi cream-colour, broadly dilated, the first joint fringed on inner 
side with fuscous hairs, the others with ferruginous, the long white hair of 
the hind margin tipped with black or fuscous. The type, taken by Ludwig 
Preiss, is in the Berlin Museum. In Entomologist, 1913, p. 165, it is recorded 
from Waroona, W.A., and there is a discussion of its relationship with M. 
ignita. In Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., August, 1926, p. 222, it is recorded from 
Broad Meadows, Victoria. 


Megachile pictiventris Smith. 


This well known species, with metallic, bandless, abdomen, and red 
ventral scopa, is readily recognisable by the key. Smith described it in 
1862 as M. senex, and in 1879 as M. pictiventris, the type in each case com- 
ing from the Richmond River. The name M. senex being preoccupied. 
Dalla Torre substituted M. secunda, not being aware that M. pictiventris 
was the same. It appears to be common in Queensland, and enters New 
South Wales. (Q.). 

Megachile preissi Cockerell. 


Female about 8 mm. long, close to M. clypeata, with distinctly dusky 
(though not dark) wings, femora and anterior tibiae ferruginous in front; 
abdomen very dark reddish; the extremely dense punctures of head and 
thorax above minute; the abdomen also has very narrow but entire mar- 
ginal hair-bands. Ventral scopa entirely white. The clypeus has a median 
tooth and a large process on each side. Collected by Preiss, type in Berlin 
Museum. Meade-Waldo includes it in his key in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 
March, 1915, p. 327. This and several other bees from Preiss are labelled 
Eastern Australia, but this may be a mistake; Preiss spent four years in 
Western Australia, where he discovered many new plants, nearly a hundred 
species being named after him. He came to Swan River in 1838. 

Megachile pretiosa Friese. 

This handsome species, from Cairns, Queensland, was figured by Friese 
as M. aibobasalis, but later separated, the thorax being without white hair. 
The female is 16 mm. long, the wings dark, the abdomen with dense white 
hair at base, red at side and apex. (Q.). 

Megachile punctata Smith. 

Briefly described from a male, 4 lines long, labelled New Holland, in 
the collection of J. S. Baly. The face is covered with pale yellow hair, 
brightest on clypeus; wings fuscous, hyaline toward base; abdomen naked, 


230 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


strongly punctured, having on each side of first tergite a spot of snow-white 
hair; apex notched in middle. Meade-Waldo states that it is 13 mm. long, 
the anterior tarsi and coxae simple. It differs from M. rugosa by having 
the first tergite with small apicolateral tufts of white hair, whereas in 
rugosa the first tergite is wholly clothed with white, and the second has 
white hair at sides of apex. 

Megachile quinquelineata Cockerell. 

A well known species, recognisable by the key. M. glaberrima Friese 
is a synonym. The type, in the British Museum, was taken by Turner in 
the Mackay district, but it has been found as far north as Cape York and 
south to Melbourne, as well as in Western Australia. It is figured in 
Tillyard’s Insects of Australia and New Zealand, p. 304. (Q.). 

Megachile ramulipes Cockerell. 

Male about 10 mm. long, somewhat related to M. rhodogastra, but 
easily separated by the long slender anterior tarsi. Other characters are 
given in the key. Kewell, Victoria. 

Megachile recisa Cockerell. 

Male about 10 mm. long; related to M. modesta, but anterior tarsi light 
red, slightly broadened, the third joint beneath with an intense black oval 
spot. The anterior coxae have rather short stout spines in the midst of 
long white hair. For other characters see the key. Type from Kewell, 
Victoria, but also found at Brisbane. (Q.). : 

Megachile relicta Cockerell. 

Female 10 mm. long; hoary with white pubescence; flagellum bright 
ferruginous beneath; clypeus transversely swollen or obtusely ridged, 
coarsely punctate above, below, where it slopes inward, shining and scarcely 
punctured, the lower margin with two large, widely separated triangular 
teeth; wings clear; ventral scopa entirely white. By the pruinose abdomen 
it resembles M. fulvomarginata, by the clypeal structure M. clypeata. 
Tennants Creek, South Australia (Field). 

Megachile remeata Cockerell. 

Female a little over 12 mm. long, closely resembling M. semiluctuosa, 
but with bidentate mandibles, slightly instead of strongly arched margin 
of clypeus, much more finely and minutely punctured mesothorax, and 
shining finely punctured abdomen. The clypeus is subcarinate in middle, 
with a tooth on middle of lower margin. Ventral scopa white, with a few 
hardly noticeable dark hairs at extreme apex. W. Australia (Duboulay). 

Megachile remotula Cockerell. 

Female 10 to 11 mm. long, with mostly white (not abundant) hair, the 
last two tergites covered, except at sides, with appressed shining orange- 
fulvous hair. Clypeus densely punctured, its upper part with a median 
raised line, its lower margin quadridentate, the teeth small, the inner pair 
only clearly dentiform; flagellum ferruginous beneath; wings dusky; hind 
spurs peculiar, blunt, with a little apical claw-like hook; first tergite with 
a patch of white hair on each side, 2 to 4 with narrow white apical hair- 
bands; ventral scopa all white. Allied to M. ferox. Collected by Preiss. 
Type in Berlin Museum. Meade-Waldo includes it in his key in Ann. Mag. 
Nat. Hist., March, 1915, p. 327. 

Megachile resinifera Meade-Waldo. 

Female 16 mm. long; hair of vertex and disc of mesothorax fuscous, of 
front, cheeks, pleurae and metathorax griseous; first two tergites with 
white apical hair-bands, and third with white hair at sides; sixth with a 
patch of ferruginous hairs; scopa black; wings subhyaline. Male very 
different, 15 mm. long, having only lateral spots at apex of first two ter- 


COCKERELL. 231 


gites; anterior tarsi flattened, not dilated, ferruginous to ivory-white; ter- 
gite 7 black, concave, but curled out toward apex, which is serrate. Dis- 
covered by R. E. Turner at Yallingup, W.A. The females were burrowing 
in sandy banks; some had large globules of gum (evidently from Eucalyptus) 
in their mandibles. Specimens of M. nasuta were also observed carrying 
gum. (Q.). 

Megachile revicta Cockerell. 

Female 15 mm. long; wings with apical half brown, the basal hyaline; 
differing from M. fabricator by the third tergite without hair-bands or 
spots, and in the mandibles, which are extremely broad and massive, quadri- 
dentate, but the innermost tooth feeble, a line of ochreous hair running 
parallel with the cutting edge. The mesothorax is densely and coarsely 
rugoso-punctate, almost like a Lithurgus. Ventral scopa entirely creamy- 
white. For other characters see the key. Sixty miles north of Perth, W.A. 
(C. French). 

Megachile rhodogastra Cockerell. 

Male 11 mm. long, with tegument of sixth tergite, apical margin of 
fifth broadly, and ventral surface of abdomen clear ferruginous; the fifth 
and sixth tergites (except basal margin of fifth narrowly) are covered with 
short scale-like yellowish hair, and also bear much erect yellow hair. Face 
densely covered with creamy-white or yellow hair; mesothorax and scutel- 
lum with black hair, but some white in the suture between them and just 
behind tegulae; wings strongly infuscated; sixth tergite rather obtusely 
bispinose. Related to M. rhodura, but much more robust, with the abdo- 
minal punctures less dense and very much smaller, and the wings much 
darker. Hacker notes that in fresh specimens the hair on sides and apex 
of abdomen is orange. The anterior tarsi are stout but simple. Hacker 
bred both sexes from a2 nest found in an iron pipe, and the nest was found 
at Townsville by G. F. Hill. Pieces of leaves are used as in typical Mega- 
chile. The female is described in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., September, 1922, p. 
267. It Has the ventral scopa white on first segment, otherwise bright 
ferruginous, black only at extreme tip. The abdomen has distinct metallic 
tints, and this, with the red scopa, separate it at once from M. heliophila. 
The type was collected by Turner at Mackay, and is in the British Museum. 
I collected a specimen at Sherwood, near Brisbane. (Q.). 

Megachile rhodura Cockerell. 


Both sexes can be identified from the key. The type is a male, 9 mm. 
long, taken by Gilbert Turner in the Mackay district, and now in the British 
Museum. The apex of the abdomen is emarginate. The female was taken 
at Mackay at flowers of Eucalyptus, and is about 12.5 mm. long, with large 
oblong head, the eyes slightly diverging below; middle of lower edge of 
clypeus with a small nodule, defined by a notch on each side; ventral 
scopa entirely white. Other localities are Caloundra and Brisbane. (Q.). 

Megachile rowlandi Cockerell. 


Female broad, with metallic abdomen and red scopa. I had confused 
it with M. pictiventris, but it is more robust, with white hair-bands on the 
abdomen. It was taken in the Mackay district by Turner. 

Megachile rufapicata Cockerell. 

Female slender, hardly 10 mm. long, with white ventral scopa; last ter- 
gite dull red. Sides of face with very dense and conspicuous patch of white 
hair. Taken by W. D. Campbell in North Queensland; the type in the 
Australian Museum. 

Megachile rufolobata Cockerell. 

Male about 14 mm. long, with the fifth and sixth tergites bright ferru- 

ginous red. Allied to M. ignita, but anterior coxae with short, stout, sharp 


232 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


spines (unarmed in ignita); vertex, a large discal patch on mesothorax, 
and anterior part of scutellum with fuscous hair; face with golden hair, 
but all the other pale hair clear white. The tarsi have long white fringes. 
Sixty miles north of Perth, W.A. (C. French). 

Megachile rufopilosa Friese. 

Male 9 mm. long; described as being like M. fimbriventris Friese (from 
Fiji and Tonga Island), but sixth tergite thickly red-haired and second 
sternite flat and shining. Fremantle, W.A. (Frank). M. fimbriventris is a 
synonym of M. scuteiiata Smith (Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., xvii., 1924, p. 392). 
M. rufopilosa was published in Deutsch. Ent. Zeit., 1911, p. 453, but was 
omitted from Hacker’s Catalogue. 

Megachile rugosa Smith. 

Male 11 mm. long; the description indicates a species very like M. 
punctata, but wings hyaline with a slight fuscous cloud apically, and a 
darker stain in marginal cell. Meade-Waldo couples it with punctata, 
separating it by the wholly white haired first tergite and the white hair at 
sides of apex of second. Anterior tarsi and coxae simple. Western Aus- 
tralia. Type in British Museum. 

Megachile semicandens Cockerell. 

Male about 7 mm. long, the abdomen beyond the second segment en- 
tirely bright apricot colour. The second segment has the hind margin red, 
and three suffused spots, one in the middle and one on each side, confluent 
with the red of the margin; tibiae and tarsi reddish brown, the anterior 
tibiae ferruginous in front; anterior tarsi and coxae simple; sixth tergite 
vertical. Found by Schomburgk at Adelaide. Type in Berlin Museum. 

Megachile semiclara Cockerell. 

Female about 17.5 mm. long; very robust, mandibles massive, with four 
large teeth; wings with more than basal half hyaline, the apical part 
fuscous; basal tergite with black hair, but second and third with con- 
spicuous bands of pure white hair, fourth with a spot of white hair at each 
side; scopa pure white, black at extreme apex. Cairns, Queensland (A. P. 
Dodd). (Mem. Queens]. Museum, June, 1929, p. 303). (Q.). 

Megachile semiluctuosa Smith. 

Well known, and easily recognised by the key. The female is 18 mm. 
long; first two tergites with white hair. Meade-Waldo places it in Eumega- 
chile, next to the larger M. monstrosa. Smith describes both sexes; Ade- 
laide is the type locality, but the species extends to Western Australia, and 
eastward to Victoria, where it seems to be common. (Q.). 

Megachile sequior Cockerell. 

Male nearly 10 mm. long, superficially very like M. cygnorum, but dis- 
tinguished by the simple anterior tarsi; sixth tergite swollen in the middle 
toward base, its margin truncate, with a rather large rounded black tooth 
at each corner of the truncation. Although the front tarsi are simple, 
their coxae have short spines. Female about 11.5 mm. long; thorax six- 
spotted (as also in the male); ventral scopa white, black on last segment. 
The female could be taken for M. macularis, but may be separated by the 
black hairs, which project at sides of abdomen being confined to the fifth 
and sixth segment. The type, in the Berlin Museum, is labelled Adelaide 
(Schomburgk). I have reason for thinking that it was really a Schultzlan 
specimen from Port Darwin, which passed through Schomburgk’s hands. 
Turner took it at Port Darwin, December, 1902. (Q.). 

Megachile sericeicauda Cockerell. 


Male 9 to 10.5 mm. long, without any red at apex of abdomen; face 
densely covered with fulvous hair; labial palpi with the first joint robust 


ais 


COCKERELL. 233 


and dark, the others pallid; hair on anterior middle of mesothorax black 
or dark fuscous; wings strongly dusky; anterior tarsi and coxae simple, the 
latter very hairy; a dense triangular patch of pure white hair at each side 
of first tergite; no hair-bands on abdomen; middle of sixth tergite with 
appressed silky-white hair, and margin very obtusely bilobed, the actual 
margin (beneath) with a pair of angular projections. Known from M. 
austeni by the large distinct punctures of the abdomen. Type in British 
Museum; collected by Turner in the Mackay district. 


Megachile serricauda Cockerell. 


Male about 8 mm. long, rather robust, resembling the group of M, 
macularis, sequior, cygnorum and kurandensis, but the thorax without hair- 
spots, and the margin of sixth tergite strongly but irregularly dentate or 
serrate, with a rounded central emargination. Compared with M. kuran- 
densis, the antennae are shorter in proportion, and the ocelli are quite 
different, being wide apart, the interocellar distance a little greater than 
the distance from ocelli to eye and much greater than that to occipital 
margin. Type from the Mackay district (Turner), in British Museum. The 
nest is briefly referred to in Entomologist, 1913, p. 168. The species is 
widely distributed, south to Victoria, and to Western Australia (Perth). 
(Q.). 

Megachile sermaculata Smith. 

Female 13 mm. long; robust, the face with golden hair. The abdomen 
has six white hair-spots, and the apex is ferruginous. Scopa silvery white. 
Type from Champion Bay, W.A., in British Museum. Turner took it at 
Perth and Yallingup. 

Megachile simplex Smith. 

Female 10 mm. long, all the tergites black, with narrow apical bands. 
The size proves to be variable; a female from Brisbane is about 8.5 mm. 
long, and one from Ararat, Victoria, reaches 12 mm. The ventral scopa is 
white. The type, in the British Museum, is labelled New Holland, and said 
to be from Hunter’s collection. (Q.). 


Megachile simpliciformis Cockerell. 


Female about 11 mm. long; like M. simplex, but clypeus very densely 
and finely punctured; vertex more depressed, the head little elevated above 
the eyes; clypeus emarginate in middle of lower edge, with a tuft of orange 
hair showing in the emargination. Ventral scopa all white. Stradbroke 
Island, Queensland (Hacker). The date of publication is 1918, not 1908, as 
given in Hacker’s Catalogue. (Q.). 


Megachile speluncarum Meade-Waldo. 


Female 12 mm. long; face and thorax more or less densely clothed 
with griseous hair; tergites 1 to 3 with narrow apical bands of the same; 
tergites 5 (except base and sides) and 6 bright ferruginous red; scopa 
Silvery white, fuscous at apex. Clypeus very short, deeply emarginate, 
sides of the emargination forming distinct sublaminate processes. Wings 
subhyaline. Yallingup, W.A. (R. E. Turner). Type in British Museum. 


Megachile stalkeri Cockerell. 


Female about 9 mm. long, rather like M. pararhodura, but much smaller. 
Abdomen with the first two tergites and extreme base of third black, the 
rest with the tegument deep chestnut red, with scanty white hair. Flagel- 
lum bright red, black at apex above. Ventral scopa all white. The best 
characters are in the clypeal region, which is extremely peculiar; a large 
blunt spine, directed obliquely downwards and outwards, projects from the 
supraclypeal area; sides of clypeus produced into broad outwardly-directed 
lamellae, which are triangular and pointed; disc of clypeus shining, ap- 


234 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


pearing deeply sunken between the great lamellae, the excavation suboval 
in form. Alexandria, N. Australia (W. Stalker). Type in British Museum. 
Megachile subferor Meade-Waldo. 

Female 11 mm. long, very near to M. feroz, but distinguished by the 
ovate (instead of subparallel-sided) abdomen; tergite 6 (and sometimes 5 
at extreme apex) with red hair. Both have the clypeus truncate at apex, 
and with no median raised line. The male is 11 mm. long; the anterior 
tarsi simple; sixth tergite concave above, rounded and bilobed at apex. In 
the same paper (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1915), Meade-Waldo describes 
che female of M. ferox (p. 332) for comparison. It has tergites 5 and 6 
with red hair-patches. M. subferor was taken at Yallingup and Busselton, 
W.A., by Turner, and the type is in British Museum. (Q.). 

Megachile suffusipennis Cockerell. 

Female 12-13 mm. long; wings fuscous, hyaline at base; pubescence 
white, including the scopa; anterior margin of clypeus straight; scutello- 
mesothoracic suture with two transverse marks of white tomentum; 
abdomen bandless, first tergite with a conspicuous tuft of white hair on 
each side. Resembles M. lucidiventris, which differs by the fuscous hair of 
clypeus, ferruginous spurs, etc. A coloured figure, purporting to be M. 
suffusipennis, is given by Nicholson in Australian Zoologist, November, 1927, 
pl. 1, for comparison with the Asilid fly, Cyanonedys leucura Herm. Judg- 
ing from the amount of white hair on the base of the abdomen, this figure 
really represents M. lucidiventris. Hacker has described the male of M. 
suffusipennis; 11 mm. long, the face densely clothed with long golden hair. 
He found both sexes at flowers of Daviesia ulicina. The type, in the British 
Museum, was obtained by Gilbert Turner in the Mackay district, but the 
species is widely distributed in Queensland. In the British Museum, I found 
M. suffusipennis (female) placed as a synonym of M. punctata (male). But 
Smith’s punctata male is larger and more robust than my suffusipennis 
female, and the abdomen is more heavily and closely punctured. A much 
smaller male in the Museum has the abdomen punctured as in suffusipennis 
female, and evidently belongs to it. (Q.). 

Megachile tasmanica Cockerell. 

Male about 7.6 mm. long; clypeus with a dense beard of pure white 
hair, but upper part exposed; anterior tarsi formed essentially as in M. 
leeuwinensis, the lobe on second joint large, oval, with a large black spot 
on a white ground. It is easily separated from M. leeuwinensis by the 
wholly black abdomen. On account of the dusky greyish wings, with stigma 
and nervures black, it cannot be the male of M. ordinaria, which has hyaline 
wings with ferruginous nervures. The type was found by F. M. Littler at 
George Town, Tasmania, but it extends north to Brisbane. 

Megachile tenuicincta Cockerell. 

Female nearly 10 mm., male about 8 mm. Both sexes run near M. 
palmarum, but are easily separated by the pubescence, especially the long 
black hair on the head and the thorax above. In this feature it resembles 
M. quinquelineata, from which it js easily separated (female) by the dense 
white hair forming the posterior fringe of the hind tarsi. By the tarsal 
hair it falls rather with M. cetera, which lacks the long black hair on the 
thorax above, and has a median smooth line or band on the clypeus. (Amer. 
Mus. Novitates, 346, 1929, p. 7). Port Darwin (Hill). Type in American 
Museum of Natural History. 

Megachile tomentella Cockerell. 

Male about 8 mm. long; one of the small Heriades-like forms, super- 
ficially similar to M. nigrovittata and M. rhodura, and also allied to M. 
victoriae, M. erythropyga (but hair of face perfectly white) and M. cant- 


COCKERELL. 235 


frons (but end of abdomen different). Anterior tarsi simple; wings hya- 
line, with black nervures; no hair-bands on abdomen, but fifth tergite and 
base of sixth covered with orange tomentum, a few orange hairs also on 
hind margin of fourth; apex of sixth tergite (that is, the terminal part, or 
apparent apex) broadly emarginate. The anterior coxae are without spines. 
Swan River (Du Boulay). Type in British Museum. It also occurs in Vic- 
toria. 
Megachile trichognatha Cockerell 


Female about 10 mm. long; head oblong; cutting edge of mandibles 
densely fringed with orange-fulvous hair; clypeus with a small snout-like 
median apical elevation; ventral scopa all white. Related to M. fulvo- 
marginata, but smaller, with the cheeks much more densely punctured 
(more or less grooved), the median process of clypeus larger, and hind 
spurs yellowish-white. Male about 8 to 8.5 mm. long; the white hair of 
head, thorax, legs and under side of abdomen abundant and quite long; 
flagellum clear ferruginous beneath; wings clear, nervures and stigma 
ferruginous; last two tergites with pale orange hair, and scattered very 
long white ones; sixth with a broad emargination, the angles bordering the 
emargination sharp and dentiform, there is also a very small median den- 
ticle. The male differs from M. tomentella by having the anterior coxae 
with well developed though short spines, the flagellum red beneath, the 
ferruginous nervures, etc. Adelaide (Schomburgk). Type (female) in 
Berlin Museum. It has since been found in Victoria, and Turner took a 
long series of both sexes at Kalamunda and Perth, W.A. (Q.). 


Megachile trichognatha tosticauda Cockerell. 


Female about 8 mm. long, with the median clypeal elevation very small 
or absent, lower margin of clypeus rather obscurely crenulate; flagellum 
bright ferruginous beneath; punctures of upper part of head and thorax 
conspicuously larger. The fifth and sixth tergites and the hind margin of 
fourth are almost entirely covered with fulvous hair; the tegument of hind 
margin of fifth tergite is narrowly red. Allied to M. eucalypti, but smaller, 
with the antennae differently coloured, and not so much of the abdomen 
fulvous-haired. Superficially, it looks like an unusually slender M. gilber- 
tiella. Probably a distinct species. Mackay district, Queensland (Turner) . 
Type in British Museum. 

Megachile ustulata Smith. 


A well known species, with the vertex shining and sparsely punctured, 
the wings fuliginous, and the abdomen with short red tomentum. It looks 
like M. mystacea, but the red of the abdomen is a shade darker, with two 
dusky bands on basal half. It is widely distributed in Queensland. (Q.). 


Megachile ustulatiformis Cockerell. 


Male about 13 mm. long, more robust than M. mystacea, and yet not to 
be considered the male of M. ustulata, having the vertex densely punctured 
and the second cubital cell shorter. The anterior tarsi are ferruginous, 
moderately flattened, with an even fringe of pure white hair behind, and 
curled dark hairs on first joint in front, the anterior apices of the joints 
produced. The rufo-fulvous hair covering the abdomen is not so bright as 
in M. mystacea, and there is an appearance of darker apical bands on first 
three tergites. Kuranda, Queensland (Turner). Type in British Museum. 
I collected it on Thursday Island. 

Megachile vestitor Cockerell. 

Male 9.5 to about 14 mm. long (the larger size typical), resembling M. 
lucidiventris in size, form, and the arrangement of the pubescence, but 
wings clear hyaline, except the apical field of anterior ones, beginning about 
the end of the first cubital cell, which is occupied by a rufo-fuscous cloud, 


236 THE BEES OF AUSTRALIA. 


dilute below, but dark above, in and beyond the marginal cell. The vena- 
tion also differs from that of M. lucidiventris; the basal nervure falling 
considerably short of the nervulus, and the second cubital cell much shorter. 
Collected by Preiss; the type in Berlin Museum. It was also obtained in 
W. Australia by Du Boulay. It seems probable that this should not be 
separated from M. fabricator, which it resembles in the structure of the 
abdomen. 
Megachile victoriae Cockerell. 

Male about 7.5 mm. long; originally described as having. no apical hair- 
patch on abdomen, but in fresh specimens the patch is very distinct, 
orange-red, covering fifth tergite, except at sides, and slightly invading 
fourth and sixth. It is closely allied to M. tomentella, differing by the 
flagellum dusky red beneath, and well developed white hair-bands, broadly 
interrupted in middle, on tergites 1 to 3. It seems to be rather common in 
Victoria. Rayment (Victorian Naturalist, July, 1928) gives an interesting 
account of the nesting habits of some species of Megachile, and figures 
the nest of M. victoriae, showing that it is a typical leaf-cutter. In this 
article he figures a rose leaf cut by M. feroz, and has a couple of excellent 
plates, showing structural details of M. chrysopyga, M. suffusipennis, and 
Lithurgus atratiformis. 

Megachile viridinitens Cockerell. 

Female with the size and aspect of M. fumipennis, with much white 
hair at base of abdomen, and black ventral scopa. It is easily distinguished 
by the entirely black hair of face, and strong green tints of the abdomen. 
The wings are fuliginous. Cairns, Queensland, collected by Dr. W. M. 
Wheeler. Type in Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University. 


Megachile waterhousei Cockerell. 


Female about 13 mm. long, width of abdomen 5 mm.; pubescence white, 
abundant and quite long on front, sides of face, cheeks, pleura and meta- 
thorax, and forming a spot above each tegula; hair black or dark fuscous 
on vertex, a little on the practically nude mesothorax, and some black also 
on ventral surface of thorax; wings slightly dusky; hind basitarsus broad 
and flat, the hair on its inner side yellowish fuscous; abdomen with five 
white hair-bands; ventral scopa white, black on last segment, and some 
black at extreme sides of third and following segments. Mackay district, 
Queensland (Turner). Type in British Museum. It is.a broad species like 
the American M. latimanus. The hind spurs are black, not red as in the 
smaller M. quinquelineata. 

Megachile wilsoni Cockerell. 

Male about 7 mm. long; Heriades-like, parallel-sided, mandibles (except 
the bidentate apex), scape, tegulae and legs bright chestnut red; face and 
front densely covered with long white hair; hair of thorax white; anterior 
tarsi and coxae simple; abdomen with distinct hair-bands, which are pale 
fulvous in middle, white at sides; on first tergite the band is reduced to 
large lateral patches, and it is widely interrupted on second; keel of sixth 
tergite obtusely bilobed; margins of segments at sides with the tegument 
red, but the apical segments are not red. Easily known from M. victoriae 
by the red legs. Kiata, Victoria (F. E. Wilson). Type in Queensland 
Museum. 


-— -. 


237 


AUSTRALIAN EMPIDIDAE. 
By G. H. Harpy. 
Walter and Eliza Hall Fellow in Economic Biology, Queensland University, 
Brisbane. 

Introduction.—During 1918 and subsequent years I compiled all literature 
available on described Australian TaBANOIDEA, ASILOMEA and EMpIporIpEa, and 
from time to time worked out the identity of genera and species, publish- 
ing catalogues resulting from these researches. Several families are inten- 
tionally omitted; the TaBpanmaE were then being worked out in detail by 
the late Dr. E. W. Ferguson, the THEREvIDAE have been recently studied by 
Mr. J. Mann, and I was myself engaged on the Asriipar. The family here 
dealt with is the last of the series that has not hitherto come under a com- 
prehensive review. 

This paper on the EmprprpaE is treated on a wider basis than the others 
so as to take advantage of Collin’s work on New Zealand forms, for many 
of the genera are common to the two areas and probably more of them 
are yet to be discovered. 

Classification —The classification of the Empmmar needs revision; some 
subfamilies form natural groups but too much stress is placed on venation, 
and other characters used are equally inefficient for the grouping of their 
components. Many genera need more adequate definitions, for these grade 
intimately towards each other; also, though standing contrasted on 
characters given, some are recognised on structures that seem to be hardly 
generic in importance. In this catalogue the standard treatment is given 
to the family and only a few minor changes are incorporated. 

Distribution. 

During 1922, in this journal (ii., p. 143-7), I drew attention to the fact 
that records of distribution for the 150 then known genera of TABANOIDEA, 
ASILOIEA and Empipormea occurring in Australia, yielded over 28 per cent. 
in common with South America, whereas under 27 per cent. (maximum) 
were common to islands north of Australia; these figures excluded 21 per 
cent., representing those having a cosmopolitan distribution. The con- 
clusion I drew was based on these. figures which are recognised as im- 
perfect; nevertheless the evidence showed that Australia has a strong 
zoological affinity with South America in regard to the superfamilies dealt 
with, and it conformed to similar evidence in other branches of zoology. 

I have seen but one published reference to that paper, a criticism that 
is brief and unsupported by data and therefore worthless as a contribution 
to the subject. New data is accruing and the affinity with South America 
is becoming more marked, and this is very apparent in the EmpzpipaE; the 
data is shown below. It is pertinent to remark that recent researches tend 
to strengthen this position In the TaBaNnomea, but to weaken it in the 
ASILOIDEA. 

Although I am not impressed by the manner in which genera are 
founded under modern systems of classification, and, although many workers 
are bringing about alterations in this respect, nevertheless I do not expect 
the broader views on the zoological distribution will break down under new 
treatment, but rather will stabilise the idea concerning the continental 
affinities. Already Pelecorrhynchus and Chiromysa* have been divided by 
Enderlein to contain genera that are confined to one or other of the two con- 
tinents, but in these cases an investigation of the views propagated have 


*Genera of the TaBanmaE and StTRATIOMYIIDAE respectively. It will be 
remembered that Enderlein also split genera of the CuHriromyziInr into 
several tribes, thus the relationships became obscured (see Hardy, Proc. 
Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xlix., 1925, 360). Other equally outstanding examples 
are Dasyomma (LEPTmAE) and Ceratomerus (EMPIDIDAE). 


238 AUSTRALIAN EMPIDIDAE. 


shown them to be based on a wrong surmise. Doubtless other attempts 
will be made to separate similarly distributed genera, and even if success- 
ful the scheme will not necessarily break down views concerning their 
affinities. One needs to approach such subjects with caution, and criticisms, 
other than of a constructive nature, are unwarranted. 

In regard to EmpipipaE, in my original list I included several genera 
not recorded from Australia prior to that date (1922), and none of the 15 
genera were shown to be in common with South America, other than cos- 
mopolitan ones. The position has now changed, for there are three genera 
in the list below that are shown to be limited to Australia, New Zealand 
and South America, and of these Ceratomerus is a striking example, for 
such a distinctive form would hardly have been overlooked if it occurred 
elsewhere. Four genera are listed as being confined to New Zealand and 
South America. Contrasted with Africa, one finds that that continent has 
no known genera in common with Australia other than cosmopolitan ones 
and those limited to the extreme north, within the palaearctic zone. As 
in the previous list there are a number of gaps showing throughout the 
islands north of Australia, and doubtless some of these will be filled in 
time. I suspect, however, certain genera like Leptopeza may be found not 
to occur in Australia, and species standing under such generic names will 
be removed to more appropriate positions. 

Generic relationships need a critical investigation, especially where the 
query mark (?) is given. Possibly Leptopeza does not occur in the Southern 
Hemisphere and all such located species should be referred to Scelolabes. 


(See table opposite.) 
Key to subfamilies of EMPIDmAE. 


1. Hind femora and tibiae very elongate, much longer than the others, 
which character, together with the eyes being contiguous on both sexes, 
immediately identifies the section. Vein R4 absent, otherwise the 
venation is variable; the cubital cell may be strongly formed, Cul being 
bowed outwards and meeting the anal at less than a right angle 
(Hybos), the cell thus formed being as long as or longer than the basal 
cells. The cubital cell may be shorter than the basal cells, in which case 
Cul is weak, straight and recurrent. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. HYBOTDNAE: 
Without such combined characters. .. 2: 

2. All veins enclosing the cubital cell strongly developed, that at its apex 
(Cul) being strongly bowed outwards and meeting the anal cell at less 
than a right angle, thus making this cell as long as or longer than the 


basal cells. Vein R4 present... . : HOMALOCNEMINAE. 
Cubital cell not so formed, usually ‘shorter than basal cells, but if as 
long the vein Cul meets the anal at more than a right angle. 3. 

3. Anterior coxae very elongate, twice or more the length of the 
others: 23/2 6. 
Anterior coxae ‘normal, not or not ‘much longer. than ‘the others. 

4. 


4. Vein enclosing ‘cubital cell strongly | developed and usually bowed and 

strongly recurrent, forming with the anal vein an angle very much 
greater than a right angle. Median vein with usually three branches, 
rarely reduced in which case the strongly recurrent cubital vein will 
distinguish this section. .. .. 5. 
Vein enclosing cubital ceil usually weak, ‘often missing, but if present 
that at its apex (Cul) is usually straight, meeting the anal at right 
angles or is recurrent, never bowed. Median vein rarely with more 
thanvtiwo branches. ois) c..¢.; aessk cits axe cite eras amet Ae 


pe See, 


HARDY. 239 


and 


Polynesian 


Tslands 
| (ex, N.Z.). 


Genera. 


| Burope. 


| 


Zealand. 
Malay 
Asia. 


South 
America. 
Australia 


| New 


IYOOS| Fa a Se - 
Homalocnemus 
Oreogeton 

EB IIUDISH cts wench eis z= 
Empidadelpha 
Atrichopleura 
Apalocnemis 

ENROL eater te = 
Hilarempis 
Gynatoma 
Dipsomyia 
Tenotomyia 
Dolichocephala 
Ghrennoda =._).. ~ x 
Ptilophyllodromia 
Monodromina 

Phyllodromia 

Dolidromia 

Hemerodromia 

Chelifera .. 43 

INCODLGSTO soe ~ 
Cladodromia 9 
Sematopoda .. .. 
Ceratomerus ae * 
TOSTUCIR ne 

Oropezella ae 

GCLOLE DES ante nf 
Leptopeza .. .. * 
Tachydromia .. * - 
Tsodrapetis 
Cheriodromia 
Halsanoletes 
DF AUCTISMERE Rett oe . - 
Elaphropeza 


* 
* 
* 
* 
* | Africa. 


*** # 
f 


* * 


* # &# #°0°O # 


* ee * 
* 


S#eypy * * Foe He ey yp ze * 4H 
ope $e 
* 


* * = 
* 


PEO POGLIMmpUlvalTOnM pers in cen een erento ie. enrs (CUINOCERINAE: 
Empodium not pulvilliform. .. .. .. ........,... .. .. .. HEMPIDINAE. 


6. Antennae short, normal... ........ .. .. .. .. .. HEMERODROMIINAE. 
Antennae excessively large. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. CERATOMERINAE. 


ee Viedianucel la presenitgie ras insane ae eeeeen ernie OC VDROMIONAL: 
Medianvcellvabsents 32.9 25 20). Selene eee LACH YDROMIINAE: 


Subfamily HyBoTINaE. 


White placed two genera in this position, but one of these, Ironomyia 
White, belongs to the PLaryprezmar; the other, Sctadocera White, belongs 
to the PHoRIDAE; White considered that they probably belonged to this 
family, but he was not familiar with the PLaryprzipar, otherwise he would 
have certainly placed the first genus there. Hybos is the only genus re- 


240 ; AUSTRALIAN EMPIDIDAE, 


corded from Australia, but there is another which, although coming some- 
what near Bicellaria, cannot be placed there as it differs in several im- 
portant characters; two are from Tasmania (Dunalley and Strahan, Feb- 
ruary, 1918, and 1924 respectively), and one specimen from Queensland 
(Brisbane, June, 1928). 

Genus Hysos Meigen. 


Meigen, Illig. Magaz. Ins., ii., 1803, 269. 

The members of this genus dance and hover in the air, sometimes 
singly, sometimes in numbers, and are to be found so doing during most 
months of the year around Brisbane, and during the summer months 
around more southern cities. When plentiful they are to be noted in 
gardens, on roadways, and in the bush, and I have them from Brisbane, 
Sydney, Melbourne, Launceston and Hobart, but their separation into 
species is not easy. There are evidently several species before me, but all 
conform best to H. sydneyensis in Bezzi’s key, but one giant species from 
Cradle Mountain, Tasmania, is distinctively different, having its thorax and 
legs red. 

Key to species of Hybos (adapted from Bezzi). 


1. Wings with an elongate stigmatic spot ae pica halteres white and 


more or less infuscated. ; nie asa ame 2. 
Wings with stigmatic spot short, halteres ‘plack. .. brachystigma Bezzi. 
2. Thorax dorsally white grizzly; male genitalia bare. .. pollinosus Bezzi. 


Thorax Seas never Sal male Gee with setae. 
So NS xh) witcha eine Le ERR a Rae _ sydneyensis Schiner. 


HyBOsS SYDNEYENSIS Schiner. 


Schiner, Novara Reissa Dipt., 1868, 203——Bezzi, Ann. Mua Nat. Hungary, 
li., 1904, 327. 
HYBOS POLLINOSUS Bezzi. 


Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, il., 1904, 327. 


HYBOS BRACHYSTIGMA Bezzi. 
Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 327. 
Subfamily EMPImDINAE. 


The Australian forms placed in this section seem to be a homogeneous 
group of which there are but two satisfactory divisions; Empis and Hilara- 
Hilarempis complex. The method used in subdividing the second section 
is not satisfactory, for it is often difficult to separate Hilarempis from 
Hilara, and after allowing for these there is a residue left to some forms of 
which any of the three names, Apalocnemis, Atrichopleura and less pro- 
bably Anthepiscopus may be applicable. Rkamphomyia, as used by White, 
would not seem to apply, because that genus has the so-called metapleura 
hairy or bristly, a character I have not noticed on any of the specimens 
before me. In this residue the venation is variable, R4 may be present or 
absent, and usually there are three branches to the media. One species, 
represented by four females from Western Tasmania, has the median cell 
exceptionally large, for it reaches nearly to the wing border, and it has 
but one vein issuing from its upper side, and sometimes a second one is 
at the extreme apex. Another species has the median cell missing. I 
have not detected amongst the group the New Zealand genera Oreogeton 
and Gynatoma, and the nearest I have seen to Empidadelpha has a short 
stump of a veinlet issuing from the extreme apex of the cubital cell (i.e., 
from Cul), but the chief difference lies in the bare veins and in the absence 
of metapleural hairs, thus prohibiting its inclusion in that genus. A male 
from Sydney has a character that is probably a sexual one and is not un- 


HARDY. 241 


like those of some exotic DoLicHopopmpaE; a triangular appendage occurs 
on the base of the anterior tarsi. 


Key to genera of the EMPIDINAE. 
1. Upper side of subcostal and sometimes cubital, and the lower side of 


the radial veins are bristly; aS bristly. .. Oreogeton Schiner. 
ANIM VeINSTDALEL lyases fae, oye cane eielacicvarcrc WneRe meee 2. 

Pee ME LADICULMILISULYAPacr relat a siestamset Nae cove les Ielc te ee eee ale k's 3. 
Metapleura bare. .. .. 4. 

3. Subcostal vein long, running into the ‘stigma at its apex. Median cell 
short and broad. Vein Cul bowed... .. .. .. Empis Lin. 


Subcostal vein short, not running into a stigma and ending at costa 
before the middle of the wing. Cul strongly bent outwards before be- 


coming recurrent, thus making it somewhat S-shaped. : 
i _Empidadelpha Collin. 


4, Vein R4 absent. ere tent eine te et ALT ZCILOPLeUT Cy BeZZls 
Vein R4 present. . Sc ote 3. 

5. Subcostal vein not running into a ‘stigma. =A R Oh: “Apalocnemis Philippi. 
Subcostal vein running into a stigma. se he 6. 

6. Mediastinal vein ending at costa... . ae . Hilara Meigen. 
Mediastinal vein fading away before reaching costa. eee 7. 

7. Eyes of male separated on irons. Tip of abdomen on female pointed 
and ending in a pair of lamellae... .. . oe Hilarempis Bezzi. 
Eyes of male contiguous. Tip of abdomen on female truncate, lamellae 
short and broad, and more or less concealed. .. .. Gynatoma Collin. 


Genus Empis <sce eine 

Linnaeus, Syst. Nat. Edit., x., 1758, 603—-White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas- 
mania, 1916, 231. 

White states that none of the species of this genus skim over the water 
like those of Hilara and allies, and, although this observation would ap- 
pear to be quite correct in this way, the remark cannot be reversed in so 
far as I have a very outstanding species often taken at flowers, never on 
water, and yet has all the characteristics of Hilara, even to the swollen 
metatarsus of the male. Probably there is a complex in Empis, as well as 
in the Hilara group, and somewhere divisions are yet to be found that will 
give a more natural classification. Of the genus I have many species, some 
taken on the swamps of Cradle Mountain, Tasmania, that are remarkably 
outstanding in specific characters. Of those described, only four species 
can be placed here with any assurance. 

EMPiIs BELLATORIUS White. 

White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 232. 

EMPIS SERICATUS White. 
White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 233. 
EMPIS AQUILUS White. 
White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 234. 
EMPIS FLABILIS White. 
White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 235. 
Genus Hiuara Meigen. 

Meigen, System. Beschreib., iii., 1822, 1—White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas- 
mania, 1916, 220. 

The species that come within this and the next genus are legion, rang- 
ing from some of the largest forms to a very small size, and nearly all have 
the habit of skimming over the surface of water. The character upon 
which the two genera are separated, namely, the complete or incomplete 


242 AUSTRALIAN EMPIDIDAE. 


subcostal vein, does not seem sound, for there are species that are difficult to 
adjust, the vein being almost and quite complete on the one species and 
there are graduations on others that lead to this state of affairs. I have 
been able to recognise two of Walker’s species, to which two names given 


by White fall as synonyms. 
HILARA CERTA Walker. 


Hilara certa Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt., i, 1852, 204—Hilara efficiens 
White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 222. 

Hi“aRA CONFIRMATA Walker. 

Hilara confirmata Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt., i., 1852, 205—Hilara nimia 
White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 223. 

HILARA BALNEARIA White. 
White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 223. 
HILARA NUBILA White. 
White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 234. 
HILARA MOLLICELLA White. 

White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 235. 

Species erroneously recorded as Australian. 

Hilara litorea Fali—Walker, Ins. Saund. Dipt., 1852, 204. 

‘this European species recorded, but not described, from Van Diemen’s 
Land, is evidentiy an erroneous record. 

Genus HILAREMPIS Bezzi. 

Hilarempis Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ili., 1905, 443. 

Hilaropus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 226. 

Both Bezzi and White proposed separating this group from typical 
Hilara on the short subcostal vein so that there can be no doubt concern- 
ing tis synonymy, for they must be regarded as but one genus until sucno 
times as it is possibile to give a better system of making divisions. 

It is interesting to note how these names were not associated by White 
himself. Bezzi has the group as allied to Empis from which he subse- 
quently divided it, whereas White had it as a Hilara on account of its 
habits and so divided it from that genus. 

HILAREMPIS HILARAEFORMIS Bezzi. 
Empis hilaraeformis Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 340. 
Hilarempis hilaraeformis Bezzi, ibidem., iii., 1905, 443. 
HILAREMPIS CYANESCENS Bezzi. 
Empis cyanescens Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 342. 
Hilarempis cyanescens Bezzi, ibidem., iii., 1905, 443. 
HILAREMPIS PALLIDIFURCA White. 
Hilaropus palidifurca White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 227. 
HILAREMPIS NIGRIMANUS White. 
Hilaropus nigrimanus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 228. 
HILAREMPIS PEREGRINUS White. 
Hilaropus peregrinus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 228. 
HILAREMPIS ECHINATUS White. 
Hilaropus echinatus White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 230. 
Species of uncertain generic position. 

Empis brevirostris Macquart, Dipt. Exot., suppl. 4, 1849, 96—Bezzi, Ann. 
Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 343, nota 3—White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 
1916, 232. (Described from Tasmania, but probably was from Sydney). 


HARDY. 243 


Empis xanthopyga Schiner, Novara Reisa Dipt., 1868, 204-—Bezzi, Ann. 
Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 343, nota 3. 

Empis tenuirostris Thomson, Eugenies Resa, Dipt., 1869, 473 —Bezzi, Ann. 
Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 341, nota 2. 

Empis pachypodiata Bigot, Ann. Soc. Ent. France (6), ix., 1889, 132.— 
Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 343, nota 1. 

Anthepiscopus antipoides Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 339 — 
The species does not conform very well with the genotype. 

Rhamphomyia aprilis White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 238. 

Rhamphomyia septembris White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 239.— 
No specimens before me conform to the genus Ramphomyia, although 
many seem to have the appearance of it. 

Microphorus hiemalis White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 240— 
White was doubtful about the subfamily status, but I have specimens un- 
doubtedly conspecific, and these are Empidinae in affinities, not Ocydro- 
mytinae where White placed his specimens. 


Subfamily HEMERODROMIINAE. 


All genera that have the anterior coxae elongate, combined with normal 
size antennae, are placed in this subfamily. I do not think it is quite a 
natural formation as Tenotomyia, at least, is abarrant in many characters. 
The more typical genera have their anterior legs raptorial, and all of them 
show a wide divergence in venation, so that most of the characters found 
in other subfamilies are paralleled in this group. 

Specimens conforming to most of the genera listed are before me, those 
missing being Doliodromia, Phyllodromia and Hemerodromia. Care had to 
be taken in interpreting some of the genera; the names of two, Phyllodromia 
and Chelipoda, were interchanged so that authors have been using these in 
a different sense; in this catalogue the interpretations follow that given by 
Collin. 

Key to genera of the HEMERODROMIINAE. 


1.. Wings with an interradial cross-vein; anterior legs simple. ae 
Wings without an interradial cross-vein; anterior legs strongly rap- 
torial in many cases. .. . , 3. 

2. Vein R4 absent; Cul strongly recurrent, fas! in " Empis; wings hya- 
Hines hs ftivc .. .. Tenotomyia White. 
Vein R4 present; “wings ‘mottled, ‘some ‘veins ‘sinuous. ae 

aiid evo ee : Dolichocephala Macquart. 
3. With vein ‘Ra absent. . FGM ae eAT TOE Sh GIGS OH RC EITC ERIC 4. 


Withavernur 4.presenttanc mace! Griieimiint) iopc cre cei fel. 8. 

4. Median cell incomplete... . 5. 
Median cell complete, at most. the cross- vein separating it from the 
basal cell is absent. Pe Nae ied pic Ms hrc ti ey ac eee le 

5. Vein M3 absent or vestigial. MAT to ios 35 hace ee ‘ Monodromia Collin. 
Vein M3 present. ae BRD I ee ot CA a 6. 

6. Vein M3 branching from M4. nO OCnONCmeCONin: 
Vein M3 branching from M1 + 2. £3 BOs) is Phyllodromia Zett. 

7. The arista-like projection of antennae ‘without long hairs, pubescent 
@ahy, oo oe si ee Chelipoda Macquart. 
The arista- ‘like projection of ‘antennae with hair below of medium 
length or very long. eee er lopiyllodromiasbezz1- 

8. Median cell incomplete. dy dey AO ate MRE ee Hemerodromia Meigen. 
Median cell complete, at most only the basal cross-vein is 
missing. 9. 


9. Vein M3 ‘coincident ‘with | vein “M1 sg) for a “Tong. distance before 
lI: oo bo go Sa 06 Od 0g da onion ob, 90 08 . Chelifera Macquart. 


244 AUSTRALIAN EMPIDIDAE. 


Vein M3 arising independently from the median cell or at most branch- 
ing from M1+2 very near the cell... .. a Aenyeitotonse 10. 
10. Median cell confluent with the basi-median cell. in 
Pink ta dy ee Neoplasta ‘Coquillett. 
Median cell” separated ‘from the ’ pasi- median cell by a _ cross- 


vein... . 2) fee, Rois AY. 
11. Anterior legs strongly raptorial. . F Dp iets 21 <teee - Cladodromia Bezzi. 
Anterior legs not raptorial. mosh cig, . .. .. .. Sematopoda Collin. 


Genus Tavonroareta White. 

White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 236. 

This genus contains one quite distinctive species widely distributed over 
Tasmania, and also found in Victoria, New South Wales and the National 
Park, Queensland. Its slender long abdomen and legs and narrow wings 
remind one somewhat of the Tipulidae. The cross-vein between the 
branches of the radial may be regarded as the vein R4, but I do not think 
that view will prove correet if judged in accordance with Tillyard’s inter- 
pretation. 

TENONTOMYIA GRACILIPES White. 


White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 237. 


Genus DoLicHocEPHALA Macquart. 


Macquart, Mem. Soc. Sci. Lille., 1823, 147. 

One specimen before me, taken on a window of the Springs Hotel, 
Mount Wellington, Tasmania, January, 1924, agrees in generi¢ characters 
with European species, including pictured wings. 

Genus Monopromzia Collin. 

Collin, New Zeal. Dipt., 1928, 24. 

A species in Australia runs to this genus, but all the characters given 
do not apply. 

Genus CHELIPoDA Macquart. 

Chelipoda Macquart, Mem. Soc. Sci. Lille., 1823, 148. 

Hemerodromia Hardy, Austr. Zool., ii., 1922, 147. 

One Tasmanian form has a short second radial vein ending round a 
large dark disc and the vein dividing the median and the basi-median cells 
is missing; two specimens from Strahan, February. 1924. Another species is 
quite normal, whilst the third has the intermediate femora swollen and 
with a row of long bristles, comb-like, on the anterior side. In all four 
species are before me. 

Genus PTILOPHYLLODROMIA Bezzi. 

Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 344. 

Only to be distinguished from Chelipoda by the long hairs on the under- 
side of the long antennal style. One Tasmanian species is before me and I 
have seen four others from Victoria in Mr. E. Wilson’s collection. A speci- 
men from Blackheath has the antennal hairs short so would be an inter- 
mediate form that suggests the generic status may not be warranted. 


PTILOPHYLLODROMIA BIROI Bezzi. 
Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 345. 


Genus CHEILIFERA Macquart. 
Macquart, Mem. Soc. Sci. Lille., 1823, 150. 
Two specimens before me, one from Blackheath, the other from 
Strahan, are both without the vein dividing the median and basi-median 
cells. 


HARDY. 245 


Genus NeEoprasta Coquillett. 

Coquillett, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xviii., 1895, 392. 

A single specimen from Brisbane runs to this genus according to’ key 
characters; it has a very short strongly up-curved second radial vein which 
runs into the basal section of the stigma; the latter is elongate and hardly 
noticeable. Other characters agree with Melander’s figure (Williston, North 
American Diptera, 3rd edit., 1908, p. 221). The anterior femora are slender 
but provided with two rows of long thin hook-shaped bristles, whilst a line 
of similar ones occur on the tibiae, and the complete set appears to be in- 
tended for entrapping prey. 


Genus CLapopromia Bezzi. 

Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, iii., 1905, 453. 

This is 2 South American genus to which Collin added four species from 
New Zealand. Two species from Tasmania conform to it. 

Genus Sematopopa Collin. 

Collin, New Zeal. Empid., 1928, 51. 

This genus was based on a unique male and according to its key char- 
acters two Tasmanian species come within it, but both have a much longer 
cubital cell. One has the apical vein Cul strongly recurrent as in genus 
Empis, and in addition the anterior metatarsus is swollen, but I have com- 
pared it with two similar looking species from the same locality, both un- 
doubted Empidinae, and have concluded the unique male before me is de- 
cidedly related to the Hemeromiinae. 


Subfamily CERATOMERINAE. 


Many of the structures on species of this subfamily are reminiscent of 
Hemeromiinae, but the group differs in the antennae which are excessively 
large. It is not uncommon in Tasmania, but appears to be very local, 
occurring in favoured spots which need to be searched for. There are two 
genera defined, and one, Jcasma Collin, may be distinguished by the absence 
of vein R4. 

Genus CERATOMERUS Philippi. 

Philippi, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien., xv., 1865, 765—Bezzi, Ann. Mus. 
Nat. Hungary, iii., 1905, 458—Collin, New Zeal. Empid., 1928, 16. 

This is the only genus recognised in Australia and of it four species are 
before me from Tasmania. All have the same general appearance, but 
they differ widely in specific characters. One specimen has an interradial 
cross-vein on one wing only. 


Key to species of Ceratomerus. 

1. Radial vein more or less straight, only pope towards costa at 
apex. .. Py. 
Radial vein “abruptly ‘deviating away from ‘costa. near ‘stigma beyond 
which it returns to meet costa. Third antennal segment broad at base. 
Legs normal. : eee vuilexcusmn sp: 

2. Stigma present, venation “normal. ‘Third ‘antennal segment rather 
slender at base... .. 8, 
Stigma absent, vennation symetrical in ‘the bifurcation and length of 
the median and certain radial veins. Third antennal segment broad at 
base, legs normal. oP .. .. ordinarius n.sp. 

3. Intermediate femora with o tubercle below and also a large cavity; 
intermediate tibiae with a set of tubercles. Antennae unicolorous, 
brown. .. . . .. tuberculus n.sp. 
Intermediate femora and ‘tibiae normal, ‘without tubercles. Antennae 
white at the apex... .............--...-...-. .+ albistilus n.sp. 


246 AUSTRALIAN EMPIDIDAE. 


CERATOMERUS ALBISTILUS N.Sp. 

The typical venation and more or less slender antennae with a white 
apex, will readily distinguish this species which is comparable with Collin’s 
illustration. 

Head black-brown, frons wide, dull, the dull area surrounds the ocellar 
tubercle and behind this the head is shining. The frons tapers towards the 
antennae at the base of which there is an acute triangular indentation of 
the eye margin, and from thence the eye margin runs more or less parallel 
down the face (the head has collapsed somewhere on every specimen before 
me and in no case is the character of the face to be made out with assur- 
ance). The ocellar tubercle contains two long bristles and behind these 
there is a row equivalent to the postoculars, and about three pairs of bristles 
lie in a row between the summit and the neck. 

The antennae contain a long first segment with many bristles and the 
second has a short basal part equal to the first in width, but is attenuated 
into a long process to which the third segment is attached on the outer 
side; a crown of rather long bristles occurs on the basal part. The third 
segment, having a process of the second showing on its inner side, is a little 
wider than the basal segments for about a third its length, then tapers 
for another third and terminates in a white apical third which is black at 
the base; the intermediate third is also black, but the broadest third is 
brown. The palpi are small and black, the proboscis brown. 

Thorax black-brown, a whitish line may be detected down the dorsum 
and this may be divided longitudinally where the acristichal bristles occur. 
The prothorax, the humeral callus and an area at insertions of the wings, 
may be more or less yellowish. One pair each of long bristles represent the 
prothoracic, humeral, presutural dorsocentral, presutural (?), notopleural, 
supra-alar and scutellar bristles; in addition there are one long and one 
short postsutural dorsocentrals, one short postalar bristle and a few short 
dorsocentrals placed anteriorly to the long one detected, and some similar 
ones are to be seen elsewhere on the dorsum, usually in small groups. 

The abdomen is seven segmented, black, but with yellow margins at 
apex of segments which bear short black bristles. The ovipositor is not 
detected. 

Halteres and legs yellow, the latter are simple, except on the anterior 
and posterior tibiae there is a small plate-like process at the apex, on the 
inner side, and may readily be overlooked; the character is common to all 
forms. 

The wings have a simple venation. The costa continues round the wing 
as a circumambient vein and near its base there is one outstanding long 
bristle. The subcosta runs into the costa at a point parallel with the apex 
of the basi-radial cell. The vein R1 runs into the costa as far again from 
the wing base and beyond this there is a stigma to and around the apical 
margin of which the vein R2+ 3 runs without a deviation. Veins R4 and 
R5 are normal, as are the three median veins, the first two of which branch 
from each other at a normal distance from the median cell, long before 
reaching a point parallel to the bifurcation of the fourth and fifth radial 
veins. The median cell is long and slender, but the vein at the base becomes 
weak so that it is nearly broken down, thus making the cell almost con- 
fluent with the basi-median which is only half the length of the basi-radial 
cell. The cubital vein, like most of the anal vein, is almost obliterated, but 
their remains form an acute angle with each other and the cubital cell 
thus traced is as long as the basi-median. The anal area of the wing is 
strongly reduced. 

Hab.: Tasmania, Mount Wellington, January, 1917 and 1924, 2 females; 
Strahan, February, 1924, 14 females; Cradle Mountain, January, 1917, 1 
female. 


HARDY. 247 


CERATOMERUS TUBERCULUS N.sp. 

Very like the preceeding species but the antennae are unicolorous and 
the intermediate legs have some tubercules; it is apparently not the male of 
C. albistilus. Characters not mentioned below are the same as those of the 
prior species. 

The antennae have the third segment uniformly dark brown and the 
palpi are not discernible. The abdomen is black and has seven segments 
which are hardly lighter at their apex. An eighth sternite is conspicuous 
and supports the large complex hypopygium which overlies the seventh 
tergite. The anterior and posterior legs are simple except for the small 
apical plate, but the intermediate legs are provided with a set of tubercles 
and some bristles, the latter being placed in an orderly arrangement that 
suggests they are in some way connected with the utility of the tubercles. 
Towards the apex of the intermediate femora, on the underside, there is a 
large cavity bounded by a tubercle at the base and a short blunt spine at 
the apex. When the tibiae are retracted, it is seen that this indentation 
corresponds to some tubercles on the underside of the tibiae. There is one 
large spur-like tubercle, diverted anteriorly, and two much smaller ones; 
the spine at the apex of one of the smaller ones is strongly bent at its 
base. A little beyond these is another tubercle, and, again, on the anterior 
side of the tibiae, towards the apex, there is yet another tubercle arranged 
like a flange. 

Hab.: Tasmania, Mount Wellington, 1 male, 5th January, 1919. This 
was probably taken above 3,000 ft. 

CERATOMERUS INFLEXUS N.Sp. 


A species readily recognised by the vein R2+3 which takes a sudden 
deviation to surround the stigma, and by the third antennal segment being 
very broad at the base. Characters not mentioned below are as on the 
prior species. 

The head is black-brown and the brown antennae are of the same 
general structure as the others, but the third segment is very much broader 
at its base to about one-third its length, sharply tapers for another third, 
and thence gradually tapers to the apex. The thorax is black-brown and 
in both sexes there are two pair of presutural dorsocentral bristles; on the 
male the acrostichals are not discernible; this is a character that seems 
consistent on this sex in all species. Hypopygium rather small. The legs 
are simple, except the anterior and posterior femora have the usual small 
apical projection. 

The wings have the subcosta reaching a little beyond the point parallel 
with the base of the median cell. The vein R2-+3 lies rather close to the 
costa, but makes a wide detour round the stigma before running into it. 
The vein dividing the basal cells is almost obliterated, as also are the cubital 


and anal. 
Hab.: Tasmania, Mount Nelson (Hobart) , 27th December, 1917; one male 


and two females. 
CERATOMERUS ORDINATUS N..Sp. 

Very distinctive in being without a stigma and also in the arrangement 
of the venation, otherwise rather like C. inflerus, with which it agrees in 
all characters not mentioned below. 

Antennae. legs and chaetotaxy as in C. inflerus. Hypopygium very 
large. The second radial vein runs normally and without a deviation other 
than the gentle apical curve; stigma absent. The two first median veins do 
not branch away from each other till they reach a position parallel with 
the bifurcation of R4 and R5. The median cell is complete at its base, but 
that vein dividing the basal cells is obliterated, as also are the cubital and 


248 AUSTRALIAN EMPIDIDAE. 


anal veins. In the form of the median and basal cells this species is like 
Collin’s illustration of Icasma, but the first median lies almost parallel with 
the fifth radial, and the apex of the third and second median reach as far 
from the base of the wing as do the veins R2+ 3 and R4 respectively, thus 
the symmetry of the venation becomes an outstanding feature. 

Hab.: Tasmania, Strahan, 1 male, February, 1924; taken in company 
with C. albistylus. 

Subfamily OcHyYDROMIINAE. 


The Australian forms have only two complete veins issuing from the 
median cell; the third is sometimes present but stunted. It is possible that 
Anthepiscopus antipodus Bezzi, may belong here, as one of its median veins 
fails to reach the wing margin, but the genus Anthepiscopus Becker, is re- 
garded as being an Empidinae. 


Key to genera of the OcHYDROMIINAE. 


1. Antennae placed very high on head, much above the middle, so that 
the frons is very short, the face very long. Anal area of wings much 


TEGUCEG. 5.) s5, ce obs; a 58.) oe) Oa less BA Die or ae  OTONeZCCH ARCO 
Antennae normally placed so that the face and frons are about equal 
in length. Anal area of wing very well developed... .. .. 2. 

2. Hind femora stout and strongly spinose below. .. .. Scelolabes Philippi. 
Hind femora slender and not spinose below. .. .. Leptopeza Macquart. 


Genus OROPEZELLA Collin. 


Collin, Ent. Mo. Mag., Ixii., 1926, 214; and New Zeal. Empid., 1928, 9. 
This genus is represented by a small series from the National Park, 
Queensland, March, 1921, and another series from Strahan, Tasmania, 
February, 1924. 
Genus ScELouaBes Philippi. 


Philippi, Verh. zool. bot. Ges. Wien., xv., 1865, 751—Collin, New Zeal. 
Empid., 1928, 15. 

There are in the Commonwealth several species that might well come 
within this genus, having the characters as given by Collin, but their 
separation from those otherwise left in the genus Leptopeza scarcely seems 
warranted. One specimen from Melbourne conforms here, as also does 
Leptopeza rubrithoraz, and probably others described by White. I would 
suggest that all Australian and New Zealand species of Leptopeza should 
be placed here, and Leptopeza (sensu stricto) would be retained for species 
of the Northern Hemisphere, the difference in the length of the cubital 
cell, if consistent, might serve for a temporary distinguishing character. 


Genus LEPTOPEZA Macquart. 


Macquart, Suit. a Buffon, i., 1834, 320—White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 
1916, 241. 

White recognised from Tasmania two species of this genus recorded by 
Bezzi from New South Wales, but it is not certain if White’s species is truly 
identical. Probably there is a complex in the genus of which ten or more 
species are before me. All have the cubital cell half the length of the basi- 
median, whereas the typical form has these two cells of almost equal length. 


LEPTOPEZA PULCHERRIMA Bezzi. 


Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 336—White, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Tasmania, 1916, 243. 

New South Wales: five specimens from Sydney and Blackheath, Sep- 
tember and November, 1917, 1919 and 1921; Tasmania: six specimens from 
Hobart and Mount Wellington, September to January, 1915, 1917 and 1924. 


HARDY. 249 


LEPTOPEZA BIMACULATA Bezzi. 

Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, li., 1904, 337-——White, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Tasmania, 1916, 242. 

Tasmania: Eighteen specimens from Hobart, Mount Wellington and 
Strahan, September to April, 1915, 1918, 1924. 

LEPTOPEZA TACHYDROMIAEFORMIS Bezzi. 

Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 338. 

LEPTOPEZA RUBRITHORAX White. 

White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 243. 

Tasmania: Ten specimens from Hobart and Mount Wellington, Sep- 
tember to January, 1916, 1917 and 1924. 

LEPTOPEZA LEVICOSTA White. 

White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 244. 

LEPTOPEZA SERRATICOSTATA White. 

White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania, 1916, 245. 

Tasmania: Seventeen specimens from Hobart, Mount Wellington, Wedge 
Bay, Launceston, September to December, 1916-1918; another from Brown’s 
River, April, 1917, may represent an allied species. 

Subfamily TacHyDROMIINAE. 
Key to genera of TACHYDROMIINAE. 
1. Cubital cell distinct. Imtermediate femora incrassate. 

22 G6 dalled Moo) 36 cs Ao Nana obu canada: ce - Tachydromia Meigen. 

Cubital céll absent. .. 6 WA eck IAC eae aI 2 
2. Basi-radial cell not, or but little shorter | than the _ basi- 


Melani...) 3. 
Basi-radial cell very much ‘shorter than the basi- median: ‘about half its 
length. 5. 

3. Legs without bristles. " Basi-radial cell ‘slightly ‘shorter than basi- 
median. .. . .. Isodapetis Collin. 
Legs with ‘bristles.  Basi- ‘radial ‘cell. slightly longer than  basi- 
median... .. i : 4. 

4. Antennae with apical seta. EEO CRO PAM cnr oe CN A " Chersodromia Walker. 
Antennae with dorsal seta... . ae Halsanalotes Becker. 


5. Third antennal segment short, scarcely longer than second. 
' ty Drapetis Meigen. 

Third antennal segment ‘distinctly longer than ‘second. 

SL COURIC ACE OEE Fae . Elaphropeza Macquart. 

‘Genus TACHYDROMIA Meigen. 

Meigen, Illig. Mag. Ins., ii., 1803, 269. 

Eight specimens from aaemnania (Mount Wellington, December and 
January, 1916, 1917) conform to this genus. 

Genus CHERSODROMIA Walker. 

Walker, Ins. Brit. Dipt., i., 1851, 137. « 

CHERSODROMIA LUTESCENS Bezzi. 

Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 358. 

Four specimens apparently congeneric with this species were taken on 
windows in Brisbane (October, 1922, 1925, and May, 1928), and they do not 
conform to the description sufficiently well to be regarded as conspecific 
with C. lutescens, which is from Sydney. 

Genus HautsaNaLotTes Becker. 

Becker, Mitteil. Zool. Mus. Berlin, ii., 1902, 42. 

HALSANALOTES SETIFRONS Bezzi. 
Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 357. 


250 NEW GENERIC NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


Genus DraPETIS Meigen. 
Meigen, System. Beschreib., iii., 1882, 91—Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, 
ii., 1904, 350. M 
DRAPETIS (CTENODRAPETIS) CILIATOCOSTA Bezzi. 
Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 355; and Wien. Ent. Zeit., xxiii., 
144 (reference only). 
Described from Brisbane where it is abundant and to be taken by 
sweeping grass; it occurs on windows throughout most of the year. 
Genus ELAPHROPEZA Macquart. 
Macquart, Ins. Dipt. d. Nord France, iii., 1827, 86. 
ELAPHROPEZ BICOLOR Bezzi. 
Bezzi, Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungary, ii., 1904, 357; and v., 1907, 567 (in key). 


FIVE NEW GENERIC NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 
By GILBERT P. WHITLEY, 
Ichthyologist, Australian Museum. 
(By permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 
Family OPHICHTHIIDAE. 
ZONOPHICHTHUS, ge7?. nov. 


Orthotype, Ophichthys cephalozona Bleeker (Atl. Ichth., iv., 1864, 45 & 49, pl. 
elvi., fig. 2. Amboina). 

Tail slightly longer than head and body, but shorter than in Muraena 
ophis Linné, the tautotype of Ophichthus Thunberg, 1789, and Ophisurus 
Lacépéde, 1800. Vomerine teeth in a single series; nasal teeth reaching 
beyond lower jaw; and a thorn-like caudal tip as in Centrurophis Kaup, 
1856, but differs from that genus in having a large dark mark on crown of 
head, descending over sides before gills and strongly contrasting with a 
light area before and behind it. If, as Weber & Beaufort suggest, Ophich- 
thys cephalozona Bleeker, 1864, is synonymous with Muraenopsis margin- 
atus Bleeker, 1863, ex Valenciennes MS., then this species will be known as 
Zonophichthus marginatus Bleeker. 

Family HEMIRAMPHIDAE. 
FARHIANS, gen. nN0v. 


Orthotype, Hemiramphus commersonii Cuvier (Regne Anim., ed. 2, ii., April, 
1829, 286, footnote 1. Based on Lacépéde, Hist. Nat. Poiss., v., 1803, pl. 
vii., fig. 3. “Indies” = East Indies, type locality by present designation) . 
Triangular part of upper jaw broader than long. Teeth tricuspid. 

Dorsal fin originating before anal and with its base twice as long as that 

of anal. Ventrals inserted nearer caudal fin than head. Pectorals not so 


WHITLEY. Boil 


long as head, excluding jaws. Body much deeper than wide, with less than 
sixty transverse series of scales, and with a series of large black spots on 
the sides. This species is generally known as Hemiramphus far (Forskaal), 
but the name far was only used in a vernacular sense, until 1837, when 
Riippell latinized it, but H. commersonii Cuvier, has priority. 


Family MucGILmae. 


ELLOCHELON, gen. nov. 


Orthotype, Mugil vaigiensis Quoy & Gaimard (Voy. Uranie & Physic., Zool., 

1825, 337, pl. lix., fig. 2. Waigiou). 

No adipose eyelid. Upper lip not thickened. Less than thirty trans- 
verse series of scales on body. Anal fin with eight rays. Pectorals blackish 
superiorly. 

I may here remark that Ello Gistel (Handb. Naturges., “1850” = 1847, 
356; Nat. Thierr., 1848, 109) is a synonym of Mugil Linné, 1758, which ap- 
pears to have been overlooked. 


Family APOGONIDAE. 
ASPISCIS, gen. nov. 


Orthotype, Apogon savayensis Giinther (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1871, 656. 

Savay, Samoa). 

Preoperculum serrated. Orbit and preorbital entire. Villiform teeth 
on jaws, vomer, and palatines; none on tongue. A flat opercular spine. 
Maxillary not reaching vertical of hinder margin of eye. A dark oblique 
streak from eye to preopercular angle. Scales large, ctenoid, in about 
twenty-five transverse series on body and in two rows between the first 
dorsal and the complete lateral line. Depth less than one-third standard 
length, slightly less than length of head. No subcutaneous peritoneal tube 
over anal. Seven smooth spines in first dorsal, which is separate from 
second. Vent immediately in advance of the short anal fin. Caudal in- 
cised. 

Family LaBRIDAE. 


DOTALABRUS, gen. NOV. 


Orthotype, Cheilinus aurantiacus Castelnau (Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Vict., 

i., July 15, 1872, 245. St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia). 

This handsome South Australian Parrot Fish is easily distinguished from 
Pseudolabrus and Cheilinus by the rounded margin of the pectoral fin and 
the pencilled membranes of the anterior dorsal. The basal halves of the 
dorsal and anal fins are scaleless and there are less than four rows of scales 
on the cheeks. Cheilinus aurantiacus was more fully described by Castelnau 
in the second volume of the work cited above. Labrichthys elegans Stein- 
dachner (Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 1xxxviii., 1, 1884, 1102, pl. vi., figs. 2-3. St. 
Vincent Gulf) is a synonym of Dotalabrus aurantiacus. 


252 


THE AUSTRALIAN ANTS OF THE GENUS DOLICHODERUS 
(FORMICIDAE). 


Subgenus HypociingEa Mayr. 


By J. Cuark, F.LS., 
Entomologist to the National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne. 


In the Genera Insectorum, 1912, Emery records seven species and one 
variety of this genus as occurring in Australia. Since that time one sub- 
species and two varieties have been added, making a total of eleven forms 
at present known. 

It is now proposed to add eight new species and to make a slight re- 
vision of those previously described. I have not seen the species described 
as Dolichoderus turneri Forel, from Queensland, but have included a rather 
free translation of the original description for the sake of completeness. 

Hypoclinea flavipes Kirby, was omitted by Emery from the Genera In- 
sectorum. The short description given by Kirby for this species is mis- 
leading and useless. It has been dealt with at the end of the paper. Forel 
has redescribed this ant as Iridomyrmex rostrinotus. Kirby’s name, how- 
ever, must taken precedence. 

So far as our Australian species are concerned this genus is badly de- 
fined. The characters given are suitable for the species of the group 
scrobiculatus Mayr, which resembles the European Dolichoderus (Hypo- 
clinea) quadripunctatus Linn. In this group the thorax is not furnished 
with spines, but the posterior margin of the epinotum overhangs the de- 
clivity. In the group scabridus Roger, the epinotum does not overhang the 
declivity, but is furnished with two long spines, directed upward, outward 
and backward. In the group doriae Emery, both the epinotum and prono- 
tum are furnished with spines. The node not spined. 

The females of the doriae group are unknown. Forel has described the 
male of doriae; the description is, however, too imperfect to be of any use. 
In the scabridus group only the male is known. One female, but no male, 
is known in the scrobiculatus group. 

For the use of Australian students, a brief generic description has been 
included. This deals with the workers only. 

Very little is at present known concerning these ants. They are fre- 
quently met with on plants infested with Scale-insects and Frog-hoppers, 
being attracted to the exudations of these insects. The nests generally are 
crude. Usually they are represented by temporary structures at the foot 
of a small plant or shrub, or, more frequently, under loose bark on the 
ground; very rarely under logs or stones. In these situations the ants. 
usually, are found clustered in a large mass of from 100 to 200 specimens, 
scattering rapidly in all directions when disturbed. Although many such 
nests have been examined the female has not been seen, but males often 
are present, together with larvae and pupae. 

The species of the scrobiculatus group are distributed widely through- 
out Australia, whilst the scabridus group is found mainly in Southern Aus- 
tralia. The doriae group is found in Queensland and New South Wales, 
one species ranging into Victoria. 

Genus DoLicHopERUs Lund. 


Ann. Sc. Nat., 23, p. 130, 1831; Forel, Bull. Soc. Vaud. Sc. Nat., 15, p. 386, 
1878; Emery, Genera Insectorum, Fasc., 137, p. 7, 1912. 
Subgenus HypocLinea Mayr. 


Emery, Genera Insectorum, Fasc., 137, p. 10, 1912; Hypoclinea Mayr., 
Verh. Zool-bot. Ver. Wien., 5, p. 377, 1855; Ver. Zool-bot. Ges. Wien., 12, p. 


ee 


pe 


CLARK. 253 


704, se Jour. Mus. Godeffroy, 12, p. 79, 1876; Emery, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., 
26, p. 234, 1894. 

Worker. Monomorphic. Head convex above. Maxillary palpi six, the 
labial palpi four segmented. Antennae with twelve segments. Clypeus 
convex, indented in the middle. Thorax variable, usually without spines, 
but in some species the epinotum is spined; in others both the epinotum 
and pronotum are spined. Node scale-like. inclined forward, convex or 
concave above, never spined. 

Males and females too little known to be defined. 

The following table will assist in determining the species:— 


1. Pronotum and epinotum furnished with spines... ........ 6—9. 
2. Epinotum only furnished with spines... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 10—15. 
a PeLnorax not furnished with) spines: 9.69266 ne eew) oo vn eG 85: 
4. Epinotum overhanging the declivity. .. .. 16—22, 
5. Epinotum not, or very slightly overhanging the declivity. : 23—25. 
6. Black. Spines of the pronotum as long as those of the epinotum. 

Node thin, concave above... .. . De emStts ISD) 
7. Black. Legs and spines red. Spines of the pronotum almost as long 

as those of the epinotum. Node straight on top... .. doriae Emery. 


8. Mandibles, antennae, spines and legs reddish. Spines of the pronotum 
slender, directed more outward and downward, one-third shorter than 
those of the epinotum... .. .. .. dentata Forel. 

9. Spines of the pronotum projecting laterally at ; a right angle, directed 
Slightly upward. Top of the oer, declivity striate. 

at extensispinosa Forel 
10. Legs red; ‘tarsi and mandibles brown. " Spines of the epinotum widely 


separated at the base... . .. .. seabridus Roger. 
11. As in scabridus Rog., but ‘the antennae. red. The spines more 
slender. .. .. .. .. Var. ruficornis Sants. 
12. Mandibles and legs red. " Spines ‘of ‘the epinotum meeting at the base, 
slender and erect. .. .. .. .. ypsilon Forel. 
13. As in ypsilon For., but ‘entirely ‘black, ‘the spines longer and more 
slender... .. .. .. var. nigra Crawley. 
14. As in ypsilon For., ‘but the ‘tibia, ‘tarsi ‘and anterior borders of the 
mandibles red. Spines short and thick. .. .. var. rufotibialis n. var. 
15. Black. Head as long as broad. Spines of the epinotum long and 
slender, almost parallel... .. . . .. .. angusticornis n.sp. 


16. Black. Mandibles and antennae reddish. Epinotal declivity finely 
transverse striate. Node thick, coarsely rugose. Pronotum flattened 


DOVES tear Hie Seal ieee eee een Lr SCTODICUIALUSI Mayr: 
17. Black. Mandibles, antennae and legs brown. Pronotum concave 
above in front. Node smooth and shining. .. .. .. occidentalis n.sp. 


18. Red. Antennae, node and gaster black, mandibles and legs brown. 
Pronotum concave longitudinally in the middle. Node smooth. 

. .. nigricornis n.sp. 

19. As in nigricornis nsp, ‘put the head and. antennae brown, legs reddish 


brown. Sculpture much finer... . ? formosus n.sp. 
20. Brownish red. Pronotum depressed above, ‘ smooth and shining. 
Epinotum only slightly overhanging the declivity. .. .. Clusor Forel. 
21. Red. Gaster yellowish red. Epinotum overhanging the declivity by 
fully half its length. Node thin... .. Pe TCTLELILS at SDs 


22. Brownish. Node thick, much broader than ‘the epinotum. Ss 
Seen EULnIent Forel (1). 
23. Head and gaster black, thorax red, legs ‘brown. iin reticulate and 
shining. Pronotum smooth, depressed in front. .. australis Andre, 


254 AUSTRALIAN ANTS OF GENUS DOLICHODERUS (FORMICIDAE). 


24. Red. Gaster black, mandibles, antennae and legs yellow. Size 
SMAI} si) s ss nf eye we bee RE) ene ves) oye Gio ee eine oe ore DO UU Satie De 
25. Black. Pronotum smooth and shining. Gaster densely pubescent. .. 
RR ERO CPST NOSES | eis. G0 -cUMOGmaae ay aa SAE Ao . .. goudiei n.sp. 
(1). From the description only. 
DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) DORIAE Emery. 
Figs. 1 & la. 
Ann. Mus. Nat. Civ. Stor. Genova, 24, p. 252, 1887, 9; Forel, Rev. Suisse 
Zool., 10, p. 461, 1902, ¢; Genera Insect., 137, p. 12, 1912, 9. 


Worker. Length: 8-8.5 mm. 

Black. Mandibles and antennae brown, legs and apex of the spines 
red. 

Shining. Head and thorax irregularly rugose-punctate. Clypeus 
longitudinally rugose. Antennal fovea striate-reticulate. Node coarsely 
rugose. Gaster densely and microscopically punctate. 

Hair yellow, erect, moderately long and abundant throughout, shorter 
and suberect on the antennae and legs. Pubescence very fine and ad- 
pressed on the antennae, long and abundant on the gaster, where it forms 
a dense yellowish clothing almost hiding the sculpture. 

Head ovate, much broader behind than in front, broadest just behind 
the eyes, occipital border and sides strongly convex. Frontal carinae erect, 
diverging outward behind, separated by almost their length. Clypeus con- 
vex on top, the anterior border convex, with a slight excision at the middle. 
Eyes small, globular, placed at the middle of the sides. Scapes of the an- 
tennae extending beyond the occipital border by fully one-third of their 
length; first segment of the funiculus slightly longer than the second, the 
others subequal. Mandibles armed with eleven teeth. Thorax fully twice 
as long as broad. Pronotum twice as broad as long, furnished with two 
long horizontal spines in front, directed forward and very slightly outward; 
they are as long as their distance apart at their base. Mesonotum circular, 
convex above, in profile dome shaped, raised well above the pronotum. 
Epinotum longer than broad, triangular, furnished with two long, sharp, 
almost straight, spines directed upward and backward, at an angle of forty- 
five degrees; in profile the dorsum is straight, the declivity forming a right 
angle, concave at the bottom. Node scale-like, three times broader than 
long, concave in front, convex behind; in profile the anterior face straight, 
the dorsum and posterior face united in a curve. Gaster longer than 
broad, the anterior border concave below. Legs long and slender. 

Hab.: Victoria, Fernshaw (W. Kershaw); Bogong High Plains and 
Ferntree Gully (F. E. Wilson). New South Wales, Blue Mountains (BE. W. 
Ferguson) ; Sydney (H. P. Schrader) ; Katoomba (W. W. Froggatt) ; Lismore 
(C. F. Deuquet) ; Wahroonga (H. J. Carter). Queensland, Toowoomba (W. 
B. Barnard); Tambourne Mountain (———__________); Stanthorpe (H. 
J. Carter, E. Sutton). 

The description given by Forel for the male of this species is inade- 
quate. It may apply to any species. There is nothing to indicate that the 
example is a male. 

DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) TRISTIS N.sp. 
Figs. 2 & 2a. 

Worker. Length: 8-8.8 mm. 

Black. Legs blackish brown. 

Shining. Head coarsely punctate. Clypeus more finely and sparsely 
punctate. Pronotum with large shallow punctures. Pronotum with 
similar punctures in front, almost effaced behind. The constriction and 


CLARK. 255 


anterior half of the epinotum almost smooth, posterior half punctate like 
the pronotum. Top of the node finely and irregularly rugose. Gaster 
densely and microscopically punctate. 

Hair yellow, suberect, short and rather sparse throughout. Pubescence 
apparent only on the gaster where it forms a fine yellowish covering, 
rather thin, by no means hiding the sculpture. 

Head a little longer than broad, broadest at the eyes, occipital border 
and sides strongly convex. Frontal carinae erect, separated by fully their 
length. Clypeus convex in the middle above, the anterior border convex, 
with a slight excision at the middle. Eyes globular, placed at the middle 
of the sides. Scapes of the antennae extending beyond the occipital 
border by one-third of their length; first segment of the funiculus fully 
one-third longer than the second, the others subequal. Masticatory border 
of the mandibles with nine denticles, the terminal border with nine large 
teeth. Thorax twice as long as broad. Pronotum twice as broad as long, 
furnished in front with two long slender spines directed forward, outward 
and downward, their length is equal to two-thirds of the distance apart 
at their base. Mesonotum longer than broad, broader in front than be- 
hind. Epinotum slightly longer than broad, furnished with two long, sharp, 
stout spines, directed outward and backward; in profile the spines are at 
an angle of thirty degrees, the dorsum flat, the declivity concave. Node 
thin on top, fully four times broader than long, concave laterally above, 
the anterior face feebly concave, the posterior convex; in profile flat in 
front, the posterior convex. Gaster much longer than broad. Legs long 
and slender. 

Hab.: New South Wales: Bondi (E. Zeck, G. F. Hill); Cooma (A. Mus- 
grave). 

Near D. (H.) doriae Emery, from which it differs in colour, sculpture, 
form of the node and spines. 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) DENTATA Forel. 
Figs. 3 & 3a. 


D. doriae Emery; var. dentata Forel; Rev. Suisse Zool., 10, p. 461, 1902, 
2; Emery, Genera Insect., 137, p. 12, 1912. 


Worker. Length: 17.7 mm. 

Head and gaster black, thorax brown, the epinotum and spines red, 
mandibles, clypeus, antennae and legs yellowish red. 

Shining. Head irregularly punctate-rugose. Clypeus finely striate- 
rugose longitudinally. Mandibles longitudinally striate and sparsely punc- 
tate. Pronotum and mesonotum coarsely punctate, the punctures large 
and shallow. The epinotum more shining, the punctures much wider 
apart. Top of the node irregularly rugose. Gaster microscopically reti- 
culate-punctate. 

Hair yellow, short and erect, very sparse, except on the gaster, very 
short on the antennae and legs. Pubescence apparent only on the gaster, 
where it forms a thin covering, by no means hiding the sculpture. 

Head as long as broad, broadest at the eyes, the occipital border 
straight, the sides strongly convex, the angles rounded. Frontal carinae 
short, their distance apart equal to their length. Clypeus convex above, 
the anterior border convex, deeply excised at the middle. Eyes globular, 
placed at the middle of the sides. Scapes extending beyond the occipital 
border by fully one-third of their length; first segment of the funiculus 
one-fifth longer than the second, the others subequal. Mandibles finely 
denticulate on the masticatory border, the denticles increasing in size from 
the base to the apex; the terminal border furnished with ten sharp teeth. 


256 AUSTRALIAN ANTS OF GENUS DOLICHODERUS (FORMICIDAE) . 


Thorax two and three-quarter times longer than broad. Pronotum twice 
as broad as long, furnished in front with two long, very slender spines 
directed forward and outward, as long as their distance apart at the base; 
in profile directed forward and downward, curved towards the apex. Meso- 
notum circular; in profile feebly convex longitudinally, not so high as the 
pronotum, there is a strong sharp tooth on the side below. Epinotum 
longer than broad, furnished with two long, sharp, slender spines directed 
upward, backward and outward; in profile they are at an angle of about 
forty degrees, the dorsum straight, the declivity concave. Node barely 
three times broader than long, the anterior and posterior borders straight, 
the dorsum feebly concave. Gaster longer than broad, the anterior face 
concave below. Legs long and slender. 

Hab.: Queensland, Mackay (G. Turner). 

Differs from D. (H.) doriae Emery, by the colour, spines and node, as 
well as by the large tooth on the sides of the mesonotum. 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) EXTENSISPINOSA Forel. 
Figs. 4 & 4a. 


D. (H.) doriae Emery; race extensispinosa Forel, Arkiv. f. Zool., 16, p. 
76, 1915, 9. 

Worker. Length: 8.5-8.8 mm. 

Brown. Mandibles, antennae and legs reddish, epinotum and spines 
more or less reddish. 

Shining. Head, thorax and dorsum of the node coarsely and irregu- 
larly punctate, clypeus more finely so. Mandibles finely reticulate, with 
sparse shallow punctures. Gaster microscopicaliy punctate. 

Hair yellow, erect, moderately long and abundant throughout. 
Pubescence yellow, apparent only on the gaster, where it forms a dense 
golden clothing, completely hiding the sculpture. 

Head longer than broad, almost as broad in front as behind, occipital 
border and sides convex. Frontal carinae feebly diverging behind, their 
distance apart equal to their length. The anterior border of the clypeus 
convex, with a slight concave excision at the middle. Eyes globular, placed 
slightly behind the middle of the sides. Scapes extending beyond the 
occipital border by fully one-third of their length; first segment of the 
funiculus barely twice as long as the second, third as long as the second. 
Mandibles with the masticatory border finely denticulate, the terminal 
border with nine to ten sharp teeth. Thorax two and a quarter times 
longer than broad. Pronotum one-fourth broader than long, furnished 
with a long slender spine on each side in front, directed outward at a right 
angle and slightly upward. Mesonotum longer than broad; in profile some- 
what saddle-shaped, convex in front, concave behind. Epinotum longer 
than broad, furnished with two long slender spines directed upward, back- 
ward and outward; in profile they are abruptly bent backward near the 
base, then rise at an angle of forty degrees, the dorsum straight, the de- 
clivity at an obtuse angle. Node twice as broad as long, the anterior face 
feebly concave, the posterior face straight, the sides and top convex. 
Gaster longer than broad, concave in front below. Legs long and slender. 

Hab.: Queensland, Blackall (type locality, E. Mjoberg); Samford (H. 
Hacker) . - 

The spines of the pronotum distinguish this from all the other species. 
In the three preceding species the spines are directed forward almost 
parallel with the thorax, whilst in the present species they project at right 
angle. 


ee 


CLARK. 257 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) SCABRIDUS Roger. 
Figs. 5 & 5a. 


D. scabridus Roger, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 6, p. 244, 1862, 9°. 

Polyrhachis foveolata Lowne, The Entomologist, Lond., 2, p. 334, 1865, 9. 

Hypoclinea scabrida Roger, Mayr. Verh. Zool-bot. Ges. Wien., 20, p. 956, 
2; Jour. Mus. Godeffroy, 12, p. 79, 1876, 9. 

Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) scabridus Roger; Emery, Genera Insect., 137, 
p. 13, 1912, 9. 

Worker. Length: 6.2-6.8 mm. 

Black. Legs red, spines of the epinotum reddish brown, mandibles and 
antennae brown, sometimes blackish brown. 

Shining. Head, thorax and node coarsely and irregularly punctate, 
those on the mesonotum and epinotum larger and more scattered than on 
the head, finely and densely reticulate between the punctures. Clypeus 
rugose. Mandibles sparsely punctate. Gaster microscopically punctate. 

Hair yellow, short and erect, moderately abundant throughout. 
Pubescence apparent only on the gaster, where it forms a distinct yellow 
clothing, but not hiding the sculpture. 

Head slightly longer than broad, convex behind and on the sides. 
Frontal carinae erect, parallel, longer than their distance apart. The 
anterior border of the clypeus convex, feebly excised in the middle. Eyes 
globular, placed at the middle of the sides. Scapes extending beyond the 
occipital border by one-third of their length; first segment of the funi- 
culus twice as long as the second and third. The masticatory border of 
the mandibles with eight denticles; the terminal border with nine or ten 
sharp teeth. Thorax twice as long as broad. Pronotum fully one-third 
broader than long, convex in front and on the sides. Mesonotum circular. 
Epinotum as long as broad, furnished with two long sharp spines, directed 
upward, outward and backward; in profile the dorsum convex, the de- 
clivity slightly concave, the spines rising at an angle of thirty degrees. 
Node twice as broad as long, the anterior border straight, the sides and 
posterior border convex; in profile parallel, the dorsum convex. Gaster 
concave in front below. Legs long and slender. 

Male. Length: 4-5 mm. 

Black. Mandibles, scapes and legs brown, metanotum red. 

Subopaque. Head, pronotum, scutellum and mesonotum coarsely punc- 
tate, the punctures shallow and scattered, the spaces between them densely 
reticulate. Top of the epinotum finely reticulate, the declivity and node 
finely transverse striate. Gaster densely and finely punctate. 

Hair yellow, erect, long and abundant throughout. Pubescence whitish, 
very fine and adpressed on the antennae and legs, longer and more abun- 
dant on the gaster. 

Head longer than broad, broader behind than in front, the occipital 
border and sides strongly convex. Frontal carinae short and erect. Clypeus 
convex above, the anterior border strongly convex, with a feeble excision 
in the middle. Eyes large and convex, slightly in front of the middle, 
occupying one-third of the sides. Ocelli large and prominent. Scapes 
fully three times as long as the first segment of the funiculus and twice as 
jong as the second. Mandibles large and triangular, finely and densely 
striate, furnished with numerous very fine sharp teeth. Pronotum hardly 
visible from above. Mesonotum large and convex, without traces of mayrian 
or parapsidal furrows. Scutellum convex. Epinotum short and broad, 
convex above; in profile as long as the declivity, the latter descending at 
an obtuse angle. Node thick, twice as broad as long, the anterior face and 
dorsum concave, the posterior face convex. Gaster longer than broad. 


258 AUSTRALIAN ANTS OF GENUS DOLICHODERUS (FORMICIDAE) . 


Cerci very long and thick. Genitalia partly retracted, the outer and middle 
processes long and slender, strongly curved downward. Legs long and 
slender. Wings subhyaline, with a slight smoky tinge. 

Hab.: New South Wales: Sydney (W. W. Froggatt,-H. P. Schrader) ; 
Lismore (C. F. Deuquet); Albury (F. E. Wilson). 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) SCABRIDUS Roger, var. RUFICORNIS Sants. 
Figs. 6 & 6a. 
Bull. Soc. Ent. Fr., 10, p. 175, 1916, 9. 


Worker. Length: 5-5.5 mm. 

Similar to D. (H.) scabridus Rog., from which it differs in colour and 
formation of the spines. 

Brown. Mandibles, antennae and legs red, gaster black. Sculpture 
and pilosity identical. The spines of the epinotum shorter and less diverg- 
ing; in profile they are barely as long as the dorsum of the epinotum; in 
scabridus they are at least one-fourth longer. 

Male. Length: 4-4.5 mm. 

Hab.: South Australia: Mount Lofty (A. H. Elston); Myponga (A. H. 
Elston). Victoria: Ararat (G. F. Hill); Mount William (J. Clark); Maldon 
(J. C. Goudie) ; Ferntree Gully (F. P. Spry); Cann River (J. Clark). 

Differ from the male of scabridus only in having the mandibles, scapes 
and legs red. Wings slightly brownish. 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) YPSILON Forel. 
Figs. 7 & Ta. 


Dolichoderus scabridus Rog.; race ypsilon Forel, Rev. Suisse Zool., 10, p. 
461, 1902. 

Dolichoderus ypsilon Forel, Fauna Sudwest. Australia, 1, p. 284, 1907, 
, 6; Arkiv. f. Zool., 16, p. 76, 1915; Emery, Genera Insect., 137, p. 13, 1912, 

Worker. Length: 5.3-5.8 mm. 

Black. Legs and spines red, mandibles and coxae darker red. 

Shining. Head punctate, the punctures shallow, the spaces between 
them finely reticulate. Pronotum and mesonotum with somewhat similar 
punctures, but more scattered. Top of the node coarsely rugose. Gaster 
microscopically punctate. 

Hair yellow, long and erect, abundant throughout, shorter and suberect 
on the antennae and legs. Pubescence very fine and adpressed on the 
antennae, coxae and legs, longer and more abundant on the gaster, where 
it forms a yellowish clothing, not hiding the sculpture. 

Head slightly longer than broad, the occipital border and sides convex. 
Frontal carinae short and parallel, as long as their distance apart. Clypeus 
with a distinct median groove from the base to the anterior border, the 
latter convex with a deep excision in the middle. Scapes extending beyond 
the occipital border by one-third of their length; first segment of the 
funiculus one-fourth longer than the second, and twice as long as the 
third. Eyes globular, placed at the middle of the sides. The masticatory 
border of the mandibles furnished with fine denticles; terminal border with 
strong sharp teeth. Thorax one and two-thirds times longer than broad. 
Pronotum one-third broader than long, convex above. Mesonotum slightly 
broader than long, feebly convex above. Epinotum short, as long as broad, 
furnished with two long sharp spines, directed upward, outward and back- 
ward, meeting at their base; in profile the dorsum short, almost fully oc- 
cupied by the base of the spines, they are nearly straight and rise at an 
angle of sixty degrees, the declivity abrupt, longer than the basal face. 


. 


CLARK. 259 


Node fully twice as broad as long, concave in front, convex behind, the 
dorsum straight; in profile parallel, to near the top, the dorsum and pos- 
terior face united in a convexity. Gaster longer than broad, concave in 
front below. Legs long and slender. 

Male. Length: 4-4.8 mm. 

Yellowish red, gaster darker, apical segments brown. 

Opaque. Scutellum, epinotum, node and gaster more or less shining. 
Head and mesonotum very finely reticulate and with some very shallow 
scattered punctures. 

Hair yellow, erect, abundant throughout. Pubescence whitish, hardly 
apparent, except on the antennae and legs. 

Head almost as broad as long, strongly convex behind and on the sides. 
Frontal carinae short and erect. Clypeus convex above, produced in front. 
Eyes very large and convex, occupying a little more than half the sides of 
the head. Ocelli very large and globular. Scapes fully three times longer 
than the first segment of the funiculus, and almost twice as long as the 
second. Mandibles furnished with numerous small sharp teeth. Mesono- 
tum overhanging and hiding the pronotum in front; mayrian furrows not 
apparent, parapsidal furrows sharply impressed. Scutellum almost cir- 
cular, broader than long. Epinotum short and broad; in profile convex 
longitudinally, the declivity abrupt, as long as the dorsum. Node one and 
one-third times broader-than long. Gaster much longer than broad. Cerci 
long and stout. Outer and middle processes of the genitalia slender, 
strongly curved downward at the points. Wings hyaline, with a slight 
smoky tinge. Legs long and slender. 

Hab.: Western Australia. Widely distributed in the south-west corner 
from Geraldton to Albany. 

In general appearance this species is much like D. scabridus, but is 
readily separated by its finer build and sculpture; the spines, too, are 
differently shaped. 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) YPSILON Forel, var. NIGRA Crawley. 
Figs. 8 & 8a. 
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 9, 10, p. 25, 1922, 9. 


Worker. Length: 5.5-5.8 mm. 

Differs from D. ypsilon Forel, as follows: Entirely black, legs blackish 
brown. Spines of the epinotum longer and more slender and more dis- 
tinctly curved. The node a little smaller and sharper above. Sculpture 
and pilosity identical. 

Hab.: Western Australia: Armadale, Mundaring and Perth (J. Clark). 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) YPSILON Forel, var. RUFOTIBIALIS Nn. var. 
Figs. 9 & 9a. 


Worker. Length: 6-6.5 mm. 

Differs from D. ypsilon Forel, as follows: — 

Apical margins of the mandibles, trochanters, knees, tibia and tarsi 
red; antennae and femora brown. The spines of the epinotum shorter 
and thicker, the dorsum of the epinotum longer. The mesonotum level, 
with the pronotum and epinotum forming almost a straight back. The 
tooth on the side of the mesonotum much less pronounced. The node 
thinner below, much more convex behind. 


Hab.: Western Australia: Albany (J. Clark). 


260 AUSTRALIAN ANTS OF GENUS DOLICHODERUS (FORMICIDAE). 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) ANGUSTICORNIS N.sp. 
Figs. 10 & 10a. 

Worker. Length: 6.3-6.7 mm. 

Black. Legs and apical half of the spines brownish red. 

Subopaque. Mandibles shining with large scattered punctures. Head 
coarsely punctate-rugose. Clypeus longitudinally rugose. Thorax with 
very large shallow punctures, densely reticulate between and in the punc- 
tures. Epinotal declivity shining, finely transverse striate. Node strongly 
striate transversely behind. Gaster densely and microscopically punctate. 

Hair yellow, erect, long and abundant throughout, shorter and suberect 
on the legs. Pubescence not apparent, except on the gaster, where it forms 
a yellowish, rather coarse covering, hiding the sculpture. 

‘Head as long as broad, broader behind than in front, the occipital 
border straight. the sides strongly convex. Frontal carinae separated by 
fully their length. Clypeus convex above. the anterior border feebly convex, 
almost straight. not excised in the middle. Eyes globular, placed at the 
middle of the sides. Scapes extending beyond the occipital border by one- 
third of their length; first segment of the funiculus one-third longer than 
the second, the others subequal. The masticatory border of the mandibles 
feebly denticulate; the terminal border with seven or eight strong sharp 
teeth. Thorax one and one-third times longer than broad. Pronotum 
almost one and three-quarter times broader than long, convex above. Meso- 
notum circular, convex above. there is a strong sharp tooth on the sides 
below. Epinotum as broad as Jong, furnished with two long slender, almost 
parallel spines, feebly directed outward above; in profile the spines rise at 
an angle of seventy-five degrees, their base occupying almost all the sur- 
face of the epinotum, the declivity abrupt and straight. one and a half 
times longer than the dorsum. Node three times broader than long, rather 
deeply concave on top, the anterior face concave. the posterior convex. 
Gaster longer than broad, concave in front below. Legs long and slender. 

Hab.: Western Australia: Burracoppin (G. Cadd). 

Resembles D. ypsilon Forel, in colour, but is readily separated by the 
form of the head, spines and node. 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) SCROBICULATUS Mayr. 
Figs. 11 & lla. 


Emery. Genera Insect.. 137. p. 13. 1912. °. 

Hypoclinea scrobiculata Mayr, Jour. Mus. Godeffroy, 12, p. 79 & 80, 
1876. °. 

Worker. Length: 4.5-4.8 mm. 

Black, the thorax sometimes brownish black, mandibles and scapes red, 
funiculus and legs darker. 

Shining. Head, thorax and node coarsely punctate. Clypeus more 
striate-rugose. Mandibles smooth, with some large shallow punctures. 
Gaster microscopically punctate. 

Hair yellow, erect, long and abundant throughout, shorter on the an- 
tennae and legs. Pubescence apparent only on the gaster, where it forms 
a thin yellowish covering, not hiding the sculpture. 

Head longer than broad, the occipital border feebly, and the sides 
strongly, convex. Frontal carinae dilated at the middle, as long as their 
distance apart. Clypeus convex above, the anterior border convex, with a 
deep and wide excision in the middle. Eyes globular, placed slightly behind 
the middle of the sides. Scapes extending beyond the occipital border by 
one-fourth of their length; first segment of the funiculus one third longer 


CLARK. 261 


than the second and third. The masticatory border of the mandibles finely 
denticulate, the terminal border with ten or twelve sharp teeth. Thorax 
one and a half times longer than broad. Pronotum almost three times 
broader than long, feebly convex above. Mesonotum convex above. Epino- 
tum as long as broad, the sides and posterior border feebly convex; in 
profile the dorsum strongly convex longitudinally, much higher in front 
than behind, overhanging the declivity, the latter slightly longer than the 
dorsum and strongly concave. Node barely twice as broad as long, the 
anterior face feebly, the posterior face strongly, convex; in profile parallel 
to near the top, where both faces are convex, meeting and forming a 
ridge on the dorsum. Gaster concave in front below. Legs robust. 

Hab.: Queensland: Brisbane (H. Hacker); Bribie Island (H. Hacker); 
Toowoomba (W. B. Barnard); Rockhampton (H. J. Carter). New South 
Wales: Sydney (W. W. Froggatt). 


DOoOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) TURNERI Forel. 


Rev. Suisse Zool., 10, p. 462, 1902, 9. 

Emery, Genera Insect., 137, p. 13, 1912, 9. 

Worker. Length: 3.4-4.5 mm. 

Head triangular or almost cordiform, strongly reduced in front, with 
strongly convex sides, broadly emarginate behind. Mandibles large, smooth 
and shining, punctate, armed in front with one large and three small teeth, 
and a series of very small denticles, about eight or nine. Clypeus impressed 
longitudinally on its anterior half. Scapes pass the occiput a little. Eyes 
placed behind the middle, at the posterior two-fifths. Pronotum broad, 
bluntly produced. Sutures of the thorax strongly impressed; in profile 
forming three successive convexities of almost equal length, situated on the 
same horizontal plane, feebly sub-bordered. The basal face of the epinotum 
almost square, terminated by a sharp ridge overhanging the declivity, the 
latter high and deeply concave, the superior half of the sides marginate 
(shape analogous to that of D. taschenbergi, mariae and quadripunctatus) . 
Node very thick, much broader than the epinotum, rounded above, about 
four times broader than thick. Abdomen large, slightly concave in front. 

Head and thorax strongly, coarsely and irregularly reticulate-punctate, 
node a little more feebly so; bottom of the punctures shining and feebly 
sculptured. Face of the declivity feebly and transversely striate. Abdomen 
very finely and densely punctate, subopaque, members less densely punc- 
tate, rather shining. An erect pilosity, fine and pointed, spread on the 
body, shorter and suberect on the antennae and legs. Pubescence greyish 
yellow, moderately long on the abdomen, node, antennae and legs, partly 
hiding the sculpture on the abdomen. 

Head thorax and anterior legs reddish brown. Mandibles, antennae 
node, abdomen and the rest of the legs yellow russet or brownish. 

The whole insect short and massive. 

Hab.: Queensland: Mackay (G. Turner). 

I have not seen this species, but it appears to be very distinct from all 
the other known forms. 

DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) REFLEXUS N.Sp. 
; Figs. 13 & 13a. 

Worker. Length: 4-4.3 mm. 

Red. Mandibles, antennae, legs and gaster testaceous; on some ex- 
amples there are two dark bands on the gaster. Eyes black, funiculus 
brown. 

Shining. Head, thorax and node coarsely punctate, with a fine reti- 
culation between the punctures. Gaster microscopically punctate, 


262 AUSTRALIAN ANTS OF GENUS DOLICHODERUS (FORMICIDAE) . 


Hair yellow, long and erect, abundant throughout, shorter on the an- 
tennae and legs. No pubescence apparent. 

Head slightly longer than broad, strongly convex behind and on the 
sides. Frontal carinae diverging behind, slightly longer than their dis- 
tance apart. Clypeus convex above, the anterior border convex, with a 
distinct concave excision in the middle. Eyes globular, placed at the 
middle of the sides. Scapes extending beyond the occipital border by one- 
fourth of their length; first segment of the funiculus one-fifth longer than 
the second, third slightly shorter than the second. Thorax one and two- 
thirds times longer than broad. Pronotum twice as broad as long, convex 
in front, the anterior angles bluntly produced, the dorsum feebly concave 
in the middle. Mesonotum convex above. Epinotum one and a third 
times longer than broad, convex laterally, the posterior border short and 
excised in the middle, appearing slightly bilobed; in profile very strongly 
convex above, dome-shaped, overhanging the declivity by half its length, 
the declivity short, strongly concave, the superior border margined, the 
sides submargined. Node fully twice as broad as long, in front it is feebly, 
behind strongly, convex, the dorsum convex laterally. Gaster longer than 
broad, concave in front below. Legs robust. 

Hab.: South Australia: Murray Bridge, Mount Lofty (A. H. Elston). 

Apparently near D. turneri Forel, but the formation of the head readily 
separate them. 

DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) CLUSOR Forel. 
Figs. 18 & 18a. 


Fauna, Sudwest. Aust., 1, p. 285, 1907, 9°. 

Emery, Genera Insect., 137, p. 12, 1912, 9. 

Worker. Length: 3.8-4.3 mm. 

Brownish-red. Head, except the clypeus, darker; mandibles and legs 
more yellowish-red, gaster black. 

Subopaque, gaster shining. Head punctate-reticulate, the punctures 
large, shallow and scattered. Pronotum finely reticulate, with large shallow 
punctures. Mesonotum more coarsely punctate-reticulate. Epinotum finely 
rugose. Gaster microscopically reticulate. 

Hair yellow, long and erect, abundant throughout, shorter and sub- 
erect on the antennae and legs. 

Head longer than broad, the occipital border short and straight, the 
sides and angles strongly convex. Frontal carinae diverging slightly be- 
hind, as long as their distance apart. Clypeus convex above, the anterior 
border convex, with a distinct concave excision in the middle. Eyes large 
and convex, placed at the middle of the sides. Scapes extending beyond 
the occipital border by one-third of their length; first segment of the funi- 
culus one-fourth longer than the second, third slightly shorter than the 
second. Mandibles smooth, with shallow scattered punctures, the masti- 
catory with feeble denticles; the terminal border with ten to twelve sharp 
teeth. Thorax one and three-quarter times longer than broad, convex in 
front and on the sides, the angles bluntly rounded; flattened or feebly 
concave above. Mesonotum convex above. Epinotum one-third longer 
than broad, convex laterally, the posterior border convex; in profile strongly 
convex above, very slightly overhanging the declivity, the latter concave, 
margined on the sides and above. Node three times broader than long, 
feebly concave in front, convex behind and above. Gaster longer than 
broad, concave in front below. Legs robust. 

Hab.: Western Australia: Fremantle, Perth, Armadale, Ludlow (J. 
Clark). oe 

This species comes closest to D. australis Andre, from Victoria. 


CLARK. 263 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) AUSTRALIS Andre. 
Figs. 19 & 19a. 


Rev. d’Ent., p. 105, 1896, 9. 

Emery, Genera Insect., 137, p. 12, 1912, 9. 

Worker. Length: 4.5-4.8 mm. 

Head and gaster black, thorax and node red, mandibles, antennae and 
legs brownish-red, brown on some examples. 

Subopaque. Gaster smooth and shining. Head very finely and densely 
punctate, with some large, very shallow, scattered punctures. Mandibles 
smooth with a few scattered punctures. Pronotum almost smooth, micro- 
scopically reticulate. Mesonotum and epinotum more distinctly reticulate, 
with a few large shallow punctures. Node reticulate above. 

Hair yellow, long and erect, abundant throughout, shorter and sub- 
erect on the antennae and legs. No pubescence apparent. 

Head one-fourth longer than broad, as broad in front as behind, the 
occipital border and sides convex. Frontal carinae diverging behind, 
slightly longer than their distance apart. Clypeus convex above, with a 
longitudinal groove in the middle, more apparent in front than behind, 
anterior border convex, with a deep excision in the middle. Eyes large and 
rather flattened. Scapes extending beyond the occipital border by fully 
one-third of their length; first segment of the funiculus one-fourth longer 
than the second. Masticatory border of the mandibles feebly denticulate; 
the terminal border with eleven sharp teeth. Thorax twice as long as 
broad. Pronotum one-fourth broader than long, flattened above, on some 
examples it is feebly concave longitudinally. Mesonotum convex above. 
Epinotum as long as broad, strongly convex laterally, the posterior border 
convex; in profile strongly convex, higher in front than behind, not, or 
very slightly, overhanging the declivity, the latter concave, as long as the 
dorsum. Node three times broader than long, the anterior face feebly, the 
dorsum and posterior face strongly, convex; in profile scale-like, the anterior 
face straight, the posterior strongly convex. Gaster longer than broad, 
concave in front below. Legs robust. 

Hab.: Victoria: Ferntree Gully (F. P. Spry); Ringwood (F. E. Wilson) ; 
Warburton (L. B. Thorn); Maldon (J. C. Goudie) . 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) PARVUS N.Sp. 
Figs. 16 & 16a. 

Worker. Length: 3-3.2 mm. 

Yellowish red, mandibles and antennae testaceous, legs clear yellow, 
gaster brown. 

Shining. Head very finely reticulate. Mandibles smooth. Pronotum 
microscopically reticulate. Mesonotum reticulate, coarser than on the head. 
Epinotum and node rugose. Gaster shining, microscopically punctate. 

Hair yellow, long and erect, abundant throughout, shorter on the an- 
tennae and legs. No pubescence apparent. 

Head one-fifth longer than broad, the posterior border feebly, the sides 
strongly convex. Frontal carinae diverging behind, longer than their dis- 
tance apart. Clypeus convex above, the anterior border convex, with a 
distinct excision in front. Eyes large and convex, occupying fully one- 
fourth of the sides of the head. Scapes extending beyond the occipital 
border by barely one-fourth of their length; first segment of the funiculus 
one-third longer than the second, third slightly longer than the second. 
Mandibles finely denticulate on the masticatory border; terminal border 
with ten large sharp teeth. Thorax twice as long as broad. Pronotum 
slightly broader than long, flattened above, convex in front and on the 


264 AUSTRALIAN ANTS OF GENUS DOLICHODERUS (FORMICIDAE) . 


sides. Mesonotum convex above. Epinotum as long as broad, the posterior 
border convex; in profile strongly convex longitudinally, not overhanging 
the declivity, the latter concave, barely as long as the dorsum. Node scale- 
like, four times broader than long, the anterior face straight, the dorsum 
and posterior face convex. Gaster longer than broad, concave in front be- 
low. Legs slender. 

Hab.: Victoria: Sea Lake (J. C. Goudie). 

A very distinct species, not near any other known. 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) GOUDIEI Nn.sp. 
Figs. 17 & 17a. 

Worker. Length: 3.6-4 mm. 

Black. Mandibles, antennae and legs brown. 

Subopaque. Head reticulate-punctate, the punctures large and scat- 
tered. Mandibles finely punctate. Pronotum smooth, microscopically 
punctate, with some large scattered punctures. Mesonotum finely rugose; 
epinotum coarsely so. Gaster densely and microscopically punctate. 

Hair yellow, erect, moderately long and abundant throughout. Pubes- 
eence yellow, rather long and close lying, longer and more abundant on 
the gaster, where it forms a distinct clothing almost hiding the sculpture. 

Head slightly longer than broad, the occipital border straight, or very 
feebly convex, the sides convex. Frontal carinae hardly diverging, a little 
longer than their distance apart. Clypeus convex above, with a deep 
longitudinal groove in the middle from the base to the anterior border, the 
latter convex, excised in the middle. Scapes extending beyond the occi- 
pital border by fully one-fourth of their length; first segment of the funi- 
culus one-fifth longer than the second, the third slightly shorter than the 
second. Masticatory border of the mandibles with fine denticles; the ter- 
minal border with ten to twelve strong sharp teeth. Thorax barely twice 
as long as broad. Pronotum one-fourth broader than long, flattened above. 
Mesonotum convex above. Epinotum slightly longer than broad, convex; 
in profile the dorsum convex, dome-shaped, the declivity as long as the 
dorsum, concave towards the bottom, the slightly overhanging superior 
border and sides margined. Node four times broader than long; in profile 
scale-like, thick at the base and tapering to a blunt point above. Gaster 
feebly concave in front below. Legs robust. 

Hab.: Victoria: Maldon (J. C. Goudie). 

This species is readily distinguished from all others by the strongly 
pubescent gaster, colour, sculpture and thin node. 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) NIGRICORNIS N.sp. 
Figs. 14 & 14a. 


Worker. Length: 4-4.3 mm. 


Bright red. Eyes and gaster black, antennae and legs brownish black, 
mandibles and clypeus yellowish red. 

Subopaque, gaster shining. Head coarsely and irregularly punctate. 
Clypeus longitudinally striate, almost rugose. Pronotum rugose, but not 
coarsely so, with some large shallow punctures at the sides. Mesonotum 
and epinotum coarsely rugose. Gaster microscopically punctate. 

Hair yellow, short and erect, abundant throughout, but a little longer 
and more numerous on the gaster. Pubescence not apparent. 

Head one-sixth longer than broad, the occipital border feebly, the sides 
strongly convex. Frontal carinae slightly longer than their distance 
apart. Clypeus convex above, the anterior border convex, feebly indented 


CLARK. 265 


in the middle. Eyes small and convex. Scapes extending beyond the occi- 
pital border by one-third of their length; first segment of the funiculus 
one-fifth longer than the second, third as long as the second. Mandibles 
furnished with twelve sharp teeth. Thorax twice as long as broad. Prono- 
tum almost twice as broad as long, the anterior border feebly convex, the 
angles bluntly rounded, the dorsum concave longitudinally; in profile flat 
above, the anterior face short and abrupt, the angles produced outward and 
forward. Mesonotum convex above. Epinotum longer than broad, convex 
laterally, the posterior border straight; in profile strongly convex longi- 
tudinally, overhanging the declivity, the latter strongly concave, one-third 
shorter than the dorsum, the superior border sharply margined. Node 
almost three times as broad as long, feebly concave in front, strongly con- 
vex above and behind. Gaster longer than broad, concave in front below. 
Legs long and robust. 
Hab.: Western Australia: Tammin (J. Clark). 


The produced angles of the pronotum readily distinguish this from all 
the other species. 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) FORMOSUS N.sp. 
Figs. 15 & 15a. 
Worker. Length: 4.5-5 mm. 


Head and gaster black, mandibles and thorax red, antennae and legs 
brown, or reddish brown. On a few examples the head is blackish brown, 
the clypeus lighter. 

Subopaque. Coxae, node and gaster smooth and shining. Head 
coarsely punctate and finely reticulate. Clypeus finely longitudinally 
striate. Thorax punctate-rugose and finely reticulate. 

Hair yellow, erect, rather short, but abundant throughout, suberect on 
the antennae and legs. Pubescence not apparent. 

Head longer than broad, as broad behind as in front, the occipital 
border feebly, the sides strongly, convex. Frontal carinae as long as their 
distance apart. Clypeus convex above, the anterior border convex, with a 
deeply excised concavity in the middle. Eyes large, convex, placed at the 
middle of the sides. Scapes extending beyond the occipital border by 
barely one-third of their length; first segment of the funiculus one-tenth 
longer than the second, the other subequal. Masticatory border of the 
mandibles feebly denticulate, terminal border with nine or ten strong sharp 
teeth. ‘Thorax twice as long as broad. Pronotum one and two-third times 
bréader than long, convex in front, the angles bluntly rounded, depressed, 
or feebly concave longitudinally above. Epinotum one and one-third times 
longer than broad, the posterior border convex; in profile strongly convex 
longitudinally, one-third longer than the declivity, the latter strongly con- 
cave. Node slender, three times as broad as long, the dorsum convex; in 
profile both faces convex toward the top, the latter bluntly pointed. Gaster 
longer than broad, feebly concave in front below. Legs robust. 

Female. Length: 6.8 mm. 

Similar to the worker, but much larger and winged. The colour is 
brighter. On the mesonotum there is a large black spot on the anterior 
margin and an elongate black spot on each side near the middle. The 
scutellum is smooth and shining, the gaster very finely and densely punc- 
tate. Wings missing. 

Hab.: Western Australia: Armadale, Mundaring, Mount Dale (J. Clark). 

Near D. nigricornis, but readily distinguished by the colour, sculpture, 
shape of the thorax and node. 


266 


AUSTRALIAN ANTS OF GENUS DOLICHODERUS (FORMICIDAE). 
EXPLANATION OF FIGURES. 

Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) doriae Emery. Dorsal view. a, profile of 
thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) tristis n.sp. Dorsal view. a, profile of 
thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) dentata Forel. Dorsal view. a, profile of 
thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) eztensispinosa Forel. Dorsal view. a, 
profile of thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) scabridus Roger. Dorsal view. a, profile 
of thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) var. ruficornis Santschi. Dorsal view. 4a, 
profile of thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) ypsilon Forel. Dorsal view. a, profile of 
thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) var. nigra Crawley. Dorsal view. a, profile 
of thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) var. rufotibialis n.var. Dorsal view. a, 
profile of thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) angusticornis n.sp. Dorsal view. a, profile 
of thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) scrobiculatus Mayr. Dorsal view. a, profile 
of thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) occidentalis n.sp. Dorsal view. a, profile 
of thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) reflerus n.sp. Dorsal view. a, profile of 
thorax. : 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) nigricornis n.sp. Dorsal view. a, profile of 
thorax. : 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) formosus n.sp. Dorsal view. a, profile of 
thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) parvus n.sp. Dorsal view. a, profile of 
thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) goudiei n.sp. Dorsal view. a, profile of 
thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) clusor Forel. Dorsal view. a, profile of 
thorax. 
Dolichoderus (Hypoclinea) australis Andre. Dorsal view. a, profile 
of thorax. 
Iridomyrmex flavipes Kirby. Dorsal view. a, profile of thorax. 


CE o=())) 


ast / = 
: Yee 
E5KG = => 75 Ce 5 YY, 
Pele SEE 
poe, m (Ste 2 


t HX , 
, ; “ta @ersr ETT hk 


268 AUSTRALIAN ANTS OF GENUS DOLICHODERUS (FORMICIDAE). 


DOLICHODERUS (HYPOCLINEA) OCCIDENTALIS N.sp. 
Figs. 12 & 12a. 


Worker. Length: 4.7-5 mm. 

Black. Mandibles and legs brownish black. 

Subopaque. Head and thorax coarsely punctate, slightly coarser on 
the thorax, almost rugose. Mandibles finely punctate. Gaster micro- 
scopically punctate. 

Hair yellow, erect, moderately long and abundant throughout. Pubes- 
cence very fine and adpressed on the gaster. 

Head one-fifth longer than broad, the occipital border feebly, the sides 
xtrongiy convex. Frontal carinae parallel, longer than their distance 
apart. Clypeus convex above, the anterior border convex, with a feeble 
excision in the middle. Eyes convex, placed at the middle of the sides. 
Scapes extending beyond the occipital border by one-third of their length; 
first segment of the funiculus slightly longer than the second, third as long 
as the second. Mandibles with ten to twelve sharp teeth. Thorax twice as 
long as broad. Pronotum one-fourth broader than long, the anterior angles 
very bluntly produced forward, forming a concavity in front. Mesonotum 
convex above. Epinotum one-third longer than broad; in profile strongly 
convex, the posterior border inclined slightly upward, overhanging the de- 
clivity, the latter shorter than the dorsum, margined above and on the 
sides. Node rather slender, three times as broad as long, feebly concave in 
front, convex above and behind. Gaster longer than broad, concave in 
front below. Legs long and robust. 

Hab.: Western Australia: Albany (J. Clark). 

Near D. scrobiculatus Mayr, but readily separated from it by the form 
of the pronotum and node. From D. nigricornis, it differs by the colour, 
pilosity and the form of the epinotum and node. 


IRIDOMYRMEX FLAVIPES Kirby. 
Figs. 20 & 20a. 


Hypoclinea flavipes Kirby, Result Horn. Exped. Zool. Suppl. 1, p. 206, 
1896, 2; Froggatt, Cat. Aust. Ants. Agric. Gaz., p. 22, 1905, 9. 


Iridomyrmex rostrinotus Forel, Rev. Suisse Zool., 18, p. 53, 1910, ¢, ¢, 2: 
Emery, Genera Insect., fasc., 137, p. 26, 1912; Crawley. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 
9, 16, p. 595, 1925, 9°. 


The type of Hypoclinea flavipes Kirby, is in the collection of the National 
Museum. It has been compared with cotypes of Iridomyrmex rostrinotus 
Forel. They are identical. 

The description given by Kirby for H. flavipes is not only useless, it is 
absurd. 

The description of J. rostrinotus Forel, is very complete, but I may add 
that the colour of the legs varies from brown to yellowish red. I have given 
figures (20 and 20a) to supplement Forel’s description. This figure is from 
the type of flavipes. 

This ant has a very wide distribution throughout the central Australian 
region, being found wherever the Porcupine grass grows. It is known as 
the “Spinifex Ant.” 

The late Sir Baldwin Spencer gave a most interesting and complete 
account of this species in the Narrative of the Horn Expedition, Vol. 1, pp. 
69-72, 1896. 


269 


CHECK LIST OF THE AUSTRALIAN CISTELIDAE. 
ORDER—COLEOPTERA. 
By H. J. Carter, B.A. 


Plates xviii. & xix. 
Preface. 


The catalogue of Australian Coleoptera, published by Masters, in 1886, 
enumerated fourteen genera and seventy-one species of this family, of 
which five genera and nineteen species have since been sunk as synonyms 
or shown to be superfluous. The present list contains twenty-four genera 
and one hundred and ninety-eight species, an increase of 71.5% in genera 
and 177.5 % in species. 


The following genera have been superseded:— 


Atractus Lac. (nom. praeoce.). Now Aethyssius Pasc. 
Neoatractus Borech. Superfluous. 

Lisa Haag. = Metistete Pasc. 

Ismarus Haag. Now Simarus Borch. 

Allecula F. Australian species merged in Homotrysis Pasc. 
Cistela F. Australian species merged in Nocar Blkb. 


“In the Junk Catalogue, Borchmann followed Seidlitz in substituting 
the name ALLEcuLIDAE for CISTELIDAE on the ground that Cistela was used 
by Geoffroy (1764) in another family, and therefore Cistela F. (1773) was 
praeoccupied. Geoffroy’s names, however, are not accepted, hence Cistela 
F. is a valid genus, with type sulphurea Latr. (1810), and the family name 
is therefore correctly Cistelidae.” (1). 

The family is clearly separated from the TENEBRIONIDAE by the pec- 
tinate claws and the presence of lamellae on the tarsi, of which there are, 
in the Australian species, two on each of the four anterior and a single 
lamella on the penultimate segment of the post tarsi. The anterior coxal 
cavities are, in general, closed behind. 

In this family the males, in all species examined, display well- 
developed genital forceps, somewhat similar to, though less prominent than 
those in the Phalidurine weevils (2). 

These are especially notable in the larger forms of Hybrenia, Homo- 
trysis and Metistete, and in the last genus were noted by Blackburn (3). 
The females frequently display an extended ovipositor. 

The genera show few distinct characters that allow of simple clear 
cut tabulation; the Darwinian test, a combination of small differences, 
forming the rule for generic distinction. The species, however, are 
generally well differentiated by sculpture and frequently by sexual char- 
acters, seen in the form of teeth or excisions, associated with the tibiae or 
femora, besides differences of antennal structure. 


An asterisk before a name denotes a species unknown to the author. 
The genera may be arranged in two distinct groups:— 


Group I. Having simple mandibles, acutely pointed, the head pro- 
duced into a nozzle. 
Group IJ. Having bifid mandibles, the head little produced. 


These may be tabulated as follows:— 


(1). Note reprinted from Tr. Roy. Soc. S.A., 1920, p. 198. 
(2). Vide Roy. Soc. Vict., 1915, p. 54 and pil. vi, 
(3). Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 1888, p. 1438, 


270 


1s 


12. 


CHECK LIST OF THE AUSTRALIAN CISTELIDAE. 
Group I. 

Prothorax oblong or cylindric... .. . ae 2: 
Prothorax transverse, its sides more or ‘less rounded. a Bh 
Antennal segment 11 nearly or quite as long as 10. sre By 
Antennal segment 11 much shorter than 10... .. .. .. .. Anazo. 
Prothorax cylindric, intercoxal process truncate or rounded. Aethyssius. 
Prothorax subdepressed, intercoxal process triangular. .. 4. 
Surface metallic (except in A. rufovittis), ¢ with post tibiae excised 
and flattened. ie JWlice) sa) Alemeonis: 
Surface non- -metallic, 3 with ost tibiae, “and ‘sometimes femora 
widened. a : | wears, (Chromomocr- 
Prothorax widened at middle. shat elsay Ser OaRie ee SIA, eee ened C7IDEC TRL ELEN 
Prothorax) widest) behind middles 22 tye. 2.155 4) ee 6. 
AITUENN AC TSHONG! wag fey see ancl hots be ee eae ae ane ee We 
Antennae long. .. .. MeSHadnemcademas ued. eho Goss. 
Elytra metallic, irregularly punctate. MRP AGA MeL Ales ye6e MADE A AIL. 
Elytra non- -metallic, striate-punctate! ya) en ee on oe 8. 
Hyes large and) approximate: £1) 2. 22). ley) eieed oe nein RLU RIEe 
Eyes smaller and distant. BND ae 9. 
Elytra not wider than base of prothorax, procoxae separated by a 
lamina. .. . . .. Neocistela. 


Elytra wider. than ‘base. of prothorax, ‘procoxae contiguous. Atoichus. 


Group II. 
With wings fully adapted for flight... .. 2: 
Without wings fully adapted for flight—at least in the 2. 10. 
Mandibles grooved, scarcely bifid, at apex. .. .. .. Dimorphochilus. 
Mandibles distinctly bifid at apex. .. . 3. 
Hind femora extending well beyond elytra “when at right angles to 
suture. .. .. 4. 
Hind femora not or ‘scarcely extending beyond elytra when at right 
angles to suture. .. .. L ie Be 8. 
Prothorax widest behind ‘middle. RULE © RMN a cl ee aR 5. 
Prothorax widest in front of middle... .. . A ie 
Antennal segments more or less elongate and slender. aA 6. 
Antennal segments short and widened towards apex. .. .. Nypsius. 
Elytra striate-punctate. .. Sey Ti 
Elytra striate only—at least on 3 sutural ‘striae. .... Barycistela. 
Prothorax very short and transverse... .. .. .. .. ... Ommatophorus. 
Prothoraxisubcordate:. 0.20.05) oh) caret sir le eeclbeics cists =: ele ete nO 2) IE 
Form ‘widely ovate: jc. os. 22 ah Ree i 
Form oblong ovate... .. 9. 
Surface convex, antennae very short, widened towards apex. .2 acess 
Surface i i eae antennae longer, Scare widened towards 
apexeera seieet ce, ss, SCQLCCOMeRUSE 
Epipleurae wide ‘(Facies ‘of Otiorrhyneus) si ma; Gis) oie aeregh Ne ROI EaE 
Epipleurae narrow. .. .. ot itil. 
Prothorax more or less ovate, elytra striate- -punctate. 3 iPr. 
Prothorax cordate, elytra tuberculate........... .. ... Notocistela. 
Epipleurae separated from elytra by carina. .. . .. .. Metistete: 


ee and elytra subcontinuous without separating carina. 
Bia ic, Hata is ene Seep ci BES ide Hie atin arate Melaps. 


eee 


LS ee ee ee 


bo 
—1 
ay 


CARTER. 


CHECK LIST OF THE FAMILY CISTELIDAE. 
AETHYSSIUS Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1863, 45. 
atractus Lac., Gen. Cat., 1859, 457. 
neoatractus Borchm., Deutsche. Ent. Zeitschr., 1909, 713. 


1. atriceps Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 56. Q. 
2. cyaneus Macl., Ent. Soc. NS.W., 1872, 299. a Q. 
3: eros Pase:, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1871, 357, pl. 2, ‘fig. “14, a 
.. Blue Mountains, ‘NSW. 
4 flavipes Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1887, 313. Wh tae ee Q. 
Hoenipicolus Macl. Ent: Soc Nis-W:., 1872) 299 oo) we ck ee QE 
6. rugosulus Mac., l.c., 300. : BAe SHG CEOS OE oe ets 
7. virescens Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, 284. .. SOOO ES ES BoE ie 
8. viridis Boisd., le., 283. ppecee hue Q., N.S.W., V., S.A. 
var. columbinus Boisd., Le., 284. 
var. rubriventris Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 55. 
9. vitticollis Macl., Ent. Soc. NS.W,, TS S00 metre ntsc tee seen cise eat ae 
ALCMEONIS Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, 270. 
10: excisipes Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 58 .. .. .. .. .. N.S.W., Dorrigo. 
1l. paradorus Cart., eRe Se Sige Monae WN ESE 
12. pulchra Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. ‘Lond., 1868, 271. A Siliettnehaes Nt) (eat =e: Wy 
13. punctulaticollis Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1893, 133. Ae oc WAC 
14. rufovittis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1928, 287, pl. 2, fig. 8. A SinyeervaVacs 
CHROMOMOEA Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, 490. 
Lepturidea Fauv., Rev. d’Ent., 1905, 225. 
Licymnius Bates, Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, 271. 
15. deplanchei Fauv., Bull. Norm., 1862, 150, pl. 1, fig. 4... .. N.S.W., V. 
rufipennis Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 316. 
16. eleanora Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1925, 243. .. .. Barrington, N.S.W. 


17. fastigiata Germ. (Allecula), Linn. Ent., 1848, 202. V., S.A. N.S.W., Q. 
foveicollis Bates (Licymnius), Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, 272. 


Nea pUSCOn Cabin yO.) SOC+ VICE. Lolo. Gane aula! mee. ae) INSWi@: 
LSS g7terizmd, CarbavwOV.) SOC. 9-At LOAOs LOO mem cay ie si) es ets) sis) Se, INQ 
20. maculicornis BIkb., l.c., 1891, 315. PS ee Ss nan aiaisiey. Sie ea ik: WAS 
21. major Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1928, 288. Se steasee aay ONES AW.3 WIC: 
22. mastersi Macl., Ent. Soc. NS.W.,, LOZ RSOO Meine a eee NSW a Qa 
23. metallica Cart. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1930, 187. Sf) Ce Ua a ae Suen Es 
24. nigriceps Champ., Trans. Ent.-Soc. Lond., 1895, 215... .. .. W.A. (1). 
25. occidentalis Blkb. (Anaxo), Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 311... .. .. ... WA. 
Doe OCITACeH Carte tOYei SOC] VIC LoLom Dos eames) ene Secs se NESSWi5 1 @): 
21. oculata Cart:, Linn, Soc: N:S:W., 1925;.243. 2. 2... |). S.qQ. 
28. opacicollis Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 65. Melee ee _ Sydney, NS.W. 
29. ornata Cart., l.c., 63. f see es N.Q. 
30. pallida Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. ‘Lond., 1868, i319.) Se bicioaae NSW. 
31. pascoei Bates, l.c., 317. Sane ‘i A SOs wen Soll aN SRN ase Oe 


vittata Bates, Lex 318. 


SP gotta, IMEVAL: Tate Rory NESE, WEYeA SIL cS a6 Ga oe do 08 suide oe. (eb 
33. picta Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, 491. a .... NS.W., Q. 
34. puncticeps BIkb. (Anaxo), Roy. Soc. S.A, 1891, 311. .. N.S.W., Vic. 


35. rufescens Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, 320. MERU RS gE NLS Wis 


(1). nigriceps Champ., locality erroneously published as Hobart, Tas- 
mania; corrected by author in letter to me. H.J.C. 


272 


65. 


CHECK LIST OF THE AUSTRALIAN CISTELIDAE 


ho Fairm. hare ae Petites Nouv. Ent., 1879, 167. 
Sie cate 2a Peak Downs, Q. 
Journ. Mus. Godeff., 1879, for 
(2 Aethyssius vitticollis Macl.) 

suturalis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1930, 187. Ren Senets po N.S.W. 
tibialis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1921, 321. area Ac oa INEQE 
unicolor Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, 320. 2 NSW. "Vic., S.A. 

aereus Bikb. (Anaxo), Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 308. 

var. sydneyanus BIkb. (Anaxo), Le., ‘1893, 134. 

var. lindensis Blkb. (Anaxo), l.c., 1891, 309. 

? var. affinis Blkb. (Anaxo), l.c., 1891, 309. 


varicornis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1926, 514... ... ny EO: 
violacea Cart., Le., 1922, 80. ‘ Re ee Barrington, N.S.W. 
vittipennis Macl. (Atractus) , Tes 1887, 313. Mere? ae 8 Q. 
ANAXO Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1868, 272. 
ater Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 310. : Ho do dalos Vite. 
brevicornis Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., "1868, ‘213! | cee S.A., V. 
cylindricus Germ., Linn. Ent., 1848, 202. ne ws! lt etd) ORAS 
var. obscurus Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 309. 
cylindricollis Cart., Linn. Soc. NUS Wey, LOZ Sada cecil) tee eee 
dentipes Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1920, 200. 0) [68-18 aii8\ be ova sya sa 
fuscoviolaceus Fairm., Petit. Nouv. Ent., 1879, 167... ........ Q. 
sparsus BlKb., ROY. SOC S:A.,, LEOU SLO eye ces wot ue eee ieee en mT 
simongylioides Carts Ves 19205201 eni eres eictitersatcr sae etn te 
HEMICISTELA BIkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 331. 
discotdalis Blkb:, Vici73325 Dla dey thee le rie ected ete ciel elena NSO ees 
testacea Carts, Vei; 192032020. ese ste, cen et ce ee nicl cs ee 


APELLATUS Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1863, 45. 
euomma Boh., Res. Eug., 1858, 101. 


amoenus Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, 491, pl. 2, fig. 9. .. NS.W., V., S.A, 
lateralis Pasc., l.c., 45. 

apicalis Blkb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, 1440... .. .. ... x. os S WEBS 

concolo7 Carts, ROY. SOCs Vacs lon Osea emer ’ Brisbane, Q. 

lateralis Boh., Res. Enz., 1858, 101. ie a Q: NSIW. Vaiss 


palpalis Macl., Ent. Soc. NS.W., 1872, 298. 
mastersi Macl., lc., 299. 


lineatus Cart., Roy. Soc. Vies, 1915; 70.5 5. 4 ae 3 eee 
nigriconnis BIKb:;, lic; 1801 S155 eels Geet een cue oer ce ee eR 
nignimes Cart. Vic. VOLS: eens erties eet eete sien este ee en 
modicornis: Bikb!;:1.c.;, 18915 3145 ee eae anes 8 iets eae 
Day ATOM CEN aay Aor BR GLY Gear Ga ce 45 soca Go a6 am au oe au Mia. 
simplex Cart., l.c., 68. .. . oe ‘NSW. Q. 
tasmanicus Champ., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, 215. eesa) tt 


EUCISTELA Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1922, 79. 
cyaneds Cart. 1-6. 100. pl. etl enteaee ee oa, a1 asl si 


NEOCISTELA Borchm., Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., 1909, 713. 
Pseudocistela Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 316. 
(nom praeocc.) 
OvalisiBlkp 13,317. ne cot lie cen oe ecto ea Ets ENE 


. 


ee ee ee ee eee ee ee ee 


_—— 


CARTER. 


ATOICHUS Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 72. 


ie) 
a 
oo 


bicolor Blkb. (Licymnius), l.c., 1893, 133. .. S.A., V., N.S.W. 
crassicornis Cart., l.c., 1915, 74, Nalvess anys Brisbane, Q. 
dimidiatus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1924, 544, SEooe ce Leie}oNeu Ie. A} 
flavipes Cart., Le., 543. 5 Pate F Bribie Is., Q. 
flavus Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 73. oe j Vie. 
tasmanicus Cart., l.c., 72. sisters ae rg 
TANYCHILUS Newm., Ent. Mag., 1838, 487. 
aeratus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1926, 515. .. .. .. Tamb. Mt., Q. 
dubius Newm., Ent. Mag., 1838, 488... .. .. .. N.S.W., Vic. 
var. splendens Bless., Hor. Ross., 1861, 111. 
MANGE GATGe ROY OOC. MICS LOLO 7D! oo Sele oes Syavey, N.S.W. 
opaeus Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1917, 715... .. .. .. .. acy oS INE 
MAM Oge Colin, UO s Soles Wate UNG Tak ae doeos col od Sener oN 
ruber Catrt., le., Geer ; ‘NS.W., $.Q. 
striatus Newm., Ent. Mag., 1838, 487. Wes NS.W,, Q. 


horae Brown. 
DIMORPHOCHILUS Borchm., Faun. Sud. West. Aust., 1908, 352. 


1) 


88. 
89. 


90. 
91. 


92. 
93. 


94. 
95. 


96. 
97. 
98. 


Two species also from New Zealand, T. metallicus White, and T. sop- 


diversicollis Borchm., l.c., 354. ‘ W.A. 
? var. apicalis Borchm., Le., 353. 
gouldi Hope (Allecula), Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, 80. .. .. N.T. 


pascoei Macl. (Metistete), Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, 299, pl. 1, fig. 6. Q. 


sobrinus Borchm., Faun. Sud. West. Aust., 
HOMOTRYSIS Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, 489. 


aenescens Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1921, 322... .. .. 


dered) Carte ues 7. 

arida Blkb., Roy. ie S.A., 1895, 53. 
sitiens Blkb., 
callabonensis mie ue: 


1908, 356. Dirk Hartog Is. 


Stanthorpe, Q. 


.. Macleay R., N.S.W. 
“Central A.; also Bogan R., N.S.W. 


bicolor Champ., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, 217. : esl ends 
canescens Hope, Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, 80, pl. 2, ‘fig. itil, Sats 
a 4 Port Essington, N.T., & Tennant’s cr. 
" maculata Haag. Jour. Mus. Godefir., 1879, 136. 
a@],Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, 106. 
carbonaria Germ., Linn. Ent., 1842, 202. 
tristis Germ., l.c. 
cisteloides Newm., Ent. Mon. Mag., 1838, 488. no) ao. ISHS Mig tess 
faveicollis Hope (Allecula), Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, 80. 
fuscipennis Bless., Hor. Soc. Ent. Ross., 1861. 112. 
microderes Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, 489. 


V., S.A. 


* costata Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, 105. 


Jour. Mus. Godeft., 1879. 137. 
curticornis Haag., l.c., 105. 
empisos 


debilicornis Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, 105. .. 
Jour. Mus. Godeffr., 1879. 136. 

doddi Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1920, 205. MONE GeO CRT ERC ee EE EERE els 

flavicornis Macl.. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.. 1887. 316. 

macleayi Borchm., Junk. Cat., 1910, 11. 

fusca Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 326. 53 dco: 2.0% BeOS cae eae S.A. 

kershawi Cart., l.c., 1920, 204. Be 

laticollis Boh. (Allecula) , Res. “Eug., "1858, 100. 


Q 
Q 
* cylindricollis Boisd.. Voy. ASELOUSBI SS IMAG Sei eek eck een eh eras, Ate 
Q 
A 
Q 


274 


99. 
100. 
101. 
102. 
103. 


104. 
105. 
106. 
107. 
108. 
109. 
110. 
111. 
112. 
113. 
114. 
115. 


116. 
117. 
118. 


119. 
120. 
121. 
122. 
123. 
124. 


125. 
126. 
127. 
128. 
129. 
130. 
131. 
132. 
133. 
134. 
135. 
136. 
137. 
138. 
139. 
140. 


141. 
142. 
143. 
144, 
145. 
146. 
147. 


* 


* 


CHECK LIST OF THE AUSTRALIAN CISTELIDAE, 


limbata Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 323. : SU NESE WN sg ue 
luctuosa Champ., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, 216. ete etd tbe 
lugubris Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 322. .. .. Pie meraass: § "Vie. 
mastersi Macl. (Allecula), Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, 302. seen ta) 
nigricans Hope (Allecula), Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 18425"80) 5.4.6 ONSEs 
also Roy. Soc. S.A., 1920, 203. 
obscura Borchm., Faun. Sud. West. Aus., 1908, 51. Amr merennn se: ON /e35- 
ornata Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 84. PATI. As vasa 5 INI, 
pallipes Cart., l.c., 1920, 204. ee ae N.Q. 
pascoei Macl. (Allecula) , Ent. Soc. NS.wW., 1872, 302. Sas ‘Qe ‘NS.W., WV: 
planicollis Macl. (Allecula) , Mes B0B%) ac) Oars ea ci eek eh ae av eam 
post-tibialis Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1920, 206. Dl) ei feist nceec etey =) WW 
regularis Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, 301. Re & sate N.S.W., S.A. 
rotundicollis Casteln. (Allecula) , Hist. Nat., 1840, 243. A. 
rubicunda Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 85. bests reRe tae tct 5 “Na. 
rufa Blkb., l.c., 1891, B2ae Ree sha: | sua. Maan een role eee 


ruficornis Macl., Ent. Soc. NS.W., 1872, 301. 


rufipes F. (Helops) , Syst. Ent., 1775, 200s oe. .. NS.W., Q. 


angusticollis Boh. (Allecula), Res. Eug., 1858, 100. 
? australis Boisd. (Allecula), Voy. Astrol., 1835, 282. 


rupipilis Cart., Linn. Soc: NiS:W:, 1928; 289) 2205022). eae nee 
rufo-coerulea Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1920, 206... .. .. .. .. .. .. N.Q. 
Tujulicornis Borchm., Junk. Cat:; 1910) 18522 2. 3. 2. 2. 32) aa ee 
ruficornis Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 322. 
scabrosa Champ., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, 218... .. .. .. W.A. 
scutellaris Cart., Roy, Soc: \S:A., 1920) 20%. 2. 3. Sane ee oe LQ Nese 
subgeminatus Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, 301... .. .. .. .. .. Q@. 
tenebrioides Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 325... .. .. .. N.S.W., Q., S.A. 
torpedo Cart., Linn:)Soc. NiS:W;, 1922), Si). 3.) eae at ee 
parzolosa Cart., Roy. Soc; StA., 19200208) ae 2.0 ae eee Scone, N.S.W. 
HYBRENIA Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, 489. 
angustata Macl., Linn. Soc: N.S.W., 1887; 315. .. .. .. .. 2.2 22°02 @ 
angusticollis Cart., l.c., 1928, 289. a lek chile sy isc, ott) BLOWS Vile Mears 
clermontia Cart., 1.c., 1930, 188. aya) Waieh araleatetaee tes. teeter  CLEDIM OD ummm 
dentipes Cart., Lc., 1929, AOD Aas ie NE). 
elongata Macl. (Allecula), Ent. Soc. NS.W., 1872, 301. ons NSW, Q. 
femorata Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 89... .. .. N.Q. 
grandis Borch., Faun. S.W. Aust.., 1908, 349... .. NS.W, nie 2 = 
horni Cart.. Ent. Mitteil.. 1928. 138. Pia Week Bey, eek Wi Q. 
ilidgei Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1927, 233. Sealey ae ee "Nat. ‘Park, Q. 
laticollis Macl., l.c., 1887, 314, pl. 2, fig. 13. she ae : Q. 
nitida Blkb. (Homotrysis) , Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 326. Somer “NQ., N.T. 
nitidior Cart., Roy..Soc. Vic., 1915, 90! -. .. .. .. .. .. NS Wa se: 
occidentalis Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., V9205.'2093 oof ee ah eee. a 
pallida Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 89. seaheay tne rade he eee x N.Q. 
pilosa Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1920, 210. Se W.A. 


pimelioides Hope (Allecula) , Ent. Soc. ‘Lond., 1842, 79. NS.wW., V., N.T. 


princeps Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 325. 


planata Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, OB) loheeee sis. os” cic) SINGS s ae 
rugicollis Cart., WG Sree. wh ek) ssl nee dnete) ee 
sublaevis Macl., Linn. Soc. NS.W., 1887, 315. javiiaier eis! "ety Male 9 ate ee 
substriata Cart., l.c., 1926, 515. ah rad ahd a ee 
subsulcata Macl., Ent. Soc. NS.W,, 1872, 302. Sie las eo) wwe, NGS rmaee 
tibialis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1929, dite Sites, Wave ate. Sao 
torrida Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1920, ALOE Ae ysl ee sie ov oe) ee 


148. 


149. 


150. 
151. 


152. 


153. 
154. 
155. 


156. 


157. 


158. 


159. 
160. 


161. 
162. 
163. 


164. 
165. 
166. 


167. 
168. 
169. 
170. 


171. 


172. 
173. 
174. 


CARTER. 275 


witlata Pasc. Ours ninth. 1866; 490) 26 oe ke a slseeticn ee Qa NeT. 
insularis Pasc., l.c. 
subvittata Macl., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1887, 314. 
var. concolor Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 87. 


yeppoonensis Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1928, 289. .. .. .. .. .. .. Q. 
NYPSIUS Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, 219. 

aeneopiceus Champ., l.c., 219. .. .. .. T. (also Alpine, N.S.W., V.) 

foveatus Champ., l.c., 220... .. .. .. .. T. (also Alpine, N.S.W., V.) 
OMMATOPHORUS Macl., Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, 304. 

atripes Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 92, pl. 2, fig. 12... .. .. NS.W., Q. 
var. bicolor Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1926, 516. 

boops Cart., l.c., 1930, 188. SENN Mera honed TaN teeta os, Vito Ris, INGQS 

illidgei Cart., l.c., 1926, 516. Sek PP are eles eval Neus We ete.o es 

mastersi Macl., Ent. Soc. NS.W., 1872, 305. he Sroka UI ROR MISE SE 


? rugulosa Boisd., Voy. Astrol., 1835, 282. 
IOPHON Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, 224. 


myrmecophilus Champ., l.c., 225. .. .. .. Oa WRT ees ie ON SL 
BARYCISTELA Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 327. 
TOOUSTOMEIKD eC aaoas me elaine SO SIE OOaKGNAD. ieee SBA EKO 


NOCAR BIkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 328. 

australicus Blkb. (Cistela), Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888, 1441, pl. 1, fig. 7. 
: Q., N.T. 

converus Macl., ‘Ent. Soc. NS.W., ‘1872, 303. Aas DOE cian ete Q. 
depressiusculus Macl., l.c..... .. Wyea teotipg = ANSE ea ay S.A., Tay Biss 

ovatus Macl., l.c. 

debilis BIkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 329. 

var. latus Blkb. Le. - 
rugosus Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 93. : Q. 
securigerus W. S. Macl. (Cistela) , King’s Surv. Aust., 1827, 443. “NLW.A. 


simplex Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 330. Beate ciestrdly Rte Ores kt SANs 
TAXES Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, 226. 

AIDRTIEQULOICeESNCHAM Psa C acl Am tae ciel fers) ee idler aye: cele INGE. 

depressus Champ., l.c., 226. Gi Seteere. aa ee 

subfasciatus Cart. (Nocar), Roy. Soc. SA, 1920, 211. nieahiscs Neues NE Wea. 


SCALETOMERUS BIlkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 330. 
Otys Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, 221. 


armatus Champ., l.c., 223. : 3h Pea Seu haranlateieyC susie NG MW GAS 
bicolor Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 95. ene esteet eM er a raiea arto k aha Ne WW sens 
pallens Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., IESRED 2B se as) 6 Ekegeii WGLNS 


politus Macl. (Cistela), Ent. Soc. N.S.W., 1872, 304. '@, NSwW., V., S.A. 
harpaloides Blkb., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1891, 330. 

prozimus BIkD., l.c., 331. . Bo cial ih tebe ay Nh /eee\ 
harpalinus Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, 222. 


SIMARUS Borch., Deuts. Ent. Zeit., 1909, 713. 
Ismarus Haag., Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, 104. 


carinatus Haag., Jour. Mus. Godeff., 1879, 135, a il, Dace Blois gone peels 
elongatus Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 95. fe Se A Nas 
godeffroyi Haag, Verh. Ver. Hamb., 1878, 104. Bena Mya GCnaeou ne eRe juthve Tes LGD 


Jour. Mus. Godeft., 1879, 134. 


276 CHECK LIST OF THE AUSTRALIAN CISTELIDAE. 
METISTETE Pasc., Jour. Ent., 1866, 489. 
Lisa Haag., Jour. Mus. Godeff., sali 134. 
175. armata Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 97. ae ynbaaloaeeh bere when vetau hehe, MOP Mame 
176. clarki Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1920, 212. zo Sd aher atsieia ay) oes 5 EE 
Ith costatipennis Champ., Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895, 221. wat) SE ave 0 hae NE ee 
178. ebenina Cart.. Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915. 98. oa Ait ou .« Siac, Was 
179. gibbicollis Newm., Ent. Mag., 1838, 488. .. .. .. .. “NSW. Vv. S.A. 
melancholica Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., age 79. 
180: incognita, BIkbs Horn) Eixp!)1896; 2805 2205. ns an) eee ee eee 
181. lindi Blkb., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1888. 1438. E Poe eA 
182. omophioides Hope, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1842, “80, pl. oe ‘fig. 5. >, SLAVE 
singularis Haag. (Lisa), Jour. Mus. Godeff., 1879, 135. 
183. protibialis Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1920, 213. ae i. W.A. 
184. punctipennis Macl. (Allecula) , Ent. Soc. NS.W., 1872, 302. Ame se (ol): 
185. rubicunda Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1920, 212. ex) ae La ee ones 
186. subopaca Cart.. Linn. Soc. NSW. 1922, 81. us olee, fin Rae ee ee 
187%. vieina (Cart. Royeasoe: S2A.;. 1920512045 yy we en ee ore eee 
MELAPS Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1908, 409. 
? Oocistela Borchm., Faun. S.W. Aust., 1908, 356. 
188. cisteloides Cart., Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1908, 409. .. .. Kosciusko, N.S.W. 
189. convexus Borchm. (Oocistela), Faun. S.W. Aust., 1908, 356. .. W.A. 
190: dentipes Cart: Roy. S0C. S:A%, 19205 2145 ee) cs ein ener eee 
191. glaber Cart., le., LG ee bigs let oe £2) 2% 2S ee 
192. pilosus Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 101. AOE eet akc oi ae W.A. 
193. punctatus Cart., l.c., 100. .. y iesaee Blue Mts., N.S.W. 
194. tibialis Cart., Roy. Soc. S.A., 1920, 216. eo at eae .3 See 
195. victoriae Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915; 999 Ae ots eee Alps, Vic. 
NOTOCISTELA Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic., 1915, 102. 
196. dispar Cart., Linn. Soc: N.SjW., 1922; 82, 2... 4. 5... .. Ooldeamssny 
197. pustulata Cart., Roy. Soc. Vic! 1915) 103) -2 25 2. 2. an sep WeeGene 
198: #bialis’ Cart:,.1:c., 102: pl. 25 figs VON fe co es sen en cr ce ree 
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII. 
Figure Hemicistela discoidalis Blkb. 


Eucistela cyanea Cart. 
Simarus carinatus Hamp. 
Chromomoea deplanchei Fvl. 
Metistete omophloides Hope. 
Dimorphochilus pascoei Macl. 
Nocar australicus Blackb. 


TD OR wy 


PLATE XIX. 


Figure 8. Alcmeonis rufo-vittatus Cart. 


” 


9. Apellatus amoenus Pasc. ¢ 
10. Notocistela tibialis Cart. 2. 
11. Homotrysis canescens Hope. ¥. 
12. Ommatophorus atripes Cart. 
13. Hybrenia laticollis Macl. 

14. Aethyssius eros Pasc. ¢. 


277 


THE LORICATES OF THE NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 
(Crass MOLLUSCA—OrpDER LORICATA.) 
By A. F. Basset HULL and JEAN RISBEC, D.Sc. 
Plate xx. 
Prefatory Note. 

During August and September, 1925, I visited New Caledonia, collect- 
ing in the vicinity of Noumea, on the south-western coast, and Bourail, 
on the central western coast. Nine days were spent on a visit to the 
Loyalty Islands, collecting being carried out on Mare and Lift. 

From July to September, 1926, another visit was paid to New Cale- 
donia, and, with more time at my disposal, I was able to conduct more in- 
tensive collecting around Noumea, besides spending twelve days on a trip 
up the eastern coast, as far as the Island of Pam, during which I collected 
at Tchio, Wagap and other ports of call. 

On both occasions I had the advice and assistance of M. Jean Risbec, 
then Professeur at the College, La Perouse, Noumea, who was occupying 
his leisure in a study of the New Caledonian Nudibranchs. He subse- 
quently visited Paris and published an exhaustive monograph of this 
Molluscan group, presenting it as a thesis, for which he gained the degree 
of Docteur és-Sciences. He very kindly examined and made drawings of 
the radulas of the New Caledonian Loricates which I had collected, and 
agreed to collaborate with me in the production of the following account 
of the latter group. He has collected at many localities I was unable to 
visit, and has critically examined the breeding of some species under cap- 
tive conditions in aquaria. The dissection and drawing of the internal 
organs are his work. —_A. F. Basser Hutu. 


THE NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 

For the purpose of this account the New Caledonian region embraces 
the Island of New Caledonia and its Dependencies, including the Islands of 
Pott and Art in the extreme north, the Isle of Pines in the extreme south, 
and the Loyalty Islands, about 50 miles to the eastward of New Caledonia. 
the whole region being between 161° and 166° east longitude and 19° and 
23° south latitude (Paris). 

The main island and its immediate outliers are of extremely varied 
geological formation, with extensive barrier and fringing coral reefs. The 
Loyalty Islands are entirely of raised coral, Mare and Lift showing at least 
four successive periods of uplift, evidenced by cliffs weathered into caves 
crowned by raised beaches. 

This wealth of variety in the littoral rock is marked by an abundance 
of Loricate fauna in relation to the sedimentary rocks, and a notable scar- 
city in relation to the igneous rocks. The most prolific grounds exist in 
the south west, where the rocks are mostly limestone, quartzites and 
schists, with fringing coral reefs. 

Previous Literature 

The literature of the New Caledonian Loricates is very scanty, con- 
sisting merely of descriptions of several species collected in the islands. 
Souverbie described six species, assigned to the New Caledonian region, in 
the Journal de Conchyliologie, 1866, 248-254, and 1873, 287. Rochebrune 
named ten species in the Bulletin de la Société Philomathique de Paris, 
1881-1884. Both authors, however, have separately described species since 
found to be conspecific, and the latter author re-described some of 
Souverbie’s species. Furthermore, Rochebrune’s descriptions are almost 
useless, and his classification is, in several instances, obviously incorrect. 
Thiele (Revision Chitonen [Chun’s Zoologica, heft 56] 1909-10) examined 
Rochebrune’s types and revised both his nomenclature and classification, 


278 LORICATES OF NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 


Finally, Hedley described one species from the Isle of Pines (Proc. Linn. 
Soc. N.S.W., xxiii., 1900, 100, fig.). Full reference to previous descriptions 
will be found in the synonymy attached to each species herein described. 
General Discussion as to the Relative Importance of Anatomical 
Characters, Considered as Specific or Generic Characters of the Loricata. 


The Molluscan Order Loricata consists of an extremely homogeneous 
group, and all the genera present a closely related anatomical structure. 
In addition, the organs of separate individuals of the same species show 
great variability. These two facts in conjunction show how difficult it 
would be to distinguish the species if too great importance is attached to a 
study of the internal characters. The radula, in itself so characteristic in 
the Prosobranch group (notwithstanding important individual variations) 
can here be made use of only with difficulty. It is very variable in in- 
dividuals of the same species, and it is also very difficult to study. The 
large second lateral, distinctly visible with its coloured cusps, and which 
seems to provide very clear and easily established characters, varies, alas! 
along the radular ribbon. The anatomical characters of the Loricata, 
therefore, provide only a secondary means of differentiation, and the study 
of the valves and the girdle remains the only certain basis for the group- 
ing of the forms studied. 

It seems, then, that following the animal groups, the conception of the 
genus may be variable. The established genera of the Loricata differ less 
among themselves (in regard to the less important charaeters) than those 
of the Prosobranchiate group, for example. The result of a study of the 
anatomical characters alone, according to the plan adopted in relation to 
the Prosobranchs, would be to cause all the Loricates to be united under 
one genus. 


I. Famity ISCHNOCHITONIDAE. 
i. Genus IscHNocHITON Gray, 1847. 
1. ISCHNOCHITON ACOMPHUS NSP. 
(a). The Shell. 
Shell small,* elongate oval, elevated, semi-carinated, side slopes convex. 
Colour variable, creamy-buff, mottled with bluish-green, principally on the 


Explanation of Figures. 

Fig. 1—Anterior part of the ventral surface of the body. a—mouth, 
b—buccal hood, c—foot, d—gill. 

Fig. 2.—Posterior part of the ventral surface. a—anus, b—foot, c—gill. 

Fig. 3.—View of a gill seen from the ventral surface; the point is 
directed towards the foot. Magnification: 40. 

Fig. 4—Sub-radular organ. Magnification: about 40. 

Fig. 5—View of the stomach drawn beneath the radular sac and ob- 
served laterally. The dotted part is that on which the radular sac rested. 
The surface, which is normally posterior, is in front in this figure, the an- 
terior surface is beneath. a—oesophagus, b—stomach. 

Fig. 6—Stomachic region in its normal position. a—oesophagus, b— 
stomach, c—radular sac, d—papillary sacs, e—posterior part of bulb. 
Magnification: 25. 

Fig. 7—Papillae of the papillary sacs. 

Fig. 8—A view of the second lateral radular tooth. 

Fig. 9—Central radular tooth seen laterally. Magnification: 300. 

Fig. 10—Enlarged palate of the fourth lateral radular. 


*We have adopted Iredale and Hull’s “arbitrary standard” of measure- 
ment, viz.: “Small” means under 15 mm. for an average adult specimen; 
“Medium” over 15 and under 30 mm., and “Large” over 30 mm. in iength. 


HULL AND RISBEC. 279 


ISCHNOCHITON ACOMPHUS. 
Figs. 1 to 10. 


280 LORICATES OF NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 


sides of the jugum and on the outer margins of the valves (type); wholly 
creamy-buff, pink, or greenish, and these colours more or less extensively 
mottled with dark green, brown or black, sometimes in bilaterally sym- 
metrical pattern, sometimes irregularly. 

Anterior valve rayed with about thirty fine low ribs, formed by the 
apices of about fifteen concentric rows of irregularly shaped pustules, which 
diminish towards and finally disappear on the apex. 

Median valves finely sculptured throughout, with minutely nodulose 
rays branching outward and forward from the jugum; lateral areas well 
differentiated, sculptured in zig-zag, and having two or three raised ribs 
formed by the more or less pustulose projections of the sculpture. 

Posterior valve with the mucro post-median; ante-mucronal area 
sculptured similarly to the central areas; post-mucronal area having a dis- 
tinct raised diagonal and sculptured weakly like the anterior valve, but 
with about twenty ribs only. 

Girdle densely clothed with somewhat irregular oval striated scales, in 
eight to ten ridges. 

Interior white. Slits, 8—1—9. (Figure on plate shows only 7 slits in 
the anterior valve, but one “tooth” is obviously abnormally unslit, the slit 
rays numbering eight). 

Dimensions: 14 x 8 mm. 

Station: On the under side or at margin of insertion in the sand of 
stones, dead shells or coral, between median and low tide marks. 

Habitat: New Caledonia; not yet recorded from the Loyalty Islands. 

Remarks. This shell is very common in the vicinity of Noumea, in the 
harbour, on the islands at the entrance, in the Baie de l’Orphelinat and on 
the Anse Vata. It is closely related to Ischnochiton intermedius Hedley 
and Hull, of Norfolk Island, but the sculpture is notably finer, and the 
colour variation is not nearly so great. 


(b). The Animal. 


External characters. The foot, ivory-coloured, is rather narrow. The 
mouth is surrounded by a hood-like fold extending laterally to frame the 
anterior portion of the foot (Fig. 1). The anus, situated quite near the 
posterior extremity of the foot, is oval in form, the largest dimension 
transversally. Twenty-two or 23 gill-rows may be counted on each side of 
the body. These gill-rows disappear a little behind the anterior extremity 
of the foot, and extend right up to the posterior extremity (Figs. 1 and 2). 
The gills have a bulky axis, carrying numerous lamellae. Fig. 3 shows the 
appearance of the gill, which one sees viewing the animal from its ventral 
surface; the point of the gill is directed towards the foot. 

Appearance of the internal organs. The genital organs form a mass 


Explanation of Figures. 


Fig. 11—Digestive apparatus before dissection. The genital and renal 
organs are raised, as well as the heart. In the foreground the oesophagus 
has been pushed to the left so that the bulb may be seen. Towards the 
back the radular sac, hidden by the liver, is represented by dots. a—bulb, 
b—visible part of right cartilage, c—radular sac, d—strips belonging to the 
muscles attached to the anterior valve, e—liver, f—intestine, g—rectum, 
h—oesophagus, i—papillary sac. Magnification: 25. 

Fig. 12—Plan indicating the course of the intestine; the dotted parts 
are those which are hidden in Fig. 11. 

Fig. 13—Central nervous system. a—cerebro-palleal cord, b—pedal 
cord, c—post-oesophageal ganglia. : 


HULL AND RISBEC. 281 


Il. 13 


ISCHNOCHITON ACOMPHUS. 
Figs. 11 to 13. 


282 LORICATES OF NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 


closely coupled to the valves. The glands remain attached to these valves 
when the latter are removed. A large mass is then found, consisting of 
the digestive canal, with extensive circumvolutions, and of the liver. The 
buccal bulb is found hidden in front by a great number of muscular tracts 
which are attached to the anterior valve. 

Digestive apparatus. Fig. 11 shows the whole of the digestive tube in 
its natural position. The bulb is very large, and of a dark red colour. The 
cartilages show at the lower part, having the appearance of an ivory 
coloured region, spotted with black at the point where the muscles which 
end laterally at the radular sac diverge. The radular sac is greatly 
developed; its extension is indicated by dotted lines in Fig. 11, the posterior 
portion being hidden by the liver and intestine. Below the rotella, behind 
the mouth, the sub-radular organ is found in the form of two slight pro- 
jections, facing the upper plane, coupled as shown in Fig. 4. The oeso- 
phagus, very soft at the side, covers the bulb, and the radular sac in front. 
It contains the two papillary sacs furnished with numerous closely packed 
papillae. These papillae, greatly developed, are simple, at the side in- 
dented only, not branched (Fig. 7). The radula shows from 40 to 45 com- 
pletely developed rows. © The central tooth is very variable. Examined 
under the microscope alone its form is difficult to interpret. The base 
widens behind in lozenge form, narrowing in front, until it rises in a median 
crest which projects in a slightly hooked cusp. Fig. 9 shows the central 
tooth viewed laterally. The first lateral shows at its outer margin a 
slightly projecting ledge. The second lateral is greatly developed. It 
shows two very strong rounded cusps, coloured dark yellowish-brown, nearly 
black on the free edge; the colour becomes lighter towards the base of the 
tooth. Fig. 8 gives one of the aspects which the second lateral can present. 
Beyond the third lateral the projecting palette comes; its terminal en- 
largement is shown in Fig. 10. It will be seen that the axis becomes 
narrower as it extends. The other teeth do not present any special char- 
acter; their shape is indicated in Fig. 15. 

The oesophagus, behind the bulb, and at the outlet of the papillary 
sacs, presents the most interesting arrangement of the system. It widens 
into a flattened pocket (stomach) passing beneath the radular sac. Fig. 6 
shows this in its natural position. Fig. 5, on the other hand, shows the 
stomach drawn back beneath the radular sac, viewed laterally. The wall 
of this stomach is very thin and transparent. The intestine which pro- 
ceeds from it describes convolutions embedded in the lobes of the liver. 
This relatively simple survey is indicated in diagram 12 annexed to Fig. 11. 
The rectum is rectilinear, and its diameter diminishes progressively towards 
the anus. 

Nervous system. The two cerebro-palleal and pedal cords are coupled 
in front of the mouth. They diverge only when the pedal cords meet the 
two ganglia, situated immediately behind the buccal orifice. These ganglia 
are joined by a commissure. The ganglion masses situated behind the 
mouth divide to right and left into a long coupling which terminates in 
the ganglion lying at the opening of the oesophagus on the bulb. These 
ganglia, which are spherical, are far removed from the cerebro-palleal and 
pedal cords. They divide in front of the nerves which anastomose in front 


Explanation of Figures. 
Fig. 14—Plan showing the correspondence between the nervous system 
and the digestive apparatus. a—oesophagus, b—bulb, c—radular sac. 
Fig. 15—Half row of radular teeth. Magnification: 400. 
Fig. 16—Heart. 


HULL AND RISBEC. 283 


! : y ‘ oS 


G 


Ib 


ISCHNOCHITON ACOMPHUS, 
Figs. 14 to 16, 


284 LORICATES OF NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 


of the oesophagus and behind the couplings which meet again, so that a 
complete nervous ring surrounds the oesophagus at this level. The posterior 
couplings each carry a fusiform swelling. 

Reproductive apparatus. The genital gland is white in the male, yel- 
lowish in the female. The posterior part of the female gland is shown in 
Fig. 17. The posterior point is situated immediately behind and above the 
rectum. 

Circulatory system. The form of the heart is outlined in Fig. 16. 

(c). Reproduction. 

It has been possible to observe the laying of eggs in a glass 
vessel filled with sea-water which makes direct observation under a bin- 
ocular microscope possible. An Ischnochiton collected on March 15th, 
1930, laid on March 17th, that is to say, three days after the full moon of 
March 14th. Before this larvae had been obtained without observation of 
the egg-laying, specimens had been collected at full and at new moon tides, 
and the egg-laying must have taken place at the same time. It is owing 
to the times of spring tides being most convenient for research that the 
common belief has arisen that Loricates normally lay their eggs at full 
moon. General application should not be made too readily from these 
observations, as the result of the preceding observation indicates. 

In order to lay its eggs, the Ischnochiton raises the posterior part of 
its girdle in an are. It moves from time to time during the extrusion. 
The ventral surface of the animal was observed through the side of 
the glass. It was close to the surface of the water. The emission of the 
eggs is fairly rapid, about one per second, but irregular, two or three eggs 
sometimes being extruded at the same time. As the light fell on the dorsal 
surface of the animal, one could see by the transparency, the eggs being 
extruded to the right and to the left of the edge of the foot. They began 
to emerge fairly slowly, and were then suddenly propelled abruptly to a 
distance of about 4 millimetres. The position of the female being given, 
the majority of the eggs fell to the bottom of the glass vessel, but some 
remained attached to the side of the glass or to the girdle. 

The eggs are visible to the naked eye like a fine dust. They are yellow 
in colour and the egg-mass is quite opaque. They are surrounded by a 
transparent envelope and furnished with a great number of papillae, which 
give them the appearance of little sea-urchins (Fig. 21). The papillae are 
planted one beside the other in a regular manner following the circles on 
the sphere in parallel planes (Fig. 22). The flexible papillae carry at their 
extremity four hooks directed towards the bulk of the egg. The following 
results were obtained when an egg was measured: diameter of egg 196 ,, 


Explanation of Figures. 

Fig. 17W—Posterior part of the genital gland. 

Fig. 18—vYoung larva at time of hatching. a—eye, b—boundaries of 
valves in formation, c—surface carrying tubercles in formation, d—ciliated 
furrow. Magnification: 250. 

Fig. 19—Larva one day after hatching. a—zone furnished with 
papillae (girdle). Magnification: 270. 

Fig. 20—Larva two days after hatching. Magnification: 270. 

Fig. 21—Egg. Magnification: 160. 

Fig. 22—Plan showing regularity of insertion of papillae on the shell of 
the egg. 

Fig. 23—View of enlarged tubercules of larva two days after hatching. 

Fig. 24—Extremity of papillae on the shell of the egg. Magnification: 
6,000. 

Fig. 25—A papilla. Magnification: 1,000. 


285 


HULL AND RISBEC. 


25 


ISCHNOCHITON ACOMPHUS. 


Figs. 17 to 24. 


286 LORICATES OF NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 


length of a spine (all of equal height) 84,, length of hooks of spine 5». 
These hooks enable the eggs to attach themselves to surrounding bodies. 

Among the eggs extruded a certain number preserved their yellow, 
slightly greenish, coloration, and succeeded in developing. A considerable 
number of the others (doubtless under the influence of bacterial infection) 
took on a beautiful bright red coloration, and afterwards underwent de- 
composition. 

Development is extremely rapid. On March 20th the hatching of an 
egg was observed. The larva completely fills the egg-shell and distorts it 
by its contraction. The split shell is then abandoned (it remains trans- 
parent and with its papillae intact). As soon as the larva is free it crawls 
rapidly. Fig. 11 shows the course of hatching. The body is divided into 
two parts by a deep furrow which shows in contrast by its deep green 
colour. The deep reddish eyes are clearly visible at the extremities of and 
a little behind the furrow. Behind the furrow six faint lines indicate the 
divisions between the valves in formation. The rear-most of these lines 
seems to correspond to the posterior part of the last valve. The girdle is 
already indicated by spiny projections, which are already marked, above all, 
on the posterior half of the furrow. At the point where the furrow meets 
the circumference of the body, one may easily see the very active ciliary 
projections constantly moving. All the anterior part of the body shows on 
its circumference the movement of tiny ciliary projections. These, which 
are visible only at the periphery, extend, no doubt, over the whole surface 
of the furrow. The boundaries of this deep green furrow are a little 
irregular. It is closely covered with ciliary projections over all its 
surface. In front of it numerous tubercles are seen forming, but at a 
certain distance from its anterior edge, in a zone indicated by dotted lines 
in Fig. 18. This is the anterior zone of the girdle. The zone is asym- 
metrical, as indicated by the figure. A day later, the larva presented the 
aspect indicated by Fig. 19. The eyes were a little less clear and relatively 
diminished. The girdle was provided with transparent papillae over a 
little width. The foot was as wide as the whole of the body with its girdle, 
and was very thick. The length of the larva was then 285,. Observations 
made on the valves, compared with those of the previous day, were rather 
disconcerting; only seven valves were to be seen. One of these, being 
placed in the position of the eyes, seemed to be formed in the anterior 
zone of the furrow, its posterior limit heing also more clearly defined than 
those of the other valves. It might be thought that the six furrows of the 
larva at the preceding stage, also weakly defined, did not correspond to 
the intervals between the successive valves, but that the last furrow marked 
the posterior margin of the last valve. 

The larva aged five days (from date of extrusion of egg) is shown in 
Fig. 20. The eight valves are developed. The first is very wide, the others 
progressively narrower, the last being greatly reduced. On the girdle are 
large papillae, of which a greatly magnified view is given in Fig. 23. The 
first valves show the beginning of their sculpture, the furrows thus formed 
becoming weaker towards the rear. The eyes are visible by means of the 
transparency, but are actually situated on the edge of the foot (they may 
sometimes be seen on the foot exposed beyond the girdle). From this 
moment the larva possesses most of the characteristics of the adult. 


(The position of the eyes in the larva is not always the same. In a 
larva of four days, observed on August 27th, the left eye was shown situated 
much farther back than the right eye, this latter being in the usual posi- 
tion; the left eye was placed a little towards the anterior half of the 
body). 

j (To be continued.) 


a 


287 


NOTES ON LORICATES (CHITONS) COLLECTED ON THE COAST OF 
QUEENSLAND IN 1928, 1929 AND 1930. 


By Joun S. Mackay, M.D., Melbourne. 
Tidal Variation. 


A preliminary note on the tides may be of interest. Most people are 
aware that the tides are recorded, according to the amplitude of rise and 
fall, those of greatest amplitude being termed Spring Tides and the smallest 
Neap Tides. Spring Tides occur at New and Full Moon. 

On the Queensland coast there is marked seasonable variation. Dur- 
ing the summer months the Full Moon day tides are in excess of the New 
Moon day tides. This applies to the months of November to May inclusive. 
From June to October the reverse occurs, the New Moon day tides being 
the greater. 

Moreover, the winter tides show a much greater swing than the summer 
ones. For instance, in the summer of 1929-30 the lowest day tide registered 
five inches above the fixed tidal survey mark, whereas the lowest winter 
tide for 1929 went two inches below it, and the lowest for 1930 is calculated 
to go six inches below. 

For brevity and convenience these figures are represented throughout 
this article as plus and minus, e.g., + 5 and — 2. 

It will be seen that the winter months from June to October are the 
most favourable for collecting. 

The hour of low water on any given date varies considerably at dif- 
ferent parts of the coast, and it is necessary to have a copy of Tide Tables 
for reference. Such tables are obtainable in pamphlet form from the De- 
partment of Harbours and Marine, Brisbane. Corrections are given for 
fixed points up the Queensland coast, and it becomes a simple matter to 
forecast the time of low water and extent of fall. 


Note. The foregoing remarks apply to day tides only. Actually, the 
lowest tide for the year 1929 occurred in November, at Full Moon, and 
reached the exceptional summer mark of — 5. As the time of low water 
was between 3 and 4 a.m., shelling was impracticable, and night tides have 
accordingly been omitted. 


The Peronian and Solanderian Regions. 


The Queensland coast offers a special interest to Loricate collectors. 
In Southern Queensland we find representatives of the Peronian Area, 
which extends from Wilson’s Promontory, in Victoria, up the coast of New 
South Wales. 

It was suggested by Hedley (1) that the northern limit of this area lay 
in Moreton Bay, Queensland. From here north he described the tropical 
Solanderian Area, merging at Torres Strait into the Dampierian Region 
from Houtman’s Abrolhos, West Australia. 

Later writers (2 & 3) showed that the shells of the Solanderian and 
Dampierian Zones were identical. The two have accordingly been merged 
into one as the Solanderian-Dampierian, or, more simply, the Solanderian. 
It is in this last extended sense that the word “Solanderian” is used in this 
article. 

Ashby (4) thought that the Peronian Area might extend as far north 
as Keppel Bay. 

Further reference will be made later to the Junction of the Peronian 
and Solanderian Areas, and it will be seen that it lies between the limits 
mentioned above. 


288 LORICATES COLLECTED ON QUEENSLAND COAST. 


Localities Visited and Species Taken. 


The following places were visited: — 

1. In the Peronian Area. Burleigh Heads, Caloundra, Point Cart- 
wright, Alexandra Head and Coolum. 

2. In the Solanderian Area. Pialba, Port Curtis (Gladstone), Keppel 
Bay (including Emu Park, Pelican Id., Wedge Id. and South Keppel Id.), 
Broad Sound (St. Lawrence), Bowen (Queen’s Beach), Townsville (Kissing 
Point), Magnetic Id., Palm Island Group (Palm and Fantome Ids.), and 
Mourilyan Harbour (Robinson’s Beach). 

The area studied embraced over ten degrees of latitude, from 28 deg. 
0 min. S. to 17 deg. 40 min. S. The actual coastline over this distance ex- 
ceeds 1,200 miles. 

Each locality may be considered in detail. 


PERONIAN AREA. 
A. Burleigh Heads. 


Burleigh Heads lies about ten miles north of the New South Wales 
border. Geologically, the headland consists of tall hexagonal columns of 
black basalt. At the base lies debris of broken columns, fragmented and 
weathered by action of the sea. Odd pieces of quartz and quartzite may 
be found. It is rather exposed, but two relatively sheltered large pools offer 
themselves for exploration on the most northerly part. 

The following 9 genera, 9 species were taken:— 

Ischnochiton crispus Reeve; Haploplax smaragdina Angas; Callistel- 
asma antiqua Reeve; Acanthochiton granostriatus Pilsbry; Meturoplax re- 
trojecta Pilsbry; Craspedoplax variabilis H. Adams & Angas; Poneroplax 
paeteliana Thiele; Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry; Onithochiton quer- 
cinus Gould. 

Remarks. Burleigh Heads offers an interesting field for investigation. 
The northerly limits of many members of the Peronian Zone are as yet 
undetermined. Although several months were spent here the tides and 
weather were both unfavourable, and search under more favourable con- 
ditions might easily add to the nine genera and species taken here. 

The most notable find was Ischnochiton crispus, the first record of this 
shell in Queensland waters. 

Three genera of Acanthochitonids were found. Of these Craspedoplax 
variabilis is exceedingly common. Iredale and Hull separate the sub- 
species C. variabilis cambrica and C. variabilis diminuta. The writer, 
whilst recognising that the Queensland shells are much smaller than those 
from Victoria and South Australia, prefers for the present to record the 
shell under the general name C. variabilis. 


B. Caloundra. 


This seaside resort lies about 60 miles north of Brisbane and may be 
approached by motor, rail and motor, or bay steamer and launch. There 
are two sandstone headlands of which the more northerly (Moffat’s Head) 
proved the better. 

Caloundra was visited in July, 1928, and April, 1929. On each occasion 
the tides were poor (best tide + 7) and the weather unfavourable. In spite 
of this many specimens were taken. To the north of the most prominent 
part of Moffat’s Head lies a sheltered cove, with large flat slabs of sand- 
stone and many smaller fragments, all more or less overgrown with sea- 
weed. 

14 genera, 15 species were taken. 

Ischnochiton examinandus laetior Hull; Heterozona fruticosa -Gould; 


MACKAY. 289 


Ischnoradsia australis Sowerby, var. divaricata Hull; Haploplar smarag- 
dina Angas; Terenochiton badius Hedley & Hull; Terenochiton liratellus 
Iredale & Hull; Paricoplaxr crocina Reeve*; Callistelasma antiqua 
Reeve; Notoplax gabrieli Ashby; Craspedoplaz variabilis H. Adams & Angas; 
Delicatoplax transiucens Hedley & Hull; Rhyssoplax vauclusensis Hedley & 
Hull; Mucrosquama particolor Hull; Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry; 
Onithochiton quercinus Gould. 

Remarks. Heterozona fruticosa and Ischnoradsia australis are 
common. 

Callistelasma antiqua and Liolophura queenslandica are also common. 
Haploplax smaragdina was plentiful at the first visit, but rather scarce at 
the second owing to rough weather. Six Ischnochiton examinandus 
laetior were taken by two workers in a week; also six Delicatoplax trans- 
lucens, 10 Rhyssoplax vauclusensis and two Mucrosquama particolor. 

Only one Paricoplax crocina was taken in two visits. 

In discussing this shell, Iredale and Hull (5) remark:— 


“When alive this shell is covered with a glutinous epidermis, which ap- 
pears to contain the fugitive protective colours.” 


This statement is open to question. The writer noted that worn beach 
valves were brightly coloured. It is evident that the epidermis does not 
contain the colour, but conceals it. In life the epidermis, being semi- 
transparent, permits the coloration of the valves to show. At death it 
coagulates and becomes opaque, giving a dull appearance to the shell. If 
the epidermis be removed, e.g., by the action of caustic soda, the original 
colours return with added brilliancy.** 

Acanthochitons were represented by Craspedoplax variabilis and Noto- 
plax gabrieli, neither being rare. Ashby’s original description (6) of the 
latter shell is not very precise. He mentions “deep broken longitudinal 
grooving in the dorsal area” and two pages on, possibly referring to this 
species, he uses the words “short longitudinal rows of shallow holes.” 

Iredale and Hull (7) say “pitting of the dorsal area.” 

The writer, from an examination of a series at different stages, is of 
opinion that this feature is really sculpture of low convex pustules, i.e., 
raised and not “pitted.” 

The station of Notoplar gabrieli appears to be at low water, under 
stones cemented together by sand and calcareous debris. Callistelasma 
antiqua is found in the same situation. 

In lifting the stones care should be taken, unless wearing gloves, not 
to allow the hands to come in contact with the stinging worm (PoLy- 
cHaAETA—? Chloeia flava pallas). 

Although there are no immediate ill-effects, the irritation caused by 
the penetration of the minute hair-like processes with which it is fringed 
may last some weeks. ; 

Terenochiton liratellus was found, as a rule, on small stones, deeply 


*This shell was formerly erroneously identified as Levicoplax (Chiton) 
platessa Gould. 


**Tredale and Hull maintain their opinion. In no case does the brilliant 
combination of green, purple and red so often found on the live shell con- 
tinue through to the tegmentum, although a deep red is found sometimes 
where the epidermis has been eroded, while the remaining portion of 
the epidermis is principally of the other colours. Dead valves are fre- 
quently found wholly red in colour. (Ed.). 


290 LORICATES COLLECTED ON QUEENSLAND COAST. 


recessed under the overhanging slabs. Terenochiton badius was taken in 
similar positions, but buried in mud. The series of Terenochitons secured 
here and at Point Cartwright gives the writer the opportunity of con- 
firming an observation by Ashby which has received insufficient recog- 
nition. 

Ashby (8) wrote of Lepidopleurus (Terenochiton) liratus H. Adams and 
Angas:— 

“The girdle is clothed with flat, elongate, imbricating scales, mostly 
straight sided and considerably longer than broad, which are very easily 
detached. From amongst these scales proceed, chiefly near the shell, long, 
white, cylindrical spicules, which are about four times the length of the 
scales; these spicules are in clusters at the sutures, elsewhere more or less 
scattered. The girdle is also furnished with a spiculose fringe... .” 

When Iredale wrote his original description of Terenochiton (9) T. 
subtropicalis, the material available was limited. At the request of the 
writer he recently re-examined paratypes and was unable to detect any 
sutural tufts. 

The writer, in examining his series of T. liratellus and T. badius, found 
that scanty sutural tufts were constantly present. These tufts, which 
commonly consist of three or four long, curved, glassy, pointed spicules 
arise from the suture line close to the valves. They appear to be ex- 
tremely brittle and, therefore, liable to become broken or detached. They 
are in no way to be confused with the spiculose edge of the girdle, which 
is quite distinct. 

Apart from these sutural tufts, a few spicules were observed elsewhere 
on the girdle. These observations were confirmed by examination of other 
Terenochitons in the writer’s possession, including Terenochiton badius, T. 
matthewsianus, T. liratus, T. liratellus and T. (Lepidopleurus) glauerti. 


C. Point Cartwright. 


Some ten miles to the north of Caloundra is Point Cartwright. It lies 
at the mouth of the Mooloolah River, forming the south head. It is not 
easy of access, but may be reached by car to Mooloolabah, via Maroo- 
chydore. Boats may be hired to traverse the mile or so of river to its en- 
trance into the sea. Point Cartwright consists of a high sandstone head- 
land, with a wide weathered sandstone shelf breaking into slabs and frag- 
ments. The best part for collecting was found to be the most northerly 
portion of the headland close to where the river enters the sea. Here the 
conditions were similar to those at Caloundra, there being weed-covered 
slabs of sandstone with numerous sheltered pools. 

Point Cartwright was visited on May 7th and 9th, 1929. On the better 
of these days the tide level was given in the Tables as + 2, but a fresh 
south-easterly breeze probably did not allow it to recede so far. The tide 
conditions were thus not particularly good. 

15 genera, 16 species were taken. 

Ischnochiton examinandus laetior Hull; Heterozona fruticosa Gould; 
Ischnoradsia australis Sowerby, var. divaricata Hull; Haploplax smarag- 
dina Angas; Terenochiton badius Hedley & Hull; Terenochiton liratellus 
Iredale & Hull; Callistelasma antiqua Reeve; Loricella angasi H. Adams; 
Notoplax gabrieli Ashby; Craspedoplax variabilis H. Adams & Angas; 
Poneroplax paeteliana Thiele; Delicatoplar translucens Hedley & Hull; 
Rhyssoplax vauclusensis Hedley & Hull; Mucrosquama particolor Hull; 
Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry; Onithochiton quercinus Gould. 

Remarks. The Loricate fauna is practically identical with that found 
at Caloundra. Paricoplax crocina was not taken here, but, on the other 
hand, Poneroplax paeteliana and Loricella angasi were added. 


MACKAY. 291 


There is no previous record of Poneroplax being taken in Moreton Bay. 
There is some uncertainty about the status of species in this genus. Ashby 
(10) recorded two specimens from Burleigh Heads, which he considered 
conspecific with P. tasmanica Thiele. Adult specimens of Poneroplax 
from their exposed station usually show marked erosion, and this renders 
their positive identification difficult unless juveniles can be secured. The 
series taken by the writer at Burleigh Heads, Point Cartwright and Coolum, 
showed enough sculpture to identify them as conspecific with P. paeteliana 
Thiele. 

The type locality of Loricella angasi H. Adams, is given as Rapid Bay, 
South Australia. The New South Wales shells have been separated by 
Ashby (11) under the name of Loricella torri, the distinguishing feature 
being the presence of “Spear Head” processes in the girdle of the South 
Austraiian form and their absence in the New South Wales shells. The 
examples taken at Point Cartwright were juvenile and showed no such 
processes, so that, if the two species are separable, these specimens will 
bear the name L. torri Ashby. Hitherto no Loricella has been recorded 
north of Port Stephens, N.S.W., and its dicovery nearly 500 miles further 
north is of exceptional interest. Two specimens were taken, the situation 
being under large sandstone blocks below low water level. 


D. Alexandra Head. 


This headland was passed on the way to Point Cartwright, and lies 
about two miles north of it. A brief visit was paid during a moderate tide’ 
(+ 4) in rough weather, and, although the general conditions seemed 
favourable, no Loricates were taken. 


E. Coolum. 


Coolum Beach is about half-way between Point Cartwright and Noosa 
Head, and may be reached by cane tramway or by road. It is about ten 
miles from Yandina, the nearest railway station. 

The writer cannot improve on Hull’s description (12), “Grano-diorite 
and schists—extremely hard and jagged masses, seamed and riven with 
deep clefts into which the surf tumbles violently, even in moderate 
weather.” 

On the occasion of our visit both tides (+ 8) and wind (S.E.) proved 
unfavourable. 

12 genera, 12 species were taken. 

Ischnochiton examinandus laetior Hull; Heterozona fruticosa Gould; 
Ischnoradsia australis Sowerby, var. divaricata Hull; Haploplax smarag- 
dina Angas; Terenochiton liratellus Iredale & Hull; Callistelasma antiqua 
Reeve; Notoplax gabrieli Ashby; Craspedoplax variabilis H. Adams & Angas; 
Poneroplax paeteliana Thiele; Delicatoplax translucens Hedley & Hull; 
Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry; Onithochiton quercinus Gould. 

Remarks. Most of these were taken from one pool of moderate size. 
Terenochiton liratellus and Delicatoplax translucens were represented by 
single individuals. The list is almost identical with that of specimens 
taken at Point Cartwright. It is evident that Coolum is in the Peronian 
Area. It lies in latitude 26 deg. 30 min. S. approx. 


SOLANDERIAN AREA. 
A. Pialba. 
Pialba lies at the southern extremity of Hervey Bay, in latitude 25 deg. 
16 min. S. approx. Geologically, the coast is of Burrum formation, thin 


superimposed sheets of weathered sandstone. The coastline here runs in 
a sweeping curve to the north-west. On the eastern boundary of Hervey 


292 LORICATES COLLECTED ON QUEENSLAND COAST. 


Bay lies Great Sandy or Fraser Island, which runs approximately north by 
east. There is thus enclosed on all sides except the north a large sheltered 
bay over 40 miles in width. 

The surge of the open sea gives way to placid sheltered waters. In- 
stead of abrupt sandy beaches passing quickly into deep water, a foreshore 
extends at low tide for over half a mile. With these shallow waters we 
get the associated mud and mangrove. For the first time on the way north 
live coral appears, whilst dead “nigger-heads” abound. 

It was evident that we had entered on a new set of conditions, and 
this fact soon received confirmation in the Loricate fauna. 


Our visit was made from May 22nd to 24th inclusive, 1929. The 
weather was fine, but the tides poor (+ 7). 

4 genera, 5 species were taken. 

Ischnochiton examinandus laetior Hull; Ischnochiton distigmatus 
Hull; Callistelasma periousia Iredale & Hull; Rhyssoplax venusta Hull; 
Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry. 

Remarks. The common J/schnoradsia australis and Heterozona fruti- 
cosa are no longer in evidence. Callistelasma antiqua is replaced by C. 
periousia, a species easily separable. The striking Haploplax smaragdina, 
Rhyssoplaz vauclusensis and Delicatoplaxr translucens disappear, and the 
new Rhyssoplar venusta takes the field in considerable numbers. For ex- 
ample, 54 R. venusta were taken in three days. Ischnochiton examinandus 
laetior from being uncommon becomes relatively plentiful, 22 being taken. 
The rare Ischnochiton distigmatus found by Hull near Bowen puts in an 
appearance, two specimens being taken under stones buried in mud at low 
water. 

A note on the relationship of this species to Ischnochiton luticolens 
Hull, will be found at the end of these notes. 

The fact that a new faunal zone had been entered could hardly have 
been more forcibly demonstrated. 

From Pialba to Coolum, in a straight line, would be about 45 miles. In 
between these two places lie Noosa Head, Double Island Point, Inskip 
Point, Hook Point and the shores of Great Sandy Island. Apart from a 
fruitless visit paid by Hull in 1921 to Noosa Head, the writer knows of no 
record of search for Loricates having been made in this area. 

The writer suspects that the actual boundary is sharply defined and 
dependent on geographical considerations. In this connection the northern 
extremity of Great Sandy Island is suggestive. The eastern coast is open 
ocean, and the water temperature would be similar to that on the coast- 
line a few miles south. 

The comparatively shallow waters of Hervey Bay are largely encircled 
by land and are noticeably warmer to the touch. Moreover, at this point 
on the coast, the Great Barrier Reef begins to exert its sheltering in- 
fluence. 

Further investigation is needed of this intervening area. 


B. Port Curtis. 


The only part of this magnificent harbour visited was in the immediate 

vicinity of Gladstone. Tide + 4. 
4 genera, 4 species were taken. 

Ischnochiton luticolens Hull; Haploplar arbutum Reeve; Callistelasma 
periousia Iredale & Hull; Squamopleura curtisiana Smith. 

Remarks. Squamopleura curtisiana abounds amongst oysters on stone 
approaches of a jetty. The other three were taken from fragments of 
quartzite, embedded in tne unlovely mud of Barney Point. 


MACKAY. 293 


C. Keppel Bay. 

Headquarters were made at Emu Park, whence the adjacent foreshores 
and neighbouring islands were visited. There are over a dozen islands 
visible from Emu Park. The rocks are for the most part quartzite and 
schist, but the geological formation is not simple and basalt and con- 
glomerate occur in places. Conditions for Loricates are ideal. The 
numerous outcrops of reefs offer every variety of shelter and food. In 
August, 1928, a week was spent here, and in 1929 the part or whole of June, 
August, September and October. 

Visits were paid to Pelican Id. (2), Wedge Id., and South Keppel Id. 
As the Loricate fauna on these islands is almost identical with that of the 
adjacent mainland, it is convenient to group the list of Loricates taken 
under the general heading of Keppel Bay. 

14 genera, 17 species were taken in Keppel Bay. 

Ischnochiton examinandus laetior Hull; Ischnochiton luticolens Hull; 
Heterozona fruticosa Gould; Haploplax arbutum Reeve; Terenochiton 
liratellus Iredale & Hull; Callistelasma periousia Iredale & Hull; Acantho- 
chiton granostriatus Pilsbry; Acanthochiton complanatus Hull; Acantho- 
chiton pelicanensis Mackay; Meturoplazx retrojecta Pilsbry; Craspedoplax 
variabilis H. Adams & Angas; Rhyssoplax venusta Hull; Squamopleura 
curtisiana Smith; Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry; Acanthozostera gem- 
mata Blainville; Onithochiton quercinus Gould; Lucilina shirleyi Iredale. 

“Remarks. Ischnochiton examinandus laetior was taken in some num- 
bers. It exhibits great beauty and delicacy of colouring. It may here be 
remarked that certain localities seemed to show more or less consistent 
colour variation in this species. For example, shells from Emu Park were 
delicately tinted and splashed with shades of yellow, orange, pink or purple, 
mostly on a white background. From South Keppel Id. green markings on 
a white background predominated. At Mourilyan, near Innisfail (vide 
infra), examples were almost uniformly a rich brown with whitish mark- 
ings. Substantial series (Emu Park 80 examples, South Keppel 42, 
Mourilyan 30) were taken, so that the colouring seems to be fairly well 
fixed for these localities. 

Ischnochiton luticolens is less plentiful here than it becomes further 
up the coast, but 20 examples were secured. 

Rhyssoplax venusta is not uncommon. In 1929, 61 were taken, show- 
ing a fine colour series. The range and depth of colour is more marked 
here than at Pialba. Mention may be made here of the observed prefer- 
ence of members of the genus Rhyssoplaz for the sides of stones to the 
under surface. This had been noted by the writer in such diverse repre- 
sentatives as R. tricostalis, R. orukta, R. diaphora and R. calliozona in Vic- 
toria, R. jugosa in New South Wales and R. vauclusensis and R. venusta in 
Queensland. ‘The long series of R. venusta taken allowed confirmation of 
what had been noted in the southern shells. At Emu Park, the flat- 
sided prisms of quartzite offer smooth surfaces, with an upper inclined 
face, and this was found to be a favourite situation. Moreover, most 
specimens were taken above neap low tide level and below half tide. They 
are commonly found just buried in sand in shallow pools. 

The solitary example of Heterozona fruticosa found is noteworthy. 
This Peronian shell had not been hitherto recorded north of Coolum. One 
full-grown example was collected by the writer in August, 1928, on the 
point near the jetty at Emu Park. 

In a pool nearby was taken in 1929 a single specimen of Terenochiton 
liratellus. In each of the two last mentioned species the discovery ex- 
tends the known range by about 300 miles. 


294 LORICATES COLLECTED ON QUEENSLAND COAST. 


Haploplax arbutum is present in great variety of colouring. Its station 
is rather high in the littoral zone, as is usual with most members of this 
genus. It prefers muddy situations, a taste it shares with Ischnochiton 
iuticolens. A favourite site was found to be the high level pools on the 
sheltered side of the rocky point near the stone jetty. 

Acanthochitons are somewhat puzzling. Representatives were fairly 
numerous in August, 1928, exceedingly rare in June, 1929, and common in 
September-October, 1929. One Acanthochiton granostriaius was taken. 
Acanthochiton complanatus was found at South Keppel Id., and not else- 
where in Keppel Bay. It was taken on the sides of stones, partly em- 
bedded in clean sand on an open beach well above low tide level. As- 
sociated with it on the same stones was Lucilina shirleyi, which also was 
not taken elsewhere. 

Acanthochiton pelicanensis was a new species taken by the writer at 
Pelican Id., in 1928, and published in 1929 (13). It speaks volumes for Mr. 
A. F. Basset Hull’s assiduity as a collector that two subsequent prolonged 
visits by the writer should have failed to add anything more than this 
small shell. Careful search in Keppel Bay in 1929 failed to rediscover it, 
but later a solitary specimen was found at Magnetic Id., some 400 miles 
north of the type locality. Although rare, it is evidently of wide range. 

Meturoplaz retrojecta was found both in the form described by Pilsbry 
and in the variety pustulosus Ashby. The extremes are far apart and 
would justify specific separation but for the existence of intermediate forms 
which would doubtfully fall into either. 

Craspedoplax variabilis became very common in October, 1929. 

Squamopleura curtisiana was represented by one small individual from 
Pelican Id. 

Liolophura queenslandica is abundant throughout the whole length of 
the Queensland coast as far north as the writer has collected. 

A number of specimens of Acanthozostera gemmata were collectea for 
the writer at Wreck Id. by Mr. C. Morris, of Emu Park. All were greatly 
eroded. 

Onithochiton quercinus is abundant in Keppel Bay. Although a few 
specimens were taken at medium tide level, it is found in greatest abund- 
ance below lowest tide limits. Some examples show great brilliancy of 
colouring. 

D. Broad Sound. 


St. Lawrence, at the head of Broad Sound, lies rather over 100 miles 
north of Rockhampton. Broad Sound is chiefly remarkable for its pheno- 
menal tides, which are said to reach the great height of 38 feet at their 
maximum. Such an excessive rise and fall is not favourable to Loricates. 
The only collecting done was on a reef some ten miles north of St. Lawrence 
where we took. 5 

1 genus, 1 species. 

Squamopleura curtisiana Smith. 

Remark. Only a cursory examination at half tide was possible. 

E. Bowen. 

A brief visit limited to two hours was paid to Queen’s Beach in August, 
1928. Tide + 16. 

5 genera, 5 species were taken. 

Ischnochiton luticolens Hull; Haploplax arbutum Reeve; Callistelasma 
periousia Iredale & Hull; Craspedoplaz variabilis H. Adams & Angas; Liolo- 
phura queenslandica Pilsbry. 

F. Townsville. 
The extensive sand and mud flats in the vicinity of the town do not 


MACKAY. 295 


offer a promising field for Loricates. Kissing Point (granite) was visited 
and a few Loricates taken. 

4 genera, 4 species. 

Ischnochiton luticolens Hull; Haploplax arbutum Reeve; Craspedoplax 
variabilis H. Adams & Angas; Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry. 

Remark. Tide + 19. 


G. Magnetic Island. 


The 1928 visit to this granite island was limited to a few hours at 
Horseshoe Bay, the tide being + 8. In August, 1929, about ten days were 
spent at Picnic Bay. The best tide was — 2, and the weather for the most 
part favourable. 

12 genera, 15 species were taken. 

Ischnochiton examinandus laetior Hull (?); Ischnochiton luticolens 
Hull; Haploplax adelaidensis Reeve; Haploplax arbutum Reeve; Calli- 
stelasma periousia Iredale & Hull; Acanthochiton granostriatus Pilsbry; | 
Acanthochiton pelicanensis Mackay; Craspedoplax variabilis H. Adams 
& Angas; Aerilamma primordia Hull; Rhyssoplax venusta Hull; Squamo- 
pleura curtisiana Smith; Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry; Acanthozostera 
gemmata Blainville; Onithochiton quercinus Gould; Lucilina fortilirata 
Reeve. 

Remarks. Shelling was mostly done in the vicinity of Picnic Bay, a 
sheltered beach of coarse granite gravel and coral debris, shelving down 
to a mud flat with much coral, which is only exposed at the lowest tides. 
Granite boulders form the flanks, and the eroded skeleton of a steel ship 
covered with oysters lies near the eastern end. Many bottles Httered the 
bay and went far to compensate for the scarcity of loose stones. 

As Ischnochiton examinandus laetior was found only in juvenile form, 
the recording of this species must be accepted with reservation for the 
present. 

Ischnochiton luticolens and Haploplar arbutum are common, especially 
on bottles. 

Two specimens of Haploplaxr adelaidensis were taken at the west end 
of Nellie Bay. 

A single specimen of the rare Acanthochiton pelicanensis was taken 
from live Pinna in Picnic Bay. 

Aerilamma primordia was present in some numbers, 24 being taken on 
weed encrusted boulders at the west end of Nellie Bay. 

Two specimens of Onithochiton quercinus were taken in Picnic Bay. 
Previous records of this shell identify it as far north as Mackay, with a 
queried reference to Raines Id., Torres Strait. This discovery definitely 
takes it 200 miles north of Mackay, and increases the likelihood of the 
Raines Id. locality being correct. 

Lucilina fortilirata was taken on bottles and loose stones. A number 
were found on dead oyster shell adherent to granite boulders, not much 
below neap tide high water mark. It is unusual for this shell to be 
emergent. 

H. Palm Group (Palm and Fantome Islands). 


Palm and Fantome Islands were visited in September, 1928. Four days 
were spent there. Tides + 1. 

:10 genera, 13 species were taken. 

Ischnochiton luticolens Hull; Haploplax arbutum Reeve; Callistelasma 
periousia Iredale & Hull; Callistelasma generos Iredale & Hull; Lophochiton 
granifer Hull; Acanthochiton granostriatus Pilsbry; Acanthochiton com- 
planatus Hull; Craspedoplax variabilis H. Adams & Angas; Cryptoplar 
larvaeformis Burrow; Cryptoplaxr burrow? E. A. Smith; Liolophura queens- 


296 LORICATES COLLECTED ON QUEENSLAND COAST. 


landica Pilsbry; Acanthozostera gemmata Blainville; Lucilina fortilirata 
Reeve. 

Remarks. Ischnochiton luticolens and Haploplax arbutum were 
common. 

Callistelasma generos was taken at the east end of the landing beach 
in front of the hospital on Fantome Id. Two specimens were obtained. 
They were on the under side of large smooth stones below low water. 

Lophochiton granifer was taken both at Palm Id. (type locality) and 
Fantome Id. These last two shells were not taken by the writer outside 
the Palm Group. 

Acanthochiton granostriatus had not been previously recorded from 
North Queensland. Single specimens were obtained from Emu Park, 
Magnetic Id. and Fantome Id. 

Some specimens of Lucilina fortilirata were taken from under large 
stones, embedded in wet sand rather high on the beach. Others from dead 
shell and stones below low water level. 

At both Palm and Fantome Islands large areas of coral are exposed 
at lowest tides. No Loricates were taken on the actual coral, but Lopho- 
chiton granifer, Acanthochiton granostriatus and Acanthochiton com- 
planatus were found on dead shell such as Pinna and Tridacna. 

I. Mourilyan Harbour (Robinson’s Beach). 

This rather out-of-the-way place was visited first on September 8, 1928 
(tide + 12) and again on July 5th to 8th inclusive, 1929 (tide — 2). It is 
somewhat difficult of access. One may go by cane tram or steamer from 
Innisfail to Mourilyan Harbour. Thence by launch to Robinson’s Beach, 
which lies south of the harbour. A hut offers shelter if a stay is planned. 
It may also be approached by flatboat across the harbour, and thence by a 
good track through the jungle. 

Slates, schist, quartzite, quartz and basalt were noted on the fore- 
shore. 

8 genera, 10 species were taken. 

Ischnochiton examinandus laetior Hull; Ischnochiton luticolens Hull; 
Haploplax adelaidensis Reeve; Haploplax arbutum Reeve; Callistelasma 
periousia Iredale & Hull; Craspedoplax variabilis H. Adams & Angas; Rhys- 
soplax venusta Hull; Liolophura queenslandica Pilsbry; Acanthozostera 
gemmata Blainville; Lucilina fortilirata Reeve. 

Remarks. On the second visit rough weather from the south-east 
spoilt what should have been one of the most favourable tides for the year. 

The locality of Ischnochiton examinandus laetior is given by Iredale 
and Hull (14) as Caloundra and Point Cartwright. The writer has traced 
it over 1,000 miles north of this. It is plentiful in the north (Solanderian 
Area), whereas it is scarce in the southern locality. In considering over- 
lapping between Peronian and Solanderian Areas, it seems more reason- 
able to regard it as a Solanderian shell, which has invaded the Peronian 
Area than vice versa. Reference has already been made to the constant 
colouring of Mourilyan specimens of this shell. 

Some remarkable specimens of Haploplax adelaidensis were found 
here, running up to a maximum size of 29 mm. This shell was found at a 
certain part of Robinson’s Beach in 1928. When the same place was visited 
in 1929 the tides were lower (— 2 as against + 12). Working over the 
identical area we were puzzled to find no specimens. On the following 
day, remembering the proclivity of the genus Haploplaz for high levels, 
special search was again made in the same place. A number of specimens 
were then found deeply buried in shingle under a double layer of stones. 
At the neap tides they had been more superficially placed and had been 
found at once. 


MACKAY. 297 


Some modification of the description of Ischnochiton luticolens is 
necessary. In the type locality, Port Curtis, it is “Buff or pale brown, 
sometimes stained with blackish-brown” (15). In cleaner waters further 
up the coast (Emu Park, Magnetic Id., Palm Group, Mourilyan Harbour) 
it is most commonly white or pale greenish-white splashed and mottled, 
especially in the lateral areas with green, brown or black. The position of 
the mucro has been given as “in front of the middle,” and this feature has 
been quoted to distinguish this shell from Ischnochiton distigmatus Hull. 
A series of camera lucida tracings shows that the position of the mucro is 
a little variable. It is most commonly central, although it may be a little 
anterior or posterior (figs. 1-5). 


A Note on the Relationship between Ischnochiton luticolens Hull and 
Ischnochiton distigmatus Hull. 

Ischnochiton luticolens Hull, is a very common shell in North Queens- 
land. 

The description of Ischnochiton distigmatus Hull, rests upon two or 
three shells found by Hull at North Head, Port Denison, Queensland. 

In some respects these two shells seemed related. 

The points relied on to separate them were as follows:— 
1. Specific Colouring. 

luticolens is buff or pale brown, sometimes stained with blackish brown 
in the type locality. In other places white or pale greenish-white splashed 
or mottled, especially in the lateral areas with green, brown or black (as 
noted supra). 

distigmatus is purplish brown when alive, fading when dry, leaving a 
dark purple spot on each side of the jugum near the posterior margin of 
valve iv. 
2. Sculpture. 

luticolens, the median valves showed some difference of sculpture in 
median and lateral areas. 

distigmatus showed no such difference. 
3. Shape of Posterior Valve. 

A. Mucro, said to be considerably anterior in luticolens, and only 
slightly anterior in distigmatus. 

(The writer has previously shown in this article that for practical pur- 
poses the mucro is central in luticolens so this point of difference lapses) . 

B. Post-mucronal area, said to be concave in luticolens and convex in 
distigmatus. 
4. Slitting. 

luticolens, 15—1—13. 

distigmdtus, about 9—1—0 (in one case two obscure slits in median 
valve) . 
5. Girdle. 

luticolens, minute striated scales. 

distigmatus, small, elongated, lozenge-shaped scales directed backward 
and outward, not striated. 

The Radulas were not recorded. 

(The above is largely extracted from Monograph of Australian Lori- 
cates, Iredale and Hull, pages 20, 21). 

Remarks. The writer, as noted earlier, took, at Pialba, two small shells, 
which outwardly conformed to the description of Ischnochiton distigmatus. 

On disarticulation and comparison with a number of specimens of 
luticolens, it was found that the new shells did not exactly correspond with 
either Zuticolens or distigmatus. 

They agree with distigmatus for colour, inasmuch as they were purplish- 


298 LORICATES COLLECTED ON QUEENSLAND COAST. 


brown when alive, fading when dry and having the characteristic purple 
spots on the fourth valve. In addition, they showed fine purple splashes 
under magnification. 

No differentiation was observed in the sculpture of median and lateral 
areas, so that they agreed with distigmatus in Point No. 2. 

Post-mucronal Area (figs. 6 & 9) is concave in Specimen A. and con- 
cavo-convex in Specimen B. 

Slitting. 

Specimen A...Anterior Valve, 10 rays, 10 slits, of which 5 are feeble. 

Median Valve, single slit in each, some being weak, but none absent. 

Posterior Valve, 6 slits of which 3 are feeble (Fig. 8). 

Specimen B. Posterior Valve, 9 slits of which 3 are feeble (Fig. 10). 

Girdle, minute striated scales apparently identical with those of luti- 
colens. 

Radula has not yet been examined. 

The Pialba shells, therefore, agree with distigmatus as regards colour 
and sculpture. The girdle is that of luticolens. In the shape of the pos- 
terior valve and slitting they are intermediate. They might be a weakly 
slit luticolens or a strongly slit distigmatus. 

The slitting in luticolens is sometimes weaker, and the slits may be 
fewer in number. 

The writer records his shells as distigmatus. It must be admitted that 
the discovery of this intermediate form brings distigmatus much closer to 
luticolens. It is evident that an evolutionary process with modification of 
sculpture and slitting is taking place. 

Postscript. 

Since the foregoing notes were written, the author has had an oppor- 
tunity of examining the type of Ischnochiton distigmatus Hull, in the 
Queensland Museum. 

Iredale and Hull, in the Monograph of Australian Loricates (p. 21), 
state that the girdle scales are not striated, and the writer quoted this 
feature as one of the points which distinguish this species from I. luticolens. 

Since examination of the type, the present writer cannot concur with 
the description of the girdle scales. Under magnification of 75 diam. these 
are seen to be clearly striated and similar to those of I. luticolens. The 
shape of the post-mucronal area (another point of differentiation) may be 


Figures. 


Fig. 1. Ischnochiton luticolens, 12 mm. long, from Magnetic Id. Posterior 
valve, side view. 

Fig. 2. Ischnochiton luticolens, 12 mm. long, from Mourilyan Harbour. 
Posterior valve, side view. 

Fig. 3. Ischnochiton luticolens, 10 mm. long, from Magnetic Id. Posterior 
valve, side view. 

Fig. 4. Ischnochiton luticolens, 9 mm. long, from Mourilyan Harbour. 
Posterior valve, side view. 

Fig. 5. Ischnochiton luticolens, 11 mm. long, from South Keppel Id. Pos- 
terior valve, side view. 


Fig. 6. Specimen A., from Pialba, 8 mm. long. Posterior valve, side view. 
Fig. 7. Specimen A., from Pialba, 8 mm.long. Posterior valve, from above. 
Fig. 8. Specimen A., from Pialba, 8 mm. long. Posterior valve, interior. 
Fig. 9. Specimen B., from Pialba, 7 mm. long. Posterior valve, side view. 


Fig. 10. Specimen B., from Pialba, 7mm. long. Posterior valve, interior. 
Fig. 11. Ischnochiton distigmatus (type), side view of posterior valve. 


MACKAY. 299 


300 LORICATES COLLECTED ON QUEENSLAND COAST. 


described as concavo-convex. A camera lucida tracing of its outline is 
given (Fig. 11). One of the writer’s Pialba shells has the same outline. 

The writer considers his Pialba shells to be conspecific with the shell 
described by Hull as J. distigmatus. 

The question again arises as to how far J. distigmatus is separable from 
I. luticolens. The only cited points of difference which survive analysis are 
as follows:— . 

1. Distinctive colour. An uncertain feature, unless well supported by 
other facts. 

2. Some small difference of sculpture. 

3. Weaker slitting in distigmatus. 

To these the writer would suggest:— 

4. Shape. I. luticolens is long and narrow. I. distigmatus is a shorter, 
wider shell. 

5. Elevation. J. luticolens is an elevated shell. I. distigmatus is de- 
pressed. 

It must be admitted that the number of I. distigmatus available for 
comparison is small, and too much stress must not be laid on points 4 and 5 
until more specimens are found. 

The writer considers that J. distigmatus, though separable, is more 
closely related to J. luticolens than has been supposed. 

To his previous acknowledgements he desires to add his thanks to the 
Director of the Queensland Museum, Mr. Heber A. Longman, for his courtesy 
in providing facilities for examination of their collection of Loricates. 


Acknowledgements. 


The writer desires to make the following acknowledgements: — 


To his esteemed friend, Mr. J. H. Gatliff, of Melbourne, for much valued 
advice. 

To Messrs. Iredale and Hull, of Sydney, for much assistance and con- 
firmation of species where necessary. 

To Mr. E. Ashby, of South Australia, for reprints of papers. 

To Department of Harbours and Marine, Brisbane, for copy of Tide 
Tables. 


References. 
1. Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xxviii., 1903, 876-883. 
2. Ashby, Aust. Assoc. Ad. Sci., 17, 1924, 370 et seq. 
, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Aust., xlii., 1918. 
3. Iredale, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1914, 665-666. 


, Proc. Mal. Soc., ix., 1910, 156-158. 

4. Ashby, Aust. Assoc. Ad. Sci., 17, 1924, 373. 

5. Iredale & Hull, Monograph of Aust. Loricates, 1927, 52. 
6. Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Aust., xlvi., 1922, 10. 
7. Iredale & Hull, loc. cit., ref. 5, 83. 

8. Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Aust., xlvii., 1923, 218. 
9. Iredale, Proc. Mal. Soc., xi., 1914. 

10. Ashby, —————__—_——_—__—_, 378. 

11. Ashby, Trans. Roy. Soc. South Aust., xliii., 1919, 62. 
12. Hull, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., xlix., 1924, xii. 

13. Mackay, Aust. Zool., vi., 1929. 

14. Iredale & Hull, loc. cit., ref. 5, 14. 

15. Iredale & Hull, loc. cit., ref. 5, 20-21. 


301 


OBSERVATIONS ON THE PLATYPUS (ORNITHORHYNCHUS ANATINUS). 


1. THE EGG-LAYING PERIODS. 
By Harry BurreE.u, C.M.Z.S. 


Who can say whether or not there is sufficient anatomical evidence 
available to prove beyond doubt that it is impossible for a Monotreme to 
lay fertile eggs twice in one season? If there is, I am not aware of the 
fact. If not, food for thought may here be garnered. 

As far as the higher order of mammals is concerned, I do not know 
of an instance where any of these creatures has given birth to young twice 
in the one year, save, of course, in the case of twins or litters. But as my 
investigations are restricted to Monotremes (a so-called lower order), I am 
not greatly concerned about the placentals. 

Apart from the fact that I have collected very young Platypus which, 
I was convinced, had been hatched during the month of August, I have 
since then collected eggs laid during that month. The latest date upon 
which I have taken eggs from a nest is November 13 (1929). These I pre- 
sented to the Australian Museum for gallery exhibits. This find brought 
the egg-laying period of the Platypus into four months, namely, August, 
September, October, and November. In respect of the November eggs, it 
may be pointed out that I had deliberately arranged to await late dates— 
dates most suitable for the unearthing of furred nestlings, though at the 
risk of learning that they had already deserted their nests—and I said to 
my assistants: “Do not be surprised if we should happen upon new-laid 
eggs instead of the usual furred young, or deserted nests.’ My reason for 
saying this was not because I imagined we might chance finding eggs; it 
was based upon the fact that I had previously (late in October) taken 
twin ova from the oviduct of a Platypus, and, judging by their size (about 
three millimetres each), they, probably, would not have been deposited be- 
fore early November. Sure enough, as I had warned my associates, I suc- 
ceeded in collecting twin new-laid eggs three days afterwards. From a 
bank of the Manilla River, N.S.W., on the date mentioned (November 13, 
1929), we unearthed a female Platypus and twin new-laid eggs. (For full 
description of new-laid eggs, see The Platypus, page 180). The main en- 
trance to the burrow of this find was discovered two feet above water level. 
Following its trend for some considerable distance, we ultimately came to 
the nest, which was situated high up in the bank. Before breaking through 
to the occupant, I noticed a new aperture running in at right angles to the 
tunnel we were tracing; but, knowing we would have to break through this 
by following our selected course, I did not bother just then to make special 
observations, more than to notice its freshness and direction. Delving a 
little further, a female nesting Platypus waddled out, unexpectedly, towards 
the digger. After testing her milk glands to ascertain their condition, she 
was granted a fairway in the river. I turned my attention then to the 
contents of her nest, and, instead of finding, as usual, one big babe, or more, 
twin new-laid eggs met my gaze. 

The excitement over, we resumed digging back towards the new en- 
trance, and while doing so we quite accidentally unearthed another new, 
though deserted, nest within two feet of the former find. Here was a puzzle; 


302 OBSERVATIONS ON THE PLATYPUS. 


for, as already stated, the labyrinth system of tell-tale tunnels had been 
demolished before any knowledge of the ultimate results was gained. I 
will not dwell longer on this point, further than to state that the new aper- 
ture could have led, with some intricacy, to either or both nests. 


The problem facing us now is whether both nests were constructed and 
occupied by the one female during a single brooding session. Personally, 
I think it possible. All present were convinced that the new aperture was 
unworn, as the outer grass was not disturbed thereabouts. Had the 
material for the occupied nest been carried through this tunnel there would 
have been no mistaking the worn trail; for Platypus nests are bulky and 
the material can be carried in only a little at a time. This would neces- 
sitate many trips, both in and out, before the task would be finished. Ac- 
cordingly, I dismiss any suggestion that the new opening was anything but 
an accidental break from within, and, probably, had been created before 
the creature pugged herself in prior to laying her eggs. (Such conditions 
are customary). The fact that the eggs were new-laid proves that this she 
had only recently done. Hence the untraversed aperture that bewildered 
me at the time. 


Here is another point which strengthens my theory somewhat: The 
first nest discovered was found to be occupied; the other, almost adjoining, 
was only recently deserted. These conditions I know from experience, and, 
according to the date, the second nest had evidently been occupied by 
nestlings just prior to our investigations. This nest, then, was certainly 
built by the female that constructed or renovated the principal burrow 
that season, for we may be sure she would not allow an intruding female 
to trespass on her quarters at the time when she was most alert, suckling 
half-grown nestlings. Somewhat similar conditions prevail, though, in 
cases where two females begin operations practically together, but at that 
tunnelling time both are presumably of the one mind. However, as re- 
gards the limit of neighbourly possibilities among brooding Platypus, the 
above is my firm opinion, and, furthermore (although not an anatomist), 
I am of the opinion that the one female was responsible for the double 
event. 


To my mind, the most feasible theory contrary to the one submitted is 
this: A second female commandeered the quarters directly after the six- 
weeks-old nestlings had vacated them. This appears convincing, because 
she did not make shift in the deserted cavity, a fact which indicates that 
she evidently was not pushed for time, even at that late stage. The en- 
trance to the cavity was blocked, so let us suppose that she was responsible 
for the blocking of it before tunnelling, erratically, two feet further on, 
there to excavate a cavity for herself. Then, by way of that erratic sub- 
way she could simply go back again into the main tunnel, pugging behind 
her occasionally as she thought fit. Hence the mystifying labyrinth re- 
ferred to. 

Still, I have no hesitation in saying that the first female would have 
acted likewise if pressed to do so, and who can say that she was not? New 
and moist conditions are necessary at all brooding sessions. Therefore, it 
is not likely she would desert her original burrow, wherein she had already 
made good, to venture out elsewhere on another laborious task, just for 
exercise. Judging from the measurements of intra-uterine material, taken 
from specimens caught in the act of tunnelling, I find that Nature allows 
a female Platypus about two weeks to burrow and build her nest before the 
egg is ready for deposition. This time, if added to the period required for 


BURRELL. 303 


laying, hatching, and tending young, would extend into approximately three 
months. 


By this reckoning, then, one female may have been responsible for both 
clutches, and more especially if we take into consideration the fact that 
furred young can subsist for weeks without receiving nourishment from 
their mothers. Being aware of this, I presume that during this period not 
only conception, but the maturing and laying of eggs could take place. 
Meanwhile, the mother could excavate a second cavity and build another 
nest. 

On the other hand, if two females were responsible for the double 
event, then the first must have been a very early layer,.and the second ex- 
ceptionally late. But why should such extremes clash in the one burrow 
found in a first-class bank containing from two to three hundred yards of 
most suitable soil? And yet no other occupied burrow was found that 
season along its entire length; nor was another female met with. 


For the sake of brevity, in concluding this hypothesis, the following 
questions may be set out:— 


(1) Were these eggs a second laying in one season by one Platypus? 

(2) Can this be a natural occurrence with early layers? 

(3) Is it an anatomical impossibility for a Platypus to conceive under 
such circumstances? 

(4). Was it an unusual phenomenon entailing the slow functioning of 
the right uterus? (See The Platypus, p. 178). 


2. TEMPERAMENTAL TRAITS. 


Notwithstanding their nervous disposition and dread of man, Platypus 
when in difficulties, or in pain, will not only accept the hand of their fore- 
most enemy to save or sooth them, but at such times will seek his assistance. 

My first experience of this characteristic was with an adult female 
Platypus, one that I had unearthed while she was burrowing and had after- 
wards kept in solitary confinement for experimental purposes. Therefore, 
there can be no disputing the fact that she knew me only too well. After 
leaving her to herself for two days in comfortable quarters, I thought fit to 
give her a dip in a bucket three parts full of water. But as I was afraid 
she would climb out, after being submerged, I walked round the bucket so 
as to be on hand should she go over the top on -the opposite side. As I 
walked round I noticed she paddled to keep pace with me, never turning 
her tail to me once; and when I stood still she did nothing but tread water, 
and, seemingly, beg of me to stoop and lift her out. This I proceeded to 
do, but instead of diving, as I fully expected she would, she raised her bill, 
looked me squarely in the face, and when I put out both hands she ac- 
cepted my open palms as if she had never felt their clasp before. Never- 
theless, the moment she recovered from the dread of being left to drown, 
she became equally afraid of the hands that had just lifted her to safety. 
Three days in succession I tested this subject, only to meet with similar 
results. 

On another occasion, a male baby Platypus that I had snuggling com- 
fortably in his original nesting material for several weeks, became so ex- 
tremely alarmed when I relined his soiled nest with fresh vegetation that 
he did nothing but kick up his feet in protest at my interference. All was 
apparently well the while I soothed him, but the moment I withdrew my 
hands he went off again into tantrums, and not only did he squirm and 
growl at me, but when I tried to pacify him with the kindest voice a foster- 


304 OBSERVATIONS ON THE PLATYPUS. 


parent could evoke under any circumstances, he only growled and wriggled 
the more and, ultimately, stood up in the nest and “Gr-r-r-r-ed,” imploring 
me to take him up. After discovering the error I had made in interfering 
with his own nest, I took him up and removed the stuff I had unwisely added 
for his comfort. When all was in readiness I put him back again, and with- 
out any further fuss he coiled up and slept contentedly the whole day 
through. Unlike the adult, this baby appeared to be grateful to me, but 
only until I had righted an experimental wrong; then he ceased to require 
my services. 

My next experience was with a female baby Platypus (a twin to the 
first mentioned one), that evidently was in pain occasioned by diarrhoea. 
One evening, at dusk, when their sense of seeing is good, I was attracted to 
the weanery by an unusual scratching and calling. Making investigations, 
I found my patient writhing on the nest as if in convulsions. Thinking 
that a little exercise would relieve her, I took her out of the nest and 
placed her on a table. Presently, after more wriggling, she commenced to 
crawl about as if all pain had suddenly ceased. To prevent her from fall- 
ing off the table, I placed my hands at either side of her. Noticing this, 
she made towards one hand and nuzzled between my fingers (this she fre- 
quently did while being groomed). Then she coiled herself in my palm and 
went to sleep. Possibly she was only seeking warmth. However, faith out- 
weighed fear on that occasion, because, when I placed her in the nest again 
and withdrew the warmth of my hands, she continued to sleep on until 
awakened at 11 a.m. the following day—then to have her voice “canned” by 
Fox Movie-tone Company, when both she and her brother emitted defiant 
growls for the occasion. According to the manager of the company, the 
voices were successfully “shot” and reproduced to perfection. The above 
are not isolated cases, but I think they are sufficiently convincing in them- 
selves to show that the Ornithorhynchus, though nervous and fretful, is 
blessed with sufficient perception to know when to choose the lesser of two 
evils. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. PLATE XVII. 


THE CicaDA BIRD FEEDING YOUNG IN NEST, 


Photograph by N. Chaffer, 


a beens lye 


PLATE XVIII. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. 


oe 
(=) 
x4 

[S) 

S) 
N 
an 
w) 


AUSTRALIAN CISTELIDAE. 


PLATE XIX. 


THE AUSTRALIAN Zoo.Locist, Vol. vi. 


x 
faa) 
x 

UU 

& 
N 
<= 
wl 


AUSTRALIAN CISTELIDAE. 


4% 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZooLocist, Vol. vi. PLATE Xx. 


Ischnochiton acomphus Hull & Risbec. 


1. Whole shell. 2. Anterior valve. 3. Posterior valve. 4. Half medianvalve. 
5. Girdle scales. 6. Interior ofanterior valve. 7. Interior of posterior valve, 
8. Interior of median valve. 


Joyce K. Allan, del. 


a 


at’ 


Issued by the 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales 


Edited by 
A. F. BASSET HULL, CF.A.O.U., F.B.Z.S. 


Vol. 6—Part 4 


(Price, 7 / 6.) 


Sydney, February 13, 1931. 


All communications to be addressed to the Hon. Secretary, 
Box 2399, Genera] Post Office, Sydney. 


“ts Sydney: 
Sydney and Melbourne Publishing ©o., Ltd., 29 Alberta St. 


¢ 


Registered at the G.P.O., Sydney, for transmission by post as a periodical. 


Royal Zoological Suan a New Sauk Wales. 


Established 1879. 
REGISTERED UNDER THE COMPANIES ACT, 1899 (1917). 


Patron: 
His Excellency Sir Philip Woolecott Game, G.B.E., K.C.B., D.S.O. 


COUNCIL, 1930-1931. 
President: 
Professor W. J. Dakin. 


Vice-Presidents: } 


Neville W. Cayley, J. R. Kinghorn, C.M.Z.S., Anthony Musgrave, F.ES.,_ 
and G. A. Waterhouse, D.Sc, BE. FES. 4 


Members: 
E. J. Bryce, F.R.GS. E. F. Pollock, JP. 
A. H. Chisholm. T. C. Roughley, F.R.Z.S. 
W. W. Froggatt, F.R.Z.S. David G. Stead. 
Aubrey Halloran, B.A., LL.B. Ellis Le G. Troughton. 


K. A. Hindwood. 


Officers: 
Hon. Secretary and Editor: A. F. Basset Hull, C.F.A.0.U., F.R.Z.S. 
‘ Assistant Hon. Secretary: Clifford Coles, C.M.Z.S. 
Hon. Treasurer: Phillip Shipway. 
Hon. Librarian: A. S. Le Souef, C.M.Z.S. 


Hon. Auditor: R. J. Stiffe, A-C.A. (Aust.) 


OFFICERS OF SECTIONS: 


Avicultural Section. Marine Zoological Section. 

‘ Chairman: Tom Iredale, F.R.Z.S. 
Chairman: Frank Buckle. Vice-Chairman: G. P. Whitley. 
Hon. Secretary: E. W. Jones. Hon. Secretary: W. Boardman. . 


Committee: Clifford Coles, C.M.Z.S., H. 
E. Peir and W. Turner. 


Ornithological Section. 


Chairman: Tom Iredale, F.R.ZS. he 
: Vice-Chairman: K. A. Hindwood. _ 
Entomological Section. Hon. Secretary: Neville W. Cayley. ye 
; i Committee: A. H. Chisholm, Clifford — 
Chairman: G. A. Waterhouse, D.Sc., B.E., Coles, CMZS., P. A. Gilbert, J. R. 


FES. ; : a 
Vice-Chairman: H. J. Carter, B.A., FES., Kinghorn Z CMZS., ane ce pr. ce 
FR.ZS. Hon. Secretary Field Club: K. A. Hind- 


Hon. Secretary: Keith C. McKeown. wood. 


305 


ON THE RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS FERDINA GRAY (ASTEROIDEA). 
; By ArtTHuR A. LIVINGSTONE. 
The Australian Museum, Sydney. 


(With the permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 
Plates xxi.-xxiv. 


The study of a species of a genus believed to be new has led to a 
revision of its generic associates, with the result that some further infor- 
mation has been gathered which will, it is believed, throw some more light 
upon this little-known group. 

Although Gray’s specimens of F. cumingii and F. flavescens in the 
British Museum cannot be made available to me, I have been kindly sup- 
plied with helpful notes and photographs by the authorities of that in- 
stitution. 

It is considered that the species at present allotted to Ferdina should 
be separated and placed under two distinct genera. This would entail the 
restriction of Ferdina and the erection of a new genus, a course which is 
followed herein. In adopting the view that the genus Ferdina should be 
split I have been partially influenced by the additional information at 
hand and partly by the statement of H. L. Clark (1). “It seems to me quite 
possible that cancellata and its allies are not congeneric with flavescens.” 
The species cumingii Gray, which is linked with flavescens in Clark’s work, 
has been omitted from the quotation, for it is not related, as that author 
was led to surmise through Gray’s deceptive descriptions. 

F. cancellata Grube, is treated hereafter as a probable synonym of F. 
cumingii Gray. 

The regrouping of the species is as follows:— 

Family OPHIDIASTERIDAE Verrill. 
Genus FERDINA Gray (restricted). 

Ferdina Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6, 1840, 282 (part). 

Ferdina H. L. Clark, Ech. Fauna Torres Strait, Dept. Mar. Biol.. Carneg. 
Inst., Washington, x., 1921, 58 (and authors in part). 
Genotype—Ferdina flavescens Gray (loc. cit.). Designated by Fisher, 

1919. 

Generic diagnosis —Abactinal plates not in regular longitudinal series. 
Papulae isolated and confined to abactinal surface. Adambulacral arma- 
ture in a single series. Marginal, actinal and abactinal plates uniformly 
granulated, not bare, either wholly or partially. Abactinal plates not uni- 
form in size and never arranged in any regular order or series, either longi- 
tudinally or transversely. 

The species belonging to this genus as here understood are:— 

Ferdina flavescens Gray. 
Ferdina heffernanii sp. nov. 
F'ERDINA FLAVESCENS Gray. 

Ferdina flavescens Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6, 1840, 282. 

Ferdina flavescens de Loriol, Mem. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Geneve, xxix., No. 
4, 1885, 47, pl. xv., figs. 8a-8e. * 

Ferdina flavescens H. L. Clark, Ech. Fauna Torres Strait, Dept. Mar. Biol. 
Carneg. Inst. Washington, x., 1921, 59. 

Pl. xxi., fig. 4; Pl. xxii., figs. 1-3. 

As the characters of this species are so well described and figured by 

de Loriol, and its history brought up to date by H. L. Clark, there is prac- 


(1). Clark, H. L., Ech. Fauna, Torres Strait. Dept. Mar. Bicl., Carneg. 
Inst., Washington, x., 1921, 58-59, 


306 RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS FERDINA GRAY. 


tically nothing I can add from the photographs before me. However, as 
the photographs are of Gray’s type specimens, it has been considered ad- 
visable to reproduce them. 
Photographs examined are of two specimens measuring as follows:— 
R. = 26 mm. r. = 8.5 mm. 
R. = 21 mm. r. = 8 mm. 
The species is known only from Mauritius. 


FERDINA HEFFERNANII (2) sp. nov. 
Pl. xxiv., figs. 1-5. 


Description.—Rays five, long and slender, tapering gradually. R. = 40 
mm. r. = 7mm. Br. = 7.5 mm. Disc and rays flat, interbrachial arcs sub- 
acute. Abactinal surface, exclusive of superomarginals, covered by plates 
ranging in diameter from 0.5 mm. to 2 mm. and not arranged in any re- 
gular order, either longitudinally or transversely. The largest plates, which 
are few in number, are, like their smaller fellows, evenly clothed in dense 
granules, but differ from these latter in having their central granules much 
larger and more conspicuous. The largest abactinal plates are strongly 
convex, while the smaller plates around them are nearly flat. No centrally 
naked plates occur anywhere on the specimen. In the figured type speci- 
men some plates have been deliberately denuded to see if a plate similar 
in appearance to some of those in cumingii and allies could be produced. 
No such result was obtained, and in no way could the smooth bald effect so 
characteristic of cumingii be produced by rubbing away the granular cover- 
ing. 

Superomarginals 17-19 arranged in an irregular series, made up of 
alternating larger and smaller plates. The large plates of the series are 
strongly convex, and the smaller ones almost flat. The large plates are 
clothed in dense granules, coarsest centrally, while the smaller plates are 
evenly granulated all over. The alternation of the superomarginals is not 
perfect. The first superomarginal of each series is not conspicuously en- 
larged. Terminal plate very small, smooth, bare, slightly swollen, and bear- 
ing two or more terminal tubercles. Papulae isolated, not arranged in any 
regular order; confined to abactinal surface, though occasionally some may 
occur between the marginals. 

Inferomarginals 18-21; they are of varying form, making a somewhat 
irregular series. Most are large and have their central granules enlarged 
as in the superomarginal series. Odd plates occur here and there between 
the marginals. 

Adambulacral plates numerous, 50-68. Each is provided with two 
conical flat-sided furrow-spinelets which may be sharply pointed or blade- 
like. Further, each adambulacral plate bears, in addition to a wealth of 
small granules, a central conical spine-like granule, which is either absent 
or only ill-defined in plates near the mouth. Only two series of actino- 
lateral plates occur. The first series runs almost the entire length of the 
ray, and numbers, in the largest rays, between 27 and 32. The second series 
is comprised of from 2-3 plates and ends between the second and third 
superomarginal. All actinolateral plates, except those near the mouth, are 
clothed in dense granules and bear centrally a mass of prominent granules 
conical in shape and distinctly larger in size than those anywhere else on 
the specimen. These granules on the actinolateral plates are so con- 


(2). Named for N. S. Heffernan, Esq., formerly Deputy Commissioner 
for the Western Pacific, Honorary Correspondent to the Australian Museum. 
As a guest of this gentleman, the author and a colleague were able to ac- 
complish extensive scientific work in the Santa Cruz Islands. 


LIVINGSTONE. 307 


sSpicuous that they can be detected with the naked eye. Oral spinelets 
small, the innermost largest. Oral plates clearly defined by channel-like 
deficiencies in the granulation. No pedicellariae. 

The colour in a dried condition is pale creamy brown. 

This sea-star can at once be distinguished from its generic ally by its 
slender rays and form of granulation. It differs from species of Fromia in 
having no actinal papulae. It was collected alive on sand in a sheltered 
coral pool in about six feet of water at low tide. The common coral, Fungia 
sp., was found living in abundance nearby. 

Locality —S.E. side of Santa Cruz Island, Santa Cruz Group, Western 
Pacific. Collected by E. le G. Troughton and A. A. Livingstone, August, 
1926. Type in Australian Museum, Reg. Number J. 5089. 


Genus NEOFERDINA 7Ov. 


Ferdina Gray (loc. cit.) and authors—in part. 

Genotype.—Ferdina cumingii Gray. 

Diagnosis—Papulae isolated. Some of the marginal and abactinal 
plates conspicuously bare, never all clothed in dense granules as in Ferdina. 
In some cases the bare and conspicuously convex plates on the abactinal 
surface may be arranged in transverse and longitudinal series. Super- 
omarginals usually more conspicuous than in Ferdina. 

The species allotted to this genus are:— 

Neoferdina cumingii (Gray) . 
s glyptodisca (Fisher) . 
3 kuhlii (M. and Tr.). 
Bs offreti (Koehler). 
ms ocellata (H.L.C.). 
= cancellata (Grube). 
Note.—N. cancellata is probably a synonym of N. cumingii. 


NEOFERDINA CUMINGII (Gray). 


Ferdina cumingii Gray, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6, 1840, 283. 
2? Ferdina cumingii Perrier, Rev. Stell. du Mus. d’Hist. Nat., Paris, 1875, 184. 
Non Ferdina cumingii H. L. Clark, Ech. Fauna Torres Strait, Dept. Mar. Biol. 
Carneg. Inst. Washington, 1921, 59 (characters of species misunderstood 
owing to Gray’s deceptive description) . 
Pl. xxi., figs. 1-3; Pl. xxiil., figs. 1-2. 

As this species is now the genotype of the new genus Neoferdina, it is 
necessary for its structural characters to be made perfectly clear. In the 
past it has been an enigma to systematists, both in relation to type locality 
and points in structure. As it is not the custom for the British Museum 
authorities to lend type material, I have been favoured by notes and photo- 
graphs as a substitute. These clear up essential points in structure, but 
naturally throw no light upon the true locality from whence the specimens 
came. On the other hand, the locality given to me by the authorities at the 
British Museum only confirm Gray’s and Perrier’s statements that they 
came from the “West Coast of Columbia.” We are, therefore, no further 
tadvanced in the effort to substantiate the belief set out by H. L. Clark 
(loc. cit.) that the specimens possibly came from the Philippines. 

As regards structure, however, much of the mystery existing can be 
cleared away. In the first place there is no doubt that the species is of 
the bare plated type, having many abactinal and marginal plates bare and 
smooth centrally. Furthermore, it so closely approaches the “cancellata 
group” that cancellata itself may be absorbed as a synonym, but a definite 
course on this point is not possible because the early literature, so vital to 
such a question, is not available to me. Sufficient information, however, is 


308 RESTRICTION OF THE GENUS FERDINA GRAY. 


before me to question the validity of cancellata. Where cumingii so closely 
links itself with cancellata is in the arrangement of the bare transverse 
plates on the abactinal surface of the rays. Fisher (1919) and H. L. Clark 
(loc. cit.) both give this character as a distinguishing feature for cancellata. 
Clark’s N. ocellata is, I think at present, a valid species, but when further 
data are forthcoming it too may be reduced to a synonym of cumingii. 

The following description of N. cumingii from notes and photographs 
will further show its close relationship with cancellata. Further, it is hoped 
that by its publication, together with the photographs, authors in possession 
of the earlier literature of cancellata will have an opportunity to prove or 
disprove my doubts as regards the status of the two species. 


Description——Disc and rays depressed; interbrachial ares subacute. 
Abactinal surface covered by plates measuring between 0.5 and 2 mm. in 
diameter. These plates assume various degrees of convexity, though the 
largest of them are more strongly convex than their smaller fellows. The 
abactinal plates are not arranged in any regular order excepting a median 
radial series and a small number of transverse series. The plates of the 
median radial series in Gray’s three specimens number anything between 
six and thirteen, according to the size of the specimen, and extend from 
the disc to the distal part of the ray, thereby differing from N. ocellata 
which has the median radial plates confined to the basal half of the ray. 
From five to six transverse series of tubercle-like plates, four to six plates 
in each series, occur on the abactinal surface of each ray, thereby agreeing 
with cancellata. In Gray’s three specimens the superomarginal plates 
range from twelve to sixteen in number and are arranged in an alternating 
series of large and swollen and small and flatter plates. This alternating 
arrangement is not always perfect, as abnormalities occasionally occur. 


As in other species, the transverse series of medium sized plates on the 
abactinal surface of each ray lie opposite the smaller superomarginals. The 
first superomarginal of each series is no larger than any of its fellows, 
therein differing from N. ocellata (H.L.C.) which has, ‘as described by Clark 
and seen by me in specimens of the species in the collection of the Aus- 
tralian Museum, very large plates at the beginning of the series. The 
terminal plate is round and swollen. The inferomarginals correspond in 
number with the superomarginal series, and from the photographs seem to 
assume the same alternating arrangement. 


Most marginals, median radials and plates of the transverse series are 
bare centrally, the granulation ending abruptly and conspicuously at or 
near their bases. The remaining plates on the abactinal surface are clothed 
in dense granules. Madreporite and anal aperture not sufficiently detailed 
in the photographs to describe. 

Papulae fairly numerous, isolated and devoid of any regularity in 
arrangement. 

Adambulacral plates numerous, squarish or occasionally rectangular. 
There are two adambulacral spinelets to each plate, according to the notes 
before me from the British Museum. 

Three series of actinolateral plates are present. The plates of the 
series, like the adambulacrals, are densely granulated. The first series of 
actinolateral plates extends nearly to the tip of the ray. The second reaches 
the eighth inferomarginal, while the third ends between the third and 
fourth inferomarginal. 

Actinal papulae absent. 

Locality —“West Coast of Columbia” (Gray). 


Specimens examined.—Photographs of three of Gray’s type specimens. 


LIVINGSTONE. 309 


NEOFERDINA KUHLII (Muller and Troschel). 


Scytaster kuhlii Muller and Troschel, Syst. der Asteriden, 1842, 36. 
Ferdina kuhlii H. L. Clark, Ech. Fauna Torres Strait, Dept. Mar. Biol. Carneg. 

Inst. Washington, x., 1921, 61. 

Acting upon the supposition that the type specimen or specimens of 
this species were in the collection of the Leyden Museum, application was 
made for the loan of them, but information received in answer shows that 
the type material, or any other species of the genus, is not housed in that 
institution. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 


Plate xxi. 
Fig. 1. Neoferdina cumingii (Gray). Abactinal view of one of Gray’s 
type specimens. x2. 
,» 2. Neoferdina cumingii (Gray). Actinal view of same specimen as 
Tig eke 
,» 3. Neoferdina cumingii (Gray). Abactinal view of a small type 
specimen. x2. 
» 4. Ferdina flavescens (Gray). Abactinal view of one of Gray’s type 
specimens. x2. 
Plate xxii. 


Fig. 1. Ferdina flavescens (Gray). Actinal view of same specimen as 
shown, Pl. 1, fig. 4. Absence of granules in one place obviously not 
natural. x2. 2 

,» 2. Ferdina flavescens (Gray). Actinal surface of ray of one of Gray’s 
type specimens. x6. 

3. Ferdina flavescens (Gray). Abactinal surface of ray. x6. 


Plate xxiii. 


Fig. 1. Neoferdina cumingii (Gray). Abactinal view of ray of one of 
Gray’s type specimens. x6. 

2. Neoferdina cumingii (Gray). Actinal view of ray of one of Gray’s 
type specimens. x6. 


Plate xxiv. 
Fig. 1. Ferdina heffernanii sp.nov. Portion of abactinal surface of ray. 
x6. 
, 2. Ferdina heffernanii sp.nov. Actinal surface in vicinity of mouth. 
>), 


Ferdina heffernanii sp.nov. Portion of actinal surface of ray. x6 
Ferdina heffernanii sp.nov. Actinal view. Slightly over nat. size. 
Ferdina heffernanii sp.nov. Abactinal view. Slightly over nat. 
size. 


SISOS 


310 F | 


NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


By GILBerT P. WHITLEY, 
Ichthyologist, The Australian Museum. 
(With the permission of the Trustees of the Australian Museum.) 
Plates xxv.-xxvii. 
Family HEPTRANCHIIDAE. 
Genus HEPTRANCHIAS Rafinesque, 1810. 
HEPTRANCHIAS DAKINI, new species. 

A new specific name is required for the south-eastern Australian 
species figured by McCulloch (Zool. Res. Endeavour, i., 1911, 2, pl. i., and fig. 
1) as Heptranchias perlo (Bonnaterre), as it appears to differ from that 
European species notably in having the head 43 in total length and anal 
originating below middle of dorsal, with its base shorter than that of dorsal. 
The holotype of H. dakini is the specimen from sixty miles south of Cape 
Everard, Victoria, figured by McCulloch. 

Named after Professor W. J. Dakin, of the University of Sydney. 


Family HETERODONTIDAE. 
MOLOCHOPHRYS, new genus. 

Orthotype, Cestracion galeatus Gunther (Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii., 1870, 416, 
Australia; i.e., New South Wales) = Molochophrys galeatus. 
Supraorbital crest high, terminating abruptly behind the orbit. Origin 

of first dorsal above posterior end of base of pectoral. Posterior caudal lobe 

with the hind margin obliquely truncate, without incision. No spots on 
body or fins. Egg-case with long tendrils at one end. 

The Crested Port Jackson Shark (Molochophrys galeatus) has much 
higher supraorbital crests than the Common Port Jackson Shark (Hetero- 
dontus portusjacksoni), which is also differently coloured. I may here re- 
mark that Squalus philippinus Shaw (Gen. Zool., v., 2, Pisc., 1804, 342. Ez 
Lacépéde. Botany Bay) and Squalus jacksonii Turton (Syst. Nat. Linné, 1806, 
922; Bullock, Compan. Bullock’s Mus., ed. 8, 1810, 60 and Compan. London 
Mus., ed. 17, 1814, 90 and pl. —, figs. 1-2, Port Jackson) are synonyms of 
Heterodontus philippi (Bloch and Schneider) auct. = Squalus portus- 
jacksoni Meyer, 1793, which have been generally overlooked. A true Squalid 
Shark from the Philippine Islands named Squalus philippinus by Smith 
(Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xli., 1912, 677, pl. li. Off Luzon) is unfortunately pre- 
occupied by Shaw’s name, and may now be known as Squalus montalbani, 
new species. 

Family CARCHARHINIDAE. 
NOTOGALEUS, new genus. 

Orthotype, Gadleus australis Macleay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., Sep- 
tember 12, 1881, 354. Port Jackson) = Notogaleus australis. 

First dorsal situated over a space about midway between pectorals and 
ventrals. Second dorsal subequal to anal, and originating a little in ad- 
vance of it. Subcaudal lobe well developed, giving a characteristic “double- 
tailed” appearance. Coloration greyish, without spots or bars. 


Family ScyMNORHINIDAE. 
SCYMNORHINUS PHILLIPPSI, new species. 


New name for Scymnorhinus licha McCulloch (Biol. Res. Endeavour, ii., 
1914, 81, pl. xiv., fig. 1 and text-fig. 1) which, as McCulloch hinted, is 
obviously not conspecific with the French Squalus licha Bonnaterre (Tabl. 
Encycl. Meth., Ichth., 1788, 12). The holotype is the male described and 


WHITLEY. 311 


figured by McCulloch, and the type-locality is the Great Australian Bight, 


in deep water. 
Named after Mr. William John Phillipps, the New Zealand ichthyologist. 


Family ECHINORHINIDAE. 
Genus EcHINORHINUs Blainville, 1816. 
ECHINORHINUS (RUBUSQUALUS) MCCOYI, new subgenus and species. 


New name for Echinorhinus spinosus McCoy (Prodr. Zool. Vict., ii., dec. 
xv., October, 1887, 165, pl. cxliv. Portland, Victoria), which is obviously dis- 
tinct from the European Squalus spinosus Gmelin (Syst. Nat. Linné, ed. 13, 
i., 3, 1789, 1500) = Squalus brucus Bonnaterre (Tabl. Encycl. Meth., Ichth., 
1788, 11. ‘“L’Ocean’”), as McCoy himself noted the numerous discrepancies 
in descriptions and figures. The holotype of FE. mccoyi is the specimen 
(No. 50,760) in the National Museum, Melbourne, which was figured by 
McCoy in his excellent “Prodromus.” It differs from a specimen of 
Echinorhinus brucus in the Australian Museum from Tuscany in having 
the eye over anterior portion of mouth, thicker and heavier tail, dorsal fins 
closer together, and first dorsal originating over anterior portion of anal, 
instead of originating almost over the middle of that fin. These changes 
in the positions of the fins induce me to regard Echinorhinus mccoyi as the 
genotype of a new subgenus, Rubusqualus. 


Family ENGRAULIDAE. 
AUSTRANCHOVIA, new genus. 


Orthotype, Atherina australis White (Journal of a Voyage to new South 
Wales, 1790, 296 and fig.) = Austranchovia australis. 

Gill-membranes united across isthmus anteriorly by a fine membrane. 
Ventral surface scarcely carinate, entirely without scutes. No free dorsal 
spine. Alar scale large. Anal fin free from the forked caudal and entirely 
behind dorsal. This new genus enters the Cetengraulis section of the key 
given by Jordan and Seale (Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, Ixvii., May, 
1926, 358), but has fewer gill-rakers and anal rays, and more vertebrae 
than that American genus. 

The type-species of Austranchovia has been fully dealt with by Mc- 
Culloch (Rec. Austr. Mus., xiii., 1920, 43, pl. xii., fig. 1). 

Family MuRAENIDAE. 
VERDITHORAX, new genus. 

Orthotype, Muraena prasina Richardson (Zool. Voy. Erebus and Terror, 
Fish., 1848, 93. Bondi Bay, N.S.W. Type in Brit. Mus. = Verdithorax 
prasinus. 

Mesial intermaxillary teeth slender: More than five teeth in inner 
maxillary row. Vomerine teeth biserial anteriorly and forming a single 
row posteriorly (Richardson). Posterior nostrils without elevated rim. 
Dorsal fin commencing a little before vertical of gill-opening. 

Coloration nearly uniform bright green in life, but changing to dark 
brown after death. Several dark longitudinal grooves from angle of mouth 
and along throat. Eye blue. Specimens from New South Wales examined 
by me have depressible fangs on intermaxillary. Cleft of mouth almost 
half length of head, dorsal fin low and adipose. 

Verdithoraxr prasinus is common amongst rocks along the New South 
Wales coastline and feeds on crabs and other animals. It is very vicious 
and many people have been bitten by this eel, though blood-poisoning has 
not apparently been recorded as a result (Paradice, Med. Journ. Austr., ii., 
25, 1924, 650). Mr. F. McNeill made the following note on a specimen 
observed by him at Maroubra, near Sydney:—“The green pigment which 


312 NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


constitutes its colour-marking had stained the walls of its home, and for 
some distance in front the sand-grains were lightly tinted with the same 
colour.” An adult example, nearly thirty inches long, was caught in 15 
fathoms of water off North Head, Port Jackson, on December 5, 1926, by W. 
E. J. Paradice. It contained a large number of fair-sized eggs, the roe 
occupying a large portion of the abdominal cavity. Young Green Eels have 
been caught in rock-pools in November and December near Sydney. 
Verdithorax krullii (Hector) is an allied New Zealand species. 


Family AULOPIDAE. 
LATROPISCIS, new genus. 


Orthotype, Aulopus milesii Cuvier & Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. Poiss., xxii., 

1849, 519; ed. 2, p. 385. Sydney, N.S. Wales) = Latropiscis milesii. 

The genus Awlopus was first proposed by Cloquet (Dict. Sci. Nat., ed. 2, 
lii., 1816, suppl., 128. Ex Cuvier MS.) for “Salmo filamentosus Bloch,” a 
species which Sherborn was unable to find in Bloch’s works and which was 
perhaps based on a manuscript name. This specific name should appar- 
ently therefore be credited to Cloquet, and seems to be a synonym of Aulopus 
tirus (Rafinesque). Cuvier & Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. Poiss., ed. 2, xxii., 
1849, 381-385) have given a thorough account of “Aulopus filamentosus, 
Cuv.” from the Mediterranean Sea and described a new species, A. milesii, 
from Sydney. The differences between these two forms, as given by those 
authors, seem to be of generic importance, and I accordingly propose Latro- 
piscis for Aulonus milesii. 

The “Sergeant Baker” of New South Wales (Latropiscis milesii) differs 
in coloration from the Western Australian species (Latropiscis purpuris- 
satus) described by Richardson (Icones Piscium, 1843, 6, pl. ii., fig. 3, as 
Aulopus. Houtmans Abrolhos) . 


Family MycToPHIDAE. 
Genus NEoscoPELus Johnson, 1863. 
NEOSCOPELUS BRUUNI, new species. 


New name for Neoscopelus macrolepidotus McCulloch (Biol. Res. En- 
deavour, ii., 3, 1914, 90, pl. xvii) from the Great Australian Bight, which is 
different from N. macrolepidotus Johnson (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., April 29. 
1863, 44, pl. vii.) from Madeira. The Australian form has the ventral fins 
farther forward, photophores in more regular rows and extending along 
caudal peduncle, shorter and broader maxillary and less deep body than 
the figured type of Johnson’s species. 

Named in honour of my friend, Mr. Anton Bruun, MSc., of Copen- 
hagen, in recollection of our pleasant association during the memorable 
visit of the Royal Danish Research Steamer “Dana” to Australia. 

Family SyNGNATHIDAE. 
FESTUCALEX, new genus. 

Orthotype, Syngnathus cinctus Ramsay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vii. 
1, May 23, 1882, 111. Port Jackson, N.S.W. Type in Austr. Mus. seen) 
= Festucalex cincta. 

Operculum with a short keel anteriorly. Snout nearly as long as rest 
of head. Less than twenty body-rings. Inferior and superior cristae of 
trunk continuous with those of tail. Median cristae of trunk rectilinear, 
not joined to others, ending on second or third tail-ring. No tooth-like 
spines on posterior tail-rings. Ventral surface of trunk flat. Brood-pouch 
subcaudal, formed by broad lateral flaps extending from behind the rudi- 
mentary anal fin for about fourteen tail-rings and reinforced by ribs ex- 
tending from the margins of the two rows of subcaudal pits which hold the 


WHITLEY. 313 


large eggs. Anus well before middle of length. Dorsal, anal, and caudal 
fins present. 
CAMPICHTHYS, new subgenus of FESTUCALEX. 


Orthotype, Ichthyocampus tryoni Ogilby (Rec. Austr. Mus., i., 3, July, 1890, 
56. Moreton Bay, Queensland. Type in Austr. Mus. seen) = Festucalex 
(Campichthys) tryoni. 

Similar to Festucalex, but snout shorter than postorbital portion of 
head and ventral surface of trunk with a median crista. 


FESTUCALEX (CAMPICHTHYS) RUNA, new species. 


New name for the Sydney species described and figured by McCulloch 
(Rec. Austr. Mus., vii., 1909, 318, pl. xc., fig. 1) as Ichthyocampus filum 
which is evidently distinct from that species as Giinther (Cat. Fish. Brit. 
Mus., viii., 1870, 178) united under that name what may be two species, with 
more body-rings than the Sydney one, from diverse localities. The type- 
locality of Ichthyocampus filum Giinther is hereby designated Bay of 
Islands, New Zealand, so that the Freycinet Harbour form included with it 
may require a new name. 


Subfamily HrpPocAMPINAE. 
FaRLAPISCIS, new genus. 


Orthotype, Hippocampus breviceps Peters (Monatsh. K. pr. Akad. Wiss. 
Berlin, 1869 (1870), 710. Adelaide, S. Australia) = Farlapiscis breviceps. 
Head short. Snout 14 times diameter of orbit. Coronet high. Twelve 

or less body-rings. About twenty dorsal rays. Size small, generally less 

than three inches in length. 

A Victorian specimen of Farlapiscis breviceps has been figured by 
McCoy (Prodr. Zool. Vict., dec. vii., 1882, 21, pl. Ixv., fig. 2). 

This genus also includes the West Australian Hippocampus tuber- 
culatus Castelnau (Vict. Offic. Rec. Philad. Exhib., 1875, 48. Swan River). 
Hippocampus brevirostris Woodward (W. Austr. Year-book, 1900-01, i., 1902, 
272. Nomen nudum. Fremantle. Not H. brevirostris Schinz, Das Thier- 
reich (Cuvier) ii., 1822, 262, from Europe) may be designated a synonym of 
Farlapiscis tuberculatus (Castelnau) . 

I may mention here that Hippocampus whitei Bleeker (Verh. Kon. 
Akad. Wetensch. Amsterdam, il., 1855, 17, sp. 311) based on the figure of the 
Hippocampus or Sea-horse in White’s Voyage to new South Wales, 1790, is 
an earlier name for the common Sydney Sea-horse than Hippocampus 
novae-hollandiae Steindachner (Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, liii., 1866, 474, pl. 
i., figs. 2a-b. Port Jackson) and must be used in its stead. Bleeker, in the 
paper quoted, gave an excellent list of Australasian fishes, the forerunner 
of many later check-lists, but the new names proposed in that list have 
been generally overlooked. Thus Platessa jenynsii Bleeker (loc. cit., p. 15, 
sp. 265) was introduced for Platessa sp. Jenyns (Voy. Beagle, Fish., 1842, 
138) so that the Western Australian form of Pseudorhombus multi- 
maculatus Giinther (Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iv., 1862, 427. Habitat.?) may 
now be known as Pseudorhombus jenynsii (Bleeker) . Apistus jenynsii 
Bleeker (loc. cit., p. 8, sp. 75), based on Apistus sp. Jenyns is, however, evi- 
dently a synonym of Apistus marmoratus Cuvier & Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. 
Poiss., iv., November, 1829, 416. “Timor” (Peron); probably Western Aus- 
tralia), a species now known as Gymnapistes marmoratus. 


Family HEMIRAMPHIDAE. 


The Australian garfishes of this family are badly in need of revision, 
as many extralimital species have been recorded from our waters by various 


314 NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


authors whose identifications seem open to question. The names of the 
American genera Hemiramphus Cuvier, 1816, and Hyporhamphus Gill, 1860, 
have been applied to our species, but seem quite inapplicable, as the geno- 
type of the former is Esox brasiliensis Linné, and that of the latter, Hypor- 
hamphus tricuspidatus Gill, from Barbadoes. The authentic New South 
Wales species of “Hemirhamphus” in McCulloch’s Check-List (1922, 30-31) 
have been associated with Hyporhamphus Gill, with the exception of H. 
far, which is now called Farhians commersonii (Whitley, Austr. Zool., vi., 
August, 1930, 250). For our Sea and River Garfishes, at least, a new 
generic name is necessary. 


REPORHAMPHUS, new genus. 


Orthotype, Hemirhamphus australis Steindachner (Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 
liii., 1, 1866, 48. Port Jackson) = Reporhamphus australis. 


The genotype is the common Sea Garfish of New South Wales which 
has been identified, for no apparent reason, as Hemiramphus intermedius 
Cantor, a Chinese species. Steindachner’s name evidently applies to our 
species, which seems distinct from Cantor’s. The Victorian form called 
Hemiramphus melanochir by Cuvier & Valenciennes and well figured by 
McCoy (Prodr. Zool. Vict., dec. xiv., 1887, pl. cxxxv., fig. 1) may be regarded 
as a distinct species, Reporhamphus melanochir. 


REPORHAMPHUS ARDELIO, New species. 


The River Garfish of New South Wales requires a new specific name 
as above. It has been called Hemirhamphus regularis Giinther (Cat. Fish. 
Brit. Mus., vi., 1866, 261), but the type-locality of that species is hereby 
designated West Australia, the only definite locality given by Gunther, 
and this leaves the eastern Australian form nameless. The latter has been 
figured by Stead (Edible Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, 37, pl. xi.) and may be 
known as Reporhamphus ardelio. 

The Sea Garfish (R. australis) differs from the River Garfish (R. 
ardelio) in having the origin of the ventrals nearer the hypural joint than 
the gill-opening; slim body, Jong upper jaw, and deciduous scales. 


ARDEAPISCIS, new genus. 


Orthotype, Hemirhamphus welsbyi Ogilby (Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld., xxi., 1908, 
91. Moreton Bay, Queensland) = Ardeapiscis welsbyi. 


Triangular part of upper jaw wider than long. Lower jaw longer than 
rest of head. Dorsal origin in advance of anal. Ventrals nearer base of 
caudal than base of pectoral. 


Family MoONOCENTRIDAE. 
Genus CLEIDoPus De Vis, 1882. 
CLEIDOPUS GLORIAMARIS OCCIDENTALIS, new subspecies. 


McCulloch (Rec. Austr. Mus., xiii, 4, April 12, 1921, 124-125) has 
pointed out that typical eastern Australian specimens of Cleidopus gloria- 
maris De Vis (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vii., October 28, 1882, 368. Bris- 
bane R., Queensland) have fourteen or fifteen scutes between shoulder 
and base of tail (De Vis gives 16) whereas Western Australian specimens 
have thirteen or fourteen, and that the dorsal spines of western specimens 
are smaller than those of the eastern ones. The Western Australian form 
may now be subspecifically named occidentalis, with McCulloch’s Fremantle 
specimen as holotype. 


WHITLEY. $15 


Family NoMEmAE. 
Genus NomeEvs Cuvier, 1816. 
NOMEUS DYSCRITUS, new species. 


D.x/i., 24; Ai/2T. P.i/22; V.i/5; C.19. L.lat. 58. 


Depth (25 mm.) 4, and head (27.5) 3.6 in length to hypural joint (101). 
Eye (7) equal to snout (7) and less than interorbital (8). Pectoral (32) 
longer than head. 


Head pointed, profile concave before the eyes. Body compressed, fusi- 
form. Eye large, equal to snout. Two large nostrils on each side. Maxil- 
lary not quite reaching vertical of anterior orbital border. Jaws equal, 
each with a row of small, spaced, curved, pointed teeth; similar teeth on 
vomer and palatines. Preorbital with a broad free edge, studded with 
pores. Other pores around chin and piercing scales on top of head. Pre- 
opercular angle with radiating serrations, other opercles entire. Head 
covered, except anteriorly, with weak, thin, cycloid scales. 

Body slender and tapering, covered with large, weak, imbricate, cycloid 
scales. Lateral line commencing on shoulder and running close to and 
parallel to curve of back and terminating just behind soft dorsal fin; its 
scales bear tubes and each has its free margin notched. About four rows 
of scales between lateral line and dorsal fins. Scapula exposed, with 
radiating ridges. 

Dorsal spines weak, the spinous fin fitting into a groove. Soft dorsal 
and anal with their anterior rays longest, forming lobes. Pectorals very 
long, with the margins rounded. Ventrals nearly as long as head, fitting 
into a deep groove on the belly which terminates at the vent just before 
the anal fin. Caudal very strongly forked, its lobes longer than head. 
Caudal peduncle much longer than deep. 


General colour, in spirit, brownish on back, silvery on belly and sides 
of head and body. About five large irregular dark brown blotches below 
the lateral line, with two or three rows of large dark spots below and be- 
tween them on the flanks. Two similar dark spots at base of caudal. 
These markings contrast strongly with the silvery ground colour and are 
almost symmetrical on either side. Caudal lobes dark brown proximally, 
whitish distally. Cheeks and opercles silvery. A dark brown blotch on 
each side of the end of the maxillary and another on each interoperculum. 
The line of demarcation between the dark brown dorsal colour and the 
silvery lateral and ventral colour is strongly differentiated on the pre- 
orbital by an oblique boundary, but on the body the brownish dorsal colour 
erosses the lateral line and merges into the dark brown blotches. First 
dorsal blackish; second dorsal and anal whitish, with several dark blotches 
intruding from the pattern on the body. Axilla and median rays of pec- 
torals blackish. Ventrals black, with a row of interradial white blotches 
on the distal half. 

Described from the holotype, a specimen 5% inches in total length, from 
Shellharbour, New South Wales. Australian Museum registered No. IA., 
1928. 9 

Nomeus dyscritus was called Nomeus albula (Meuschen) in the Aus- 
tralian Check-List (McCulloch, Austr. Mus. Mem., v., 1929, 123), an extra- 
limital species usually called Nomeus gronovii (Gmelin) by authors, but 
that species is American and doubtfully conspecific with the new eastern 
Australian species named above. For notes on the habits of Nomeus 
dyscritus, see Waite, Rec. Austr. Mus., iv., 1901, 39-41. 


. 


316 NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


Family PoMATOMIDAE. 
Genus Pomatomus Lacépede, 1803. 
POMATOMUS PEDICA, new species. 


New name for Temnodon saltator McCoy (Prodr. Zool. Vict., ii., dec. 
xix., July, 1889, 301, pl. clxxxiii.) which is not Gasterosteus saliatrix Linné 
(Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1766, 491. Ex Catesby), the type of which, from Caro- 
lina, has been remarked upon by Gunther (Proc. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1899, 29 
and 32). The typical Victorian form of Pomatomus pedica has ctenoid 
seales, seven or eight dorsal spines, and a row of small conical teeth inside 
the outer row of large ones in the upper jaw. Dr. David Starr Jordan ex- 
amined specimens in Melbourne, which he stated, in a letter to McCulloch, 
were deeper in body than the American fish and not so blue. 

Temnodon tubulus Saville-Kent (Great Barrier Reef, 1893, 369. Nomen 
nudum) is hereby designated a synonym of Pomatomus pedica. 


Family SERIOLIDAE. 
Genus NaucraTEes Rafinesque, 1810. 


NAUCRATES ANGELI, new species. 


A new name is required for the Pilot Fish of New South Wales as the 
young forms figured by McCulloch (Rec. Austr. Mus., xv., 1926, 34) differ 
markedly from Atlantic juveniles of Naucrates ductor, recently figured by 
Roule & Angel (Res. Camp. Sci. Monaco, fasc. lxxix., 1930, 86, pl. v., figs. 
111-114). The holotype of my new species is the larger specimen figured 
by McCulloch from Maroubra, New South Wales, and the specific name is 
given in honour of M. Fernand Angel, whose delineations of the young 
fishes taken by the late Prince of Monaco’s expeditions are superb examples 
of ichthyological draughtsmanship. 


REGIFICOLA, new genus. 


Orthotype, Seriola grandis Castelnau (Proc. Zool. Acclim. Soc. Vict., i. July 
15, 1872, 115. Melbourne Market) = Regificola grandis. 


Teeth in broad villiform bands on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Dorsal 
and anal lobes falcate, not produced. Fin-formula generally D.vii., i/34; 
A.ii., 1/21. The more elongate body of the type-species shows immediately 
that it cannot be congeneric with Caranx dumerili Risso (Ichth. Nice, 
1810, 175. Mediterranean. Figured by Cuv. & Val., pl. cclviii), the logo- 
type of Seriola Cuvier, selected by Jarocki (fide Sherborn, Index Anim.). 
The typical form of Regificola grandis has been figured by McCoy (Prodr. 
Zool. Vict., ii., dec. xviiil., May, 1889, 263, pl. clxxii). 


Family CARANGIDAE. 
USACARANX, New genus. 
USACARANX NOBILIS (Macleay). 


The New South Wales Trevally which has been called Caranz geor- 
gianus Cuvier & Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. Poiss., ix., March, 1833, 85. King 
George’s Sound, W. Australia) by authors is not that species, but must ap- 
parently be known as Usacaranx nobilis Macleay (Proc. Linn. Soc. NS. 
Wales, v., 4, May 20, 1881, 532, as Caranz. Port Jackson. Type in Macleay 
Museum, University of Sydney), the genotype of my new genus. Messrs. 
Troughton, Grant, and Wright collected a typical specimen of Usacaranz 
georgianus at Albany, King George’s Sound, in November, 1921. This 
specimen has depth (68) nearly 3.2 in length to end of middle caudal rays 
(217); head (62) 3.3 in same; about 47 scutes; upper profile of head evenly 


WHITLEY. 317 


rounded. Another Western Australian specimen has been figured by Mc- 
Culloch (Biol. Res. Endeavour, iii., 1915, 126, pl. xx), but he confused eastern 
and western Australian species in his description. A fine specimen col- 
lected by Mr. J. H. Wright, at Sans Souci, Botany Bay, New South Wales, 
in February, 1916, has depth (115) nearly 2.8 in length (320); head (96) 
3.3 in same; more than 50 scutes, the anterior of which ascend the curved 
portion of the lateral line more than in W. Australian specimens. The 
snout is slightly concave before the eyes, but in a second Botany Bay 
specimen, caught at the same time, this concavity is much more pro- 
nounced, and the upper part of the head is gibbous. This form has been 
called Caranx nobilis by Macleay, and his name is therefore available for 
the New South Wales species confused with C. georgianus. Specimens 
from Lord Howe Island appear to be conspecific with the Sydney ones. 


USACARANX GEORGIANUS WRIGHTI, new subspecies. 


Specimens from South Australia, identified in the Australian Museum 
as Caranz georgianus, have depth (42) 2.9 in length (124); head (37) 3.3 
in same; less than 40 scutes on straight portion of lateral line, the an- 
terior portion of which is more strongly curved than it is in typical 
Usacaranz georgianus; upper profile of head oblique, gently curved. 

Holotype (Austr. Mus., registered No. 1.10336) from 40 miles west of 
Kingston, South Australia, 30 faths.; “Endeavour,” August, 1909. 

Mr. J. H. Wright, after whom the new subspecies is named, has pre- 
sented many interesting specimens of Botany Bay fishes to the Australian 
Museum and drew the attention of the late A. R. McCulloch and myself to 
the curious development of the head in some of the New South Wales 
specimens of Usacaranz nobilis. 


Family ScIAENIDAE. 
ZELUCO, new genus. 

Orthotype, Otolithus atelodus Gunther (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), xx., July 
1, 1867, 60. Australia. Type in Brit. Museum) = Zeluco atelodus. 
Precaudal vertebrae more numerous than the caudal ones. No true 

canine teeth in either jaw. Caudal fin emarginate. 

The type-species of this genus has been admirably reviewed by Ogilby 

(Mem. Qld. Mus., vi., 1918, 67). 


Family MULLIDAE. 
BaARBUPENEUS, new genus. 

Orthotype, Upeneus signatus Gunther (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3), xx., July 
1, 1867, 59. Port Jackson, New South Wales. Type in British Museum) 
= Barbupeneus signatus. 

Maxillary not quite reaching to below eye. Vomer and palatines tooth- 
less. A single row of teeth in jaws. Scales extending along top of head 
to level of nostrils. 

Near Hogbinia Whitley (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, liv., 1929, 992. 
Orthotype, Upeneus filamentosus Macleay), but head not so elongate and 
snout shorter. 

CAPRUPENEUS, new genus. 

Orthotype, Pseudupeneus jeffi Ogilby (Proc. Roy. Soc. Qld., xxi., August, 
1908, 19. Brisbane R., Queensland) = Caprupeneus jeffi. 

Maxillary almost reaching vertical of anterior orbital margin. Teeth 
on jaws, vomer, and palatines. Head scaly in advance of nostrils. Dark 
oblique bars on caudal fin. 


318 NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


Near Upeneoides Bleeker (Verh. Bat. Gen., xxii., 1849, Percoid., 5, 6, 26, 
and 63. Logotype, Mullus vittatus (Forskal) Bonnaterre), but has head 
larger in proportion to the much deeper body. 

I may record here that Bloch & Schneider (Syst. Ichth., 1801, 78) 
described Mullus surmuletus var. lineatus from New Holland, evidently col- 
lected by Dr. Latham at Port Jackson or Botany Bay, New South Wales. 
They also called this species Mullus latamii on plate xviii. of their work, 
and these two names, hitherto overlooked, apply to the Sydney species 
which I (Rec. Austr. Mus., xvii., 1929, 124, pl. xxxi., fig. 2) tentatively re- 
garded as Upeneichthys porosus (Cuv. & Val.) from New Zealand. The 
Blue-Striped Goatfish of New South Wales may now be known as 
Upeneichthys lineatus (Bloch & Schneider). 


Family SPARIDAE. 
ROUGHLEYIA, new genus. 


Orthotype, Chrysophrys australis Gunther (Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., i. 1859, 
494. Type-locality: Port Jackson, New South Wales, by present desig- 
nation) = Roughleyia australis. 


Two of the commonest and best known species of fishes in New South 
Wales present taxonomic difficulties when their correct scientific names 
are sought. The first is the Black Bream, called Sparus australis by 
authors, and the second is the Snapper, generally known as Pagrosomus 
auratus. Giinther described Chrysophrys australis from diverse Australian 
localities, so, to afford a foundation for future studies, I designate Port 
Jackson as type-locality so as to preserve the specific name for our form. 
This species is not, however, a Chrysophrys, as the authors of that generic 
name, Quoy & Gaimard (Voy. Uranie & Physicienne, Zool., 1824, 299. Ez 
Cuvier MS. Haplotype C. unicolor Quoy & Gaimard) describe it as being 
rosy (“d’un rose tendre”) in colour, whereas the Black Bream is neither 
pink nor red. Most modern authors have placed Giinther’s species in the 
genus Sparus Linné (Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, 277; ed. 12, 1766, 467. Ez 
Artedi). There are twenty-two “foundation members” of this genus, none 
of which is tautonymic, so that the question of first type-designation 
arises. The first selection of a logotype for Sparus appears to be that of 
Jordan & Gilbert (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., iii., 16, 1882, 555) who chose the 
first species, Sparus auratus [sic] Linné. Lesson (Dict. class. d’Hist. Nat. 
xv., 1829, 522) made Sparus aurata Linné the type of the “sous-genre 
Daurade” of Cuvier [1816, vernac.] = Chryseis Schinz (Das Thierreich 
(Cuvier), 1822, 438) so that Chryseis, a genus which has been generally 
overlooked, becomes an absolute synonym of Sparus. Other synonyms 
are Aurata Cloquet (Dict. Sci. Nat., xii, 1818, 546. Orthotype, Sparus 
aurata Linné. Aurata Oken, Isis., 1817, 1182a is a nomen nudum; teste T. 
Iredale), Dorada Jarocki (Zoologiia, iv., 1822, 200. Tautotype, Sparus 
aurata Gmelin [fide Sherborn] and ? Daurada Stark, 1828), and Eudynama 
Gistel (Nat. Thierr., 1848, xiii. Haplotype, Chrysophrys aurata ibid., 108. 
Not Eudynamys Vigors & Horsfield, 1826—Aves), whereas Chrysophrys 
Quoy & Gaimard, 1824 (not Chrysophris Cuvier, 1829) remains distinct. 

Chrysophrys australis Gunther differs from Sparus aurata Linné in 
having less dorsal and anal rays, much fewer scales on lateral line (less 
than 50 instead of more than 70) and larger scales on body generally. 
Thus the Australian Black Bream requires a new generic name, and I 
have much pleasure in naming it Roughleyia, after my friend Mr. T. C. 
Roughley, in whose book, “Fishes of Australia and Their Technology,” the 
species under discussion will be found excellently described and illus- 
trated. 


WHITLEY. 319 


I have noted above that the generic name Chrysophrys applies better 
to the Snapper than to the Bream (Roughleyia) and will now discuss the 
taxonomy of the eastern Australian Snapper. I have not examined 
Western Australian or New Zealand specimens, but strongly suspect that 
our New South Wales form is specifically distinct from the snappers of 
those regions. The typical New Zealand form is Chrysophrys auratus 
(Bloch & Schneider) and the Western Australian species is Chrysophrys 
unicolor Quoy & Gaimard. Bloch & Schneider derived their specific name 
from Sciaena aurata Forster MS., but this must not be confused with the 
distinct species later described by Lichtenstein (Doublet. Z.M. Berlin, 1823, 
116) from Brazil under the same name. Furthermore, Bloch & Schneider’s 
name in its present combination invalidates Chrysophris aurata Cuvier 
(Régne Anim., ed. 2, ii., 1829, 182) which must be known as Sparus aurata 
Linné. 

The first name which may be applied to the New South Wales Snapper 
appears to be Pagrus guttulatus Cuvier & Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. Poiss., 
vi., 1830, 160) and, so as to enable that name to be used for our species, I 
hereby designate Jervis Bay, New South Wales, the type-locality of the 
species, and our Snapper will thus be known as Chrysophrys guttulatus 
(Cuv. & Val.). 

The Tarwhine of New South Wales, another Sparoid, has usually been 
called Sparus sarba Forskal (Descr. Anim., 1775, xi. & 31), but seems to be 
distinct from that Red Sea species, the authorship of which should be 
credited to Gmelin, as Forskal’s work is non-binomial. Our form has been 
well characterised and figured by Stead (Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, 78, pl 
xlvii.), and may be known as ROUGHLEYIA TARWHINE, new species. 


Family Scorprpae. 
Genus ATypicHtHys Gunther, 1862. 
ATYPICHTHYS MADO, new species. 


This is the Peronian representative of Atypus strigatus Gunther (Cat. 
Fish. Brit. Mus., ii., 1860, 64 & 518. Raoul Island, Kermadec Group; Swan 
River, W. Australia; Holdfast Bay, S. Australia; Erromanga, New Hebrides) 
which has been well figured by Steindachner (Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien., liii., 
1866, 435, pl. iv., fig. 2). 

The smaller scales of Atypichthys mado distinguish it from Gunther’s 
species, the description of which appears to be a composite one, based on 
specimens, probably not conspecific, from diverse localities. To serve as a 
basis for future research, I designate Raoul Island the type-locality of 
Atypus strigatus Ginther. 

The holotype of Atypichthys mado is a specimen a little over five 
inches long, in the Australian Museum (No. 1.4334), from Manly, New South 
Wales. 

Family KyYPHOSIDAE. 
SEGUTILUM, new genus. 


Orthotype, Pimelepterus sydneyanus Giinther (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), 
xviii., November 1, 1886, 368. Port Jackson, N.S. Wales. Type in 
British Museum) = Segutilum sydneyanum. 


Profile of head evenly sloping or rounded, without gibbosities. Body 
deep, compressed. Ten or eleven dorsal spines. Scales extending over 
fins, with the exception of ventrals and spinous dorsal and anal. Caudal 
excavate, but not strongly forked. 

Differs from Pimelepterus Lacépeéde (Hist. Nat. Poiss., iv., 1802, 429. 
Haplotype, P. bosquii Lacépéde) in having fewer dorsal and anal rays and 


320 NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


shorter ventrals and from Kyphosus Lacépéde (Hist. Nat. Poiss., iii., 1802, 
114. Haplotype, K. bigibbus Lacépéde) in lacking the gibbous profile and 
in having fewer dorsal spines. 


SEGUTILUM KLUNZINGERI, new species. 


Pimelepterus indicus Klunzinger, Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 1xxx., 1, 1879, 

357, pl. vii. 

Klunzinger’s species is not P. indicus Cuvier & Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. 
Poiss., vii., 1831, 270. Ex Kuhl & van Hasselt MS. No loc.) as has been 
noted by McCulloch (Rec. Austr. Mus., xiii, 1920, 56) who has regarded 
Klunzinger’s record as referable to Kyphosus sydneyanus, but it is un- 
likely that this restricted New South Wales species recurs in Western Aus- 
tralia. The type of this new species is the specimen figured on Klunzinger’s 
plate by Konopicky, and the type-locality is King George’s Sound. 


LEPTOKYPHOSUS, new subgenus of SEGUTILUM. 


Orthotype, Kyphosus gibsoni Ogilby (Mem. Qld. Mus., i., 1912, 50. Moreton 
Bay, Queensland. Type in Queensland Museum) = Segutilum (Lepto- 
kyphosus) gibsoni. 

Form more slender than in Segutilum, and soft dorsal fin longer. 
Ogilby’s type was redescribed and figured by McCulloch (Rec. Austr. 

Mus., xiii., 1920, 59, pl. xii., fig. 3). 

The species from northern Australia called Kyphosus cinerascens by 

Australian authors would be better known as Opisthistius squamosus 


(Alleyne & Macleay). f 
Family GIRELLIDAE. 


GIRELLIPISCIS, new genus. 


Orthotype, Girella elevata Macleay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 3, Feb- 
ruary, 1881, 408. Port Jackson) = Girellipiscis elevatus. 


Outer teeth of jaws in single rows. Nostrils fimbriate. Thirteen dorsal 
spines. 

Differs in these characters from Girella Gray (Illustr. Ind. Zool., ii., 
February, 1835, pl. xcviii.; fide Sherborn, Ind. Anim.) as described by Jor- 
dan & Thompson (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xli., 1912, 589). According to these 
authors the typical Girella punctata Gray has 15 dorsal spines and 50 or 
more transverse series of scales. The Australian Blackfish, which has been 
admirably described and figured by McCulloch (Rec. Austr. Mus., xili., 1920, 
62, pl. xiv., fig. 1), has less than 50 scales in lateral line and may be called 
Girella (Incisidens) tricuspidata from Western Australia and Girella (In- 
cisidens) triglyphus from eastern Australia, the subgeneric name having 
been applied to a female of the latter species by Gill (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 
Philad., xiv., 1862, 244. Haplotype, Crenidens simplex Richardson). 

Girella zonata Giinther may not be Australian and seems to approach 
Girella mezina Jordan & Starks (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxxii., 1907, 496, fig. 
3) from the Riu Kiu Islands. 

I have not seen the original descriptions of Girella castelnaui Thominot, 
Doidyxodon australis Thominot, or Tilodon australis Thominot, although 
abstracts of the last two species have been given by Fowler & Bean (Bull. 
U.S. Nat. Mus., 100, viii., 1929, 9-11) and show that they are probably not 
members of the family Girellidae; furthermore, the generic name Doi- 
dyxzodon is apparently preoccupied. 


IREDALELLA, new genus. 


Orthotype, Girella cyanea Macleay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 3, 
February, 1881, 409. No loc.) = Iredalella cyanea. 


WHITLEY. 321 


Outer teeth of jaws in single rows. Nostrils scarcely fimbriate. More 
than thirteen dorsal spines. Ground-colour blue. 

Named after Mr. Tom Iredale, who has collected an allied species of 
Bluefish in the Kermadec Islands. 


Family CHAETODONTIDAE. 
Genus VincuLuM McCulloch, 1914. 
VINCULUM KERSHAWI, hew species. 


The Victorian specimen figured by McCulloch (Biol. Res. Endeavour, ii., 
1914, 110, pl. xxii.) as Vinculum sexfasciatum (Richardson) is not that 
Western Australian species. Richardson (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., x., Sep- 
tember 1, 1842, 26) described Choaetodon sexrfasciatus as having the curve 
of the back springing boldly from the middle of the orbit, eye touching 
profile, serrations scarcely perceptible on lower limb of preoperculum, and 
16 or 17 anal rays. The form figured by McCulloch hes the curve of the 
back originating over posterior half of orbit, eye not reaching vrofile, lower 
limb of preoperculum serrated, and 18 anal rays. The disposition of the 
transverse bands does not quite correspond with Richardson’s description of 
the colour-markings. 

In view of these discrepancies, I name the Victorian species in honour 
of Mr. J. A. Kershaw, of the National Museum, Melbourne, the author of 
numerous articles on the fishes of Victoria. 


Family CHIRONEMIDAE. 
Genus CHIRONEMUS Cuv. & Val., 1829. 
CHIRONEMUS ABORIGINALIS, new species. 


Ogilby (Edible Fish. N.S. Wales, 1893, 54, pl. xvii.) and Roughley (Fish. 
Austr., 1916, 121, pl. xxxix.) have given good descriptions and figures of the 
New South Wales species generally called Chironemus marmoratus Giinther 
(Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., ii., 1860, 76). That species was described from Swan 
River, Western Australia (type-locality) and “Darnley Island,” but the 
latter locality is probably incorrect. The New South Wales form may be 
named C. aboriginalis, as it has the sixth dorsal spine longest, generally 
2.25 to 2.5 in head, and the height of body more than length of head. 


Family ISTIOPHORIDAE. 
ISTIOMPAX AUSTRALIS, new genus and species. 


The holotype of the new species, which is also the orthotype of the 
genus, is the specimen figured by Ramsay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 
February, 1881, 295 & 522, pl. viii. Off Wollongong, New South Wales) as 
Histiophorus gladius. This specimen is mounted in the Australian Museum. 
I have also examined a fresh specimen of this novelty from Manly, near 
Sydney, and have made detailed notes and measurements with a view to 
future publication. Australasian authors have apparently also mis- 
identified this species as Tetrapturus indicus and Makaira mazara. 


Family TEUTHIDAE. 
BUROBULLA, new genus. 


Orthotype, Xesurus maculatus Ogilby (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., October 1, 
1887, 395. Port Jackson, New South Wales) — Burobulla maculata. 
Differs from Xesurus Jordan & Evermann (Rept. U.S. Comm. Fish., 

1895, Append., v., December 28, 1896, 421. Orthotype, Prionurus punctatus 

Gill) in having D.ix/24 and the body light-spotted, 


322 NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES, 


Family BoTHIDAE. 
ISTIORHOMBUS, New genus. 


Orthotype, Pseudorhombus spinosus McCulloch (Biol. Res. Endeavour, ii., 
July 3, 1914, 129, pl. xxv. Houtman’s Abrolhos (type) and between 
Cape Naturaliste and Geraldton, W. Australia. Type on deposit in 
Australian Museum) = Istiorhombus spinosus. 


Profile not notched before the eye. Gill-rakers palmate, as long as 
broad. Scales cycloid on both sides of the body. Dorsal originating before 
nostrils on blind side of body. A strong preanal spine. 


Pseudorhombus spinosus Norman (Biol. Res. Endeavour, v., June 45, 
1926, 224. Queensland specimens only) differs in details of squamation 
from the true Western Australian species of McCulloch and may be named 


ISTIORHOMBUS SPINOSUS NORMANI, new subspecies. 


Whilst on the subject of Pseudorhombus, I take this opportunity of 
inserting a figure (plate xxv) of the holotype of Pseudorhombus anomalus 
Ogilby (Mem. Qld. Mus., i, November 27, 1912, 48. Moreton Bay, Queens- 
land), which has been very kindly lent to me by the Director of the Queens- 
land Museum. Ogilby’s description is very accurate, but I find from micro- 
scopical examination that the fin-formula is D.68 and A.54. This species is 
apparently a true Pseudorhombus. 


I also take this opportunity to propose CHOPINOPSETTA as a new 
name for the extra-Australian genus Eucitharus Gill (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 
xi., 1889, 600) preoccupied by Eucithara Fischer, 1883, a genus of mollusca. 


Family SyNAPTURIDAE. 
PARADICULA, new genus. 


Orthotype, Synaptura setifer Paradice and Whitley (Mem. Qld. Mus., ix., 
1, April 28, 1927, 91 & 101, fig. 3. Port Darwin, North Australia) = 
Paradicula setifer. 


Whitleyina Fowler & Bean (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 100, x., publ. early 
1930, vii. & 163) is a synonym of Whitleyia of the same authors (loc. cit., 
2 & 148) which has line-priority. Unfortunately, this genus of Chandid 
fishes preoccupies Whitleyia Chabanaud (Bull. Inst.. Oceanogr., No. 555, 
July 5, 1930, 2, 8 & 16) introduced a little later for a genus of soles. Whilst 
thanking these authors for the dual honour thus conferred, the writer 
feels it is necessary to take this early opportunity of renaming Chabanaud’s 
genus, and accordingly proposes the new generic name Paradicula, in 
honour of his late friend and collaborator, W. E. J. Paradice, with Synap- 
tura setifer as orthotype. 


Some Bleekerian species of Soles, none of them yet known authen- 
tically from Australia, require new generic names. Achirus poropterus 
Bleeker, 1851, has between sixty and seventy dorsal rays and between forty 
and fifty anal rays, and has fewer scales than Pardachirus. This species 
may be made the type of the new genus Normanetta, named after Mr. J. 
R. Norman. Synaptura pdnoides Bleeker, 1851, may be called CHaABAN- 
AUDETTA & new name in honour of M. Paul Chabanaud, which will replace 
Anisocheirus Gunther, twice preoccupied. For Dezillus Chabanaud, 1930, 
preoccupied by Dezilla Westwood, 1840, a genus of Diptera, I propose the 
new generic name D&xXILLICHTHYS,. with Synaptura macrolepis Bleeker, 
1858, as genotype. 


WHITLEY. 323 


Family CorRIDAE. 
CTENOCORISSA, new genus. 


Orthotype, Labrus pictus Bloch & Schneider (Syst. Ichth., 1801, 251, pl. lv. 
“Habitat in America australi ad Novam Hollandiam.”  Type-locality, 
Botany Bay, New South Wales, by present designation). 


The characteristic comb-shaped band on each side is sufficient to dis- 
tinguish this species generically from all other species allied to Coris Lacé- 
pede known to the writer. The “Banana Fish” or “Comb Fish” is com- 
moner at Lord Howe Island than around Sydney, but the type, collected 
by Dr. Latham, evidently came from the Botany Bay district, where I have 
collected it also. The species may now be known as Ctenocorissa picta. 


Family CaLLIONYMIDAE. 
REPOMUCENUS, new genus. 


Orthotype, Callionymus calcaratus Macleay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 
4, May 20, 1881, 628. Port Jackson, New South Wales) = Repomucenus 
calearatus. 


Preopercular spine with its distal extremity curved upward and with 
several recurved hooks on its upper surface, and with an antrorse spine 
below. First dorsal spine not longer than second. Dorsal rays mostly 
simple. Inner ventral ray joined to base of pectoral by a broad membrane 
which covers the bases of the lower pectoral rays. 


FOETOREPUS, new genus. 


Orthotype, Callionymus calauropomus Richardson (Zool. Voy. Erebus & 
Terror, Fish., 1844, 10, pl. vii., figs. 4-5. Western Australia). 


Similar to Repomucenus, but has no antrorse barb below preopercular 
spine and the dorsal rays mostly branched; preopercular spine with two 
distal hooks. Foetorepus calauropomus has shorter snout and narrower 
interorbital than F. achates (De Vis) from Queensland, whilst the Vic- 
torian F. papilio (Gunther) has 6 anal rays instead of 7 or 8. 


Family BLENNIIDAE. 
Subfamily CLININAE. 
Genus PETRAITES Ogilby, 1885. 
PETRAITES SELLULARIUS, new species. 


New name for Petraites roseus McCulloch (Rec. Austr. Mus., vil., 1908, 
40, pl. x., fig. 4), from New South Wales (type) and Lord Howe Island, 
which differs from Cristiceps roseus as described by Gunther (Cat. Fish. 
Brit. Mus., iii., 1861, 274) , from Freycinet’s Harbour (type) and “New Guinea 
and Islands,” in having the height 44 in total length and the eye longer 
than the snout. Probably direct comparison of specimens would reveal 
’ further differences. This species is common around Sydney, the type- 
locality. 
Subfamily BLENNIINAE. 
Genus PICTIBLENNIUS Whitley, 1930. 
PICTIBLENNIUS IREDALEI, new species. 


New name for Blennius castaneus Macleay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
vi., 1, July, 1881, 5. Port Jackson) preoccupied by Blennius castaneus 
Castelnau (Mem. Poiss. Afr. Austr., 1861, 50, fide Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., 
xxi., 1927, 837) from South Africa. This New South Wales species is allied 
to Pictiblennius tasmanianus (Richardson) and P. intermedius (Ogilby), 
the foundation members of my genus (Mem. Qld. Mus., x., 1930, 19). 


324 NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


Named after Mr. Tom Iredale, conchologist of the Australian Museum, 
who collected a series of this species in marine growths on submerged 
timber at Clark Island, Port Jackson, in April, 1928; it was not found at 
numerous other stations visited in Port Jackson at the same time. 


Subfamily TRIPTERYGIONTIDAE. 


This subfamily includes Blennies with large scales and three dorsal 
fins. The genera Lepidoblennius Steindachner, 1867, and Helcogramma 
McCulloch & Waite, 1918, may be tentatively included, but these forms have 
a complete lateral line. 


VAUCLUSELLA, new genus. 


Orthotype, Tripterygium annulatum Ramsay & Ogilby (Proc. Linn. Soc. 
N.S. Wales (2), ii, 4, March 21, 1888, 1021. Vaucluse, Port Jackson. 
Type in Austr. Mus.) = Vauclusella annulata. 


Snout pointed. Head naked; only one or two scales before first dorsal 
spine. Gill-membranes united across isthmus. Gill-openings very broad. 
Bands of minute pointed teeth in jaws. No canines. 


Body elongate, tapering, covered with large ctenoid scales, in less than 
40 transverse series. The tube-bearing anterior portion of the lateral line 
does not reach level of third dorsal fin and is separated by one row of 
scales from the posterior portion, which consists of notched scales. Three 
dorsal fins, close together; 3 + 12 spines. No produced spines or rays. 
Upper pectoral rays simple, median bifurcate. Lower pectoral rays and 
ventral and anal rays finger-like. Caudal truncate or gently rounded, its 
rays branched. Coloration variable, but without well-marked transverse 
bands. 


Differs from Tripterygion Risso (Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid., iii, 1826, 241. 
Haplotype, T. nasus Risso) in having the dorsal fins closer together and 
without produced rays. Enneapterygius Riippell (Neue Wirbelth. Abyssin. 
Fische, 1835, 2. Orthotype, E. pusillus Ruppell) has less than thirty trans- 
verse series of scales and higher dorsal fins. Notoclinops Whitley (Mem. 
Qld. Mus., x., 1, August 28, 1930, 20. Orthotype, Tripterygion segmentatum 
McCulloch & Phillipps) is nearer Vauclusella, but has well marked trans- 
verse bands on body. Waite (Rec. Canterb. Mus., ii., 1, December, 1913, 1-16, 
pls. i.-v.) has given an excellent revision of the New Zealand relatives of 
Tripterygion, but none of his species seems to be referable to that genus, 
and it seems likely that several new generic names will have to be given to 
the New Zealand species. 


VERCONECTES, new genus. 


This genus differs from those mentioned above in the form of the head, 
backward extension of the mouth, and the very long anterior portion of the 
lateral line. Trianectes McCulloch & Waite (Rec. S. Austr. Mus., i., 1, May 
24, 1918, 53. Orthotype, T. bucephalus McCulloch & Waite) may be re- 
garded as preoccupied by Trinectes Rafinesque (The Atlantic Journal and 
Friend of Knowledge, i., 1832, reproduced by Chabanaud, Bull. Mus. Hist. 
Nat. Paris (2), ii., 3, 1930, 260. Ex Myers MS.) of the same etymological 
derivation; I therefore rename it Verconectes, and the type-species may 
now be known as Verconectes bucephalus. 


Named after Sir Joseph Verco, the veteran South Australian concho- 
logist, who has conducted extensive dredging operations in our southern 
waters. 


WHITLEY. 325 


Family GoBIESOCIDAE. 
PaRVICREPIS, hew genus. 

Orthotype, Diplocrepis parvipinnis Waite (Rec. Austr. Mus., vi., 3, June 19, 
1906, 202, pl. xxxvi., fig. 3. New South Wales; i.e., Sydney district) = 
Parvicrepis parvipinnis. 

Gunther (Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., iii., 1861, 490 & 506) proposed the genus 
Diplocrepis for Lepadogaster puniceus Richardson (Zool. Voy. Erebus & 
Terror, Fish., 1846, 71, pl. xliii., figs. 1-7. New Zealand). On comparing 
Diplocrepis parvipinnis Waite with Richardson’s figure, I find the dfferences 
are so striking that it is evident that the Australian species hitherto known 
as Diplocrepis are not congeneric. Parvicrepis may be thus defined:— 

Head strongly depressed. Gill-membranes united across isthmus. Rows 
of small pointed teeth in jaws, no incisors. Upper jaw much longer than 
lower. Body more elongate than in Diplocrepis and with longer caudal 
peduncle. Ventral sucker not nearly stretching across ventral surface of 
body; anterior margin of the posterior portion of the sucker free. 


VOLGIOLUS, new subgenus of PARVICREPIS. 

Orthotype, Diplocrepis costatus Ogilby (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, x., 2, 
July 31, 1885, 270. Port Jackson) = Parvicrepis (Volgiolus) costatus. 
Dorsal and anal fins with an increased number of rays and much 

nearer the caudal fin than in typical Parvicrepis. 


Family ELEOTRIDAE. 
MEUSCHENULA, new genus. 


Orthotype, Agonostoma darwiniense Macleay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
ii., 4, June, 1878, 360, pl. ix., fig. 8. Port Darwin, North Australia) = 
Meuschenula darwiniensis. 

Preopercular margins free and exposed. No supraciliary scales. More 
than thirty scales between pectoral axil and hypural joint. Light spots on 
soft dorsal and caudal fins. 

A co-type, which is hereby designated the lectotype, of Macleay’s 
species, preserved in the Australian Museum, has been described in detail 
by McCulloch & Ogilby (Rec. Austr. Mus., xii., 10, July 14, 1919, 277). 


Family PERIOPHTHALMIDAE. 
Genus EvucHoristopus Gill, 1863. 


The genotype of Periophthalmus Bloch & Schneider (Syst. Ichth., 1801, 
63) is P. papilio, figured on plate 14. This species has a high and expansive 
anterior dorsal fin and is quite unlike the Australian form hitherto re- 
garded as congeneric. Gill (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., 1863, 271) pro- 
posed the name Euchoristopus for Periophthalmus koelreuteri (Pallas). He 
seems to have subtitled the definition of his new genus Periophthalmus 
instead of Euchoristopus, as he evidently intended, but, nevertheless, 
Euchoristopus is the more applicable name for the Australian form. 
EUCHORISTOPUS KALOLO (Lesson). 
Periophthalmus kalolo Lesson, Voy. Coquille, Zool., ii., 1, 1831, 146. Waigiou. 
Periophthalmus argentilineatus Cuvier & Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., 
xii., 1837, 191. Waigiou (Lesson & Garnot). Jd. Harms, Zeit. Wiss. 
Zool., CXxxili., 1929, 243 et seq., pls. vi.-vii. & text-figs. 19 et seq. Id. 
Eggert, ibid., 400 & 404, pls. viii.-ix. 
Periophthalmus koelreuteri var. argentilineatus McCulloch & Ogilby, Rec. 
Austr. Mus., xii., 10, 1919, 194. Queensland specimens only; not figure. 
I have collected this fish in several Queensland localities. It is com- 
mon in mangrove swamps and has been commented upon by naturalists 


326 NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


since the time of Cook. P. koelreuteri (Pallas) is apparently an Indian or 
African relative, so I am using Lesson’s name, which has priority over that 
of Cuvier & Valenciennes, for the Queensland species. Harms (loc. cit., 
supra) has demonstrated the existence of local varieties of “Periophthalmus 
argentilineatus,’ and it is probable that these deserve distinct varietal 
designations. It is not my intention to name them here, but I take this 
opportunity of separating the north-western Australian form, as follows. 


EUCHORISTOPUS KALOLO REGIUS, new subspecies. 


Periophthalmus koelreuteri var. argentilineatus McCulloch & Ogilby, Rec. 
Austr. Mus., xii., 10, July 14, 1919, 194, pl. xxxi., fig. 1. King Sound 
specimens only. Not P. argentilineatus Cuv. & Val. 

Periophthalmus koelreuteri Rendahl, Medd. Zool. Mus. Kristiania, v., Sep- 
tember 8, 1922, 165 & 191. Roebuck Bay and Daly River. Not P. koel- 
reuteri (Pallas) . 

The holotype of this subspecies is the Australian Museum specimen 
figured by McCulloch & Ogilby from King Sound, north-western Australia. 
It differs from my Queensland specimens in having the first dorsal fin 
more emarginate and the caudal more evenly rounded. 


Family GoBIIDAE. 
Genus Mucocosius McCulloch, 1912. 
MucoGOBIUS GOBIOSOMA, new species. 


South-western Australian specimens called Callogobius hasseltii var. 
mucosus by McCulloch & Ogilby (Rec. Austr. Mus., xii., 10, July 14, 1919, 217) 
differ in squamation and coloration from Gobius mucosus Gunther (Proc. 
Zool. Soc. Lond., 1871 (May 2, 1872), 663, pl. lxili., fig. a) from Adelaide, 
South Australia and from Gobius depressus Ramsay & Ogilby (Proc. Linn. 
Soc. N.S. Wales (2), i., 1, May 25, 1886, 4 and Ogilby, Cat. Fish. N.S. Wales, 
published about August 25, 1886, 35) from Port Jackson, New South Wales, 
and may be renamed Mucogobius gobiosoma. 


Family ScoRPAENIDAE. 
RUBORALGA, hew genus. 


Orthotype, Scorpaena jacksoniensis Steindachner (Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 
liii., 1, 1866, 438, pl. iii., figs. 2-2a. Port Jackson, N.S.W.) = Ruboralga 
jacksoniensis. 

Orbital crests and bony stay of cheek with several spines. Lower part 
of operculum naked. Palatine and vomerine teeth present. Twelve dorsal 
spines, none of them greatly produced, and all united by membrane for the 
greater part of their length. Second anal spine longer than third. General 
coloration mainly reddish. 

Scorpaena Linné (Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, 266; ed. 12, 1766, 452. Logo- 
type, S. porcus selected by Jordan & Gilbert, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., iii., 16, 
1882, 678) from the Mediterranean Sea seems to have a very different 
facies when Bloch’s plate 181 of the typical species is compared with the 
Australian form. 

With the new genus Ruboralga may be associated Scorpaena ergastu- 
lorum Richardson, Scorpaena sumptuosa Castelnau, and Scorpaena belli- 
cosa Castelnau from Australia and Scorpaena cardinalis Richardson from 
New Zealand. 

Family PLATYCEPHALIDAE. 
CACUMEN, new genus. 


Orthotype, Platycephalus speculator Klunzinger (Arch. Naturg., xxxviii., 1, 
1872, 28. Hobson’s Bay, Victoria) = Cacumen speculator. 


WHITLEY. 327 


The large orbits and scaly interorbital and nape characteristic of the 
type-species of this genus are well shown in Klunzinger’s figure (Sitzb. 
Akad. Wiss. Wien, Ixxx., 1, 1879, pl. iv., fig. 1). 


PLANIPRORA, new genus. 


Orthotype, Platycephalus fuscus Cuvier & Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. Poiss., 

iv., November, 1829, 241. Port Jackson) = Planiprora fusca. 

Head and body very broad and depressed. Interorbital sunken, broader 
than transverse diameter of eye. Scales small. Body dark, without con- 
spicuous dark spots. Ventrals, caudal, and lower part of pectoral fins 
blackish with white borders. 

LEVIPRORA, new genus. 


Orthotype, Platycephalus inops Jenyns (Zool. Voy. Beagle, Fish., 1840, 33. 
King George’s Sound, W. Australia) = Leviprora inops. 
No exposed bony ridges on upper surface of cranium. Eye larger than 
interorbital. 
TRUDIS, new genus. 
Orthotype, Platycephalus bassensis Cuvier & Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. Poiss., 
iv., November, 1829, 247. Westernport, Victoria) = Trudis bassensis. 


Lower preopercular spine considerably longer than upper.  Pectorals 
small. Scales rather large. Interorbital about equal to transverse dia- 
meter of eye. No enlarged teeth in jaws. 


LONGITRUDIS, new genus. 


Orthotype, Platycephalus longispinis Macleay (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, 
ix., May 23, 1884, 176. Off Port Jackson) = Longitrudis longispinis. 
Lower preopercular spine more than twice length of upper. Teeth 

small and of uniform size. Head less depressed and snout more acute than 

in Planiprora or Trudis. 
General colour of type-species light brown, with reddish-brown spots, 
and a row of spaced whitish spots along each side of the dorsal surface. 


Family TRIGLIDAE. 


CURRUPISCIS, new genus. 
Orthotype, C. volucer, new species. 


Head not particularly rugose. Two spines over anterior margin of 
orbit. Interorbital space concave. Preorbital produced into three small 
spines on each side of snout. Bands of teeth on jaws and vomer, none on 
palatines. Gill-rakers slender, less than half as long as eye. 

A row of about 23 spinigerous bucklers along each side of both dorsal 
fins. First dorsal spine very slightly rugose. Pectoral longer than head. 
No pungent anal spine. 

Scales very small, in more than one hundred transverse rows. Lateral 
line unarmed. General coloration of body reddish. 

This genus is apparently allied to Chelidonichthys Kaup (Arch. Naturg., 
1873, 87. Logotype, Trigla hirundo Linné). I have not seen Kaup’s paper, 
but am guided by Jordan’s resume of it (Gen. Fish., iii, 1919, 369-370). 
Trigla hirundo Linné. the genotype. as described and figured by Day (Fish. 
Gt. Brit. Ireland, i., 1880, 59, pl. xxiv.) differs from the type-species of my 
new genus in having more rugose and spiny head, with the spines and 
ridges differently situated, a larger scapular spine, more dorsal bucklers, 
and quite different coloration. 

Two genera of extra-Australian Gurnards may be renamed: Bellator 
Jordan & Evermann, 1895, preoccupied by Bellatrix Boie, 1831, a genus of 
birds, may be called VEXILLITRIGLA and another new genus, TRISCURRI- 


328 NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


CHTHYS, may replace Merulinus Jordan & Evermann, 1898, not Merulina 
Ehrenberg, 1834, a genus of coelenterates. 


CURRUPISCIS VOLUCER, new species. 


This is the New South Wales species identified as Trigla kumu by 
Steindachner (Sitzb. Akad. Wiss. Wien, liii., 1866, 20) and subsequent 
authors. It has been well described and figured by Ogilby (Ed. Fish. 
Crust. N.S. Wales, 1893, 109, pl. xxix.), Stead (Ed. Fish. N.S. Wales, 1908, 
114, pl. Ixxix.) and Roughley (Fish. Austr., 1916, 184, pl. Ixiv.). It differs 
from the Neozelanic Currupiscis kumu, originally described as Trigla kumu 
by Lesson (Voy. Coquille, Poiss., 1826, 214, pl. xix. New Zealand) in having 
more whitish or blue spots and usually a smaller black ocellus on the pec- 
toral fin. The supraorbital rims appear more elevated and spiny and the 
profile is more even in the Sydney species. Trigla papilionacea Cuvier & 
Valenciennes (Hist. Nat. Poiss., iv.. November, 1829, 50. Ex Solander MS. 
New Zealand) is a synonym of Currupiscis kumu. 

The holotype of Currupiscis volucer is a specimen in the Australian 
Museum (No. IA. 4667) which I purchased at La Perouse, Botany Bay, New 
South Wales, on 2nd November, 1930. 

As Chelidonichthys kumu, Jordan & Richardson (Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 
XXxiii., 1908, 656) have separated the Port Jackson Currupiscis volucer from 
the Japanese C. spinosus (McClelland). 


Family ANTENNARIIDAE. 
PHRYNELOX, new genus. 


Orthotype, Lophius striatus Shaw & Nodder (Nat. Miscell., v., May 1, 1794, 
pl. clxxv. “Cirea litora Australasiae’ (Banks) = Botany Bay, New 
South Wales) = Phryneloz striatus. 


Teeth on jaws, vomer, palatines, and pharynx. Direction of pre- 
maxillary almost vertical. Body elevated, compressed. Skin covered with 
prominent spines; no wart-like tubercles. Soft dorsal and anal distinct 
from caudal. Pectorals and ventrals small and rather slender. Three 
separate dorsal spines; the first free, slender, and with a trifid appendage 
at its extremity, the second and third much shorter, not higher than soft 
dorsal, thick, spiny, and each connected to back by membrane; the mem- 
brane of the third dorsal spine does not reach its tip. A smooth groove 
behind second dorsal spine. About eleven dorsal rays. Lateral line dis- 
tinct. 

The type-species has blackish lines or bars irregularly disposed on 
body, tending to form ocelli on belly, caudal, and end of anal fin. 

Lophius pictus and L. marmoratus Shaw & Nodder, described with L. 
striatus, have been regarded as synonymous with L. histrio Linné, but the 
New South Wales form had better be regarded for the present as Ptero- 
phrynoides histrio var. pictus (Shaw & Nodder); for references see Mc- 
Culloch (Austr. Mus. Mem., v., 1929, 406). Lophius cocinsinensis Shaw & 
Nodder (Nat. Miscell., xxiii., 1812, pl. 1012) is apparently a synonym of 
Pterophrynoides histrio (Linné) . 

Whilst on the subject of the species of “Lophius” described by Shaw 
and Nodder from Australia, I invite attention to a remarkable form which 
has been unwarrantably overlooked by subsequent authors. This is Lophius 
monopterygius Shaw & Nodder (Nat. Miscell., vi., February 1, 1795, pls. ccii. 
and cciii.), the drawings of which obviously represent the Sydney “Numb- 
fish” which was later called Hypnos subnigrum by Duméril (Rev. Mag. Zool. 
(2), iv., 1852, 279, pl. xii.). As I do not regard Hypnos Duméril as pre- 
occupied by Hypna Hiibner, 1818, a genus of Lepidoptera, I consider the 


WHITLEY. 329 


correct name for our species is Hypnos monopterygium (Shaw & Nodder), 
a member of the family Narcobatidae. 

Of the 1064 plates in Shaw & Nodder’s work, 162 represent fishes, but 
the only Australian specimens illustrated appear to be Chaetodon armatus 
(pl. 57), Squalus ocellatus (161), Raja rostrata (173), Lophius striatus (175), 
L. pictus and L. marmoratus (176), L. monopterygius (202 and 203), Ostracion 
meleagris (253), O. auritus (338), Trachichthys australis (378), Squalus 
tentaculatus (630) and S. appendiculatus (727). 

Family ALUTERIDAE. 
BLANDOWSKIUS, new genus. 
Orthotype, Blandowskius bucephalus, new species. 

Depth, measured from origin of soft dorsal to that of anal, less than 
half standard length, and much more than length of head. Less than forty 
dorsal and anal rays. Ventral spine obsolete. 

Named after Wilhelm von Blandowski, a German naturalist about whom 
little seems to be known. After taking part in the Schleswig-Holstein war, 
he was in Victoria in the fifties and sixties of last century. He led a small 
expedition from Melbourne to the Murray River and back in 1857-1858 and 
wrote a paper, which was later suppressed, on the fishes of the Murray 
River, which were collected, observed, and drawn by Gerard Krefft, who 
accompanied him, or by himself. See Austral Avian Record, v., 1927, 101. 


BLANDOWSKIUS BUCEPHALUS, new species. 


Dii/36; A36: P14: c12. ‘Plate xxvi. fis. 1). 

Head (21.5 mm.) 3.5 in length to root of caudal (76). Depth (32) 2.3 in 
same. Pectoral (6) equal to eye (6), nearly 3 in snout (17). Gjill-opening 
(5) equal to interorbital (5). Dorsal spine (12.5) 1.7 in head. Base of 
dorsal (26) subequal to that of anal (25.5). 

Body deep, compressed, the ventral profile lower than the dorsal. Two 
gibbosities before the eyes may be abnormal features. A pair of small 
nostrils on each side of the lower hump. Teeth acutely pointed, the lateral 
longest. Gill-opening below eye. 

Soft dorsal and anal with their margins evenly rounded, the rays 
highest towards the anterior end. Rays simple, without perforated mem- 
branes. Dorsal spine above hinder half of eye, with four rows of barbs. 
Distance from origin of dorsal spine to that of soft dorsal fin equal to 
length of head. Pectorals small, rounded; the rays simple, compressed and 
thickened distally. Ventral spine obsolete; ventral flap bag-like; anus 
large. Caudal peduncle as long as deep. Caudal fin rounded. 

Head and body covered with minute erect spinules forming a dense 
pile. Lateral line system feebly developed. 

Colour, after long preservation in formalin, straw brown, with the dorsal, 
anal, and ventral fins hyaline. Caudal with three or four fuscous trans- 
verse bars and two rows of dark rusty brown spots near base. Head and 
body ornamented with irregular rows of similar dark rusty-brown spots, 
disposed as shown in the accompanying figure. Eye bluish. 

Described and figured from the unique holotype, a specimen 96 mm. in 
total length, from off Wilson’s Promontory, Victoria. Australian Museum 
registered number E. 1263. 

Genus MonacantHus Schinz, 1822. 
MONACANTHUS FILICAUDA Gunther. 
(Plate xxvi., fig. 2). 
Monacanthus filicauda Giinther, Voy. Challenger, Zool., i., 6, 1880, 50, pl. 
Xxili., fig. D. South of New Guinea; 28 fathoms. Id. Fowler, Mem. 
Bish, Mus., x., 1928, 456. i 


330 NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


The larger of two specimens (No. E. 2897) trawled 11-14 miles off Pine 
Peak, Queensland, in 24-26 fathoms in August, 1910, is here figured. These 
agree with Giinther’s description and figure and have the following charac- 
ters: D.ii/36; A.36; P.13; C.12. Pectoral rays divided; membranes of dorsal 
and anal fins perforated at bases. Ventral spine movable. Depth a little 
less than 2 in standard length. 

This species ranges from south of New Guinea to the coast of Queens- 
land in about 24 to 28 fathoms. The New South Wales species hitherto 
identified as Monacanthus filicauda may be separated as a distinct sub- 
species. 

MONACANTHUS FILICAUDA NOTONECTIANUS, new subspecies. 
Monacanthus filicauda Waite, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales (2), ix., December, 


1894, 224. Maroubra Beach, near Sydney, N.S. Wales. Specimens in 
Austr. Mus. Id. McCulloch, ‘Austr. Zool., ii., 3, 1922, 124, not figure. 


IBEW AY VNSi(> iPass (ehiby 

Depth at origin of dorsal and anal (30) 2.4 in length to root of caudal 
(73). Eye (8) 2.8, interorbital (6.5) 3.2, gill-opening (5) 4.6 in head (23). 
Snout (15) less than first dorsal spine (17). 

General form elongate, compressed. Profile of snout convex before eye, 
but slightly excavate anteriorly. Head and body covered with very small, 
erect, simple, slightly curved spines, with radiating roots. Lateral line in- 
distinct, but apparently following course shown in accompanying figure. 

Dorsal spine long, with asperities tending to form barbs anteriorly and 
a row of spaced hook-like barbs on each side pointing outwards and down- 
wards. Soft dorsal and anal high, rounded, and with the membranes per- 
forated basally. Pectoral rays simple. Ventral spine movable, with pairs 
of spinules at its tip and pairs of antrorse barbs anteriorly. Ventral flap 
with spaced spinigerous ridges. Caudal obtusely truncate, with the first 
and second rays forming a produced point. 


WHITLEY. 331 


Colour, in spirit, yellowish brown, with some dark brown spots on sides 
and a large dark blotch below anterior portion of soft dorsal fin. Caudal 
with two oblique rows of black spots on membranes and a few dark marks 
near roots of rays. 

Described and figured from the holotype, a specimen 73 mm. in length 
without the caudal fin, or nearly four inches in total length. Australian 
Museum registered number 1A. 1815. 

Localities—Coogee Beach, near Sydney, N.S. Wales; washed ashore 
alive, 10th February, 1924, and collected by G. P. Whitley (holotype). An- 
other from the same place found a few days later and a series collected by 
the late Thomas Whitelegge, at Maroubra, in January to March, 1894, and 
recorded by Waite. These show no important variation, and suggest that 
this subspecies is occasionally washed up on New South Wales beaches in 
summer, aiter having, perhaps, been brought southwards on the noto- 
nectian current. 

The new subspecies differs from typical Monacanthus filicauda in hav- 
ing a more elongate body covered with smaller asperities. The back is 
less elevated, the pectoral rays are simple, and there are only two rows of 
spots on the caudal fin. Australian records of Monacanthus sulcatus 
Hollard may perhaps be referable to M. filicauda. 

In a popular article on this species (Sydney Mail, October 1, 1924, 45), 
I suggested for it the vernacular name Cottontail Leatherjacket. 


Genus PARAMONACANTHUS Bleeker, 1866. 


Pdadramonacanthus Bleeker, Neder. Tijdschr. Dierk., iii., 1866, 12. Ortho- 
type, Monacanthus curtorhynchus Bleeker (fide Jordan, Gen. Fish., iii., 
1919, 340). Jd. Bleeker, Atlas Ichth., v., 1869, 99. Not Paramonacanthus 
Steindachner, 1867, preocc. = Laputa Whitley, 1930. 

Ventral spine movable, not coalesced with pubic bone, and produced 
beyond ventral flap. Depth much less than half length, excluding caudal, 
but more than length of head. Dorsal and anal fins elevated anteriorly. 


PARAMONACANTHUS OBLONGUS (Temminck & Schlegel). 
(Plate xxvii., fig. 1). 
Monacanthus oblongus Temminck & Schlegel, Faun. Japon., Poiss., 1850, 

291, pl. cxxx., fig. 2. Japan. A type in British Museum. Jd. Gunther, 

. Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viil., 1870, 241; Japanese record only. 
Monacanthus broekti Bleeker, Acta Soc. Sci. Indo-Neerl., iii., 1853, Ichth. 

Japan, 35. Nagasaki, Japan. 

Stephanolepis oblongus Jordan & Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxv., 1902, 

264 & 266, fig. 2. Nagasaki, Japan. 

D.i/28; A.27; P.12; C.12. 

Depth at origin of anal (49 mm.) or below dorsal spine (50) 2.6, second 
dorsal ray (85) 1.5, in length to root of caudal (130). Gill-opening (10.5) 
equal to interorbital (10.5). Eye (10) 44, dorsal spine (18) 2.4, pectoral 
(14.5) 3 in head (44). 

General form elongate, compressed. Upper profile and interorbital 
convex. Snout long; mouth small, with separate teeth forming a beak. 
Nostrils in slits. Gill-opening subequal to eye, situated below dorsal spine. 
Ventral fiap below interdorsal space, not so long as ventral spine. This 
spine is broken in my specimen, but was evidently movable and prickly. 
Head and body covered with large scales with rugose surfaces; ventral flap 
and spine with more scattered asperities. Lateral line indistinct in places, 
but following the course shown in the accompanying figure. Caudal 
peduncle higher than long. 

Dorsal spine originating over posterior portion of eye; it has a row of 


332 NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


strong spines along each side and numerous asperities along its anterior 
surface. Soft dorsal and anal fins much elevated anteriorly; second dorsal 
ray much produced; membranes of fins perforated at base. Pectorals small, 
rounded. Caudal obtusely rounded, without produced rays. 

General colour, after long preservation, brownish with irregular darker 
markings on back and sides as shown in figure. A fuscous mark on back 
at middle of interdorsal space and others above and below caudal peduncle. 
Fins hyaline excepting caudal, which has an angular blackish bar crossing 
the rays and becoming darker above and below. 

Described and figured from a specimen 130 mm. in standard length or 
nearly 63 inches in total length. It was trawled a few miles off Bustard 
Head Lighthouse, Queensland, in 11-16 fathoms, on July 8, 1910. Australian 
Museum registered number E. 1424. 

New record for Australia. 

This specimen agrees well with Jordan and Fowler’s account and figure 
of Stephanolepis oblongus and is evidently conspecific as the only important 
differences are the more convex snout, extra pectoral ray, produced dorsal 
ray, and less tapering body of the Queensland specimen. The produced 
rays of the dorsal and caudal fins and the shape and colours of this species 
are stated to be variable. ‘ 

From Monacanthus curtorhynchus Bleeker (Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind., 
viii., 1855, 430. Amboina), the genotype of Paramonacanthus, my specimen 
differs notably in having deeper body and less pronounced colour-markings. 
The dorsal spine is shorter than that of Paramonacanthus garretti Fowler 
(Mem. Bish. Mus., x., 1928, 459, fig. 78. Hawaii). 


PARAMONACANTHUS OBLONGUS OTISENSIS, new subspecies. 
(Plate xxvii., fig. 2). 

A series of Queensland specimens, of which one (No. E.1412) is here 
illustrated, shows a form of this species, apparently not due to sex, which 
has a deeper body, increased number of fin-rays, and less defined scales. 
The intestines contain remains of crustacea and algae. The figured speci- 
men differs from the above-described P. oblongus in the following par- 
ticulars. 

D.i/30; A.32. Depth (49 mm.) 2.16 in length to root of caudal (106). 
Ventral spine movable, with some prickles at tip and rugose anteriorly. 
Scales less apparent but body rugose, covered with spines, which may be 
simple, double, cusped, or with irregular flanges. Lateral line distinct. No 
produced dorsal ray. First and fifth branched caudal rays produced. 
General colour dark in tone with a dark margin to ventral flap; dark mark- 
ings on body and cross-bands on throat more distinct, and bar on caudal 
lighter than in Bustard Head specimen of Paramonacanthus oblongus. 

The holotype of this subspecies, on deposit in the Australian Museum, 
is merely labelled “Queensland,” but many other specimens are preserved 
from off Hervey Bay, Bustard Bay, Fraser Island, and Cowan Cowan, More- 
ton Bay, southern Queensland; all were trawled by the “Endeavour” in 
from 9 to 20 fathoms in July and August, 1910. 

ScoOBINICHTHYS, new genus. 


Orthotype, Balistes granulata White (Journal of a Voyage to new South 
Wales, ed. 1, 1790, 295, and fig. New South Wales = Botany Bay). 
“Captain Cook’s Leatherjacket,’ called Balistes granulata in the ap- 

pendix to White’s Voyage, has been the subject of an article by Iredale & 

Whitley (Austr. Mus. Magazine, iii., 1929, 421). This species has an ex- 

tremely rough integument, quite unlike that of the Hawaiian Balistes sand- 

wichiensis Quoy & Gaimard (Voy. Uran. Physic., Zool., 1824, 214), the type 
of Cantherhines Swainson, 1839, and, as it differs also in general propor- 


WHITLEY. 333 


tions, cannot be retained in that genus. Balistes granulata may therefore 
be nominated the type of Scobinichthys and known in future as Scobini- 
chthys granulatus (White). 

Genus BRACHALUTERES Bleeker, 1866. 

BRACHALUTERES FIDENS, new species. 
D.i/29; A.26; P.11; C.10 branched rays. 

Depth, measured from origin of soft dorsal to that of anal (35.5 mm.), 
1.3 in length to root of caudal (48); head (16.5) nearly 3 in same. Eye (5) 
3.3 In head or 2 in snout (10). Interorbital (7) wider than length of longest 
pectoral ray (6.5). Base of soft dorsal (20.5) longer than that of anal (18). 
Depth of caudal peduncle (10) greater than its length (6). 

Depth equal to length to base of caudal fin, due to the downward ex- 
tension of the baglike ventral flap. Dorsal profile more convex than 
ventral. A concavity in the profile before the eyes. Interorbital roundly 
convex. Head and body elevated and strongly compressed, covered with 
prominent, erect spines with hooked tips and small irregular flanges. Gill- 
opening oblique, situated under posterior half of eye and on a level with 
the mouth, its length equal to pectoral base. Mouth small, its width less 
than diameter of eye. Jaws beaklike, the median pairs of teeth longest 
and flanked on each side by similar but smaller teeth, forming a median 
and two lateral points in each jaw. Ventral flap roundly convex, without 
an exterior pubic spine. 

Dorsal spine curved, weak, tapering, rugose, originating over posterior 
margin of orbit and connected to back by broad membrane. Soft dorsal 
and anal fins gently rounded, with simple rays. Caudal broadly rounded; 
its upper and lower rays simple and the ten median rays branched. 

General colour green, with about six indistinct horizontal dusky stripes 
on upper half of sides, and many small dark spots on lower half. Fins 
plain, except caudal, which has numerous dark brown spots, especially 
towards its base and border. 

Described from the holotype, a specimen 2} inches in total length, from 
Shellharbour, New South Wales. Austr. Mus. registered number IA. 1822. 

This species is common in New South Wales, especially around wharf 
piles, where it feeds on small crustacea. The ground colour varies from 
greenish to brownish and the stripes and spots appear to vary in different 
specimens. This species has been called Brachaluteres trossulus by authors, 
but the New South Wales form has flanges on the dermal spines which 
are not shown in Aleuterius trossulus Richardson (Zool. Voy. Erebus & 
Terror, Fish., 1846, 68, pl. xl., figs. 5-6, as Alutarius. W. Australia), and its 
colour-markings, though variable, do not agree with those depicted by 


Richardson. Family CANTHIGASTERIDAE. 
Genus CANTHIGASTER Swainson, 1839. 
CANTHIGASTER AXIOLOGUS, new species. 

New name for Canthigaster cinctus McCulloch (Mem. Qld. Mus., vii., 
1922, 245, pl. xiv., fig. 1), which, as McCulloch suggested by his queried 
synonymy, is distinct from Tetrodon cinctus Richardson (Zool. Voy. Sama- 
rang, Fish., 1848, 20. Ex Parkinson MS. Tahiti) which is described as 
having small round dots on the upper. surface and on the caudal fin, and 
two oblique black bars on the forepart of the belly. None of these features 
applies to McCulloch’s species. Richardson had earlier introduced T. 
cinctus as a queried synonym of his Tetrodon solandri (Zool. Voy. Sulphur., 
i., Fish., 1845, 125). 

The holotype of Canthigaster azxiologus is the Queensland Museum 
specimen, from near the Capricorn Group, Queensland, figured by 
McCulloch. 


334 NEW NAMES FOR AUSTRALIAN FISHES. 


ADDENDUM. 


The following new generic names are proposed to replace the pre- 
occupied names of some extra-Australian fishes. 


NEGOGALEUS (iam. Galeidae) for Hemigaleus Bleeker, 1852, not Hemi- 
galea Blainville, 1837, or Hemigalus Jourdain, 1837 (Mammalia). Type, 
H. microstoma Bikr. 

PARAPHOTICHTHYS (fam. Gonostomatidae) for Manducus Goode & Bean, 
1895, not Manduca Huebner, circa i806 (Lepidoptera). Type, Gono- 
stoma maderense Johnson; recently figured by Norman, Discov. Rept., 
ii., 1930, 294. 

RA (fam. Characinidae, subfam. Ichthyoborinae) for Ichthyborus Ginther, 
1864, often spelt Ichthyoborus by authors, not Ichihyoborus Kaup, 1842 
(Aves). Type, I. microlepis Gunther. 

BARBELLION (fam. Cyprinidae) for Barynotus Gunther, 1868, not Germar, 
1817 (Coleoptera). Type, B. lagensis Gunther. 

NAZATEXICO (fam. Cyprinidae) for Orcella Jordan & Evermann, 1896, and 
Orcula J. & E., 1900, both preoccupied, vide Palmer, Ind. Gen. Mamm., 
1904, and Sherborn, Ind. Anim., 1929. Type, Notropis orca Woolman. 

BORODINULA (fam. Nemichthyidae) for Avocettina Jordan & Davies, 1892, 
not Avocettinus Bonaparte, 1850 (Aves). Type, Nemichthys infans 
Ginther. Named after Mr. N. A. Borodin. 

FUYANGIA (fam. Coryphaenoididae) for Chalinura Goode & Bean, 1883, 
not Dalman, 1826 (Arachnida). Type, C. simula Goode & Bean. 

HUMEFORDIA (iam. Lutjanidae) for Fares Jordan, Evermann, & Tanaka, 
1927, which is preoccupied by Fares Guichenot (Dict. pitt. Hist. Nat., 
iii., 1835, 164; Nouv. Dict. class. Hist. Nat., ed. 2, xii., July, 1845, 345), 
another genus of fishes allied to, or synonymous with, Coryphaena 
Linné. Humefordia is named after Mr. Alexander Hume Ford, of Hono- 
lulu, with Aphareus thompsoni Fowler as type. 

HOSPILABRUS (fam. Hospilabridae; near Labridae) for Malapterus Cuv. & 
Val., 1839, preoccupied by Jarocki, 1822, an emendation for Malapterurus 
Lacépéde, another genus of fishes. Gunther emended Malapterus Cuv. 
& Val. to Malacopterus, but this name is preoccupied in Coleoptera. 

STOMOGOBIUS (fam. Gobiidae) for Orthostomus Kner, 1868, not Ortho- 
stoma Ehrenberg, 1831, or Orthostomum Grube, 1840, a genus of Coelen- 
terata. Type, O. amblyopinus Kner. 

APHYOGOBIUS (fam. Gobiidae) for Latrunculus Gunther, 1861, not Gray, 
1847 (Mollusca). Type, Gobius albus Parnell (non Cloquet and later 
authors). 

CASSIGOBIUS (fam. Gobiidae) for Lophiogobius Gunther, 1873, not Lop- 
hogobius Gill, 1862 (Pisces). Type, Lophiogobius oceilicauda Gunther. 

BRYOZOICHTHYS (fam. Pholidae) for Bryolophus Jordan & Snyder, 1902, 
not Ehrenberg, 1839 (Polyzoa). Type, B. lysimus Jordan & Snyder. 

PACHYCARICHTHYS (fam. Zoarcidae) for Paéchycara Zugmayer, 1911, not 
Pachycarus Solier, 1835 (Coleoptera) and not Pdadchycare Gould, 1876 
(Aves). Type, Pachycara obesus Zugmayer. 

BUFOCERATIAS (fam. Ceratiidae) for Phrynichthys Pietschmann, 1927, 
not Agassiz, 1846, an emendation for Bufichthys Swainson = Synanceja 
Bloch & Schneider, another genus of fishes. Type, P. wedli Pietschmann. 

LUCUBRAPISCIS (fam. Canthigasteridae), new subgenus of Canthigaster 
Swainson, replaces Eumyctertas Jenkins, 1901, not Eumycterus Schoen- 
herr, 1838 (Coleoptera). Type, Eumycterias bitaeniatus Jenkins. 


335 


NOTES ON THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD. 


By A. J. MARSHALL, R.A.O.U. 
(Plate xXxvili.) 


During the current spring I have had many opportunities of witnessing 
the extraordinary habits of the Satin Bower-Bird (Ptilonorhynchus viola- 
ceus). These birds are still fairly plentiful in the scrubby gullies of 
Sydney’s National Park, where their gaily decorated “play-houses” are not 
infrequently constructed quite close to the beautiful and popular Lady 
Carrington’s Drive, occasionally as near as ten feet to this busy thorough- 
fare. The Bower-Birds do not appear greatly to resent the presence of 
humans near their bowers; in fact, many bowers are built quite close to 
popular picnicking spots. 

Sometimes the one bower is used for several seasons in succession, 
though in the majority of cases the birds pull the old structure down and 
re-erect it elsewhere each season. A bower near the Bird Cabin at the 
Waterfall end of the Park was reconstructed for the third time in four 
years quite recently. The bower was in use in December, 1929, and the 
male was invariably in attendance, but from January, 1930, onwards, it was 
allowed to fall into disrepair—probably after the courting, nesting and in- 
cubating periods the birds’ interest wanes to a great extent. All through 
the winter months this bower (and others) remained deserted, and when 
the locality was visited, late in August, the bower had been removed else- 
where. 

A week later we were successful in locating the new bower. Although 
not yet complete, the front entrance of the bower was adorned with empty 
bush-snail shells, discarded pupal cases of cicadas, fragments of blue glass, 
and the usual array of freshly-plucked blue flowers and berries, blue 
feathers, banksia leaves, and quantities of yellow, straw-like grass. I have 
yet to see a red object placed at a bower; in fact, on placing fragments of 
red, blue and amber glass some distance from the bower, I found that the 
blue was quickly brought to the playground, while the red and amber were 
left severely alone. 

The dry, or partially-dry serrated leaves of the banksia form a popular 
ornament, and I was interested to note that the Bower-Bird would fre- 
quently remove a dry eucalyptus leaf from the bower, yet would often re- 
place it with another dead leaf—a banksia—almost immediately. 

It is extremely difficult to obtain a satisfactory picture of the adult 
male. His lustrous blue-black plumage scintillates in the sunlight to such 
an extent that the result often suggests a Gymnorhina rather than a 
Bower-Bird! 

When first observed, the male was busily engaged in bower-building 
operations. He would invariably approach from beneath a large pile of 
logs and debris, and depart in the same direction on each occasion. He 
could generally be heard approaching through the dry leaves when quite 
fifteen feet distant, his bill often containing as many as six long slender 
twigs. After reaching the bower, he would deposit the twigs on the ground 
at the entrance, select one, carry it inside the bower, and thrust it in 
among the many others which compose the walls, driving it into the soft 
earth with a jerky, side-long motion of the neck. Frequently he would 
withdraw a loose twig from one wali and place it in the opposite side. 
Often he would snatch up a dry leaf or snail-shell and toss it about play- 
fully. 

Although Bower-Birds are usually exceedingly timid, this particular 
bird was remarkably fearless. He took little exception to a whispered con- 


336 NOTES ON THE SATIN BOWER-BIRD. 


versation, paying no more attention to this than to the vibrant call of the 
Pied Currawong (Strepera graculina) far up on the timbered hillside; 
merely pausing in his labours, listening intently for an instant, and then 
continuing with his task. This bird, too, was unusually silent, but he called 
twice in succession when a gloriously plumaged Crimson Rosella (Platy- 
cercus elegans) screeched loudly from an adjacent sapling. 

On September 13th the bower was complete. It was profusely de- 
corated, and had the walls converging overhead. The male came quite as 
readily as previously, but on this occasion brought ornaments instead of 
building material. 

It was shortly after 3 p.m. that I witnessed a most peculiar happening. 
The owner of the bower had been absent about ten minutes when another 
male approached the bower from the rear. This struck me as being 
suspicious, and my suspicions were fully justified when the newcomer 
straightaway commenced to attack the bower viciously. Working rapidly, 
he demolished the rear entrance in a remarkably short time, and then 
hopped through the bower, paused for a moment as the camera clicked, 
and then commenced to level the front portion. It was at this point that 
I noticed the rightful owner of the bower in a turpentine about fifty yards 
away. He dropped a blossom held in his bill, and with a long, angry swoop 
descended on the intruder. The marauding bird evidently heard him com- 
ing, for he flew rapidly away through the timber, pursued by the indignant 
owner of the bower. 

It may be assumed with a reasonable degree of certainty that the in- 
truder acted purely out of spite, or jealousy, since no attempt whatever 
was made to remove any of the material dislodged. From the beginning, 
his hasty actions indicated that his sole intention was to destroy as much 
of the bower as he could in as short time as possible. During the next two 
hours neither bird returned again, but at ten o’clock next morning the 
bower was quite rebuilt again. On that day, however, the bird was ex- 
tremely shy, and during four hours did not approach once. It may be 
that noisy picnickers nearby prevented him from approaching, though it is 
more likely that he was chary of facing the large movie camera specially 
obtained by Mr. N. Chaffer for the occasion. 

It has frequently been said that the older birds construct the more 
artistic and substantial bowers, and this contention is supported by a bower 
observed near Audley, National Park, which, it is said, has been there for 
at least seven years. This bower is, in many respects, the most remarkable 
I have yet noted, being easily the most substantially built, and having the 
greatest and most varied collection of playthings that it has ever been my 
privilege to examine. It is situated in a sheltered position on a flat near 
Kangaroo Creek, in close proximity to the Rest House, and amid an area 
frequented by thousands of picnickers at each week-end. 


337 


NOTES ON THE GENUS STIGMODERA (FAMILY BUPRESTIDAE). 


Together with Descriptions of New Species of and a Retabulation of the 
Subgenus Castiarina. 


By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. 
Plates xxix. & xxx. 


(A). NOTES ON THE GENUS STIGMODERA (BUPRESTIDAE) . 


Since my. Revision of this group (1) several corrections have been 
found necessary. Especially helpful has been my correspondence with Mr. 
K. G. Blair, of the British Museum, who has given much laborious work, 
both in examining types and in sending me examples for examination with 
critical notes. The following notes will clear up some perplexities, and 
will at least, with some certainty, correct my own mistakes. 

Stigmodera Eschsch., stands as in Revision (p. 92). 

Subgenus A.: Themognatha Sol. 

duponti Boisd., is not identical with Stevensi Geh. Its brief description 
indicates flavocincta L. & G.; but this is conjecture. 

fusca Saund., is distinct from parvicollis Saund. 

The synonymy of the species (No. 10 of my Revision) seems to me as 

- follows:— 
(1) S. fusca Saund.; n. nom. for parryi Hope. 
var. queenslandica Obenb. 

(2) ? Subspec. of (1). pubicollis Waterh. 
2 major Waterh. 
lateritia Saund. 

(3) parvicollis Saund. 

2 picea Kerr. 

Mr. Blair’s notes (2) vary only from the above in placing queenslandica 
Ob. under (2). 

Both Kerremans and Blackburn point out that Saunders’ substitu- 
tion of fusca for parryi Hope is unjustifiable. (Nascio parryi Hope was 
first described as a Stigmodera). 

An examination of long series from our Museums has cleared my own 
mind on the three species: fusca Saund., pubicollis Waterh., and parvicollis 
Saund. The following notes may help the student to distinguish them:— 


S. fusca Saund. Head bronzy, lightly pubescent. Pronotum red, or red- 
dish brown, without metallic lustre or pubescence; underside coppery to 
dark bronze, sparsely or not pubescent. Head and pronotum coarsely, irre- 
gularly rugose-punctate, the latter with large smooth spaces between punc- 

tures. 

Pronotum widest at base—here wider than elytra (as in Saunders’ 
figure, also in Obenberger’s figure of queenslandica), thence arcuately con- 
verging to apex, with some crenulations at margin, posterior angles sub- 
rectangular, base feebly sinuate, without excisions. Length to breadth as 
10:19. 

Elytra regularly striate, intervals sharply convex, coarsely and rather 
closely punctate, giving a more opaque surface than with parvicollis. 
Sterna and sides of abdomen coarsely rugose-punctate, middle of abdomen 
varyingly nitid and laevigate. 


(1). Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aus., 1916. 
(2). Ent. Monthly Mag., Ixv., 1929, 201-203. 


338 GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


9 examples. S. Aus. .. we Se Syed, a ren G3 
NO Jabell.c Soe Gist as sie) ee eel ee ee 

Dimensions: 29-42 x 12-18 mm. 

S. pubicollis Waterh. only differs from fusca in colour and clothing. Head, 
pronotum and underside coppery to dark bronze, elytra reddish brown to 
dark brown. Pronotum and elytra with or without narrow red margin. 
[Of 20 examples 13 are with, 7 without this margin]. Clothing of head, 
pronotum and underside varies from very long and dense to moderate, of a 
pale fawn colour beneath, more silvery above. 

PAN Tey ehanyolecs SEN, Wits Gn Ge ea ao os no on Ot 

BS PAUSE aii ars. Gtak ves itn acc 2H. Weheueioetere 
IWisWAMUS ce ee ihe dye cis ace gee peeling 
; No label .. MR eo oak Tae 

Dimensions: 27-41 x 11-17 mm. 

While extreme forms can be readily distinguished from fusca, the 
pubescence seems to be easily abraded. There is thus some reason for con- 
sidering this as a western subspecies of the South Australian fusca Saund. 

S. parvicollis Saund. Head and pronotum reddish brown to bronzy 
black, or with varied amounts of each. Elytra castaneous to reddish brown, 
underside dark bronze or black. 

Head generally pubescent, strongly, not uniformly punctate. 

Pronotum rugose-punctate, coarsely so at sides, with smooth raised 
vermiculations, sides crenulate, disc with a more or less smooth middle 
line (often vague); widest about middle, post angles acute, base sinuate, 
with marked excisions. Length to breadth as 4:7. 

Elytra nitid, deeply striate, intervals rounded, convex, irregularly and 
sparsely punctate, showing less irregular rugosity at humeral and sublateral 
region than is usual. 

Prosternum transversely wrinkled in front, coarsely punctate behind, 
metasternum coarsely, closely punctate. Abdomen very nitid and sparsely 
punctate in middle—often widely laevigate—coarsely and irregularly punc- 
tate at sides. 


21 examples; s SOUL MAUSG a2 ss) cis ey eon eeerebeliae 
iWiestHAUSti sc (ok: ito te ais ener aes 
NW VACTM EIA He pata) bcs naan 3; 
N.S.W. (Broken Hill) .. ie 
INopabeli-y se). 2: 


Easily distinguished from fusca and pubicollis by the excised and 
sinuate base of prothorax, more nitid surface, wider striae and less punc- 
tate elytral intervals. 

cynaniventris Kerr. In my notes, after an examination of type in 1922, 
considered as synonymous with variabilis Don., Mr. Blair has it under 
latithorax Thoms. 

viridicincta Waterh. The type of this, in Mr. Blair’s opinion, in which 
I concur, is a small variety of S. donovani L. & G., in which the green 
sutural strip is wider than usual. The example, however, which Water- 
house described as viridicincta var. seems to me a distinct species and 
identical with carpentariae Blkb. The synonymy thus would appear. 

S. donovani L. G. = viridicincta Waterh. (type). 

S. carpentariae Blkb. = viridicincta Waterh. var. 

jansoni Saund. was erroneously placed as a synonym of donovani L. & 
G. in my Revision—a mistake corrected in my Check List. It is more elon- 
gate than donovani and has its underside metallic green. I now think it 


CARTER. 339 


probable that viridicauda Cart. is a form of jansoni. The unique type is in 
Stockholm Museum. 

quadrispilota Saund. is a good species, distinct from mitcheili Hope. 

Mr. Blair writes “unique type has thorax dark greenish bronze with 
sides yellow, but no difference in colour of side parts of dark patch, sides 
have no marginal thickening (bourrelet) as in variabilis or mitchelli, a 
small yellow spot in middle of base. Elytra with apices rounded, no emar- 
gination as in mitchelli, underside dark bronze, no pale sides to segments, 
prosternum wide and feebly convex between coxae (furrowed in mitchelli), 
5th ventral segment very feebly emarginate, 6th without medial longitudinal 
depression.” 

Two examples in the Macleay Museum (also in Melbourne Museum) 
exactly fit this description. The elytral dark spots tend to coalesce into 
short fasciae. 

Since publishing my Revision, in 1916, twelve names have been added, 
six each by Obenberger and myself. Of Obenberger’s species nickerli and 
strandi are, I consider, forms of Castiarina maculiventris, and cannot, if I 
am correct, be included under Themognatha. The others, queenslandica, 
desperata, mrazi and jakovlevi are considered as synonyms of recorded 
species. Of my own species viridicauda, praeterita, ducalis, miranda, mar- 
ginalis and particollis, the first may prove to be a variety of jansoni Saund., 
the distinction of which from donovani was at the time not clear to me. 

praeterita may be considered as a well defined subspecies of affinis 
Saund. without red markings. 

miranda may, with further material, be found to be a colour variety of 
ducalis. The structural characters are similar. 

particollis. Mr. Blair suggests the possibility of this being a variety of 
caroli Blkb., a very variable species. Of 5 examples of caroli before me, 
three have the pronotum red, with margins only narrowly bronze, one has 
the pronotum wholly bronze, the fifth has the pronotum partly bronze as in 
particollis, but the rest of upper surface red (testaceous in particollis). In 
one example only is there a short interrupted fascia and sutural spot black. 
All have the apices narrowly black or blue-black. The structural characters 
support Mr. Blair’s suggestion. 

wimmerae Blkb. This also is another var. of caroli Blkb., which by right 
of priority must have precedence. The synonymy running as follows:— 

S. (Themognatha) wimmerae Blkb. = capucina Blkb. (var. 1). 

= caroli Blkb. 
= particollis Cart. (var. 2). 
(B). SUBGENUS CASTIARINA. 

The following retabulation includes species described since 1916, while 
making necessary corrections: — 

Further study also informs me of the great complexity in variation of 
certain species, though such variations do not apparently occur in a large— 
probably the greater—number of species. The variations of pattern may be 
generalized under two heads. 

(1) Loss of certain markings. (2) The spreading of one colour—often 
metallic green or blue—over a large part or the whole of the elytra. Ex- 
amples of (1) are var. triramosa Thoms. of simulata L. & G.; var. leai Cart. 
of dimidiata Cart.; var. semisuturalis Saund. of ignota Saund. For examples 
of (2) vide my 1916 Revision, p. 81. A rare variation is structural—that of 
the elytral apices, on which I commented (l.c., p. 82). Lately an examina- 
tion of S. impressicollis Macl. has shown certain N. Queensland examples 
(the type from the Manning River, N.S. Wales, is clearly bispinose) to be 
distinctly trispinose; the two interior spines corresponding with the bis- 


340 GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


pinose examples, while the 2nd elytral costa is produced to form a 3rd spine. 
The examples are otherwise indistinguishable. This form needs distinction, 
for which I suggest the name trispiculis n. var. Again in a series of cincta 
Blkb.,—clearly synonymous with flaviceps Cart.—variations occur (1) in 
pattern, from loss of dark portions, (2) in the absence of frontal yellow 
spot. (Four specimens from Waneroo and Moore River, W.A., are only dis- 
tinguishable from others in having the forehead a fiery copper colour). (3) 
In having trispinose examples. Of eleven examples before me two have 
trispinose apices, the rest being distinctly bispinose. Of two examples from 
Tammin, W.A., one has three, the other two spines on each apex. Such 
instances are rare; the apical structure being one of the most constant and 
reliable characters for specific distinction, I suggest the varietal name 
cupriceps for (2) and tridens for (3). A 

The predominant use of colour markings in the tabulation is 
due to the following considerations. (1). The table is intended for 
use in museums and by collectors who need a ready guide for deter- 
minations. The colour characters of a species are so frequently identical 
as to be, on the whole, the simplest criterion of distinction, though the ex- 
pert will not take this as final. It is a first aid diagnosis that must, for 
real accuracy, be supplemented by other character considerations. The 
weak point of any table is the inter-relation between different species as- 
sociated with any one selected character. Thus in the following the bifas- 
ciata, kirbyi and scalaris groups each contain a few species that might, in 
certain forms, be transposed. Here I can only give my experience as to the 
commoner form, and have inter-polated a few notes that may be helpful, 
where there is frequent variation. An asterisk before a name denotes a 
species unknown to the author in nature, but is included on its description. 


A nearer approach to finality, in doubtful cases of identification, could 
—and should—be attained by authors practising a free interchange, or loan, 
of specimens. The British Museum is the depository of the greater number 
of types in this genus. It would not be difficult for European authors to 
submit their specimens to that institution for comparison before adding 
more names to the long list of synonyms. Varietal names only deserve pub- 
lication in two cases: (1) Special local forms of common occurrence, sub- 
species; (2) notably distinct forms that possess some taxonomic value or 
would be likely to be considered as distinct species were intermediate forms 
unknown. 

With regard to (1) the term subspecies is helpful and correct if—and 
only—when applied to a distinct geographical race, that is more or less con- 
stant in character in a region. Its loose application by cabinet entomolo- 
gists without field experience is misleading. The existence of such forms is 
one of the clearest indications of the actual process of evolution. The 
close study of a large insect genus, with many common and widely spread 
species, like Castiarina is one of the most impressive object lessons in 
genetics. Good examples of subspecies are C. rujfipes Macl. and C. mal- 
leeana Cart. (the former redescribed by Obenberger as stigmaticollis) . 


While it is possible that hybridization occurs with Stigmodera, there 
is at present no evidence of this. Only experiments under close observation 
in captivity can educe such evidence. Cases of different species being found 
“in cop” do not afford evidence of either (1) specific relation, or (2) of fer- 
tilization. During the “angophora” season round Sydney I have more than 
once found the larger species variabilis, macularia and suturalis thus 
paired. I also have a pair of Castiarina taken “in cop” by a very accurate 
observer, Mr. E. Sutton, of Stanthorpe, Queensland, of which the ¢ is decem- 
maculata Kirby and the @ is punctatosulcata Saund. 


CARTER. 341 


Castiarina maculiventris Macl. The sexual coloration here is strongly 
shown and constant. d¢. The only dark marking on the elytra is the suture, 
this sometimes widening into a preapical spot; the abdomen wholly yellow. 
2. There are generally two wide fasciae and a large triangular apical or 
subapical,, narrowly produced to apex mark, besides the suture dark blue; 
the premedial fascia is short, interrupted at suture and variable, the abdo- 
men more or less dark green, with yellow that vary from wide transverse 
areas to examples in which only a few lateral spots occur. In both sexes 
the hinder margins of elytra are widely red. I have before me 9 dd and 
9 92; 2 from Kuranda, the rest from Milmerran, S.Q. As already pointed 
out, S. nickerli Obenb. and S. strandi Obenb. are evident synonyms, the 
former representing the female, the latter the male form; both erroneously 
described as Themognatha. 

S. straminea Macl. = cara Blkb. var. 1 = placens Kerr. var. 2. 

This presents one of the most remarkable cases of pattern variation in 
the genus, and one that has been unmistakeably proved by two instances of 
field observation by Mr. E. Sutton, of Stanthorpe, and by myself. Four ex- 
amples (clearly cara Blkb.) taken at Stanthorpe, Queensland, vary, as 
follows: In three the pronotum and sternum are “‘splendide cuprea,” as in 
Blackburn’s description; in the other example they are violet coppery. In 
two the elytra have the two fasciae and apical mark dark green as in 
description; in a third example the premedial fascia is absent, while in the 
fourth the only dark marks on the elytra are two spots—one on each side, 
representing the remnants of the postmedial fascia. In placens Kerr. the 
golden bronze of the prothorax is replaced by “violace pourpré a reflets 
cuivreux.” Recently I took, in the Mullaley district of N.S.W., 30 examples, 
which show similar variation; the extreme form (elytra with two spots 
only, sometimes with apex dark) being much the commonest, no less than 
27 out of 30 examples being so marked. This form is identical with the 
type of S. straminea Macl., showing similar sculpture and structure. It is, 
perhaps, unfortunate that the more distinctly “patterned” form should form 
the variety, but the claims of priority are undoubted. 

S. bifasciata Hope (Gray’s Zool. Misc., 1831, p. 25) = bicincta Boisd. = 
&e. This name has been overlooked, probably because the species was er- 
roneously described as from Nepaul. [Chalcopterus cyanopterus Hope was 
similarly treated in the same work]. This necessitates a new name for 
bifasciata Saund., for which I propose the name brevifasciata n. nom. S. 
cupreoflava Saund., violacea Macl. and equina BIkb. are distinct species, 
erroneously placed as synonyms in my former lists. Violacea is very close 
to cupreoflava in colour and pattern. A close comparison of Macleay’s type 
with S.A. examples of cupreoflava show a narrower, more cylindric form, 
more convex prothorax, rather dark colour, the violaceous tints prevailing 
over the coppery, the elytral punctures rather stronger, its pattern differ- 
ence as in my table infra. 

obliquefasciata Obenb. seems inseparable from violacea by description. 

equina Bikb. differs more widely in its smaller size and more pronounced 
apical armature, besides the absence of violet from the pronotum, and 
stronger pubescence of the underside. 

decipiens Westw. varies widely in colour from those in which: the elytra 
is largely yellow; to those in which it is largely (or wholly) black. (var. 
octocostata Cart.). 

bimaculata Saund., punctiventris Saund., guttata Blkb. and ignea Blkb. 
are here considered as four distinct species, as distinguished in my table, 
the first two apparently rare in collections. 


342 GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


octospilota C. & G. is as variable, as it is widely spread. The subspecies 
Trufipes Macl. occurs in North Queensland. 

A second subspecies common in W.A. that I have not seen elsewhere has 
the loss of pattern strongly marked, the dark area of elytra being limited to 
humeral mark, suture, margins, and a postmedial fascia. 

I have variations of octospilota from S. Queensland, in which the whole 
pronotum and the greater part of the underside is dark. 

picta C.& G., S. S. malleeana. Mr. J. E. Dixon has taken a considerable 
number of species at L. Hattah., N.W. Victoria, that can, I think, only be 
considered as a subspecies of picta, though with some marked and con- 
stant colour distinctions. The disc of pronotum and legs are peacock blue, 
the yellow colour is more predominant on the elytra than usual, the basal 
pair of yellow spots being elongate and wide, often connected at the base, 
with lateral yellow marks. I propose the name malleeana for this. 

decemmaculata Kirby, is also subject to great variation, and is very 
widely distributed. Examples from Stanthorpe (Q.) have a brassy prono- 
tum, with bright green elytral markings. 

crocipennis C. & G. Hope MS.) = parallela Saund. = nigricollis Waterh. 
This correction, long overdue, has been pointed out by Mr. Blair. 

armata Thoms. I see no reason for distinguishing my theryi from this. 

coccinata Hope, guttaticollis Blkb. A rearrangement of these, with 
synonymy, is due to a comparison with types by Mr. Blair. 

signata K. Wrongly determined by me for examples from N.W. Victoria. 
(Now considered as distinguenda Saund, var.). Mr. Blair’s note on the 
type is “quite distinct and appears to me to come near pallidiventris C. & G.” 

rotundata Saund. = moribunda Saund. The latter is a variety having 
its pattern sub-obsolete. I have seen others like it from Sydney. 

The following are new. 

STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) EBURNEA N. Sp. 
(Plate xxx., fig. 9.) 


Oblong; head golden green, pronotum golden bronze, greenish at base, 
with an eburneous spot at margin of basal third; continued beneath over 
the greater part of prosternal flanks; scutellum green; elytra pale tes- 
taceous, with the following markings metallic, brownish black; a sub- 
obsolete basal margin, a small longitudinal mark on each lateral margin, 
slightly before middle, a small diamond shaped spot on suture between 
these, the apex narrowly and the suture narrowly to a 2nd spot equidistant 
from the first spot and the apex. The whole abdomen and a considerable 
area of the metasternum, and the prosternal process pale testaceous, the 
remaining areas of underside, legs and antennae green, tibiae bluish green. 

Head with shallow excision and medial sulcus; closely punctate. 

Prothorax widest at middle; apex arcuate, anterior angles acute and 
little produced; base lightly bisinuate, with a shallow medial and two wide 
foveate punctures at the subrectangular hind angles; these extending from 
the triangular basal excisions; sides well rounded, very slightly sinuate 
behind; disc rather convex, strongly and rather closely punctate, a little 
rugose towards sides, a smooth medial line on basal half. 

Scutellum subcordate, convex, laevigate. 

Elytra sides lightly sinuate, rather strongly compressed before middle, 
apices wide, subtruncate, without a sign of excision, the margins entire; 
striate-punctate, intervals nearly flat except at sides; those from the 3rd 
outwards showing each a line of shallow punctures; striae well marked, 
seriate punctures irregularly spaced. Underside finely punctate, the 
metallic areas rather more strongly so, prosternum with sparse recumbent 
hair. 


CARTER. 343 


Dimensions: 13 x 5 mm. 

Habitat: Swan River. 

A single example, d, in the British Museum is remarkable for the pre- 
valence of the pale yellow marking on the underside. The colour of this, 
as also of the elytra, is very like old (not too old) ivory. The pronotal 
spot is a narrow extension of the prosternal yellow in an oblique backward 
direction. It is quite distinct from any recorded species, with some sug- 
gestions of lutetpennis C. & G. Holotype in the British Museum. 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) PERLONGA N. Sp. 
(Plate xxx., fig. 8.) 


Elongate, sharply attenuate behind; head, pronotum, underside and 
elytral markings nitid dark blue, appendages violaceous; elytra yellow with 
narrow basal margins, suture irregularly but widely, post medial fascia, 
extending to sides and narrowly connected with sutural mark, and a pre- 
medial oval patch narrowly extended at suture to apex dark blue. 

Head deeply channelled between eyes, rather short, little produced in 
front; finely and closely punctate. 

Prothorax convex, widest at middle, apex lightly bisinuate, anterior 
angles acute and produced, base rather strongly bisinuate, hind angles 
acute; sides well rounded, sinuate behind; disc with a subsulcate medial 
line at basal half, terminating in a small fovea; without apparent ex- 
cisions at base, a wide lateral depression near hind angles; disc rather 
evenly punctate, the punctures small and round, larger and more distant 
laterally. 

Scutellum subcordate, deeply concave. 

Elytra very little wider than prothorax and three times as long; apices 
narrowly obliquely excised, each apex forming a single fine tooth; margins 
with a few strong denticles near this point, otherwise entire; striate punc- 
tate, the seriate punctures distinct and regular; intervals very lightly con- 
vex except near apex and very finely and sparsely punctate except on 
shoulders. Underside glabrous, prosternum densely, metasternum and 
abdomen very lightly punctate. 

Dimensions: 13 x 4 mm. 

Habitat: ? Sydney. (Wilson). 

A single example (? 2) in the British Museum is labelled Sydney, 
Wilson, with a 2nd label Saunders Coll., but I have never seen anything 
like it from the Sydney region. The elytral pattern is somewhat like that 
of campestris Blkb.; the apical structure is like that of recta Saund. or 
trifasciata C. & G., though more narrowly excised than the latter. In form 
of prothorax and general shape it is very close to gracilior Cart. from 
Queensland. Holotype in the British Museum. 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) DISCOIDEA Nn. Sp. . 
(Plate xxix., fig. 2.) 


Elongate ovate, rather flat. Head, pronotum, underside and appen- 
dages brassy bronze green in dg, sombre bronze green (in places bluish) in 
¢, elytra dark yellow (scarcely orange), in the 2 with suture, a large patch 
covering the basal third, not quite extending to sides, a wide postmedial 
fascia also not quite reaching sides and a triangular subapical patch, 
sometimes narrowly extended to apex dark green; ¢ with basal margin, 
suture and variable, or obsolete subapical patch only, dark green. 

Head with usual excavation, closely punctate. 

Prothorax widest at middle, apex lightly, base moderately bisinuate, 
with small excisions, sides moderately rounded without sinuation, anterior 
angles produced and acute, hind angles rectangular; disc closely punctate, 


344 GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


punctures fine in middle, coarser at sides, sparse at base, a smooth medial 
line shown near base. 

Scutellum scutiform, concave. 

Elytra very lightly enlarged at shoulder and constricted behind, apices 
rounded and unarmed, margins entire; striate-punctate, intervals flat, ex- 
cept 1st (scutellary), 3rd and 5th at base, and all convex at the apex; 
transversely wrinkled and sparsely punctate. 

Prosternum finely, the rest of underside even more finely and closely 
punctate, and very sparsely pubescent. 

Dimensions: 15-17 x 6-7 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Blue Mountains (G. E. Bryant and the 
author) ; Wahroonga and Lindfield (the author). 

Nine examples (4 dd, 5 92) are before me. I have taken many others 
that have been confused with the common undulata Don. Recently Mr. 
Blair has correctly refused to admit this determination, and a close ex- 
amination confirms the distinction. The loss of pattern, hitherto con- 
sidered as a varietal form is associated with all the males, besides the 
brighter, more brilliant colour of pronotum and underside noted above. 
The pattern of the female is very similar to that of ornata Blkb. or of 
grata Saund. 

Besides pattern distinction, the following differences may help to 
separate it from Donovan’s species:— 


undulata Don. discoidea 9. 
Colour, bronzy, often brassy, green. more sombre, bluish at sides of 
pronotum. 
Prothoraz, hind angles acute. rectangular. 


discal punctures larger. smaller. 
Elytral intervals, lightly punctate. cross wrinkled with a few punctures. 


Holotype ? and allotype ¢ in Coll. Carter. Paratypes in British Museum 
and National Museum, Melbourne. 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) DOMINA N. Sp. 
(Plate xxix., fig. 4.) 


Elongate ovate, convex. Head, pronotum, underside and appendages 
dark olive green, elytra testaceous with narrow basal margin, narrow post- 
medial fascia, enlarged at suture, extending to sides and narrowly con- 
nected along suture with small triangular apical mark dark green (or 
greenish black). 

Head deeply excavate, rather coarsely punctate; apex and base bis- 
inuate, the former unusually prominent in middle, the latter without dis- 
tinct excisions; all angles subacute, sides subparallel on basal half, thence 
arcuately converging to apex without sinuation; disc strongly, rather 
rugosely at sides, punctate, more finely on medio-apical area, a smooth 
medial line near base and a few small laevigate areas elsewhere. 

Scutellum scutiform, concave, laevigate. 

Elytra scarcely enlarged at shoulders or constricted behind; slightly 
widest behind middle, rather strongly attenuate behind, apices obliquely 
lunate with strong external tooth; margins entire, striate-punctate, strial 
punctures large except near suture, intervals convex throughout, strongly 
so at sides and apex, and bearing a few small punctures. 

Prosternum coarsely, metasternum moderately, abdomen finely punc- 
tate and sparsely pubescent. 

Dimensions: 15 x 6 mm. 

Habitat: Queensland. 

A single ¢ example in the Melbourne Museum belongs to the andersoni 
group, so far as pattern goes, but is more robust, convex and attenuate 


CARTER. 345 


than andersoni C. & G., being nearer the form of trifasciata C. & G. The 
narrow fascia and apical mark, combined with the dark green prothorax 
and underside distinguish it from others of its group. Holotype in the 
National Museum. 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) INTERSTITIALIS N. Sp. 
(Plate xxix., fig. 1.) 


Narrowly ovate; head, antennae, pronotum and underside clear, dark 
green, subnitid above, very nitid beneath, with fine recumbent pubescence, 
legs blue; elytra purple (coppery on raised intervals) with the following 
markings yellow; a straight basal and premedial fascia, connected at sides 
and interrupted at suture, and a narrow arcuate preapical fascia extend- 
ing along sides, about its own width, nearly to apex. 

Head excavate and channelled, finely punctate. 

Prothorax convex, widest near middle, apex arcuate, base rather 
strongly bisinuate, excisions marked by small foveae; sides evenly rounded, 
anterior angles obtuse, posterior acute; disc evenly, densely and finely 
punctate; medial sulcus clearly impressed and terminated behind in a 
large fovea. 

Scutellum transverse, oval and concave. 

Elytra rather abruptly widened at shoulders and well constricted hbe- 
hind these; apices subbidentate, with rather wide shallow lunation, limited 
by two very short teeth; subapical margins finely denticulate; striate- 
punctate, strial punctures small and close, intervals minutely and vary- 
ingly punctate, the 2nd, 4th and 6th rather strongly costiform; underside 
with fine shallow punctures. 

Dimensions: 11 x 4 mm. 

Habitat: Victoria, Walsh Creek. 

A single example (9) in the Melbourne Museum, labelled as above, is 
a very distinct member of the bifasctata Hope group, with raised intervals 
like those of coernlezpes Saund., but even more so. Compared with coeru- 
letpes var. montana Cart., besides colour differences, the form is narrower, 
the apices without the strong external tooth, and deep lunation of that 
species and the preapical yellow fascia extending along sides are all dis- 
tinctive. Holotype in the National Museum. 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) RUBELLA N. Sp. 
(Plate xxx., fig. 6.) 


Oval; head, pronotum, underside and appendages golden green, elytra 
red, with a straight preapical fascia, extending to sides, and an oval apical 
mark narrowly connected along suture with fascia blue black; beneath with 
fine, close pubescence. 

Head with shallow excavation, unusually produced in front, clypeus 
widened and notched in middle; strongly, not closely, punctate. 

Prothorax widest at base, moderately convex, apex nearly straight, 
base strongly bisinuate, without evident excisions, sides arcuately narrowed 
from base to apex, all angles acute and produced; disc evenly and finely 
punctate, a medial sulcus subcontinuous throughout, terminated behind by 
a deep fovea. 

Scutellum cordate, concave and punctate. 

Elytra moderately enlarged at shoulders, lightly constricted behind, 
apices with a rather wide semicircular lunation, limited by a strong ex- 
ternal tooth, margins entire; striate-punctate, strial punctures generally 
hidden, intervals mostly flat, convex at apex, and rather strongly punctate 
and transversely wrinkled; prosternum finely and sparsely, its flanks more 
coarsely, rest of underside minutely punctate. 


346 GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


Dimensions: 10 x 4 mm. 

Habitat: Australia. 

A single (¢) example in the Melbourne Museum is distinct in its 
(andersoni C. & G.) group, by the combination of metallic green pronotum 
and underside, red elytra with the form and pattern of distincta Saund. 
and the apical structure of kershawi Cart. Holotype in National Museum. 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) RUBICUNDA N. Sp. 
(Plate xxix., fig. 3.) 

Widely oblong ovate. Head, pronotum, scutellum, underside and legs 
a rich blue, antennae and tarsi green, elytra orange—red towards margins— 
with the following markings blue or blue-black; suture and basal margins 
blue; wide postbasal fascia, narrowly connected around scutellum with 
basal margin, not extending to sides, its lateral border obliquely extending 
to humeral callus; an irregular postmedial fascia, lozenge shaped at suture, 
widened at and extending to sides, and a trapezoidal apical mark widely 
connected with fascia at suture, narrowly covering apex and thence nar- 
rowly extending along subapical margins, blue black. 

Head excavate, channelled, strongly punctate. 

Prothorax widest behind middle, apex lightly, base rather strongly 
bisinuate, without excisions, but subangulate at their usual region; sides 


* strongly bulging at posterior third, thence obliquely converging to apex 


and more lightly to base, all angles—especially anterior—acute; disc with 
three basal foveae, the middle one connected with smooth medial line, the 
lateral largely occupying depressed area near hind angles; the apical de- 
clivity steep; the apical and lateral depression causing a subgibbous aspect 
to discal area; disc irregularly punctate, the punctures sparse near middle, 
coarse and subrugose at sides, closer and smaller in intermediate region. 

Scutellum subcordate, concave, laevigate. 

Elytra slightly widened at shoulders and postmedially, little com- 
pressed; apices bidentate with rather wide lunation, a short sutural and 
larger exterior tooth; subapical margins denticulate; striate-punctate; 
strial punctures large, intervals mostly flattish, strongly punctate and 
slightly transversely rugulose. 

Prosternum rather coarsely and sparsely, rest of underside more closely 
and finely punctate, with sparse fine pubescence. 

Dimensions: 17 x 7.5 mm. 

Habitat: N.W. Australia, Upper Herbert River. (In Coll. of F. E. 
Wilson). 

A single example (?) of this fine species is nearest cruenta C. & G. in 
its pattern, but is larger, especially wider than it; the pronotum and under- 
side of a beautiful blue. The pronotal structure is near that of S. pallas 
Blkb. from which (as also from cruenta) it is clearly separated by the 
markedly bispinose apices. Holotype in Coll. F. E. Wilson. 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) AURANTIACA N. Sp. 
(Plate xxx., fig. 5.) 

Oval; head, pronotum, scutellum, underside and appendages metallic 
green, glabrous; elytra uniformly orange colour. 

Head channelled, with shallow excavation, densely, finely, punctate. 

Prothorax widest at base, moderately convex, apex nearly straight, base 
rather strongly bisinuate, with minute excisions; sides lightly arcuately 
converging to apex, all angles acute; disc densely punctate, a fine medial 
sulcus, intermittent and lightly impressed, terminated behind by small 
fovea. 

Elytra enlarged at shoulders, lightly compressed behind them, apices 


CARTER. 347 


finely excised and sharply bispinose; striate-punctate, the strial punctures 
relatively large and close; intervals in general flat, except near apex, 
minutely and sparsely punctate and transversely wrinkled. Underside 
densely and unusually strongly punctate throughout. 

Dimensions: 8-9 x 3-3.5 mm. 

Habitat: N.W. Victoria; L. Hattah. (J. E. Dixon). 

Another of Mr. Dixon’s discoveries, of which six examples are before 
me, 3 of each sex. It can only be confused with tincticauda Cart., am- 
maculata Cart. and dispar Blackb. The first is separated by its raised 
attenuate intervals and tinted apical area; the second by its sexual colora- 
tion and fiat, subconic prothorax; the third by its widely (“fortiter’’) 
rounded prothorax and testaceous elytra. I have one example, and have 
seen others of this Queensland species in the National Museum. Holotype 
dé and allotype 2 in Coll. Carter. 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) OBLITA N. Sp. 


Oblong oval, subdepressed, head and pronotum bright bronze, some- 
times greenish at sides, underside green or greenish bronze, antennae and 
legs blue, elytra yellow with greenish black markings as follows: a post- 
basal diamond-shapd mark on suture, narrowly connected with base, and 
in general also narrowly connected with a sinuate vitta covering shoulder 
and humeral callus, then turning almost at right angles to lateral margin; 
a straight, rather wide preapical fascia, enlarged at suture, and narrowly 
connected at suture with an equally wide apical patch. 

Head excavate, channelled and closely punctate. 

Prothorax convex, widest at middle, apex nearly straight, base 
bisinuate, without excisions, sides moderately rounded, all angles subacute; 
disc closely and very finely punctate, a medial line intermittently showing, 
terminated by a small fovea. 

Scutellum subcordate, concave, punctate. 

Elytra lightly enlarged at shoulders and compressed behind them, 
apices bispinose, with rather large lunation, exterior tooth the more pro- 
minent, subapical margins minutely, scarcely visibly, denticulate; striate- 
punctate, strial punctures large and close, intervals flat, except at apex, 
and impunctate. 

Prosternum finely and closely (more strongly on flanks) punctate, rest 
of underside minutely so, without evident pubescence. 

Dimensions: 7-9.5 x 2.5-3.5 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Gordon, Wahroonga, Gosford (the author) ; 
Dorrigo (W. Heron), Narrabeen. Queensland: Stanthorpe (Dr. K. Spence 
Coll.). 

Of 10 examples before me, 6 have the postbasal spot connected with 
the humero-lateral vitta; in 4 this spot is isolated. The species has long 
been unnamed in my cabinet, though not uncommon in the North Sydney 
district, as I hesitated to describe what might prove to be a varietal form 
of one of the assimilis Hope group, but the constancy of pattern and colour, 
flattish form, rather strongly bidentate apices (much as in kershawi Cart.) 
show distinction. It is nearest, in pattern, minuta Blkb., in which, how- 
ever, the suture is dark throughout, the pronotum (and often underside) 
brilliant coppery and the apices very finely bispinose. Holotype and allo- 
type in Coll. Carter. 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) VULGARIS N. Sp. 


Shortly ovate; head, pronotum, underside and appendages blue, elytra 
red with the following markings blue: a subcircular spot on suture behind 


348 GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


scutellum, an oblique spot on each side of this behind humeral callus, 
slightly in advance of the first, a straight postmedial fascia extending to 
Sides, narrowly connected along suture with an oval apical patch. 

Head normally excavate, closely, finely punctate. 

Prothorax widest behind middle, lightly convex, apex subtruncate, base 
rather strongly bisinuate, without excisions; sides lightly rounded, sub- 
sinuate behind; all angles subacute; disc finely, uniformly punctate, a 
medial sulcus indicated near base and apex, terminated behind in a strong 
fovea. 

Scutellum semicircular, concave. 

Elytra strongly widened at shoulders, sinuately narrowed and con- 
stricted behind, widest at fascia, extreme apices finely bispinose, with a 
small lunation, sole apical margins minutely denticulate; striate-punctate, 
strial punctures rather large and regular, intervals convex throughout, 
strongly so behind, also the scutellary 1st, 3rd and 5th at base; intervals 
clearly punctate and slightly transversely wrinkled. Underside finely 
punctate, most clearly so on prosternum and very sparsely pubescent. 

Dimensions: 9-10 x 3.56 mm. 

Habitat: Western Australia, Shark Bay and Kalgoorlie. 

Four examples before me are apparently undescribed, though belong- 
ing to the common sexplagiata C. & G. group. The combination of red 
elytra, blue pronotum and underside and apical mark completely covering 
apices separates it from piliventris Saund. which seems to be its nearest 
ally. 

The pronotum is also much less strongly punctate, its sides widely 
rounded, and the underside much less pilose. 

Holotype in Coll. Cart. 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) GARRAWILLAE N. Sp. 
(Plate xxx., fig. 7.) 


Ovate; head, disc of pronotum, elytral markings, underside and legs 
bright green in ¢ [in the 2 example the disc of pronotum is blue, its sides 
also, the ground colour of elytra are orange, and the elytral markings 
blue-green]; antennae golden, sides of prothorax widely yellow; elytra 
yellow with the following markings green; base, suture (triangularly 
widened at base), posthumeral spot, irregular postmedial fascia—not reach- 
ing sides—and an oval (subtriangular) preapical mark. 

Head excavate and channelled, closely—not densely—punctate. 

Prothorax apex arcuate emarginate, anterior angles, from above, 
acute; base lightly bisinuate, without excisions; posterior angles sub- 
rectangular; sides moderately rounded, scarcely sinuate, medial channel 
indicated near base and apex, punctures subuniform, slightly larger at 
base and sides. 

Elytra lightly obovate, very slightly enlarged at shoulders, moderately 
compressed behind, apices rounded, margins finely denticulate; striate- 
punctate, seriate punctures small and indistinct; intervals flat save at apex 
and the 3rd and 5th at base; clearly punctate on basal third; elsewhere 
transversely wrinkled. Underside densely and finely punctate and very 
sparsely pubescent. 

Dimensions: 12 x 4.2 mm. 

Habitat: New South Wales, Mullaley (the author). 

I took two examples (sexes) of this on leptospernum flowers in Novem- 
ber of this year (1930), which I name after the beautiful homestead of my 
host, Mr. C. A. Anderson. In pattern it is almost a replica of C. scalaris 
Boisd. from which it is distinguished by the yellow margins, more widely 


CARTER. 349 


rounded sides, and the stronger and less dense punctures, of the prothorax; 
the unarmed apices and denticulate margins of elytra. (Entire in 
sealaris). Holotype in Coll. Cart. 

(N.B.: It is a coincidence that my own home at Wahroonga also bears 
the name garrawilla.] 


STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) FLAVOSIGNATA Macl. 
var. RUFOSIGNATA new var. 


A single example was taken by me at Mullaley, N.S.W., that is strik- 
ingly different in colour from the typical Queensland forms. The yellow 
ground colour and underside is here replaced by blood red, while the dark 
pattern of the elytra is golden or brassy green. 

[N.B.: This species, so far only recorded from Queensland, is very 
variable; there is sometimes a yellow basal mark to the elytra, connected 
at sides with the medial yellow band. The legs and abdominal spots in 
all examples I have seen are blue; not black as in Macleay’s description.] 


RETABULATION OF THE SUBGENUS CASTIARINA. 
Section A.: Elytra carinate-costate. (Erythroptera Boisd. Group). 


ievblytra swholly; ion chiefly: yellows jie. )s) 6c is) set ies sie aie 2. 
Elytra wholly, or chiefly red... . 4. 
Eiytra dark purple, each with 4 discal and a humeral mark yellow, 

underside and pronotal margins also yellow. . costipennis Saund. 


2. PBlytra wholly yellow, pronotum purple... .. .. .. attenuata Cart. 
Elytral apices, or subapical mark dark. .. .. .. .. .. 3. 

3. Pronotum testaceous, elytral apex brown... .. .. .. testacea Saund. 
Pronotum black, elytral apex black... .. .. .. .. .... nanula Kerr. 

4. Pronotum dark. : a NOSE ny CS Core Ree 5. 
Pronotum red with black ‘Vittae. Se nt CLECLDICTISIAVICSUW 


. capucina Thoms. 
: . tricarinata Macl. 
3 "var. ‘(elytra ‘black) octocostata Cart. 


Ds Pronotal surface normally CVGI Se op ans, nars Lrseusimionemrn scr 6. 
Pronotal surface notably uneven. .. .. .. .. .. .. 9. 
6. Elytra with subapical mark only dark... .. .. .. .. balteata Saund. 
Elytra with suture and apex, or subapical mark dark. fe 
aeaAnex blacks sce - Rane Met ms.” Gouticollis Cart: 
Subapical mark black. Srey ay iter 8. 
8. 11mm. long, dark suture not continuous: to pase.. . erythroplera Boisd. 
6 mm. long, dark suture throughout. .. .. .. .. canaliculata Blkb. 
9. Elytral apices divergent and tridentate... .. .. .. nasuta Saund. 
Elytral apices not Geen bidentate (except var. trispiculis 
infra). POLE Cera TLSN ETRE TIOGA. Oc) CnC CnC ae ae 10. 
10. Tibiae widened. Ree Ask ee Mette asia atest. 2 Veeipes) Cart: 
Tibiae normal. .. . Bel es Ne ual, 
11. Narrowly elongate, suture only ‘dark. BN See bas " impressicollis Macl. 
Some Joe Gee oeeedepee espa 3 . costalis Saund. 
‘var. ‘apices tridentate. eats NE CMISNICULSH Cat: 
Wider, elytral intervals in gencral black. : 12. 


12. Sides ‘of prothorax irregular, elytra produced at suture. 
we aie oe . Spinolae C. &G. 
"var. sutural intervals only black. -. .. .. .. fossithorax Obenb. 
Sides of prothorax evenly arcuate, elytral apices lightly notched. .. 
Cio Ne ot: TORT cts eC MECHSE cts | tite Olan . praetermissa Cart: 


350 


(I) 


13. 


14. 


15. 


16. 


17. 


18. 


(II) 


19. 


20. 


21. 


22. 


23. 
24. 
25. 
26. 


GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


Section B.: Elytra without prominent costae. 
Elytra yellow or red, in general without dark markings, except a 


narrow basal border (1)... .. .. .. .. .. (flava Saund. group). 
Abdomen yellow... .. .. Spl alesse Eaeyeeere aes 14. 
Abdomen metallic green or " coppery. PL ORG TO Ca 15: 


Head and prothorax chiefly yellow... .. .. .. .. .. .. flava Saund. 

f PPE UNE THe AU wks. 5 CARLA . flava Thoms. 

. flavescens Mast. 

bbs . flavidula Kerr. 

id take, ate alee le CR hacemaycaetDeRa et ere tales riest nie nie . var. notulata Obenb. 

Head and prothorax metallic green or bronze. .. pallidipennis BIkb. 
Elytra unicolorous, intervals subuniform. .. . 16. 

Apical third suffused with red, alternate intervals raised. : 
‘ tincticauda Cart. 


Sides of prothorax more or r less Toundly widened. Sarees 17. 

Sides of prothorax narrowed from base... .. .. .. .. 18. 

19 mm. long apices strongly bispinose .. .. . joes se seItLGed Cart. 

13 mm. long apices finely bispinose, pronotum ‘and underside of 6 
golden green, of 2 coppery. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. auricollis Thoms. 

SOS ack rt ae EL OO a meets, boc eis . planata Cart. 

7-8 mm. long, without sexual coloration. .. .. .. .. .. dispar Blkb. 


: . semenovi Obenb. 
Elytra. festaceous: ‘pronotum and ‘underside as in auricollis. 
. .. immaculata Cart. 
Elytra. orange, pronotum ‘and underside without sexual coloration. 
. aurantiaca Cart. 
Elytra yellow or “red, ‘with suture, apex (or. preapical mark) or both 
dark; rarely also with small discal spot. (rufipennis Kirby Group). 


IPronotumuplackst.> ti) celise. ic, eitttave lat te oe Crue eeeen Ac 20. 
Pronotunrimetalien 4 2 e es 6 ees te eee ea 23. 
Pronotum bicolorous. .. .. fh 4. 36. 


Pronotal sides widely rounded, with large laterobasal fovea. 
. Tufipennis Kirby. 
Pronotal sides less widened, without ‘such ‘fovea. Soke eet 21 


Apical third of elytra dark. 3 Be yl tek at te nigriventris Macl. 
Suture and extreme apex only dark. EMeuati wad: Bay oo 22. 


Elongateand parallel. .. .. .. 2. «2 14 Lass) 2. \ChOCIDETNIS CG mamGe 
Hicks aA Bathe wesal lo vaeecapryetey  araynaub be .. .. parallela Saund. 
. nigricollis Waterh. 


Widely ovate. SPELT lage wi, Cle Mal se) Se ete ate ere NUDLL DE 12 ness ey nol 
Apex of elytra only dark. Ba get ARN ca EP ACARI ea os AL a Bra 24. 
Suturevandvanexudarks 25) tcl vs cee ee ee eee ple ner ere 31. 
Abdomen pmetallicz 2) ..2: ka) eee ener uae ee 25. 
Abdonien yellow or yeas <= choce sense ee entre 29. 
Apices narrowly dark. .. . Se eis 26. 
Apical third dark (less than 10 mm. 2 Tong) ea ‘phaeorrhea Kirby. 


20hmm lone. ee ier sa as pea vibe wi ectsn) 19 ROULeEEaSees 
GE A TEN Mle yarah eaatou eeUe MS . hackeri Cart. 
FLL. «3h ARS RHOD Bee repel cos fat acne Rae OS RA Le ee . caudata Cart. 
damm. IONS SOrs1eSS: *2).) 0s.) peel ee were epee R rales eae 27. 


(1). The basal border is almost universally, narrowly dark. Unless 


specially noted this may be assumed throughout the table. 


27. 


28. 


29. 
30. 


31. 
32. 
33. 


34. 
35. 


36. 
37. 
33. 


CARTER. 351 


Pronotum and underside metallic green. .. .. .. viridiventris Macl. 
Pronotum and underside bronze. .. .. etc 28. 
Pronotum with laterobasal fovea, apices rounded, margins entire. 

. luteipennis C. & G. 
Pronotum — without ‘aterobasal ‘fovea, ‘apices strongly bispinose, 


margins finely serrulate........... .. .. punctiventris Saund. 
Apices with long external spine. .. .. .. .. .. .. hirundicauda Cart. 
Apices otherwise. .. . BE erate Maheneien erate 30. 
Head and pronotum olden ‘green. ne eae cinnamomea Macl 
Head and ee ee bronze, elytra ‘with or without discal 


SEE SM eae ee cien a INTeL ec mr cegice ooaky sh SENANVEER MACL, 
Bah berate . addenda Kerr. 
. johannade Théry. 


With 2 ‘fascia and apex dark, vide No. 206. Varo eemiCan@ Macl 
a : Serer . var. 2. .. placens Kerr. 
Abdomen ‘metdilic. Ele WAN reo Ml es, ANG oatain oh betty te ae ae eg 328 
Abdomen yellow or red... . rae NCS, chines 35. 
18 mm. long, suture widely dark. br ered Se elongata Saund. 
Less than 18 mm. long, suture narrowly ‘dark. 5 eA ae 
Sutural mark continuous to apex, pronotum ‘and underside golden 
PRC eae) tee cite mi aa calite somali Hef Cunad Saund. 
; : Asia Kerr. 
Sutural mark terminated ‘by preapical transverse mark. 34. 
Pronotum bronze, underside blue... .. .. .. .. .. .. eae Blkb. 
Pronotum and underside blue... .. . .. .. fossoria Cart. 
Elytra testaceous, with or without dark discal ‘spot. .. guttata Blkb. 


Apical area of elytra red. vide 203 (1). .. .. & maculiventris Macl. 
OSES ah Rete taratiear at yeletsatey waveltece ce Eee, astect . rubricauda Saund. 
. strandi Obenb. 


Pronotum red, medial ‘area black. ee reer 7 COCILCOMESE OC Alt 
Pronotum black with wide red margins. a Nets Shia 37. 
Abdomen black. ae See chat heresete marginicerver Thoms. 
Abdomen wholly or partly red. SRDS TINA Alina fe Mie Oa EA 38. 
Elytral apices rounded. heel tk HS OW CREE DOA GO cho CHC TAISEN) BOK lt 


Elytral apices strongly spinose. dol dal do.ua Go oq oo ae Cede WNotoyor ko, 
§ A peoaO BOCES n ROR RDO Eee eeoLeraaee . theryi Cart. 


(III) Elytra yellow or red, with dark spots (spilota C. & G. group). 


39. 
40. 


41. 


42. 


43. 


PronotumscoOncolorous) cco eee eee ties es 40. 

Pronotum bicolorous. .. . Sree be ee mater Esta ety le: ate 49. 
Elytra with 8 free (2) spots. _ So aeRO Leche ee RMON eg ‘octomaculata Saund. 

LV CLAW Ue SPOS. vase y ce etree eee es RUN ee RE 41. 

My tra awibheG SPOLSIOLMIeSSae elena nine. cle 44. 
ly tral spoustirees 7,4 Pose oso oleh Bemee ' spilota C. & G. 
ere " septemmaculata Mannerh. 

Elytra ‘with 6 spots and apical or subapical mark dark. 42. 
Elytra with 6 spots and apex dark. VANE ty EN septemguttata Waterh. 
var. spots variously coalescing to form fasciae. .. tyrrhena Blkb. 

Elytra with 6 spots and preapical mark dark. RTE 43. 
9% mm. sae pronotum and underside dark bronze, elytral intervals 


flat. Se ene ee wine SCDLE IETOLOLE Cart: 
Ate, Vey areas . septemmaculata Blkb. 


(1). This synonymy is suggested as BATE probable. 
(2). Not marginal, or apical. 


352 


44. 


45. 


46. 


47. 


48. 


49. 


50. 


51. 


52. 


53. 


‘GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


6-7 mm. long, pronotum and underside bright green, some intervals 
subcostata. .. ... Kl snl bead oa SCUOULEGLO IMac. 
var. elytra without ‘markings. ay ae af puella Saund. 

gtd pies cae bee, Se LE eae 9 humeriguttata Obenb. 

. carteri Obenb. 


Elytra with 6 free ‘spots. ua, LES punctatostriata Saund. 
Elytra with 5 free spots (all post- -medial) . .. quinquepunctata Waterh. 
Elytra otherwise. .. .. 55 45. 


Elytra with 4 spots, also enes aad sutural. mark ‘dark. 
ae scutellaris Kerr. 


Elytra with 4 spots and apex ‘dark. Leos. ae. .. Q“uadriguttata Macl. 
Elytra otherwise... .. . stot rete eae 46. 
Elytra with 3 aes: spots a and. apex dark. .. .. triguttata Macl. 
is : é . subcostata Kerr. 
Elytra otherwise. Se tatoust % Mi gerido G0 wb Sc! 26 47. 
Elytra with 2 spots and apex dark. sche tens eS he ee ae 48. 
Elytra with 2 free preapical spots. .. .. Sab ee . diana Obenb. 
Elytra with large discal spot and apex dark. aK ‘maculipennis Saund. 


Pronotum rugose with strong medial sulcus, elytra testaceous. .. 
% . bimaculata Saund. 


Pronotum ‘otherwise, ‘elytra red. A ... .. binotata Saund. 
Pronotum yellow or red, with discal markings dark. a 50. 
Pronotum dark, with wide yellow margins, abdomen sexually 
coloured. : ... .. septemspilota Cart. 
Pronotum golden green, with a lateral ‘yellow mark, elytra with 4 spots 
and apex dark. wee ee tS eaey Ny tte ee eee KC OLLTILE Om Cate 
Abdomen: dark7 72 eegee e eee CE one iene 51. 
Abdomen red... . Hea 53. 
Pronotum yellow with black basal spot, elytra. with 2 spots and apex 
black. Ne a trimaculata Saund. 
Pronotum red with dark discal markings, elytra otherwise. 52. 
Pronotum with triangular discal mark, elytra with 5 spots and apex 
PTOON Se 8 aS ah als Sve oes ae eh ron A ea ane LOLELQELCOLUCS aE ae 


: consularis Kerr. 
Pronotum ‘with spade- shaped “discal ‘mark, elytra with 6 free spots 


blues poee ne po fe 2s SEDMOCOL@aCatiE 
Elytra with base, ca spots. and apex dark. .. .. mustelamajor Thoms. 
Brie ee . gibbosa Macl. 

Elytra_ with base, 6) spots and apex dark. sn de Ae 22 COCCINataBhope: 
(spots form two fasciae in elegantula). .. .. elegantula White. 

soy) Nee Rete ere ea en ee sentry” aha. eal eae ee ee . atronotata Waterh. 
Elytra with base, 3 spots and apex dark. .. .. .. quadriplagiata Cart. 


(IV) Elytra dark with yellow or red spots (producta Saund. group). 


54. 


55. 


56. 


Elytral spots and preapical fascia pale, the latter red at 


margins (except pulchella Cart). .. oie: 55. 
Elytra with spots only pale, without red markings. St ee 67. 
Pronotumeniediallyasulcace seems ee 56. 
Pronotum not sulcate. .. .. . EAS R NE ese on bile 
Pronotum and underside brassy green. bel se ee oe oe DrOOUelLansanng 

En, le. forces ee ee . acutipennis Thoms. 
. ? sulcicollis Kerr. 


Pronotum ‘and underside ‘black. Ay ie fe Py a cs ne VeNRUSbA Can 
SOMCREEn sd: oo! aid tee -5 «+ SUQVIS Cart 
. modesta Obenb. 


57. 
58. 


59. 
60. 


61. 


62. 


63. 


64. 


65. 


66. 
67. 


68. 


69. 


(V) 


70. 
{le 
72. 
73. 


74. 


CARTER. 353 


Elytra green... . ie seria one eer en OeZeQunLichs: 
Elytra blue or plue black. aietuat aren 58. 
Elytral markings transverse (subfasciate) ia mm. long. 
5 harrisoni Cart. 
Elytral markings otherwise 12 mm. long or ‘less. Scie eae 59. 
Elytra with 2 lateral, besides discal spot, and fascia. .. 60. 
Elytra without lateral spots. .. .. . ae 63. 
12 mm. long, pronotum and underside brassy ereen. sere 61. 
8 mm. long, pronotum black or blue... .. .. Bats 62. 
Pronotum with large laterobasal fovea, " elytral apices finely 
DISPINOSE Weta Meee sel here isletleiele: | ites eld vols tela ciedsam@erea@ Thoms: 
. deceptor Kerr. 
Pronotum without such “fovea, elytral ‘apices strongly spinose. 
Be . spectabilis Kerr. 
Pronotum lack, elytra with red ‘markings. Pee ean Gees wIXerrs 
Pronotum blue, elytra without red... .. .. .. .. .. .. pulchella Cart. 
Apicesi widely; excised, bispinose: 7.) 2) fs ..0..). 402. 2 =. 64. 
Apices closely unispinose. .. . 65. 
(excision very oblique and narrow, ‘sutural spine obsolete) . 
Exterior spine long, pronotum with aa -lateral fovea. .. 
ee F Bo ivecs . insignis BIkb. 
"var. with yellow basal mark. eG law lea IDA ind pie Te AG Tesi & 
Apical spines subequal. .. . .. .. delicatula Kerr. 
Basal yellow marks elongate, preapical transverse. .. acuminata Kerr. 
Basal yellow marks transverse, preapical linear and oblique. 
Sidumelsi here ats fap cele Ss art _ obliqua Kerr. 
Blytra with 8 pale spots... 20... sv eo 67. 
Elytra with 6 pale spots... .. . 68. 
Pronotum bicolorous, disc coppery, sides green, 17 mm. ‘long. aS 
nf * jakobsoni Obenb. 
Pronotum ‘concolorous. ereenish black, 10 mm. long. .. confinis Kerr. 
7 mm. long, elytra black, all spots near base. .. .. lilliputana Thoms. 
Mri eyele chair istatn ais seal waksra ate sty at eapit . (neocuris) mastersi Macl. 
MENS cies up Sat neha tua ench pad releomta Cup teasy a nll SoS COTA, . ocularis Kerr. 
var. with an extra spot near apex... .. .. .. dawsonensis Blkb. 
10.5 mm. long, elytra not black, one pair of spots near 
apex, )s))). 69. 
Elytra coppery, basal. mark ine shaped, medial subfusciate. 
mes . confusa Waterh. 
Elytra ‘plue, spots more or less round. Dn GUtciyerd Openb: 
Elytra chiefly dark or metallic. .. .. .. (except variopicta Thoms.) 
SSO oe, BETS (semicincta C. & G. group). 
Abdomen dark. Aa 2 Se tSSS eeEMy Get RPE “pl. 
Abdomen at least in part yellow « or red. Sia NER eae NERS 79. 
SEMIN LONG: OL MNOLES) sou er lie ere ray nike tall parasites Th: 
12 mm. long or less. .. . SMe Pies Saat siiaste itera ack sN sag 76. 
Elytra without defined fascia. BHAT oie eee Sek ERs ae Le oe 
Bly traawiule defined itasciaay. eee ener eee 74. 
Elytra black with yellow margins. SNS aes tees semicincta C.&G 
Elytra yellow, in general suture, large ‘pasal, preapical and other 
markings dark. aes .. .. variopicta Thoms. 
Very variable, the dark markings ‘tending ‘to obsolescence; included 
here as clearly closely allied to, but distinct from .. .. 
Pied OND eit ce _ semicincta C. &G. 
Pronotum dark or metallic, eve ean eeeRcrareny aN LSC Uo 5: 


354 


75. 


76. 


tide 


78. 


79. 


80. 


GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


Pronotum red, elytra with humeral spot and medial fascia pale... . 

ss . * chobauti Thery. 

Elytra awit: a single yellow, Gnedial fascia. TS ee anag eed Bley: 
Elytra with longitudinal vitta and narrow eet fascia yellow. 

shat isco te ete aoe ; Arr ot Bee toe jubata Blkb. 

_ tasmani Obenb. 


Elytra green, with lateral ‘and ‘preapical marks red. bre TT. 
Elytra blue-black, with wide medial fascia yellow. .. .. obsepta Kerr. 

Preapical mark narrowly fasciate, apex widely dark green. .. 
: . dulcis BIkb. 
Probably a Tasmanian subspecies of. thomsoni ‘Saund. colorata Kerr. 

Preapical mark widely red, apex narrowly light green. 78. 
Preapical red mark with 2 green spots... .. .. .. ocelligera C. & G. 
Preapical red mark without spots... .. .. .. .. .. kerremansi Blkb. 
slays ate tte SiS ale lar el dee owkaere Prone al gion cnereast) SieRNe Moe etetaee . apicalis Kerr. 
Pronotum yellow with dark maegecitt cs law soil Oa oe (ep eReyt Cr Reatcrs 
fee . var. mima Saund. 

Pronotum ‘dark with “yellow. margins. HEM: ai as 80. 


Elytra green, with basal, lateral and preapical | area redse. sue 
. .. luteocincta ‘Saund. 
Elytra. black, ‘with basal third (except shoulders) yellow. 
. seminigra Cart. 


(VI) Flytra ees oath eae of Reba or Te eae. sometimes forming 


81. 


82. 


83. 
84. 
85. 


86. 
87. 


88. 


interrupted fasciae. .. .. .. .. (decemmaculata Kirby group). 
ProthotraxCOncolorous., 32 ane ee eee ee 82. 
ProthoraxPicOlorous!. oo 3 ce ee ene: 92. 
Abdomen dark. m8 se dass eta otebasieeme 83. 
Abdomen more or less yellow. Se Aa) hoes (3) pictipennis Saund. 
. var. laetabilis Kerr. 
Elytral ‘margins ‘yellow, or ‘with yellow markings. ses 84. 
Elytral margins without yellow markings. .. .. * opacipennis Obenb. 
Elytral margins yellow throughout. an Pate 85. 
Eytral margins with 2 or more yellow markings. te 86. 


Pronotum ae ona with 4 pairs of discal spots. : 
Se oe Soares SE eee _ ranthospilosa Hope. 
A . splendida Gehin. 
Pronotum brassy ¢ green, elytra with 3 pairs of discal spots. ‘ 
SPA et coy oie G 3 So DAG OR ONE TET Gat S . erocicolor C. & G. 
. consanguinea Saund. 


Elytra. with 4 pairs of discal and 2 lateral pale marks. 87. 
Elytra with 3 pairs of discal and 2 lateral pale marks. .. 88. 
Pale marks yellow, discal marks oval, non-fasciate. .. parallela White. 
POE odo. oot AOMORI aeen Gy ahaot tar . elongatula Macl. 
Pale marks red, 2 posterior pairs of marks fasciate. .. .. lepida Cart. 
(The lateral marks sometimes coalesce, and continuous throughout.) 
All discal markings more or less round (non-fasciate). .. 89. 
Some discal markings fasciate. .. . 90. 


89. 


Pronotum blue-black, each elytron with one lateral spot yellow. s 
Sahel hes ie MERRY eta res aay rt a ER a : . octosignata Cart. 


(3). pictipennis Saund. in general with 8 discal and a lateral spot 


yellow, but the 4 basal spots sometimes coalesce as in Saunders’ figure. 
The 2 small spots near apex are sometimes absent, giving rise to the var. 
laetabilis Kerr. 


90. 


91. 


92. 


93. 


94. 


95. 


96. 


97. 


98. 


99. 


CARTER. 355 


Pronotum bronze, each pan with 2 li lateral marks. 
: . * balthasari Obenb. 
Q colour var. “of. parva Saund.) 
Pronotum bright green, each elytron with 3 lateral marks yellow. .. 
JO TCR IG bee Coacio Me Deen marcel Gc NOI Te MCR ier Marr Gees . parva Saund. 

Elytra with places pair of yellow markings fasciate. .. 91. 
Elytra with 2 hae pairs fasciate. .. .. .. .. .. .. laena Thoms. 
. var. electa Kerr. 
dn laena, the basal spot connected with humero- lateral, in electa these 

spots separate). 


Underside pilose, apices separately rounded. .. .. .. mansueta Kerr. 
Underside glabrous, apices widely bidentate... .. .. .. tropica Cart. 
Head without yellow spot, underside dark. .. .. 3 93. 
Head with yellow spot, underside (at least abdomen) 

VEllOWSi Es) cia Ba ana ae eels 95. 
Pronotum with green or | coppery margins. NNR ah Koil tie 94. 
Pronotum with yellow or red margins. .. .. tet 95. 
Pronotum purplish, margins green, post fascia produced round apical 

spot. a . .. .. versicolor C. & G. 
var. postfascia not " extending along sides. .. .. decemguttata Gory. 


(archaeozodes) strandi Obenb. 
Pronotum with ‘margins coppery do, concolorous blue with disc 9. 
3 . subversicolor Cart. 
Elytral ‘apices bidentate, subapical maxeins serrulate. 
: serratipennis Cart. 
Elytral “apices tridentate (except in “eincta Blkb. Vide 


PHECA IM ALP St CHUNG wea em sre sta stone hire aise cacrsva ous 96. 
Form more or less ovate and obese. ep syclit insu ies eee ray o, eie 97. 
Form oblong (subparallel) . Hie Tao a Mole 98. 
Elytral markings red, intervals strongly punctate. .. argillacea Cart. 


Elytral ee yellow, intervals moderately punctate. ae 
; BRIE NEE clo Bie RCM MCRC RCT reo ere ICE en OEM a Soca OHA: ‘&G. 
. femorata C. & G. 
. adelaidae Hope. 
. var. rufipes Macl. 
. stigmaticollis Obenb. 


Elytral apices pale, margins almost wholly PEC RS aa 99. 
Elytral apices dark, margins largely dark. .. .. .. .. 100. 


13 x 5 mm., elytral intervals, at least on lateral half, convex. : 
NS AO DES DOMGOMTCNE Ooo: bo LOCC BL om nine re . cincta Bikb. 
mae . Trubrocincta Kerr. 
. war. 1 flaviceps Cart. 
. var. 2 cupriceps Cart. 
Renate feat er aiuten yore .. var. 3 tridens Cart. 
10 x 3 mm. (or less) , intervals almost wholly flat. pallidiventris C. & G. 
. var. yilgarni Obenb. 


(There ¢ are Pearce Serene of eiiisran in these two common species, 


from examples in which the metallic area forms 3 fasciae, with sutural and 
humeral vitta, the latter more or less extending to base to those in which 
merely the suture and a few vague lines or spots are metallic. Moreover 
in the larger species (cincta), that, in a long series, I can only separate 
from pallidiveniris by size and more convex intervals, the apical structure, 
in general (as Kerremans states) sinuate, is sometimes clearly bidentate 
and sometimes as clearly tridentate (vide supra). 


356 GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


100. Discal pale marks in general isolated (not reaching 


margin nor suture), apical pair non-fasciate. .. .. 101. 
Apical 4 pale marks, at least, fasciate............. 102. 

101. Basal pale marks more or less round... .. .. deseo muerte Kirby. 
RPL aD AAS UNE EN THAR A un by ARMOR es oH NS . inaequalis Kerr. 
Basal pale marks elongate, disc of pronotum bronze. :. picta C. & G. 

subspecies, disc of pronotum blue... .. .. .. .. malleeana Cart. 


(In the subspecies the basal pair enlarged and often narrowly connected 
with lateral yellow.) 


102. SEO Ee Beni Rte Nite vetvealye lonbta ree tem vous be eta ae cal tele CLC Tae a dosh 
BPSMACran een (es . rustica Kerr. 
All ‘pale marks “more or ‘ess fasciate. {aide . .. Qdiversa Kerr. 


(The last 3 names probably stand for variations ‘of ‘the same species.) 


(VII) rani nen or red, with suturai and lateral vittae dark. 
SA A Tar ha PMA HUN bat aa . vittata Saund. group. 
103. vacant concolorous, vittae continuous to apex. .. .. vittata Saund. 
Pronotum with red margins, lateral vitta not continuous to apex. .. 
: ; . amabilis C. & G. 
(VID) Elytra Veliee or pee i eat ‘oatinedion fascias apex or preapical mark 
dark; or suture also, and sometimes a humeral spot dark. Als 
(andersoni C. & G. group). 


104. Elytral suture not dark. a A MRR Rac RATS, 105. 
Elytral suture in part or whole, dark. Peete rene aestoaly eee ee 124. 

105. Apices wholly dark. .. . RAT mie Ctl eye Bic 116. 
Elytra with preapical mark dark. MISMO DOR ANAC) em ntnraa ess WEN. 


.. .. hoblerae Cart. 
106. Prothorax. concolorous, basal ‘dark | zone “of elytra not 


extending to shoulders. .. .. ats 107. 
Prothorax with yellow margins, “pasal: ‘dark “gone ee to 
Shoulders) OomimslOmge ia) ict cic: cles ueisdele) peseteyeunietoniess wiLeCeLieete arae 

107i A205 IME MONE Cveilere wetoudereyihered vatel Pore Kovels teyey Bevel Fieve Mi eie eerere 108. 

15 mm. long or less. .. : 110. 


108. Pronotum cue bronze, ‘elytra without ‘red, fascia. short. 
" aurifera Cart. 


Pronotum ‘green. or blue, elytra with red markings. ee 109. 
109. Space between fascia and apical mark red. .. ..... alternata Lumh. 
Post margins red, fascia and a mark connected laterally by dark 
pangs aii: Sy nleveil ole’ Navel iilersh lite ETC OCSCE7SMEST Rae 
var. without postmedial fascia. aladenter Netclynstell Relel Se aun eect vale Ae OT Teale aaa 
Wa b SUUe em besten tHe ple . unimaculata Cart. 
110. Hind margins of elytra serrulate. sella SAlaloMeilell Mote!) Inet re 4 NLOTLGZCOLLES) Salus 
Hindiemargins of elytra, entire sy ci acme ieee need henner 111. 
111. Elytra without red markings... .. .. SR eS IE NES a 112. 
Hlytra swith redumarkings. Sunes an ielileih sence 118. 
112); Apices/strongly/ DIspInose?/).\./"-nven senielreete clooney yon tele 113. 
Apices not strongly bispinose... .. . ey, 114. 


113. Dark aI of elytra, a narrow fascia ‘and squarish apical mark. 
TOMER GANS OUT OMOEA OME Bo . andersoni C. & G. 
.. .. Var, dicax Obenb. 
Dark markings of elytra, “a “seutellary atch, wider fascia, and 
transverse apical mark. eos ete lae bibles, ia} (er) DENAD Neh 
114. 15 mm. long or more, pronotum green or Reine Sey ake 115. 
13 mm. long or less, pronotum black, or bronze black. 116. 


115. 
116. 


117. 


118. 
119. 


120. 


121. 


122. 
123. 


124. 


125. 


126. 


127. 


128. 


129. 
130. 


CARTER. 357 


Pronotum and underside olive green. .. .. .. .. .. .. domina Cart. 
Pronotum and underside blue... .. .. AAS * bicolorella Obenb. 
Basal dark markings not extending to shoulder. ee OH Be 117. 
Basal dark markings extending to shoulder... .. .. .. * baliola Kerr. 
Basal half of elytra yellow, fascia wide... .. .. - .. .. nova Kerr. 
1 (pars) inermis Kerr. 


Basal two- ‘thirds of. elytra yellow, “fascia. narrow. .. distincta Saund. 

NV a Wty hc iat IETS ee RE SER oe ie ele ae ae . sternalis Blkb. 

A deliciosa Kerr. 

F (pars) inermis Kerr. 

LN. B.: ’ Of examples labelled ‘ “inermis Kerr. type” in the British Museum, 
one = nova Kerr. a second example = distincta Saund.] 


Blytra red. <. . Beer henaeas 119. 
Space between fascia and apical ‘mark, ‘red. del icici toll toe 120. 
Form ovate, pronotum golden green, elytra without posthumeral 
NV gorck oo od oe CH oe bo AY cow oo do oo loc oo eo eee es (OFM eR 
Form elongate, pronotum blue, elytra with small posthumeral 
SPO Msn eT oet ach iad eater eaten hone Mnaiuicket hata SAU OT ACLLOT: ‘Cart: 
PR Pe Ura ays eS Se eis eet Ane aici a yeh asim cten ier QhACwUeS ‘Cart: 
Elytra without posthumeral spot, 13-14 mm. long. .. .. 122. 
Elytra with large posthumeral spot, 10 mm. long... .. .. festiva Cart. 
Apices strongly bispinose, underside blue-black. .. .. brutella Thoms. 


. terminalis Kerr. 
Apices finely bispinose, underside coppery green. .. graphisura Thoms. 
: . uniformis Kerr. 


Elytral ‘apex “dark. : OS iia amie cisiete trot ee 123. 
Elytra red with preapical ‘mark ‘only. One Samet a MeN De 132. 
Abdomen dark, margins entire. .. . LS RS aE SE 124, 
Abdomen yellow, subapical margins serrulate. Seats aed 131. 
Apices of elytra trispinose..................... pulehripes Blkb. 
Apices of elytra bispinose. .. .. 125. 
Apices of elytra unispose or simply ‘lunate. (without ) 

distinct tooth). aio Butole, |B 15) JOCIMOR SOLES CU Gok OPER eaa 129. 
lyviramyellowanameidepcisntssnleram reek teisrem ice raed ieveerere | vols 126. 
Elytra red. ac 128. 
Pronotum bronze, sutural mark ‘only ‘extending from 

base to fascia... .. WATE 
Pronotum black, sutural mark extending from pase to 


ADE ais Folcteel alepokl nar ee east chal nn a A COM DESETIS) BIKD: 
encod Wlanele Bh deleta Kerr. 
: 9 saundersiana Obenb. 
Elytral ‘markings blue, fascia Teaching margins. ane sicitse7 Blkp: 
Elytral aaa blue-black, fascia not reaching margins. 4 
* laudabilis Kerr. 
(Hitherto treated as Sisynonyimne, ‘but the distinctions suggest separation 
skusei sometimes with small shoulder spot.] 
20 mm. long, apices of elytra widely dark. .. .. .. .. sancta Cart. 
10 mm. long, dark subapical mark narrowly produced to apex. 
-. aeneicornis Saund. 
13 mm. ‘long, pronotum and underside dark blue. .. .. perlonga Cart. 
7-9 mm. long, pronotum and underside otherwise. .. .. 130. 
Pronotum globose, dark basal markings not produced to shoulders. 
. flindersi Cart. 
Pronotum subcylindric, dark ‘pasal markings ‘produced ‘to shoulders. 
AVMaFeteA eis) Weis waver i (aiel Malet fers svepenkeventaayey is . aurolimbata Cart. 


358 GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


131. Elytra with shoulder spot and markings blue, suture dark only near 
DaS6S 4) ns be pace ee Hel betantesapere atts fulviventris Macl. 

cee eu sis Ste x 7) ochreiventris Saund. 

3 . guttigera Blkb. 

Elytra without shoulder spot, “markings ‘green, suture dark through- 


out. eb heel is ne oe ws SUNIGALA) Mack 

132. Pronotum. and underside golden ‘pronze, fascia and suture 
abbreviated. ae .. .. dureola Cart. 
Pronotum and underside “bright green, ‘fascia only represented by 
elongate marks. .. .. .. .. Sanguinoienta C. & G. 


{The last somewhat anomalous, doubtfully included here.] 
(IX) Elytra yellow or red, with basal margin, humeral vitta, suture, post- 
medial fascia and apex, or preapical mark, dark. 
. (undulata Don. group) . 


133. Humeral ‘yitta, “not extending backward towfasclasy- sme 134. 
Humeral vitta connected with fascia. .. .. .. .. .. .. 152. 
134. Prothorax concolorous. .. .. at SEU on eect 135. 
Prothorax with yellow or red ‘margins. dco hate tio Rook Oka 150. 
135. Abdomen dark... .. HAC S On J oiLart Aa lib ol to 5} Ss 136. 
Abdomen yellow or red. SOE ret cie ected ree Si 146. 
136. Elytra yellow. .. . mr oneyes been ent Chater eee 137. 
Elytra red or with red 1 markings. Ue dvs ies escal s ePas 145. 
137. 16 mm. or more long. seek hand Deel Mesias Vedic alle fo Aa 138. 
12) mm, or less; longs.) =. 139. 
138. Prothorax widest at middle, “body - and ‘markings’ ‘ereen, apices 
rounded. Sepn oe . .. .. undulata Don. 
Prothorax widest at ase, body ‘and ‘markings blue, apices 
bidentate .::) Goats as ee se ae nies oe eee oe) ex TUEGLEChOM@ainE 
139. Elytra with apex dark. sie A METPRCET  coteoeh ae 140. 
Elytra with preapical mark dark, Deedee elise 142. 
140. Oblong, subcylindric, elytral markings peacock green or 
lve ees iets eve gers 141. 
Subovate, elytral ‘markings purple. fs: Votes eat | flavopurpurea Cart. 


141. More Kara and ‘parallel. oo. cicadas Sees ae be PDUSOT EAU mOs 
SR: Ges ao ees poe soe mero omc . var. sigma Kerr. 
. .. .. septentrionis Obenb. 
*“(doubtfully distinct ‘by soulpture) .. .. .. ? montigena Oke. 
Shorter, more sinuate San glvwk, Gost oa) rests wesncle) oe, PLADODICLOM BO SOS 
SPieicee Vai hcvowe ore, ace! sue veye, grails iene . flavopicta C. & G. 
. flavovaria Saund. 
. bicolor C. & G. 
. colorata Hope. 
"‘[Elytra largely green in ‘Tasmanian subspecies. ] 


142. Some elytral intervals subcostate...... . .. .. costata Saund. 
Elytral intervals uniform (or not conspicuously raised). 143. 


143. Humeral vitta connected with basal band. .. .. a@nchoralis C, & G. 
MP OA oe ec Bada od. ih loo dcmas kaa eens aor 
. .. arbvorifera Blkb. 
. ? tantilla Obenb. 
[The last ‘described ‘with slight ‘colour distinction, "base of pronotum much 
narrower than elytra at shoulders.] 
Humeral vitta in general isolated. .. .. . 144. 

144. Humeral vitta elongate, pronotum and underside green. xe 

J OAC ROD OOL OCG sch oc a ” iospilota C. & G. 


CARTER. 359 


Humeral vitta short, pronotum and underside bronze. .. * crux Saund. 


[Unique in Brit. Mus., undetermined in Australian collections and near 


145. 


146. 


147. 


148. 


149. 


150. 


151. 


159. 
160. 


some ex. of jekelli Saund.] 
Elytra red, markings green, 12 mm. long or more. . indistincta Saund. 
Apical regions red, markings blue (shoulder mark small), 8-10 mm. 


NON Geer) ce ere eee: cit ia) oils vel alien eh @US7eECL, INenr. 
WIYCra Vellowarectees! ae ie diss Gs eis dels, wie whet str viuel aie 147. 
Elytra red. ares Mie bay. det 148. 


Fascia and subapical mark wide, ‘abdomen yellow in both sexes. : 
Se Cstsh OME GRACO ose ai, euch tte So ees . abdominalis Saund. 

. .. 2? unica Kerr. 
Fascia. broken up ‘into spots, ‘subapical mark narrowly continued to 


apex, abdomen yellow in ¢, bronze in 9. Se bo on UCTGeh 18300), 
Prothorax bronze, abdomen ¢ yellow, 2? bronze, .. .. .. jekelli Saund. 
Prothorax golden green, abdomen yellow in both sexes. 149. 
Pronotum finely punctate, elytral markings golden green, 14 mm. 

long. : sd do no oc eo Bolaa oc Copmodaisknntayel 

var. without vitta. or “fascia. uh okie .. .. semisuturalis Saund. 


Pronotum coarsely a dia elytral markings darker, 17 mm. long. 
. speciosa Kerr. 


Elytra yellow, 10- 12 mm. ‘long. A HEN SEM Ee MRO EOI S MGC 151. 
Elytra red, 14-15 mm. long. .. . .. .. ecupida Kerr. 
. (spelt cuspida on ‘labels of types in Br. Mus.) 


Preapical ane ‘cordate or anchor shaped. ee ene EnT COLO TEND Ve 
BE MBA Nc A nyc is Aon Bio Tee . curta Saund. 
. .. opima Kerr. 
Wide preapical ‘mark surrounding 9 ‘yellow spots (vide 260) . 
ie .. .. victoriensis Blk. var. humeralis Kerr. 
 vitta. often reduced ‘to auSpoteas oe see be ONT aRe (OR bar 
Pronotum, underside and elytral markings blue. .. .. desideria Cart. 
{In form and colour near ie Saund.] 
Pronotum and underside otherwise... .. . Ub}, 
Prothorax golden bronze, underside and “elytral markings golden 
green... .. . .. deuqueti Cart. 
Prothorax and elytral markings blackish, ‘underside bronze. ; 
. * clancula Obenb. 
Elytra sehes or Pee with postseutellary sasha postmedial fascia and 


apex, or subapical mark, dark. .. .. .. (bremei Hope group). 
Prothorax concolorous. .. . a sigh Ce eeatacen oak ieee 155. 
Prothorax with yellow or red margins. Aenvia HY tes Gee ete 162. 
Postscutellaryapatchwlarces | eee nae eiaoisis te 156. 
Postscutellary patch small. ie Hee Sas 158. 
Elytra with apex widely “dark, _ Pronotum ‘end underside violet 

coppery. F 35 ob 40 eolloo a6 oe COTA Jeili<\o\, 
Elytra with preapical mark dark. SPs reel a 7A bong, Be 157. 
Body and markings bronzy black. E : bremei Hope. 


Body and markings green in 2 (markings subobsolate. in 3). 
.. .. discoidea Cart. 

Elytra. with ‘apex dark, without humeral spot. Sete : 159. 
Elytra with preapical mark green, with humeral spot, 1- 8 mm. long. . 

fetes aioe Ree ears . hilaris Hope. 
Prothorax blue-black, 13 mm. lone. . Sc Sa celcecae ee eeredeS _ cordifer Kerr. 
Prothorax coppery green, 9 mm.long... ...... .. .. .. doddi Cart. 
Elytra with apex dark, apices bidentate... ...... .. 161. 


360 


161. 


[The 


GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE). 


Elytra with preapical mark (sometimes reaching apex) 


apices rounded. 5 5 162. 
Postscutellary patch not extending to shoulders, ‘elytral intervals 


closely punctate... .. .. SRE Nia ee Lae OLO LLCO LIEN ACh 
PRAT e eh Wench Rete ic . terraereginae Blkb. 

ae triangularis Kerr. 

Postscutellary ‘patch extending to ‘shoulders, elytral intervals sub- 
laevigate, 2: 85 As |. ie eee eae aun OT OULCOLIS Sans 

Li ahy baits var. fascigera Kerr. 

Postscutellary patch not extending to ahomiders markings dark green 
or blues Scie cs : grata Saund. 
Postscutellary a extending ‘to shoulders, markings bright green. .. 
eS ti sous F Pata vecsyvekss baal os Pate . subgrata Blkb. 
. .. campestris Kerr. 

last possibly a subspecies ‘of grata, ‘found in ‘Alpine N.S.W. and Victoria.] 


(XI) Elytra dark, in general with 2 yellow or red fasciae. 


163. 


164. 
165. 
166. 
167. 
168. 
169. 


170. 


vee 


172. 


173. 


174. 


[In militaris and flavoviridis with a longitudinal vitta also.] 
A Saulangatiy Hope group). 


Elytra without subhumeral Vitta. e 164. 
Subhumeral vitta connected internally ‘with medial 

fascia soe. Sad 8 nan VERRIER baee eee: 178. 
15-20 mm. or more long. Sis, ee) jails, Nigella oeethgede mee tala even ECO 165. 
Less than 15 mm. long. eR cialiel cie ie Pel ch Wes 172. 
Prothorax concolorous. .. . BiGgalin wich doy k Ree NOP Nets 166. 
Prothorax with yellow or red margins. ie OT A EE AL Ar 170. 
Elytralvapices-TOUNGeG:. <\-) Sith cs ei xece bstee eres eke pevelneve 167. 
Elytral apices bidentate. .. .. . ie ree 169. 
Dark zones of elytra wide, more or less ‘regular. alata 168. 
Dark zones of elytra narrow and irregular... ..:.. .. pallas Blkb. 
Pronotum bronze, underside blue... .... .. .. hoffmannseggi Hope. 
Pronotum violet, underside green... .. .. .. .. .. .. fadirmairei Kerr. 
Prothorax strongly widened. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .» commixta Cart. 
Prothorax lightly widened. nd ) ) klugi Crees 


Whole underside red, subapical margins ‘serrulate. marginicollis Saund. 
2 * bifasciatella Obenb. 
Abdomen ‘only partly red, ‘subapical margins entire. .. .. ight, 
Prothorax ied widened, apices of elytra strongly bispinose. 
eet. ho canes he ROVER city PaO . erythromelas Hope. 
longula BIkKb. 
Beate 2 cicerini Obenb. 
Prothorax lightly widened, apices of elytra bidentate. cyanipes Saund. 


Postmedialstascia: yellows 725) eee eee 173. 
Postmedial fascia largely red. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. bella Saund. 
os bic fe lVatlehd ovegaanc OBSseu tech is) o1) Welle’ tails Wi 'e Abita fel hatha ancy GOIN Pee RNre abi aue i CHC REC (LE ake anna 
var. with basal yellow band... ........ .. .. .. dizoni Cart. 
Elytra black, blue-black or violaceous. .. .. .. .. .. 174. 
Elytra green. .. .. Sore tela le Sh imide ose aris 
var. without medial fascia. OR ae retk aa! SOO Snes e ix leai Cart. 
a CMC TIO aire! Ae aire i . dorsalis Obenb. 
"var. with humeral yellow spot. ..0:2) hess v&..) . FasciosmObenu 


Apices: trispinosesyi50..! 2.) We) oo oa sane eae en 2 OSC ra oetiores 
Soe IG RRR CP lie) Goan Gonna fr. . bicincta Boisd. 
. bicingulata C. & G. 

. dejeani, Gory. 

. trispinosa Kerr. 

. var. bina Obenb. 


175. 


176. 


177. 


178. 


179. 


180. 


181. 


182. 


CARTER. 361 


Apices bispinose. .. .. . Rol cos oboe ok the 175. 
Alternate elytral intervals iSubeestitorm. Sse Nara ceunt tle) 176. 
Elytral intervals more or iess uniform. .. .. .. .. .. .. vicina Saund. 
Subapical margins entire... .. 2 177. 
Subapical margins denticulate, subapical fascia continued laterally 
towards apex. .. . . .. .. mterstitialis Cart. 


(extra basal yellow mark as in montana infra). 
oe tele blue-black, apices strongly pense (13 x 5 mm.) 
a ak . coeruleipes Saund. 
var. with extra basal yellow mark. ud .. .. montana Cart. 

Elytra purple, apices finely bidentate (8-9 x 2. 5 mm.) ‘ 

; subbifasciata Saund. 
Prothorax ‘eoncolorous green, vitta straight, not extending to base. 

> flavo-viridis Cart. 
Prothorax ‘blue ‘with yellow margins, “underside yellow, vitta obliquely 


extending beyond basal margins. .. .. .. .. militaris Cart. 
(XII) Elytra yellow or red, with basal margin, two. fasciae and apex, or 
preapicalimark, (darks 745 S56 is sty are Wage Guér. group). 
Prothorax COMCOLOLOUS) aaucens hie ec) eae 8 : 180. 
ProthoraxapicGlorouSseis cus rcsretiayeien eo, tere, usienlces ue 4 PAN fe 
Apical mark covering apex. .. . Saatxs 181. 
Preapical mark not, in general, extending ‘to ‘apex. Bea Uae 206. 
[Sometimes modified by a sutural extension to apex.] 
Abdomen metallic, or dark. .. eee orc 182. 
Abdomen yellow or red (at least in one sex). ey acm 202. 
17-20 mm. long, form robust... .. . deg Soe haat Neabopt ahs 183. 
15 mm. long, or less, form more slender. Bil fe aye ete ee 186. 
Elytra yellow, markings blue-black. .. . ae 184. 
Elytra red, or with red areas, markings peacock plue. st 185. 
Apices simple, margins entire. .. .. .. .. cognata Kerr. 
Apices bidentate, hind margins serrulate, pronotum and underside 
coppery green: <= 2. . .. eupricollis Saund. 


var. pronotum and underside more obscure. alternozona Thoms. 
julia Thoms. 


Elytra red, apices finely bidentate. ative Cae robusta Saund. 
Elytra orange, margins red, apices strongly bispinose rubicunda Cart. 
Elytra yellow. .. .. .. Pen eee ee tiie. eee ays 187. 
Elytra red, or with red margins. eM res PM Arona sts: \iaia 193. 
Inayneol Coraiene Chayel PREM we ba log Ge ob eolbe Be. oe ee 188. 
KormyGepressedr and ssinuauem meres maniac) a2 ie en ss 189. 


ProOnotuMmeb lew! Semin ON PAE aeeAEE en hee Aer). CE OUt GUer: 
Apa ten WOR ras . var. adonis Obenb. 
. var. peregrina Obenb. 


Pronotum bronze green, 12 mm.long... .. ..... .. .. affabilis Kerr. 
Te pot EE ene RR ReE MES AR ee H Ne Bod ou oi ene . simplex Kerr. 
Elytral intervals more or less uniform... ........ .. 190. 
Some intervals subcostate. .. .. Bee ts psi cia att hs 191. 
Elongate, apices obliquely excised. sae . .. .. trifasciata Saund. 
More widely ovate, apices evenly bidentate. een COLLOCTISNIXeLT: 
Pronotum black, submetallic, alternate intervals of 

elytra subcostate... .. .. HONE 192. 
Pronotum bronze, intervals 3 and 5 slightly raised. .. imitator Cart. 


Yellow zones, especially basal, wide, markings blue-black. F 
- rectifasciata Saund. 
Yellow zones very narrow, markings violaceous. .. .. .. vigilans Kerr. 


362 GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


193. 14-16, mm lone.) si cial nisteienuateul ate peter sioln conaeste Aiea en ainars 194. 
12 mm. long or less. hes aeate seh Ban ork otc 196. 
194. Apices strongly bispinose, apical epine long. BUR Matsa 195. 
Apices finely bispinose. .. .. a Ser eitk cen RELmstiCart: 
195. Elongate attenuate, postmedial ‘faseiny narrow. .: .. pisciformis Cart. 
Ovate, postmedial fascia wide... .. .. .. .. .. .. thomsoni Saund. 
196. Narrowly oblong, elytral intervals uniform. Bish crak avs take tite 197. 
Wider and sinuate, elytra with sutural intervals sub- 
costate: .. .. . 5 trues 199. 
197. Pronotum and underside “peacock ‘plue. or green. Seis 198. 
Pronotum and underside bronze. .. .. ...... .. .. .. recta Saund. 


198. Apices finely bispinose, 8-9 mm. long... .. .. .. .. vegeta Hope. 
PEN See lip iare Oecnversit Cate tmeteneita fie tusis. Laie - coeruleiventris Saund. 

: . haroldi Saund. 

. viridiventris Saund. 

CD pe tL SR aE a5 5,1 OTA CHO EME RRC IE ude oem et . neologa Thoms. 

var. premedial green band continuous to base. .. cruentata Kirby. 

Apices truncate, 6:mm. Jong::.. .. .) 3: .. .. .... 2. everulea Kern 

iis NEL Ree ak eee ee Ce sr ee oils as . coelestis Kerr. 

. stillata Blkb. 


199. Apices strongly spinose, pale zones red and wide. .. kershawi Cart. 
Apices subobsoletely dentate, pale zones red and narrow. 200. 

200. Pronotum metallic black, elytral striae-obscure, 3rd interval strongly 

CONVERS BAS c) Welk es eset yk Daw ese eye) vouslalev oer sigs tre NCOUE IZ CULM ere 


. .. opacula Obenb. 
’ [Possibly a NL Queensland subspecies of. the “following.] 
Pronotum bronze green, Gea striae-distinct, 3rd interval lightly 
COMVER i he caer tse yeisueGisyeaic, vere ckot aed san Rete ens bhaaiodiiere & G. 
. plagiata C.& G. 
. crenata C. & G. 
. hopei Boh. 
. stmilata Boh. 
. kreffti Macl. 
fi 5 “ pariata Kerr. 
[With many ‘variations, premedial fascia ‘often ‘broken up into spots.] 
201 | -Elytranwithereamareins. jira... : 1st sean re ter ee ae 202. 
Mlytranwithout Teast tenet aurebieteley mate ere eter Rees 203. 
202. Elytral margins entire, premedial fascia short and interrupted, 
abdomen in both sexes yellow (in part at least). 
: MEET eo nee hed maculiventris Macl. 
‘for 3 see 35], Sie . .. nickerli Obenb. 
Hind margins serrulate, premedial ‘fascia continuous throughout, 
abdomen ¢ red, ? blue... .. .. ws) a0 ore \CTUCTIEG! Cry Some 
203. Hind margins of elytra entire, apices truncate. ete 4 204. 
Hind margins of elytra serrulate, apices finély bidentate. 205. 
204. Pronotum coppery, abdomen yellow, in both sexes, 15-20 mm. long. 
22) eo SCCulants Thoms. 
Pronotum ‘pronze, ‘abdomen go yellow, o metallic, 10-12 mm. long. 
ata . sexualis Cart. 
205. Prothorax “splendide cuprea, 2 pale | zones of elytra wide. .. . 
a4 . straminea Macl. var. cara Blkb. 
Prothorax ‘violet coppery. Sochta hh Wetted ReGnes, Wale: DLLCEGmiacnts 
[vide supra 30.] 
Prothorax metallic bronze, pale zones of elytra narrow. maculifer Kerr. 


206. 
207. 


208. 


209. 


210. 
211. 
212. 


213. 


214. 
215. 


216. 


217. 


218. 


219. 


CARTER. 363 


Elytra yellow... ... syeitavel recs Faia tee aterethaten Reta fers 207. 
Elytra red, or with red areas. Bath GIR cates saa balances sivas 210. 
Apices) simple (rounded)... se eee we ee punctatissima Saund. 
Apices more or less bispinose. .. .. Counts 208. 


Dark zones of elytra wide, subapical ‘mark often ‘extended to apex. 

hopei Saund. 
Dark zones of elytra narrow, subapical mark lunate, not extended to 

QPOR. ea 4s Suave 209. 
Premedial fascia connected with short longitudinal humeral mark. .. 
hoe . * ravilla Obenb. 
Premedial fascia ‘only enlarged. laterally. 58 SU 56 ob ab (GR eHia i DYoray, 
BB ENON Go Bs LOA Wiis OSU ODE ULc bc eaten iA eiate . placida Thoms. 
[crenata Don. has been difficult to determine. The type apparently 
lost, but Kerreman’s suggestion (Gen. Ins.) agrees with 

Donovan's figure.] 


Elytra red. . A Ona, ObpecDaOC Te tomas 211. 
Elytra with margins only ‘red. Al. OPES CREED aT oIee 216. 
Prothorax widest before middle. abbcts) a Uesthcieiicrr ers san QUAcata Carte 
Prothorax widest at or behind middle... .. .. .. .... 212. 
Form oblong and convex... .. AC AOA AA Rot 213. 
Form sinuate, wider and more depressed. - SOR ay hart bce 214. 
HORM YTODUSH elon sO) TAIN serial ieleitclslelel ete) Peto l-)e) /<) SOOLLUOTIC (CO. 62). G: 
Oy abi oes fare gravis Har. 


‘ obscuripennis Saund. 

eC CULO mINe DT 

PM a AM oe ere yah tc Srey at Lapa Urokaid late fvaiely SIS" tele, bla evs 9 gebhardti Obenb. 
HonMmySlENGeL 9) Side eel stele lel se) el lsial eee er. (QTILDIZECL TOG. Bolsa. 
REM tsrodpiaraonc kate . sexspilota C. & G. 

. steboldi C. & G. 


var. pronotum and underside golden .. .. (?) protensa Obenb. 
Apices simple, pronotum and underside ae .. .. pulehra Saund. 
Apices finely bidentate... .. . Area ere Ree 215. 
Pronotum blue-black, nderside subelabrois: ep icteeL HOCH ELLD A INCLES 
Pronotum bronzy, underside pubescent. .. .. .. .. carminea Saund. 


Oblong and convex, Same brassy bronze, 15 x 5 mm. 
- aeraticollis Cart. 
Sinuate, more depressed, ‘prothorax ereen bronze, Oem 
. punctatosulcata Saund. 
Margins of prothorax, ‘also abdomen, “yellow « or red. x 218. 
Margins of prothorax, also abdomen, ASIN oo do cylindracea Saund. 
[Closely approaches amphichroa in form and pattern, but the con- 
stant bicoloration of pronotum and obliquely excised apices 
distinguish it.] 
Margins of prothorax, also abdomen, yellow, disc coppery, fasciae 


VERY eNALEOW,.N ice-sheet eine a eae) ONEUL QSCeaLa) nN 
A ae Saund. 
Margins of prothorax, ‘also elytra ‘and underside, red. 219. 


Prothorax green, apical mark covering apices, 154 x 6 OOS bd in 
Bavesrs sea rexat yeas SONAR Diol! SacI . castelnaudi Saund. 
. castelnaudi Thoms. 
. thomsoniana Mast. 
is . laportei Kerr. 
Prothorax ‘pronze, subapical mark produced to apex at suture, 12 x 5 
WM, 56 45 co O06 dO da 06 do 60) bo od ob loo CHRAMIC COM, SEK rbavel, 


364 f GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


Red areas replaced by yellow, preapical fascia often broken up into 
spots, 11x33 mm... .. .. .. Subspecies differens Cart. 

[Many examples taken by Mr. ap E. Dixon at Hattah dist. N.W. Vict.] 
(XIII) Elytra as in preceding, but premedial fascia broken up into 3 spots. 


(In haswelli Cart. both fasciae thus broken up). .. scalaris group. 
220. Prothorax concolorous... .. : ee PPA 
Prothorax disc violet, margins and ‘apex golden. ate "insignicollis Blkb. 
Prothorax disc green or blue, margins pica .. .. garrawillae n.sp. 
221. Apical mark covering apices. .. .. stegewthersilus is Metemier 222. 
Preapical mark not extending to apex. Lab Bed BSA REED 2a20 
2225 | /Abdomen' metallicsoridarken-) +!) eee 223, 
Abdomen: yellowvoryreds ewes sy cen ce een eee eee 231. 
2235 21mm lone eer oe Sie) iste side. case's duals Vous me Serer ue Dagete, he MM OLOCICOILITIUO EIS nn 
15 mm. long or less. ae eat te os tae vob, cao. 53 224. 
224. “elytra yellow:se acc. St owls s chevooneseet) Sie Mietoeete ares nee nee 220. 
Elytra red. .. .. i, foe Wate, Gere Reselhs 228. 
225. Apices obliquely excised, ‘finely dentate. BRP ING Sibi ain Medtniele 226. 
Apices sharply bispinose... .. .. ibis We ub ietenetore 227. 
226. Pronotum black, hind margins serrulate. ts os ss ow. Gbricollis Sands 
oe Sees ep Weabeteve’ ever, LaneeUes reales ee . tripartita Kerr. 
Pronotum blue. SG S ais lke ais es Rie. oe eWaES @esertimaikios 
Pronotum blue, margins entire. el ae . .. .. propinqua Cart. 
227. Form robust, elytral markings green and violet. .. .. macleayi Blkb. 
Form narrow and attenuate, elytral markings black. .. bogania Cart. 


228. Ovate, depressed, underside and markings golden green. .. 
RD iG oo ere eae : delectabilis Hope. 
Narrow, convex, "underside and ‘markings blue. Nceatee Mays 229. 
229. Pronotum bronze, sides widely rounded, widest at middle. 
3 . piliventris Saund. 
Pronotum ‘blue, " sides ‘lightly rounded, ‘widest behind middl.e .. .. . 
Rtevste sists) Wier Revebatrte . vulgaris Cart. 
230. Abdomen, also elytra, yellow. silk, Niscah bees | senorita Petal hone ote Ree 231. 


Abdomen: talso’ elytraymeds <7". lsc cicieete, tection eioueuters 232. 
231) “Apices subtruncates 0 2... = ter se) os mel ucheu een cir me EELS TOG LU Ea chine 
Apices acuminate... . .. .. .. Tubriventris Blkb. 


232. Elytral markings blue- black, ‘apices strongly spinose. . alexandri Cart. 
Elytral eee pice violet, apices vee bidentate. 
- mackayana Cart. 


233. Elytra yellow. ate ae PE ra hk tat aaa ero 234. 

Elytra red, or with red margins. etsb open tel te terastep aerate Some 237. 

234, Elytrallintervalsunitorm:): eden ren eee 235. 
Alternate intervals subcostate. .. .. .... .. .. “ alternecosta Thoms. 
Sirsehmnne . Qlacris Kerr. 
; . libens Kerr. 
F . quadrinotata Blkb. 

235. Pronotum ‘widest at base, suture dark. oe Ur eka 236. 
Pronotum not widest at base, suture not dark. .. .. generosa Kerr. 


[Very close to piliventris, but ground colour paler, preapical mark not 
reaching apex, underside less pilose.] 

236. Pronotum and underside peacock blue or green. .. .. scalaris Boisd. 

Ga ICR one ae Se ow . cyanicollis Boisd. 

; . crucigera C. & G. 

. subtrifasciata C. & G. 

. media Hope. 


237. 


238. 


CARTER. 365 


. prudens Kerr. 

. Suavis Kerr. 

Roe ve acted is - crucioides Obenb. 

"var. wholly, or ‘lar gely green. aan aay =) UUHAeS) Cx bz) Gr 

Pronotum dark copper, underside blue- ‘black ¢ or ‘violet. 

B = atrocoerulea Kerr. 

Robust ‘convex, ‘hind margins finely serrulate. oie ere COTLUELOmCanus 
Narrower, hind margins entire... .. . ahaliasns 238. 

Prothorax bronze, margins of elytra only 2 red, a x 4 mm. : 

.. .. rubrocincta Gehm. 

Prothorax ‘pright green, elytra ‘red, 9 x 3 WIN. bo! o filiformis Blkb. 


(XIV) Elytra as in kirbyi group, but premedial fascia ‘pifurcate laterally, 


239. 
240. 


241. 


242. 


243. 


244, 


245. 


246. 


247. 


248. 


249. 


250. 


leaving a yellow spot at margin, sometimes continuous with 


basal zone... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. (dustralasiae C. & G. group). 
PLOUNOLA XT CONCOIOLOUS sacs corey ci ciateh letter vie) cies cis, ea win wee 240. 
Prothorax bicolorous. .. .. . Broo Dee 256. 
Apical mark extending to, or over, “apex. aiehTaPosmratol wes cutee 241. 
Preapical mark not extending to apex... .. .. .. .... 254, 
20MM ON STOLIMOLC 3) weuieien acliiestisisi eis a 5 cis) Oa sence n DIUSULGTiS: BIKb: 
12-16 mm. long. Bolo) ic eau ica bitin Hc ICR CIEE Stam eee 242. 
11 mm. long or less. Seem sratets 252. 
Anterior fork of fascia extending ‘to ‘shoulder, basal and 

marginal spots isolated... .. 243. 
Anterior fork not extending to shoulder, “yellow basal 

ZONE COntINUOUS LO marpine =. 35 55 2. 2. oe he oe 250. 
MlytralpmMarkines CYANCOUS: 7.) cle Gel ce we Gis ee) ss ees 244. 
Elytral markings coppery violet... .. . fee, 247. 
Apical mark bearing two small yellow spots. BRS a te, \apicenotate Cart. 
Apical mark without yellow spots... .... aatiee 245. 


Elytral apices truncate, basal dark border wide, underside coppery. 
. rostralis Cart. 
Elytral apices " pispinose, basal dark ‘border ~ narrow, 
underside otherwise. .. .. . 246. 
Pronotum black, underside blue, apices strongly ibispinose. : 
. australasiae C. & G. 
Pronotum ‘pronze, “underside greenish, ‘apices finely spinose. 
SER BUS ORO REO We ne OO COS Hod wares . (a) assimilis Hope. 
. (b) puerilis Kerr. 
. .. timida Kerr. 
tI have ‘not ‘been able to distinguish (a) ‘from (b) put am unwilling to 
state their synonymy. ] 
15 mm. long, pronotum violet coppery, underside lightly 


DUDESCE Nb ee sauce eeNn ea cre ree NaN ats By ane 248. 
95 mm. long, pronotum brownish coppery, “underside strongly 
pubescent. bs . .. .. equina Blkb. 
Narrower, prothorax Cones hind wallew | zone “n@ produced backward 
Ate MALS oy rep en sete seh aa ee ee . .. violacea \Macl. 


Brave ‘ obliquefasciata Obenb. 
Wider, prothorax more ‘explanate, hind aoa zone produced back- 


ward at margin... .. .. .. .. cupreoflava Saund. 
Elytral markings black, or blue- ‘black. BS GAS Rene Fo.) MED 
Elytral markings coppery. .. .. .. .. .. Cupricauda Saund. 
Elongate oblong, apices obliquely excised eee EOLOW mC ants 


Ovatevoblon=sapicessother wise eee eer coe 


253. 


254. 


259. 


256. 


2957. 


258. 


259. 


260. 


261. 


262. 


GENUS STIGMODERA (FAM. BUPRESTIDAE) . 


Postmedial fascia broken into two spots, apices strongly bispinose. 
. duaringde Cart. 


Fasciae unbroken, "apices taney dentate. Pon ei inconspicua Saund. 
9-11 mm. long, basal yellow, in Mager: connected with 
marginal spot. i Sy CREM HCO Rat le ee ayes 253. 
Basal yellow, not so ‘connected. - SSNS Naps Mua Wren OOS) Varah alee 254. 
Pronotum bronze, form ovate. .............. .. acuticeps Saund. 
RAE Mast aa et ich: CARR MBE OHI coucas and . odewahni Obenb. 
Pronotum blue or green, form narrow, oblong. .. .. .. obscura Saund. 
7-10 mm. long, basal yellow connected, or not, with medial yellow 
ZOU a Be iat tae teins tueere) sion OD bee CmLIes tan 
6 mm. long, basal yellow spot isolated. ak Maver lA. leteuie ab lel INTLOTE Emer ae 
APICES UMISPIHOSE: 27.0 4/3) s)= =e) cic, sponte oi ay =a ele) ele (ORL CILELUCS Commons 
Brite crater Ae navel etek ee Re aReera dee cats . hostilis Blkp. 
Apices otherwise. Sees BESO GTdiG INOMGOT Gs ad. toa. (O16 256. 
Basal yeilow mark isolated. ult s ae es os ~ YOTKEnStS Obevb: 


Basal yellow mark continuous to margin, babe ee on (SUMO ON ComecmnGn 
SENG IG a (honed lol sola 8 Liou elegMtel sii tic mere oun . helenae Hope. 
. lanuginosa Hope. 

. perplexa Hope. 

. phryne Thoms. 

. lais Thoms. 

. triramosa Thoms. 

. distinguenda Thoms. 

fraterna Kerr. 


[A very "variable - species "with “wide ’ distribution from Hast to West. 


lanuginosa Hope is a common form with red margins, commonly 
contused with burchelli C. & G. phryne Thoms. is a smaller 
testaceous form from W.A. (Geraldton) with narrow tasciae and 


markings.] 
Prothorax red with black discal mark. .. .. .. .. flavosignata Macl. 
EY Sos Meee Pees ais . circumslexa Obenb. 
SE SS ESS ag Helin al ape he ieailey tes) Marites oer ROKURS . var. rufosignata Cart. 
Prothorax bronze, margins goiden coppery. .. .. .. .. cyaista Rainb. 
Prothorax with yellow or red margins. .. .. .. .. .... 258. 
Underside dark. .. .. MOU eC AP Gute Hs eee 259. 
Underside with yellow areas. anor Sub eke 262. 
Margins of prothorax and elytra, also apex, red. . rufoliinbata Cart. 
Margins of prothorax and elytra yellow, apex dark. a 260. 
Margins of elytra entire, lateral spot connected with basal and medial 
yellow. .. . - ss ». (QUdax Saunee 
Post margins serrulate, ‘lateral spot ‘isolated. sty ete ate 261. 


Underside strongly pubescent, elytral apical dark area without spots. 
é . clarki, Cart. 

Underside ‘scarcely pubescent, apical dark area with 2 yellow spots. .. 
ibe se: .0hiel ATARI OME eho! als, Zen ane aRSoieden ie en eet ate . victoriensis Blkb. 
. sensitiva Kerr. 

. var. humeralis Kerr. 

Re mE Gh an SRReM HERG PL Css! eth es aia. a (vide supra 151). 
Apices bidentate so: o..2.5. GW Re en etdae) alee ett 5 CRC TIRELCREE aE 
Apices trispinose. .. .. .. .. .. Signata Kerr. 


(XV) Elytra yellow with 3 fiseige eau fhe Bp Gene 


263. 


: rotundata Saund. ‘group. 
Giions: eivieal) ieee ator Lea ete] Reveld otee rave take 264, 


CARTER. 367 


Shortly obovate, some intervals subcostate, pronotum and elytral 
markings dark green. .. . .. .. .. rotundata Saund. 
var. elytral markings subobsolete. .. .. .. moribunda Saund. 

264. Pronotum coppery, elytral markings bronze, 11 x 3 mm... . 
. .. quadrifasciata Saund. 
Pronotum right green, elytral markings violet, Ui 2s PAB\ whoo Sa 
A . ariel Cart. 
Eamostininodena pnienatel ‘Bikb. [The seal eeerate known is a ¢ 
taken by University Zool. Exp. to Barrington Tops in 1925; now in Macleay 
Mus.]. This seems to deserve generic distinction, thougn merged with 
Castiarina by Kerremans. Its pattern suggests bella Saund., but there is 

no red area on the elytra; the apices have two equal teeth. 


EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 
Plate xxix. 
Figure 1. Cdastiarina interstitialis Cart. 


sae ; discoidea Cart. 

Bs ae . rubicunda Cart. 

See: ee i domina Cart. 

Plate xxx. 

Figure 5. Castiarina aurantiaca Cart. 

x G i rubella Cart. 

say fs s garrawillae Cart. 

3 8: - perlonga Cart. 

Ue a eburnea Cart. 


REVIEW. 


A Check-list of the Fishes recorded from Australia, by (the late) Allan 
R. McCulloch, in the Australian Museum Memoir, v., pt. 1, pp. 1-144, June 
29, 1929; pt. ii., pp. 145-329, September 10, 1929; pt. iii., pp. 329-436, November 
28, 1929; pt. iv., i-x.; 437-534, May 26, 1930. Introduction by C. Anderson, 
Director. 

This work, issued by the Trustees of the Australian Museum, is one 
which should greatly facilitate the study of Ichthyology in Australia. 

Prior to his lamented death at Honolulu, the late Allan R. McCulloch 
had compiled a huge card index of the fishes of the world, comprising some 
100,000 entries, and in which he paid especial attention to those species 
recorded from Australasian and Pacific regions. From this he made a MS. 
list of fishes recorded from Australian waters. Dr. Anderson has pointed 
out in his introduction: “It was his earnest desire that, in the event of his 
death, this list should be published in his name, and it is in fulfilment of 
this wish that the present Memoir has been issued.” 

To McCulloch’s successor in office, his former assistant, Mr. Gilbert P. 
Whitley, has fallen the herculean task of the compilation of this Check- 
list from the card index slips. He has, moreover, unselfishly added to his 
labours by supplying references, and distribution of the species, instead of 
adhering to the original scheme of issuing a mere list of names. He is also 
the author of all the information concerning genotypes, the details of exact 
dates of publication and the type localities; these greatly enhance the 
value of McCulloch’s Check-list, making it a valuable work of reference 
for all time. The work reflects in the highest degree upon Whitley’s 
ability as a taxonomic worker, and adds fresh lustre to McCulloch’s name. 

The work has been produced in a highly creditable manner by The 
Australasian Medical Publishing Company, Limited, The Glebe, Sydney. 


368 


SOME ABORIGINAL ANIMAL NAMES. 


By JoHn MacPuHerson, M.A., M.B., Ch.M., B.Sc., Sydney. 


During the years 1899-1901 I resided in Glen Innes, and, in the course 
of my travels in that and neighbouring areas, I came into close contact 
with the remnants of the aboriginal tribes from whom I obtained extensive 
vocabularies. As I am unaware of these vocabularies having ever been 
published, and, as any opportunity of now obtaining them has probably 
quite gone, I have appended here the animal names in use by some of the 
tribes. The En-nee/-win tribe inhabited the neighbourhood of Oban, Kooka- 
bookra and Ward’s Mistake. The Ngar/-rabul tribe extended from Glen 
Innes to Bolivia and Wellingrove. The Yoo-kum/bul tribe ranged from 
Inverell to Bukulla, and almost to Bundarra and Bingara. The Bee-gum/bul 
(or Pikumbul) tribe extended along the Dumaresq and MacIntyre Rivers to 
the Weir River in Queensland. The words of the Pikumbul dialect, used 
for comparison, have been taken from the Rev. William Ridley’s “Kamilaroi 
and other Australian Languages,’ Second Edition, 1875. As regards pro- 
nunciation: a is always short as in cat. Broad a is indicated by ah. E as 
in get. Ee asin seem. Terminal i as y in happy. Otherwise 7 as in him. 
O as in hot. Oo as in moon. The sequence ove as in bone. U as in sun. 
Ai as iin while. Ao as ow in how. Oi as in poise. Ew as in new. G as 
in go, not in gentle (where J would be used). Y asin yard. Ng (often at 
the beginning of a word), as in sing. It is impossible sometimes to express 
aboriginal enunciation in English letters. I have exercised the greatest 
care possible in thus translating the words. 

My En-nee/-win vocabulary is only small:— 

Murray River Cod (Oligorus macquariensis—C. & V.)—Orro/tah. 

Eel—N’yar/rah. 

Tiger Snake (Notechis scutatus—Peters) —Erkull/ah. 

Black Snake (Pseudechis porphyriacus—Shaw) —Hll-een/ya. 

Carpet Snake (Python spilotes var. variegata—Gray) —Apor/tah. 

New Holland Honey-eater (Meliornis novee-hollandie—Lath.) —mutten/- 
mutten/ (meaning small bird in the scrubs). 

Dingo (Canis dingo—Blumenbach) —Yee/kan. 

The aboriginal name for Kookabookra Creek in this area was 
Kook-ar/rah-booka, meaning “porcupine cooking all the time’—that is the 
Spiny Ant-eater (Tachyglossus aculeatus—Shaw) . 

The Ngarrabul and Yookumbul vocabularies are more extensive:— 


Animal. Ngarrabul. Yookumbul. Pikumbul 
(Ridley). 
Frog. —_—— Durr/agi. Durra. 
Flies. ———__—_ Boo/loo. Kulungan. 


Mosquito. a Gin/nin. Buri. 
Bee, large (? Apis mellifica Boo. ——— 
—Linn.—introduced) . 
Bee, small (? Trigona car- Kao or Kob/bai. 
bonaria—Smith). 


Honey. Ngar/roo. _ 

Fish. ——— — Koo/er-rool. 

Murray Cod (Oligorus mac- “a Mun/dah. 
quariensis—C. & V.). 

Jewfish or Catfish (Tan- (oa Wag/gar-bal. 


danus tandanus— 
Mitch.). 


MACPHERSON. 369 
Animal. Ngarrabul. Yookumbul. Pikumbul 
(Ridley) . 
Fresh-water Bream. — Goo/pir. 
Black Snake (Pseudechis Kull-een/ya. Gull-een/ya. 
porphyriacus—Shaw) . 
Birds. Goon/doo. rs 
Emu (Dromaius novee- Ngoo/run. Ngoo/run. Ngurun. 
hollandie—Lath.). 
“Plain Turkey” or Bustard Goom-bill-goo. 
(Eupodotis australis— 
“Gray”). 
Native Companion (Maga- Goo/yirr. 
lornis rubicundus 
—Perry). 
Blue Heron or “Crane” Durkoon- 
(Notophoyxr nove-holl- durkoon. 
andice—Latham) . 
Black Swan (Chenopis Boor-boor. Bibu. 
atrata—Latham) . 
Wedge-tailed eagle Mull/ien. Dué 
(Uroaétus audax—Lath.) . (an eagle) - 
Nankeen Kestrel or Door-goo. Karr/a-been. Kagun 
“Sparrow Hawk” (Falco (a hawk). 
cenchroides—Vig. and 
Horsf.) . 
Cuckoo (? Boobook Owl— Toor/goo. Negugu. 
Ninox boobook—Lath.). 
White Cockatoo (Kakatoe Gahr/abul. Gahr/abul. Giabun. 
galerita—Lath.) . 
Crimson-winged Parrot Wok/ul-boo-too. 
(Aprosmictus  erythrop- 
terus—Gmelin) . 
Crimson Rosella or Gum/mera-bah. 
“Lowrie” (Platycercus (meaning “like 
elegans—Gmelin) . blood”) . 
Rosella (Platycercus Bill’an. 
eximius—Shaw) . E 
Laughing Jackass or Koo- Gah/-goon. Kah/-goon. Kaguran. 


kaburra (Dacelo gigas— 
Boddaert: Dacelo novo- 
guineee—Hermann) . 

Soldier Bird or “Micky” 
(Myzantha  melanocep- 
hala—Lath.). 

Butcher Bird (Cracticus 
torquatus—Lath.) . 

Black-backed Magpie 


(Gymnorhina  tibicen— 
Lath.). 

Bandicoot, large (Gen. et 
sp. ?). 

Bandicoot, little black 
(Gen. et sp. ?). 

Bandicoot, spotted (Gen. 


et sp. ?), 


(from its call). 
Bree-pree 
(from its call). 
Quarro-too 
(from its call). 
Gullo-mai. 
Bindoo. 
Hoon-noo-i. 


Burr-gah, 


370 SOME ABORIGINAL ANIMAL NAMES. 


Animal. Ngarrabul. Yookumbul. Pikumbul 
eae Ee 
Grey or long-eared opos- Goop-pi. Koo-bi. Kubi. 


sum (Trichosurus vul- 
pecula—Kerr) . 


“Native Bear” Boor-bee. 
(Phascolarctus 
cinereus—Goldfuss) . s 


Dingo or Warrigal (Canis Wongi. 

dingo—Blumenb.) . 
Dog (Canis familiaris) . Mirri. Mirri. 
Horse (Equus caballus) . Yarah/-man. 


Of aboriginal place-names, Bundar/ra signified “Old Man Kangaroo” 
(Macropus giganteus—Zimm.). Wellington Vale was called Gahr/rabul- 
bone, meaning “Plenty of White Cockatoos.” Emmaville or Vegetable 
Creek was Mur/ran, meaning “Plenty of Leeches.” Clairvaulx was Bungo- 
bit/tah, meaning “Plenty of Flying Squirrels (Petaurus sciureus—Shaw) . 

The Bundel or Bun/della tribe occupied part of the upper Clarence 
River area. In their district was Gordon Brook, called Bull/ngan-bah. 
This applied actually to the hills on the flat through which the stream 
flows. Before the advent of the white settlers the aborigines were wont to 
kill many kangaroos there. One large kangaroo was killed and his leg- 
bone (the fibula) was sharpened and used by the natives as a needle (bul/ 
lul) with which to sew opossum cloaks. According to Mr. C. W. Bundock, 
Yulgilbar, in the same area, signified “the place (bar) of the Platypus (yul- 
gil) ,” although my aboriginal informant, who was born there, stated that it 
meant “something caught in a tree.” 

On comparing the Ngarrabul and Yookumbul dialects with those of 
other aboriginal tribes marked similarities may be observed. Ridley’s book 
gives vocabularies of the tribe inhabiting George’s River and south to Appin 
and Cowpasture; the Kamilaroi tribe (extending from the Upper Hunter 
River to the Liverpool] Plains and further north-west); the Wailwun tribe 
(on the Barwon River below the junction of the Namoi);. the Turrubul 
tribe (on the Brisbane River, Queensland), and the Dippil tribe of Queens- 
land (north of Moreton Bay, towards Wide Bay and the Burnett River). In 
the Kamilaroi tongue Flies were “Burulu.” ‘“Kao” was an insect in Kami- 
laroi, and, according to Sir Thomas Mitchell, “Cow” was a small fly on the 
Karaula (MacIntyre River). In Dippil honey from the small native bee 
was “Kobbai.” E.S. Sorrenson states that two species of bees on the Rich- 
mond River were called by the blacks “Cobbi” and “Booyen.” My words for 
Black Snake have a superficial resemblance to the Latin anguis, but this 
doubtless is a mere coincidence. When we turn to the terms for the emu 
we find “Nguri” in Wailwun and “Ngurun” in Dippil. Lieutenant Breton 
(1833) gives ‘“Norong” as the name amongst the Bathurst natives. These 
names may be in imitation of the bird’s booming call.* Mullion was an 
eagle, both in Kamilaroi and Wailwun. 

When we turn to cuckoo it seems to me obvious that the Boobook Owl 
is intended, the term being an excellent imitation of its call. This would 
be one of the most typical onomatopcic names which occur so plentifully 
in Australian languages. In Kamilaroi the “Cuckoo” is “Murgu.”  “Boo- 
book,” of course, is the popularly accepted aboriginal designation for the 
Cuckoo Owl. The White Cockatoo was “Ké-a-ra-pai” on the Lower Hunter 


*In Kamilaroi the Emu was “Dhina-wan” (foot-strong) . 


MACPHERSON. SL 


River and Lake Macquarie (Threlkeld, 1834) and ‘“Karabi” in the George’s 
River, Appin dialect. The Laughing Jackass was ‘“Kukuburra,” and also 
various other designations in Kamilaroi. This is the origin of the popularly 
accepted term “Kookaburra.” Many and varied were the names in the 
native dialects for this bird. All or most of them were onomatopeic in 
imitation of the various notes of its call. Thus we have “Goburra” of my 
school days; “Gogera” or “Gogobera” (Dr. George Bennett); “Kahkowan” 
(Turrubul) ; “Kaggu” (Dippil); ‘“Kogunda” (Appin to George’s River) and 
many others. 

Turning to the Mammals we find the Opossum is “Kubbi’” in Turrubul. 
A dog was “Mirri’ in Wailwun and Turrubul, and the Dingo was “Murren” 
in Kamilaroi. In Brough Smyth’s monumental work we find the names for 
Dingo as follow:—“Myeye” (Karaula River); “Mirree” (Wellington Valley) ; 
“Merry” (Regents Lake, Lachlan River); “Merrigang” or “Warrigal’ (Wol- 
londilly River) and “Mehee” (Moreton Bay). The word “Waragul” or 
“Wuragul” signified wild or savage in the dialect of the Yarra and Western 
Port natives of Victoria. 

Breton gives “Miree” for the Native Dog at Bathurst. Turning to the 
somewhat erratic vocabulary of Threlkeld we find:—‘“Tingko,” a bitch, evi- 
dently the origin of the popular “Dingo.” But we find that a tame dog was 
“Wa-ri-kul” and the species dog in general was “Wor-rikul.” The wild dog 
species was “Mur-rong-Kai,” “Yu-ki” being the wild native dog and “Mir-ri” 
the wild native bitch. 

The term “Yaraman” for horse was widespread. In Kamilaroi, accord- 
ing to Ridley, “Yaraman” was derived either from the sound of the neighing 
of the horse or was in allusion to its large and powerful teeth. (‘‘Yira” or 
“Yera’’—teeth, and “Man’’—with). The same name, however, occurs in the 
George’s River, Appin and Cowpasture language, where it is interpreted as 
being derived from “Yarra” to throw fast. 

As is only to be expected, many of the terms in En-nee-win, Ngarrabul, 
Pikumbul and Yookumbul are very similar, if not quite identical. Others, 
however, are quite distinct, so that throughout Australia there was a per- 
fect babel of tongues. It is exceedingly interesting to note, in spite of many 
conspicuous divergencies, the connection by points of similarity between 
the languages of the native tribes separated from each other by many 
hundreds of miles of territory. The onomatopeeic designations are of 
special interest. In this connection I might quote also the name “Warreet” 
given to me many years ago by an aboriginal on the Barrington River, New 
South Wales, for the Blue Mountain Parrakeet (Trichoglossus moluccanus— 
Gmelin). This excellently imitates the screeching cry of the bird. It seems 
to me a pity not to preserve as far as possible the native names for the 
various animals and plants, and, where practicable, popularise them as pre- 
ferable to the clumsily manufactured ones accepted in authoritative works. 
A fish which I did not identify was very many years ago termed for me 
“Goo-al” by a La Perouse aboriginal. Surely such a word is brief enough 
and sufficiently euphonious to be perpetuated as a popular name. 


372 


THE LORICATES OF THE NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 
(Class Mottusca—Order LorRIcaTA) . 
By A. F. Basset HuLL and JEAN RIsBEc, D.Sc. 
II. 
Plate xxxi. 
ISCHNOCHITON ACOMPHUS H. & R. 


Za 
a 
a 
Wy 
Z 
Ve 
Wied 


Explanation of Figures. 
Megalaesthetes and micraesthetes—magnification 1300. 
& 3. Micraesthetes greatly magnified—magnification 4500. 


Oesophageal wall thrown back in front to the level of the anterior end 
of the radula. (a) salivary gland. (b) orifice of the salivary gland. 
(ec) radula. (d) sub-radular bulb. 


Salivary glands viewed dorsally in their normal position. (a) salivary 
gland. (b) buccal ganglion. (This ganglion is found in front of the 


gland, and underneath, in consequence of the position of the oesophageal 
wall, which at this level is nearly vertical above the mouth). 


1h 
2 
4. 


HULL AND RISBEC. 373 


Since the publication of the first part of this paper it has been possible 
to make the following observations regarding this species:— 


Salivary glands. These glands open into the anterior portion of the 
digestive tube. They are quite simple, in shape, like the slightly enlarged 
finger of a glove; in colour they are white. They discharge in front of the 
anterior part of the sub-radular bulb, through two large orifices in the 
form of slits. They are found a little in front of the posterior edge of the 
first valve of the shell, and as they are situated quite close to this valve 
are easily extracted when the valve is removed. The two glands are close 
to each other at their base, and the white tissues of the glands will, when 
stretched out, nearly join again on the median line. 

Sensory organs of the shell. Ischnochiton acomphus does not possess 
any ocelli. It is abundantly provided with megalaesthetes and micra- 
esthetes. The megalaesthetes are spindle-shaped, and their average 
measurement is 26,. The micraesthetes spring from the megalaesthetes, 
or even form separate bunches. The nerves proceeding from the mega- 
laesthetes may nevertheless inter-ramify them. The micraesthetes 
measure 4,,. 

Reproduction. Fresh observations confirm the fact that the extrusion 
of eggs is effected at periods quite unconnected with lunar changes. Thus 
after the full moon of the 8th September, 1930, eggs were extruded on the 
9th, then on the 12th, and finally on the 16th of that month. The “laying” 
of the 16th was very abundant, about 300 eggs being counted. 


II. Family LEPIDOPLEURIDAE. 
li. Genus ParacHiTon Thiele, 1909. 
2. PARACHITON LIFUENSIS N.. Sp. 
Plate xxxi., figs. 1-7. 
(a). The Sheil. 


Shell small, narrow, round-backed, moderately elevated, side slopes 
rounded, not keeled. Colour, creamy buff, sometimes maculated with 
reddish. Sculpture uniformly grain-striate. 

Anterior valve very finely closely rayed, and having a distinct mar- 
ginal growth ridge. 

Median valves: Lateral areas raised, clearly differentiated, radially 
grain-striate, the rays crossed by eight to ten low growth lines or folds, 
terminating in a marginal ridge; central areas with about forty straight 
longitudinal rows of granules, sometimes coalescing, the granules larger 
than those on the lateral areas. 

Posterior valve large; mucro sharp and situated almost above the 
posterior margin; postmucronal slope steep, convex; post-mucronal area 
very small; ante-mucronal area very large; the sculpture of the whole 
valve resembling that of the anterior valve, but granules larger, increasing 
in size, and radiating outwards towards the margin. Girdle densely 
clothed with fine elongate glassy spicules, projecting at margins. 

Interior pearly white; sutural laminae large, distant. 

Dimensions: 15 x 6 mm. (type, dried and somewhat curled). 

Station: On or under dead coral or stones, below low water mark. 

Habitat: Loyalty Islands, Lifu (3 examples, Hull), Ile Mouac (1 example, 
Risbec) . 

Remarks: This shell is characteristic of the Australasian species of the 
genus, and is closely allied to P. puppis Hull, from Port Jackson, although 
quite easily separated, especially in life, by the distinctive coloration and 
coarser sculpture. 


374 LORICATES OF NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 


(b). The Animal. 


Externai characters. The foot is narrow, ivory colour, and less than 
one-third of the size of the whole animal. The mouth is supported by a 
strong projection, rounded in front, and truncated behind in a half-moon. 
This projection is enframed in front and laterally by a folded hood. The 
anus, situated above the posterior termination of the foot, is supported by 
a slightly projecting tube. The gill-rows at the sides of the foot only ex- 
tend over the lower half of that organ. In the single example available 
for study, 17 gills were counted on each side; it is probable that this number 
varies a little in different specimens. The gills are very wide, their size 
being included in this instance in a plane perpendicular to the longitudinal 
axis of the animal. 


, Digestive apparatus. The papillary sacs are well developed, and show 
thick short papillae, widened at the head. The heads of the papillae are 
compressed against each other (fig. 4). The sub-radular organ, situated 
very near the mouth, is well developed, and consists of two lateral masses. 
The radula shows 44 fully developed rows, and 10 rows in course of for- 
mation. The central tooth is narrow, and bears a very slightly recurved 
cusp. The second lateral is strongly developed, massive, with three weak 
points, its base showing a supplementary apophysis. The projecting 
palette which follows the fourth lateral is irregularly developed and the 
widened part is lacking in certain rows. The radular teeth are very elastic, 
and of a cartilaginous consistency. One can distort them easily without 
breaking them. 


Sensory organs of the shell. Observations were made in respect of a 
shell which had been dried for a long time, and was merely decalcified. 
There are no ocelli. The disposition of the megalaesthetes and micra- 
esthetes is most remarkable. The megalaesthetes are arranged very re- 
gularly in rows. Each of these organs is swollen like an amphora, and its 
very short neck terminates in a rather large megalopore. Each mega- 
laesthete bears only two micraesthetes with very short peduncles, arranged 
quite regularly to right and left. 


(Note: Only one animal having been available for dissection, it has 
not been possible to furnish a description of the other organs). 


Parachiton lifuensis. Explanation of Figures. 
(See opposite.) 


Anterior portion of the animal viewed ventrally. 

The whole animal viewed ventrally. (a) foot. (b) gills. (c) mouth. 
One half of a radular row—magnification 250. 

Single papilla of a papillary sac. 

Single megalaesthete and its micraesthetes—magnification 1200. 


The whole of the sensory organs in one part of the shell, showing the 

very characteristic arrangement of the megalaesthetes—magnification 

42. 

7. Free extremity of the radular hook, situated at the exterior of the 4th 
lateral. 

8. Central tooth, side view. 


9. A view of the 2nd lateral. 


om kw N 


375 


HULL AND RISBEC. 


Parachiton lifuensis H. & R. 


376 LORICATES OF NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 


Ill. Family CALLISTOCHITONIDAE. 
iii. Genus LopHocuiton Ashby, 1923. 
3. LOPHOCHITON GRANIFER (Hull). 


Callistochiton granifer Hull, Aust. Zool., iii., 1923, 161, pl. xxv., figs. 5-8. 
Palm Islands, Queensland. Type in Australian Museum. 

Lophochiton granifer (Hull), Iredale & Hull, Aust. Zool., iii., 1925, 356, pl. 
xl., figs. 9-13. 


Three examples only of this shell were collected, two near Onen Toro 
(S.W.) and one at Ichio (East Coast). It is not considered necessary to 
add anything to the shell descriptions already published in this journal, 
but the following observations made from a dried shell relate to the 


Sensory organs of the shell. 
(Observations made from a 


dried shell). The arrangement 

is confused and difficult to 

study. There are no ocelli. The 

megalaesthetes are elongated, 

and each one bears numerous 

micraesthetes (see fig). The 

micraesthetes have elongated S 

peduncles. 2 
O 

Megalaesthetes and micraesthetes 
—magnification 1000. 


IV. Family CRYPTOCONCHIDAE. 


/ 


SR) 


iv. Genus ACANTHOCHITON Gray, 1821. 
4. ACANTHOCHITON cuRIOSUS Iredale & Hull. 


Acanthochiton curiosus Iredale & Hull, Aust. Zool., iv., 1925, 
87, pl. x., fig. 24, 25. Armit Island. Type in Queensland Museum. 


This shell is not common, but four examples were taken on Ile aux 
Canards, near Noumea. Its station there was similar to that in its Queens- 
land habitat, being under pieces of dead coral lying in muddy sand. When 
found, these four shells were under coral completely exposed and dry on 
the surface, the tide having receded, but there was plenty of moisture 
underneath to keep the girdles supplied with water. 


HULL AND RISBEC. 377 


It has not been possible to make an anatomical study of this species. 
Observations have only been made on the radula, and the specimen used 
had long been dried. This radula shows no important difference from that 
ot A. tridacna. The central tooth, however, is narrower, and its free sur- 
face bears a crest with its principal projection directed towards the front; 
this condition being the opposite of that which is generally observed; but 
it must be pointed out that there is no question here of a true cusp. The 
first lateral is better developed and more extended transversely. The other 
teeth do not call for particular mention. 


IP 


Acanthochiton curiosus. 
One half of a radular row—magnification 200. 


[ACANTHOCHITON BELLIGNYI Rochebrune. 


Acanthochites bellignyi Rochebr., Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, 1883-4, 37. New 
Caledonia. Type in Paris Museum. 


Acanthochites bellignyi Rochebr., Pilsbry, Man. Conch., xv., 1893, 29. 


Pilsbry’s translation of Rochebrune’s description is as follows:—‘“‘Shell 
elongated; ashen, marbled with white and tawny. Anterior valve rounded 
elliptical, posterior very minute; intermediate valves having the central 
areas smooth, lateral areas concentrically scaly, scales spatuliform. Mar- 
ginal ligament rather wide, brown, with 9 blue bunches. Length 15, breadth 
8 mill.” 


Mr. Tom Iredale, who has seen the so-called type shell in the Paris 
Museum, states that it appears to be of the A. zelandicus group. He does 
not think it is a New Caledonian shell. As we have failed to find any 
Acanthochiton resembling even remotely Rochebrune’s shell, we merely re- 
cord it here, and concur with Iredale as to the locality assigned being 
erroneous. ] 


378 LORICATES OF NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 


v. Genus Lopopiax Pilsbry, 1893. 
5. LOBOPLAX TRIDACNA Rochebrune. 


Plate xxxi., figs. 8-15. 


Acanthochites tridacna Rochebr., Bull. Soc. Phil. Paris, 1880-1, 121. 
Acanthochites (Loboplax) tridacna Rochebrune, Pilsbry, Man. Conch., Xv., 

1893, 40. 

Loboplax tridacna (Rochebrune) Thiele, Rev. Syst. Chitonen I., in Chun’s 

Zoologica, Heft 56, 1909, 38, pl. v., figs. 22-31. 

Pilsbry’s translation of Rochebrune’s description is as follows:— 

“Shell ovate-elongate, white, shining. Anterior valve rounded, strongly 
7-lirate radially, the lirae thick, rounded, scaly, elevated in front. Inter- 
mediate valves broadly triangular, the central areas longitudinally striated 
at the apices, scaly at the sides; lateral areas bi-lirate, the lirae scaly. 
Posterior valve very small, nearly concealed, subquadrate, bi-lirate. Girdle 
wide, grey, pilose, clothed with whitish down; tufts 9, white, glassy. 

“Length 27, breadth 16 mm. 

“New Caledonia (Presented to the Paris Museum by the Colonial 
Museum) .” 

Pilsbry adds: “This is evidently a form allied to A. violaceus and A. 
costatus. The seven anterior ribs mentioned evidently include the sutural 
margins, the number five being constant in this group.” 

Thiele, having the type before him, redescribed and figured this shell. 

For the purpose of maintaining a uniform mode of description in this 
work, we submit a further redescription. 

Shell medium, elongate, narrow, elevated, carinated, side slopes convex. 
Colour generally creamy white, the prominent sculptured ribs shining 
white; occasionally greenish, the ribs and jugal area being deep green. - 

Anterior valve with five very prominent ribs formed by white, shining, 
rounded pustules, becoming obsolete at the apex, and increasing rapidly in 
size towards the anterior margin and projecting over the girdle, giving the 
margin a scalloped appearance; the spaces between the ribs covered with 
small rounded pustules. 

Median valves strongly beaked, covered, except as regards the jugum, 
with numerous large, rounded pustules, and having a very strong diagonal 
formed of prominent shining pustules, similar to those forming the ribs on 
the anterior valve; the pustulose sculpture diminishes rapidly towards the 
jugum, and there becomes longitudinally grain-striate. 


Explanation of Figures. 
(See opposite.) 


1. Ventral view of the animal, partly retracted—magnification 10. (a) 
partly enclosed foot. (b) swollen hairy cushions. (c) cushions sur- 
rounding the anus. 

2. Male genitalia. (a) gland. (b) colourless sac from whence the eva- 
cuating canal proceeds. 

3. Another arrangement of the same. Lettering as above. 

4. The whole digestive apparatus. (a) oesophagus. (b) papillary sac. 
(c) liver. (d) intestine. (e) rectum. Magnification about 10. 

5. The whole digestive apparatus from another specimen. Lettering as 
above. 

6, 7, & 8. Diagrams showing differing arrangements of the digestive tube; 
the visible portions of the digestive tube when this organ is viewed 
under the conditions shown in figs. 4 and 5 are drawn in unbroken 
lines, the hidden parts in dotted lines. 


379 


HULL AND RISBEC. 


<< 


Sees 
SSS SSS SS SS See SSS 
WSs SSS 


FSS > 


Loboplax tridacna (Rochebr.) 


380 LORICATES OF NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 


Posterior valve small, the mucro at the posterior margin and projecting 
over the girdle; post-mucronal area having 5 heavy pustulose, recurved ribs, 
the two anterior ones branching outwards and forming a diagonal like 
those of the median valves, separating the ante-mucronal from the post- 
mucronal area, the former being disproportionately large, and sculptured 
with rounded pustules, similar to those of the central areas of the median 
valves. 

Girdle wide, spongy, covered with fine glassy spicules above, and with 
minute imbricating scales on the underside. Sutural tufts large, white, 
eight on each side, and two in front of the anterior valve. 

Interior pearly-white or greenish, according to the exterior colour oi 
the shell. Slits 5—1—5, the teeth of the tail valve very thick and blunt. 

Dimensions (of shell described): 24 x 10 mm. (dried and somewhat 
curled). In life the girdle is as wide as the exposed portion of the shell. 
Station: On the underside of stones or dead coral, below low water 
mark. : 

Habitat: New Caledonia. 

Remarks: This shell is not uncommon in the vicinity of Noumea, many 
specimens having been collected on Ile Brun at the entrance to the harbour. 
Its nearest ally is A. leuconotus Hedley & Hull, from Lord Howe Island, 
from which it differs principally in the much coarser sculpture, and the 
remarkable shape of the posterior valve. Two forms exist, one as described, 
the other narrower, and with notably finer sculpture, in this respect ap- 
proaching still closer to A. leuconotus, but the posterior valve remains a 
marked differentiating feature. This second form is generally of a greenish 
colour. Both forms are figured. 


(b). The Animal. 


External characters. The foot is nariow and ivory-coloured. On ex- 
amining the ventral surface of an example detached from its resting place, 
the aspect indicated by fig. 1 is obtained. On the inner margin of the 
girdle there is a series of thick cushions with a hairy appearance. Two.of 
these cushions, the most important, frame the foot to right and left in such 
a manner that this organ is deeply imbedded. The gills are thus invisible, 
since the sides of the foot themselves are covered. The mouth is sur- 
rounded, as in Ischnochiton acomphus, by a projecting ledge, and is also 
completely invisible. The anus is surrounded by four hairy nipples. The 
arrangement of the gills is extremely variable in different specimens; the 


Explanation of Figures. 
(See opposite.) 


9. Anterior region of the digestive tube. (a) papillary sac. (b) hepatic 
orifice. (c) radular sac—magnification 35. 

10. The liver raised; the stomach turned to the left 90°; the intestine re- 
maining in position. 

11. Left side of the stomach. 

12. Cartilage of the buccal bulb. (a) thick white region. (b) muscles— 
magnification 70. 

13. Semi-diagrammatic design showing the arrangement of the salivary 
gland above and in front of the bulb. (a) salivary gland. (b) buccal 
bulb. (c) radular sac. 

14. Detached salivary gland. (a) stomato-gastric connective. The buccal 
ganglion is hidden by the gland. 

15. Entire nervous system. (a) & (b) cerebral arches. (c) pedal nerve 
ribbon. (d) palleal ribbon. (e) buccal ganglion. (f) nerve ganglion. 


—_— 


HULL AND RISBEC. 381 


Loboplax tridacna (Rochebr.) 


382 LORICATES OF NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 


gills are always few in number—7 to 9 on each side. It would appear that 
as the size of individuals, that is to say their growth expansion, increases, 
tne gill mass is adjusted to occupy a progressively diminishing 
portion of the body length; it is, of course, always situated in the posterior 
zone. It can therefore be seen that the gills extend over the posterior half 
of the foot, or a lesser part, even as little as one-third of its length. The 
gill-rows of one side are shown in fig. 16. They are regularly crescent- 
shaped, running from front to back, the points being directed towards the 
foot, and are closely coupled. In the example which possessed nine gills 
on each side, the first was the smallest. 

Digestive apparatus. As appears to be customary among the Loricates, 
the digestive tubes of the examples examined showed great variation. The 
arrangement of the intestinal canals does not appear to follow any rule. 
Figs. 4 and 5 show two very different types of system. In the first case the 
buccal bulb and the papillary sacs are relatively well developed, while the 
intestinal coils are simple; in the second case, the contrary obtains, in that 
the region of the bulb is attenuated, compared with that of the intestine. 

The diagrams in figs. 6, 7 and 8 show the course of the digestive tubes 
in three different individuals (with those parts which are hidden by the 
liver shown by dotted lines) and also demonstrate those important dif- 
ferences which can be seen in the arrangement of the intestine. The 
strongly developed buccal tube is usually hidden by the anterior part of the 
oesophagus, and by the papillary sacs. The general arrangement of the 
muscles is governed by the development of the two cartilages shown in fig. 
12. These cartilages are translucent, with a more opaque swollen fusiform 
portion towards the head and the dorsal side, and into the gradually 
diminishing posterior part are inserted the greater portion of the muscu- 
latory fibres of the bulb. The radular sac is short; the number of fully 
developed rows is approximately 40. The central tooth of each row is very 
remarkable. In order fully to understand its construction, a lateral view 
of it is shown in fig. 18. It is very weak, transparent and easily distorted 
(elastic). It is shaped like a mushroom with a slender peduncle support- 
ing a concave oval plate in its central zone, and displaying a projecting 
ledge in front. The small first lateral projects in the form of a triangle. 
The powerful second lateral is tricuspid. The third and fourth laterals 
show very great differences in appearance, according to the manner in 
which they are viewed under the microscope. Both have a strong project- 
ing crest on the basal plate. The projecting palette which follows the 
fourth lateral is plainly situated at the exterior of this tooth. In Ischno- 
chiton acomphus this palette is placed rather behind the fourth lateral and 
turns round this tooth until it approaches the interior face of it (towards 
the axis of the radula). The other radular teeth do not show any note- 
worthy characters. The radular sac is enclosed first by the papillary sacs 
towards the upper side and laterally, second by the oesophagus at the top, 
and third by the hepatic lobe placed under the stomach to the left and 


Explanation of Figures. 
(See opposite.) 


16. Complete gill-row on one side of the body. (a) margin of the foot. 

17. One half of a radular row—magnification 420. 

18. Central radular tooth, three-quarter view. 

19 & 20. Two views of the 2nd radular lateral. 

21. Diagram indicating the distribution of the sensory organs on the pos- 
terior valve, these organs occupying the dotted regions. 

22. Distribution of the sensory organs on the median valves. 


384 LORICATES OF NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 


towards the under part. It is sulphur-yellow in colour. The oesophagus 
receives two small symetrically arranged glands at its most anterior point 
and at the level of the anterior extremity of the radula. Each of these 
glands occupies the anterior angle of the stomato-gastric nervous system, 
and conceals the anterior ganglion of this system. It is in Acanthochiton 
that one finds these glands in their most characteristic form. The canal 
is considerably swollen and ovoid, and at its distal extremity six glandular 
bodies are grouped, displaying a regularly palmate arrangement. These 
glands are ivory-coloured, of small size, and easily escape notice, because 
they are situated so much in front in a region where numerous muscles are 
interlaced. The papillary sacs display a development and arrangement 
varying greatly in individual examples. In the animal represented by fig. 
9 the right papillary sac is much more developed than the left; it extends 
a considerable distance towards the under side, as indicated by dotted lines. 
In the case of the animal represented by fig. 5, the two sacs, greatly re- 
duced, are symmetrical. In every case the sacs contain very long fringed 
papillae, and present a bristling appearance, due to the emission of secre- 
tions. After a very short distance the oesophagus becomes enlarged into a 
stomach. While it is not possible to lay down a general rule, it seems that 
the development of this organ is in inverse ratio to that of the papillary 
sacs; that is to say that when the sacs are relatively well developed, the 
stomach is more reduced. In the case of the example shown in fig. 9, the 
stomach, simple in form, receives the hepatic tubes at two opposite points, 
at the entrance and at the outlet of the organ. The example represented 
by fig. 5 shows a stomach of a much more complex form. This organ is 
hidden in fig. 5 by the front lobes of the liver. Fig. 10 shows it isolated and 
turned towards the left at an angle of 90°. Fig. 11 shows another aspect of 
this stomach; the visible side in this figure is the left side which shows a 
track corresponding to the impression of the hepatic lobe. From the 
stomach and up to the position marked on the intestine by a cross in fig. 
5 one finds in the interior of the intestine a thick, white, opaque plate, de- 
tached from the side, and which seems to be intended to direct the food. 
From the place where this plate disappears, the intestine, instead of being 
grey, shows a blackish colour. The very irregular liver shows lobes of a 
light greyish colour. The terminal portion of the rectum is sometimes 
swollen into a blister, but this condition is not constant. 


Nervous system. In the whole of the anterior zone where the cerebral 
and pedal cords surround the buccal orifice, these cords, relatively very 
large, are closely coupled. They constitute, at the point where they divide, 
an important nerve-mass on each side; the two masses being united by a 
commissure. The well-developed palleal cords show at their points of origin 
a series of successive fusiform swellings. The pedal cords are a little less 
strong, and come together mutually to follow the lateral parts of the foot. 
Connectives proceed from the palleo-pedal ganglion masses to the ganglia 
placed at the anterior portion of the oesophagus. These ganglia are in the 
shape of flattened tetrahedrons. They are connected by an anterior com- 
missure which is in a sense a collar which surrounds the oesophagus and 
which bears two fusiform ganglionary swellings. As to the details of dif- 
ference, the arrangement is nearly the same as in Ischnochiton acomphus. 
Further, in the Loricates the nerve organs seem to show a similar constitu- 
tion in the various species, and do not show individual variations worthy of 
notice. 

Reproductive organs. The genital organ is white in the male, ivory- 
coloured in the female. In both instances it is placed dorsally, above the 
digestive organs. It projects in front up to the posterior portion of the 


HULL AND RISBEC. 385 


bulb. Its form is not constant, but is always that of a rather irregular 
narrow sac. The eggs are arranged on the transverse folds of the side of 
the organ. They fall into two lateral pockets, situated either behind the 
organ (fig. 2) or in such a manner as to cover the posterior portion of the 
organ by projecting more towards the front. These pockets are whitish on 
one side, with spiral projections from the side, giving the appearance of a 
specialised conduit. 

Circulatory system. The heart is transparent, situated right at the 
back, presenting the usual arrangement of two auricles on each side. 

Sensory Organs of the shell. The shell does not display any ocelli. If 
one is satisfied merely to study a decalcified shell the presence of a thick 
epidermis, dirty, and overgrown with algal threads, renders any useful 
observations impossible. Even suitable areas, which have an appearance 
as of unpolished glass, only allow unpigmented megalaesthetes to be seen. 
For a complete study, the shells were treated in the following manner:— 
Ten minute’s immersion in boiling caustic soda, then in diluted hydrochloric 
acid until decalcified, after which they were stained with eosine. The 
megalaesthetes are only distributed over certain special areas of the valves; 
they have not been found on the anterior valve. The posterior valve only 
shows them in the ante-mucronal area. ‘The median valves have mega- 
laesthetes in the middle of the central areas and in the lateral areas. The 
diagrams (figs. 21 and 22) indicate by dotted areas the distribution of these 
sensory organs. In the central areas the megalaesthetes are directed from 
the front towards the back—that is to say, the nerve comes from the front, 
while the megalopore is posterior. In the lateral areas the nerves come 
from the outer side. In the central areas, which together form a median 


Jn) , 
ae 


Q 


23 


Loboplax tridacna (Rochebr.) 
23. Diagram indicating the relative positions of the megalaesthetes. 
24. Megalaesthetes and micraesthetes—magnification 1400. 
25. Appearance frequently presented by the terminal extremity of the 
megalaesthetes. 


386 LORICATES OF NEW CALEDONIAN REGION. 


band along the whole length of the carapace, the megalaesthetes are rather 
numerous and crowded; fig. 23 gives an idea of the manner in which they 
are distributed. They form rather regular longitudinal lines. In each of 
these lines there are fifteen megalaesthetes to a valve. The central area 
of a valve contains from 150 to 250 of these organs. The lateral areas are 
far less well supplied. The shape of the organs is sufficiently well indicated 
in fig. 24. Fig. 25 gives an aspect often presented by the region of the 
megalopores under preparation. The micraesthetes are very irregularly 
distributed; they are small ovals with a very fine and long nerve. The 
average length of a megalaesthete from its megalopore to its posterior con- 
traction is, on an average, 42,. 

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXI. 
. Parachiton lifuensis Hull & Risbec, whole shell. 
Parachiton lifuensis Hull & Risbec, anterior valve. 
Parachiton lifuensis Hull & Risbec, one-half median valve. 
Parachiton lifuensis Hull & Risbec, posterior valve. 
Parachiton lifuensis Hull & Risbec, interior of anterior valve. 
Parachiton lifuensis Hull & Risbec, interior of median valve. 
Parachiton lifuensis Hull & Risbec, interior of posterior valve. 
Loboplax tridacna (Rochebr.), coarsely sculptured form. 
* Loboplax tridacna (Rochebr.), finely sculptured form. 
, 10. Loboplax tridacna (Rochebr.), anterior valve. 
, 11. Loboplax tridacna (Rochebr.), one-half median valve. 
, 12. Loboplax tridacna (Rochebr.), posterior valve. 
,, 13. Loboplax tridacna (Rochebr.), interior of anterior valve. 
, 14. Loboplax tridacna (Rochebr.), interior of median valve. 
, 15. Loboplax tridacna (Rochebr.), interior of posterior valve. 


Fig. 


OO AD IP we 


A NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA (BUPRESTIDAE). 
By H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S. 
STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) CALLUBRIENSIS N.sp. 


Elongate oval. Head, pronotum, scutellum and apex of elytra (narrowly) 
violet bronze, whole underside more coppery than violet; elytra testaceous 
with extreme apex dark. 

Head densely punctate, deeply excavate and channelled between eyes. 

Prothorax rather flat, widest at base, thence arcuately narrowed to apex 
without sinuation, apex truncate, base moderately bisinuate, anterior angles 
obtuse, posterior acute; whole surface uniformly, densely and finely punc- 
tate, with well-defined medial sulcus throughout, medio-basal area slightly 
depressed, without basal foveae. 

Elytra lightly widened at shoulders and compressed behind them, apices 
with a rather wide semicircular lunation, bounded by two rather long ex- 
ternal spines; margins entire; striate-punctate, the medial intervals flat, 
the lateral very lightly convex, each with a row of close punctures. Under- 
side, especially prosternum, strongly and densely punctate, a fine pubescence 
visible towards sides. 

Dimensions: 9 x 4 mm. e 

Habitat: New South Wales, Bogan River (Mr. I. Armstrong). 

A single 2 example was taken by Mr. Armstrong, of Callubri Station, 
and generously presented to me for description. In my re-tabulation 
(see ante, p. 349), it can only be confused with phaeorrhea Kirby 
and luteipennis C. & G. The latter is easily separated by larger size, con- 
vex elytral intervals and unarmed apices; the former by its green prothorax, 
elytra with apical two-thirds dark, and apices having the sutural spine 
pronounced. Holotype in Coll. Carter. 


387 


MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON MONOTREMES. 


By Harry BuRRELL, C.M.Z.S. 


In The Platypus (page 53) I touched on the remarkable transformation 
that takes place in the fore-claws of Ornithorhynchus anatinus during 
their growth, but at that time I had little knowledge of their structure. 
Since then, however, I have gone more fully into the matter, with the 
following results:—Some years ago, while engaged preparing intra-uterine 
material for the late Professor Launcelot Harrison, being pressed for time, 
I was compelled to bury a skinned carcase of an adult female platypus. It 
was placed in a clean, air-tight tin. 

Exactly five years afterwards I exhumed the remains, which con- 
sisted of a complete bony skeleton and skull. That is to say, with the ex- 
ception of one rapidly deteriorating front claw nail (out of twenty nails) 
nothing but true bone stood the test of time. Even the false teeth, which 
replace the true teeth of immature specimens, had completely disappeared, 
thus proving beyond doubt the fragility of their composition, at least when 
disconnected from their sockets. 

The fragile remains of the solitary claw nail (which fell to pieces while 
being handled) resembled a curled scale of a small fish, and was just as 
thin. This was all that remained of a fully matured nail which, obviously, 
represented the veneer-like upper surface of that member only. The rest, 
comprising the bulk, had already powdered away, leaving the bone of the 
claw as sound as the knuckle-bone. This claw-bone, though less curved, 
and, of course, uniformly larger, was exactly similar to the nailless claw 
of a nude nestling. It was accurately shaped at the base for the purpose 
of fitting on to the knuckle-bone, but more deeply grooved beneath, to 
allow for the gradual growth of its sinewy attachments. These conditions, 
I find, hold good with the claws of the feet and the hands alike, but are 
far more conspicuous in every respect in the make-up of the latter. In 
the very young, when the nail is forming over the bone, it appears to be 
of a gelatinous nature, and seemingly grows down gradually, as a quick, 
from the base of the bone, beneath the veneering. This veneering appears 
to be attached to the leathery covering of the otherwise bare knuckles or 
toes, as the case may be. However, it grows simultaneously around the 
bone, though obviously at a lesser rate beneath it, and, like a human nail, 
becomes hard and somewhat brittle with age. When matured it is almost 
as long again, and fully four times that in bulk (width and breadth) as its 
foundation bone. This quickening of tissue is exceptionally gradual during 
the secondary foetus stage. That is to say, after leaving the egg and while 
it is being continuously nursed by its mother for a fortnight, and has not 
yet tasted milk. After that, it is occasionally left alone for lengthy periods 
to sleep and grow in the nest, and this it does with greater rapidity than 
would be the case if it were more frequently disturbed to be suckled by the 
mother. 

From that age on to a month later the embryo can be said to be a 
nestling, because prior to this it has never actually come into contact with 
nesting material. When about five weeks old, and coming into pelage, it 
commences to crawl about and scratch the loosened earth beneath the nest 
and around the cavity walls, considerably enlarging their dimensions. This 
deliberate delving, then, is the first essential exercise necessary for the 
development of the nails, and it is remarkable how soon the nails tend to 
take shape. Still, until the young are about three months old far more 
sleeping (of a lethargic nature) takes place than digging, or even dining. 
From then on, swimming, as well as burrowing forms part of their routine 


388 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON MONOTREMES. 


work; but as most of this exercise is indulged in at dusk and dawn (if not 
throughout the night) under overhanging ledges, etc., observations of such 
exercises are seldom possible. Nevertheless, from what little I have observed 
in this direction, coupled with wnat I have ascertained from the move- 
ments of specimens of that age confined in a weanery, I am tempted to 
assert here that when a platypus is about four months old the claws are 
well set, both for swimming and burrowing. The assertion -regarding 
swimming may seem strange, but I am certain that strenuous down- 
swimming (erroneously referred to as “diving”) to the bed of a swollen 
river is practically impossible until the fore-claws assume their natural 
shape; otherwise, the swimming membrane, which projects well beyond the 
claw-tips, would receive punctures by being hard pressed against the down- 
turned, sharp claws of immature specimens. (See The Platypus, plate 9). 


I wish it to be understood that what I have mentioned above does not 
in any way conflict with the fact that nestlings can secure sufficient food- 
stufis, including aquatic vegetation, in and about the shallows adjacent to 
their haunts, from the time they desert their nests (at the age of six weeks) 
until they attain the semi-matured age of four months. But as sleep is 
most essential during this period, especially for the first few weeks of it, 
little energy is spent; consequently, little food is required. By experi- 
menting with twin nestlings (not a single specimen that may have been, 
on that account, gorged by the mother) I proved that they will not only 
live, but also grow (not fatten) for a month, under suitable treatment, and 
this without receiving any nourishment whatever other than mother’s milk, 
which in this case they had received prior to the test. If this form of 
lethargy is not akin to reptilian nature it certainly is not bird-like, nor is 
it in keeping, as far as I am aware, with the traits of true mammals. 


As previously stated, the transformation of the claw is very slow while 
the young are nude, or prior to the appearance of the pelage, but seeing 
that at the age of six weeks or thereabouts they would be commencing to 
dig and crawl about in their secondary haunts, I think about two months 
added to that period should prove ample time for the completion of the 
adult claw. Be that as it may, this I know:—When about twelve months 
old platypus are competent tunnellers. Now, to become so accomplished the 
creature must be in good condition, and, as such condition can only be 
brought about by the securing of suitable foodstuffs, most of which can 
only be obtained by strenuous swimming, is it not logical to surmise that 
a particular female specimen that furnished me with this information was 
neither a tyro nor a weakling? 

In 1928, owing to a repetition of floods during the rutting season of 
Ornithorhynchus, in the rivers of the Manilla district (the Manilla and 
Namoi) I found to my astonishment that the females did not excavate any 
breeding burrows in their customary banks from which (season after 
season) I had unearthed specimens for various educational institutions. 
Owing to these conditions, the first in my experience, I was unable to collect 
suitable material for my requirements. Prior to this I had despatched by 
rail 300 miles a 500 lb. weight apparatus, which I term a “Weanery,” to the 
field of contemplated action. All was in readiness weeks before the date I 
had set apart for the collecting of immature specimens for experimental 
purposes; but, unfortunately, I had counted my monotremes before they 
were hatched, and consequently was compelled to place the weanery under 
canvas for 12 months. 

The following year (1929) proved to be an ideal season for platypus, as 
also, by the way, appeared the previous nesting season; but on this later 
occasion the winter rains had not been at all severe during the rut, a fact 


BURRELL. 389 


which strengthened somewhat my earlier theory that the floods of 1928 had 
interfered considerably with the early copulating of couples in the locality. 
However, although I was convinced that my previous prediction was not 
wrong, I was perhaps over-anxious this season to test a new bank of the 
Manilla River, where an entrance to a burrow appeared to be more than 
the mere temporary variety of the previous year; and as it was well off my 
customary beat I decided to make investigations sixteen days earlier than 
the date I usually set apart for this collecting of nestlings at a given age. 

So, as an experiment for the season, on the 22nd of October investi- 
gations were made, and aiter following the tunnel for about ten feet my 
assistant came upon a small female platypus in the act of excavating a 
terminal cavity. So unusual was this discovery that at the moment I felt 
really sorry for having disturbed her, especially as I did not then require 
adult specimens. Indeed, I meditated releasing her immediately, but on 
second thoughts I changed my mind (chiefly because of her very small 
dimensions and gentle demeanour) and decided to test her in the infant 
weanery. Admittedly, I had faint hopes of her living for any length of 
time in a contrivance designed solely for nestlings, as she had already 
tasted, and perhaps to the full, the pleasures of wild life, and consequently 
would fret (as brooding females always do) no matter how snug their new 
quarters may be; for I had not made provisions for any water other than 
that required for drinking purposes. However, when one sets out in 
earnest on research work, sentiment must necessarily be relegated to the 
background, so without further hesitation I adhered strictly to my second 
thoughts. But, as ill-luck would have it this platypus died, just when I was 
ready and most anxious to make use of her weanery stall for an experi- 
ment with a nestling taken from its mother. 

The dead female measured fourteen inches from tip to tip, and on 
examining her reproductive organs, which showed signs of virginity, I came 
to the only conclusion possible, and that was (notwithstanding the floods 
referred to) that she was of the previous season’s brood. 

Now, providing she was hatched-out in the month of September, a 
month in which, probably, 90% of platypus eggs are deposited in this 
locality, she would have been sixteen months old when taken from the 
burrow, and even if we go back to the earliest month in which eggs have 
been recorded (August) she would only have been seventeen months old; 
but the latest date recorded (November 6th) which appears to be most 
feasible in this instance» because of the hindrance caused by the early 
floods of the previous year, would make her twelve months old. 


As against the measurement in length of this specimen (fourteen 
inches) a female (note sex) that I had fostered in the weanery for forty- 
seven days was thirteen inches long when she died at the age of three 
months. Compare these length measurements and you will find the 
creature that seemingly had enjoyed natural freedom, had grown in length 
one inch only in (say) twelve months. According to that rate of growth, 
if it be applicable throughout adult growth (a reasonable conjecture) up 
to the extreme measurement of twenty-four inches, then on attaining that 
length a fortunate male would probably be in a position to celebrate his 
twelfth birthday. How long he may live after the “celebration” I will 
endeavour to forecast:— 

I have only once during my lengthy experience measured a male of 
the above dimensions, and he covered the twenty-four inches without be- 
ing extended to the limit he could have stretched in life. His weight (after 
carrying two large grains of duck-shot in his thigh muscle, until morti- 
fication set in the flesh) was 44 lb. How long he had carried the shot I 


390 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON MONOTREMES. 


cannot say, but from the fact that a boy caught him by hand, in the act 
of crawling out of the river, it is safe to say he had lingered for several 
days before he was presented to me, and certainly such injuries would not 
tend to increase his weight. 

Remembering how very few specimens have been recorded measuring 
in the vicinity of twenty-four inches (never exceeding this length), al- 
though a considerable number have been taken for scientific purposes alone 
for many years, I suggest that the life of Ornithorhynchus is about on a 
par with that of a dog—say up to fifteen years. 


The reason that I have gone out of my way in an attempt to ascertain 
the longevity of Ornithorhynchus, is principally to satisfy persistent in- 
quirers—how long do they live?—who for the past twenty years have 
pestered me with the only catch-question they can conjure up (after hear- 
ing me out on other points pertaining to platypus), and if I have failed 
in my attempt to satiate their curiosity, then I have at least put the onus 
of answering the question on to the shoulders of others. And why not? 

Now, although length alone was sufficient to base the age of the four- 
teen inch specimen upon, the conditions of her reproductive organs were 
to be reckoned with also, and they, as I know them, coincided with what 
one would expect to find in a doubtful yearling. But whether or not I had 
correctly diagnosed their conditions is of little concern here, for according 
to my latest discovery of new-laid eggs (November 6th) even if she was 
not pregnant at the time she still had at least fifteen days (which I con- 
sider ample time) to be caught in a similar plight as the November brooder 
I unearthed that same season; and who can say that platypus do not lay 
both earlier and later than the dates of my recording? I wish it to be 
clearly understood here, that all of my research work has been linked up 
and based entirely on personal observations, and, practically speaking, re- 
stricted to one locality. 

There is another point I would like to touch upon concerning this 
particular female, and it is this:—Her false teeth, both top and bottom 
sets, were fully formed and unblemished. This, then, reinforced by the 
fact that the true tooth of a three month’s old specimen had disappeared 
in the process of natural shedding, should be sufficient evidence for one 
to assert that the shedding of true teeth and the development of false 
sets correspond with the period of transformation that has already been 
alluded to in connection with the maturing of the nails, i.e., four months. 
Accordingly, then, I am prepared to state that a platypus, apart from 
cohabiting, is fully equipped in every other particular to carry on alone 
until fully matured, even to the extent of self-preservation in time of flood. 
It may be that this seems astounding for a platypus at the age of four 
months, and especially if we consider the fact that weanery nestlings have 
not yet lost all of their true teeth, nor have they matured their nails, at 
the age of three months. But I believe that some allowance should be 
made for this, if only for the reasons that (1) in the first place they were 
not given any harsh foodstuffs that they may have otherwise procured had 
they been at large the while; and (2) in the second place, no hardened 
earth was at their disposal for muscular exercise and nail development, 
and this apart from the fact that swimming exercise also was denied them. 


Earlier in this article I pointed out that the false teeth of platypus 
were extremely brittle in composition, and now I suggest that because of 
this frailty, it is futile to expect to unearth fossilised false teeth of some 
remote ancestral creature for the purpose of determining its relationship 
with our living fossil Ornithorhynchus. Nothing would be gained on this 
point, even if we found a complete skull of some adult ancestral type that 


BURRELL. 391 


originally possessed teeth similar in composition to those peculiar to 
platypus. Moreover, the chances appear remote of finding fossilised true 
teeth of the immature platypus, unless they were fully calcified at the time 
of burial, a condition of dentition which, in the case of Ornithorhynchus, 
is no sooner perfected than the teeth are due for shedding. 

Now, as determining relationship solely by dentition is practically im- 
possible in this case, may I suggest that we should study the teeth sockets 
of fossils rather than the deciduous teeth of the living, or dentition dust of 
the dead. If the teeth sockets of Ornithorhynchus are unique in character 
—and I have an impression that they are, because of their specialised pur- 
pose of accommodating erratic deciduous teeth and false plates—then 
there should yet be some hope left for the student of comparative anatomy, 
if not for the field worker. 

I propose now to touch on the subject of lethargy—at times confused 
with true hibernation—and wish to record that this state of sleeping is 
indulged in, at will, by both Monotremes, Ornithorhynchus anatinus and 
Tachyglossus aculeatus alike, and evidently at any time during their exist- 
ence, and at any period of the year, according to the quantity of food avail- 
able. For instance, if a flush, or, better still, repeated flushes in the river 
happen to wash away the food supply, without interfering with the burrows 
of Ornithorhynchus, the occupants of such places will simply curl up and 
sleep until such time as the river recedes and normal conditions return, even 
though several weeks may elapse before normality is reached. This will be 
more readily understood when I explain that foodstuffs include not only 
aquatic fauna, but also their hosts, aquatic vegetation, an essential factor 
without which the fauna in question would fare very poorly. Of course, 
the sleeper, which probably lives on the fat of its tail the while, falls away 
considerably during a lengthy period of lethargy, but it is surprising how 
quickly condition and strength are regained and maintained for the lean 
time to come. Here is an instance:—When Ellis Stanley Joseph, zoological 
collector, was experimenting with platypus in captivity at Granville, N.S.W.., 
I was at his home one day supervising the construction of a portable con- 
trivance for the purpose of housing a poorly conditioned specimen that both 
Mr. Joseph and myself considered, at the time, would probably not live 
through the night. When I first saw the creature it was shivering with 
fever or cold on a sand-bank and peering into a tank of water from which 
it had recently crawled. Seeing that it appeared to be quite unconscious 
of our presence, and even of its prison surroundings, I unearthed a few 
worms from the garden to test its appetite. On my return, some time 
later, I observed that it had not changed its previous position, and, if any- 
thing, its rigors were more pronounced than before. Leaning directly 
above the creature, I dropped some worms, one at a time, on to its beak, 
whence they would quickly wriggle away to sink in the water. At first the 
platypus apparently took no notice of me and my food contributions; in 
fact, it appeared to be too far gone to take notice of either movement, 
vibration, or sound, although all this was taking place in the open and in 
broad daylight, I consider such actions extraordinary. Presently, however, 
as if awakening from a trance, it submerged the whole of its bill to puddle, 
just as I had dropped another worm from above, and, when the worm 
squirmed in the water, the platypus leisurely opened its beak and took it 
in, but whether the worm accidentally slipped down the creature’s throat or 
whether it had been deliberately devoured I cannot say. 

Anyway, this convinced me that there was still a chance left of saving 
the platypus if I got to work at once on some temporary contrivance suit- 
able for its immediate requirements. This I did by placing a hot-water bag 
beneath a dry straw bedding, in an old gin case with a feed-tin affixed con- 


392 MISCELLANEOUS NOTES ON MONOTREMES. 


veniently to one end. Knowing well that a platypus would rather die of 
starvation than take food away from water, I placed about a half pound 
weight of assorted foodstuffs in the receptacle and then filled it to the brim 
with water. After placing the patient on the cased bedding and nailing the 
lid down, I discovered that a two-inch strip, at one side of the lid, was badly 
fractured for its full length. However, as the case and its contents were 
to be kept in a locked-up kitchen for the night, I, with full confidence, 
placed three bricks (30 lb. weight) along the fracture, guessing that this 
would be ample weight to withstand the strength of a poorly conditioned 
platypus. When I arrived next morning I discovered that I was altogether 
wrong in my guess, for not only had the creature made good its escape, but 
it did so without displacing the bricks and strip of lid from the position in 
which I had placed them the night before. So much, then, for the escapee’s 
ability to readily regain strength and stamina after a term of extreme 
weakness. Perhaps I should explain how this apparently uncanny act was 
accomplished by this supposedly dull-witted creature. Between the side- 
board of the case (at the top) and the edge of the fractured lid, there was 
an opening of about a quarter of an inch, which could be reached com- 
fortably by the animal standing up on its tail and feet, upon the bedding. 
This it apparently did, and then, by thrusting its beak and hands through 
the opening, prized the board up gradually with its wedge-shaped head 
until it was sufficiently high for the insertion of the powerful neck and 
shoulders. Meanwhile, the bricks, though raised, would not have been 
shifted out of their original position. Once the shoulders took the weight 
(a simple matter) all else would be comparatively easy, for by holding on 
until the hind feet assisted at the enlarged aperture, the rest would prove 
a simple task for this amazing contortionist. A hump of the back and it 
would free itself sufficiently to let the weight down gradually on to the 
base of its tapering tail, which would then be withdrawn like a wedge, thus 
allowing the board with the bricks to drop back to their normal position. 
This evidently is what happened, for when I removed the lid, stains and 
scratches marked the trail of the patient’s departure from the ward. Gone, 
also, was every particle of the food, which with the hot-water bag was en- 
tirely responsible for the complete reviving of a dying monotreme. 

In conclusion, let me say this:—As these notes are confined to Mono- 
tremes, embracing the only living egg-laying mammals known, probably I 
can make that tie of relationship a little more binding by asserting here, 
that if there is anything novel about the transformation of the claws of 
the platypus (Ornithorhynchus anatinus), then certainly the same thing 
applies to the echidna (Tachyglossus aculeatus), if not to a greater degree. 
And apart from that fact, I firmly believe that the growth of Echidna 
(when young) like Ornithorhynchus is just as rapid, and, moreover, that 
sleep of a lethargic nature is essential to both, up to the age of three 
months at least. Whether I am correct or not in my description of the 
actual growth of Monotreme nails, the fact remains that they grow, and 
abnormally so in the case of Echidna; therefore it would interest me to 
know if any authentic comparison has been made with the nails of Mono- 
tremes, reptiles, and birds. 


393 


ROYAL ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF NEW SOUTH WALES. 


The Society’s First Patron. 


Although under the Articles of Association the Council has always had 
the power of appointing patrons and vice-patrons of the Society who need 
not be members thereof, no such appointment has hitherto been made. The 
Council was waiting for a suitable opportunity, and a wholly desirable ap- 
pointee. In His Excellency Air Vice-Marshal Sir Philip Woolcott Game, 
G.B.E., K.C.B., D.S.O., the State Governor, the Council has found the object 
of its desire, and His Excellency has been pleased to accept the appoint- 
ment. Sir Philip is a keen nature lover, and recently spent some days at 
National Park with the Boy Scouts, camping part of the time at the orni- 
thologists’ cabin and the cottage at Gundamaian, which the Park Trustees 
have placed at the disposal of members of the Society. On plate xxxii. will 
be found a group picture of our patron seated on the cabin verandah, dis- 
cussing bird subjects with Mr. A. H. Chisholm. 


Election of Fellows. 


Rules governing the election of Fellows of the Society, under amended 
Article of Association No. 17a, have been framed, as follows:— 


1. Nominations of ordinary or associate members for the title of 
“Fellow” must be made on a form provided for the purpose, signed by the 
nominator and seconded by another person, both of whom must be mem- 
bers of the Society. A statement of the services to Australian Zoology 
relied upon as qualifying the nominee for the title must be added. 

2. A Qualifications Committee shall be appointed by the Council, and 
shall consist of the President and Honorary Secretary, ex officio, together 
with two other members of the Council, who may co-opt the Professor of 
Zoology of the University of Sydney, or such other zoologist, not being a 
member of the Council, as they may think fit. 

3. Each nomination must be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, by 
whom it shall be referred to the Qualifications Committee for examination 
and report. 

4. The report of the Qualifications Committee shall be submitted to 
the Council at an ordinary meeting, and the nominations shall then be 
dealt with. 


The first election under these Rules took place on 28th January, the 
Council selecting six members upon whom the title was duly conferred. 
These were:— 


Herbert James Carter, B.A., F.E.S. 
Walter Wilson Froggatt. 

Arthur Francis Basset Hull, C.F.A.O.U. 
Tom Iredale. 

Theodore Cleveland Roughley. 

Robin John Tillyard, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. 


New Members. 


The following new members have been elected since the publication of 
the last list (August 20, 1930) :— 


Associate Benefactor.—Dr. Gustavus Athol Waterhouse. 


394 


Ordinary Members.—Thomas Butler,* Walter Percy Bradley, Grantley 
A. Duncan, Alan Fleming, K. A. Hindwood,* A. W. M. Mowle, and W. H. 
Turner.* (*Previously associate member). 

Honorary Associate Member—Ernest Mawle (Tasmania). 

Associate Members.—R. Blackwood, Noel Burnet,; M. Ferry, Matthew 
Edward Gray, J. Darvall Hunt, Mrs. C. A. Messmer, Harold S. Mort,+ Norman 
M. Smith,+ Miss Vera Irwin Smith,; Dr. K. K. Spence, and C. V. Thomson. 
(7 Previously ordinary member). i 


New Member of Council. 


Dr. E. A. D’Ombrain has resigned from the Council, and Mr. K. A. 
Hindwood has been elected to fill the vacancy. Mr. Hindwood has acted 
for some time as Honorary Secretary of the Ornithologists’ Field Club, and 
is a keen bird observer and photographer. 


Extension of Lease of Office. 


Arrangements have been made to renew the lease of the Society’s 
Office, in Bull’s Chambers, for a further term of three years. 


WONGA PIGEONS BREEDING IN CAPTIVITY. 


(Plate xxxii., fig. 1.) 


Mr. A. C. Noseworthy, of Brighton-le-Sands, near Sydney, has success- 
fully bred Wonga Pigeons (Leucosarcia pictata Latham) in captivity. His 
account is as follows:—‘‘The fernhouse in which the birds built their nest 
is as near to nature as I can get it, and is not really an aviary in the 
ordinary sense of the term. The spot chosen by the birds for their nest is 
quite open and not hidden in any way. It is really the overhang of a 
waterfall, and although the water runs all round the nest it does not dis- 
turb the birds. The nest is constructed of small Eucalyptus and Camphor 
Laurel twigs, varying in thickness. The floor of the fernhouse is covered 
with dry leaves, sticks and grass, and the nesting material used was picked 
up from this floor covering. When first starting to build both birds carry 
sticks to the chosen spot; the female settles herself in place and the male, 
standing on the female’s back, finishes the nest, weaving sticks round her 
until they assume the required shape. From the day the first egg is laid 
the nest is never left unoccupied by one or other of the birds until the 
young ones are able to fly, when the nest is deserted by all. The young 
birds do not return to the nest; they roost together for a few nights, and 
then separate. From the day they can fly they can also feed themselves. 
The parent birds sit for twenty-one days, taking turns in the incubation, 
the male sitting in the daytime. They cannot be driven off the nest, and 
are very spiteful if an attempt is made to disturb them. As soon as the 
young are hatched out the parents carry the empty shells as far as possible 
from the nest. The egg-shell appears to have a hole drilled by the adult 
bird, and also shows markings on the interior where the young bird had 
been picking from the inside. For the first few days after hatching the 
young the parent birds sit side by side in the daytime, as though the female 
did not like to leave them to the sole care of the male. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. Vi. PLATE XXI. 


Figs. 1-3. Neoferdina cumingii (Gray). Fig. 4. Ferdina flavescens (Gray). 


Photographs from the British Museum, 


Lon. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vl. PLATE XXIt. 


ale 
te 
» 
. 
af 
re 


_ 
6 


Ferdina flavescens Gray. 


Photographs from the British Museum. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOG!sT, Vol. Vi. PLATE XXIII. 


Neoferdina cumingii (Gray). 


Photographs from the British Museum. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. PLATE XXIV. 


Ferdina heffernanii Livingstone. 


Photographs by G. C. Clutton, 
Australian Museum. 


PLATE XXV. 


a Wi 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol 


Pseudorhombus anomalus Ogilby. 


Gilbert P. Whitley, del. 


PLATE XXVI. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. 


y 


( 
ti) 


x! 
ii 


Lg! 


i} 


i 
i 


My 


Wh 


Hi 
yi 

Ys 
Hip 


Blandowskius bucephalus Whitley. 


il. 


Monacanthus filicduda Gunther. 


2. 


Frank A. McNeill, del. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZooLogIsT. Vol. vi. PLATE XXVII. 


1. Paramonacanthus oblongus (Temminck & Schlegel). 


2. Paramonacanthus oblongus otisensis Whitley. 


Frank A. McNeill, del. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZooLocist, Vol. vi. PLATE XXVIII. 


Satin Bower Bird destroying another bird’s bower. 


Photograph by A. J. Marshall. 


PLATE XXIX. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. 


oe 
a 
mA 

O 

a 
N 
= 
ul 


NEW SPECIES OF STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) . 


4 


a 


nei 


es 


PLATE XXX. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOoLocIstT, Vol. vi. 


is 


bc 


mena 
Ve) 


Lc A UTI ep 


E.H.Zeck Del. 


New SPECIES OF STIGMODERA (CASTIARINA) . 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZooLoGiIstT. Vol. vi. PLATE XXXI. 


Figs. 1-7. Parachiton lifuensis Hull & Risbec. 
Figs. 8-15. Loboplax tridacna (Rochebrune). 


Joyce K. Allan, del. 


THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST, Vol. vi. PLATE XXXII. 


I. Wonca PIGEONS NESTING IN CAPTIVITY. 
Photograph by E. C. Noseworthy. 


II. THE SocrETy’s PATRON AT THE ORNITHOLOGISTS’ CABIN, NATIONAL PARK. 
Photograph by “Sydney Mail.” 


INDEX TO VOLUME ‘6. 


Aboriginal Animal Names, Some, by John MacPherson, M.B., Ch.M., 368. 
Australian Ants of the Genus Dolichoderus, by J. Clark, 252. 
—__————. Buprestidae (Addenda), by H. J. Carter, 107. 
. Notes on the Genus Stigmodera, by H. J. Carter, 337. 
Cistelidae, Check-List of the, by H. J. Carter, 269. 
Dolichopodidae, by G. H. Hardy, 124. 
Dryopidae, A Monograph of the, by H. J. Carter and E. H. 
Zeck, 50. 
Empididae. by G. H. Hardy, 237. 
Entomological Research, The History of, by Anthony Musgrave, 
189. 
Fishes, Five New Generic Names for, by G. P. Whitley, 250. 
—_____________.. New Names for, by G. P. Whitley, 310. 
Avian Sea-Toll, by Tom Iredale, 112. 
Bat Colony, A., by A. de Lestang, 106. 
Bees of Australia, The, by T. D. A. Cockerell, 137, 205. 
Burrell, Harry, Observations on the Platypus, 301, 387. 
Campbell, A. J., Obituary, 176, 178. 
Carter, H. J., Australian Buprestidae (Addenda), 107. 
—____— Check-List of the Australian Cistelidae, 269. 

New species of Stigmodera, 386. 

Notes on the Genus Stigmodera (Buprestidae), 337. 
—_________ and Zeck, E. H., A Monograph of the Australian Dryopidae, 50. 
Chaffer, Norman, The Cicada Bird, 203. 

—————————— _ Phe Opossum Mouse; 109: 
Cicada Bird, The, by Norman Chaffer, 203. 
Clark, J.. The Australian Ants of the Genus Dolichoderus, 252. 
Cockerell, T. D. A., The Bees of Australia, 137, 205. 
Colour and its Reproduction, by A. A. Lawson, 73. 
Crab-eating Seal, Occurrence of in New South Wales, by A. S. Le Souef, 99. 
Ferdina Gray, On the Restriction of the Genus, by A. A. Livingstone, 305. 
Fishes of New South Wales, Additions to the Check-List of, No. 3, by G. P. 
Whitley, 117. 
Fishes, New Names for Australian, by G. P. Whitley, 310. 
Fruit Bat, A Second Species of in New South Wales, by E. L. Troughton, 104. 
Great Carp, Introduction of into New South Wales, by D. G. Stead, 100. 
Hardy, G. H., Australian Dolichopodidae, 124. 
—_—. Australian Empididae, 237. 
Hull, A. F. Basset, Presidential Address, 6. 
and Risbec, Jean, Loricates of the New Caledonian 
Region, 277, 372. 
—_____ (See also Iredale and Hull). 
Illidge, Rowland, Obituary, 108. 
Iredale, Tom., Avian Sea-Toll, 112. 
—__—.. Some Notable Name Changes, 175. 
and Hull, A. F. Basset, Loricates of the Neozelanic Region, 


75, 157. 
Lawson, A. A.. Colour and its Reproduction for Lantern Slides, 73. 
Leach, J. A., Obituary, 176. 
Leatherjacket Genera, by G. P. Whitley, 179. 
Le Souef, A. S., Occasional Notes, 110. 
—__—. Occurrence of the Crab-eating Seal in New South Wales, 99. 
(See also Troughton and Le Souef). 


Livingstone, A. A., On the Restriction of the Genus Ferdina, 305. 
Loricate from Queensland, A New, by John S. Mackay, 102. 
Loricates Collected on the Coast of Queensland, by John S. Mackay, 287. 
Loricates of the Neozelanic Region, by Tom Iredale and A. F. Basset Hull, 
18), IBY). 
Loricates of the New Caledonian Region, by A. F. Basset Hull and Jean 
Risbec, 277, 372. 
Mackay, John S., A New Loricate from Queensland, 102. 
—______—_—_——_, Loricates Collected on the Coast of Queensland, 287. 
MacPherson, John, M.B., Ch.M., Some Aboriginal Animal Names, 368. 
Marshall, A. J., Notes on the Satin Bower Bird, 335. 
Mosaic-tailed Rats, New Forms of, by E. L. Troughton and A. S. Le Souef, 96. 
Musgrave, Anthony, Presidential Address, 189. 
Name Changes, Some Notable, by Tom Iredale, 175. 
Obituary :— 
A. J. Campbell, 176, 178. 
Rowland Illidge, 108. 
J. A. Leach, 176. 
Opossum Mouse, The, by Norman Chaffer, 109. 
Our Native Fauna, a Wasted Asset, by A. F. Basset Hull, 6. 
Platypus, Observations on the, by Harry Burrell, 301, 387. 
Presidential Addresses: — 
A. F. Basset Hull, 6. 
Anthony Musgrave, 189. 
Review, A Check-List of the Fishes recorded from Australia, 367. 
Risbec, Jean (See Hull and Risbec). 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales:— 
Annual Reports, 1, 181. 
Articles of Association, Amendment of, 182. 
Election of Fellows, 393. 
Election of Patron, 393. 
New Members, 3, 180, 183, 393. 
Rules, New (Election of Fellows), 393. 
The Society’s Jubilee, 2, 180. 
Satin Bower Bird, Notes on the, by A. J. Marshall, 335. 
Sections :— 
Avicultural, 182. 
Biological Survey, 13. 
Entomological, 13, 186. 
Marine Zoological, 14, 186. 
National Park Research Committee, 186. 
Ornithological, 15, 186. 
Syllabus of Meetings, 16, 188. 
Stead, David G., Introduction of the Great Carp into New South Wales, 100. 
Stigmodera, a New Species of, by H. J. Carter, B.A., F.E.S., 386. 
Striped Opossums of the Genus Dactylopsila, by E. L. Troughton, 169. 
Therevidae, Revisional Notes on Australian, Part 2, by John S. Mann, 17. 
Troughton, E. L., A Second Species of Fruit Bat in New South Wales, 104. 
——_____———, Striped Opossums of the Genus Dactylopsila, 169. 
and Le Souef, A. S., New Forms of Mosaic-tailed Rats 
from Hinchinbrook Island, Queensland, 96. 
Whitley, Gilbert P., Additions to the Check-List of the Fishes of New South 
Wales, No. 3, 117. 
, Five New Generic Names for Australian Fishes, 250. 
, Leatherjacket Fauna, 179. 
——_____—_—_——_,, New Names for Australian Fishes, 310. 
Wonga Pigeons Breeding in Captivity, 394. 
Zeck, E. H. (See Carter and Zeck). 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


‘ . 

% : MEMBERSHIP. 

.o Class. Amount of 

“ ; Subscription. 

‘ Araincigte MeTAanery fim. cine vat cits Ske ae 7 6 per annum. 

| Ordinary Member .. .. rete Si, 10 
(Members joining after Ist January in ‘any year pay one-half subscription.] 
Life Associate Member .. .. .. ; oto £3 15 0 in one sum. 
DG Yee oyri] P1 cy wet ya esha een TRI gaa a £10 10 0 a 
Associate Benefactor.................... £100 0 0 > 
Benefactor .. .. ee narra meee oe tues £500 0 0 Pe 
Endowment Member.................. .. £1,000 0 0 


No subscription. 
Honorary Associate Member . Se Elected for services to 
Honorary Member .............. .. .. ) Australian Zoology or to 
the Society. 
PRIVILEGES. 


Members of all classes are entitled to receive “The Australian Zoologist” 
s free, and may attend all meetings of the Society and its various Sections. 
Every member (other than an Associate or Life Associate member) receives 
a free pass to Taronga Zoological Park and Aquarium, and twenty tickets 
each year, admitting 20 adults or 40 children to the Park only. 


APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP. 


should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, Box 2399M.M., G.P.O., 
Sydney, accompanied by a remittance of the amount of subscription. The 
number of Ordinary Members is limited to 350, and should there be no 
vacancy at the time of application, the applicant will be registered as an 
Associate Member, and shall take precedence in accordance with the date 
of his admission to Associate membership. 


PUBLICATIONS. 
“The Australian Zoologist ”’ 


A Journal containing reports of the proceedings of the Society, papers 
relating to the Zoology of Australia, notes and comment upon matters 
coming within the scope of the Society’s aims and objects. Published at 
irregular intervals. 


VOLUME I. (1914-1920). Parts 1 to 8. 
256 pp. with 19 plates and 63 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 
VOLUME IT. (1921-2). Parts 1 to 4. 
172 pp. with 45 plates and 16 text figures. Unbound. Price 12/6 net. 
VOLUME II. 1922-5). Parts 1 to 8. 
362 pp. with 41 plates and 27 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 
VOLUME IV. (1925-7). Parts 1 to 6. 
362 Br xvi. pp. with 49 plates and 19 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 
VOLUME V. (1927-9). Parts 1 to 4. 
362 + viii. pp. with 41 plates and numerous text figures. Unbound. Price 
ec VOLUME VI. (1929-30). Part 1. 
Issued August 13, 1929. Price 10/6. Part 2. Issued January 14, 1930. 
Price 6/-. 


Paes Ty 


PUBLICATIONS (Continued) . 
AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS. 


Check-List of the Fishes and Fish-like Animals of New. South , Wales, ey Be i 
Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist, Australian Museum, with additions ‘by: 
Gilbert P. Whitley. 108 pp., 43 plates. Price, 2/-. Postage, Ad. 


[A few copies of the first edition, bound in boards, are pelos 
5/-. Postage, 4d.]. 


A Monograph of the Australian Loricates, by Tom Iredale Fo A oe 
Basset Hull. 168 + xiii. pp., 21 plates and portrait. Price, 5/-. Postage 


Application for Publications should be made to Hae apices aes tary, 
Box 2399 M.M., G.P.O., Sydney. . ; 


CONTENTS OF THIS PART. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales:— 
Annual Report . 
Balance Sheet . ce Bees 
Reports of Sevtiéiie IARI Gale” \ 
Marine Gootowi val Se Ie a INE eV EN yore 
Ornithological . 
Syllabus of Sectional Meetings, 1930-31 
National Park Research Committee .. .. 


Presidential Address: The marae of Australian urna oarsict Research, 2 
By Anthony Musgrave, FES. wa sia eas) ote a) A ile dew aihealsoajnl gs ee eae 


The Cicada Bird (Edoltisoma tenuinosire). By Norman Chaffer ad 
The Bees of Australia. By Professor T. D. A. Cockerell .. .. .. 
Australian Empididae. By G. H. Hardy .. .. .. .. 

Five New Generic Names for Australian Fishes. By G. P. > Whitley . 
Australian Ants of Genus Dolichoderus Riles os J. Clan, 


Check List of the Australian Cistelidae. Order Geuaneenne By) H. J. 
Carter, B.A. See as : A ah be tk) 


Loricates of the New Caledonian Region. (Class Mollusca—Order 
Loricata). By A. F. Basset Hull and Jean Risbec, D.Sc. Pek. 


Notes on Loricates (Chitons) collected on the ¢ Queensland | Coast. me 
J. S. Mackay, M.D. z f 


Observations on the Platypus. . By Harry Burrell, OMZS. 


“THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST: v2 by oa 
Communications intended for “The Australian: Zoologist” should t ee 
typewritten. 
Authors should ae whether proofs ey reprints are aeaneae Be 
submitting MS. Fifty reprints of any article appearing under a separate — 
title will be supplied gratis. If more are required, terms may be eee a 
on application to the Editor. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


MEMBERSHIP. : 
Class. Amount of 
Subscription. 
ASSOCIRLG HIMERTUIE EN! Os als Pee ete San Lhe 7 6 per annum. 
Ordinary Member .. .. . a kee EL ke 0 
[Members joining after 1st January in ‘any year pay one-half subseription.1 
Life Associate Member .. .. .. : ee £3 15 0 in one sum. 
Life Member .. .. .. eee pieiteleat av eiol ala Welnor ag LO: LO Oat My 
Associate Benefactor . PC eLa trees aa ayes £100 0 0 K 
FIGVICSHLME ape eats WR le a a ie £500 0 0 i 
Endowment Member.............-.. .. .. £1,000 0 0 ‘i 
Honorary Associate Member .. .. .... .. ae ia ara marca 2 to 


seta MEI B ene ces ta ey ayo yc che es \ Australian Zoology or to 
Ee ANAC ARS MaRS bie dee Nish ce ig) the Society. 
PRIVILEGES. 

Members of all classes are entitled to receive “The Australian Zoologist” 
free, and may attend all meetings of the Society and its various Sections. 
Every member (other than an Associate or Life Associate member) receives 
a free pass to Taronga Zoological Park and Aquarium, and twenty tickets 
each year, admitting 20 adults er 40 children to the Park only. 


APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP. > 


should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, Box 2399M.M., G.P.O., 
Sydney, accompanied by a remittance of the amount of subscription. The 
number of Ordinary Members is limited to 350, and should there be no 
vacancy at the time of application, the applicant will be registered as an 
Associate Member, and shall take precedence in accordance with the date 
of his admission to Associate membership. 


PUBLICATIONS. 


‘The Australian Zoologist ”’ 


A Journal containing reports of the proceedings of the Society, papers 
relating to the Zoology of Australia, notes and comment upon matters 
coming within the scope of the Society’s aims and objects. Published at 
irregular intervals. 


VOLUME I.. (1914-1920). Parts 1 to 8. 
256 pp. with 19 plates and 63 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 
VOLUME Ii. (1921-2). Parts 1 to 4. 
172 pp. with 45 plates and 16 text figures. Unbound. Price 12/6 net. 
VOLUME ITT. 1922-5). Parts 1 to 8. 
362 pp. with 41 plates and 27 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 
VOLUME IV. (1925-7). Parts 1 to 6. 
362 + xvi: pp. with 49 plates and 19 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 
VOLUME V. (1927-9). Parts 1 to 4. 
362 S a pp. with 41 plates and numerous text figures. Unbound. Price 
net. 
VOLUME VI. (1929-30). Part 1. 
Issued August 13, 1929. Price 10/6. Part 2. Issued January 14, 1930. 
Price 6/-. Part 3. Issued August 20, 1930. Price 7/6. 


- PUBLICATIONS (Continued.) 


AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS. 


5/-. 


ea 4d.J. 


A Monograph of the Australian Loricates, by Tom Iredale and 
exam Hull. 168 + xiii. pp., 21 Sees and ponent a 5/-. ' 


Box 2399 M.M., G-P.O., Sydney. 


CONTENTS OF THIS PART. 


On the Restriction of the Genus Ferdina gna ay pet A 
LivINSStome }, 75)... leet «sti eikiela Kishor cn) ae apne See 

New Names for Australian Fishes, by Gilbert P. Whitley .._ 

Notes on the Satin Bower-Bird, by A. J. Marshall, R.A.O.U. 


Notes on the Genus Stigmodera (Family Buprestidae) , by H. J. carter, 
BAN, SE ep ie eae EMU ME Aor) EIN ha Ma a ead 


Review: A Check-List of the yshies recorded from Australia .. Sigae Pee, 
Some Aboriginal Animal Names, by John MaePherson’ see: chm. 


AW) The Loricates of the New Caledonian Region, by A. F. Basset Hull and 
CHEM Jean; Risbec; sD.Se ees oe Ga a er a 


ty : A New Species of sthomnaera (Buprestidae), by H. 2 “Carter, BA, 


oe) 
‘ 


Miscellaneous Notes on Monotremes, by» Harry sic 


Royal Zoological Society—Notes .. ..... .. .. 0. se ee ee ee Bey Ae 


Wonga Pigeons Breeding In Captivity, by A. Cc; Noseworthy. % 


“THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST.” 


Colpniel calonn intended for “The rae Zoologist” should 
typewritten. | “Mee Ne ‘ vanines 


i Authors should state whether proofs anid reprints are Naat: when > 
Ai submitting MS. Fifty reprints of any article appearing under a separate 
ae title will be supplied gratis. If more are required, terms may be ascertained 

on application to the Editor. 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


MEMBERSHIP. 5 
Class. Amount of 
Subscription. 
Associate Member . So. 23, 4) RRR eee ee are 7 6 per annum. 
Ordinary Member .. .. wa by Regd ba 
[Members joining ‘after. Ist January i in aay Pas pay one-half subscription. 
Life Associate Member .. .. .. ; £3 15 0 in one sum. 
Barer MEME eas isc M iranian ts temas sacie aha why aie £10 10 0 a 
sabeinte Penefastor : eo ine A OMA oe SOME Ga ye ona ss +i £100 0° 0 pe 
LECT CLC tes 10 2 EMT 2 Re es £500 0 0 i 
Endowment Member OOO BARE Be nar lercs aise Nie teen LODO OO i 
No subscription. 
Honorary Associate Member... .. .. -...... .. - ( Blected for services to 
Honorary Member .. .. .. ............ ++... ( Australian Zoology or to 
the Society. 
PRIVILEGES. 


Members of all classes are entitled to receive “The Australian Zoologist” 
free, and may attend all meetings of the Society and its various Sections. Every 
member (other than an Associate or Life Associate member) receives a free pass 
to Taronga Zoological Park and Aquarium, and twenty tickets each year, ad- 
mitting 20 adults or 40 children to the Park only. 

APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP 
should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, Box 2399, G.P.O., Sydney, ac- 
companied by a remittance of the amount of subscription. The number of 
Ordinary Members is limited to 300, and should there be no vacancy at the time 
of application, the applicant will be registered as an Associate Member, and 
shall take precedence in accordance with the date of his admission to Associate 
membership. 


PUBLICATIONS. 
“The Australian Zoologist "’ 


A Journal containing reports of the proceedings of the Society, papers re- 
lating to the Zoology of Australia, notes and comment upon matters coming 
within the scope of the Society's aims and objects. Published at irregular intervals, 


VOLUME I. (1914-1920). Parts 1 to 8. 

256 pp. with 19 plates and 63 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 
VOLUME II. (1921-2). Parts 1 to 4. 

172 pp. with 45 plates and 16 text figures. Unbound. Price 12/6 net. 
VOLUME ITI. (1922-5). Parts 1 to 8. 

362 pp. with 41 plates and 27 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 
VOLUME IV. (1925-7). Parts 1 to 6. 

362 + xvi pp. with 49 plates and 19 text figures. Unbound. Price, £1 net. 
VOLUME V. (1927-9). Parts 1 to 4. 


362 + viii. pp., with 41 plates and numerous text-figures. Unbound. 
Price, £1 net. 


~~. Colour and its Reprodundian for eaten ‘Slides. By A. ey ‘Lawson: aa 


eau d hs ta hain 26 : 
aM ae ce eS 5 Nise 
fate “k 
yy Pye od ‘eke y 


PUBLICATIONS (Continued.) es: 


AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS. 


Check-List of the Fishes and Fish-like Animals of New South ‘Wales, by 
Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist, alian Museum, with additions by 
Gilbert P. Whitley. 108 pp., 43 plates. Price, 2/-. Postage, 4d. 


[A few copies of the first edition, bound in boards, are ane. Price, ” 
5/-. Postage, 4d.]. 


A Monograph of the Australian Loricates, by Tom Teena and A. F. t 
Basset Hull. 168 + xiii. pp., 21 plates and portrait. Price, 5/-. Postage, 5a 


Application for Publications should be made to the Honorary Secretary, « 
Box 2399, G.P.O., Sydney. ; 


CONTENTS OF THIS PART. __ ; 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales: : 
Fiftieth Annual Report .. .. .. . ete Gta eiaalets Bicetean aaa 
Balance Sheet . AN eae tate aay ole eal palate eae 
Presidential Address: Our ‘Native Fauna—A Wasted Asset. By 

A. F. Basset Hull . iss de ie gee 
Reports of Deikinas senbarsolebical:' COIN BE RAS ee eee 
Biological Garvey). é Bar 
Marine Zoological .. 
Ornithological . 

Revisional Notes on Australian Tibeavidne, By Jaen s. Mavh, “pee 2. 

A Monograph of the Australian pacinraus sed H. J. Carter, BA., j 
F.E.S., and E. H. Zeck .. .. 


The Loricates of the Neozelanic coger By Tom Iredale and oe F, C 
Basset Hull . es Z 


New Forms of ‘Mocateliiled scabs’ (Melomys endl Uraiue! tect 
Hinchinbrook Island, Queensland. By E. Le G. Troughton and 
A. S. Le Souef, C.M.Z.S. ph iomate 


Occurrence of the Crab- eres Seal Loboaens carcinophaga in ‘New ; 
South Wales. By A. S. Le Souef, C.M.Z.S. 


Introduction of the Great Carp Cyprinus Saeie Anite seaiettne of New rm 
South Wales. By David G. Stead . Mr ects 


A New Loricate from Queensland. By John s. Mackay, MD. 
Note on the Occurrence of a Second Species of Fruit Bat (Pierce. : 
scapulatus) in New South Wales. By Ellis Le G. Reyer taal 
A Bat Colony . ei AS eee 

Check List of the Agcicelian Buprestiiae. Corrigenda. 4 
Obituary—Rowland pe Rete 


“THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST.” 


Communications intended for “The Australian Zoologist” should be BS 
typewritten. a 


Authors should state. whether proofs and eeuinin are. desired aie es . 
submitting MS. Fifty reprints of any article appearing under a separate j 
title will be supplied gratis. If more are required, terms may be ascertained 

on application to the Editor. Des 


Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales. 


MEMBERSHIP. 
Class. Amount of 

Subscription. 
J TITAN 7 V8, CITT ToT NE a: A ee Oo 7 6 per annum. 
Ordinary Member .. .. ape ga Ba a 4 

(Members joining after Ist Mienuasy a in Be ae pay one-half subscription. ] 

Life Associate Member .. .. .. as £3 15 0 in one sum. 
Preteens te ey shee Se eae £10 10 0 rH 
ASSN GTATEPISGNGLACLON jaisissiicle os ces cig 0. e0 ic we ee £100" .0)..0 yf 
GNA THEO sia se Wak eep sede ce ee we as ee £000: 0-0 
Endowment Member MEM MN oie ce ogo cabs ai oare, ed OOO O20 Bi 


Honorary Associate Member .. .. .. .. .. .. .. - { Blected for services to 
nnOrdanye Member .weacsle ae tle cass Joel ese 6 \ Australian Zoology or to 
the Society. 


No subscription. 


PRIVILEGES, 

Members of all classes are entitled to receive “The Australian Zoologist” 
free, and may attend all meetings of the Society and its various Sections. Every 
member (other than an Associate or Life Associate member) receives a free pass 
to Taronga Zoological Park and Aquarium, and twenty tickets each year, ad- 
mitting 20 adults or 40 children to the Park only. 

APPLICATION FOR MEMBERSHIP 
should be addressed to the Honorary Secretary, Box 2399, G.P.O., Sydney, ac- 
companied by a remittance of the amount of subscription. The number of 
Ordinary Members is limited to 300, and should there be no vacancy at the time 
of application, the applicant will be registered as an Associate Member, and 
shall take precedence in accordance with the date of his admission to Associate 
membership. 


PUBLICATIONS. 
“The Australian Zoologist”’ 


A Journal containing reports of the proceedings of the Society, papers re- 
Jating to the Zoology of Australia, notes and comment upon matters coming 
within the scope of the Society’s aims and objects. Published at irregular intervals. 


VOLUME IT. (1914-1920). Parts 1 to 8. 

256 pp. with 19 plates and 63 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 
VOLUME II. (1921-2). Parts 1 to 4. 

172 pp. with 45 plates and 16 text figures. Unbound. Price 12/6 net. 
VOLUME III. (1922-5). Parts 1 to 8. 

362 pp. with 41 plates and 27 text figures. Unbound. Price £1 net. 
VOLUME IV. (1925-7). Parts 1 to 6. 

362 + xvi pp. with 49 plates and 19 text figures. Unbound. Price, £1 net. 
VOLUME V. (1927-9). Parts 1 to 4. 


362 + viii. pp., with 41 plates and numerous text-figures. Unbound. 
Price, £1 net. 
VOLUME VI. (1929). Part 1. 


Issued August 13, 1929. Price, 10/6. 


PUBLICATIONS (Continued.) 


AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGICAL HANDBOOKS. 


Check-List of the Fishes and Fish-like Animals of New South Wales, by 
Allan R. McCulloch, Zoologist, Australian Museum, with additions by 
Gilbert P. Whitley. 108 pp., 43 plates. Price, 2/-. Postage, 4d. 


[A few copies of the first edition, bound in boards, are available. Price, 
5/-. Postage, 4d.]. 


A Monograph of the Australian Loricates, by Tom Iredale and A. F. 
Basset Hull. 168 + xiii. pp., 21 plates and portrait. Price, 5/-. Postage, 5d. 


Application for Publications should be made to the Honorary Secretary, 
Box 2399, G.P.O., Sydney. 


CONTENTS OF THIS PART. 


Page. 
The Opossum Mouse (Dromicia nana). By Norman Chaffer .. .. .. Br 
Occasional Notes. By A. S. Le Souef, C.M.Z.S... .. ............ 110 
Avian Sea-Toll. By Tom Iredale ........ 112 
Additions to the Check-List of the Fishes of New Souk ‘Wales, No. 3. 

By Gilbert P. Whitley .. .. .. . Bl neo Sade Ao epee Ree 
Australian Dolichopodidae eDiniores: By G G. H. ieee Bo PEN his OR ae 
Some Notes on Oligotoma gurneyi Froggatt. By E.H. Zeck .. .. .. .. 135 
The Bees of Australia. By Professor T. D. A. Cockerell . ae 137 
The Loricates of the Neozelanic Region. By Tom Iredale and A. F. 

Basset Hull .. .. ... 157 
Notes on the Striped Gibidains ie the Genus ‘Dactytonsie! By ‘Ellis 

Le. Gs Troughton. sie eo age oo ERR So ee ee eke 
Some Notable Name Changes. By Tom Iredale... ............ 175 
Obituary: .A>'d)*CampbellitandyJ>"A: Leach’. 2) si. .: eran iol eee ee eee 
Leatherjacket Genera. By Gilbert P. Whitley .. ................ 199 
Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 180 


“THE AUSTRALIAN ZOOLOGIST.” 


Communications intended for “The Australian Zoologist” should be 
typewritten. 


Authors should state whether proofs and reprints are desired when 
submitting MS. Fifty reprints of any article appearing under a separate 
title will be supplied gratis. If more are required, terms may be ascertained , 
on application to the Editor. 


| agen Go AND Lola Say PYyyy). 

re a anaaaaa an nm RAS 
rN? or ~~ om a gu A LN oA: 
BAA AAA R RA aaeeaBSea AAA ARAEARRAREEERE REFERRER A 
AAR AAA Am GO mG eR =a aAR AAR ARBAAR AA. 
YN a np AAARAARAAR RAR AAA A>, 
ie SA es Se) Sel EN AAA 
\ os AAA A, 
RARARRAR: sieanaaatessaanastac RAR RRA 
BRR RRARO AN. POARARRRARRRAR CECE RR 

pannaaan AAnanannnnnnnennen 
f ~ ~ 
AA aA AAO RRRRARARBRARAAAAAEE 

=> = 


Mane ARAAR RAAREAARE eaaaanane - 

ry NN AAaaanaaaa S (OS ~ m= AAA AB ZX a 
sooo a RAGAAAARARABAMAAAaa = >°°-"-~: 
, NAIA Oana nnn an pena 


AAD 


Ara RaARAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAs 
Rasabnadintennecneenrensre= 


> (> (> Fo» F (> (A AOR 


ee Ec E> - 


APN AA ae = NAA ARAA ARRAAA RRARAABRARAF AR 
RAR AAAAAR AR rn RRRRRR AR cea Ae 

aArrn —Waaaaaent 
panne en ARARARAAR _paaaaaana ane 


— 


‘naa nae asas sshaniaacennes tan 
ae Sanaa 


lanl 


iy : ~~ f~ a, 

on SN ARAaRAA= a = NR ENE 

manor ARR Pere aa aa E6Ga o 
mnennee AAA a 

-Veaanten! AM ~~ ~ aARARA 

Beli \ oN al 

mane no Aaa ARR RR AAA RAR sARRRARRARRARAAEEE 

SSAA AS AAO RRRRAAR AR me OAR AAR AR 


a= RARRARe - - RARARAAR AAA ~~ 
-- pV en ~~ CACO RAP’ 
pamnnnn ea 
CRRA ARR AAR AA AnaAABRAFRRARREEAEG: 
WARAAaamaaaaa@hanes oon’ 11 ile 
a eas ARR Amn (AL 2RA w glalalelalalealey TY 
INN | Is a RRS Rie Ne aN 
SooRAT RRARRRNY SBA a a 


whe : etcttchhth sd Joe ee we eee eens 
SSeS oH TOSI TGe 


See ee ESS HASSE 


: zi a I = = | 7 ea las ‘es 
API : SSS IISS 
NN a II NS EN IIS 


nd frhashrasshehas 
techs Jee gece seeceseeeee ee : Soo 
 auweveuue seco whee Sep 
wweewrseeese" 3 Seo oe eS ececee’ 


eee see 


we Achebe 
Vuuusuu ye ep pS CSCS SEES 
= OUUUuy PAIK Seeeseeee se Se SS Soe aati 


z soteewes Na \naad ‘ea’ 
we? ard aed Vad Ce ts oe ee a {- 
BW Comet US pwe pee ee eee 
9 Yaad as =A we FADING ed IIIS 
oe , AKZ | 
SS eee 3 tear | a 
| i \ MUI = & C 
= tes! wed tea a 
PISS aise = wwe |. es eutctee oe 
w a va Sad Na a i = ee hd GSTS a 
= ww BRAID A\PA RRS) Se a Se 
eens HS PELE SESE cS BEL Suewy 


eT NTT 
3 9088 01257 1667